GUARANTY FINANCIAL CORP /VA/
S-1, 1998-03-27
SAVINGS INSTITUTION, FEDERALLY CHARTERED
Previous: C CUBE MICROSYSTEMS INC, 10-K, 1998-03-27
Next: WINSTON HOTELS INC, 10-K405, 1998-03-27




     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 1998.
                       Registration No. 333-      and Registration No. 333-
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM S-1
                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                              <C>
               GUARANTY FINANCIAL CORPORATION                                    GUARANTY CAPITAL TRUST I
   (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)         (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
                          Virginia                                                       Delaware
      (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or               (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or
                        organization)                                                 organization)

  (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)       (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)
                         54-1786496                                                     54-6422391
           (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)                       (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
                    1658 State Farm Blvd.                                   c/o Guaranty Financial Corporation
                  Charlottesville, VA 22911                                       1658 State Farm Blvd.
                        (804) 970-1100                                          Charlottesville, VA 22911
                                                                                      (804) 970-1100
 (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
  area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)          area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)    
</TABLE>
                                                                            

                                 Thomas P. Baker
                              1658 State Farm Blvd.
                            Charlottesville, VA 22911
                                 (804) 970-1100
            (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)

                          Copies of Communications to:
                             R. Brian Ball, Esquire
                         Wayne A. Whitham, Jr., Esquire
                      Williams, Mullen, Christian & Dobbins
                        1021 East Cary Street, 16th Floor
                            Richmond, Virginia 23219
                                 (804) 643-1991

   Approximate  date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As soon as
practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective.
   If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the  Securities  Act of
1933, check the following box. |_|
   If this  form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an  offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration  statement number of the earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. |_|_________
   If this form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. |_|_________
   If this form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant  to Rule 462(d)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. |_|_________
   If delivery of the  prospectus  is expected to be made  pursuant to Rule 434,
check the following box. |_|
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
=========================================================================================================================
                                                         Amount of     Proposed Maximum   Proposed Maximum     Amount of
         Title of Securitiesto be Registered         Securities to be Offering Price Per Aggregate Offering  Registration
                                                        Registered           Unit               Price             Fee
- ---------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ------------------ ------------------- ------------
<S>                                                       <C>               <C>              <C>                <C>   
$   Convertible Preferred Securities of 
  Guaranty Capital Trust I                                276,000           $25.00           $6,900,000         $2,036
- ---------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ------------------ ------------------- ------------
Junior Subordinated Debt Securities of                       
  Guaranty Financial Corporation (1)                        n/a              n/a                n/a              n/a
- ---------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ------------------ ------------------- ------------
Common Stock, par value $1.25 per share, of                            
  Guaranty Financial Corporation                            (2)              n/a                n/a              n/a
- ---------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ------------------ ------------------- ------------
Guarantee of Guaranty Financial Corporation                           
  as to the Convertible Preferred Securities (2)(3)         n/a              n/a                n/a              n/a
- ---------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ------------------ ------------------- ------------
TOTAL (4)                                                 276,000            100%            $6,900,000 (5)    $2,036
=========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
(1)  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities to be purchased by Guaranty  Capital
     Trust  I with  the  proceeds  of the  sale  of  the  Convertible  Preferred
     Securities.  No separate  consideration will be received from purchasers of
     Convertible   Preferred   Securities  for  the  Junior   Subordinated  Debt
     Securities.
(2)  Such  indeterminate  number of shares of common stock,  par value $1.25 per
     share, of Guaranty Financial Corporation as may be issuable upon conversion
     of the Convertible  Preferred Securities  registered  hereunder.  Shares of
     Common  Stock  issuable  upon  conversion  of  the  Convertible   Preferred
     Securities will be issued without the payment of additional  consideration.
     This Registration Statement also covers such shares as may be issuable upon
     such conversion pursuant to anti-dilution adjustments.
(3)  No separate  consideration  will be received for the  guarantee of Guaranty
     Financial Corporation.
(4)  This  Registration  Statement  is  deemed  to  cover  $6,900,000  aggregate
     principal  amount of Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities,  the rights of
     holders of such debt securities under the related Indenture,  the rights of
     holders of the  Convertible  Preferred  Securities  under the  Amended  and
     Restated  Declaration of Trust of Guaranty  Capital Trust I, and the rights
     of holders of the Convertible  Preferred  Securities under the Guarantee of
     Guaranty   Financial   Corporation,   which   taken   together   fully  and
     unconditionally  guarantee the obligations of Guaranty Capital Trust I with
     respect to the Convertible Preferred Securities.
(5)  Such amount  represents  the aggregate  liquidation  amount of  Convertible
     Preferred  Securities  to be  issued  hereunder  and  $6,900,000  aggregate
     principal  amount  of  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  to be issued
     hereunder.
The Registrant hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant  shall file
a further amendment which specifically  states that this Registration  Statement
shall  thereafter  become  effective  in  accordance  with  Section  8(a) of the
Securities  Act of  1933  or  until  the  Registration  Statement  shall  become
effective on such date as the  Commission,  acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may
determine.

================================================================================

<PAGE>

       PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED MARCH 27, 1998, SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
PROSPECTUS                                                       

                            GUARANTY CAPITAL TRUST I
                                   $6,000,000
                         (Aggregate Liquidation Amount)
                       $ Convertible Preferred Securities
               (Liquidation Amount $25.00 per Preferred Security)
                  guaranteed to the extent set forth herein by

                         GUARANTY FINANCIAL CORPORATION

         The $ Convertible  Preferred  Securities (the  "Preferred  Securities")
offered hereby represent preferred undivided  beneficial interests in the assets
of GUARANTY CAPITAL TRUST I, a statutory business trust formed under the laws of
the State of Delaware (the "Trust").  GUARANTY FINANCIAL CORPORATION, a Virginia
corporation (the "Corporation"), will own all the common securities representing
undivided  beneficial  interests  in  the  assets  of  the  Trust  (the  "Common
Securities"   and,   together   with  the  Preferred   Securities,   the  "Trust
Securities").

         The Preferred Securities are convertible at any time prior to maturity,
unless  previously  redeemed or  conversion  rights  terminated,  into shares of
Common  Stock  of the  Corporation  at a  conversion  price  of $ per  Preferred
Security,  subject to adjustment under certain  conditions.  The Common Stock of
the Corporation is listed on the NASDAQ National Market ("GSLC") and the closing
price of the  Corporation's  Common  Stock as reported by NASDAQ on March , 1998
was $ per share. The Preferred  Securities are redeemable in whole or in part at
the  Liquidation  Amount  after , 2003,  and the  conversion  rights  cannot  be
terminated  until after , 2001 and then only if the closing  price of the Common
Stock  exceeds 115% of the  conversion  price for 20 of 30  consecutive  trading
days. The Trust reserves the right to increase the Aggregate  Liquidation Amount
by not more than $900,000.
                                                        (continued on next page)
                                 ---------------

  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
  EXCHANGE COMMISSION, THE VIRGINIA STATE CORPORATION COMMISSION OR ANY STATE
   SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS ANY STATE OR FEDERAL AGENCY PASSED UPON THE
       ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
                         CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                                 ---------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------ --------------------- ------------------------------ ---------------------------

                            Price to Public      Underwriting Discount (1)        Proceeds to Trust
                                                                                      (2)(3)(4)
- ------------------------ --------------------- ------------------------------ ---------------------------
<S>                           <C>                           <C>                      <C>   
Per Preferred Security            $25.00                    (2)                          $25.00
- ------------------------ --------------------- ------------------------------ ---------------------------
Total                         $6,000,000                    (2)                      $6,000,000
- ------------------------ --------------------- ------------------------------ ---------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Guaranty Capital Trust I and Guaranty Financial  Corporation have agreed to
     indemnify  the   Underwriter   against   certain   liabilities,   including
     liabilities   under  the   Securities   Act  of  1933,   as  amended.   See
     "Underwriting."
(2)  In view  of the  fact  that  the  proceeds  of the  sale  of the  Preferred
     Securities will be invested in the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities as
     described herein, Guaranty Financial Corporation has agreed to pay directly
     to the Underwriter, as compensation (the "Underwriters'  Compensation") for
     its  arranging  the  investment  therein of such  proceeds $ per  Preferred
     Security (or $ in the aggregate). See "Underwriting."
(3)  Expenses  of the offering which  are  payable  by   Guaranty   Financial  
     Corporation   are   estimated   to  be   $                    .
(4)  Assumes the sale of the entire 240,000 Preferred Securities offered hereby.
     If the Trust  exercises  its right to increase  the  Aggregate  Liquidation
     Amount by $900,000, total Proceeds to Trust will be increased to $6,900,000
     and the total  Underwriters'  Compensation  payable by the Corporation will
     increase to $          .
                                ----------------

         The Preferred  Securities  are offered by the  Underwriter,  as selling
agent for the Trust, subject to prior sale, on a best efforts basis, and subject
to certain other conditions, including the right to reject any order in whole or
in part.  This  offering  will close on or about , 1998.  Funds  received by the
Underwriter  will be deposited  at, and held by,  Wilmington  Trust Company (the
"Escrow Agent") in a noninterest-bearing escrow account in Wilmington, Delaware.
It is  expected  that such funds will be  released  from the escrow  account and
delivery of the Preferred Securities will be made on or about      , 1998.

                                 ---------------
                            McKinnon & Company, Inc.

                   The date of this Prospectus is March , 1998
                                 ---------------


<PAGE>


Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement  becomes
effective.  This  prospectus  shall  not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in any state in which such offer,  solicitation  or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any state.


<PAGE>


(cover page continued)

         Distributions on the Preferred  Securities are payable  quarterly March
15, June 15, September 15 and December 15, beginning June 15, 1998 in arrears.

         The Preferred  Securities offered hereby represent beneficial ownership
interests in Guaranty  Capital Trust I, a statutory  business trust formed under
the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Trust"). Guaranty Financial Corporation,
a Virginia corporation ("the Corporation"), will be the direct or indirect owner
of all of the beneficial ownership interests represented by common securities of
the  Trust  (the  "Common  Securities"  and,  collectively  with  the  Preferred
Securities,  the "Trust  Securities").  Wilmington Trust Company is the Property
Trustee of the Trust. The Trust exists for the exclusive purposes of issuing the
Trust  Securities,  investing the proceeds from the sale of the Trust Securities
in  Junior   Subordinated   Debt  Securities  (the  "Junior   Subordinated  Debt
Securities")  to  be  issued  by  the  Corporation  and  certain  other  limited
activities described herein. The Junior Subordinated Debt Securities will mature
on ,  2028  (the  "Stated  Maturity").  The  Preferred  Securities  will  have a
preference under certain  circumstances  with respect to cash  distributions and
amounts  payable  on  liquidation,  redemption  or  otherwise  over  the  Common
Securities.  See  "Description of Preferred  Securities-Subordination  of Common
Securities."

         Holders of the Trust Securities will be entitled to receive  cumulative
cash  distributions,  in each case  arising  from the payment of interest on the
Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities accruing from the date of original issuance
and payable quarterly in arrears on the 15th day of March,  June,  September and
December  of each  year,  commencing  June 15,  1998,  at $ per  annum per Trust
Security  ("Distributions").  Subject to certain exceptions, the Corporation has
the  right to  defer  payments  of  interest  on the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities  at any  time or from  time to time  for a period  not  exceeding  20
consecutive  quarterly  periods with respect to each deferral  period (each,  an
"Extension  Period");  provided,  however,  that no Extension  Period may extend
beyond the Stated Maturity of the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities.  Upon the
termination of any Extension Period and the payment of all interest then accrued
and  unpaid  (together  with  interest  thereon  accumulated  at  %  per  annum,
compounded   quarterly,   to  the  extent  permitted  by  applicable  law),  the
Corporation  may  elect  to  begin  a  new  Extension  Period,  subject  to  the
requirements set forth herein. If interest  payments on the Junior  Subordinated
Debt Securities are so deferred,  during any Extension Period,  Distributions on
the Preferred  Securities and on the Common Securities will also be deferred and
the Corporation will not be permitted,  subject to certain exceptions  described
herein,  to  declare  or pay any cash  distributions  with  respect  to, or make
purchases  of,  the  Corporation's  capital  stock  (which  includes  common and
preferred  stock) or to make any payment with respect to debt  securities of the
Corporation  that rank pari passu in all  respects  with or junior to the Junior
Subordinated Debt Securities. During an Extension Period, interest on the Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities  will  continue  to  accrue  (and the  amount  of
Distributions  to which  holders of the Preferred  Securities  are entitled will
accumulate)  at % per annum,  compounded  quarterly,  and  holders of  Preferred
Securities  will be required to accrue interest income for United States Federal
income   tax   purposes.   See   "Description   of  Junior   Subordinated   Debt
Securities-Option  to Extend  Interest  Payment Date" and "Certain United States
Federal Income Tax Consequences-Interest Income and Original Issue Discount."

         Each Preferred  Security is convertible in the manner  described herein
at the option of the  holder  thereof,  at any time prior to the  earlier of (i)
5:00 p.m.  (Richmond,  Virginia  time) on the Business  Day (as defined  herein)
immediately preceding the date of repayment of such Preferred Security,  whether
at maturity or upon redemption, and (ii) 5:00 p.m. (Richmond,  Virginia time) on
the Conversion  Termination Date (as defined  herein),  if any, into a number of
shares of the Corporation's common stock, par value $1.25 per share (the "Common
Stock")  that equals the  quotient  obtained by dividing  (i) $25.00 by (ii) $ ,
subject to adjustment in certain  circumstances.  See  "Description of Preferred
Securities  --  Conversion  Rights."  The  Common  Stock is listed on the NASDAQ
National Market under the symbol "GSLC." On March , 1998, the last reported sale
price of the Common Stock on the NASDAQ National Market was $   per share.


                                       ii
<PAGE>

         Taken  together,  the  Corporation's  obligations  under the  Guarantee
Agreement,  the  Declaration,  the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities and the
Indenture (each as defined herein),  including the  Corporation's  obligation to
pay the costs,  expenses  and  liabilities  of the Trust (other than the Trust's
obligations  to holders of the Trust  Securities  under such Trust  Securities),
provide, in the aggregate,  a full irrevocable and unconditional  guarantee,  as
described  herein, of all of the payments of Distributions and other amounts due
on the Preferred  Securities.  See "Relationship Among the Preferred Securities,
the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities and the Guarantee-Full and Unconditional
Guarantee." The Corporation has agreed to guarantee the payment of Distributions
and payments on liquidation or redemption of the Trust  Securities,  but only in
each case to the extent of funds held by the Trust,  as  described  herein  (the
"Guarantee").  See  "Description of Guarantee." If the Corporation does not make
interest payments on the Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities held by the Trust,
the Trust will have  insufficient  funds to pay  Distributions  on the Preferred
Securities.  The Guarantee does not cover the payment of Distributions  when the
Trust does not have sufficient  funds to pay such  Distributions.  In event of a
Debenture  Event of  Default  (as  hereafter  defined),  a holder  of  Preferred
Securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against the Corporation for
enforcement  of payment to such holder of the principal of or interest on Junior
Subordinated  Debt Securities  having a principal  amount equal to the aggregate
Liquidation  Amount of the Preferred  Securities  held by such holder (a "Direct
Action"). See "Description of Junior Subordinated Debt Securities-Enforcement of
Certain  Rights by Holders of  Preferred  Securities."  The  obligations  of the
Corporation under the Guarantee and the Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities are
subordinate  and junior in right of payment  to all Senior  Debt (as  defined in
"Description  of  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities-Subordination")  of the
Corporation.  In addition,  because the  Corporation is a holding  company,  the
Junior   Subordinated   Debt   Securities  and  the  Guarantee  are  effectively
subordinated  to all  existing  and  future  liabilities  of  the  Corporation's
subsidiaries, including deposits. See "Risk Factors-Ranking of Obligations Under
the Guarantee and the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities" and "Status of the
Corporation as a Bank Holding Company."

         The Preferred  Securities  are subject to mandatory  redemption  (i) in
whole,  but  not in  part,  upon  repayment  of  the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities at the Stated Maturity or their earlier  redemption in whole upon the
occurrence of a Tax Event,  an Investment  Company Event or a Capital  Treatment
Event  (each as defined  herein)  and (ii) in whole or in part at any time on or
after , 2003  contemporaneously  with the optional redemption by the Corporation
of the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  in whole or in part.  The Junior
Subordinated  Debt Securities are redeemable  prior to maturity at the option of
the  Corporation  (i) on or after , 2003,  in whole at any time or in part  from
time to time,  or (ii) in  whole,  but not in part,  at any time  within 90 days
following the occurrence and  continuation  of a Tax Event,  Investment  Company
Event or Capital  Treatment  Event (each as defined  herein),  in each case at a
redemption  price set forth  herein,  which  includes  the  accrued  and  unpaid
interest  on the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  so redeemed to the date
fixed for  redemption.  The ability of the Corporation to exercise its rights to
redeem the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities or to cause the redemption of the
Preferred  Securities  prior to the  Stated  Maturity  may be  subject  to prior
regulatory approval by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the
"Federal  Reserve"),  if then required under applicable  Federal Reserve capital
guidelines or policies.

         In addition to the rights of the  Corporation  to redeem the  Preferred
Securities under the circumstances described in this Prospectus, the Corporation
also  will have the  right to  terminate  the  convertibility  of the  Preferred
Securities into Common Stock as described in this paragraph.  If for at least 20
trading days within any period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on or after
, 2001,  including  the last trading day of such period,  the Closing  Price (as
defined  herein)  of the  Common  Stock  exceeds  115%  of the  then  applicable
Conversion  Price  (as  hereafter  defined)  of the  Preferred  Securities,  the
Corporation  may,  at its  option,  terminate  the right to  convert  the Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities  into  Common  Stock,  in which case the right to
convert the Preferred  Securities into Common Stock will likewise terminate.  To
exercise this conversion  termination  option,  the  Corporation  must cause the
Trust to issue a press release  announcing the date upon which conversion rights
will  expire  (the  "Conversion  Termination  Date"),  prior to the  opening  of
business on the 

                                      iii
<PAGE>

second  trading  day  after a period  in which the  condition  in the  preceding
sentence has been met, but in no event may such press release be issued prior to
, 2001. The Conversion Termination Date shall be a Business Day not less than 30
and  not  more  than 60 days  following  the  date  of the  press  release.  See
"Description of Preferred Securities-Conversion Rights."

         The Corporation,  as the holder of the outstanding  Common  Securities,
has the right at any time (including, without limitation, upon the occurrence of
a Tax  Event,  an  Investment  Company  Event or a Capital  Treatment  Event (as
defined  herein))  to  terminate  the Trust and cause a Like  Amount (as defined
herein) of the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities to be  distributed  to the
holders of the Trust Securities upon liquidation of the Trust,  subject to prior
approval  of the  Federal  Reserve to do so if then  required  under  applicable
capital  guidelines  or policies of the  Federal  Reserve.  In the event of such
termination of the Trust,  after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the
Trust as required by  applicable  law, the holders of the  Preferred  Securities
generally  will be  entitled  to  receive a  Liquidation  Amount  of $25.00  per
Preferred Security plus accumulated and unpaid Distributions thereon to the date
of  payment,  which  may be in the form of a  distribution  of a Like  Amount of
Junior Subordinated Debt Securities in certain  circumstances.  See "Description
of  Preferred  Securities-Liquidation  of the Trust and  Distribution  of Junior
Subordinated Debt Securities."

         As used  herein,  (i) the  "Indenture"  means the  Junior  Subordinated
Indenture,   as  amended  and  supplemented  from  time  to  time,  between  the
Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the "Debenture  Trustee"),
and (ii) the  "Declaration  means the Amended and Restated  Declaration of Trust
relating to the Trust among the  Corporation,  as Depositor  (the  "Depositor"),
Wilmington  Trust  Company,  as  Property  Trustee  (the  "Property   Trustee"),
Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee (the "Delaware Trustee"),  and the
individuals  named  as  Administrative  Trustees  therein  (the  "Administrative
Trustees") (collectively with the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, the
"Trustees").

         THE  SECURITIES  OFFERED  HEREBY  ARE  NOT  SAVINGS  ACCOUNTS  OR  BANK
DEPOSITS,  ARE NOT  OBLIGATIONS  OF OR  GUARANTEED  BY ANY BANKING  AFFILIATE OF
GUARANTY FINANCIAL CORPORATION, ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE
CORPORATION  OR ANY  OTHER  GOVERNMENT  AGENCY  AND  INVOLVE  INVESTMENT  RISKS,
INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


                                       iv
<PAGE>

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         The  Corporation is subject to the  informational  requirements  of the
Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  and  in  accordance
therewith,  files  reports,  proxy  statements  and other  information  with the
Commission.  Such  reports,  proxy  statements  and  other  information  can  be
inspected and copied at the public  reference  facilities  of the  Commission at
Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549 and at the regional
offices of the  Commission  located at 7 World Trade Center,  13th Floor,  Suite
1300, New York, New York 10048 and Suite 1400,  Citicorp Center, 14th Floor, 500
West Madison Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 60661. Copies of such material can also
be obtained at prescribed  rates by writing to the Public  Reference  Section of
the  Commission  at  450  Fifth  Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549.  Such
information  may also be accessed  electronically  by means of the  Commission's
home page on the Internet (http://www.sec.gov.).

         No  separate  financial  statements  of the Trust  have  been  included
herein.  The  Corporation  and the Trust do not  consider  that  such  financial
statements would be material to holders of the Preferred  Securities because the
Trust is a newly formed  special  purpose  entity,  has no operating  history or
independent  operations  and is not engaged in and does not propose to engage in
any activity  other than holding as trust  assets the Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities  and issuing the Trust  Securities.  See "Guaranty  Capital Trust I,"
"Description of Preferred Securities,"  "Description of Junior Subordinated Debt
Securities" and "Description of Guarantee."

                SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

         Certain  of  the  statements  contained  in  this  Prospectus  are  not
historical  facts,   including,   without   limitation,   statements  of  future
expectations,  projections  of results of operations  and  financial  condition,
statements of future economic performance and other  forward-looking  statements
within the meaning of the Private Securities  Litigation Reform Act of 1995, are
subject to known and unknown  risks,  uncertainties  and other factors which may
cause the actual  results,  performance or  achievements  of the  Corporation to
differ materially from those contemplated in such forward-looking statements. In
addition  to  the  specific  matters  referred  to  herein,  including,  without
limitation,  those noted under the caption  "Risk  Factors,"  important  factors
which  may cause  actual  results  to differ  from  those  contemplated  in such
forward-looking statements include: (i) the results of the Corporation's efforts
to implement its business strategy;  (ii) the effect of economic  conditions and
the performance of borrowers; (iii) actions of the Corporation's competitors and
the  Corporation's  ability  to respond  to such  actions;  (iv) the cost of the
Corporation's capital,  which may depend in part on the Corporation's  portfolio
quality, ratings, prospects and outlook; (v) changes in governmental regulation,
tax  rates  and  similar   matters;   and  (vi)  other  risks  detailed  in  the
Corporation's other filings with the Commission.



                                       1
<PAGE>

                                     SUMMARY

         The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.


                         GUARANTY FINANCIAL CORPORATION

         Guaranty  Financial  Corporation,   a  Virginia  bank  holding  company
("Guaranty" or the "Corporation"),  headquartered in Charlottesville,  Virginia,
engages in commercial banking through its subsidiary, Guaranty Bank (the "Bank")
which opened for business in 1981.  Until June 30, 1997,  the Bank operated as a
federally-chartered savings association.  The Bank operates five branch offices,
four of which are in Charlottesville/Albemarle County, Virginia. This area had a
collective  population  of  approximately  108,000 in 1990  according  to census
figures, is located in central Virginia 110 miles southwest of Washington,  D.C.
and 75  miles  west of  Richmond,  Virginia,  and  includes  the  University  of
Virginia,  the area's largest employer.  The two largest financial  institutions
operating in Charlottesville  and Albemarle County, with a combined 44% of total
deposits at June 30, 1997, were acquired by the same out-of-state  regional bank
at year-end  1997. The fifth branch,  in  Harrisonburg,  Virginia  opened in May
1997.  Harrisonburg is in the Shenandoah Valley,  approximately 70 miles west of
Charlottesville, and is the largest city in the Shenandoah Valley with a diverse
manufacturing  base and an unemployment  rate  consistently  among the lowest in
Virginia (currently 1.7%). A sixth branch at Lake Monticello in Fluvanna County,
Virginia is expected to open in 1998.  Lake  Monticello  is a planned  community
with approximately 11,000 residents, and the nearest bank branch at this time is
eight miles from  Guaranty's  site.  In  addition,  Guaranty  has entered into a
letter of intent, subject to regulatory approval, to lease a seventh branch site
on West Main Street near the University of Virginia Hospital in  Charlottesville
that an acquired statewide bank will close in mid-1998.  The Corporation's total
deposits at December 31, 1997 were $112.9  million,  up 38.8% from $81.4 million
at December 31, 1996. At December 31, 1997 total assets were $130.7  million and
shareholders' equity was $11.9 million.

         Since  December  31,  1996,  the  Corporation  has  hired  four  senior
officers,  including two senior loan officers from larger  statewide or regional
banks for construction and commercial  lending.  Management  believes that, with
its existing five branch  network,  two new branch offices  opening in 1998, its
new loan  officers and the major mergers  occurring in its primary  market area,
the  significant  growth in loans  and  deposits  over the last two  years  will
continue near term. During 1997, the Bank had residential loan closings of $54.4
million,  up 62.9% from the $33.4 million in 1996. The most recent loan officer,
hired in  December  1997,  was a  construction  lender  in  Charlottesville  and
Richmond  for  another  large   regional  bank  that  was  acquired  by  another
out-of-state bank holding company in late 1997.

         The  Corporation is a legal entity  separate and distinct from the Bank
and its nonbanking subsidiaries.  Accordingly, the right of the Corporation, and
thus  the  right  of  the  Corporation's   creditors,   to  participate  in  any
distribution  of the assets or earnings of the Bank or any other  subsidiary  is
necessarily  subject  to the  prior  claims  of  creditors  of the  Bank or such
subsidiary,  except to the extent that claims of the Corporation in its capacity
as a creditor may be  recognized.  The  principal  sources of the  Corporation's
revenues are dividends from the Bank. The  Corporation is a bank holding company
registered  with the Board of  Governors of the Federal  Reserve  under the Bank
Holding  Company  Act of  1956,  as  amended  (the  "BHCA").  The  Corporation's
executive  offices  are  located  at 1658  State  Farm  Blvd.,  Charlottesville,
Virginia,  22911.  Its  mailing  address  is P. O.  Box  7206,  Charlottesville,
Virginia 22906-7206 and its telephone number is (804) 970-1100.


                                       2
<PAGE>

                            GUARANTY CAPITAL TRUST I

         The Trust is a statutory  business  trust  formed  under  Delaware  law
pursuant to (i) the  Declaration  and (ii) the filing of a certificate  of trust
with the Delaware Secretary of State on October , 1997. The Trust's business and
affairs are conducted by the Trustees:  Wilmington  Trust  Company,  as Property
Trustee,   Wilmington  Trust  Company,  as  Delaware  Trustee,   and  individual
Administrative  Trustees who are employees or officers of or affiliated with the
Corporation.  The Trust  exists for the  exclusive  purposes  of (i) issuing and
selling the Trust Securities, (ii) using the proceeds from the sale of the Trust
Securities  to acquire the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  issued by the
Corporation  and  (iii)  engaging  in only  those  other  activities  necessary,
advisable or incidental thereto. The Junior Subordinated Debt Securities will be
the sole assets of the Trust,  and payments under the Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities will be the sole revenues of the Trust. All of the Common  Securities
will be owned directly or indirectly by the Corporation.

                                  THE OFFERING
Securities Offered.............     $6,000,000 of Preferred Securities 
                                    (liquidation  amount  $25.00  per  Preferred
                                    Security).  The Trust  reserves the right to
                                    increase the Aggregate Liquidation Amount by
                                    not more than $900,000.

Offering Price.................     $25.00 per Preferred Security.

Conversion.....................     Each Preferred Security is convertible until
                                    maturity,   unless  previously  redeemed  or
                                    conversion  rights  terminated,  into Common
                                    Stock  of the  Corporation  at $ per  share,
                                    subject   to   adjustment    under   certain
                                    conditions.  (See  "Preferred  Securities  -
                                    Conversion Rights").

Distribution Dates.............     Quarterly, commencing June 15, 1998.

Extension Periods..............     Distributions  on Preferred  Securities will
                                    be   deferred   for  the   duration  of  any
                                    Extension  Period elected by the Corporation
                                    with  respect to the  payment of interest on
                                    the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities.  No
                                    Extension  Period will exceed 20 consecutive
                                    quarterly   periods  or  extend  beyond  the
                                    Stated  Maturity of the Junior  Subordinated
                                    Debt Securities.  See "Description of Junior
                                    Subordinated   Debt   Securities-Option   to
                                    Extend  Interest  Payment Date" and "Certain
                                    United    States    Federal    Income    Tax
                                    Consequences--Interest  Income and  Original
                                    Issue Discount."

Ranking........................     As long as  there has  not been  an Event of
                                    Default,  the Preferred Securities will rank
                                    pari passu,  and  payments  thereon  will be
                                    made pro rata,  with the Common  Securities.
                                    If there has been an Event of  Default,  the
                                    Preferred  Securities will be senior to, and
                                    payments  thereon  will be made prior to any
                                    payments   with   respect   to,  the  Common
                                    Securities.  See  "Description  of Preferred
                                    Securities-Subordination      of      Common
                                    Securities."  The Junior  Subordinated  Debt
                                    Securities  will  rank pari  passu  with all
                                    other junior subordinated debt securities to
                                    be issued by the Corporation pursuant to the
                                    Indenture   with    substantially    similar
                                    subordination  terms  ("Other  Debentures"),
                                    and which may be issued and sold (if at all)
                                    to other trusts to be

                                       3
<PAGE>

                                    established by the  Corporation (if any), in
                                    each  case  similar  to  the  Trust  ("Other
                                    Trusts"),   and   will  be   unsecured   and
                                    subordinate  and  junior in right of payment
                                    to the extent and in the manner set forth in
                                    the  Indenture  to all  Senior  Debt  of the
                                    Corporation.   See  "Description  of  Junior
                                    Subordinated Debt Securities." The Guarantee
                                    will   rank  pari   passu   with  all  other
                                    guarantees  (if any)  which may be issued by
                                    the  Corporation  with  respect  to  capital
                                    securities  (if any)  which may be issued by
                                    Other Trusts ("Other  Guarantees")  and will
                                    constitute  an unsecured  obligation  of the
                                    Corporation  and will rank  subordinate  and
                                    junior in right of payment to the extent and
                                    in the manner set forth in the  Guarantee to
                                    all  Senior  Debt  of the  Corporation.  See
                                    "Description  of  Guarantee."  In  addition,
                                    because   the   Corporation   is  a  holding
                                    company,   the  Junior   Subordinated   Debt
                                    Securities and the Guarantee are effectively
                                    subordinated  to  all  existing  and  future
                                    liabilities     of     the     Corporation's
                                    subsidiaries,  including deposits. See "Risk
                                    Factors-Status  of the Corporation as a Bank
                                    Holding Company."
Option to Terminate
Conversion Rights..............     The  Corporation may at its option terminate
                                    the    convertibility   of   the   Preferred
                                    Securities  into Common  Stock after , 2001,
                                    if for at least 20 trading  days  within any
                                    period of 30  consecutive  trading  days the
                                    Closing  Price of the Common  Stock  exceeds
                                    115% of the Conversion Price.

Redemption.....................     The Trust  Securities are subject to
                                    mandatory  redemption (i) in whole,  but not
                                    in  part,   at  the  Stated   Maturity  upon
                                    repayment  of the Junior  Subordinated  Debt
                                    Securities,  (ii) in whole, but not in part,
                                    contemporaneously    with    the    optional
                                    redemption at any time by the Corporation of
                                    the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities at
                                    any  time  within  90  days   following  the
                                    occurrence and during the  continuation of a
                                    Tax  Event,   Investment  Company  Event  or
                                    Capital   Treatment   Event  in  each  case,
                                    subject to possible  regulatory approval and
                                    (iii) in whole or in part, at any time on or
                                    after ,  2003,  contemporaneously  with  the
                                    optional  redemption by the  Corporation  of
                                    the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities in
                                    whole  or in  part,  in  each  case  at  the
                                    applicable   Redemption  Price  (as  defined
                                    herein).   See   "Description  of  Preferred
                                    Securities-Redemption."

No Rating......................     The Preferred Securities are not expected to
                                    be rated by any rating  service,  nor is any
                                    other security  issued by the Corporation so
                                    rated.

ERISA Considerations...........     Prospective  purchasers must carefully 
                                    consider  the  restrictions  on purchase set
                                    forth.   under  "Notice  to  Investors"  and
                                    "Certain -ERISA Considerations."

Proposed Nasdaq OTC Bulletin
Board Symbol...................     Application  has been made to have the 
                                    Preferred  Securities approved for quotation
                                    on the Nasdaq OTC  Bulletin  Board under the
                                    symbol "GSLCP".


                                       4
<PAGE>

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         All of the  proceeds  from the  sale of the  Trust  Securities  will be
invested  by  the  Trust  in  the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities.   The
Corporation  intends  to apply  the net  proceeds  from  the sale of the  Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities  to its general  funds and for general  corporate
purposes, including making advances to the Bank to support its continued growth.
Pending  any  such  application  by the  Corporation,  the net  proceeds  may be
invested in interest-bearing securities.

                                  RISK FACTORS

         Prospective  investors should carefully  consider the matters set forth
under "Risk Factors."

                       RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

         The following table sets forth the  consolidated  ratios of earnings to
fixed charges for the Corporation for each of the years in the four-year  period
ended June 30, 1996, for the six months ended December 31, 1996 and for the year
ended  December 31,  1997.  For purposes of  computing  these  ratios,  earnings
represent  net income,  plus total taxes  based on income,  plus fixed  charges.
Fixed charges include  interest expense (ratios are presented both excluding and
including interest on deposits),  the estimated interest component of net rental
expense and amortization of debt expense.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Six Months
                                        Year Ended        Ended
                                        December 31    December 31              Years Ended June 30
                                        -----------    -----------   ------------------------------------------
                                           1997           1996          1996       1995      1994      1993
                                           ----           ----          ----       ----      ----      ----
<S>                                        <C>            <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>  
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
    Excluding interest on deposits         2.24x           .99x        1.48x      1.21x      .83x     1.52x
    Including interest on deposits         1.23x          1.00x        1.19x      1.10x      .90x     1.29x
</TABLE>


                                       5
<PAGE>

                          SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

         The  following  unaudited  consolidated  summary  sets  forth  selected
financial data for the Corporation and its  subsidiaries  for the periods and at
the dates indicated.  The following  summary is qualified in its entirety by the
detailed  information and the financial  statements  included  elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Six Months
                                        Year Ended       Ended
                                        December 31   December 31                    Year Ended June 30
                                        -----------   -----------   ---------------------------------------------------
                                            1997          1996             1996        1995        1994        1993
                                            ----          ----             ----        ----        ----        ----
<S>                                     <C>            <C>             <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>    
Income Statement Data                           (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
   Gross interest income................   $9,520        $4,276          $7,617      $6,788      $6,684      $7,717
   Gross interest expense...............    6,038         2,940           5,192       4,663       5,073       5,094
   Net interest income..................    3,482         1,336           2,425       2,125       1,611       2,623
   Provision (credit) for possible
     loan losses........................      122            92              57         (9)          74          37
   Net interest income after
     provision for loan losses..........    3,360         1,244           2,368       2,134       1,537       2,586
   Non-interest income..................    1,867           462           1,107         872         126         828
   Non-interest expense.................    3,843         1,716           2,487       2,530       2,182       1,958
   Income (loss)  before income taxes       1,384          (10)             988         476       (519)       1,456
   Income taxes.........................      486           (4)             344         101       (235)         483
   Income before cumulative effect of
     change in accounting principle.....      898           (6)             644         375       (284)         973
   Cumulative effect of change in
     accounting for income taxes........        -             -               -           -       (196)           -
                                          -------       -------         -------     -------     -------     -------
   Net income...........................     $897          $(6)            $644        $375      $(480)        $973
                                             ====          ====            ====        ====      ======        ====

Per Share Data (1)
   Basic and diluted net income         
     (loss) (2).........................     $.61        $(.01)            $.70        $.70      $(.90)       $1.81
   Cash dividends.......................      .12           .05             .05           -           -         .25
   Book value at period end.............     7.90          7.12            6.91        6.57        6.57        7.47
   Tangible book value at period end....     7.90          7.12            6.91        6.57        6.57        7.47

Period-End Balance Sheet Data
   Total assets......................... $130,708      $116,020        $110,161     $89,461     $88,256     $92,832
   Total loans..........................   99,675        81,270          84,081      75,221      77,755      70,195
   Total deposits.......................  112,947        81,401          74,687      52,461      53,467      50,020
   Long-term debt.......................    2,360         2,706           3,144       3,981       4,834       9,499
   Shareholders' equity.................   11,860         6,576           6,349       6,016       3,531       4,001
   Shares outstanding...................1,501,383       924,008         919,168     915,568     537,168     537,168

Performance Ratios
   Return on average assets.............   .71%         (.01%)             .64%         .41%      (.49%)      1.00%
   Return on average shareholders'      
     equity.............................  9.11          (.11)            10.24         9.67     (12.00)      26.31
   Average shareholders' equity to
     average total assets...............  7.77          5.68              6.24         4.22       4.07        3.80
   Net interest margin (3)..............  2.96          2.50              2.54         2.38       1.68        2.82

Asset Quality Ratios
   Net charge-offs to average loans.....  .06%          .01%               .02%         .00%       .09%       (.03%)
   Allowance to period-end gross loans..   .93          1.02               .89          .93        .93        1.02
   Allowance to non-performing loans.... 65.11         51.75             52.82        47.61      42.74       32.91
   Nonaccrual loans to gross loans......  1.42          1.97              1.67         1.94       1.31        1.27
   Nonperforming assets to gross loans 
     and foreclosed properties..........  1.49          2.04              1.72         2.11       1.60        2.83

Capital and Liquidity Ratios
   Risk-based
     Tier 1 capital..................... 14.29%        11.64%            12.13%       13.31%      7.75%       9.05%
     Total capital...................... 15.42         12.89             13.28        14.56       9.01       10.31
   Leverage capital ratio...............  9.34          5.81              6.01         6.72       4.00        4.32
   Total equity to total assets.........  9.07          5.66              5.76         6.72       4.00        4.32
</TABLE>

- -------------------

(1)      All per share figures have been adjusted to reflect a two-for-one stock
         split on January 15, 1996.
(2)      Net income per share is computed using the weighted average outstanding
         shares.
(3)      Net interest margin is calculated as tax-equivalent net interest income
         divided by average earning assets and represents the  Corporation's net
         yield on its earning assets.


                                       6
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

         Prospective  purchasers of the  Preferred  Securities  should  consider
carefully,  in addition to the other  information  contained in this Prospectus,
the following risk factors before purchasing shares of the Preferred  Securities
offered hereby.  This Prospectus  contains  certain  forward-looking  statements
within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities  Act"),  and Section 21E of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the "Exchange  Act"),  which statements can be identified by the use of
forward-looking  terminology  such as  "may,"  "will,"  "expect,"  "anticipate,"
"estimate"  or  "continue"   or  the  negative   thereof  or  other   comparable
terminology.  The  Corporation  cautions  readers that the  following  important
factors,  among  others,  in some cases have  affected,  and in the future could
affect,  the  Corporation's  actual  results and could  cause the  Corporation's
actual results in 1998 and beyond to differ  materially  from those expressed in
any forward-looking statements made herein.

Ranking of  Obligations  Under the  Guarantee and the Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities

         The  obligations of the Corporation  under the Guarantee  issued by the
Corporation for the benefit of the holders of Preferred Securities and under the
Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  are unsecured and rank  subordinate  and
junior in right of payment to all Senior Debt (which,  as defined,  includes all
outstanding  subordinated  debt of the  Corporation).  At December 31, 1997, the
Corporation had no aggregate outstanding Senior Debt on an unconsolidated basis.
The obligations of the Corporation under the Guarantee also rank subordinate and
junior in right of payment to creditors of the Bank and the Corporation's  other
subsidiaries.  See "Status of the  Corporation as a Bank Holding  Company." Upon
the issuance of the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities,  the Corporation will
not  have  any  indebtedness  that  ranks  pari  passu  with  or  junior  to its
obligations  under the Guarantee and the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities.
None of the Indenture, the Guarantee or the Declaration places any limitation on
the amount of secured or unsecured  debt,  including  Senior  Debt,  that may be
incurred  by the  Corporation  or any  subsidiary.  See  "Description  of Junior
Subordinated Debt Securities-Subordination" and "Description of Guarantee-Status
of the Guarantee."

         The ability of the Trust to pay amounts due on the Preferred Securities
is  solely  dependent  upon  the  Corporation  making  payments  on  the  Junior
Subordinated Debt Securities as and when required.

Status of the Corporation as a Bank Holding Company

         The  Corporation is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank,
although the principal  source of the  Corporation's  cash revenues is dividends
from the Bank. The right of the  Corporation to participate in the  distribution
of assets of any subsidiary,  including the Bank, upon the latter's liquidation,
reorganization  or  otherwise  (and thus the ability of the holders of Preferred
Securities to benefit  indirectly from any such distribution) will be subject to
the prior claims of such subsidiary's creditors, which will take priority except
to the extent that the  Corporation  may itself be a creditor of such subsidiary
with a recognized claim.  Accordingly,  the Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities
will be effectively  subordinated to all existing and future  liabilities of the
Corporation's  subsidiaries,  and holders of Junior Subordinated Debt Securities
should  look only to the assets of the  Corporation  for  payments on the Junior
Subordinated Debt Securities.  Because the Corporation is a holding company with
limited  assets and  liabilities,  a  substantial  portion  of the  consolidated
liabilities  of  the  Corporation  are  liabilities  of  its  subsidiaries.  The
Guarantee will  constitute an unsecured  obligation of the  Corporation and will
rank  subordinate  and junior in right of payment to all Senior Debt in the same
manner as the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities.

         As a holding company,  the Corporation  conducts its operations through
its  subsidiaries  and,  therefore,  its principal  source of cash is receipt of
dividends from the Bank. However,  there are legal limitations on the source and
amount of dividends that a Virginia-chartered,  Federal Reserve member bank such
as the Bank is


                                       7
<PAGE>

permitted  to pay. A  Virginia-chartered  bank may pay  dividends  only from net
undivided profits.  Additionally,  a dividend may not be paid if it would impair
the paid-in  capital of the bank.  In  addition,  prior  approval of the Federal
Reserve is required if the total of all  dividends  declared by a member bank in
any  calendar  year will exceed the sum of that bank's net profits for that year
and its retained net profits for the  preceding  two  calendar  years,  less any
required transfers to either surplus or any fund for retirement of any preferred
stock. At January 1, 1998, the Bank could have paid  approximately  $1.7 million
in dividends to the  Corporation  without prior Federal  Reserve  approval.  The
payment of dividends by the Bank may also be affected by other factors,  such as
requirements for the maintenance of adequate capital.  In addition,  the Federal
Reserve is authorized to determine,  under certain circumstances relating to the
financial  condition of a member bank, whether the payment of dividends would be
an unsafe or unsound banking practice and to prohibit payment thereof.

Rapid Growth

         It is the intention of Guaranty's management to expand Guaranty's asset
base.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and
Results of  Operations-Overview."  In particular,  Guaranty hopes to utilize the
capital raised in the Offering to support  anticipated  increases in its deposit
base and loans.  Additional capital also would increase Guaranty's legal lending
limit under  federal  law,  which in turn would allow  Guaranty to compete  more
actively  in  its  market  area  for  larger  construction,   land  development,
commercial real estate and business loans.  Guaranty's  ability to manage growth
successfully  will  depend on its ability to maintain  cost  controls  and asset
quality while attracting  additional  loans and deposits,  as well as on factors
beyond Guaranty's control, such as economic conditions and interest rate trends.
If  Guaranty  grows too quickly  and is not able to control  costs and  maintain
asset quality, Guaranty's growth could materially adversely affect its financial
performance.

Option  to  Extend  Interest  Payment  Date;  Tax  Consequences;   Market  Price
Consequences

         So long as no  Debenture  Event of  Default  (as  defined  herein)  has
occurred and is continuing, the Corporation has the right under the Indenture to
defer the payment of interest on the Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities at any
time or from time to time for a period not  exceeding 20  consecutive  quarterly
periods  with  respect to each  Extension  Period,  provided,  however,  that no
Extension   Period  may  extend  beyond  the  Stated   Maturity  of  the  Junior
Subordinated Debt Securities.  As a consequence of any such deferral,  quarterly
Distributions  on the  Preferred  Securities  by the Trust will also be deferred
(and the amount of  Distributions  to which holders of the Preferred  Securities
are entitled will  accumulate  additional  Distributions  thereon at % per annum
thereof,   compounded   quarterly  from  the  relevant  payment  date  for  such
Distributions  during any such Extension  Period).  During any Extension Period,
the Corporation may not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or
redeem, purchase,  acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of
the  Corporation's  capital stock (which includes  common and preferred  stock),
(ii) make any payment of principal,  interest or premium,  if any, on, or repay,
repurchase or redeem any debt  securities of the  Corporation  (including  Other
Debentures)  that rank pari  passu  with or junior in  interest  to,  the Junior
Subordinated  Debt Securities or (iii) make any guarantee  payments with respect
to any guarantee by the  Corporation of the debt securities of any subsidiary of
the Corporation  (including Other Guarantees) if such guarantee ranks pari passu
with or junior in interest to the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  (other
than (a) dividends or distributions in Common Stock of the Corporation,  (b) any
Declaration  of  a  dividend  in  connection  with  the   implementation   of  a
stockholders'  rights plan,  or the issuance of stock under any such plan in the
future, or the redemption or repurchase of any such rights pursuant thereto, (c)
payments under the  Guarantee,  (d) purchases or  acquisitions  of shares of the
Corporation's   Common  Stock  in  connection  with  the   satisfaction  by  the
Corporation  of its  obligations  under any  employee  benefit plan or any other
contractual  obligation of the Corporation (other than a contractual  obligation
ranking pari passu with or junior to the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities),
(e) as a result of a reclassification of the Corporation's  capital stock or the
exchange or conversion of one class or series of the Corporation's capital stock
for  another  class or  series  of the  Corporation's  capital  stock or (f) the
purchase of fractional


                                       8
<PAGE>

interests  in  shares  of  the  Corporation's  capital  stock  pursuant  to  the
conversion or exchange  provisions  of such capital stock or the security  being
converted or exchanged).  Prior to the termination of any Extension Period,  the
Corporation may further extend such Extension Period,  provided,  however,  that
such  extension  does not cause such  Extension  Period to exceed 20 consecutive
quarterly periods or to extend beyond the Stated Maturity.  Upon the termination
of any Extension  Period and the payment of all interest then accrued and unpaid
on the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  (together  with interest  thereon
accrued  at % per  annum,  compounded  quarterly,  to the  extent  permitted  by
applicable law), and subject to the foregoing  limitations,  the Corporation may
elect to begin a new Extension  Period.  There is no limitation on the number of
times  that  the  Corporation  may  elect  to begin  an  Extension  Period.  See
"Description of Preferred  Securities-Distributions"  and "Description of Junior
Subordinated Debt Securities-Option to Extend Interest Payment Date."

         If an Extension  Period  occurs,  for United States  federal income tax
purposes,  a holder of Preferred  Securities will continue to include income (in
the form of  original  issue  discount)  in respect of its pro rata share of the
Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  held by the Trust as long as the  Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities  remain  outstanding.  As  a  result,  during  an
Extension  Period a holder of Preferred  Securities  will include such income in
gross  income for United  States  federal  income tax purposes in advance of the
receipt of cash,  and will not receive the cash  related to such income from the
Trust if the holder  disposes of the  Preferred  Securities  prior to the record
date for the payment of  Distributions  thereafter.  See "Certain  United States
Federal Income Tax Consequences-Interest Income and Original Issue Discount" and
"Sales or Redemption of the Preferred Securities."

         Should the Corporation elect to exercise its right to defer payments of
interest on the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities in the future,  the market
price of the Preferred  Securities is likely to be adversely affected.  A holder
that disposes of its Preferred Securities during an Extension Period, therefore,
might not receive the same return on its  investment as a holder that  continues
to hold its Preferred  Securities.  In addition, as a result of the existence of
the Corporation's  right to defer interest  payments on the Junior  Subordinated
Debt Securities,  the market price of the Preferred  Securities (which represent
beneficial ownership interests in the Trust holding the Junior Subordinated Debt
Securities  as its sole assets) may be more  volatile  than the market prices of
other securities that are not subject to such deferrals.

Tax Event, Investment Company Event  or Capital Treatment Event Redemption

          Upon the  occurrence  and  during  the  continuation  of a Tax  Event,
Investment  Company Event or Capital  Treatment  Event,  the Corporation has the
right to redeem the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities in whole,  but not in
part,  at any time within 90 days  following  the  occurrence of such Tax Event,
Investment  Company  Event  or  Capital  Treatment  Event  and  thereby  cause a
mandatory  redemption of the Preferred  Securities  and Common  Securities.  The
ability  of the  Corporation  to  exercise  its  rights  to  redeem  the  Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities  prior to the stated  maturity  may be subject to
prior  regulatory  approval  by the  Federal  Reserve,  if then  required  under
applicable Federal Reserve capital  guidelines or policies.  See "Description of
Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities-Optional  Redemption" and "Description of
Preferred   Securities-Mandatory   Redemption"  and  "Description  of  Preferred
Securities-Liquidation of the Trust and Distribution of Junior Subordinated Debt
Securities."

         A "Tax  Event"  means the receipt by the Trust of an opinion of counsel
to the  Corporation  experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result
of any amendment to, or change (including any announced  prospective change) in,
the laws (or any  regulations  thereunder) of the United States or any political
subdivision  or  taxing  authority  thereof  or  therein,  or as a result of any
official  or  administrative   pronouncement  or  action  or  judicial  decision
interpreting or applying such laws or regulations,  which amendment or change is
effective or which  pronouncement  or decision is announced on or after the date
of issuance of the  Preferred  Securities,  there is more than an  insubstantial
risk that (i) the Trust  is, or will be within 90 days of the  delivery  of such
opinion,


                                       9
<PAGE>

subject to United States federal  income tax with respect to income  received or
accrued on the Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities (ii) interest payable by the
Corporation on the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities is not, or within 90 days
of the delivery of such opinion will not be,  deductible by the Corporation,  in
whole or in part,  for United  States  federal  income tax purposes or (iii) the
Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the delivery of the  opinion,  subject to
more than a de  minimis  amount  of other  taxes,  duties or other  governmental
charges.

         The  Corporation  believes  that under  current  law it is  entitled to
deduct the interest accruing on the Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities.  Under
the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997,  enacted on August 5, 1997,  issuers of certain
convertible  debt instruments are not entitled to deduct interest  thereon.  For
example,  interest is not deductible if the debt instrument is convertible  into
equity of the issuer (or a related  party) at the option of the holder and there
is a substantial  certainty that the holder will exercise the conversion option.
Similarly,  interest  is not  deductible  if the debt  instrument  is part of an
arrangement which is reasonably expected to result in a conversion at the option
of  the  issuer  (or a  related  party).  The  Corporation  believes  that  this
legislation  should not apply to the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities.  The
Internal  Revenue  Service  (the  "Service"),  however,  has not yet  issued any
guidance  regarding its  interpretation of the new legislation.  There can be no
assurance  that the  Service  will not take the  position  that  interest on the
Junior Subordinated Debt Securities is not deductible. Accordingly, there can be
no assurance  that an audit or future  interpretation  by the Service of the new
legislation  will not  result  in a Tax  Event  and an early  redemption  of the
Preferred Securities before, or after, , 2001 at the Redemption Price.

         In addition,  in recent  years,  there have been  several  proposals to
adopt  legislation   which,  if  enacted  and  made  applicable  to  the  Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities,  would preclude the  Corporation  from deducting
interest   thereon.   The  most  recent   proposal   was  made  by  the  Clinton
Administration  in 1997.  Such proposals have not been adopted by Congress,  but
there can be no  assurance  that  similar  proposals  will not be adopted in the
future  and  made  applicable  to  the  Junior   Subordinated  Debt  Securities.
Accordingly, there can be no assurance that any such legislation will not result
in a Tax Event which would permit the  Corporation  to cause a redemption of the
Preferred Securities before, or after, , 2001 at the Redemption Price.

         "Investment Company Event" means the receipt by the Trust of an opinion
of counsel to the Corporation experienced in such matters to the effect that, as
a result of the  occurrence of a change in law or regulation or a written change
(including any announced prospective change) in interpretation or application of
law or  regulation  by any  legislative  body,  court,  governmental  agency  or
regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust is
or will be considered an "investment  company" that is required to be registered
under the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended (the  "Investment  Company
Act"),  which change or  prospective  change  becomes  effective or would become
effective,  as the case  may be,  on or after  the date of the  issuance  of the
Preferred Securities.

         A "Capital  Treatment Event" means the reasonable  determination by the
Corporation  that, as a result of the  occurrence of any amendment to, or change
(including  any  announced  prospective  change)  in,  the laws (or any rules or
regulations  thereunder)  of the  United  States  or any  political  subdivision
thereof  or  therein,   or  as  a  result  of  any  official  or  administrative
pronouncement or action or judicial decision  interpreting or applying such laws
or regulations,  which  amendment or change is effective or such  pronouncement,
action  or  decision  is  announced  on or  after  the date of  issuance  of the
Preferred  Securities,  there  is  more  than an  insubstantial  risk  that  the
Corporation will not be entitled to treat an amount up to the Liquidation Amount
of the Preferred Securities as 25% of the Corporation's "Tier I Capital" (or the
then  equivalent  thereof)  for  purposes  of the  risk-based  capital  adequacy
guidelines  of the  Federal  Reserve,  as then in effect and  applicable  to the
Corporation.  See "Description of Junior Subordinated Debt Securities  -Optional
Redemption,"  "Description  of Preferred  Securities-Mandatory  Redemption"  and
"Description of Preferred  Securities-Liquidation  of the Trust and Distribution
of Junior Subordinated Debt Securities."


                                       10
<PAGE>

Liquidation of the Trust and Distribution of Junior Subordinated Debt Securities

         The Corporation,  as the holder of the outstanding  Common  Securities,
will have the  right at any time to  terminate  the  Trust and cause the  Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities  to be  distributed  to the  holders of the Trust
Securities.  Under current  United States federal income tax law, a distribution
of Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities upon the dissolution of the Trust would
not be a taxable event to holders of the Preferred Securities.  If, however, the
Trust is  characterized  for United  States  federal  income tax  purposes as an
association  taxable as a corporation  at the time of  dissolution of the Trust,
the  distribution  of the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities may constitute a
taxable  event to holders of Preferred  Securities.  See "Certain  United States
Federal Income Tax  Consequences-Distribution  of the Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities to Holders of Preferred Securities."

         There  can  be no  assurance  as to the  market  prices  for  Preferred
Securities or Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  that may be distributed in
exchange  for  Preferred  Securities  if a  liquidation  of  the  Trust  occurs.
Accordingly, the Preferred Securities or the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities
may trade at a discount  to the price that the  investor  paid to  purchase  the
Preferred Securities offered hereby. Because holders of Preferred Securities may
receive  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  on  termination  of the  Trust,
prospective  purchasers  of Preferred  Securities  are also making an investment
decision  with  regard to the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  and should
carefully  review all the  information  regarding the Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities     contained     herein.     See     "Description    of    Preferred
Securities-Liquidation  of the Trust and Distribution of the Junior Subordinated
Debt    Securities"    and    "Description   of   Junior    Subordinated    Debt
Securities-General."

Termination of Conversion Rights

         On and after , 2001, the Corporation may, subject to certain conditions
including advance public notice,  at its option,  cause the conversion rights of
holders of Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities to terminate,  provided that the
Closing Price of the Common Stock exceeds 115% of the then applicable Conversion
Price of the  Preferred  Securities  for a specified  period,  in which case the
right to convert  the  Preferred  Securities  into  Common  Stock will  likewise
terminate.     See     "Description    of    Preferred     Securities-Conversion
Rights-Termination of Conversion Rights."

Rights Under the Guarantee

         The  Guarantee  guarantees to the holders of the Trust  Securities  the
following payments, to the extent not paid by the Trust: (i) any accumulated and
unpaid Distributions required to be paid on the Trust Securities,  to the extent
that the Trust has  funds on hand  available  therefor  at such  time,  (ii) the
Redemption Price with respect to any Trust Securities called for redemption,  to
the extent that the Trust has funds on hand available therefor at such time, and
(iii) upon a voluntary or involuntary dissolution,  winding-up or liquidation of
the Trust (unless the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities are  distributed to
holders  of  the  Trust  Securities  or  all of  the  Preferred  Securities  are
redeemed),  the lesser of (a) the  aggregate of the  Liquidation  Amount and all
accumulated and unpaid  Distributions to the date of payment, to the extent that
the Trust has funds on hand available  therefor at such time, and (b) the amount
of assets of the Trust  remaining  available for  distribution to holders of the
Trust Securities after the satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust
as required by applicable law.

         The holders of not less than a majority in aggregate Liquidation Amount
of the Preferred  Securities have the right to direct the time, method and place
of conducting any proceeding for any remedy  available to the Guarantee  Trustee
(as defined herein) in respect of the Guarantee or to direct the exercise of any
trust power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under the Guarantee. Any holder
of the Trust  Securities may institute a legal  proceeding  directly against the
Corporation to enforce its rights under the Guarantee  without first instituting
a legal proceeding  against the Trust, the Guarantee Trustee or any other person
or entity.  If the Corporation  were to default on its obligation to pay amounts
payable  under the Junior  Subordinated  Debt


                                       11
<PAGE>

Securities,  the Trust  would lack funds for the  payment  of  Distributions  or
amounts payable on redemption of the Preferred Securities or otherwise,  and, in
such event,  holders of the Preferred  Securities would not be able to rely upon
the  Guarantee for payment of such  amounts.  Instead,  in the event a Debenture
Event of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be  continuing,  and such event is
attributable  to the failure of the  Corporation to pay principal of or interest
on the Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities on the applicable payment date, then
a holder of Preferred Securities may institute a Direct Action.  Notwithstanding
any payments  made to a holder of Preferred  Securities  by the  Corporation  in
connection with a Direct Action,  the Corporation  shall remain obligated to pay
the principal of and interest on the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities,  and
the  Corporation  shall  be  subrogated  to the  rights  of the  holder  of such
Preferred Securities with respect to payments on the Preferred Securities to the
extent of any  payments  made by the  Corporation  to such  holder in any Direct
Action. Except as described herein,  holders of Preferred Securities will not be
able to  exercise  directly  any other  remedy  available  to the holders of the
Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  or assert  directly  any other rights in
respect of the Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities.  See "Description of Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities-Enforcement  of  Certain  Rights  by  Holders  of
Preferred    Securities,"    "Description    of   Junior    Subordinated    Debt
Securities-Debenture  Events of Default" and  "Description  of  Guarantee."  The
Declaration  provides  that each holder of Preferred  Securities  by  acceptance
thereof agrees to the provisions of the Guarantee and the Indenture.  Wilmington
Trust Company will act as Guarantee  Trustee  under the Guarantee  Agreement and
will  hold  the  Guarantee  for the  benefit  of the  holders  of the  Preferred
Securities. Wilmington Trust Company will also act as Property Trustee under the
Declaration and as Debenture Trustee under the Indenture.

Limited Voting Rights

         Holders of Preferred  Securities  will  generally  have limited  voting
rights  relating  only to the  modification  of the  Preferred  Securities,  the
dissolution,  winding-up or  liquidation  of the Trust,  and the exercise of the
Trust's rights as holder of Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities.  The right to
vote to appoint, remove or replace the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee or
the  Administrative  Trustees is vested  exclusively in the holder of the Common
Securities  except,  with  respect  to the  Property  Trustee  and the  Delaware
Trustee,  upon the occurrence of certain events described  herein.  The Property
Trustee,  the  Administrative   Trustees  and  the  Corporation  may  amend  the
Declaration  without the consent of holders of  Preferred  Securities  to ensure
that the Trust will not be  classified  for  United  States  Federal  income tax
purposes as an association  taxable as a corporation or, as other than a grantor
trust, even if such action adversely affects the interests of such holders.  See
"Description  of Preferred  Securities-Removal  of Trustees" and "Voting Rights;
Amendment of the Declaration."

Regulatory Capital Requirements

         The  Corporation  and  the  Bank  are  subject  to  regulatory  capital
guidelines.  At December 31, 1997,  the Bank was in compliance  with  applicable
regulatory  capital  requirements.  The  Corporation,  at that date, had a total
capital  to  risk-weighted  assets  ratio  of  15.4%  and a  Tier I  Capital  to
risk-weighted assets ratio of 14.3%, both above the minimum requirements of 8.0%
and 4.0%, respectively. The Corporation's leverage ratio at that date was 9.3%.

         Although the minimum  leverage  ratio  requirement  is 3.0%,  most bank
holding  companies,  including  the  Corporation,  are  expected  to maintain an
additional  cushion  of at least 100 to 200  basis  points  above  the  minimum.
However,  the  Federal  Reserve  may  assign  a  specific  capital  ratio  to an
individual  bank  holding  company,  including  the  Corporation,  based  on its
assessment  of  asset  quality,  earnings  performance,  interest-rate  risk and
liquidity.  As of the  date of this  Prospectus,  the  Federal  Reserve  has not
advised the Corporation of a specific leverage ratio requirement.

         There can be no assurance that either the  Corporation or the Bank will
continue to be able to meet their  respective  minimum  capital  ratios.  In the
event  that  the  Corporation  or the  Bank  falls  below  the  minimum


                                       12
<PAGE>

capital  requirements  described  above,  agencies  may take  regulatory  action
including,  in the case of the Bank,  "prompt  corrective  action." Such actions
could impair the  Corporation's  ability to make principal and interest payments
on the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities.

Trading Price

         The  Preferred  Securities  may  trade at a price  that  does not fully
reflect the value of accrued but unpaid  interest with respect to the underlying
Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities.  A holder  using the  accrual  method of
accounting (and a cash method holder, during and after an Extension Period or if
the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities are deemed to have been issued with OID)
who disposes of its Preferred  Securities between  Distribution Record Dates (as
defined herein) will be required to include accrued but unpaid interest (or OID)
on the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities  through the date of disposition in
income as ordinary  income and to add such amount to its  adjusted  tax basis in
its share of the underlying Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities deemed disposed
of. To the extent  the  selling  price is less than the  holder's  adjusted  tax
basis,  a holder  will  recognize  a capital  loss.  Subject to certain  limited
exceptions,  capital  losses  cannot be  applied to offset  ordinary  income for
United States  federal income tax purposes.  See "Certain  United States Federal
Income Tax Consequences-Interest  Income and Original Issue Discount" and "Sales
or Redemption of the Preferred Securities."

Absence of Public Market and Transfer Restrictions

         There is no existing market for the Preferred  Securities and there can
be no  assurance  as to the  liquidity  of any markets  that may develop for the
Preferred  Securities,  the  ability  of the  holders  to sell  their  Preferred
Securities or at the price at which holders of the Preferred  Securities will be
able to sell their Preferred Securities.  Future trading prices of the Preferred
Securities will depend on many factors including, among other things, prevailing
interest rates, the Corporation's  operating results, and the market for similar
securities.  Although  the  Corporation  intends to apply to have the  Preferred
Securities approved for trading on the Nasdaq  Over-the-Counter  Bulletin Board,
there can be no assurance that such application will be approved, that an active
trading  market  for the  Preferred  Securities  will  develop  or,  if one does
develop,  that  it  will  be  maintained.   In  addition,   notwithstanding  the
registration of the Preferred  Securities,  holders who are  "affiliates" of the
Corporation  or the Trust as defined  under Rule 405 of the  Securities  Act may
publicly  offer for sale or resell the Preferred  Securities  only in compliance
with the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.


                            GUARANTY CAPITAL TRUST I

         The Trust is a statutory  business  trust  formed  under  Delaware  law
pursuant to (i) the original  Declaration of Trust executed by the  Corporation,
as  Depositor,   Wilmington  Trust  Company,   as  Delaware  Trustee,   and  the
Administrative  Trustees named therein, which original Declaration of Trust will
be  amended  and  restated  and  executed  by  the  Corporation,  as  Depositor,
Wilmington Trust Company,  as Property  Trustee,  Wilmington  Trust Company,  as
Delaware   Trustee,   and  the   Administrative   Trustees  named  therein  (the
"Declaration"),  and (ii) the filing of a certificate of trust with the Delaware
Secretary  of State on  October  , 1997.  The  Trust  exists  for the  exclusive
purposes  of (i)  issuing  and  selling  the Trust  Securities,  (ii)  using the
proceeds  from  the  sale  of  the  Trust   Securities  to  acquire  the  Junior
Subordinated  Debt Securities and (iii) engaging in only those other  activities
necessary or  incidental  thereto.  Accordingly,  the Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities  will be the sole assets of the Trust,  and payments under the Junior
Subordinated  Debt Securities will be the sole revenues of the Trust. All of the
Common  Securities will be owned directly or indirectly by the Corporation.  The
Common  Securities  will rank pari passu,  and payments will be made thereon pro
rata,  with the  Preferred  Securities,  except  that  upon the  occurrence  and
continuance of any Debenture  Event of Default (or an event that, with notice or
the  passage of time,  would  become  such an Event of  Default)  or an Event of
Default under the  Declaration,  the rights of the  Corporation as holder of the
Common  Securities  to payment in respect of


                                       13
<PAGE>

Distributions  and payments upon  liquidation,  redemption or otherwise  will be
subordinated  to the rights of the  holders  of the  Preferred  Securities.  See
"Description of Preferred  Securities--Subordination  of Common Securities." The
Corporation will acquire Common  Securities in an aggregate  Liquidation  Amount
equal to  approximately  3% of the total  capital of the Trust.  The Trust has a
term of 40 years, but may terminate earlier as provided in the Declaration.  The
Trust's  business and affairs are conducted by its trustees,  each  appointed by
the Corporation as holder of the Common  Securities.  The trustees for the Trust
will be Wilmington  Trust Company,  as the Property  Trustee,  Wilmington  Trust
Company,  as the Delaware  Trustee,  and individual  trustees as  Administrative
Trustees who are  employees or officers of or  affiliated  with the  Corporation
(collectively,  the "Trustees").  Wilmington Trust Company, as Property Trustee,
will act as sole  indenture  trustee  under the  Declaration.  Wilmington  Trust
Company  will  also  act as  trustee  under  the  Guarantee  Agreement  and  the
Indenture.   See  "Description  of  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities"  and
"Description of Guarantee." The holder of the Common Securities,  or the holders
of a majority in Liquidation  Amount of the Preferred  Securities if an Event of
Default under the  Declaration  resulting from a Debenture  Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing,  will be entitled to appoint,  remove or replace the
Property  Trustee and/or Delaware  Trustee.  In no event will the holders of the
Preferred  Securities  have the right to vote to appoint,  remove or replace the
Administrative Trustees; such voting rights are vested exclusively in the holder
of the Common  Securities.  The  duties  and  obligations  of each  Trustee  are
governed  by the  Declaration.  Pursuant  to the  expense  provisions  under the
Indenture,  the  Corporation,   as  obligor  on  the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities, will pay all fees and expenses related to the Trust and the offering
of the Preferred  Securities and will pay,  directly or indirectly,  all ongoing
costs,  expenses and  liabilities of the Trust.  See  "Description  of Preferred
Securities-Expenses  and  Taxes."  The  address  and  telephone  number  of  the
principal executive office of the Trust is c/o:

                         Guaranty Financial Corporation
                              1658 State Farm Blvd.
                         Charlottesville, Virginia 22911
                                 (804) 970-1100


                                       14
<PAGE>

                         SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

         The  following  unaudited  consolidated  summary  sets  forth  selected
financial data for the Corporation and its  subsidiaries  for the periods and at
the dates indicated.  The following  summary is qualified in its entirety by the
detailed  information and the financial  statements  included  elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Six Months
                                        Year Ended       Ended
                                        December 31   December 31                Year Ended June 30
                                        -----------   -----------   ---------------------------------------------------
                                            1997          1996             1996        1995        1994        1993
                                            ----          ----             ----        ----        ----        ----

Income Statement Data                           (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                     <C>            <C>             <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>    
   Gross interest income................   $9,520        $4,276          $7,617      $6,788      $6,684      $7,717
   Gross interest expense...............    6,038         2,940           5,192       4,663       5,073       5,094
   Net interest income..................    3,482         1,336           2,425       2,125       1,611       2,623
   Provision (credit) for possible      
     loan losses........................      122            92              57         (9)          74          37
   Net interest income after            
     provision for loan losses..........    3,360         1,244           2,368       2,134       1,537       2,586
   Non-interest income..................    1,867           462           1,107         872         126         828
   Non-interest expense.................    3,843         1,716           2,487       2,530       2,182       1,958
   Income (loss)  before income taxes       1,384          (10)             988         476       (519)       1,456
   Income taxes.........................      486           (4)             344         101       (235)         483
   Income before cumulative effect of   
     change in accounting principle.....      898           (6)             644         375       (284)         973
   Cumulative effect of change in       
     accounting for income taxes........        -             -               -           -       (196)           -
                                          -------       -------         -------     -------     -------     -------
   Net income...........................     $897          $(6)            $644        $375      $(480)        $973
                                             ====          ====            ====        ====      ======        ====
                                        
Per Share Data (1)                      
   Basic and diluted net income         
     (loss) (2).........................     $.61        $(.01)            $.70        $.70      $(.90)       $1.81
   Cash dividends.......................      .12           .05             .05           -           -         .25
   Book value at period end.............     7.90          7.12            6.91        6.57        6.57        7.47
   Tangible book value at period end....     7.90          7.12            6.91        6.57        6.57        7.47
                                        
Period-End Balance Sheet Data           
   Total assets......................... $130,708      $116,020        $110,161     $89,461     $88,256     $92,832
   Total loans..........................   99,675        81,270          84,081      75,221      77,755      70,195
   Total deposits.......................  112,947        81,401          74,687      52,461      53,467      50,020
   Long-term debt.......................    2,360         2,706           3,144       3,981       4,834       9,499
   Shareholders' equity.................   11,860         6,576           6,349       6,016       3,531       4,001
   Shares outstanding...................1,501,383       924,008         919,168     915,568     537,168     537,168
                                        
Performance Ratios                      
   Return on average assets.............   .71%        (.01%)              .64%         .41%      (.49%)      1.00%
   Return on average shareholders'      
     equity.............................  9.11          (.11)            10.24         9.67     (12.00)      26.31
   Average shareholders' equity to      
     average total assets...............  7.77          5.68              6.24         4.22       4.07        3.80
   Net interest margin (3)..............  2.96          2.50              2.54         2.38       1.68        2.82
                                        
Asset Quality Ratios                    
   Net charge-offs to average loans.....   .06%          .01%              .02%         .00%       .09%       (.03%)
   Allowance to period-end gross loans..   .93          1.02               .89          .93        .93        1.02
   Allowance to non-performing loans.... 65.11         51.75             52.82        47.61      42.74       32.91
   Nonaccrual loans to gross loans......  1.42          1.97              1.67         1.94       1.31        1.27
   Nonperforming assets to gross loans  
     and foreclosed properties..........  1.49          2.04              1.72         2.11       1.60        2.83
                                        
Capital and Liquidity Ratios            
   Risk-based                           
     Tier 1 capital..................... 14.29%        11.64%            12.13%       13.31%      7.75%       9.05%
     Total capital...................... 15.42         12.89             13.28        14.56       9.01       10.31
   Leverage capital ratio...............  9.34          5.81              6.01         6.72       4.00        4.32
   Total equity to total assets.........  9.07          5.66              5.76         6.72       4.00        4.32
</TABLE> 
- ------------------- 

(1)      All per share figures have been adjusted to reflect a two-for-one stock
         split on January 15, 1996.
(2)      Net income per share is computed using the weighted average outstanding
         shares.
(3)      Net interest margin is calculated as tax-equivalent net interest income
         divided by average earning assets and represents the  Corporation's net
         yield on its earning assets.


                                       15
<PAGE>

                                 THE CORPORATION

         The following discussion includes selected financial and other data for
the  Corporation  and its  subsidiaries  and is qualified in its entirety by the
detailed  information,  and  should be read in  conjunction  with the  financial
statements and other information included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

         Guaranty   Financial   Corporation,   a   Virginia   corporation   (the
"Corporation"),  is a bank  holding  company  that  was  formed  in 1995  and is
headquartered in Charlottesville, Virginia. The Corporation's only subsidiary is
Guaranty Bank (the "Bank"), which opened for business in 1981.

         The   Bank   operates   four   full   service    banking   offices   in
Charlottesville/Albemarle  County,  Virginia  and is  the  only  community  bank
headquartered or with a branch in Albemarle County or Charlottesville. This area
had a collective population of approximately 108,000 in 1990 according to census
figures, is located in central Virginia 110 miles southwest of Washington,  D.C.
and 75  miles  west of  Richmond,  Virginia,  and  includes  the  University  of
Virginia,  the area's largest employer.  The two largest financial  institutions
operating in Charlottesville and Albemarle County, with 44% of total deposits at
June 30, 1997, were acquired by the same out-of-state  regional bank at year-end
1997.

         A  fifth  branch,  in  Harrisonburg,   Virginia  opened  in  May  1997.
Harrisonburg  is in the  Shenandoah  Valley,  approximately  70  miles  west  of
Charlottesville.  The Harrisonburg/Rockingham County area is the largest area in
the Shenandoah Valley, which extends from Winchester to Lexington, Virginia. The
Harrisonburg/Rockingham   County  area  is  a   manufacturing   center  with  an
unemployment  rate  consistently  among the lowest in Virginia  (currently 1.7%)
located on  Interstate  81 between  Interstates  64 and 66. Major  manufacturers
include WLR Foods, Inc.; Rocco, Inc.; Merck & Co., Inc.;  Tenneco-Walker;  Banta
Corporation;  and Reynolds Metals Company. James Madison University, with 13,000
students, is located in Harrisonburg.

         A sixth  branch at Lake  Monticello  in  Fluvanna  County,  Virginia is
expected  to open in 1998.  Fluvanna  County is  immediately  east of  Albemarle
County.  The Lake Monticello area has a population of  approximately  11,000 and
the  nearest  bank  branch  today is  approximately  eight miles from the Bank's
location. In addition,  Guaranty has entered into a letter of intent, subject to
regulatory  approval,  to lease a seventh  branch  site near the  University  of
Virginia Hospital in  Charlottesville  that an acquired regional bank will close
in mid-1998.

         When the Corporation decided to convert the Bank from a federal savings
association  to  a  Virginia-chartered  commercial  bank,  it  also  decided  to
restructure  the  Bank's  balance  sheet.   Historically,   the  Bank  funded  a
significant percentage of its loans with borrowings, primarily Federal Home Loan
Bank advances,  and a significant  percentage of its loan portfolio consisted of
long term, fixed rate residential mortgage loans. From June 30, 1995 to December
31, 1997, deposits increased from $52.5 million to $112.9 million. Over the same
period FHLB  advances and other  borrowings  declined  from 47.7% of deposits to
2.7%.

         Fixed-rate  residential  mortgage  loans  comprised  29.4% and 24.6% of
gross loans at June 30, 1995 and  December 31,  1997,  respectively.  In January
1997 the Bank  adopted  a  policy  of  selling  all new  fixed-rate  residential
mortgage loans and has emphasized originations of commercial mortgage,  consumer
and construction loans.

         The  Corporation's  total  deposits  at  December  31, 1997 were $112.9
million,  up 38.7% from $81.4 million at December 31, 1996.  Net income for 1997
was $898,000, up 161.8% from the $343,000 in calendar year 1996 which included a
one-time  SAIF  assessment  of $225,000.  At December 31, 1997 total assets were
$130.7 million and shareholders' equity was $11.9 million.

                                       16
<PAGE>

         Since  December  31,  1996,  the  Corporation  has  hired  four  senior
officers,  including  two senior loan officers  from larger  regional  banks for
construction and commercial lending. Management believes that, with its existing
five  branch  network,  two new branch  offices  opening  in 1998,  its new loan
officers  and the major  mergers  occurring  in its  primary  market  area,  the
significant  growth in loans and deposits  over the last two years will continue
near term. During 1997, the Bank had residential loan closings of $54.4 million,
up 62.9% from the $33.4 million in 1996. The most recent loan officer,  hired in
December  1997, was a construction  lender in  Charlottesville  and Richmond for
another  large  regional  bank  acquired by another  out-of-state  bank  holding
company in late 1997.

         The  Corporation is a legal entity  separate and distinct from the Bank
and its nonbanking subsidiaries.  Accordingly, the right of the Corporation, and
thus  the  right  of  the  Corporation's   creditors,   to  participate  in  any
distribution  of the assets or earnings of the Bank or any other  subsidiary  is
necessarily  subject  to the  prior  claims  of  creditors  of the  Bank or such
subsidiary,  except to the extent that claims of the Corporation in its capacity
as a creditor may be  recognized.  The  principal  sources of the  Corporation's
revenues are dividends from the Bank.

         The Corporation is a bank holding  company  registered with the Federal
Reserve under the BHCA. The Corporation's  executive offices are located at 1658
State Farm Blvd., Charlottesville,  Virginia 22911. Its mailing address is P. O.
Box 7206,  Charlottesville,  Virginia  22906-7206,  and its telephone  number is
(804) 970-1100.


                                       17
<PAGE>

                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The  following  commentary  discusses  major  components  of Guaranty's
business and  presents an overview of its  consolidated  financial  position and
results of  operations at and for the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1997,  the
six months ended  December 31, 1996 and the fiscal years ended June 30, 1996 and
1995. This discussion  should be reviewed in conjunction  with the  consolidated
financial  statements and accompanying  notes and other statistical  information
presented  elsewhere in this Prospectus.  All income statement data for calendar
year 1996 are unaudited.

         Guaranty  is not aware of any  current  recommendations  by  regulatory
authorities,  which,  if  implemented,  would  have  a  material  effect  on its
liquidity,  capital resources or results of operations.  There are no agreements
between  Guaranty  and the  Federal  Reserve,  the  Virginia  State  Corporation
Commission  (the  "SCC") or the FDIC,  nor has any  regulatory  agency  made any
recommendations concerning the operations of Guaranty that could have a material
effect on its liquidity, capital resources or results of operations.

Overview

         On June 30,  1997,  Guaranty  Bank,  the  operating  subsidiary  of the
Corporation,  converted  from a  federally-chartered  savings  association  to a
Virginia-chartered,  federal reserve member  commercial bank. In anticipation of
the charter conversion, in early 1997, Guaranty began to implement a strategy to
gradually  increase its net  interest  margin and  profitability  to levels more
characteristic  of community banks operating in Virginia.  In the second half of
1997,  three statewide banks were acquired by out-of-state  banks.  Two of these
three   acquired   banks  had  a  combined   44%  share  of  bank   deposits  in
Charlottesville  and Albemarle  County at June 30, 1997.  After the acquisitions
were announced, Guaranty immediately began to experience an increase in deposits
and, just as  importantly,  has been able to recruit  experienced  loan officers
with  loyal  customers  who  were  displaced  by  the  acquisitions.  Guaranty's
strategy,  is  influenced by the  consolidation  occurring in its markets and is
expected  to result in  substantial  loan and  deposit  growth in 1998.  Because
growth  in the  amounts  anticipated  would  significantly  alter  the  size and
structure of Guaranty's  balance sheet,  Guaranty  believes it is appropriate to
describe its strategy and expectations, which include the following:

         In January  1997, to reduce  interest rate risk and improve  liquidity,
         Guaranty  began to sell all  newly  originated  fixed-rate  residential
         mortgage  loans.  To  further  reduce  interest  rate risk and  provide
         liquidity for anticipated  growth in portfolio loans,  Guaranty sold an
         additional   $9.2   million   in   fixed-rate    mortgage   loans   and
         mortgage-backed securities in January 1998. Management anticipates that
         these funds,  deposit  growth,  sales of loans and loan  participations
         and, if necessary,  FHLB advances will provide the liquidity  needed to
         fund loan growth.

         Guaranty is focusing new originations of portfolio loans on commercial,
         consumer,  residential  construction and land development  loans, which
         are  currently  priced  approximately  175 to 250  basis  points  above
         fixed-rate residential mortgage loans. Guaranty hired a commercial loan
         officer in May 1997 and a  construction  loan officer in December 1997,
         both of whom previously were with large banks in Virginia. Loans in the
         above  categories  increased  to an  aggregate  42.6% of gross loans at
         December  31,  1997 from 26.7% at  December  31,  1996.  A  significant
         portion  of this  increase  is  attributable  to hiring  these two loan
         officers  and to  business  shifting  to  Guaranty  following  the 1997
         acquisitions of statewide banks by out-of-state banks. Guaranty expects
         substantial  loan  growth  in 1998  and has  budgeted  a $12.0  million
         increase in commercial real estate loan balances,  an increase of $30.0
         million to $45.0  million in  construction  and land  development  loan
         balances,  an  increase  of $4.6  million  in  consumer  loans,  and an
         additional  $4.2  million  in small  business  loans in 1998.  Budgeted
         amounts  are  merely  estimates  and a variety  of  factors,  including
         inadequate deposit growth,


                                       18
<PAGE>

         general  economic  conditions  and  competition  for loans  could cause
         Guaranty to fall short of these targets.

         Guaranty  has  emphasized  deposit  growth to fund loan  growth and has
         de-emphasized  Federal  Home Loan Bank  advances  and other  short term
         borrowings.  Deposits increased from $81.4 million at December 31, 1996
         to $112.9  million at  December  31,  1997.  Growth  resulted  from new
         branches  that  opened in December  1996 and May 1997,  as well as from
         customer  migration after the 1997  acquisitions of two statewide banks
         by out-of-state banks that, in the aggregate, held 44% of bank deposits
         in  Charlottesville  and Albemarle County at June 30, 1997. Despite its
         deposit   growth,   Guaranty   held  only  7.0%  of  bank  deposits  in
         Charlottesville  and  Albemarle  County at June 30, 1997.  Federal Home
         Loan Bank advances and other short term borrowings decreased from $24.2
         million at December 31, 1996 to $3.0 million at December 31, 1997.

         In  February  1998,  a senior  officer was  recruited  from an acquired
         statewide  bank to manage and  reorganize  Guaranty's  branch  network.
         Guaranty's focus in its branch network for 1998 will be both to improve
         installment  lending  programs  to  individuals  and  to  continue  the
         emphasis on deposit  growth.  Guaranty  expects  significant  growth in
         deposits,  primarily  from  customer  migration  and  one  or  two  new
         branches. Having budgeted $30.0 million for deposit growth during 1998,
         Guaranty  had  already   experienced   a  growth  of  $5.0  million  in
         certificates  of deposit and $3.0  million in checking  accounts by the
         end of  February  1998.  Although  substantial  deposit  growth will be
         necessary to fund  anticipated  loan growth and may restrain efforts to
         reduce  deposit  costs,  Guaranty  plans to lower interest rates on its
         certificates of deposit,  and to aggressively promote customer checking
         accounts in 1998.

         Guaranty  plans to  establish  monthly  sales goals for each branch for
         loan and deposit  products.  Guaranty also plans to provide an improved
         array of products for customers,  including additional checking account
         options,  sweep  accounts  for  business  customers  and  debit  cards.
         Guaranty has received  regulatory approval to open a sixth full-service
         retail  branch at Lake  Monticello,  a planned  community  in  Fluvanna
         County,  Virginia.  Opening is  anticipated  to occur in  mid-summer of
         1998.  In  addition,  Guaranty  has  entered  into a letter of  intent,
         subject to regulatory approval,  to lease a seventh branch site on West
         Main Street near the University of Virginia in Charlottesville  that an
         acquired statewide bank will close in mid-1998.

Net Income

         Net income for the year ending  December 31, 1997 was  $898,000,  ($.61
per share),  a 161.8%  increase  when compared to calendar year 1996 earnings of
$343,000 ($.37 per share).  These increased  earnings were primarily a result of
an increased net interest  margin and gains on the sale of loans and  securities
resulting from a favorable  interest rate environment  during a restructuring of
the balance sheet.  These increased  revenues were partially  offset by expenses
relating to the conversion to a state-chartered commercial bank in June 1997 and
costs  relating  to the  expansion  of the  branch  network.  Calendar  1997 was
positively  impacted  by the first  full  year of  operations  for the  combined
corporate  headquarters  and  branch  that  was  opened  on  the  east  side  of
Charlottesville,  Virginia  in  December  1996.  Also,  in  May  1997,  a  fifth
full-service branch was opened in Harrisonburg, Virginia.

         In calendar year 1996, earnings were adversely affected by the one-time
SAIF assessment and  reclassification  of investment  securities  resulting in a
charge to earnings of approximately  $325,000 (net of tax effect). The return on
average assets was 0.7% for the year ended  December 31, 1997,  compared to 0.3%
for the calendar year ended December 31, 1996.


                                       19
<PAGE>

         For the six months ended December 31, 1996, the Corporation experienced
a 102% decrease in earnings from the same period in 1995.  During the six months
ended  December  31, 1996,  the  Corporation's  net loss was $6,000  compared to
earnings of $299,000 for the same period in 1995.  Income  decreased  during the
six  months  ended  December  31,  1996,  due  to a loss  of  $237,000  when  it
restructured  its  investment  portfolio  and a one time special  assessment  of
$347,000 to recapitalize  the Savings  Association  Insurance Fund ("SAIF").  In
order for Guaranty to convert to a commercial  bank,  securities  classified  as
available for sale had to be reclassified as trading  securities.  This resulted
in a mark to market  loss of $237,000  which was charged  against net income and
adjusted the basis of the securities.  Without these items,  Guaranty would have
reported an after tax net income of $376,000 for the six months  ended  December
31, 1996.

         Guaranty's  performance  in its fiscal  year ended June 30, 1996 showed
improvement  over the year ended June 30, 1995.  Net income  increased  71.0% in
fiscal 1996 to $643,000  compared  to  $376,000  in fiscal  1995.  After a 69.4%
increase in average shares outstanding following a 360,000 share public offering
completed on June 22, 1995,  earnings per share were constant at $.70. Return on
average  equity during fiscal 1996 increased to 10.2% from 9.7% for fiscal 1995.
The return on average assets was 0.6% in fiscal 1996, compared to 0.4% in fiscal
1995.  Fiscal  1996  marked the first year  since 1989 that  Guaranty's  average
earning assets have  increased  significantly  over the prior fiscal year.  From
1989 through fiscal 1995, due to capital  constraints,  management was forced to
downsize the Bank.  Average  interest  earning assets increased 6.9% from $89.42
million in fiscal 1995 to $95.57 million in fiscal 1996.  Total interest bearing
deposits on average  increased 13.8% from $54.43 million in fiscal 1995 to $61.9
million in fiscal 1996. Average balances of securities increased 38.0% while, on
average,  loans were  relatively  flat,  up only 2.0% from fiscal 1995 to fiscal
1996.

Net Interest Income

         Net interest income is the major  component of Guaranty's  earnings and
is equal to the  amount  by which  interest  income  exceeds  interest  expense.
Earning assets  consist  primarily of loans and  securities,  while deposits and
borrowings represent the major portion of interest bearing liabilities.  Changes
in the  volume  and mix of assets  and  liabilities,  as well as  changes in the
yields  and rates  paid,  determine  changes  in net  interest  income.  The net
interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income by average earning
assets.

         Net interest  income was $3.5  million for the year ended  December 31,
1997, 33.9% greater than the $2.6 million earned during calendar year 1996. This
improvement in net interest income was primarily due to volume  increases in the
securities and loan portfolios.  Average loans increased 9.6% for the year ended
December 31, 1997.  The average  balance of the  securities  portfolio was $22.6
million in 1997,  up $7.7 million,  or 51.9% over  calendar year 1996.  Although
market  interest  rates  declined  during the year ended  December 31, 1997, the
yield on average  loans  increased  20 basis points from 8.3% in 1996 to 8.5% in
1997.  The average  yield on  securities  declined from 7.4% in calendar 1996 to
7.0% in 1997.  Also  contributing  to the improvement in net interest income for
the year ended  December  31,  1997 was a decline  in the cost of average  total
interest bearing liabilities from 5.6% in 1996 to 5.3% in 1997. The average rate
paid on interest bearing deposits  decreased 7 basis points. The increase in net
interest  margin was achieved from both volume gains and widening  spreads.  The
increase in average securities was a result of loan demand not keeping pace with
increases in deposits  through the summer of 1997.  This trend  reversed in late
1997 as a result of the expanded branch network and additional loan officers.

         Net  interest  income was $1.3  million for the six month  period ended
December 31,  1996,  15.5%  greater than the $1.2 million  reported for the same
period in 1995.  This  improvement  in net interest  income was primarily due to
volume increases in the securities portfolio and to higher average yields on the
loan  portfolio.  The  average  balance of the  securities  portfolio  was $17.6
million for the six month  period ended  December  31, 1996,  up 124.7% over the
same period in 1995. The average balance of the loan portfolio was $83.8 million
for


                                       20
<PAGE>

the six month  period ended  December 31, 1996,  up 7.6% over the same period in
1995.  The yield on average loans  increased 4 basis points from 8.2% during the
six month  period  ended  December 31, 1995 to 8.2% for the same period in 1996,
while  the yield on  securities  declined  182 basis  points to 7.2% for the six
month period ended December 31, 1996 from 9.0% for the same period in 1995. Also
contributing  to the improved net interest  margin was a 38 basis point decrease
in the rate paid on average  interest  bearing  liabilities  to 5.6% for the six
month period ended December 31, 1996 from 5.9% for the same period in 1995.

         Net interest income was $2.4 million in fiscal 1996, 14.1% greater than
the $2.1 million  reported during fiscal 1995. This  improvement in net interest
income was primarily due to volume increases in the securities  portfolio and to
higher  average  yields  on the  loan  portfolio.  The  average  balance  of the
securities portfolio was $10.5 million in fiscal 1996, up $3.0 million, or 40.2%
over fiscal 1995. The average balance of the loan portfolio was $79.9 million in
fiscal 1996,  up $1.5  million,  or 2.0% over fiscal 1995.  The yield on average
loans increased 54 basis points from 7.5% in fiscal 1995 to 8.1% in fiscal 1996,
while the yield on  securities  declined 12 basis  points to 7.8% in fiscal 1996
from 7.9% in fiscal 1995.  Also  contributing to the improvement in net interest
income in fiscal 1996 was a decline in the average  amount of FHLB  advances and
borrowings of $1.2 million, or 4.5%, to $25.8 million in fiscal 1996, from $27.0
million  in  fiscal  1995,  and a  decline  in the  average  rates  paid on such
borrowings of 22 basis points from 6.3% in fiscal 1995 to 6.0% in fiscal 1996. A
$9.5  million,  or 24.5%  increase in the average  balances of  certificates  of
deposits from $38.9 million in fiscal 1995 to $48.5 million in fiscal 1996, more
than offset a slight decline in other deposit  accounts and enabled  Guaranty to
reduce FHLB advances and increase balances of investment securities. The average
rate paid on interest  bearing  deposits  increased  58 basis  points to 5.1% in
fiscal 1996 from 4.5% in fiscal  1995 but,  with the decline in volume and rates
on FHLB  advances,  the average rates paid on all interest  bearing  liabilities
increased only 25 basis points to 5.7% in fiscal 1996 from 5.4% in fiscal 1995.

         The  following  table sets forth  average  balances  of total  interest
earning assets and total interest bearing liabilities for the periods indicated,
showing the average  distribution of assets,  liabilities,  stockholders' equity
and the related income,  expense, and corresponding  weighted average yields and
costs.


                                       21
<PAGE>


  Average Balances, Interest Income and Expenses, and Average Yields and Rates

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Six Months            
                              Year Ended December 31               Ended December 31       
                              ----------------------               -----------------       
                                         1997                             1996             
                                         ----                             ----             
                                         Average                         Average           
                             Average     Income/   Yield/    Average     Income/   Yield/  
                            Balance(1)   Expense   Rate(2)   Balance(1)  Expense   Rate(2) 
                            ----------   -------   -------   ----------  -------   ------- 
                                                                                           
                                                 (Dollars in thousands)  
<S>                         <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>      <C>    
Assets                                                                                     
Interest Earning Assets:                                                                   
 Securities...............    $22,637     $1,590     7.02%     $17,640     $631     7.15%  
 Loans(3).................     89,222      7,584     8.50%      83,816    3,455     8.24%  
 Interest bearing deposits                                                                 
  in other banks..........      5,605        346     6.17%       5,257      190     7.23%  
                                -----        ---                 -----      ---            
  Total interest earning                                                                   
    assets................    117,464      9,520     8.10%     106,713    4,276     8.01%  
                              -------      -----               -------    -----            
Noninterest earning assets:                                                                
 Cash and due from banks..      1,898                            1,082                     
 Premises and equipment...      5,508                            4,038                     
 Other assets.............      2,624                            2,680                     
 Less: Allowance for loan                                                                  
  losses..................      (890)                            (826)                     
                                -----                            -----                     
  Total noninterest earning                                                                
    assets................      9,140                            6,974                     
                                -----                            -----                     
    Total assets..........   $126,604                         $113,687                     
                             ========                         ========                     
Liabilities and                                                                            
  Stockholders' Equity                                                                     
Interest Bearing Liabilities:                                                              
 Interest bearing deposits:                                                                
  Demand/MMDA accounts....    $11,110       $289     2.60%      $8,765     $121     2.76%  
  Savings.................      5,654        190     3.36%       4,870       83     3.41%  
  Certificates of deposits     80,779      4,443     5.50%      63,346    1,756     5.54%  
                               ------      -----                ------    -----            
   Total interest bearing                                                                  
    deposits..............     97,543      4,922     5.05%      76,981    1,960     5.09%  
  FHLB advances and other                                                                  
   borrowings.............     14,070        804     5.71%      25,871      745     5.76%  
  Bonds payable...........      2,583        312    12.08%       3,060      235    15.36%  
                                -----        ---                 -----      ---            
   Total interest bearing                                                                  
    liabilities/total                                                                      
    interest expense......    114,196      6,038     5.29%     105,912    2,940     5.55%  
                              -------      -----               -------    -----            
Noninterest bearing                                                                        
liabilities:                                                                               
  Demand deposits.........      1,658                            1,324                     
  Other liabilities.......        903                              809                     
                                  ---                              ---                     
   Total liabilities......    116,757                          108,045                     
Stockholders' equity......      9,847                            5,642                     
                                -----                            -----                     
   Total liabilities and                                                                   
    stockholders' equity..   $126,604                         $113,687                     
                             ========                         ========                     
Interest spread (4).......                           2.82%                          2.46%  
Net interest income/net                                                                    
 interest margin (5)......                $3,482     2.96%               $1,336     2.50%  
                                          ======                         ======            
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              
                                                               Year ended June 30                             
                                        ---------------------------------------------------------------       
                                                       1996                            1995                   
                                                       ----                            ----                   
                                                      Average                         Average                 
                                         Average      Income/   Yield/    Average     Income/   Yield/        
                                         Balance(1)   Expense   Rate(2)   Balance(1)  Expense   Rate(2)       
                                         ----------   -------   -------   ----------  -------   -------       
                                                                                                              
                                                         (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                     <C>           <C>      <C>         <C>        <C>     <C>          
Assets                                                                                                        
Interest Earning Assets:                                                                                      
 Securities................                $10,523       $820     7.79%       $7,506     $594    7.91%        
 Loans(3)..................                 79,885      6,442     8.06%       78,382    5,897    7.52%        
 Interest bearing deposits                                                                                    
  in other banks...........                  5,163        355     6.88%        3,531      298    8.44%        
                                             -----        ---                  -----      ---                 
  Total interest earning                                                                                      
    assets.................                 95,571      7,617     7.97%       89,419    6,789    7.59%        
                                            ------      -----                 ------    -----                 
Noninterest earning assets:                                                                                   
 Cash and due from banks...                  2,011                             1,290                          
 Premises and equipment....                  1,427                               415                          
 Other assets..............                  2,377                             1,876                          
 Less: Allowance for loan                                                                                     
  losses...................                  (756)                             (749)                          
                                             -----                             -----                          
  Total noninterest earning                                                                                   
    assets.................                  5,059                             2,832                          
                                             -----                             -----                          
    Total assets...........               $100,630                           $92,251                          
                                          ========                           =======                          
Liabilities and                                                                                               
  Stockholders' Equity                                                                                        
Interest Bearing Liabilities:                                                                                 
 Interest bearing deposits:                                                                                   
  Demand/MMDA accounts.....                 $8,927       $245     2.74%       $9,895     $280    2.83%        
  Savings..................                  4,541        152     3.35%        5,596      193    3.45%        
  Certificates of deposits                  48,460      2,735     5.64%       38,938    1,967    5.05%        
                                            ------      -----                 ------    -----                 
   Total interest bearing                                                                                     
    deposits...............                 61,928      3,132     5.06%       54,429    2,440    4.48%        
  FHLB advances and other                                                                                     
   borrowings..............                 25,773      1,553     6.03%       26,991    1,688    6.25%        
  Bonds payable............                  3,520        507    14.40%        4,275      535   12.51%        
                                             -----        ---                  -----      ---                 
   Total interest bearing                                                                                     
    liabilities/total                                                                                         
    interest expense.......                 91,221      5,192     5.69%       85,695    4,663    5.44%        
                                            ------      -----                 ------    -----                 
Noninterest bearing                                                                                           
liabilities:                                                                                                  
  Demand deposits..........                  1,066                               787                          
  Other liabilities........                  2,062                             1,880                          
                                             -----                             -----                          
   Total liabilities.......                 94,349                            88,362                          
Stockholders' equity.......                  6,281                             3,889                          
                                             -----                             -----                          
   Total liabilities and                                                                                      
    stockholders' equity                  $100,630                           $92,251                          
                                          ========                           =======                          
Interest spread (4)........                                       2.28%                          2.15%        
Net interest income/net                                                                                       
 interest margin (5).......                            $2,425     2.54%                $2,126    2.38%        
                                                       ======                          ======                 
</TABLE>

(1)      Average balances are computed on daily balances and Management believes
         such balances are representative of the operations of the Corporation.
(2)      Yield and rate percentages are all computed  through the  annualization
         of interest  income and expenses  versus the average  balances of their
         respective accounts.
(3)      Non-accrual loans are included in the average loan balances, and income
         on such loans is recognized on a cash basis.
(4)      Interest spread is the average yield earned on interest earning assets,
         less the average rate incurred on interest bearing liabilities.
(5)      Net interest margin is net interest  income,  expressed as a percentage
         of average earning assets.


                                       22
<PAGE>

         The following table describes the impact on Guaranty's  interest income
resulting  from changes in average  balances  and average  rates for the periods
indicated. The change in interest due to both volume and rate has been allocated
to volume and rate changes in  proportion  to the  relationship  of the absolute
dollar amounts of the change in each.

                            Volume and Rate Analysis

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Six Months Ended
                                                                     December 31, 1996
                                Year Ended December 31, 1997            compared to           Year Ended June 30, 1996
                                        compared to                  Six Months Ended                compared to
                                Year Ended December 31, 1996         December 31, 1995        Year Ended June 30, 1995
                                       Change Due To:                 Change Due To:                Change Due To:
                                ----------------------------  ----------------------------  ---------------------------        
                                 Increase                      Increase                      Increase
                                (Decrease)   Rate     Volume  (Decrease)   Rate     Volume  (Decrease)  Rate     Volume
                                ----------   ----     ------  ----------   ----     ------  ----------  ----     ------

<S>                                   <C>     <C>       <C>         <C>    <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>      <C> 
Interest income:
  Securities..................        $490    ($54)     $544        $279   ($143)     $422       $226     ($9)     $235
  Loans.......................         827      163      664         262       31      231        545      430      115
  Interest bearing deposits in
    other banks...............        (38)     (49)       11          30     (39)       69         57     (38)       95
                                      ----     ----       --          --     ----       --         --     ----  -------
                                                                                                          
    Total interest income.....       1,279       60    1,219         571    (151)      722        828      383      445
Interest expense:
  Interest bearing deposits:
  Demand/MMDA accounts........          50     (13)       63         (6)      (2)      (4)       (35)      (9)     (26)
  Savings.....................          34      (1)       35           3      (0)        3       (41)      (5)     (36)
  Certificates of deposits....       1,159     (59)    1,218         550    (132)      682        768      248      520
                                     -----     ---     -----         ---    ----       ---        ---      ---      ---
    Total   interest   bearing
      deposits................       1,243     (73)    1,316         547    (134)      681        692      234      458
FHLB advances and other.......       (638)     (10)    (628)       (111)    (154)       43      (135)    (129)      (6)
Bonds payable.................       (154)     (78)     (76)        (40)       35     (75)       (28)      166    (194)
                                     ----      ---      ---         ---        --     ---        ---       ---    -----
                                                                                                                  
    Total interest expense....         451    (161)      612         396    (253)      649        529      271      258
                                       ---    -----      ---         ---    -----      ---        ---  -------  -------
Net interest income...........        $828     $221     $607        $175     $102      $73       $299     $112     $187
                                      ====     ====     ====        ====     ====      ===       ====  =======  =======

</TABLE>

Interest Sensitivity

         An important element of both earnings  performance and liquidity is the
management of the interest  sensitivity gap. The interest sensitivity gap is the
difference between interest-sensitive assets and interest-sensitive  liabilities
maturing or repricing within a specific time interval. The gap can be managed by
repricing  assets or  liabilities,  by  selling  investments  held for sale,  by
replacing an asset or liability prior to maturity,  or by adjusting the interest
rate during the life of an asset or  liability.  Matching  the amounts of assets
and liabilities  repricing in the same time interval helps to hedge the risk and
minimize the impact on net income of changes in market interest rates.

         Guaranty  evaluates  interest rate risk and then formulates  guidelines
regarding  asset  generation  and  pricing,  funding  sources and  pricing,  and
off-balance  sheet  commitments  in order to decrease  sensitivity  risk.  These
guidelines are based upon  management's  outlook  regarding future interest rate
movements,  the state of the regional and national economy,  and other financial
and business risk factors.

         At December 31, 1997,  Guaranty had $19.0  million more in  liabilities
than  assets  that  reprice  within  one  year or less  and  therefore  was in a
liability-sensitive  position.  A negative gap adversely  impacts  earnings in a
period of rising interest rates. This negative position is primarily a result of
maturing  certificates  of deposit.  As a result of loan and  security  sales in
January 1998,  Guaranty's  ratio of  cumulative  rate  sensitive  assets to rate
sensitive liabilities was 99.3% in a one year time frame. This trend is expected
to continue as prime rate lending is increased.  In addition,  a principal focus
of deposit  marketing  programs will be the  attraction of low rate  transaction
accounts.


                                       23
<PAGE>

         Guaranty has an Asset/Liability  Committee ("ALCO").  The ALCO meets to
discuss  deposit  pricing,  changes in borrowed  money,  investment  and trading
activity,  loan sale  activities,  liquidity  levels  and the  overall  interest
sensitivity.  The  actions  of this  committee  are  reported  to the  Board  of
Directors  monthly.  The daily monitoring of interest rate risk,  investment and
trading activity,  along with any other significant  transactions are managed by
the CEO and CFO with input from other ALCO members.

         The  following  table  presents  the  amounts  of  Guaranty's  interest
sensitive  assets  and  liabilities  that  mature  or  reprice  in  the  periods
indicated.

                          Interest Sensitivity Analysis
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                  December 31, 1997
                                                                              Maturing or Repricing In:
                                                                  --------------------------------------------------
                                                                   3 Months        4-12          1-5          Over
                                                                   or less        Months        Years       5 Years
                                                                   -------        ------        -----       -------
                                                                                (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                   <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>    
Interest-sensitive assets:
  Loans.....................................................          $35,586     $28,562       $6,765       $31,594
  Investments and mortgage-backed securities(1).............            1,066         270        1,016        13,324
  Deposits at other institutions............................            3,078           -            -             -
                                                                        -----           -            -             -
    Total interest-sensitive assets.........................           39,730      28,832        7,781        44,918
                                                                       ======      ======        =====        ======

Cumulative interest-sensitive assets........................           39,730      68,562       76,343       121,261

Interest-sensitive liabilities:
  NOW accounts (2)..........................................                -           -            -         9,266
  Money market deposit accounts.............................            4,001           -            -             -
  Savings accounts (3)......................................            1,608         901          772         3,152
  Certificates of deposit...................................           22,147      55,509       12,820             -
  Borrowed money............................................            2,989           -            -             -
  Bonds payable.............................................               95         283        1,023         1,118
                                                                           --         ---        -----         -----
    Total interest-sensitive liabilities....................          $30,840     $56,693      $14,615       $13,536
                                                                      =======     =======      =======       =======

Cumulative interest-sensitive liabilities...................          $30,840     $87,533     $102,148      $115,684

Period gap..................................................            8,890    (27,861)      (6,834)        31,382

Cumulative gap..............................................            8,890    (18,971)     (25,805)         5,577

Ratio of cumulative interest-sensitive
  assets to interest-sensitive liabilities..................          128.83%      78.33%       74.74%       104.82%

Ratio of cumulative gap to total assets.....................            6.80%    (14.52%)     (19.76%)         4.27%
</TABLE>

- --------------------
(1)      Includes Federal Home Loan Bank stock.
(2)      The Corporation has found that NOW accounts are generally not sensitive
         to changes in interest  rates and therefore has placed such deposits in
         the "over 5 years" category.
(3)      In accordance with standard industry practice,  decay factors have been
         applied to savings accounts.


                                       24
<PAGE>

Investments

         Total  available  for sale and trading  securities  decreased  24.4% to
$12.6 million at December 31, 1997 from $16.7 million at December 31, 1996.  The
overall decrease was primarily a result of securities sales to provide liquidity
to fund anticipated loan closings during the first half of 1998. At December 31,
1996, as a result of a combined  federal and state  examination  relating to the
banks  conversion  to a  state  chartered  commercial  bank,  $15.7  million  of
available for sale securities were  reclassified  as trading.  Subsequently,  on
January 1, 1997,  these  securities were transferred back to available for sale,
at the then current market value.

         Mortgage-backed  securities available for sale increased in fiscal 1996
due to the growth in deposits.  Since loan growth was not increasing at the rate
of deposit growth, the excess funds were invested in mortgage-backed securities.

         The following  table shows the amortized  cost and fair market value of
investment securities and mortgage-backed securities at the dates indicated.

                                   Investments
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        December 31,        December 31,                     June 30,
                                             1997                1996                1996                1995
                                     ------------------  ------------------  ------------------    ----------------
                                         Cost    Market      Cost    Market      Cost    Market      Cost    Market
                                         ----    ------      ----    ------      ----    ------      ----    ------
                                                                 (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                   <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>    
Held-to-maturity
  Mortgage-backed securities....       $2,745    $2,759    $3,157    $3,349   $ 3,731   $ 3,879   $ 4,733   $ 4,887
  Other.........................          100       100         -         -         -         -         -         -
                                      -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
    Total held-to-maturity......        2,845     2,859     3,157     3,349     3,731     3,879     4,733     4,887

Available for sale
  Bonds.........................       11,415    11,474         -         -         -         -         -         -
  U.S. Government Obligations ..           50        50         -         -         -         -         -         -
  Mortgage-backed securities....            -         -         -         -     9,993     9,564         -         -
                                      -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
    Total available for sale....       11,465    11,524         -         -     9,993     9,564         -         -

Trading 
  Mortage Backed Securities.....            -         -    16,937    16,736         -         -         -         -
  U.S. Government Obligations...        1,031     1,032         -         -         -         -         -         -
                                      -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
    Total trading...............        1,031     1,032         -         -         -         -         -         -

Restricted......................            7         7         -         -         -         -         -         -
Federal Reserve Bank stock......           72        72         -         -         -         -         -         -
Federal Home Loan Bank stock....          860       860     1,360     1,360     1,360     1,360     1,360     1,360
Other...........................           71        80         -         -         -         -         -         -
                                      -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
      Total.....................      $16,280   $16,354   $21,454   $21,445   $15,084   $14,803   $ 6,093   $ 6,247
                                      =======   =======   =======   =======   =======   =======   =======   =======

</TABLE>


                                       25
<PAGE>

         The table below shows the weighted average expected yields,  maturities
and expected  principal  repayments,  at carrying value, of held to maturity and
available for sale debt securities at December 31, 1997:

                            Maturities of Investments
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Maturity or Expected                           After One But      After Five But
Principal Repayment       Within One Year    Within Five Years  Within Ten Years     After Ten Years          Total
                        -----------------   ------------------  -----------------  ------------------  ------------------
                           Amount   Yield     Amount   Yield      Amount   Yield     Amount   Yield      Amount    Yield
                           ------   -----     ------   -----      ------   -----     ------   -----      ------    -----
                                                                 (In thousands)
<S>                        <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>  
Held to maturity:
  Mortgage-backed
    securities........       $165    8.00%      $883     8.26%      $411    8.53%    $1,286     8.53%     $2,745    8.46%
  Other...............        100    5.25%         -         -         -        -         -         -        100    5.25%

Available for sale:
  Bonds...............          -        -     1,014     6.75%     3,039    6.65%     7,421     7.98%     11,474    7.52%
                             ----     ----    ------     -----     -----    -----     -----     -----    -------    -----

  Total...............      $ 265             $1,897              $3,450             $8,707             $ 14,319
                            =====             ======               =====              =====              =======

</TABLE>

         The following table sets forth the composition of Guaranty's investment
portfolio at the dates indicated.

                       Portfolio of Investment Securities


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   Year Ended        Six Months Ended
                                  December 31,          December 31,                 Year Ended June 30,
                                  ------------          ------------       -----------------------------------------
                                       1997                  1996                 1996                   1995
                                ------------------   -----------------     -------------------  --------------------
                                  Book      % of        Book      % of       Book       % of       Book       % of
                                 Value      Total      Value      Total     Value      Total      Value      Total
                                 -----      -----      -----      -----     -----      -----      -----      -----
                                                              (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                              <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>    
Investment securities:
  FHLMC mortgage-backed
    securities...........          2,745    16.73%      6,819     32.08%     7,459     50.89%      4,733     77.68%
  GNMA mortgage-backed
    securities...........              -     0.00%     11,967     56.31%     5,836     39.81%          -      0.00%
  Corporate bonds .......         11,474    70.23%          -      0.00%         -      0.00%          -      0.00%
  Treasury notes ........          1,082     6.29%      1,104      5.19%         -      0.00%          -      0.00%
   Other.................            100      .58%          -      0.00%         -      0.00%          -      0.00%
                                      --                    -                    -                     -
    Subtotal.............         15,401    93.83%     19,980     93.58%    13,295     90.70%      4,733     77.68%
                                  ------    ------     ------     ------    ------     ------      -----     ------

Other:
FHLB stock...............            860     5.24%      1,360      6.42%     1,360      9.28%      1,360     22.32%
FRB Stock................             72     0.44%          -      0.00%         -      0.00%          -      0.00%
Other....................              7     0.49%          3      0.01%         3      0.02%          -      0.00%
                                  ------    ------     ------     ------    ------     ------      -----    -------

Total investment
securities ..............        $16,340   100.00%    $21,250    100.00%   $14,658    100.00%     $6,093    100.00%
                                 =======   =======    =======    =======   =======    =======     ======    =======
</TABLE>


                                       26
<PAGE>

Loans

         Net loans consist of total loans minus undisbursed loan funds, deferred
loan fees and the  allowance  for loan losses.  Net loans were $99.7  million at
December 31, 1997, an increase of 22.65% over December 31, 1996.  Net loans were
$84.1  million  at June 30,  1996,  an 11.8%  increase  over net  loans of $75.2
million at June 30, 1995. Net loans decreased 3.3% in the fiscal year ended June
1995 from a balance of $77.8  million at June 30, 1994.  The average  balance of
total loans as a percentage of average  assets was 70.5%,  73.7%.  and 79.4% for
the year ended  December 31, 1997,  the six month period ended December 31, 1996
and the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996, respectively.

         The  following  tables set forth the  composition  of  Guaranty's  loan
portfolio in dollars and percentages at the dates indicated.

                            Loan Portfolio by Amount

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     December 31,    December 31,                         June 30,
                                     ------------    ------------    ----------------------------------------------
                                          1997           1996         1996         1995         1994          1993
                                          ----           ----         ----         ----         ----          ----
                                                               (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                      <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>    
Mortgage Loans:
  Residential......................      $66,035        $67,016      $66,136      $62,175      $67,385      $59,845
  Commercial.......................       16,641          8,486        7,670        4,508        4,251        4,155
  Construction and land loans......       18,263          5,220        8,813        8,887        5,819        4,900
                                          ------          -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
    Total real estate..............      100,939         80,722       82,619       75,570       77,455       68,900

Consumer loans (1).................        6,705          4,175        5,386        4,580        3,685        4,462
      Total loans receivable.......      107,644         84,897       88,005       80,150       81,140       73,362
                                         -------         ------       ------       ------       ------       ------
Less:
  Undisbursed loans in
    process........................        6,752          2,467        2,824        3,858        2,249        1,978
  Deferred fees and unearned
    discounts......................          282            290          314          323          382          442
  Allowance for losses.............          935            870          786          747          754          746
                                             ---            ---          ---          ---          ---          ---
    Total net items................        7,969          3,627        3,924        4,928        3,385        3,166
                                           -----          -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
      Total loans receivable, net..      $99,675        $81,270      $84,081      $75,222      $77,755      $70,196
                                         =======        =======      =======      =======      =======      =======
</TABLE>

- -------------------
(1) Includes commercial business loans of approximately $503,000.


                    Loan Portfolio by Percent of Gross Loans

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               December 31,    December 31,                             June 30,
                               ------------    ------------     ------------------------------------------------
                                   1997            1996           1996          1995         1994          1993
                                   ----            ----           ----          ----         ----          ----
<S>                               <C>            <C>             <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>    
Mortgage Loans:
  Residential.................     61.34%         78.94%          75.15%       77.57%        83.05%       81.57%
  Commercial..................     15.45          10.00            8.72         5.62          5.24         5.67
  Construction and land loans.     16.97           6.15           10.01        11.09          7.17         6.68
                                   -----           ----           -----        -----          ----         ----
    Total real estate.........     93.76          95.09           93.88        94.29         95.46        93.92

Consumer and other loans......      6.24           4.91            6.12         5.71          4.54         6.08
                                    ----           ----            ----         ----          ----         ----
      Total loans receivable..    100.00%        100.00%         100.00%      100.00%       100.00%      100.00%
                                  =======        =======         =======      =======       =======      =======
</TABLE>


                                       27
<PAGE>

         The following  tables show the composition of Guaranty's loan portfolio
by fixed and adjustable rate at the dates indicated.

                 Fixed Rate and Adjustable Rate Loans by Amount

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        December 31,   December 31,                          June 30,
                                        ------------   ------------    ---------------------------------------------
                                            1997           1996           1996        1995        1994         1993
                                            ----           ----           ----        ----        ----         ----
                                                                 (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                         <C>            <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>    
Fixed - Rate Loans:
  Real Estate
    Residential.................            $26,514        $26,061      $28,907     $23,577     $27,796      $22,105
    Construction and land
      loans.....................                 37            138          339          69           -            -
                                                 --            ---          ---          --           -            -
      Total real estate.........             26,551         26,199       29,246      23,646      27,796       22,105
Consumer loans..................              3,099          1,396          597         736         691        1,547
                                              -----          -----          ---         ---         ---        -----
      Total fixed-rate loans....             29,650         27,595       29,843      24,382      28,487       23,652

Adjustable-Rate Loans:
  Real Estate
    Residential.................             39,521         40,955       37,229      38,598      39,590       37,740
    Commercial..................             16,641          8,486        7,670       4,508       4,251        4,155
    Construction and land
      loans.....................             18,226          5,082        8,474       8,818       5,819        4,900
                                             ------          -----        -----       -----       -----        -----
      Total real estate.........             74,388         54,523       53,373      51,924      49,660       46,795
Consumer loans..................              3,606          2,779        4,789       3,844       2,993        2,915
                                              -----          -----        -----       -----       -----        -----
      Total adjustable-rate
        loans...................             77,994         57,302       58,162      55,768      52,653       49,710
                                             ------         ------       ------      ------      ------       ------
        Total loans receivable..            107,644         84,897       88,005      80,150      81,140       73,362
                                            -------         ------       ------      ------      ------       ------
Less:
  Undisbursed loans in
    process.....................              6,752          2,467        2,824       3,858       2,249        1,978
  Deferred fees and
    unearned discounts..........                282            290          314         323         382          442
  Allowance for losses..........                935            870          786         747         754          746
                                                ---            ---          ---         ---         ---          ---
    Total net items.............              7,969          3,627        3,924       4,928       3,385        3,166
                                              -----          -----        -----       -----       -----        -----
      Total loans receivable,
        net.....................            $99,675        $81,270      $84,081     $75,222     $77,755      $70,196
                                            =======        =======      =======     =======     =======      =======

</TABLE>


                                       28
<PAGE>

               Fixed Rate and Adjustable Rate Loans By Percentage
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        December 31,   December 31,                        June 30,
                                        ------------   ------------   ----------------------------------------------
                                            1997           1996            1996        1995        1994        1993
                                            ----           ----            ----        ----        ----        ----
<S>                                          <C>            <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>   
Fixed - Rate Loans:
  Real Estate
    Residential...............               24.63%         30.70%       32.84%      29.41%      34.26%      30.13%
    Construction and land
      loans...................                 .03%           .16%        0.39%       0.09%       0.00%       0.00%
                                               ----           ----        -----       -----       -----       -----
      Total real estate                      24.66%         30.86%       33.23%      29.50%      34.26%      30.13%
Consumer loans................                2.88%          1.64%        0.68%       0.92%       0.85%       2.11%
                                              -----          -----        -----       -----       -----       -----
      Total fixed-rate loans..               27.54%         32.50%       33.91%      30.42%      35.11%      32.24%

Adjustable-Rate Loans:
  Real Estate
    Residential...............               36.71%         43.04%       42.30%      48.16%      48.79%      51.45%
    Commercial................               15.46%          9.38%        8.72%       5.62%       5.24%       5.66%
    Construction and land
      loans...................               16.93%          8.52%        9.63%      11.00%       7.17%       6.68%
                                             ------          -----        -----      ------       -----       -----
      Total real estate.......               69.10%         60.94%       60.65%      64.78%      61.20%      63.79%
Consumer loans................                3.36%          6.56%        5.44%       4.80%       3.69%       3.97%
                                              -----          -----        -----       -----       -----       -----
      Total adjustable-rate
        loans.................               72.46%         67.50%       66.09%      69.58%      64.89%      67.76%
                                             ------         ------       ------      ------      ------      ------
        Total loans receivable              100.00%        100.00%      100.00%     100.00%     100.00%     100.00%
                                            =======        =======      =======     =======     =======     =======
</TABLE>


         The following tables summarize the contractual repayment terms of gross
loans as of December 31, 1997,  as well as the amount of fixed rate and variable
rate loans due after  December 31, 1997.  The tables have not been  adjusted for
estimates of  prepayments  and do not reflect  periodic  repricing of adjustable
rate loans.

                        Loan Portfolio Maturity Schedule

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  Balance                  Principal Repayment Contractually Due
                                Outstanding               in 12-Month Period Ending December 31,
                                -----------   ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                December 31,                                       2001-     2003-     2008 and
                                   1997            1998       1999      2000        2002      2007   Thereafter
                                   ----            ----       ----      ----        ----      ----   ----------
                                                               (In thousands)

<S>                              <C>             <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>    
Residential and
  commercial real estate...      $82,676         $1,295       $ 17      $308      $1,383    $3,603      $76,070
Construction...............       18,263         18,263          -         -           -         -            -
Consumer and other
  loans....................        6,705          6,613         92         -           -         -            -
                                 -------        -------       ----      ----      ------   -------      -------
  Total....................     $107,644        $26,171       $109      $308      $1,383    $3,603      $76,070
                                ========        =======       ====      ====      ======    ======      =======
</TABLE>


         Contractual  principal  repayments of loans do not necessarily  reflect
the actual term of Guaranty's loan portfolio. The average life of mortgage loans
is substantially  less than their  contractual terms because of loan prepayments
and  enforcement  of  due-on-sale  clauses,  which gives  Guaranty  the right to
declare a loan immediately due and payable in the event, among other things, the
borrower  sells the real  property  subject to the  mortgage and the loan is not
repaid.  In addition,  certain  borrowers  increase their equity in the security
property by making  payments in excess of those  required under the terms of the
mortgage.


                                       29
<PAGE>

Asset Quality

         Asset quality is an important  factor in the successful  operation of a
financial  institution.  Federal  regulations  require  insured  institutions to
classify their own assets and to establish prudent general allowances for losses
for assets  classified  "substandard"  or "doubtful."  For the portion of assets
classified as "loss," an  institution is required to either  establish  specific
allowances  of 100% of the amount  classified  or charge  such  amounts  off its
books.  Assets  which  do  not  currently  expose  the  insured  institution  to
sufficient  risk  to  warrant   classification  in  one  of  the  aforementioned
categories  but possess  potential  weaknesses  are  required  to be  designated
"special  mention" by  management.  On the basis of  management's  review of its
assets, at December 31, 1997, Guaranty had classified $2.9 million of its assets
as  substandard,  $8,000  as loss and none as  doubtful.  Not all of  Guaranty's
assets that have been  classified  are  included in the table of  non-performing
assets  set forth  below.  Several  of these  loans are  classified  because  of
previous credit problems but are performing.

         Unless well secured and in the process of collection,  Guaranty  places
loans on a nonaccrual  status after being  delinquent  greater than 90 days,  or
earlier in situations in which the loans have developed  inherent  problems that
indicate payment of principal and interest may not be made in full. Whenever the
accrual of interest  is stopped,  previously  accrued but  uncollected  interest
income is reversed. Thereafter, interest is recognized only as cash is received.
The loan is reinstated to an accrual basis after it has been brought  current as
to principal and interest under the contractual terms of the loan.

         The following table reflects the composition of nonperforming assets at
the dates indicated.

                              Nonperforming Assets
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          December 31    December 31                       June 30
                                          -----------    -----------   --------------------------------------------
                                             1997           1996          1996        1995        1994        1993
                                             ----           ----          ----        ----        ----        ----
                                                                 (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                          <C>             <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>  
Nonaccrual loans...........................  $1,436         $1,670      $1,458      $1,556     $   887        $934
Restructured loans.........................       -             11          11          12         415       1,143
                                                  -             --          --          --         ---       -----
    Total non-performing loans.............   1,436          1,681       1,469       1,568       1,302       2,077
                                              -----          -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
Foreclosed assets..........................      65             51          41         122           -           -
                                                 --             --          --         ---           -           -
    Total non-performing assets............   1,501          1,732       1,510       1,690       1,302       2,077
                                              -----          -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
Loans past due 90 or more days and
  accruing interest........................    $189           $  -         $19          $1        $288        $190
Non-performing loans to total loans
  at period end............................   1.42%          1.98%       1.67%       2.06%       1.65%       2.91%
Non-performing assets to period end
  total loans and foreclosed assets........   1.49%          2.04%       1.72%       2.21%       1.65%       2.91%
</TABLE>


Delinquent and Problem Loans

         When a borrower  fails to make a required  payment on a loan,  Guaranty
attempts to cure the delinquency by contacting the borrower.  A notice is mailed
to the  borrower  after a payment is 17 days past due and again when the loan is
30 days past due.  For most loans,  if the  delinquency  is not cured  within 60
days, Guaranty issues a notice of intent to foreclose on the property and if the
delinquency  is not cured  within 90 days,  Guaranty may  institute  foreclosure
action.  If  foreclosed  on,  real  property is sold at a public sale and may be
purchased by Guaranty. In most cases, deficiencies are cured promptly.


                                       30
<PAGE>

         The  following  table  sets  forth  information  concerning  delinquent
mortgage and other loans at December 31, 1997. The amounts  presented  represent
the total  remaining  principal  balances of the related loans,  rather that the
actual payment amounts which are overdue.

                                Delinquent Loans
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  Residential          Commercial          Construction
                                  Real Estate          Real Estate           and Land             Consumer
                              -----------------    -----------------    -----------------    -----------------
                              Number     Amount    Number     Amount    Number     Amount    Number     Amount
                              ------     ------    ------     ------    ------     ------    ------     ------
                                                          (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                               <C>    <C>            <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>    <C>  
Loans delinquent for:
  31-59 days...........           16     $1,260         -         $-         -         $-         6      $  65
  60-89 days...........            3        515         -          -         -          -         1         68
  90 days and over.....           11        862         -          -         -          -         1        140
                                  --        ---         -          -         -          -         -        ---

    Total delinquent loans        30     $2,637         -         $-         -         $-         8       $273
                                  ==     ======         =         ==         =         ==         =       ====
</TABLE>


Allowance for Losses on Loans and Real Estate

         Guaranty provides valuation  allowances for anticipated losses on loans
and real estate when its management determines that a significant decline in the
value of the  collateral  has occurred,  if the value of the  collateral is less
than the amount of the unpaid principal of the related loan plus estimated costs
of acquisition and sale. In addition,  Guaranty also provides  reserves based on
the dollar amount and type of collateral securing its loans, in order to protect
against  unanticipated  losses. A loss experience  percentage is established for
each loan type and is reviewed  annually.  Each quarter,  the loss percentage is
applied to the  portfolio,  by product type, to determine the minimum  amount of
reserves  required.   Although   management  believes  that  it  uses  the  best
information  available  to  make  such  determinations,  future  adjustments  to
reserves may be necessary,  and net income could be significantly  affected,  if
circumstances  differ  substantially  from the  assumptions  used in making  the
initial determinations.


                                       31
<PAGE>

         An analysis of the  allowance  for loan  losses,  including  charge-off
activity, is presented below for the periods indicated.

                            Allowance for Loan Losses

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           Six Months
                                            Year Ended        Ended
                                           December 31,   December 31,                 Year Ended June 30,
                                           ------------   ------------    -----------------------------------------
                                               1997           1996         1996        1995        1994        1993
                                               ----           ----         ----        ----        ----        ----
                                                                  (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                             <C>            <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C> 
Balance at beginning of period.........         $870           $788        $747        $754        $746        $689
Provision (credit) charged to
   operations..........................          122             92          57        (10)          74          37
Charge-offs:
  Real estate..........................           57             10          39           -          66           -
  Consumer.............................            -              -           -           1           -           -

Recoveries:
  Real Estate..........................            -              -          19           -           -           -
  Consumer.............................            -              -           4           4           -          20
Net Charge-offs........................           57             10          16         (3)          66        (20)
                                                  --             --          --         ---          --        ----
Balance, end of period.................         $935           $870        $788        $747        $754        $746
                                                ====           ====        ====        ====        ====        ====

Allowance for loan losses to period
  end total loans......................        0.93%          1.06%       0.93%       0.98%       0.96%       1.05%
Allowance for loan losses to
   nonaccrual loans....................       67.20%         52.10%      54.05%      48.01%      85.01%      79.87%
Net charge-offs to average loans.......        0.06%          0.01%       0.02%       0.00%       0.09%     (0.03%)
</TABLE>


Provision for Loan Losses

         For the year ended December 31, 1997, the provision for loan losses was
$122,000,  compared to $138,000 for  calendar  year 1996 and $92,000 for the six
month period ended December 31, 1996. The provision for loan losses increased to
$57,000  for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996 from a credit of $9,000 for the
fiscal  year ended June 30,  1995.  Guaranty  monitors  its loan loss  allowance
monthly and makes provisions as necessary. Management believes that the level of
Guaranty's loan loss reserve is adequate. The provision decreased to a credit of
$9,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1995 from  $74,000 for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1994.


                                       32
<PAGE>

         A breakdown  of the  allowance  for loan losses in dollars and loans in
each category to total loans in percentages is provided in the following tables.
Because  all of these  factors  are  subject to  change,  the  breakdown  is not
necessarily predictive of future loan losses in the indicated categories.

                     Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    Six Months Ended
                                       Year Ended December 31          December 31            Year Ended June 30
                                                 1997                      1996                       1996
                                       -----------------------   -----------------------    -----------------------
                                                    Ratio of                   Ratio of                  Ratio of
                                                    Loans to                   Loans to                  Loans to
                                                      Total                      Total                     Total
                                                      Gross                      Gross                     Gross
                                        Allowance     Loans        Allowance     Loans       Allowance     Loans
                                        ---------     -----        ---------     -----       ---------     -----
                                                                  (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                     <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>   
Residential real estate..........       $  523         57.40%     $  471         73.74%       $  327       75.15%
Commercial real estate...........          166          8.12         179          9.38           194        8.72
Construction.....................           52         17.10          38          8.68            70       10.01
Consumer and other loans.........           43         17.38          13          8.20            40        6.12
Unallocated......................          115          -              8          -                -        -
                                           ---          -              -          -                -        -
  Total general allowance........          899        100.00%        709        100.00%          631      100.00%
                                                      =======                   =======                   =======
  Total specific allowance.......           36                       161                         157
                                            --                       ---                         ---
     Total allowance.............         $935                      $870                        $788
                                          ====                      ====                        ====
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                     Year Ended June 30
                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 1995                      1994                       1993
                                       -----------------------   -----------------------    ------------------------
                                                    Ratio of                   Ratio of                  Ratio of
                                                    Loans to                   Loans to                  Loans to
                                                      Total                      Total                     Total
                                                      Gross                      Gross                     Gross
                                        Allowance     Loans        Allowance     Loans       Allowance     Loans
                                        ---------     -----        ---------     -----       ---------     -----
                                                                  (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                       <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>              <C>      <C>    
Residential real estate.............      $311         77.58%       $300         83.05%         $185       81.58%
Commercial real estate..............       220          5.62         253          5.24           270        5.66
Construction........................        86         11.09          62          7.17           108        6.68
Consumer and other loans............        32          5.71          30          4.54            15        6.08
                                            --          ----          --          ----            --        ----
  Total general allowance...........       649        100.00%        645        100.00%          578      100.00%
                                                      =======                   =======                   =======
  Total specific allowance..........        98                       109                         168
                                            --                       ---                         ---
      Total allowance...............      $747                      $754                        $746
                                          ====                      ====                        ====
</TABLE>

Non-Interest Income

         Guaranty's  non-interest  income  consists  primarily  of loan fees and
servicing  income,  net gains on the sale of loans and securities,  and fees and
service  charges on deposit  accounts.  For the year ended  December  31,  1997,
non-interest  income totaled $1.9 million.  Loan fees and servicing  income were
$456,000, gains on sales of loans and securities were $907,000,  service charges
on checking accounts totaled $166,000,  gain on the sale of purchased  servicing
was $160,000, and other income was $178,000. Management concluded that the costs
associated with managing the purchased servicing portfolio, which was secured by
property  located  outside of  Guaranty's  market  area,  exceeded  the benefits
derived from the monthly  servicing  income.  After this sale,  primarily all of
Guaranty's  servicing  portfolio  is secured by property  located in  Guaranty's
market area.  Guaranty  intends to continue to service all residential  mortgage
loans sold in the secondary  market that it originates.  This is consistent with
its  focus on a  customer  service  approach  to  banking.  Management  does not
anticipate  purchasing any material servicing rights.  Loan and securities sales
were a result of the continued  strategy of selling all newly  originated  fixed
rate mortgage loans in the secondary  market and a restructuring  of


                                       33
<PAGE>

the balance sheet to reduce  interest rate risk relating to fixed rate mortgages
and to provide liquidity to fund anticipated loan closings during the first half
of 1998.

         For the six months ended  December 31,  1996,  non-interest  income was
$462,000.  Loan  fees and  servicing  income,  gains  on the  sale of loans  and
securities,  and service charges on checking  comprised 57.8%,  15.8% and 11.3%,
respectively,  of total  non-interest  income for the six months ending December
31, 1997.

         In the  years  ended  June 30,  1996,  1995  and  1994,  loan  fees and
servicing  income  accounted  for  55.1%,  74.8% and  317.3%,  respectively,  of
non-interest  income. Gains on sales of loans and securities were 21.9% and 0.0%
of non-interest income in fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1995, respectively. In the year
ended  June 30,  1994,  Guaranty  had a loss of  $491,000  on sales of loans and
securities. Service charges on checking accounts were $90,000 in fiscal 1996 and
$78,000 in each of the years ended June 30, 1995 and 1994.

         Non-interest  income  in  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1996 was $1.1
million,  an increase of $235,000 or 27.0% over non-interest  income of $872,000
in fiscal year 1995.  Non-interest  income for fiscal year ended June 30,  1995,
increased by $745,000 or 591.0% over fiscal year 1994.

         Mortgage loan servicing is a significant  business for Guaranty,  and a
by-product  of its  residential  lending  business.  Guaranty  derives fees from
mortgage  servicing  rights  ("MSRs").  Loan servicing  includes  collecting and
remitting loan payments,  accounting for principal and interest,  holding escrow
funds for payment of taxes and  insurance,  making  required  inspections of the
mortgaged premises,  contacting delinquent mortgagors,  supervising foreclosures
in the event of unremitted  defaults and generally  administering  the loans for
the  investors to whom they have been sold.  MSRs are assets that  represent the
rights to service  mortgage  loans and in turn to receive the service fee income
associated with the mortgage loans.  MSRs are amortized  against income over the
estimated  average  lives of the loans  serviced.  If loans are prepaid at rates
faster  than  those  originally  assumed,  adjustments  may be  required  to the
unamortized  balance,  which  could  result  in  charges  to  current  earnings.
Conversely,  slower  prepayment rates could result in increases in mortgage loan
servicing income in future periods. At December 31, 1997, MSRs totaled $904,000.
The weighted  average note rate of mortgage  loans serviced for others was 7.94%
and  7.77%  at  December  31,  1997  and  1996,  respectively.   See  "Financial
Statements-Summary  of Accounting Policies." At December 31, 1997 and 1996 loans
serviced for others  totaled $123.8  million and $172.8  million,  respectively.
Guaranty serviced loans for others aggregating  approximately  $168.4 million at
June 30, 1996 and $169.6 million at June 30, 1995.

         Guaranty sells fixed rate residential  production on an individual loan
basis and securitizes  loans through the creation of Federal  National  Mortgage
Association  ("FNMA"),  Federal Home Loan  Mortgage  Corporation  ("FHLMC")  and
Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA") mortgage-backed securities.

         During the year ended  December 31, 1997 and the six month period ended
December 31, 1996, Guaranty sold $24.4 million and $11.8, respectively, of loans
and securitized  loans.  Guaranty sold $7.3 million of fixed rate mortgage loans
and  securitized  loans during  fiscal year 1996,  compared to $17.2  million in
fiscal year 1995. The sale of fixed rate product creates liquidity and an income
stream from servicing fees on loans sold.

         Guaranty also trades treasury securities in an effort to take advantage
of short term movements in market interest rates. It is Guaranty's policy not to
hold trading securities with a cost in excess of $5 million at one time. Trading
securities  are marked to market  monthly.  Sale of trading  account  securities
totaled $89.5 million,  $35.3  million,  $107.3 million and $43.1 million during
the year ended  December 31, 1997,  the six month period ended December 31, 1996
and the years ended June 30, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Guaranty experienced a
gain of $5,000 and $24,000 on such sales in the year ended December 31, 1997 and
fiscal 1995,


                                       34
<PAGE>

respectively, and net losses of $255,000 and $64,000 during the six month period
ended December 31, 1996 and the year ended June 30, 1996, respectively.

         Generally accepted  accounting  principles ("GAAP") allow the inclusion
of loan fees in current  income to an amount  limited to loan  underwriting  and
closing  costs.  The remaining  deferred fees are amortized into income over the
estimated  remaining  lives of the  loans to which  they  relate.  Guaranty  had
deferred  fees,  net of direct  underwriting  costs,  of $283,000,  $290,000 and
$314,000 at December 31, 1997 and 1996, and June 30, 1996, respectively.

Non-Interest Expenses

         For the year ended December 31, 1997,  non-interest  expenses were $3.9
million,  compared to $3.0 million for calendar year 1996. The $860,000 increase
was due primarily to increased costs associated with the expanded branch network
and costs  associated  with  conversion to a state chartered bank effective June
30,  1997.  For the  six-month  period ended  December  31,  1996,  non-interest
expenses were $1.7 million compared to $1.2 million for the same period in 1995.
This increase was primarily due to overall growth of the Corporation.

         Non-interest  expenses  were $2.5  million  for the year ended June 30,
1996,  compared  to $2.5  million for fiscal year 1995,  a 1.6%  decrease,  that
resulted  primarily from a reduction in personnel  expense after loan production
offices in Richmond, Virginia, and Waynesboro, Virginia, were closed.

Income Taxes

         Income tax expense for the year ended  December 31, 1997 and the fiscal
years  ended  June  30,  1996  and 1995 was  $486,000,  $344,000  and  $100,000,
respectively.  The increases are a direct result of increased earnings.  For the
six month period ended December 31, 1996, the Corporation reported an income tax
benefit of $4,000 due to a loss before taxes of $10,000.

Sources of Funds

Deposits

         Deposits have  traditionally  been the  principal  source of Guaranty's
funds for use in lending and for other general business purposes. In addition to
deposits, Guaranty derives funds from loan repayments, cash flows generated from
operations,  which  includes  interest  credited to deposit  accounts,  and from
repurchase  agreements  entered into with  commercial  banks and FHLB of Atlanta
advances.  Contractual  loan  payments are a relatively  stable source of funds,
while  deposit  inflows and  outflows  and the  related  cost of such funds have
varied  widely.  Borrowings may be used to compensate for reductions in deposits
or  deposit-inflows  at less  than  projected  levels  and have  been  used on a
longer-term basis to support expanded lending activities.

         Guaranty  attracts  both  short-term  and  long-term  deposits from the
general  public by offering a wide  assortment  of accounts and rates.  Guaranty
offers statement  savings  accounts,  various checking  accounts,  various money
market accounts,  fixed-rate  certificates with varying  maturities,  individual
retirement  accounts and is expanding to provide products and services for small
businesses.  Guaranty does not solicit brokered deposits.  Guaranty's  principal
use of deposits is to originate loans and fund investment securities.

         At December 31, 1997, deposits were $112.9 million, up 38.8% from $81.4
million at December 31, 1996.  Deposits increased 42.3% to $74.7 million at June
30,  1996 from $52.5  million at June 30,  1995.  In order to reduce the overall
cost of funds and reduce the  Corporation's  reliance on high cost time deposits
and


                                       35
<PAGE>

short term borrowings as a funding source,  management plans extensive marketing
efforts towards attracting lower cost transaction accounts. However, there is no
assurance that these efforts will be successful,  or if successful,  will reduce
the Corporation's reliance on time deposits and short term borrowings.

         The  following  table sets forth the dollar  amount of  deposits in the
various types of deposit programs offered by Guaranty at the dates indicated.

                                    Deposits
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           December 31         December 31          June 30              June 30
                                              1997                1996                1996                1995
                                          --------------      --------------     ---------------      --------------
                                                                   (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                            <C>                  <C>                 <C>                 <C>    
Statement savings accounts............           $6,434              $4,738              $4,654              $4,688
Now accounts..........................           12,037               6,929               6,440               5,818
Money market accounts.................            4,000               3,410               3,213               4,131
30- to 180-day certificates...........            1,326                 250                 227                 324
Nine-month certificate................            1,638                   -                   -                   -
One- to five-year fixed-rate          
  certificates........................           87,467              66,013              52,698              29,987
Eighteen-month prime rate certificate.               45                  61               7,455               7,513
                                                 ------              ------              ------              ------
  Total...............................         $112,947             $81,401             $74,687             $52,461
                                               ========             =======             =======             =======
</TABLE>

         The  following  table  contains  information  pertaining to the average
amount of and the average rate paid on each of the following deposit  categories
for the periods indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   Year Ended          Six Months Ended
                                  December 31            December 31                    Years Ended June 30
                                  -----------            -----------                    -------------------
                                      1997                   1996                   1996                   1995
                                      ----                   ----                   ----                   ----
                                Average     Average    Average     Average    Average     Average    Average     Average
                                Balance   Rate Paid    Balance   Rate Paid    Balance   Rate Paid    Balance   Rate Paid
                                -------   ---------    -------   ---------    -------   ---------    -------   ---------
<S>                             <C>           <C>      <C>           <C>      <C>           <C>      <C>           <C>  
Noninterest bearing demand
  deposits                       $1,658       0.00%     $1,324       0.00%     $1,066       0.00%       $787       0.00%
Interest bearing demand
  deposits                                    2.59%                  2.76%                  2.74%                  2.83%
                                 11,110                  8,765                  8,927                  9,895
Savings deposits                              3.36%                  3.41%                  3.35%                  3.45%
                                  5,654                  4,870                  4,541                  5,596
Time deposits                    80,779       5.51%     63,346       5.54%     48,460       5.64%     38,938       5.05%
                                -------       -----    -------       -----    -------       -----    -------       -----
Total deposits                  $99,201       4.97%    $78,305       5.00%    $62,994       5.06%    $55,216       4.81%
                                =======       =====    =======       =====    =======       =====    =======       =====
</TABLE>


         The variety of deposit  accounts  offered by Guaranty has allowed it to
be competitive in obtaining funds and has allowed it to respond with flexibility
to, although not eliminate,  the threat of disintermediation  (the flow of funds
away from  depository  institutions  into  direct  investment  vehicles  such as
government  and  corporate  securities).  The ability of Guaranty to attract and
maintain  deposits,  and its cost of funds,  has been,  and will continue to be,
significantly affected by money market conditions.


                                       36
<PAGE>

         The following table sets forth the deposit flows of Guaranty during the
periods indicated.

                                  Deposit Flows
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         Year Ended          Six Months Ended
                                        December 31             December 31                Year Ended June 30
                                      -----------------      ------------------      -------------------------------
                                            1997                   1996                   1996            1995
                                            ----                   ----                   ----            ----
                                                                 (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                        <C>                     <C>                   <C>             <C>    
Opening balance.................           $81,401                 $74,687               $52,461         $53,467
Net deposits (withdrawals)......            26,624                   4,754                19,093         (3,446)
Interest credited...............             4,922                   1,960                 3,133           2,440
                                             -----                   -----                 -----           -----
Ending balance..................          $112,947                 $81,401               $74,687         $52,461
                                          ========                 =======               =======         =======

Net increase (decrease).........           $31,546                  $6,714               $22,226        ($1,006)
Percent increase (decrease).....            38.75%                   8.99%                42.37%         (1.88%)

</TABLE>

         The following table indicates the amount of Guaranty's  certificates of
deposits by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 1997.

                                Maturities of CDs
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           Maturity
                                           --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                3 Months      Over 3 to      Over 6 to        Over
                                                or less        6 months      12 months      12 months          Total
                                                -------        --------      ---------      ---------          -----
                                                                    (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                              <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>    
Certificates   of   deposit   less   than 
  $100,000................................       $16,452        $19,070        $31,879        $11,967        $79,368

Certificates  of deposit of  $100,000  or
  more....................................         5,715            649          3,895            849         11,108
                                                  ------         ------        -------         ------        -------
  Total of certificates of deposits.......       $22,167        $19,719        $35,774        $12,816        $90,476
                                                 =======        =======        =======        =======        =======
</TABLE>


Borrowings

         As a member of the FHLB of Atlanta, Guaranty is required to own capital
stock in the FHLB of Atlanta and is  authorized  to apply for advances  from the
FHLB of Atlanta.  Each FHLB credit program has its own interest rate,  which may
be fixed or variable, and range of maturities. The FHLB of Atlanta may prescribe
the  acceptable  uses to which these advances may be put, as well as on the size
of the advances and repayment  provisions.  The advances are  collateralized  by
Guaranty's  investment  in  Federal  Home Loan Bank stock and  certain  mortgage
loans.  See  Note  9 of the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for
information  regarding the  maturities  and rate  structure of  Guaranty's  FHLB
advances. At December 31, 1997, no advances were outstanding to the FHLB.

         Guaranty's  borrowings also include securities sold under agreements to
repurchase,  with  mortgage-backed  securities or Treasury securities pledged as
collateral. The proceeds are used by Guaranty for general corporate purposes. At
December 31, 1997,  Guaranty had $3.0 million  outstanding  in  securities  sold
under agreement to repurchase.

         Guaranty uses borrowings to supplement deposits when they are available
at a lower  overall cost to Guaranty or they can be invested at a positive  rate
of return.


                                       37
<PAGE>

         The following table sets forth the maximum month-end balances,  average
balances and weighted  average rates, of FHLB advances and securities sold under
agreements to repurchase for the periods indicated.

                                   Borrowings
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                       Year Ended         Six Months Ended
                                      December 31           December 31                   Year Ended June 30
                                      -----------           -----------                   ------------------
                                          1997                  1996                  1996                  1995
                                          ----                  ----                  ----                  ----
                                                                  (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                     <C>                   <C>                   <C>                   <C>    
Maximum Balance:
  FHLB advances...............          $17,500               $22,500               $28,050               $28,250
  Securities sold under
    agreements to repurchase..            5,867                 9,957                 9,930                 4,230
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Average   Average     Average   Average    Average    Average     Average   Average
                                    Balance    Rate       Balance    Rate      Balance     Rate       Balance    Rate
                                    -------    ----       -------    ----      -------     ----       -------    ----
<S>                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>  
FHLB advances.................      $10,869    6.23%      $19,550    5.79%     $22,829    6.21%       $26,208    6.67%
Securities sold under
  agreements to repurchase....        3,200    3.97%        6,321    5.66%       3,112    5.65%           783    7.98%

</TABLE>

         The following  table sets forth the balances of  Guaranty's  short-term
borrowings at the dates indicated.

                              Short-Term Borrowings
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      December 31         December 31                  June 30
                                                     ---------------    ----------------    ------------------------------
                                                          1997               1996                1996           1995
                                                          ----               ----                ----           ----
                                                                              (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                      <C>                 <C>               <C>             <C>    
FHLB advances.....................................           $0               $7,500           $12,500         $19,550
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase....        2,989                6,681             6,104               0
                                                          -----                -----             -----               -
    Total short-term borrowings...................       $2,989              $14,181           $18,604         $19,550
                                                         ======              =======           =======         =======

Weighted average interest rate of
  short-term FHLB advances........................        0.00%                6.35%             6.02%           4.52%

Weighted average interest rate of
  securities sold under agreements to repurchase..        6.29%                6.50%             5.65%           0.00%
</TABLE>

         See notes 6, 7 and 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

         Liquidity  is  the  ability  to  meet  present  and  future   financial
obligations  either  through the sale of existing  assets or the  acquisition of
additional funds through asset and liability  management.  Cash flow projections
are  regularly  reviewed  and  updated  to assure  that  adequate  liquidity  is
provided.  As a result of Guaranty's management of liquid assets and the ability
to generate  liquidity through  increasing  deposits,  Management  believes that
Guaranty   maintains  overall  liquidity  that  is  sufficient  to  satisfy  its
depositors' requirements and meet its customers' credit needs.

         Guaranty's  primary  sources  of funds are  deposits,  borrowings,  and
amortization,  prepayments  and maturities of outstanding  loans and investments
and loan sales.  While  scheduled  payments from the  amortization  of loans and
securities are relatively  predictable sources of funds,  deposit flows and loan
prepayments  are  greatly   influenced  by  general  interest  rates,   economic
conditions and competition.  Excess funds are invested in


                                       38
<PAGE>

overnight deposits to fund cash requirements experienced in the normal course of
business.  Guaranty  has been  able to  generate  sufficient  cash  through  its
deposits as well as borrowings.

         The  following  information  should  be read in  conjunction  with  the
statements  of cash flows,  which appear on pages F-8 through F-10 of Guaranty's
consolidated financial statements.

         Cash and cash equivalents were  approximately  $6.0 million at December
31,  1997 and  1996.  The  $16.0  million  of net  cash  provided  by  operating
activities was primarily a result of $898,000 of net income,  proceeds from loan
sales of $24.8  million,  and  proceeds  from the sale of  securities  of $114.5
million. In addition, financing activities provided $14.3 million primarily as a
result of a net increase in deposits of $31.5 million,  and net proceeds of $4.5
million from a secondary stock offering that closed in January 1997.  Total cash
provided by operating and financing  activities of $30.3 million was absorbed by
investing  activities  consisting  primarily of a net increase in loans of $18.5
million,  expenditures of $1.4 million for property and equipment (primarily for
the new Harrisonburg branch that opened in May 1997), and purchases of available
for sale  securities  totaling  $33.3 million  (offset by sales of available for
sale securities of $21.9 million).

         For the year ended June 30, 1995, cash and cash  equivalents  increased
$4.5  million  to $5.8  million,  as the net  cash  provided  by  investing  and
financing  activities exceeded the cash used in operating  activities.  The $3.7
million of net funds  provided by investing  activities  resulted  mainly from a
$2.5 million decrease in loans and $1.3 million in principal  payment on held to
maturity  securities.  The  $1.2  million  of net  cash  provided  by  financing
activities resulted primarily from proceeds from the issuance of common stock of
$2.1 million.

         Guaranty uses its sources of funds  primarily to meet operating  needs,
to pay deposit  withdrawals and fund loan commitments.  At December 31, 1997 and
1996,  total  approved  loan  commitments  were $3.8  million and $3.0  million,
respectively.  In  addition,  at December 31, 1997 and 1996,  commitments  under
unused lines of credit were $14.3  million and $6.4  million,  respectively.  At
June 30, 1996, the total approved loan commitments  outstanding amounted to $3.9
million. At the same date,  commitments under unused lines of credit amounted to
$5.4 million.  Certificates of deposits  scheduled to mature in one year or less
at December 31, 1997 and 1996,  and June 30, 1996 totaled $77.7  million,  $57.3
million and $51.2 million, respectively.  Management believes that a significant
portion of maturing deposits will remain with Guaranty.

         Management  intends to fund  anticipated  loan  closings and  operating
needs during 1998 through cash on hand, proceeds from the sale of this offering,
proceeds from the sale of loans and  securities,  cash generated from operations
and anticipated  increases in deposits.  Through February 28, 1998, net deposits
were $121.4 million, an increase of $8.5 million in comparison to total deposits
at December 31, 1997 of $112.9  million.  This increase  consisted  primarily of
increases in time deposits  (primarily with a one-year  maturity at origination)
of $3.4 million and demand  deposits of $2.2  million.  Current and  anticipated
marketing  programs will be primarily  targeted at the  attraction of lower cost
transaction  accounts.  Concurrent with the strategies employed to attract these
accounts, management plans to gradually reduce the rate paid on time deposits in
comparison  to the  competition.  However,  the pricing of time deposits will be
balanced against  upcoming  maturities to ensure that liquidity is not adversely
impacted by a large run off of time deposits.

         Proceeds  from the sale of  securitized  loans  and  fixed  rate  loans
originated for sale in the secondary  market were $11.6 million through February
28, 1997.  In addition,  at February 28, 1997,  loans  available for sale in the
secondary  market were $10.6  million (cost  approximates  market at this date).
Although  management  has no plans to sell  adjustable  rate  mortgages  (ARMs),
approximately $24.0 million of conforming ARMs are currently carried in the loan
portfolio  and  could  be  sold  if  needed  to  meet  liquidity  needs  of  the
Corporation.  The need to sell portfolio loans to meet liquidity requirements is
mitigated by the Bank's $20.0 million line of credit at the FHLB. As of the date
of this Prospectus, no outstanding balances existed under this line nor was this
line


                                       39
<PAGE>

used during the period  January 1, 1998 through the date of this  Prospectus  to
fund short term cash needs of the Corporation.

         No assurances  can be made that  management's  plans to provide for the
Corporation's  liquidity  needs  will  be  successful,  or if  successful,  will
generate  the  cash  needed  to fund  operations  or  reduce  the  Corporation's
historical  reliance  on higher  cost time  deposits  and FHLB  advances  as the
primary funding source.

         Capital  represents  funds,  earned or obtained,  over which  financial
institutions  can  exercise  greater  control in  comparison  with  deposits and
borrowed funds. The adequacy of Guaranty's  capital is reviewed by management on
an ongoing basis with reference to size, composition,  and quality of Guaranty's
resources and consistent with regulatory  requirements  and industry  standards.
Management seeks to maintain a capital  structure that will support  anticipated
asset growth and absorb any potential losses.

         The   Corporation   and  the  Bank  are  subject  to  Federal   Reserve
regulations,  including the BHCA. At December 31, 1997, the Corporation exceeded
all such regulatory capital requirements as shown in the following table.

                                     Capital
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       Six Months
                                                   Year Ended            Ended
                                                  December 31         December 31               Year Ended June 30
                                                 ---------------    -----------------    ---------------------------------
                                                      1997                1996               1996               1995
                                                      ----                ----               ----               ----
                                                                               (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                <C>                   <C>              <C>                 <C>    
Tier 1 Capital:
  Common stock...............................       $1,877                $1,155           $1,149              $1,144
  Capital surplus............................        5,725                 1,976            1,981               1,971
  Retained earnings..........................        4,208                 3,445            3,498               2,900
  Unrealized Loss on available for sale
    securities...............................            -                    -                 -                   -
                                                    ------                 -----            -----               -----
    Total Tier 1 Capital.....................       11,810                 6,576            6,628               6,015
                                                    ------                 -----            -----               -----

Tier 2 Capital:
  Allowance for loan losses (1)..............          935                   706              631                 565
  Allowable long-term debt...................            -                    -                 -                   -
                                                    ------                 -----            -----               -----
    Total Tier 2 Capital.....................          935                   706              631                 565
                                                    ------                 -----            -----               -----
      Total Risk-Based Capital...............      $12,745                $7,282           $7,259              $6,580
                                                   =======                ======           ======              ======

Risk-weighted assets.........................      $82,666               $56,500          $54,650             $45,200

Capital Ratios:
  Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital ratio............       14.29%                11.64%           12.13%              13.31%
  Total Risk-Based Capital ratio.............       15.42%                12.89%           13.28%              14.56%
  Tier 1 Capital to average adjusted total   
     assets..................................        9.57%                 5.81%            6.59%               6.52%
</TABLE>
- ------------------

(1)      The allowance for loan losses included in Tier 1 Capital calculation is
         limited by regulation to 1.25% of Risk-weighted assets.


                                       40
<PAGE>

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices and Seasonality

         The  financial  statements  in this  document  have  been  prepared  in
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  which require the
measurement of financial  position and operating  results in terms of historical
dollars,  without  considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money
over time due to inflation.

         Unlike   industrial   companies,   virtually  all  of  the  assets  and
liabilities  of a financial  institution  are  monetary in nature.  As a result,
interest  rates  have a more  significant  impact on a  financial  institution's
performance  than the effects of general levels of inflation.  Interest rates do
not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the price
of goods and services, since such prices are affected by inflation.

Accounting Rules

         In February  1997,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 128, Earnings per Share ("SFAS
128").  SFAS  128 is  effective  for  financial  statements,  including  interim
periods,  issued for periods ending after December 15, 1997. SFAS 128 provides a
different  method for  calculating  earnings per share than is currently used in
accordance  with  APB 15,  "Earnings  per  Share."  SFAS  128  provides  for the
calculation  of Basic and Diluted  earnings per share.  Basic earnings per share
includes no dilution  and is computed  by dividing  income  available  to common
shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the
period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution of securities
that could share in earnings of an entity, similar to fully diluted earnings per
share.

         In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income ("SFAS
130"),  which  establishes  standards for reporting and display of comprehensive
income, its components and accumulated balances. Comprehensive income is defined
to include all changes in equity  except those  resulting  from  investments  by
owners and distributions to owners.  Among other disclosures,  SFAS 130 requires
that all items that are  required  to be  recognized  under  current  accounting
standards  as  components  of  comprehensive  income be  reported in a financial
statement  that is  displayed  with  the  same  prominence  as  other  financial
statements. SFAS 130 is effective for financial statements for periods beginning
after December 15, 1997 and requires  comparative  information for earlier years
to be restated. Management does not expect the application of this pronouncement
to have a material effect on the financial statements of the Corporation.

Subsidiary Activities

         The Bank has two wholly owned  subsidiaries,  GMSC,  Inc.  ("GMSC") and
Guaranty  Investments  Corporation  ("GICO").  GMSC  is a  financing  subsidiary
through  which  Guaranty  formed  a  Real  Estate  Mortgage  Investment  Conduit
("REMIC").  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations."  Guaranty sells non-deposit  investment products through
GICO.  GICO had a net loss of $27,000 for the year ended  December  31, 1997 and
net income of $3,000 and $1,000 for the six month period ended December 31, 1996
and the year ended June 30, 1996, respectively.

         In 1987,  Guaranty  formed  GMSC and  entered  into a REMIC in order to
create  liquidity.  Guaranty  utilized the REMIC to pool $19.9  million of fixed
rate mortgages into mortgage  backed  securities,  which were used as collateral
for bonds  sold to private  investors.  The bonds bore a coupon of 8.0% and were
sold at a discount and costs of issuance of approximately $3.3 million. The bond
discount and issuance costs are amortized against income as mortgage  underlying
the bonds repay.  In the fiscal years ended June 30, 1996,  1995, and 1994, with
rapidly falling interest rates,  Guaranty experienced  significant  repayment of
mortgages,  resulting  in an  amortization  expense of $160,000,  $124,000,  and
$968,000,  respectively.  For the year ended


                                       41
<PAGE>

December 31, 1997 and the six month period ended December 31, 1996, amortization
expense was $64,000 and $39,000,  respectively.  The  amortization  of the REMIC
expenses is treated as interest expense.

Year 2000 Project

         The Year 2000 presents  problems for  businesses  that are dependent on
computer hardware and software to perform date dependent  calculations and logic
comparisons.  A great deal of software and  microchip  technology  was developed
utilizing two digit years rather than four digit years  (example:  97 instead of
1997).  Technology  utilizing  two digit  years most  likely will not be able to
distinguish  the year 2000 from  1900,  and  therefore  may shut down or perform
miscalculations and comparisons as much as 100 years off.

         Management is fully aware this presents a potential business disruption
and has begun a program of due  diligence in  addressing  the impact of the Year
2000 on the  Corporation.  Presently,  the Corporation is still in the discovery
stage of identifying all areas and processes rendering exposure to the Year 2000
problem.  However,  the  Corporation,  in conjunction  with its outside  service
bureau,  has  developed a plan to address  Year 2000  exposure  surrounding  the
Corporation's  computer  and data  processing  systems.  Since early  1997,  the
Corporation  has been updating its systems  hardware to be Year 2000  compliant.
The next step involves testing system  software,  which is scheduled to begin in
mid to late 1998, and it is estimated  that the process will cost  approximately
$25,000 to complete.  In conjunction with this testing, the Corporation plans to
test its other  systems that are not related to the service  bureau.  Management
anticipates  the Corporation  will be Year 2000  compliant,  thus satisfying all
regulatory requirements.



                                       42
<PAGE>


                                    BUSINESS

General

         Guaranty is a Virginia  corporation which was organized in 1995 for the
purpose of  becoming  the  holding  company of the Bank.  The Bank is a Virginia
state chartered bank which began business in February 1981 and is  headquartered
in Charlottesville, Virginia.

         Effective  December 29, 1995,  Guaranty  acquired all of the issued and
outstanding  standing shares of Common Stock of the Bank. The principal asset of
Guaranty is the  outstanding  stock of the Bank,  its wholly  owned  subsidiary.
Guaranty presently has no separate  operations and its business consists only of
the  business  of  the  Bank.  All  references  to  Guaranty,  unless  otherwise
indicated,  at  or  before  December  29,  1995,  refer  to  the  Bank  and  its
subsidiaries on a consolidated  basis.  Guaranty's Common Stock is quoted on The
Nasdaq National Market System under the symbol "GSLC".

         Guaranty's  principal business  activities are attracting  checking and
savings  deposits from the general public through its retail banking offices and
originating,  servicing,  investing in and selling loans.  Of Guaranty's  $107.6
million of gross loans  outstanding  at December  31,  1997,  61.3%  represented
residential  first  mortgages.  Guaranty  also  lends  funds to  retail  banking
customers by means of home equity,  installment  loans, and, to a lesser extent,
originates  loans secured by  commercial  property and  multi-family  dwellings.
Guaranty has recently begun to offer consumer loans and  government-insured  and
conventional  small business  loans.  Guaranty  invests in certain United States
government and agency obligations and other investments  permitted by applicable
laws and regulations.

         Guaranty's  main  office  is  located  at 1658  State  Farm  Boulevard,
Charlottesville, Virginia 22911 and the telephone number is (804) 970-1100.

Market Area

         Guaranty  is  the  only  independent   community  banking  organization
headquartered  in, or even  with an  office  in,  Charlottesville  or  Albemarle
County, Virginia. This area had a collective population of approximately 108,000
in 1990 according to census  figures,  is located in central  Virginia 110 miles
southwest  of  Washington,  D.C. and 70 miles west of  Richmond,  Virginia,  and
includes the  University  of Virginia,  the area's  largest  employer.  Guaranty
operates  five  full  service  retail  branches,  which  serve  Charlottesville,
Albemarle County, and Harrisonburg, Virginia.

Competition

         Guaranty faces strong competition both in originating real estate loans
and in attracting  deposits.  Competition in originating real estate loans comes
primarily from commercial banks and mortgage bankers who also make loans secured
by real estate  located in the Bank's  market area.  The Bank  competes for real
estate loans  principally  on the basis of the  interest  rates and loan fees it
charges,  the  types of loans it  originates  and the  quality  of  services  it
provides to borrowers.

         Guaranty  faces  substantial  competition  in attracting  deposits from
commercial  banks,  money  market  and  mutual  funds,  credit  unions and other
investment  vehicles.  The ability of  Guaranty  to attract and retain  deposits
depends on its ability to provide an investment  opportunity  that satisfies the
requirements  of  investors  as to rate of  return,  liquidity,  risk and  other
factors.  Guaranty  competes for these deposits by offering a variety of deposit
products at competitive rates and convenient business hours.


                                       43
<PAGE>

         Guaranty operates in a highly  competitive  environment,  competing for
deposits and loans with commercial banks and other financial institutions,  many
of which possess  substantially greater financial resources than those available
to Guaranty.  Certain of these  institutions have  significantly  higher lending
limits  than  Guaranty.  In  addition,  there  can be no  assurance  that  other
financial institutions, with substantially greater resources than Guaranty, will
not establish operations in Guaranty's service area.

Credit Policies

         The principal risk  associated  with each of the categories of loans in
Guaranty's  portfolio  is the  creditworthiness  of its  borrowers.  Within each
category, such risk is increased or decreased,  depending on prevailing economic
conditions. In an effort to manage the risk, Guaranty's policy gives loan amount
approval  limits to individual loan officers based on their level of experience.
The risk  associated  with real estate mortgage loans and consumer loans varies,
based on employment levels,  consumer  confidence,  fluctuations in the value of
real estate and other  conditions  that affect the ability of borrowers to repay
indebtedness.  The risk associated with real estate  construction  loans varies,
based on the supply and demand for the type of real estate under construction.

         Guaranty has written  policies  and  procedures  to help manage  credit
risk. The loan portfolio is managed under a specifically defined credit process.
This process includes formulation of portfolio  management strategy,  guidelines
for  underwriting   standards  and  risk  assessment,   procedures  for  ongoing
identification  and management of credit  deterioration,  and regular  portfolio
reviews to establish loss exposure and to ascertain  compliance  with Guaranty's
policies.

         Guaranty uses a Management  Loan Committee and Directors Loan Committee
to approve loans. The Management Loan Committee, which consists of the President
and two  additional  loan  underwriters,  meets as  necessary to review all loan
applications.  A  Directors  Loan  Committee,  which  currently  consists of all
directors,  approves  loans in excess  of  $500,000  that  have been  previously
approved by the Management Loan Committee.  Guaranty's  President is responsible
for reporting to the Directors Loan  Committee  monthly on the activities of the
Management  Loan  Committee  and  on  the  status  of  various   delinquent  and
non-performing loans. The Directors Loan Committee also reviews lending policies
proposed by Management.

         Residential loan  originations  come primarily from walk-in  customers,
real estate brokers and builders.  Commercial real estate loan  originations are
obtained  through  broker  referrals,  direct  solicitation  of  developers  and
continued business from customers.  All completed loan applications are reviewed
by  Guaranty's  salaried  loan  officers.  As part of the  application  process,
information is obtained concerning the income,  financial condition,  employment
and credit  history of the  applicant.  If  commercial  real estate is involved,
information  is also  obtained  concerning  cash flow after debt  service.  Loan
quality is analyzed based on the Bank's  experience and guidelines  with respect
to credit  underwriting,  as well as the  guidelines  issued by the Federal Home
Loan Mortgage  Corporation  ("FHLMC"),  Federal  National  Mortgage  Association
("FNMA") and other purchasers of loans,  depending on the type of loan involved.
The non-conforming one- to four-family adjustable-rate mortgage loans originated
by Guaranty,  however,  are not readily salable in the secondary  market because
they do not meet all of the  secondary  marketing  guidelines.  These  loans are
evaluated by the loan  committee for "overall"  merit and will not exceed an 80%
loan to value ratio.  Real estate is appraised by independent fee appraisers who
have been  pre-approved  by the Board of  Directors.  Loans are submitted to the
underwriting  department for review. All conforming loans including HUD/FHA,  VA
and  applicable  VHDA  loans  are   underwritten  and  acted  upon  within  loan
administration requiring two signatures of approval.

         In the normal course of business,  Guaranty  makes various  commitments
and incurs certain contingent  liabilities which are disclosed but not reflected
in its annual financial  statements,  including commitments to extend credit. At
December 31, 1997, commitments to extend credit totaled $16.6 million.


                                       44
<PAGE>

One- to Four-Family Residential Real Estate Lending

         Guaranty's  primary  lending  program has been the origination of loans
secured by one- to four-family residences, all of which have been located in its
market area.  Guaranty  evaluates both the borrower's  ability to make principal
and interest  payments and the value of the property  that will secure the loan.
Federal  law  permits  Guaranty  to make  loans in  amounts of up to 100% of the
appraised  value of the  underlying  real estate.  Loans are made with a loan to
value  up to 95%  for  conventional  mortgage  loans  and up to 100%  for  loans
guaranteed  by either the  Federal  Housing  Authority  ("FHA") or the  Veterans
Administration  ("VA").  For conventional  loans in excess of 80% loan to value,
private mortgage insurance is secured insuring the mortgage loans to 75% loan to
value. In addition to fixed rate mortgage loans,  Guaranty makes adjustable rate
mortgages with the primary loan indexed to the one year  treasury.  Generally if
the loans are not made to credit  standards of FHLMC,  additional  fees and rate
are charged.  If the loan to value exceeds 80%,  private  mortgage  insurance is
generally secured.

         Although, due to competitive market pressures,  the Bank does originate
fixed-rate mortgage loans, it currently underwrites and documents all such loans
to permit their sale in the  secondary  mortgage  market.  At December 31, 1997,
$26.5 million,  or 24.6%, of Guaranty's  loan portfolio  consisted of fixed-rate
mortgage loans.

         Guaranty's  current  one- to  four-family  residential  adjustable-rate
mortgage loans ("ARMs") have interest rates that adjust every year, generally in
accordance  with the rates on one-year  U.S.  Treasury  Bills.  Guaranty's  ARMs
generally  limit interest rate increases to 2% each rate  adjustment  period and
have an established ceiling rate at the time the loans are made of up to 6% over
the original  interest rate.  Borrowers are qualified at the first year interest
rate plus 2%. To compete with other lenders in its market area,  Guaranty  makes
one-year ARMs at interest  rates which,  for the first year, are below the index
rate which would  otherwise  apply to these loans.  At December 31, 1997,  $39.1
million,  or 36.3%,  of Guaranty's loan portfolio  consisted of ARMs.  There are
unquantifiable risks resulting from potential increased costs to the borrower as
a result of repricing. It is possible,  therefore, that during periods of rising
interest  rates,  the risk of  defaults on ARMs may  increase  due to the upward
adjustment of interest costs to borrowers.

         All one- to four-family  real estate mortgage loans being originated by
Guaranty contain a "due-on-sale"  clause providing that Guaranty may declare the
unpaid principal balance due and payable upon the sale of the mortgage property.
It  is  Guaranty's  policy  to  enforce  these  due-on-sale  clauses  concerning
fixed-rate  loans and to permit  assumptions  of ARMs,  for a fee, by  qualified
borrowers.

         Guaranty  requires,  in connection  with the origination of residential
real estate loans, title opinions and fire and casualty insurance  coverage,  as
well as flood insurance where appropriate,  to protect Guaranty's interest.  The
cost of this insurance  coverage is paid by the borrower.  Guaranty does require
escrows for taxes and insurance.

Construction Lending

         Guaranty makes local construction loans,  primarily residential and lot
loans. The construction loans are secured by the property for which the loan was
obtained.  At December 31, 1997,  construction  and land loans  outstanding were
$18.4 million, or 17.1%, of gross loans. The average life of a construction loan
is approximately nine months and they reprice daily to meet the market, normally
prime plus two percent.  Because the interest charged on these loans floats with
the market, they help Guaranty in managing its interest rate risk.  Construction
lending entails significant additional risks, compared with residential mortgage
lending. Construction loans often involve larger loan balances concentrated with
single  borrowers or groups of related


                                       45
<PAGE>

borrowers.  Construction loans involve additional risks attributable to the fact
that loan funds are advanced  upon the security of the home under  construction,
which is of uncertain value prior to the completion of construction. Thus, it is
more difficult to evaluate  accurately the total loan funds required to complete
a project and related  loan-to-value  ratios.  To minimize the risks  associated
with  construction  lending,  Guaranty limits loan amounts to 80.0% of appraised
value, in addition to its usual credit analysis of its borrowers.  Guaranty also
obtains a first lien on the security  property as security for its  construction
loans.

Commercial Real Estate Lending

         Guaranty also originates  commercial real estate loans. These loans are
secured by various  types of  commercial  real  estate,  including  multi-family
residential buildings,  commercial buildings and offices, small shopping centers
and churches.  At December 31, 1997,  commercial  real estate  aggregated  $16.6
million or 15.5% of Guaranty's  gross loans.  Guaranty's  commercial real estate
loans have been made at interest  rates that adjust based on yields for one-year
U.S. Treasury securities,  with a 2% annual cap on rate adjustments and a 6% cap
on interest  rates over the life of the loan.  Beginning in September  1996, the
interests rates on commercial  real estate loans, in most cases,  have been tied
to the prime lending rate.  Typically,  Guaranty charges fees ranging from 1% to
2% on these  loans.  Commercial  real estate  loans made by  Guaranty  generally
amortize  over 15 to 25  years  and may have a call  provision  of 3 or 5 years.
Guaranty's  commercial real estate loans are secured by properties in its market
area.

         In its underwriting of commercial real estate, Guaranty may lend, under
federal  regulation,  up to 100% of the  security  property's  appraised  value,
although Guaranty's loan to original appraised value ratio on such properties is
80% or less in most cases.  Commercial real estate lending  entails  significant
additional risk,  compared with residential  mortgage  lending.  Commercial real
estate loans  typically  involve larger loan balances  concentrated  with single
borrowers or groups of related borrowers.  Additionally,  the payment experience
on loans secured by income  producing  properties is typically  dependent on the
successful  operation  of a business  or a real  estate  project and thus may be
subject, to a greater extent, to adverse conditions in the real estate market or
in the economy  generally.  Guaranty's  commercial real estate loan underwriting
criteria require an examination of debt service coverage ratios,  the borrower's
creditworthiness and prior credit history and reputation, and Guaranty generally
requires  personal  guarantees  or  endorsements  of  borrowers.  Guaranty  also
carefully considers the location of the security property.

Consumer Lending

         Guaranty offers various secured and unsecured consumer loans, including
unsecured  personal loans and lines of credit,  share loans,  automobile  loans,
deposit account loans, installment and demand loans, letters of credit, and home
equity loans. At December 31, 1997,  Guaranty had consumer loans of $7.0 million
or 6.5% of gross loans.  During 1997,  Guaranty  increased its level of consumer
loans.  Such loans were  generally  made to customers with which Guaranty had an
pre-existing  relationships  and were  generally  in amounts  of under  $75,000.
Guaranty  originates all of its consumer loans in its market area and intends to
continue its consumer lending in this geographic area.

         Consumer  loans may entail  greater risk than do  residential  mortgage
loans,  particularly in the case of consumer loans which are unsecured,  such as
lines of credit, or secured by rapidly  depreciable  assets such as automobiles.
In such cases, any repossessed  collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not
provide an adequate  source of  repayment of the  outstanding  loan balance as a
result of the greater likelihood of damage, loss or depreciation.  The remaining
deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against
the  borrower.  In addition,  consumer  loan  collections  are  dependent on the
borrower's  continuing  financial  stability,  and thus are  more  likely  to be
adversely  affected  by job  loss,  divorce,  illness  or  personal  bankruptcy.
Furthermore,  the  application  of various  federal  and state  laws,  including
federal and state


                                       46
<PAGE>

bankruptcy and  insolvency  laws, may limit the amount which can be recovered on
such loans.  Such loans may also give rise to claims and  defenses by a consumer
loan borrower against an assignee of such loan such as Guaranty,  and a borrower
may be able to assert  against such  assignee  claims and defenses  which it has
against  the  seller  of  the  underlying  collateral.   Guaranty  adds  general
provisions  to its loan loss  allowance  at the time the  loans are  originated.
Consumer loan delinquencies often increase over time as the loans age.

         The  underwriting  standards  employed by Guaranty for  consumer  loans
include a determination of the applicant's payment history on other debts and an
assessment of ability to meet existing  obligations and payments on the proposed
loan.  The  stability of the  applicant's  monthly  income may be  determined by
verification of gross monthly income for primary  employment,  and  additionally
from any verifiable secondary income. Although creditworthiness of the applicant
is of primary consideration,  the underwriting process also includes an analysis
of the value of the security in relation to the proposed loan amount.

         During 1997, Guaranty began offering all types of consumer loans due to
its improved capital position.  Generally these loans provide higher yields than
one-to-four-family mortgages.

Commercial Loans

         In July 1996, Guaranty began making commercial loans to qualified small
businesses in its market area. Commercial business loans generally have a higher
degree of risk than residential  mortgage loans, but have commensurately  higher
yields. To manage these risks, Guaranty generally secures appropriate collateral
and  carefully  monitors the  financial  condition  of its  business  borrowers.
Residential  mortgage  loans  generally are made on the basis of the  borrower's
ability to make  repayment  from his employment and other income and are secured
by real  estate  whose  value  tends to be easily  ascertainable.  In  contrast,
commercial  business  loans  typically  are made on the basis of the  borrower's
ability to make  repayment  from cash flow from its  business and are secured by
business assets, such as commercial real estate, accounts receivable,  equipment
and  inventory.  As a result,  the  availability  of funds for the  repayment of
commercial  business loans may be substantially  dependent on the success of the
business  itself.  Further,  the collateral  for  commercial  business loans may
depreciate  over  time  and  cannot  be  appraised  with  as much  precision  as
residential real estate.  Guaranty has a credit review and monitoring  system to
regularly review the cash flow of commercial borrowers.

Properties

         Guaranty's  current  principal  office  opened in December  1996 and is
located at 1658 State Farm Boulevard, Charlottesville, Virginia.

         Guaranty  has operated an office on Seminole  Trail in  Charlottesville
since  1983.  Guaranty  purchased  this  office  in June 1996 at a cost of $1.15
million.

         Guaranty has operated a branch in downtown  Charlottesville since 1981,
and has operated its current Main Street  location since 1992. The current lease
expires in 2002,  subject to Guaranty's right to renew for three additional five
year  periods  under  certain  circumstances.  Guaranty has operated a branch in
Charlottesville  near the  University  of  Virginia  since 1985,  including  the
Arlington  Boulevard  branch  that opened in 1994.  The  current  lease for this
branch  expires  in  1999,  subject  to  Guaranty's  right to  renew  for  three
additional five year periods.

         In December 1996, Guaranty opened a new main office,  operations center
and fourth retail branch in the Pantops area in Albemarle  County,  just east of
Charlottesville. Guaranty also opened a branch in Harrisonburg, Virginia in May,
1997.


                                       47
<PAGE>

Employees

         At December  31,  1997,  Guaranty  had the  equivalent  of 64 full-time
employees,  and  currently  has  65  full-time  employees.  None  of  Guaranty's
employees is represented by any collective bargaining unit.

Legal Proceedings

         In the course of its  operations,  Guaranty is a party to various legal
proceedings.  Based upon information  currently  available,  management believes
that such legal proceedings,  in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse
effect on Guaranty's business, financial position, or results of operations.

Supervision and Regulation

         The  discussion  below  is only a  summary  of the  principal  laws and
regulations  that comprise the regulatory  framework  applicable to Guaranty and
the  Bank.  The  descriptions  of  these  laws  and  regulations,   as  well  as
descriptions of laws and regulations  contained elsewhere herein, do not purport
to be complete and are  qualified in their  entirety by reference to  applicable
laws and regulations.

         As a bank holding company,  Guaranty is subject to regulation under the
Bank Holding  Company Act of 1956 (as amended,  the "BHCA") and the  examination
and  reporting  requirements  of the Board of Governors  of the Federal  Reserve
System (the "Federal Reserve Board"). Under the BHCA, a bank holding company may
not directly or indirectly  acquire  ownership or control of more than 5% of the
voting shares or substantially all of the assets of any additional bank or merge
or consolidate  with another bank holding  company without the prior approval of
the Federal  Reserve Board.  The BHCA also generally  limits the activities of a
bank holding company to that of banking,  managing or controlling  banks, or any
other  activity  which is determined  to be so closely  related to banking or to
managing or controlling banks that an exception is allowed for those activities.

         As  a  state-chartered   bank,  the  Bank  is  subject  to  regulation,
supervision  and  examination  by the Virginia  State  Corporation  Commission's
Bureau of Financial  Institutions (the "Virginia SCC"). The Bank is also subject
to regulation,  supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve Board and the
Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation (the "FDIC").  State and federal law also
govern the activities in which the Bank may engage,  the investments it may make
and the aggregate  amount of loans that may be granted to one borrower.  Various
consumer and compliance laws and regulations also affect the Bank's operations.

         The earnings of the Bank,  and therefore the earnings of Guaranty,  are
affected by general economic conditions, management policies and the legislative
and  governmental  actions of various  regulatory  authorities,  including those
referred to above.  The following  description  summarizes some of the state and
federal laws to which Guaranty and the Bank are subject.

         The  Virginia  SCC and the Federal  Reserve  Bank of  Richmond  conduct
regular examinations of the Bank, reviewing such matters as the adequacy of loan
loss  reserves,   quality  of  loans  and  investments,   management  practices,
compliance  with laws,  and other  aspects of their  operations.  In addition to
these  regular  examinations,  the Bank must  furnish the  Virginia  SCC and the
Federal Reserve with periodic reports  containing a full and accurate  statement
of its  affairs.  Supervision,  regulation  and  examination  of  banks by these
agencies are intended  primarily for the  protection  of depositors  rather than
shareholders.

         Insurance of Accounts,  Assessments  and  Regulation  by the FDIC.  The
deposits  of the Bank are  insured by the FDIC up to the limits set forth  under
applicable  law. The  deposits of the Bank are subject to the deposit  insurance
assessments of the Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF") of the FDIC.


                                       48
<PAGE>

         For the semi-annual  period beginning  January 1, 1998, the assessments
imposed on all FDIC  deposits  for  deposit  insurance  have an  effective  rate
ranging from 0 to 27 basis points per $100 of insured deposits, depending on the
institution's capital position and other supervisory factors.  However,  because
the legislation enacted in 1996 requires that both Savings Association Insurance
Fund  ("SAIF")  insured and  BIF-insured  deposits pay a pro rata portion of the
interest due on the obligations  issued by the Financing  Corporation  ("FICO"),
the FDIC is assessing  BIF-insured  deposits an additional 1.30 basis points per
$100 of deposits to cover those obligations.

         The FDIC is authorized  to prohibit any  BIF-insured  institution  from
engaging in any activity that the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose
a serious threat to the respective  insurance fund.  Also, the FDIC may initiate
enforcement actions against banks, after first giving the institution's  primary
regulatory  authority an opportunity to take such action. The FDIC may terminate
the deposit  insurance of any depository  institution if it determines,  after a
hearing,  that the  institution  has engaged or is engaging in unsafe or unsound
practices,  is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations,  or has
violated any  applicable  law,  regulation,  order or any  condition  imposed in
writing by the FDIC. It also may suspend deposit  insurance  temporarily  during
the  hearing  process  for  the  permanent  termination  of  insurance,  if  the
institution has no tangible  capital.  If deposit  insurance is terminated,  the
deposits  at the  institution  at  the  time  of  termination,  less  subsequent
withdrawals,  shall  continue  to be insured for a period from six months to two
years,  as  determined  by  the  FDIC.   Management  is  aware  of  no  existing
circumstances that could result in termination of the Bank's deposit insurance.

         Capital.  The Federal Reserve Board has issued  risk-based and leverage
capital guidelines applicable to banking organizations they supervise. Under the
risk-based  capital  requirements,  Guaranty  and the Bank  are  each  generally
required to maintain a minimum  ratio of total capital to  risk-weighted  assets
(including  certain  off-balance  sheet  activities,  such as standby letters of
credit),  of 8%. At least half of the total  capital is to be composed of common
equity, retained earnings and qualifying perpetual preferred stock, less certain
intangibles   ("Tier  1  capital").   The   remainder  may  consist  of  certain
subordinated  debt,  certain hybrid  capital  instruments  and other  qualifying
preferred  stock  and a  limited  amount  of the loan  loss  allowance  ("Tier 2
capital" and, together with Tier 1 capital,  "total  capital").  At December 31,
1997, Guaranty's Tier 1 capital and total capital ratios were 14.29% and 15.42%,
respectively.

         In  addition,  each  of  the  Federal  bank  regulatory  agencies  have
established   minimum   leverage   capital   ratio   requirements   for  banking
organizations. These requirements provide for a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1
capital to  adjusted  average  quarterly  assets  equal to 3% for banks and bank
holding companies that meet certain specified criteria. All other banks and bank
holding  companies will generally be required to maintain a leverage ratio of at
least 100 to 200 basis  points  above the stated  minimum.  Guaranty's  leverage
ratio at December 31, 1997 was 9.34%.

         The  risk-based   capital   standards  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Board
explicitly  identify  concentrations  of credit risk and the risk  arising  from
non-traditional  activities, as well as an institution's ability to manage these
risks, as important  factors to be taken into account by the agency in assessing
an institution's  overall capital adequacy.  The capital guidelines also provide
that an institution's exposure to a decline in the economic value of its capital
due to  changes in  interest  rates be  considered  by the agency as a factor in
evaluating  a bank's  capital  adequacy.  The  Federal  Reserve  Board  also has
recently issued  additional  capital  guidelines for bank holding companies that
engage in certain trading activities.

         Other  Safety  and  Soundness  Regulations.   There  are  a  number  of
obligations  and  restrictions  imposed  on bank  holding  companies  and  their
depository  institution  subsidiaries by Federal law and regulatory  policy that
are  designed  to reduce  potential  loss  exposure  to the  depositors  of such
depository  institutions  and to the  FDIC  insurance  funds  in the  event  the
depository  institution  becomes  in danger of  default  or is in  default.  For
example,  under a policy of the  Federal  Reserve  Board  with  respect  to bank
holding  company  operations,  a bank holding


                                       49
<PAGE>

company is required to serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary
depository  institutions and to commit resources to support such institutions in
circumstances   where  it  might  not  do  so   otherwise.   In  addition,   the
"cross-guarantee"   provisions  of  Federal  law  require   insured   depository
institutions under common control to reimburse the FDIC for any loss suffered or
reasonably  anticipated by either the SAIF or the BIF as a result of the default
of a commonly  controlled insured  depository  institution or for any assistance
provided by the FDIC to a commonly controlled insured depository  institution in
danger of default. The FDIC may decline to enforce the cross-guarantee provision
if it determines  that a waiver is in the best  interests of the SAIF or the BIF
or  both.  The  FDIC's  claim  for   reimbursement  is  superior  to  claims  of
shareholders of the insured depository institution or its holding company but is
subordinate  to  claims  of  depositors,   secured   creditors  and  holders  of
subordinated  debt (other than  affiliates) of the commonly  controlled  insured
depository institution.

         The Federal  banking  agencies  also have broad  powers  under  current
Federal  law to take  prompt  corrective  action to resolve  problems of insured
depository  institutions.  The extent of these  powers  depends upon whether the
institution   in   question   is   well-capitalized,   adequately   capitalized,
undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized,
as defined by the law.  As of  December  31,  1997,  Guaranty  and the Bank were
classified as well-capitalized.

         State regulatory  authorities also have broad  enforcement  powers over
the  Bank,  including  the power to impose  fines and other  civil and  criminal
penalties, and to appoint a receiver in order to conserve the assets of any such
institution for the benefit of depositors and other creditors.

         Payment of Dividends.  Guaranty is a legal entity separate and distinct
from the Bank.  Virtually all of the revenues of Guaranty  result from dividends
paid to Guaranty by the Bank.  The Bank also is subject to state laws that limit
the amount of dividends it can pay. In addition,  both Guaranty and the Bank are
subject  to various  general  regulatory  policies  relating  to the  payment of
dividends,  including requirements to maintain adequate capital above regulatory
minimums.  The Federal  Reserve Board has indicated  that banking  organizations
should  generally  pay  dividends  only if (1)  the  organization's  net  income
available to common  shareholders over the past year has been sufficient to fund
fully the dividends and (2) the prospective rate of earnings  retention  appears
consistent  with the  organization's  capital  needs,  asset quality and overall
financial  condition.   Guaranty  does  not  expect  that  any  of  these  laws,
regulations  or policies will  materially  impact the ability of the Bank to pay
dividends.

         Community Reinvestment.  The requirements of the Community Reinvestment
Act  ("CRA")  are also  applicable  to the Bank.  The CRA  imposes on  financial
institutions an affirmative  and ongoing  obligation to meet the credit needs of
their  local  communities,  including  low and  moderate  income  neighborhoods,
consistent with the safe and sound operation of those institutions.  A financial
institution's  efforts in meeting community credit needs currently are evaluated
as part of the examination process pursuant to twelve assessment factors.  These
factors also are considered in evaluating mergers, acquisitions and applications
to open a branch or facility.  To the best  knowledge of the Bank, it is meeting
its obligations under the CRA. The Bank's CRA rating is "satisfactory".

         Interstate  Banking  and  Branching.  Current  Federal  law  authorizes
interstate  acquisitions of banks and bank holding companies without  geographic
limitation.  Effective June 1, 1997, a bank  headquartered  in one state will be
authorized  to merge  with a bank  headquartered  in another  state,  as long as
neither of the states has opted out of such interstate merger authority prior to
such date.  States are authorized to enact laws  permitting such interstate bank
merger  transactions  prior to June 1, 1997,  as well as  authorizing  a bank to
establish  "de novo"  interstate  branches.  Virginia has enacted early "opt in"
laws,  permitting   interstate  bank  merger  transactions.   Once  a  bank  has
established  branches in a state through an interstate merger  transaction,  the
bank may establish and acquire additional  branches at any location in the state
where a bank  headquartered  in that state  could have  established  or acquired
branches under applicable Federal or state law.


                                       50
<PAGE>

         Economic and Monetary Polices.  The operations of Guaranty are affected
not only by general economic  conditions,  but also by the economic and monetary
policies of various regulatory authorities.  In particular,  the Federal Reserve
regulates  money,  credit  and  interest  rates in order  to  influence  general
economic  conditions.  These  policies have a  significant  influence on overall
growth and  distribution of loans,  investments and deposits and affect interest
rates charged on loans or paid for time and savings  deposits.  Federal  Reserve
monetary  policies  have had a significant  effect on the  operating  results of
commercial  banks in the  past  and are  expected  to  continue  to do so in the
future.


                                       51
<PAGE>


                                   MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

         The  following  information  sets  forth  the  names,  ages,  principal
occupations and business  experience for all directors and executive officers of
the  Corporation.  The date  shown  for  first  election  as a  director  in the
information below represents the year in which the nominee or incumbent director
was first elected to the Board of Directors of the  Corporation or previously to
the Board of Directors of the Bank.  Unless  otherwise  indicated,  the business
experience and principal occupations shown for each individual has extended five
or more years.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                  Name                   Age                   Position                       Director Since
                  ----                   ---                   --------                       --------------

<S>                                       <C>         <C>                                         <C> 
         Douglas E. Caton                 55          Chairman of the Board                       1981

         Harry N. Lewis                   70          Vice Chairman of the Board                  1976

         Thomas P. Baker                  51          President, Chief Executive                  1990
                                                      Officer and Director

         Henry J. Browne                  65          Director                                    1976

         Robert P. Englander              78          Director                                    1976

         John R. Metz                     60          Director                                    1980

         James R. Sipe, Jr.               42          Director                                    1996

         Oscar W. Smith, Jr.              67          Director                                    1976

         John B. Syer                     54          Director                                    1998

         Vincent B. McNelley              32          Senior Vice President, Chief
                                                      Financial Officer and Treasurer

         Donna W. Richards                34          Senior Vice President - Mortgage Lending

         Rex L. Smith                     39          Senior Vice President - Retail Operations

</TABLE>

         Douglas  E.  Caton  has been  Chairman  of the  Corporation's  Board of
Directors  since 1989. Mr. Caton is a commercial  real estate  developer and has
been President of Management  Services Corp., a real estate management  company,
since  1972.  Mr.  Caton is a member  of the  Virginia  State Bar and is a Major
General in the United States Army Reserve.

         Harry N. Lewis has  served as the Vice  Chairman  of the  Corporation's
Board of Directors  since 1976. Mr. Lewis has been President of Lewis  Insurance
Agency,  Inc., an insurance sales company in  Charlottesville,  Virginia,  since
July 1952.  Mr.  Lewis is an alumnus of the Colgate  Darden  Graduate  School of
Business  Administration and is a member of the Board of Directors of the United
Way. He is also a member of the Board of Directors of Keller & George and is the
past president of the Central Virginia Chapter of the C.P.C.U.


                                       52
<PAGE>

         Thomas P. Baker has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer
of the Bank since January 1, 1990.

         Henry J. Browne is an  architect  in private  practice  with studios in
Keswick, Virginia and Boca Grande, Florida. He was President of Browne, Eichmon,
Dalgliesh,  Gilpin & Paxton, an architecture firm in Charlottesville,  Virginia,
from March 1958 to April  1996.  Mr.  Browne is a past  director  of  Farmington
Country Club, past president of the Virginia  Chapter of the American  Institute
of Architects and past president of Downtown Charlottesville, Inc.

         Robert P.  Englander  is  President  of the  Englander  Agency,  a life
insurance  company  in  Charlottesville,  Virginia.  Mr.  Englander  has been an
insurance agent since 1949.

         John R. Metz has been a  pharmacist  at Martha  Jefferson  Hospital  in
Charlottesville, Virginia, since October 1967. Mr. Metz is a member of the Board
of Directors of the Virginia  Pharmaceutical  Association Research and Education
Foundation.

         James R. Sipe, Jr. is an associate broker with Prudential  Funkhouser &
Associates, a real estate sales company in Harrisonburg, Virginia.

         Oscar  W.   Smith,   Jr.   is   President   of  K-B   Management   Co.,
Charlottesville, Virginia. Mr. Smith is a director of Smith/Eastman, Inc. and is
the past president of the Albemarle County Rotary Club. He is a master mason and
the past president of the University of Virginia Touchdown Club.

         John B.  Syer has been the  Executive  Director  of the  University  of
Virginia  Alumni  Association and UVA Fund since 1994. Mr. Syer was formerly the
owner and Chief Executive Officer of S&N  Transportation  in Norfolk,  Virginia,
President and Chief  Operating  Officer of Essex Financial  Group,  Inc. and its
affiliates  in  Norfolk,  Virginia,  and  Managing  Partner  of Home  Health  of
Tidewater.

         Vincent B.  McNelley  was  appointed  Senior Vice  President  and Chief
Financial  Officer  in July 1997.  From June 1993 to June 1997,  he was a Senior
Audit Associate with BDO Seidman LLP.

         Donna W.  Richards  was  appointed  Senior Vice  President  of Mortgage
Lending in April 1995. Ms. Richards has been employed by the  Corporation  since
April 1993 and has served in the past as Manager of Loan Originations and a Loan
Officer.  From December 1991 to April 1993,  she was a Senior Loan Processor for
Virginia Federal.

         Rex L. Smith,  III has been Senior Vice  President - Retail  Operations
since  February 1998 and was Senior Vice  President - Commerical  from September
1996 to February 1997. Between March 1997 and January 1998, Mr. Smith was a Vice
President  with Central  Fidelity  National  Bank.  From March 1993 until August
1996,  he was  Vice  President/Senior  Business  Manager  of  Crestar  Financial
Corporation.


                                       53
<PAGE>

Security Ownership of Management

         The  following  table  sets  forth  information  as of  March  1,  1998
regarding  the  number  of  shares of  Common  Stock  beneficially  owned by all
directors and by all directors  and  executive  officers as a group.  Beneficial
ownership  includes  shares,  if any,  held in the  name  of the  spouse,  minor
children or other relatives of the nominee living in such person's home, as well
as shares,  if any,  held in the name of  another  person  under an  arrangement
whereby the director or  executive  officer can vest title in himself at once or
at some future time.

                               Common Stock
      Name                Beneficially Owned            Percentage of Class
      ----                ------------------            -------------------
Directors
Thomas P. Baker (1)                9,215                           0.61%
Henry J. Browne                   32,462                           2.16%
Douglas E. Caton                 253,640                          16.88%
Robert P. Englander               10,560                           0.70%
Harry N. Lewis                     5,688                           0.38%
John R. Metz                      13,992                           0.93%
James R. Sipe, Jr.                 1,500                           0.10%
Oscar W. Smith, Jr.               20,034                           1.33%
John B. Syer                       1,000                           0.06%
All present executive
  officers and directors
  as a group (12 Persons)         350,221                         23.30%
- --------------------

(1)      Includes  beneficial  ownership of shares issuable upon the exercise of
         stock options exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 1998.


Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

         The  following  table  sets  forth  information  as of  March  1,  1998
regarding the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by all persons
who own five percent or more of Common Stock of the Corporation:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   Common Stock
                Name and Address             Beneficially Owned     Percentage of Class
                ----------------             ------------------     -------------------

<S>                                                <C>                     <C>   
Douglas E. Caton                                   253,640                 16.88%
4 Deer Park
Earlysville, Virginia

Ferguson, Andrews Investment Advisers, Inc.         88,600                  5.90%
2560 Ivy Road
Charlottesville, Virginia 22903
</TABLE>


                                       54
<PAGE>

Executive Compensation

Summary of Cash and Certain Other Compensation

         The following table shows, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997,
the six months ended  December 31, 1996 and the fiscal years ended June 30, 1996
and 1995,  the cash  compensation  paid by the  Corporation,  as well as certain
other  compensation  paid or accrued  for those  years,  to the named  Executive
Officer in all capacities in which he served:

                           Summary Compensation Table
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             Annual Compensation(1)
                                                             ----------------------
                                                                                                 All Other
Name and Principal Position                 Year             Salary             Bonus           Compensation (2)
- ---------------------------                 ----             ------             -----           ----------------
<S>                                         <C>             <C>                <C>                 <C>   
Thomas P. Baker                             1997            $115,200           $3,252              $2,869
President and                               1996 (3)          56,850              -                   568
Chief Executive Officer                     1996 (4)         113,700              -                 1,137
                                            1995             113,700              -                 1,137
</TABLE>
- --------------------

(1)      All  benefits  that might be  considered  of a personal  nature did not
         exceed the lesser of  $50,000 or 10% of total  annual  salary and bonus
         for the officer named in the table.
(2)      Amounts  reflect  the  Corporation's  matching  contribution  under its
         Section 401(k) retirement plan.
(3)      Six months ended December 31, 1996.
(4)      Fiscal year ended June 30, 1996.

Options Grants in Last Fiscal Year

         The  following  table sets forth for the year ended  December 31, 1997,
the grants of stock options to the named Executive Officer:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                        Option Grants In Last Fiscal Year

                                                          Percent of Total
                                Number of Securities     Options Granted to     
                                 Underlying Options     Employees in Fiscal     Exercise or Base
Name                               Granted (#) (a)          Year (%) (b)        Price ($/Share)     Expiration Date
                                                                                
<S>                                     <C>                      <C>                 <C>                <C>  
Thomas P. Baker                         2,000                    5.0                 12.00              8/28/00
                                        2,000                    5.0                 13.20              8/28/01
                                        2,000                    5.0                 14.52              8/28/02
                                        2,000                    5.0                 15.97              8/28/03
                                        2,000                    5.0                 17.57              8/28/04
- --------------------
</TABLE>
(a)  Stock  options were awarded at or above the fair market value of the shares
     of Common Stock at the date of award. The options with an exercise price of
     $12.00 are  immediately  exercisable.  The options with exercise  prices of
     $13.20,  $14.52,  $15.97 and $17.57 will become  exercisable  on August 28,
     1998, 1999, 2000 and 2001, respectively.

(b)  Options to purchase  40,000 shares of Guaranty Common Stock were granted to
     employees during the year ended December 31, 1997.


                                       55
<PAGE>

Option Exercises and Holdings

         Set forth in the table below is information concerning each exercise of
stock  options  during the  fiscal  year ended  December  31,  1997 by the named
Executive Officer and the year end value of unexercised options.

              Aggregated Options/SAR Exercises in Last Fiscal Year
                          and FY-End Options/SAR Value
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      Number of Securities Underlying        Value of Unexercised
                                                          Unexercised Options/SARS        In-The-Money Options/SARs
                                                             at FY-End(#) (1)                 at FY-End ($) (2)
                                                             ----------------                 -----------------
                    Shares Acquired       Value
       Name         On Exercise (#)   Realized ($)(3)   Exercisable   Unexercisable     Exercisable    Unexercisable
       ----         ---------------   ---------------   -----------   -------------     -----------    -------------

<S>                      <C>              <C>              <C>            <C>              <C>             <C>  
 Thomas P. Baker         2,375            28,500           2,000          8,000            5,000           2,600
</TABLE>

- --------------------
(1)      Each of these options relates to Common Stock.
(2)      These values are based on $14.50,  the closing price of Common Stock on
         December 31, 1997.
(3)      The total number of options exercised was 4,000. However, in accordance
         with the plan document, this was done using a "cashless exercise" which
         resulted  in 2,375  shares of stock being  awarded to Mr.  Baker and no
         money being received by the Corporation.

Directors' Fees

         Directors,  excluding  directors  who are officers of the  Corporation,
received  fees of $450 for each meeting of the Board of  Directors  attended and
$300 for each Compensation, Planning and Audit Committee meeting attended during
fiscal  1997.  Mr.  Caton,  who is an ex officio of all  Committees  and devotes
additional  time to the  Corporation's  affairs  as  Chairman  of the  Board  of
Directors,  received a fee of $25,200 in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997
in lieu of any fees for attending Board of Directors and Committee meetings.

Employment  Agreements

         The  Corporation  and  Thomas P.  Baker are  parties  to an  employment
agreement that provides for Mr. Baker to serve as President and Chief  Executive
Officer of the  Corporation.  The agreement is for a period ending  December 31,
2000 and provides  for a base salary of  $115,300,  which the Board of Directors
may increase.  If Mr.  Baker's  employment is terminated  for reasons other than
cause,  he will be  entitled to receive  severance  pay equal to one-half of his
annual base salary in effect at the time.

         If termination of employment due to a change in control had occurred in
fiscal  1997,  Mr. Baker would be entitled to  severance  payments  amounting to
approximately $115,000.

Transactions with Management

         Some of the directors and officers of the  Corporation  are at present,
as in the past,  customers of the Corporation  and, the Corporation has had, and
expects to have in the future,  banking  transactions  in the ordinary course of
its  business  with  directors,   officers,  principal  shareholders  and  their
associates,  on  substantially  the same  terms,  including  interest  rates and
collateral  on  loans,  as  those  prevailing  at the same  time for  comparable
transactions with others. These transactions do not involve more than the normal
risk of  collectibility  or present  other  unfavorable  features.  The  largest
aggregate  outstanding  balance of loans to  directors,  executive  officers and
their  associates,  as a group in the fiscal  year ended  December  31, 1997 was
approximately  $386,000. Such balances totaled $386,000 at December 31, 1997, or
3.3% of the Corporation's equity capital at that date.


                                       56
<PAGE>

         There  are  no  legal  proceedings  to  which  any  director,  officer,
principal  shareholder  or  associates  is a party  that would be  material  and
adverse to the Bank.


                                 CAPITALIZATION

         The following table sets forth the consolidated  capitalization  of the
Corporation at December 31, 1997. See "Use of Proceeds." This table is based on,
and is  qualified  in its entirety  by, the  historical  consolidated  financial
statements of the  Corporation,  including the related notes thereto,  which are
included in documents  incorporated by reference  herein,  and should be read in
conjunction therewith.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      December 31, 
                                                                                          1997
                                                                                   ------------------
                                                                                       (Dollars in
                                                                                        Thousands)
<S>                                                                                     <C>   
             Long-term debt                                                              $2,360
             Capitalized lease obligations
             Shareholders' Equity
                      Common Stock, par value $1.25 per share, authorized
                       4,000,000 shares, shares outstanding - 1,501,383                   1,876
                      Capital surplus                                                     5,725
                      Retained earnings                                                   4,208
                      Unrealized gains on securities available for sale, net of              51
                                                                                         ------
                       income taxes
                               Total shareholders' equity                                11,860
                                        Total capitalization                            $14,220

             Consolidated Capital Ratios
                      Equity to assets                                                    9.07%
                      Tier 1 Capital                                                     14.29%
                      Total Capital                                                      15.42%

</TABLE>


                              ACCOUNTING TREATMENT

         For  financial  reporting  purposes,  the Trust  will be  treated  as a
subsidiary of the Corporation and, accordingly,  the financial statements of the
Trust  will  be  consolidated  into  the  Corporation's  consolidated  financial
statements.  The  Preferred  Securities  will  be  shown  in  the  Corporation's
consolidated  balance  sheet as  "Corporation-Obligated  Mandatorily  Redeemable
Preferred  Securities of Subsidiary Trust." The financial statement footnotes of
the Corporation will reflect that the sole asset of the Trust will be the amount
of the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities maturing on , 2028 All future reports
filed  by the  Corporation  under  the  Exchange  Act will  present  information
regarding the Trust and any other similar trusts in the manner described above.


                                       57
<PAGE>

                              REGULATORY TREATMENT

         As a registered  bank holding  company,  the Corporation is required by
the Federal  Reserve to maintain  certain levels of capital for bank  regulatory
purposes.  The Corporation expects that the Preferred Securities will be treated
as  "Tier I  Capital"  of the  Corporation  for  such  purposes;  provided  that
Preferred  Securities can only comprise 25% of the Corporation's Tier I Capital.
Based on the  Corporation's  Tier I Capital at December 31, 1997,  approximately
$3.9 million of the  Preferred  Securities  would be  initially  included in the
Corporation's Tier I Capital.


                       DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED SECURITIES

         Pursuant to the terms of the Declaration, the Trustees on behalf of the
Trust  will  issue the  Preferred  Securities  and the  Common  Securities.  The
Preferred  Securities will represent beneficial ownership interests in the Trust
and  the  holders   thereof  will  be  entitled  to  a  preference   in  certain
circumstances with respect to Distributions and amounts payable on redemption of
the Trust Securities or liquidation of the Trust over the Common Securities,  as
well as other benefits as described in the Declaration.  See  "Subordination  of
Common  Securities." The Declaration will be qualified under the Trust Indenture
Act of 1939 (the "Trust Indenture Act").  This summary of certain  provisions of
the Preferred  Securities,  the Common  Securities and the Declaration  does not
purport to be complete  and is subject to, and is  qualified  in its entirety by
reference to, all the provisions of the  Declaration,  including the definitions
therein of certain terms.  The form of the Declaration is available upon request
from the Trustees.

General

         The  Preferred  Securities  will be limited to $6.0  million  Aggregate
Liquidation Amount at any one time outstanding.  The Trust reserves the right to
increase  the  Aggregate  Liquidation  Amount  by not more  than  $900,000.  The
Preferred Securities will rank pari passu, and payments will be made thereon pro
rata, with the Common  Securities,  except as described under  "Subordination of
Common  Securities." Legal title to the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities will
be held by the Property  Trustee on behalf of the Trust in trust for the benefit
of the holders of the Preferred Securities and Common Securities.  The Guarantee
Agreement  executed  by the  Corporation  for the  benefit of the holders of the
Preferred Securities (the "Guarantee  Agreement") will provide for the Guarantee
on a  subordinated  basis with respect to the Preferred  Securities but will not
guarantee  payment of  Distributions  or amounts  payable on  redemption  of the
Preferred Securities or on liquidation of the Trust when the Trust does not have
funds on hand available to make such payments. See "Description of Guarantee."

Distributions

         The Preferred  Securities  represent  beneficial ownership interests in
the Trust, and Distributions on each Preferred  Security will be payable at $___
per annum,  and will be payable  quarterly  in arrears on the 15th day of March,
June,  September  and  December  of each year to the  holders  of the  Preferred
Securities  at the close of business  on the  Business  Day (as defined  herein)
immediately   preceding  such   Distribution   Date  (each,  a  "Record  Date").
Distributions on the Preferred Securities will be cumulative. Distributions will
accumulate  from the Issue Date. The first  Distribution  Date for the Preferred
Securities  will be June 15, 1998. The amount of  Distributions  payable for any
period will be computed on the actual number of days elapsed in a year of twelve
30-day months. In the event that any date on which  Distributions are payable on
the Preferred  Securities is not a Business  Day,  payment of the  Distributions
payable on such date will be made on the next  succeeding day that is a Business
Day (and without any  additional  Distributions  or other payments in respect to
any such  delay)  with the same  force  and  effect  as if made on the date such
payment was originally payable (each date on which  Distributions are payable in
accordance with the foregoing.  a "Distribution  Date").  A "Business Day"


                                       58
<PAGE>

shall mean any day other than a Saturday or a Sunday,  or a day on which banking
institutions  in  Richmond,  Virginia  are  authorized  or  required  by  law or
executive  order to remain closed,  or a day on which the corporate trust office
of the Property Trustee or the Debenture Trustee is closed for business.

         So  long  as  no  Debenture  Event  of  Default  has  occurred  and  is
continuing,  the  Corporation  has the right  under the  Indenture  to defer the
payment of interest on the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities at any time or
from time to time for a period not exceeding 20  consecutive  quarterly  periods
with respect to each  Extension  Period,  provided that no Extension  Period may
extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities. As
a consequence of any such  election,  quarterly  Distributions  on the Preferred
Securities  by the Trust  will be  deferred  during any such  Extension  Period.
Distributions  to which  holders of the Preferred  Securities  are entitled will
accumulate additional Distributions thereon at __% per annum thereof, compounded
quarterly from the relevant payment date for such Distributions  during any such
Extension   Period,  to  the  extent  permitted  by  applicable  law.  The  term
"Distributions" as used herein shall include any such additional  Distributions.
During any such Extension Period, the Corporation may not (i) declare or pay any
dividends  or  distributions  on,  or  redeem,  purchase,   acquire  or  make  a
liquidation  payment with  respect to, any of the  Corporation's  capital  stock
(which includes common and preferred stock), (ii) make any payment of principal,
interest  or  premium,  if any,  on or  repay,  repurchase  or  redeem  any debt
securities of the Corporation  (including Other Debentures) that rank pari passu
with or junior in interest to the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities,  or (iii)
make any guarantee  payments with respect to any guarantee by the Corporation of
the debt  securities  of any  subsidiary  of the  Corporation  (including  Other
Guarantees) if such guarantee ranks pari passu with or junior in interest to the
Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities (other than (a) dividends or distributions
in  Common  Stock of the  Corporation,  (b) any  Declaration  of a  dividend  in
connection  with the  implementation  of a  stockholders'  rights  plan,  or the
issuance  of stock  under  any such plan in the  future,  or the  redemption  or
repurchase  of  any  such  rights  pursuant  thereto,  (c)  payments  under  the
Guarantee,  (d) purchases or acquisitions of shares of the Corporation's  Common
Stock in connection with the  satisfaction by the Corporation of its obligations
under any  employee  benefit  plan or any other  contractual  obligation  of the
Corporation  (other than a  contractual  obligation  ranking  pari passu with or
junior  to the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities),  (e) as a  result  of a
reclassification  of  the  Corporation's   capital  stock  or  the  exchange  or
conversion of one class or series of the Corporation's capital stock for another
class or  series  of the  Corporation's  capital  stock or (f) the  purchase  of
fractional  interests  in  shares of the  Corporation's  stock  pursuant  to the
conversion or exchange  provisions  of such capital stock or the security  being
converted or exchanged).  Prior to the termination of any such Extension Period,
the  Corporation  may further extend such Extension  Period,  provided that such
extension  does not  cause  such  Extension  Period  to  exceed  20  consecutive
quarterly  periods  or to  extend  beyond  the  Stated  Maturity  of the  Junior
Subordinated Debt Securities.  Upon the termination of any such Extension Period
and  the  payment  of  all  amounts  then  accrued  and  unpaid  on  the  Junior
Subordinated Debt Securities  (together with interest thereon accrued at __% per
annum,  compounded  quarterly,  to the extent  permitted by applicable law), and
subject to the foregoing  limitations,  the Corporation may elect to begin a new
Extension  Period.  No interest or other amounts shall be due and payable during
an Extension  Period,  except at the end thereof.  The Corporation must give the
Property Trustee,  the Administrative  Trustees and the Debenture Trustee notice
of its election of any such Extension  Period at least three Business Days prior
to the earlier of (i) the date the  Distributions  on the  Preferred  Securities
would have been payable except for the election to begin such  Extension  Period
or (ii) the date the Administrative  Trustees are required to give notice to any
automated  quotation  system or to holders of such  Preferred  Securities of the
record date or the date such  Distributions  are  payable,  but in any event not
less than three Business Days prior to such record date.  The Debenture  Trustee
shall give notice of the Corporation's  election to begin or extend an Extension
Period to the holders of the Preferred Securities. There is no limitation on the
number of times that the Corporation may elect to begin an Extension Period. See
"Description of Junior Subordinated Debt  Securities--Option  to Extend Interest
Payment    Date"   and   "Certain    United    States    Federal    Income   Tax
Consequences--Interest Income and Original Issue Discount."


                                       59
<PAGE>

         The  Corporation  has no current  intention of exercising  its right to
defer payments of interest on the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities.

         The revenue of the Trust  available for  distribution to holders of the
Preferred  Securities will be limited to payments under the Junior  Subordinated
Debt  Securities  in which the Trust will invest the proceeds  from the issuance
and sale of the Trust Securities.  See "Description of Junior  Subordinated Debt
Securities-General."  If the Corporation does not make interest  payments on the
Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities,  the Property Trustee will not have funds
available  to pay  Distributions  on the  Preferred  Securities.  The payment of
Distributions  (if and to the extent the Trust has funds  legally  available for
the payment of such  Distributions and cash sufficient to make such payments) is
guaranteed  by the  Corporation  on a limited  basis as set forth  herein  under
"Description of Guarantee."

Conversion Rights

         General.  Preferred Securities will be convertible at any time prior to
the  earlier of (i) 5:00 p.m.  (Richmond,  Virginia  time) on the  Business  Day
immediately  preceding  the date of  redemption  or repayment of such  Preferred
Securities,  whether  at  maturity  or  upon  redemption,  and  (ii)  5:00  p.m.
(Richmond,  Virginia time) on the Conversion  Termination  Date (if any), at the
option of the holders thereof and in the manner described  below,  into a number
of shares of Common Stock that equals the quotient  obtained by dividing (i) $25
(ii) the  Conversion  Price  referred  to on the cover page of this  Prospectus,
subject  to  adjustment   as  described   below  under  "--   Conversion   Price
Adjustments."  The Trust will covenant in the  Declaration not to convert Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities  held  by  it  except  pursuant  to a  notice  of
conversion  delivered to the Property Trustee,  as initial conversion agent (the
"Conversion Agent"), by a holder of Preferred Securities.

         A holder of Preferred  Securities  wishing to exercise  its  conversion
right will be required to deliver an irrevocable  conversion  request,  together
with the certificate evidencing such Preferred Security, to the Conversion Agent
which will exchange  such  Preferred  Security for an  equivalent  amount of the
Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  (based on an exchange ratio of $25.00 in
principal  amount of Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  for each  $25.00 in
Liquidation  Amount  of  Preferred  Securities)  on behalf  of such  holder  and
immediately  convert such Junior Subordinated Debt Securities into Common Stock.
Holders may obtain  copies of the required form of the  conversion  request from
the Conversion Agent.

         Holders of Preferred Securities at 5:00 p.m. (Richmond,  Virginia time)
on a  Distribution  Record Date will be  entitled  to receive  the  Distribution
payable on such  Preferred  Securities on the  corresponding  Distribution  Date
notwithstanding  the  conversion of such  Preferred  Securities  following  such
Distribution  Record Date but on or prior to such  Distribution  Date. Except as
provided  in the  immediately  preceding  sentence,  neither  the  Trust nor the
Corporation  will make,  or be  required  to make,  any  payment,  allowance  or
adjustment for accumulated and unpaid Distributions,  whether or not in arrears,
on  converted  Preferred  Securities;  provided,  however,  that  if  notice  of
redemption of Preferred  Securities  is mailed or otherwise  given to holders of
Preferred Securities or the Trust issues a press release announcing a Conversion
Termination  Date,  then,  if any holder of  Preferred  Securities  converts any
Preferred Securities into Common Stock on any date on or after the date on which
such notice of redemption is mailed or otherwise given or the date of such press
release,  as the case may be,  and if such date of  conversion  falls on any day
from and including  the first day of an Extension  Period and on or prior to the
Distribution  Date upon which such Extension Period ends, such converting holder
shall be entitled  to receive  either (i) if the date of such  conversion  falls
after  a  Distribution  Record  Date  and on or  prior  to the  next  succeeding
Distribution  Date,  all  accrued  and unpaid  Distributions  on such  Preferred
Securities  (including  interest  thereon,  if any, to the extent  permitted  by
applicable law) to such Distribution Date or (ii) if the date of such conversion
does not fall on a date  described  in clause (i) above,  all accrued and unpaid
Distributions on such Preferred Securities  (including interest thereon, if any,
to the extent permitted by applicable law) to the most recent  Distribution Date
prior to the date of such conversion,  which


                                       60
<PAGE>

Distributions  shall,  in either such case,  be paid to such  converting  holder
unless the date of conversion of such Preferred Securities is on or prior to the
Distribution   Date  upon  which  such  Extension  Period  ends  and  after  the
Distribution  Record  Date for  such  Distribution  Date,  in  which  case  such
Distributions  shall be paid to the person who was the holder of such  Preferred
Securities  (or one or  more  predecessor  Preferred  Securities)  at 5:00  p.m.
(Richmond, Virginia time) on such Distribution Record Date. The Corporation will
make no payment or  allowance  for  distributions  on the shares of Common Stock
issued  upon such  conversion,  except to the extent  that such shares of Common
Stock are held of record on the  record  date for any such  distributions.  Each
conversion will be deemed to have been effected  immediately  prior to 5:00 p.m.
(Richmond, Virginia time) on the day on which the related conversion request was
received by the Conversion Agent.

         No  fractional  shares  of Common  Stock  will be issued as a result of
conversion,  but in lieu thereof such  fractional  interest  will be paid by the
Corporation  in cash based on the Closing  Price of the Common Stock on the date
such Preferred Securities are converted.

         Conversion Price Adjustments - General. The Conversion Price is subject
to adjustment in certain events, including (a) the issuance after the Issue Date
of shares of Common Stock as a dividend or a distribution with respect to Common
Stock,  (b)  subdivisions,  combinations and  reclassifications  of Common Stock
effected  after the Issue Date,  (c) the issuance to all holders of Common Stock
after the Issue  Date of rights or  warrants  entitling  them (for a period  not
exceeding 45 days) to subscribe  for or purchase  shares of Common Stock at less
than the then Current Market Price (as defined  below) of the Common Stock,  (d)
the  distribution  to all  holders  of Common  Stock  after  the  Issue  Date of
evidences  of  its  indebtedness,  capital  stock,  cash  or  assets  (including
securities,  but excluding those rights,  warrants,  dividends and distributions
referred to above and dividends and distributions paid exclusively in cash), (e)
the payment of  dividends  (and other  distributions)  on Common Stock after the
Issue Date paid exclusively in cash,  excluding cash dividends if the annualized
per share  amount  thereof  does not exceed 15% of the Current  Market  Price of
Common Stock as of the trading day immediately preceding the date of declaration
of such  dividend,  and (f)  payment to holders of Common  Stock after the Issue
Date in respect of a tender or exchange  offer (other than an odd-lot  offer) by
the  Corporation  for  Common  Stock  at a price in  excess  of 110% of the then
Current  Market Price of Common Stock as of the trading day next  succeeding the
last date tenders or exchanges  may be made  pursuant to such tender or exchange
offer.

         "Current  Market  Price"  means,  in general,  the average of the daily
Closing Prices (as defined below) for the five consecutive trading days selected
by the Corporation  commencing not more than 20 trading days before,  and ending
not later than,  the earlier of the day in question or, if  applicable,  the day
before the "ex" date (as defined)  with respect to the issuance or  distribution
in question.

         The  Corporation  from time to time may reduce the conversion  price of
the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities (and thus the Conversion  Price of the
Preferred  Securities) by any amount  selected by the Corporation for any period
of at least 20 days, in which case the Corporation  shall give at least 15 days'
notice  of such  reduction.  The  Corporation  may,  at its  option,  make  such
reductions in the Conversion Price, in addition to those set forth above, as the
Corporation  deems  advisable  to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of
Common Stock  resulting from any dividend or distribution of stock (or rights to
acquire  stock) or from any event treated as such for income tax  purposes.  See
"Certain United States Federal Income Tax  Consequences-Adjustment of Conversion
Price."

         No adjustment of the Conversion Price will be made upon the issuance of
any shares of Common Stock  pursuant to any present or future plan providing for
the  reinvestment  of  dividends  or  interest  payable  on  securities  of  the
Corporation  and the  investment  of  additional  optional  amounts in shares of
Common  Stock under any such plan,  or upon the issuance of any shares of Common
Stock or options or rights to  purchase  such shares  pursuant  to any  employee
benefit  plan or  program,  or pursuant  to any  option,  warrant,  right or any
exercisable,  exchangeable or convertible security outstanding as of the date on
which the Junior Subordinated


                                       61
<PAGE>

Debt Securities are first issued.  No adjustment of the Conversion Price will be
made  upon the  issuance  of  rights  under  any  shareholder  rights  plan.  No
adjustment in the  Conversion  Price will be required  unless  adjustment  would
require a change of at least one percent  (1%) in the  Conversion  Price then in
effect; provided,  however, that any adjustment that would not be required to be
made  shall  be  carried  forward  and  taken  into  account  in any  subsequent
adjustment.  If any action would  require  adjustment  of the  Conversion  Price
pursuant to more than one of the provisions described above, only one adjustment
shall be made with  respect  to that  action  and such  adjustment  shall be the
amount of adjustment  that has the highest  absolute  value to the holder of the
Preferred Securities.

         Conversion Price Adjustment-Merger,  Consolidation or Sale of Assets of
the  Corporation.  In the  event  that the  Corporation  shall be a party to any
transaction,  including,  without limitation, and with certain exceptions, (a) a
recapitalization  or  reclassification of the Common Stock, (b) consolidation of
the Corporation  with, or merger of the Corporation  into, any other person,  or
any merger of another  person into the  Corporation,  (c) any sale,  transfer or
lease of all or  substantially  all of the assets of the  Corporation or (d) any
compulsory  share exchange  pursuant to which the Common Stock is converted into
the right to  receive  other  securities,  cash or other  property  (each of the
foregoing being referred to as a  "Transaction"),  then the holders of Preferred
Securities  then  outstanding  will  have the  right to  convert  the  Preferred
Securities  into the kind  and  amount  of  securities,  cash or other  property
receivable upon the  consummation of such  Transaction by a holder of the number
of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such Preferred  Securities
immediately prior to such Transaction.

         In the case of a  Transaction,  each  Preferred  Security  would become
convertible into the securities,  cash or property receivable by a holder of the
number of shares of the Common  Stock into which  such  Preferred  Security  was
convertible   immediately   prior  to  such   Transaction.   This  change  could
substantially  lessen  or  eliminate  the  value  of  the  conversion  privilege
associated  with the  Preferred  Securities in the future.  For example,  if the
Corporation was acquired in a cash merger,  each Preferred Security would become
convertible  solely into cash and would no longer be convertible into securities
which value would vary depending on the future  prospects of the Corporation and
other factors.

         Conversion  Price  adjustments or omissions in making such  adjustments
may, under certain  circumstances,  be deemed to be distributions  that could be
taxable as  dividends to holders of  Preferred  Securities  or to the holders of
Common    Stock.    See   "Certain    United   States    Federal    Income   Tax
Consequences-Adjustment of Conversion Price."

         Termination  of  Conversion  Rights.  In  addition to the rights of the
Corporation to redeem the Preferred Securities under the circumstances described
in this  Prospectus,  the Corporation  also will have the right to terminate the
convertibility  of the  Preferred  Securities  into Common Stock as described in
this  paragraph.  On and after , 2001 and  provided  the Trust is current in the
payment of Distributions on the Preferred  Securities (except to the extent that
the  payment of  Distributions  may have been duly  deferred as the result of an
Extension  Period),  the Corporation may, at its option,  terminate the right to
convert the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities into Common Stock, in which case
the right to convert the  Preferred  Securities  into Common Stock will likewise
terminate.  The  Corporation  may  exercise  this option only if for at least 20
trading days within any period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on or after
, 2001,  including the last trading day of such period, the Closing Price of the
Common  Stock  exceeds  115% of the  then  applicable  Conversion  Price  of the
Preferred  Securities.  To exercise  this  conversion  termination  option,  the
Corporation must cause the Trust to issue a press release for publication on the
Dow Jones News Service or on a comparable news service announcing the Conversion
Termination  Date prior to the  opening of  business  on the second  trading day
after a period in which the  condition in the  preceding  sentence has been met,
but in no event may such  press  release  be issued  prior to , 2001.  The press
release  shall  announce  the  Conversion   Termination


                                       62
<PAGE>

Date and provide the  Conversion  Price and the Closing  Price of the  Preferred
Securities and the Common Stock, in each case as of the close of business on the
trading day next preceding the date of the press release.

         Notice  of the  termination  of  conversion  rights  will be  given  by
first-class  mail to the holders of the Preferred  Securities not more than four
Business  Days  after  the  Trust  issues  the  press  release.  The  Conversion
Termination  Date will be a Business  Day selected by the  Corporation  not less
than 30 nor more than 60 days after the date on which the Trust issues the press
release  announcing  its intention to terminate  conversion  rights of Preferred
Security  holders.  In the event that the  Corporation  exercises its conversion
termination  option,  conversion  rights  will  expire at 5:00  p.m.  (Richmond,
Virginia time) on the Conversion  Termination Date. In the event the Corporation
has not exercised its conversion termination option and the Preferred Securities
are  otherwise  called  for  redemption,   the  Preferred   Securities  will  be
convertible  at any time  prior to 5:00 p.m.  (Richmond,  Virginia  time) on the
Business Day immediately preceding the date of such redemption.

         "Closing Price" of any security on any day means the last reported sale
price,  regular  way,  on such day or, if no sale takes  place on such day,  the
average of the reported  closing bid and asked prices on such day,  regular way,
in either case as reported on the NYSE  Composite  Tape, or, if such security is
not  listed or  admitted  to  trading  on the NYSE,  on the  principal  national
securities  exchange on which such security is listed or admitted to trading, or
if such  security is not listed or admitted to trading on a national  securities
exchange,  on  the  National  Market  System  of  the  National  Association  of
Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  or, if such  security  is not quoted or  admitted to
trading on such quotation  system,  on the principal  quotation  system on which
such  security is listed or admitted to trading or quoted,  or, if not listed or
admitted to trading or quoted on any national  securities  exchange or quotation
system,  the average of the closing bid and asked prices of such security in the
over-the-counter  market on the day in  question  as  reported  by the  National
Quotation  Bureau  Incorporated,  or  a  similar  generally  accepted  reporting
service, or, if not so available in such manner, as furnished by any NYSE member
firm selected from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation for
that purpose or, if not so available in such manner, as otherwise  determined in
good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

Redemption

         Upon the  repayment or  redemption,  in whole or in part, of the Junior
Subordinated Debt Securities,  whether at maturity or upon earlier redemption as
provided in the Junior Subordinated Indenture,  the proceeds from such repayment
or redemption  shall be applied by the Property  Trustee to redeem a Like Amount
(as defined below) of the Trust Securities,  upon not less than 30 nor more than
60 days' notice,  at a redemption  price (the  "Redemption  Price") equal to the
aggregate  Liquidation Amount of such Preferred  Securities plus accumulated but
unpaid Distributions  thereon to the date of redemption (the "Redemption Date").
See "Description of Junior Subordinated Debt Securities-Optional Redemption." If
less  than all the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  are to be  repaid or
redeemed  on a  Redemption  Date,  then the  proceeds  from  such  repayment  or
redemption  shall be  allocated  to the  redemption  pro  rata of the  Preferred
Securities and the Common Securities.

         The  Corporation has the right to redeem the Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities  (i) on or after , 2003, in whole at any time or in part from time to
time, or (ii) in whole,  but not in part,  at any time within 90 days  following
the occurrence and during the  continuation of a Tax Event,  Investment  Company
Event or Capital  Treatment Event (each as defined below),  in each case subject
to possible  regulatory  approval.  A redemption of the Junior Subordinated Debt
Securities would cause a mandatory  redemption of a Like Amount of the Preferred
Securities and Common Securities at the Redemption Price.

         "Business  Day" means a day other than (a) a Saturday or Sunday,  (b) a
day on  which  banking  institutions  in the  City  of  Richmond,  Virginia  are
authorized or required by law or executive order to remain


                                       63
<PAGE>

closed, or (c) a day on which the Property  Trustee's  Corporate Trust Office or
the Corporate Trust Office of the Debenture Trustee is closed for business.

         "Like  Amount"  means  (i)  with  respect  to  a  redemption  of  Trust
Securities,  Trust  Securities  having a Liquidation  Amount (as defined  below)
equal to that  portion  of the  principal  amount  of Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities  to be  contemporaneously  redeemed  in  accordance  with the  Junior
Subordinated Indenture,  allocated to the Common Securities and to the Preferred
Securities based upon the relative  Liquidation Amounts of such classes and (ii)
with respect to a distribution of Junior Subordinated Debt Securities to holders
of Trust  Securities in  connection  with a dissolution  or  liquidation  of the
Trust,  Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities having a principal amount equal to
the Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities of the holder to whom such Junior
Subordinated Debt Securities are distributed.

         "Liquidation  Amount"  means the  stated  amount  of  $25.00  per Trust
Security.

         "Tax Event"  means the receipt by the Trust of an opinion of counsel to
the  Corporation  experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of
any amendment to, or change (including any announced prospective change) in, the
laws (or any  regulations  thereunder)  of the  United  States or any  political
subdivision  or  taxing  authority  thereof  or  therein,  or as a result of any
official  or  administrative   pronouncement  or  action  or  judicial  decision
interpreting or applying such laws or regulations,  which amendment or change is
effective or which  pronouncement  or decision is announced on or after the date
of issuance of the  Preferred  Securities,  there is more than an  insubstantial
risk that (i) the Trust  is, or will be within 90 days of the  delivery  of such
opinion,  subject to United  States  federal  income tax with  respect to income
received or accrued on the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities,  (ii) interest
payable by the Corporation on the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities is not, or
within 90 days of the delivery of such opinion,  will not be,  deductible by the
Corporation,  in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes
or (iii)  the  Trust  is,  or will be  within  90 days of the  delivery  of such
opinion,  subject to more than a de  minimis  amount of other  taxes,  duties or
other governmental charges.

         "Investment Company Event" means the receipt by the Trust of an opinion
of counsel to the Corporation experienced in such matters to the effect that, as
a result of the  occurrence of a change in law or regulation or a written change
(including any announced prospective change) in interpretation or application of
law or  regulation  by any  legislative  body,  court,  governmental  agency  or
regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust is
or will be considered an "investment  company" that is required to be registered
under the Investment  Company Act,  which change or  prospective  change becomes
effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the date of
the issuance of the Preferred Securities.

         "Capital  Treatment  Event" means the reasonable  determination  by the
Corporation  that, as a result of the  occurrence of any amendment to, or change
(including  any  announced  prospective  change)  in,  the laws (or any rules or
regulations  thereunder)  of the  United  States  or any  political  subdivision
thereof  or  therein,   or  as  a  result  of  any  official  or  administrative
pronouncement or action or judicial decision  interpreting or applying such laws
or regulations,  which  amendment or change is effective or such  pronouncement,
action  or  decision  is  announced  on or  after  the date of  issuance  of the
Preferred  Securities,  there  is  more  than an  insubstantial  risk  that  the
Corporation  will not be  entitled to treat an amount  equal to the  Liquidation
Amount of the Preferred  Securities as 25% of the Corporation's "Tier I Capital"
(or the then equivalent thereof) for purposes of the risk-based capital adequacy
guidelines  of the  Federal  Reserve,  as then in effect and  applicable  to the
Corporation.

         Payment of Additional  Sums. If a Tax Event  described in clause (i) or
(iii) of the  definition of Tax Event above has occurred and is  continuing  and
the Trust is the  holder of all the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities,  the
Corporation  will pay Additional Sums (as defined below),  if any, on the Junior
Subordinated Debt Securities.


                                       64
<PAGE>

         "Additional  Sums" means the additional  amounts as may be necessary in
order that the amount of Distributions  then due and payable by the Trust on the
outstanding  Preferred Securities and Common Securities of the Trust will not be
reduced  as a result of any  additional  taxes,  duties  and other  governmental
charges to which the Trust has become subject as a result of a Tax Event.

Redemption Procedures

         Trust Securities shall be redeemed,  if at all, at the Redemption Price
with the proceeds from the contemporaneous repayment or redemption of the Junior
Subordinated Debt Securities.  Redemptions of the Trust Securities shall be made
and the Redemption  Price shall be payable on each  Redemption  Date (as defined
below)  only to the extent  that the Trust has funds on hand  available  for the
payment of such Redemption Price. See also "Subordination of Common Securities."

         If the Trust gives a notice of  redemption  in respect of the Preferred
Securities,  then, by 12:00 noon, Richmond, Virginia time, on the date fixed for
redemption  (the  "Redemption  Date"),  to the extent funds are available,  with
respect to the Preferred  Securities  held in global form, the Property  Trustee
will deposit  rrevocably with DTC funds  sufficient to pay the Redemption  Price
and will give DTC irrevocable  instructions  and authority to pay the Redemption
Price to the  holders of the  Preferred  Securities.  See  "Form,  Denomination,
Book-Entry  Procedures and Transfer."  With respect to the Preferred  Securities
held in  certificated  form,  the  Property  Trustee,  to the  extent  funds are
available,  will  irrevocably  deposit with the paying  agent for the  Preferred
Securities  funds  sufficient  to pay the  Redemption  Price  and will give such
paying agent irrevocable  instructions and authority to pay the Redemption Price
to the holders  thereof upon  surrender  of their  certificates  evidencing  the
Preferred  Securities.  See "Payment  and Paying  Agency."  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  Distributions  payable on or prior to the  Redemption  Date shall be
payable to the holders of the Preferred  Securities on the relevant record dates
for the related  Distribution  Dates.  If notice of  redemption  shall have been
given and funds deposited as required,  then upon the date of such deposit,  all
rights of the holders of the Preferred  Securities will cease,  except the right
of the holders of the Preferred  Securities to receive the Redemption Price, but
without interest on such Redemption Price, or to convert the holder's  Preferred
Securities  into Common Stock as described under  "Conversion  Rights" above and
the Preferred  Securities  will cease to be  outstanding.  In the event that any
date fixed for  redemption  of Preferred  Securities is not a Business Day, then
payment of the  Redemption  Price  payable on such date will be made on the next
succeeding  day which is a  Business  Day (and  without  any  interest  or other
payment in respect of any such delay),  except that,  if such Business Day falls
in the  next  calendar  year,  such  payment  will be  made  on the  immediately
preceding  Business  Day. In the event that payment of the  Redemption  Price is
improperly  withheld  or  refused  and not paid  either  by the  Trust or by the
Corporation  pursuant  to the  Guarantee  as  described  under  "Description  of
Guarantee," Distributions on Preferred Securities will continue to accrue at the
then applicable  rate,  from the Redemption  Date originally  established by the
Trust to the date such  Redemption  Price is  actually  paid,  in which case the
actual  payment  date will be the date  fixed for  redemption  for  purposes  of
calculating the Redemption Price.

         Subject to applicable law (including, without limitation, United States
federal securities law), the Corporation or its subsidiaries may at any time and
from time to time  purchase  outstanding  Preferred  Securities by tender in the
open market or by private agreement.

         Notice of any  redemption  (other  than at the Stated  Maturity  of the
Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities)  will be mailed at least 30 days but not
more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each holder of Trust  Securities
at its registered  address.  Unless the  Corporation  defaults in payment of the
Redemption  Price on, or in the  repayment  of,  the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities, on and after the Redemption Date, Distributions will cease to accrue
on the Trust Securities called for redemption.


                                       65
<PAGE>

Liquidation of the Trust and Distribution of Junior Subordinated Debt Securities

         The Corporation,  as the holder of the outstanding  Common  Securities,
will  have the  right  at any  time  (including,  without  limitation,  upon the
occurrence  of a Tax Event,  an Investment  Company  Event or Capital  Treatment
Event) to terminate the Trust and cause a Like Amount of the Junior Subordinated
Debt  Securities to be distributed to the holders of the Trust  Securities  upon
liquidation  of the Trust.  Such right to terminate is subject to prior approval
of the Federal Reserve if then required under applicable  capital  guidelines or
policies of the Federal Reserve.

         Upon  liquidation  of the Trust and certain  other  events,  the Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities  may be  distributed  to holders of the Preferred
Securities.  Under current  United States federal income tax law, a distribution
of Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities upon the dissolution of the Trust would
not be a taxable event to holders of the Preferred Securities.  If, however, the
Trust is  characterized  for United  States  federal  income tax  purposes as an
association  taxable as a corporation  at the time of  dissolution of the Trust,
the  distribution  of the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities may constitute a
taxable  event to holders of Preferred  Securities.  See "Certain  United States
Federal  Income  Tax  Consequences--Distribution  of  Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities to Holders of Preferred Securities."

         The Trust shall automatically terminate upon the first to occur of: (i)
certain  events of bankruptcy,  dissolution  or liquidation of the  Corporation;
(ii)  the  distribution  of a  Like  Amount  of  the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities  to the  holders  of the  Trust  Securities  if the  Corporation,  as
Depositor,  has given written direction to the Property Trustee to terminate the
Trust (which direction is optional and, except as described above, wholly within
the discretion of the Corporation, as Depositor); (iii) redemption of all of the
Trust  Securities  as  described  under  "Mandatory   Redemption"   above;  (iv)
expiration  of the term of the  Trust;  and (v) the  entry  of an order  for the
dissolution of the Trust by a court of competent jurisdiction.

         If an early  termination  occurs as described in clause (i), (ii), (iv)
or (v) above,  the Trust shall be liquidated by the Trustees as expeditiously as
the Trustees  determine to be possible by  distributing,  after  satisfaction of
liabilities  to  creditors  of the Trust as provided by  applicable  law, to the
holders of such Trust Securities a Like Amount of the Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities, unless such distribution would not be practical, in which event such
holders will be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Trust available for
distribution to holders,  after  satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the
Trust as provided by applicable  law, an amount equal to, in the case of holders
of  Preferred   Securities,   the  aggregate  of  the  Liquidation  Amount  plus
accumulated and unpaid Distributions thereon to the date of payment (such amount
being the "Liquidation  Distribution").  If such Liquidation Distribution can be
paid only in part because the Trust has insufficient  assets available to pay in
full the aggregate Liquidation  Distribution,  then the amounts payable directly
by the Trust on the Preferred  Securities shall be paid on a pro rata basis. The
holder(s)  of the Common  Securities  will be entitled to receive  distributions
upon any such liquidation pro rata with the holders of the Preferred Securities,
except  that if a Debenture  Event of Default (or an event that,  with notice or
passage of time,  would  become such an Event of Default) or an Event of Default
under the Declaration has occurred and is continuing,  the Preferred  Securities
shall  have a  priority  over the  Common  Securities  with  respect to any such
distributions. See "Subordination of Common Securities." If an early termination
occurs as described in clause (v) above, the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities
will be subject to optional redemption in whole (but not in part).

         "Like  Amount"  means (i) with  respect to a  redemption  of  Preferred
Securities,  Preferred  Securities  having a  Liquidation  Amount  equal to that
portion of the principal  amount of Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities to be
contemporaneously  redeemed in accordance  with the Indenture,  allocated to the
Common  Securities  and to the  Preferred  Securities  based  upon the  relative
Liquidation  Amounts of such  classes and the  proceeds of which will be used to
pay the Redemption Price of the Preferred  Securities and (ii) with respect to a
distribution  of Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  to holders of Preferred
Securities in connection with a


                                       66
<PAGE>

dissolution or liquidation of the Trust,  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities
having  a  principal  amount  equal  to the  Liquidation  Amount  of  the  Trust
Securities of the holder to whom such Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities are
distributed.

         If the Corporation  elects not to redeem the Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities  prior to  maturity  and the Trust is not  liquidated  and the Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities  are not  distributed  to  holders  of the  Trust
Securities, the Preferred Securities will remain outstanding until the repayment
of the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities at the Stated Maturity.

         On and after the  liquidation  date is fixed  for any  distribution  of
Junior Subordinated Debt Securities to holders of the Trust Securities,  (i) the
Preferred Securities will no longer be deemed to be outstanding, (ii) DTC or its
nominee,  as the  record  holder of the  Preferred  Securities,  will  receive a
registered   global   certificate  or  certificates   representing   the  Junior
Subordinated Debt Securities to be delivered upon such distribution with respect
to Preferred  Securities  held by DTC or its nominee and (iii) any  certificates
representing  Preferred Securities not held by DTC or its nominee will be deemed
to represent Junior Subordinated Debt Securities having a principal amount equal
to the Liquidation  Amount of such Preferred  Securities and bearing accrued and
unpaid interest in an amount equal to the  accumulated and unpaid  Distributions
on such  Preferred  Securities  until such  certificates  are  presented  to the
Administrative   Trustees  or  their  agent  for  cancellation,   whereupon  the
Corporation  will  issue  to  such  holder,   and  the  Debenture  Trustee  will
authenticate,   a  certificate   representing  such  Junior   Subordinated  Debt
Securities.

         There can be no  assurance  as to the market  prices for the  Preferred
Securities or the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities that may be distributed in
exchange for the Trust  Securities if a dissolution and liquidation of the Trust
were to occur.  Accordingly,  the  Preferred  Securities  that an  investor  may
purchase,  or the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  that the  investor may
receive on dissolution and liquidation of the Trust,  may trade at a discount to
the price that the investor  paid to purchase the Preferred  Securities  offered
hereby.

Subordination of Common Securities

         Payment of Distributions on, and the Redemption Price of, the Preferred
Securities and Common Securities,  as applicable,  shall be made pro rata to the
holders of Preferred  Securities and Common  Securities based on the Liquidation
Amount of the Trust  Securities,  provided that, if on any Distribution  Date or
Redemption Date any Debenture Event of Default (or an event that, with notice or
passage of time,  would  become such an Event of Default) or an Event of Default
under the Declaration  shall have occurred and be continuing,  no payment of any
Distribution  on, or Redemption Price of, any of the Common  Securities,  and no
other payment on account of the redemption,  liquidation or other acquisition of
such  Common  Securities,  shall be made  unless  payment in full in cash of all
accumulated  and  unpaid  Distributions  on  all of  the  outstanding  Preferred
Securities for all Distribution  periods terminating on or prior thereto, or, in
the case of payment of the Redemption  Price, the full amount of such Redemption
Price on all of the outstanding  Preferred  Securities,  shall have been made or
provided  for, and all funds  available to the Property  Trustee  shall first be
applied  to the  payment  in  full  in  cash  of all  Distributions  on,  or the
Redemption Price of, the Preferred Securities then due and payable.

         In the case of any Event of  Default  under the  Declaration  resulting
from a  Debenture  Event of  Default,  the  Corporation  as holder of the Common
Securities  will be deemed to have  waived any right to act with  respect to any
such Event of Default under the Declaration  until the effect of all such Events
of Default  have been  cured,  waived or  otherwise  eliminated.  Until all such
Events of Default under the Declaration have been so cured,  waived or otherwise
eliminated,  the Property  Trustee  shall act solely on behalf of the holders of
such Preferred  Securities and not on behalf of the Corporation as holder of the
Common  Securities,  and only the holders of the Preferred  Securities will have
the right to direct the Property Trustee to act on their behalf.


                                       67
<PAGE>

Events of Default; Notice

         Any one of the following events constitutes an "Event of Default" under
the Declaration  (an "Event of Default")  (whatever the reason for such Event of
Default  and  whether it shall be  voluntary  or  involuntary  or be effected by
operation  of law or pursuant to any  judgment,  decree or order of any court or
any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

                  (i)      the  occurrence of a Debenture  Event of Default (see
         "Description of Junior Subordinated Debt Securities-Debenture Events of
         Default"); or

                  (ii)     default   by  the  Trust  in  the   payment   of  any
         Distribution when it becomes due and payable,  and continuation of such
         default for a period of 30 days; or

                  (iii)    default by the Trust in the payment of any Redemption
         Price of any Trust Security when it becomes due and payable; or

                  (iv)     default  in  the  performance,   or  breach,  in  any
         material  respect,  of any  covenant or warranty of the Trustees in the
         Declaration  (other  than a  covenant  or  warranty,  a default  in the
         performance of which or the breach of which is addressed in clause (ii)
         or (iii)  above),  and  continuation  of such  default  or breach for a
         period  of 60 days  after  there  has  been  given,  by  registered  or
         certified mail, to the defaulting Trustee or Trustees by the holders of
         at  least  25% in  aggregate  Liquidation  Amount  of  the  outstanding
         Preferred  Securities,  a written  notice  specifying  such  default or
         breach and  requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is
         a "Notice of Default" under the Declaration; or

                  (v)      the  occurrence  of certain  events of  bankruptcy or
         insolvency with respect to the Property  Trustee and the failure by the
         Corporation  to appoint a  successor  Property  Trustee  within 60 days
         thereof.

         Within five Business Days after the  occurrence of any Event of Default
actually  known to the Property  Trustee,  the Property  Trustee shall  transmit
notice of such Event of Default to the holders of the Preferred Securities,  the
Administrative Trustees and the Corporation,  as Depositor, unless such Event of
Default shall have been cured or waived. The Corporation,  as Depositor, and the
Administrative  Trustees are required to file annually with the Property Trustee
a  certificate  as to  whether  or not  they  are in  compliance  with  all  the
conditions and covenants applicable to them under the Declaration.

         If a  Debenture  Event of Default  (or an event that with notice or the
passage of time,  would  become such an Event of Default) or an Event of Default
under the Declaration has occurred and is continuing,  the Preferred  Securities
shall have a  preference  over the Common  Securities  as described  above.  See
"Liquidation  of  the  Trust  and  Distribution  of  Junior   Subordinated  Debt
Securities" and "Subordination of Common Securities."

Removal of Trustees

         Unless  a  Debenture  Event  of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
continuing,  any  Trustee may be removed at any time by the holder of the Common
Securities. If a Debenture Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,  the
Property  Trustee  and the  Delaware  Trustee may be removed at such time by the
holders  of a  majority  in  Liquidation  Amount  of the  outstanding  Preferred
Securities.  In no event will the holders of the Preferred  Securities  have the
right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the Administrative  Trustees,  which
voting rights are vested  exclusively  in the  Corporation  as the holder of the
Common Securities.  No resignation


                                       68
<PAGE>

or removal of a Trustee  and no  appointment  of a  successor  trustee  shall be
effective  until the  acceptance  of  appointment  by the  successor  trustee in
accordance with the provisions of the Declaration.

Co-trustees and Separate Property Trustee

         Unless an Event of Default  shall have occurred and be  continuing,  at
any time or times,  for the  purpose of meeting  the legal  requirements  of the
Trust  Indenture  Act or of any  jurisdiction  in which any part of the  Trust's
property  may at the time be  located,  the  Corporation,  as the  holder of the
Common Securities,  and the Administrative  Trustees shall have power to appoint
one or more  persons  either to act as a  co-trustee,  jointly with the Property
Trustee,  of all or any part of such  Trust's  property,  or to act as  separate
trustee of any such property, in either case with such powers as may be provided
in the instrument of appointment,  and to vest in such person or persons in such
capacity any  property,  title,  right or power deemed  necessary or  desirable,
subject to the  provisions  of the  Declaration.  In case a  Debenture  Event of
Default has occurred and is  continuing,  the Property  Trustee alone shall have
power to make such appointment.

Merger or Consolidation of  Trustees

         Any person into which the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee or any
Administrative  Trustee that is not a natural  person may be merged or converted
or with which it may be  consolidated,  or any person resulting from any merger,
conversion  or  consolidation  to which such  Trustee  shall be a party,  or any
person  succeeding to all or  substantially  all the corporate trust business of
such  Trustee,  shall be the  successor of such Trustee  under the  Declaration,
provided such person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible.

Mergers, Consolidations, Amalgamations or Replacements of the Trust

         The Trust may not merge  with or into,  consolidate,  amalgamate  or be
replaced  by,  or  convey,   transfer  or  lease  its   properties   and  assets
substantially  as an  entirety to any  corporation  or other  person,  except as
described below or as otherwise set forth in the Declaration.  The Trust may, at
the  request  of  the  Corporation,  as  Depositor,  with  the  consent  of  the
Administrative  Trustees but without the consent of the holders of the Preferred
Securities,  the Property Trustee or the Delaware  Trustee,  merge with or into,
consolidate,  amalgamate  or be  replaced  by, or convey,  transfer or lease its
properties and assets substantially as an entirety to, a trust organized as such
under the laws of any State;  provided,  however, that (i) such successor entity
either (a) expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Trust with respect to
the Preferred  Securities or (b) substitutes for the Preferred  Securities other
securities having  substantially the same terms as the Preferred Securities (the
"Successor Securities") so long as the Successor Securities rank the same as the
Preferred Securities rank in priority with respect to distributions and payments
upon  liquidation,  redemption and  otherwise,  (ii) the  Corporation  expressly
appoints a trustee  of such  successor  entity  possessing  the same  powers and
duties as the  Property  Trustee as the holder of the Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities,  (iii)  the  Successor  Securities  are  listed  or  traded,  or any
Successor Securities will be listed or traded upon notification of issuance,  on
any national  securities  exchange or other  organization on which the Preferred
Securities are then listed or traded,  if any, (iv) such merger,  consolidation,
amalgamation,  replacement,  conveyance,  transfer  or lease does not  adversely
affect the rights,  preferences  and  privileges of the holders of the Preferred
Securities  (including any Successor  Securities) in any material  respect,  (v)
such successor entity has a purpose  identical and limited to that of the Trust,
(vi) prior to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance,
transfer or lease,  the  Corporation  has received an opinion  from  independent
counsel to the Trust  experienced  in such  matters to the effect  that (a) such
merger, consolidation,  amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease
does not adversely affect the rights,  preferences and privileges of the holders
of the Preferred Securities (including any Successor Securities) in any material
respect,   and  (b)   following   such  merger,   consolidation,   amalgamation,
replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, neither the Trust nor such successor
entity  will  be  required  to  register  as an  investment  company  under  the
Investment  Company  Act of 1940 (the  "Investment  Company  Act") and


                                       69
<PAGE>

(vii) the  Corporation  or any  permitted  successor or assignee owns all of the
common  securities of such successor  entity and  guarantees the  obligations of
such  successor  entity under the  Successor  Securities  at least to the extent
provided by the Guarantee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Trust shall not,
except  with the consent of holders of 100% in  Liquidation  Amount of the Trust
Securities,  consolidate,  amalgamate,  merge with or into, or be replaced by or
convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety
to any other entity or permit any other entity to consolidate, amalgamate, merge
with or into,  or  replace  it,  if such  consolidation,  amalgamation,  merger,
replacement,  conveyance,  transfer  or  lease  would  cause  the  Trust  or the
successor entity to be classified as an association  taxable as a corporation or
as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

Voting Rights; Amendment of the Declaration

         Except    as    provided    below    and    under    "Description    of
Guarantee--Amendments  and Assignment" and as otherwise  required by law and the
Declaration, the holders of the Preferred Securities will have no voting rights.

         The  Declaration  may be amended from time to time by the  Corporation,
the Property Trustee and the Administrative Trustees, without the consent of the
holders  of the  Trust  Securities,  (i)  to  cure  any  ambiguity,  correct  or
supplement any provision in the Declaration  that may be  inconsistent  with any
other  provision,  or to make any other  provisions  with  respect to matters or
questions  arising under the Declaration,  which shall not be inconsistent  with
the other provisions of the Declaration,  or (ii) to modify, eliminate or add to
any provisions of the Declaration to such extent as shall be necessary to ensure
that the Trust will be classified  for United States federal income tax purposes
as a grantor trust or as other than an  association  taxable as a corporation at
all times that any Trust  Securities are outstanding or to ensure that the Trust
will not be required to register as an "investment company" under the Investment
Company  Act;  provided,  however,  that in the case of clause (i),  such action
shall not adversely  affect in any material  respect the interests of any holder
of  Trust  Securities,  and  any  amendments  of the  Declaration  shall  become
effective when notice  thereof is given to the holders of the Trust  Securities.
The Declaration may be amended by the Trustees and the Corporation  with (i) the
consent of holders representing not less than a majority (based upon Liquidation
Amounts)  of the  outstanding  Preferred  Securities,  and (ii)  receipt  by the
Trustees  of an opinion of counsel  to the  effect  that such  amendment  or the
exercise of any power granted to the Trustees in accordance  with such amendment
will not  cause  the  Trust to be  classified  as an  association  taxable  as a
corporation  or affect the Trust's  status as a grantor  trust for United States
federal  income  tax  purposes  or  the  Trust's  exemption  from  status  as an
"investment company" under the Investment Company Act. In addition,  without the
consent of each holder of Trust  Securities,  the Declaration may not be amended
to (i) change the amount or timing of any  Distribution on the Trust  Securities
or otherwise adversely affect the amount of any Distribution required to be made
in respect of the Trust  Securities as of a specified  date or (ii) restrict the
right of a holder of Trust  Securities to institute suit for the  enforcement of
any such payment on or after such date.

         So long as any  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  are held by the
Trust,  the  Trustees  shall  not (i)  direct  the  time,  method  and  place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Debenture Trustee,  or
executing any trust or power  conferred on the Property  Trustee with respect to
the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities,  (ii) waive any past default that is
waivable  under  Section  5.13 of the  Indenture,  (iii)  exercise  any right to
rescind or annul a declaration that the principal of all the Junior Subordinated
Debt  Securities  shall be due and  payable or (iv)  consent  to any  amendment,
modification  or  termination of the Indenture or the Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities,  where  such  consent  shall be  required,  without,  in each  case,
obtaining  the  prior  approval  of  the  holders  of a  majority  in  aggregate
Liquidation Amount of all outstanding Preferred Securities;  provided,  however,
that where a consent  under the  Indenture  would  require  the  consent of each
holder of Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities affected thereby, no such consent
shall be given by the Property  Trustee without the prior consent of each holder
of the Preferred Securities. The Trustees shall not revoke any action previously
authorized  or  approved by a vote of the  holders of the  Preferred  Securities


                                       70
<PAGE>

except by  subsequent  vote of such holders.  The Property  Trustee shall notify
each holder of Preferred Securities of any notice of default with respect to the
Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities.  In addition to obtaining  the foregoing
approvals of such holders of the  Preferred  Securities,  prior to taking any of
the  foregoing  actions,  the  Trustees  shall  obtain  an  opinion  of  counsel
experienced  in such matters to the effect that the Trust will not be classified
as an association  taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax
purposes as a result of such action and such action would not cause the Trust to
be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax
purposes.

         Any required  approval of holders of Preferred  Securities may be given
at a meeting of such  holders  convened  for such purpose or pursuant to written
consent.  The  Property  Trustee  will  cause a notice of any  meeting  at which
holders of  Preferred  Securities  are  entitled to vote,  or of any matter upon
which action by written  consent of such holders is to be taken,  to be given to
each  holder of record of  Preferred  Securities  in the manner set forth in the
Declaration.

         No vote or  consent  of the  holders of  Preferred  Securities  will be
required  for the  Trust to  redeem  and  cancel  the  Preferred  Securities  in
accordance with the Declaration.

         Notwithstanding  that holders of the Preferred  Securities are entitled
to vote or consent under any of the  circumstances  described  above, any of the
Preferred  Securities  that are owned by the  Corporation,  the  Trustees or any
affiliate of the Corporation or any Trustees,  shall,  for purposes of such vote
or consent, be treated as if they were not outstanding.

Expenses and Taxes

         In the Indenture,  the Corporation,  as borrower, has agreed to pay all
debts  and  other   obligations   (other  than  with   respect  to  payments  of
Distributions, amounts payable upon redemption and the Liquidation Amount of the
Trust  Securities) and all costs and expenses of the Trust  (including costs and
expenses relating to the organization of the Trust, the fees and expenses of the
Trustees and the costs and expenses  relating to the operation of the Trust) and
the offering of the Preferred  Securities,  and to pay any and all taxes and all
costs and  expenses  with  respect to the  foregoing  (other than United  States
withholding  taxes) to which the  Trust  might  become  subject.  The  foregoing
obligations of the  Corporation  under the Indenture are for the benefit of, and
shall be enforceable by, any person to whom any such debts, obligations,  costs,
expenses  and taxes are owed (a  "Creditor")  whether or not such  Creditor  has
received notice thereof.  Any such Creditor may enforce such  obligations of the
Corporation   directly  against  the   Corporation,   and  the  Corporation  has
irrevocably  waived any right or remedy to require that any such  Creditor  take
any action against the Trust or any other person before  proceeding  against the
Corporation.  The  Corporation  has also agreed in the Indenture to execute such
additional  agreement(s) as may be necessary or desirable to give full effect to
the foregoing.

Form, Denomination, Book-Entry Procedures and Transfer

         Preferred  Securities may be transferred or exchanged in the manner and
at the offices described below.

         The Preferred Securities initially will be evidenced by certificates in
fully  registered form (each, a  "Certificate").  The Property Trustee will from
time to time register the transfer of any outstanding Certificate upon surrender
thereof at the office of the Property Trustee which is currently located at 1100
N.  Market  Street,  Wilmington,  Delaware  19890,  Attention:  Corporate  Trust
Administration  (the  "Property   Trustee's  Office"),   duly  endorsed  by,  or
accompanied  by a  written  instrument  or  instruments  of  transfer  in a form
satisfactory to the Property Trustee duly executed by the holder thereof, a duly
appointed legal  representative  or a duly authorized  attorney.  Such signature
must be guaranteed by a bank or trust company having a  correspondent  office in
New  York  City or by a  broker  or  dealer  that is a  member  of the  National
Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc. (the


                                       71
<PAGE>

"NASD") or a member of a national securities exchange. A new Certificate will be
issued to the transferee upon any such registration of transfer.

         At the  option of a holder,  Certificates  may be  exchanged  for other
Certificates representing a like number of Preferred Securities,  upon surrender
to the Property Trustee at the Property  Trustee's Office of the Certificates to
be exchanged.  The Corporation will thereupon execute,  and the Property Trustee
will  authenticate and deliver,  one or more new Certificates  representing such
like number of Preferred Securities.

         If any  Certificate  is  mutilated,  lost,  stolen  or  destroyed,  the
Corporation  shall  execute,  and the Property  Trustee shall  authenticate  and
deliver,  in exchange and  substitution  for such mutilated  Certificate,  or in
replacement for such lost,  stolen or destroyed  Certificate,  a new Certificate
representing  the  same  number  of  Preferred  Securities  represented  by such
Certificate,  but only upon receipt of evidence  satisfactory to the Corporation
and to the Property  Trustee of loss,  theft or destruction of such  Certificate
and  security  or  indemnity,  if  requested,   satisfactory  to  them.  Holders
requesting replacement  Certificates must also comply with such other reasonable
regulations as the Corporation or the Property Trustee may prescribe.

         No service  charge  will be made for any  registration  of  transfer or
exchange of  Certificates,  but the Corporation may require the payment of a sum
sufficient  to cover  any tax or  governmental  charge  that may be  imposed  in
connection  therewith,  other than exchanges not involving any transfer.  In the
case of the replacement of mutilated,  lost,  stolen or destroyed  Certificates,
the  Corporation may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or
other  governmental  charge that may be imposed in connection  therewith and any
other  expenses  (including  the  fees and  expenses  of the  Property  Trustee)
connected therewith.

Possible Exchange for Book-Entry Preferred Securities

         Following the issuance of the  Preferred  Securities,  the  Corporation
will make the Preferred  Securities  available in book-entry  form  ("Book-Entry
Preferred  Securities").   Holders  may  (but  are  not  required  to)  exchange
Certificates for Book-Entry Preferred Securities, which will be represented by a
beneficial  interest in a Global  Security  (as defined  below),  by causing the
Certificates to be delivered to Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), in proper form
for deposit into DTC's book-entry  system, on or after the Initial Exchange Date
(as defined below).  Certificates received by DTC for exchange during the period
commencing on a date designated by the Corporation (the "Initial Exchange Date")
and  ending  on the fifth day after  the  Initial  Exchange  Date (the  "Initial
Exchange Period") will be exchanged for Book-Entry  Preferred  Securities by the
close of  business  on the  Business  Day on which they are  received by DTC (if
received by DTC by its then applicable  cut-off time for same-day  credit) or on
the following  Business Day (if received by DTC by its then  applicable  cut-off
time for next-day credit).

         After  the last day of the  Initial  Exchange  Period,  DTC will not be
required to accept delivery of Certificates in exchange for Book-Entry Preferred
Securities,  but  DTC may  permit  such  Certificates  to be so  exchanged  on a
case-by-case  basis. It is anticipated  that after the Initial  Exchange Period,
Certificates  delivered to DTC in good order and in proper form for deposit will
be accepted by DTC for exchange for Book-Entry  Preferred  Securities  generally
within three to four Business Days after delivery to DTC. However,  there can be
no  assurance  that such  Certificates  will be  accepted  for  exchange  or, if
accepted,  that such exchange  will occur within such time period.  Certificates
surrendered at any time for exchange for Book-Entry Preferred Securities may not
be delivered for  settlement or transfer  until such exchange has been effected.
Accordingly, persons purchasing Preferred Securities in secondary market trading
after the Initial  Exchange  Date may wish to make  specific  arrangements  with
brokers or DTC's participants if they wish to purchase only Book-Entry Preferred
Securities and not Certificates.


                                       72
<PAGE>

         The Corporation  will notify DTC, the Property  Trustee and each holder
of a  Certificate  by  first-class  mail  that  exchanges  of  Certificates  for
Book-Entry  Preferred  Securities  will commence on the Initial  Exchange  Date,
which  will be  approximately  one  Business  Day  after  the date on which  the
Corporation  notifies  DTC that it has  elected to permit  such  exchanges.  The
Initial Exchange Date will not be later than one day after , 1998.

         In  order  to be  exchanged  for  Book-Entry  Preferred  Securities,  a
Certificate  must  be  delivered  to DTC,  in  proper  form  for  deposit,  by a
Participant.   Accordingly,   holders  of  Preferred  Securities  that  are  not
Participants must deliver their  Certificates,  in proper form for deposit, to a
Participant,  either  directly or through a  brokerage  firm that  maintains  an
account with a Participant,  in order to have their  Certificates  exchanged for
Book-Entry Preferred Securities.  Holders of Preferred Securities that desire to
exchange their Certificates for Book-Entry  Preferred  Securities should contact
their broker or a Participant to obtain information on procedures for submitting
their  Certificates to DTC, including the proper form for submission and (during
the Initial  Exchange  Period)  the  cut-off  times for  same-day  and  next-day
exchange.  A Certificate that is held on behalf of a beneficial owner in nominee
or  "street  name"  may be  automatically  exchanged  for  Book-Entry  Preferred
Securities by the broker or other entity that is the  registered  holder of such
Preferred  Securities,  without any action of or consent by the beneficial owner
of the Preferred Securities.

Book-Entry System

         Any  Book-Entry  Preferred  Securities  will be represented by a single
global  security (a "Global  Security"),  which will be  deposited  with,  or on
behalf of, DTC,  and  registered  in the name of a nominee of DTC.  Certificates
that  have  been  exchanged  for  Book-Entry  Preferred  Securities  may  not be
re-exchanged for Certificates,  except under the limited circumstances described
in  "Description   of  Preferred   Securities-Form,   Denomination,   Book-Entry
Procedures  and   Transfer-Exchange   of  Book-Entry  Preferred  Securities  for
Certificated Preferred Securities." Unless and until it is exchanged in whole or
in part for Certificates, the Global Security may not be transferred except as a
whole by DTC to a nominee of DTC or by a nominee of DTC to DTC.

         Transfer of  beneficial  interests in the Global  Preferred  Securities
will be subject to the applicable  rules and procedures of DTC and its direct or
indirect participants which may change from time to time.

Depositary Procedures

         DTC has advised  the Trust and the  Corporation  as  follows:  DTC is a
limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York,
a member of the Federal  Reserve  System,  a "clearing  corporation"  within the
meaning  of the  Uniform  Commercial  Code and a  "clearing  agency"  registered
pursuant to the  provisions  of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created
to  hold  securities  for its  participating  organizations  (collectively,  the
"Participants")  and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of  transactions
in those securities between Participants  through electronic  book-entry changes
to accounts  of its  Participants,  thereby  eliminating  the need for  physical
movement of certificates.  Participants  include  securities brokers and dealers
(including the Underwriter),  banks, trust companies,  clearing corporations and
certain other  organizations.  Indirect access to DTC's system is also available
to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear
through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly
or indirectly (collectively,  the "Indirect Participants").  Persons who are not
Participants  may  beneficially  own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only
through the Participants or the Indirect  Participants.  The ownership  interest
and transfer of  ownership  interest of each actual  purchaser of each  security
held by or on behalf of DTC are recorded on the records of the  Participants and
Indirect Participants.

         DTC has also advised the Trust and the  Corporation  that,  pursuant to
procedures  established  by  it,  (i)  upon  deposit  of  the  Global  Preferred
Securities,  DTC will credit the accounts of  Participants  with portions of


                                       73
<PAGE>

the principal  amount of the Global  Preferred  Securities and (ii) ownership of
such  interests  in the Global  Preferred  Securities  will be shown on, and the
transfer of ownership thereof will be effected only through,  records maintained
by DTC  (with  respect  to the  Participants)  or by the  Participants  and  the
Indirect  Participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial  interests in
the Global Preferred Securities).

         Investors in the Global  Preferred  Securities may hold their interests
therein  directly  through DTC, if they are  Participants  in DTC, or indirectly
through  organizations which are Participants in such system. All interests in a
Global Preferred  Security will be subject to the procedures and requirements of
DTC. The laws of some states require that certain persons take physical delivery
in certificated form of certain  securities,  such as the Preferred  Securities,
that they own.  Consequently,  the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a
Global  Preferred  Security  to such  persons  will be limited  to that  extent.
Because DTC can act only on behalf of Participants,  which in turn act on behalf
of Indirect  Participants  and  certain  banks,  the ability of a person  having
beneficial  interests in a Global Preferred Security to pledge such interests to
persons or entities that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take
actions in respect of such interests,  may be affected by the lack of a physical
certificate  evidencing  such interests.  For certain other  restrictions on the
transferability  of  the  Preferred  Securities,  see  "Exchange  of  Book-Entry
Preferred Securities for Certificated Preferred Securities."

         Except as described below, owners of beneficial interests in the Global
Preferred   Securities  will  not  be  entitled  to  have  Preferred  Securities
registered in their names,  will not receive or be entitled to receive  physical
delivery of Preferred Securities in certificated form and will not be considered
the registered owners or holders thereof under the Declaration for any purpose.

         Payments in respect of the Global Preferred Security  registered in the
name of DTC or its nominee will be payable by the Property Trustee to DTC or its
nominee as the  registered  holder  under the  Declaration  by wire  transfer in
immediately  available funds on each  Distribution  Date. Under the terms of the
Declaration,  the  Property  Trustee  will treat the  persons in whose names the
Preferred Securities,  including the Global Preferred Securities, are registered
as the owners thereof for the purpose of receiving such payments and for any and
all other purposes  whatsoever.  Consequently,  neither the Property Trustee nor
any agent thereof has or will have any  responsibility  or liability for (i) any
aspect of DTC's records or any Participant's or Indirect  Participant's  records
relating to, or payments made on account of, beneficial  ownership  interests in
the Global Preferred  Securities,  or for maintaining,  supervising or reviewing
any of DTC's  records or any  Participant's  or Indirect  Participant's  records
relating  to  the  beneficial   ownership  interests  in  the  Global  Preferred
Securities,  or (ii) any other matter  relating to the actions and  practices of
DTC or any of its  Participants  or Indirect  Participants.  DTC has advised the
Trust and the Corporation that its current practice, upon receipt of any payment
in respect of  securities  such as the  Preferred  Securities,  is to credit the
accounts of the relevant  Participants  with the payment on the payment date, in
amounts  proportionate  to their  respective  holdings in Liquidation  Amount of
beneficial  interests in the Global Preferred Security,  as shown on the records
of DTC,  unless DTC has reason to  believe it will not  receive  payment on such
payment date. Payments by the Participants and the Indirect  Participants to the
beneficial  owners of  Preferred  Securities  represented  by  Global  Preferred
Securities  held  through  such   Participants  will  be  governed  by  standing
instructions  and  customary  practices  and will be the  responsibility  of the
Participants or the Indirect  Participants and will not be the responsibility of
DTC,  the  Property  Trustee or the Trust.  Neither  the Trust nor the  Property
Trustee  will be  liable  for any  delay  by DTC or any of its  Participants  in
identifying the beneficial owners of the Preferred Securities, and the Trust and
the Property Trustee may  conclusively  rely on and will be protected in relying
on instructions from DTC or its nominee for all purposes.

         Interests  in the  Global  Preferred  Securities  will  trade  in DTC's
Same-Day Funds  Settlement  System and secondary market trading activity in such
interests will therefore settle in immediately  available funds,  subject in all
cases to the rules and procedures of DTC and its Participants. Transfers between
Participants  in DTC will be effected in accordance with DTC's  procedures,  and
will be settled in same-day funds.


                                       74
<PAGE>

         DTC has  advised  the Trust and the  Corporation  that it will take any
action  permitted  to be taken by a holder of Preferred  Securities  (including,
without  limitation,  the  presentation of Preferred  Securities for exchange as
described  below) only at the  direction  of one or more  Participants  to whose
account with DTC interests in the Global  Preferred  Securities are credited and
only in  respect  of such  portion of the  aggregate  Liquidation  Amount of the
Preferred Securities  represented by the Global Preferred Securities as to which
such Participant or Participants has or have given such direction.  However,  if
there is an Event of Default  under the  Declaration,  DTC reserves the right to
exchange the Global Preferred  Securities for legended  Preferred  Securities in
certificated   form  and  to  distribute   such  Preferred   Securities  to  its
Participants.

         So long as DTC or its  nominee  is the  registered  owner of the Global
Preferred  Securities,  DTC or  such  nominee,  as the  case  may  be,  will  be
considered the sole owner or holder of the Preferred  Securities  represented by
the Global Preferred Security for all purposes under the Declaration.

         Neither DTC nor its nominee  will  consent or vote with  respect to the
Preferred  Securities.  Under its usual  procedures,  DTC would  mail an omnibus
proxy to the Trust as soon as possible  after the record date. The omnibus proxy
assigns  the  consenting  or  voting  rights  of  DTC or its  nominee  to  those
Participants  to whose  accounts the  Preferred  Securities  are credited on the
record date (identified in a listing attached to the omnibus proxy).

         The  information  in this  section  concerning  DTC and its  book-entry
system has been obtained from sources that the Trust and the Corporation believe
to be reliable,  but neither the Trust nor the Corporation takes  responsibility
for the accuracy thereof.

         Although  DTC has  agreed to the  foregoing  procedures  to  facilitate
transfers of interest in the Global Preferred  Securities among  Participants in
DTC,  it is under no  obligation  to perform  or to  continue  to  perform  such
procedures,  and such procedures may be  discontinued  at any time.  Neither the
Trust nor the Property Trustee will have any  responsibility for the performance
by DTC  or  its  Participants  or  Indirect  Participants  of  their  respective
obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Exchange  of  Book-Entry   Preferred   Securities  for  Certificated   Preferred
Securities

         A Global Preferred Security is exchangeable for Preferred Securities in
registered  certificated  form if (i) DTC (x)  notifies  the Trust that it is no
longer willing or able to properly discharge its  responsibilities  with respect
to the Preferred  Securities and the Corporation is unable to locate a qualified
successor,  or (y) has ceased to be a  "clearing  agency"  registered  under the
Exchange  Act;  (ii) the  Trust at its  sole  option  elects  to  terminate  the
book-entry  system  through  DTC;  or (iii)  there  shall have  occurred  and be
continuing a Debenture Event of Default. In addition,  beneficial interests in a
Global  Preferred  Security  may  be  exchanged  by  or on  behalf  of  DTC  for
certificated Preferred Securities upon request by DTC, but only upon at least 20
days prior written notice given to the Property Trustee in accordance with DTC's
customary procedures.  In all cases, certificated Preferred Securities delivered
in exchange for any Global Preferred  Security or beneficial  interests  therein
will be  registered  in the  names,  and issued in any  approved  denominations,
requested by or on behalf of DTC (in accordance  with its customary  procedures)
and will bear the  restrictive  legend  referred  to in "Notice  to  Investors,"
unless  the  Property  Trustee  (based  on an  opinion  of  counsel)  determines
otherwise in compliance with applicable law.

Payment and Paying Agency

         Payments  in respect of the  Preferred  Securities  held in global form
shall be made to DTC,  which shall  credit the  relevant  accounts at DTC on the
applicable Distribution Dates or in respect of the Preferred Securities that are
not held by DTC, such  payments  shall be made by check mailed to the address of
the holder  entitled


                                       75
<PAGE>

thereto as such  address  shall  appear on the  register.  The paying agent (the
"Paying Agent") shall initially be the Property  Trustee and any co-paying agent
chosen by the Property Trustee and acceptable to the Administrative Trustees and
the  Corporation.  The Paying Agent shall be permitted to resign as Paying Agent
upon 30  days'  written  notice  to the  Property  Trustee,  the  Administrative
Trustees and the  Corporation.  In the event that the Property  Trustee shall no
longer  be the  Paying  Agent,  the  Administrative  Trustees  shall  appoint  a
successor   (which  shall  be  a  bank  or  trust  company   acceptable  to  the
Administrative Trustees and the Corporation) to act as Paying Agent.

         Wilmington  Trust  Company  has  informed  the Trust that so long as it
serves as  paying  agent  for the  Preferred  Securities,  it  anticipates  that
information  regarding  Distributions  on the  Preferred  Securities,  including
payment date,  record date and  redemption  information,  will be made available
through Wilmington Trust Company at 1100 N. Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware,
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration.

Registrar and Transfer Agent

         The Property  Trustee will act as registrar and transfer  agent for the
Preferred Securities.

         Registration of transfers of the Preferred  Securities will be effected
without  charge by or on behalf of the  Trust,  but upon  payment  of any tax or
other  governmental  charges that may be imposed in connection with any transfer
or  exchange.  The  Trust  will  not be  required  to  register  or  cause to be
registered the transfer or exchange of the Preferred  Securities after they have
been called for redemption.

Information Concerning the Property Trustee

         The Property Trustee,  other than during the occurrence and continuance
of an  Event  of  Default,  undertakes  to  perform  only  such  duties  as  are
specifically  set forth in the Declaration and, during the existence of an Event
of Default,  must exercise the same degree of care and skill as a prudent person
would exercise or use in the conduct of his or her own affairs.  Subject to this
provision,  the Property  Trustee is under no  obligation to exercise any of the
powers  vested in it by the  Declaration  at the  request of any holder of Trust
Securities unless it is offered reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses
and  liabilities  that might be  incurred  thereby.  If no Event of Default  has
occurred  and is  continuing  and the  Property  Trustee is  required  to decide
between alternative causes of action or to construe ambiguous  provisions in the
Declaration or is unsure of the application of any provision of the Declaration,
and the matter is not one on which  holders of the  Preferred  Securities or the
Common  Securities are entitled under the Declaration to vote, then the Property
Trustee shall take such action as is directed by the Corporation  and, if not so
directed, shall take such action as it deems advisable and in the best interests
of the holders of the Trust Securities and will have no liability except for its
own bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct.

Miscellaneous

         The Administrative  Trustees are authorized and directed to conduct the
affairs  of and to  operate  the Trust in such a way that the Trust  will not be
deemed  to be an  "investment  company"  required  to be  registered  under  the
Investment Company Act or classified as an association  taxable as a corporation
for United States  federal  income tax purposes or as other than a grantor trust
for  United  States  federal  income  tax  purposes,  and  so  that  the  Junior
Subordinated  Debt Securities will be treated as indebtedness of the Corporation
for  United  States  federal  income  tax  purposes.  In  this  connection,  the
Corporation and the  Administrative  Trustees are authorized to take any action,
not  inconsistent  with applicable law, the certificate of trust of the Trust or
the Declaration,  that the Corporation and the Administrative Trustees determine
in their  discretion to be necessary or desirable for such purposes,  as long as
such action does not materially adversely affect the interests of the holders of
the Trust Securities.


                                       76
<PAGE>

         Holders of the Trust Securities have no preemptive or similar rights.

         The Trust may not borrow  money or issue debt or mortgage or pledge any
of its assets.


               DESCRIPTION OF JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT SECURITIES

         The Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities are to be issued as a separate
series under a Junior Subordinated  Indenture, as supplemented from time to time
(as so supplemented,  the  "Indenture"),  between the Corporation and Wilmington
Trust  Company,  as trustee (the  "Debenture  Trustee").  The Indenture  will be
qualified  under the Trust  Indenture  Act.  This  summary of certain  terms and
provisions of the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities and the Indenture does not
purport to be complete,  and where reference is made to particular provisions of
the Indenture, such provisions, including the definitions of certain terms, some
of which are not otherwise  defined  herein,  are qualified in their entirety by
reference to all of the  provisions of the Indenture and those terms made a part
of the Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act.

General

         Concurrently with the issuance of the Trust Securities,  the Trust will
invest the proceeds thereof in Junior Subordinated Debt Securities issued by the
Corporation.  The Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities will bear interest at __%
per annum of the principal amount thereof,  payable  quarterly in arrears on the
15th day of March, June, September and December of each year (each, an "Interest
Payment  Date"),  commencing  June 15,  1998,  to the  person in whose name each
Junior Subordinated Debt Security is registered,  subject to certain exceptions,
at the close of  business  on the  Business  Day next  preceding  such  Interest
Payment Date. It is anticipated  that, until the liquidation of the Trust,  each
Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Security  will be held in the  name of the  Property
Trustee in trust for the  benefit of the  holders of the Trust  Securities.  The
amount of  interest  payable for any period will be computed on the basis of the
actual  number of days elapsed in a year of twelve 30-day  months.  In the event
that any date on which  interest  is  payable on the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities is not a Business  Day, then payment of the interest  payable on such
date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (and without
any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), with the same force
and effect as if made on the date such payment was originally  payable.  Accrued
interest  that is not paid on the  applicable  Interest  Payment  Date will bear
additional  interest on the amount  thereof (to the extent  permitted by law) at
__% per annum thereof,  compounded  quarterly from the relevant Interest Payment
Date.  The term  "interest"  as used herein shall  include  quarterly  payments,
interest on  quarterly  interest  payments not paid on the  applicable  Interest
Payment Date and Additional Sums, as applicable.

         The Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities will be issued as a series of
Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  under the Indenture.  Unless  previously
redeemed or repurchased,  the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities will mature on
, 2028. See "Optional Redemption."

         The Junior Subordinated Debt Securities will be unsecured and will rank
junior and be  subordinate  in right of payment to all Senior Debt.  Because the
Corporation  is a  bank  holding  company,  the  right  of  the  Corporation  to
participate in any distribution of assets of any subsidiary, including the Bank,
upon such subsidiary's  liquidation or reorganization or otherwise (and thus the
ability of holders of the Preferred  Securities to benefit  indirectly from such
distribution),  is subject to the prior claims of creditors of such  subsidiary,
except to the extent that the Corporation may itself be recognized as a creditor
of such subsidiary. Accordingly, the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities will be
subordinated to all Senior Debt and effectively subordinated to all existing and
future  liabilities  of the  Corporation's  subsidiaries,  and holders of Junior
Subordinated  Debt Securities  should look only to the assets of the Corporation
for payments on the Junior Subordinated Debt


                                       77
<PAGE>

Securities.  The  Indenture  does not limit the  incurrence or issuance of other
secured or unsecured debt of the  Corporation,  including  Senior Debt,  whether
under the Indenture or any existing or other  indenture that the Corporation may
enter into in the future or otherwise. See "Subordination."

         The Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities will rank pari passu with all
Other  Debentures   issued  under  the  Indenture  and  will  be  unsecured  and
subordinate  and  junior in right of payment to the extent and in the manner set
forth  in  the   Indenture   to  all  Senior  Debt  of  the   Corporation.   See
"Subordination." As a holding company,  the Corporation  conducts its operations
principally through the Bank and, therefore, its principal source of cash, other
than its investing and financing  activities,  is receipt of dividends  from the
Bank. The  Corporation is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and
its other  subsidiaries.  See "Risk  Factors-Ranking  of  Obligations  Under the
Guarantee  and the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities"  and  "Status of the
Corporation  as a  Bank  Holding  Company."  The  Bank  is  subject  to  certain
restrictions  imposed by federal law on any extensions of credit to, and certain
other  transactions  with, the Corporation and certain other affiliates,  and on
investments in stock or other securities thereof.  Such restrictions prevent the
Corporation  and such other  affiliates  from borrowing from the Bank unless the
loans are  secured by  various  types of  collateral.  In  addition,  payment of
dividends to the Corporation by the Bank is subject to ongoing review by banking
regulators  and is  subject  to  various  statutory  limitations  and in certain
circumstances  requires approval by banking  regulatory  authorities.  The Other
Debentures  will be  issuable in one or more  series  pursuant  to an  indenture
supplemental  to the  Indenture or a resolution  of the  Corporation's  Board of
Directors or a committee thereof.

Denominations, Registration and Transfer

         The Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities will be represented by one or
more global certificates  registered in the name of Cede & Co. as the nominee of
DTC if, and only if,  distributed to the holders of the Trust Securities.  Until
such time, the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities will be held in the name of
the  Property  Trustee  in trust for the  benefit  of the  holders  of the Trust
Securities.  Should the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities be distributed to
holders of the Trust Securities, beneficial interests in the Junior Subordinated
Debt  Securities  will be shown on, and transfers  thereof will be effected only
through,  records  maintained by Participants in DTC. Except as described below,
Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities in certificated form will not be issued in
exchange for the global certificates.

         A global security shall be exchangeable  for Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities  registered in the names of persons other than Cede & Co. only if (i)
DTC  notifies  the  Corporation  that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a
depositary for such global security and no successor  depositary shall have been
appointed,  or if at any time DTC ceases to be a  "clearing  agency"  registered
under the Exchange  Act, at a time when DTC is required to be so  registered  to
act as such depositary,  (ii) the Corporation in its sole discretion  determines
that such global  security shall be so  exchangeable,  or (iii) there shall have
occurred and be  continuing a Debenture  Event of Default.  Any global  security
that is  exchangeable  pursuant to the preceding  sentence shall be exchangeable
for  certificates  registered in such names as DTC shall direct.  It is expected
that such  instructions  will be based upon directions  received by DTC from its
Participants  with respect to ownership of  beneficial  interests in such global
security.

         Payments on Junior Subordinated Debt Securities represented by a global
security will be made to DTC, as the depositary for the Junior Subordinated Debt
Securities.  In the event  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  are issued in
certificated form,  principal and interest will be payable,  the transfer of the
Junior Subordinated Debt Securities will be registrable, and Junior Subordinated
Debt Securities will be exchangeable for Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities of
other  denominations  of a like  aggregate  principal  amount,  at the corporate
office of the Debenture  Trustee in Wilmington,  Delaware,  or at the offices of
any paying agent or transfer agent appointed by the  Corporation,  provided that
payment of interest may be made at the option of the Corporation by check mailed
to the address of the persons entitled thereto or by wire transfer.


                                       78
<PAGE>

         For a description of DTC and the terms of the  depositary  arrangements
relating to payments,  transfers,  voting rights,  redemptions and other notices
and other matters, see "Description of Preferred Securities-Form,  Denomination,
Book-Entry  Procedures and Transfer." If the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities
are  distributed to the holders of the Trust  Securities upon the termination of
the Trust,  the form,  denomination,  book-entry  and transfer  procedures  with
respect to the Preferred Securities as described under "Description of Preferred
Securities-Form,  Denomination, Book-Entry Procedures and Transfer," shall apply
to the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities mutatis mutandis.

Payment and Paying Agents

         Payment of principal of and any  interest on Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities  will be made at the office of the Debenture  Trustee in  Wilmington,
Delaware  or at the  office  of  such  Paying  Agent  or  Paying  Agents  as the
Corporation  may designate  from time to time,  except that at the option of the
Corporation  payment of any  interest  may be made (except in the case of Junior
Subordinated Debt Securities in global form), (i) by check mailed to the address
of the person entitled  thereto as such address shall appear in the register for
Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  or (ii) by wire  transfer  to an account
specified by the person entitled thereto as specified in such register, provided
that proper  transfer  instructions  have been  received by the relevant  Record
Date.  Payment of any interest on any Junior  Subordinated Debt Security will be
made to the person in whose  name such  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Security  is
registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such interest, except
in the case of defaulted  interest.  The  Corporation  may at any time designate
additional Paying Agents or rescind the designation of any Paying Agent; however
the Corporation will at all times be required to maintain a Paying Agent in each
Place of Payment for the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities.

         Any moneys deposited with the Debenture Trustee or any Paying Agent, or
then held by the  Corporation  in trust,  for the payment of the principal of or
interest on any Junior  Subordinated  Debt Security and remaining  unclaimed for
two years after such principal or interest has become due and payable shall,  at
the request of the  Corporation,  be repaid to the Corporation and the holder of
such Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Security  shall  thereafter  look, as a general
unsecured creditor, only to the Corporation for payment thereof.

Option to Extend Interest Payment Date

         So  long  as  no  Debenture  Event  of  Default  has  occurred  and  is
continuing,  the  Corporation  has the right  under the  Indenture  to defer the
payment of interest on the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities at any time or
from time to time for a period not exceeding 20  consecutive  quarterly  periods
with respect to each Extension  Period,  provided,  that no Extension Period may
extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities. At
the end of an Extension  Period,  the  Corporation  must pay all  interest  then
accrued and unpaid on the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  (together with
interest  thereon  accrued  at __% per  annum,  compounded  quarterly  from  the
relevant  Interest  Payment  Date, to the extent  permitted by applicable  law).
During an  Extension  Period  and for so long as the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities remain  outstanding,  interest will continue to accrue and holders of
Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities  (and holders of the Preferred  Securities
while Preferred  Securities are outstanding) will be required to accrue interest
income (in the form of OID) for United States federal  income tax purposes.  See
"Certain  United  States  Federal  Income Tax  Consequences-Interest  Income and
Original Issue Discount."

         During any Extension Period, the Corporation may not (i) declare or pay
any  dividends  or  distributions  on, or  redeem,  purchase,  acquire or make a
liquidation  payment with  respect to, any of the  Corporation's  capital  stock
(which includes common and preferred stock), (ii) make any payment of principal,
interest  or  premium,  if any,  on or  repay,  repurchase  or  redeem  any debt
securities of the Corporation  (including any Other  Debentures)  that rank pari
passu with or junior in interest to the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities or
(iii)  make  any



                                       79
<PAGE>

guarantee  payments with respect to any guarantee by the Corporation of the debt
securities of any subsidiary of the Corporation (including any Other Guarantees)
if such  guarantee  ranks pari passu  with or junior in  interest  to the Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities  (other than (a)  dividends or  distributions  in
Common Stock of the Corporation, (b) any declaration of a dividend in connection
with the implementation of a stockholders' rights plan, or the issuance of stock
under any such plan in the future,  or the  redemption or repurchase of any such
rights  pursuant  thereto,  (c) payments under the  Guarantee,  (d) purchases or
acquisitions of shares of the Corporation's  Common Stock in connection with the
satisfaction by the Corporation of its  obligations  under any employee  benefit
plan or any  other  contractual  obligation  of the  Corporation  (other  than a
contractual  obligation  ranking  pari  passu  with  or  junior  to  the  Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities),  (e) as a result of a  reclassification  of the
Corporation's capital stock or the exchange or conversion of one class or series
of  the  Corporation's  capital  stock  for  another  class  or  series  of  the
Corporation's  capital  stock or (f) the  purchase of  fractional  interests  in
shares of the Corporation's capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange
provisions of such capital stock or the security being  converted or exchanged).
Prior to the  termination of any Extension  Period the  Corporation  may further
extend such Extension Period,  provided,  however,  that such extension does not
cause such  Extension  Period to exceed 20 consecutive  quarterly  periods or to
extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities.
Upon the  termination  of any  Extension  Period and the payment of all interest
then accrued and unpaid on the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  (together
with interest  thereon accrued at __% per annum,  compounded  quarterly,  to the
extent permitted by applicable  law), and subject to the foregoing  limitations,
the Corporation may elect to begin a new Extension  Period. No interest shall be
due and payable  during an  Extension  Period,  except at the end  thereof.  The
Corporation must give the Property Trustee, the Administrative  Trustees and the
Debenture  Trustee  notice of its election to begin any Extension  Period (or an
extension  thereof) at least three Business Days prior to the earlier of (i) the
date the  Distributions  on the  Preferred  Securities  would have been  payable
except for the  election  to begin or extend such  Extension  Period or (ii) the
date the  Administrative  Trustees are required to give notice to any  automated
quotation system or to holders of Preferred Securities of the record date or the
date such  Distributions  are  payable,  but in any  event  not less than  three
Business Days prior to such record date. The Debenture Trustee shall give notice
of the  Corporation's  election to begin or extend a new Extension Period to the
holders of the  Preferred  Securities.  There is no  limitation on the number of
times that the Corporation may elect to begin an Extension Period.

Optional Redemption

         The  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  are  redeemable  prior  to
maturity at the option of the  Corporation  (i) on or after , 2003,  in whole at
any time or in part from time to time, or (ii) in whole, but not in part, at any
time within 90 days following the occurrence  and during the  continuation  of a
Tax Event,  Investment Company Event or Capital Treatment Event (each as defined
under  "Description  of Preferred  Securities-Redemption"),  in each case at the
redemption  price described  below.  The proceeds of any such redemption will be
used by the Trust to redeem the Preferred Securities.

         The Federal Reserve's risk-based capital guidelines,  which are subject
to change,  currently  provide that  redemptions  of  permanent  equity or other
capital  instruments before stated maturity could have a significant impact on a
bank holding  company's  overall  capital  structure  and that any  organization
considering  such a redemption  should  consult with the Federal  Reserve before
redeeming any equity or capital  instrument prior to maturity if such redemption
could have a material  effect on the level or composition of the  organization's
capital base (unless the equity or capital  instrument  were  redeemed  with the
proceeds  of, or  replaced  by, a like  amount of a  similar  or higher  quality
capital instrument and the Federal Reserve considers the organization's  capital
position to be fully adequate after the redemption).

         The  redemption  of the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  by the
Corporation  prior to their Stated  Maturity would  constitute the redemption of
capital  instruments  under the Federal  Reserve's  current  risk-based  capital
guidelines and may be subject to the prior approval of the Federal Reserve.



                                       80
<PAGE>

         The Redemption  Price for Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  shall
equal 100% of the principal amount to be prepaid,  plus accrued interest thereon
to the date of redemption.

Additional Sums

         The  Corporation  has covenanted in the Junior  Subordinated  Indenture
that,  if and  for so  long  as (i)  the  Trust  is  the  holder  of all  Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities  and  (ii)  the  Trust  is  required  to pay  any
additional  taxes,  duties or other  governmental  charges  as a result of a Tax
Event,  the Corporation  will pay as additional sums on the Junior  Subordinated
Debt  Securities  such  amounts  as may be  required  so that the  Distributions
payable  by the Trust  will not be  reduced  as a result of any such  additional
taxes,  duties or other  governmental  charges.  See  "Description  of Preferred
Securities-Mandatory Redemption."

Interest

         The Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities shall bear interest at __% per
annum,  from the original date of issuance,  payable quarterly in arrears on the
15th day of March,  June,  September and December of each year,  commencing June
15, 1998, to the person in whose name such Junior  Subordinated Debt Security is
registered,  subject  to certain  exceptions,  at the close of  business  on the
Business Day next preceding,  such Interest Payment Date. The term "interest" as
used herein,  as such term relates to the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities,
includes any compounded  interest or Additional  Sums payable  unless  otherwise
stated. In the event the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities are not held solely
in book-entry  only form, the  Corporation  will select  relevant  record dates,
which shall be 15 days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date.

         The amount of  interest  payable for any period will be computed on the
basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of twelve 30-day months. In
the event that any date on which interest is payable on the Junior  Subordinated
Debt  Securities is not a Business Day, then payment of the interest  payable on
such date will be made on the next  succeeding  day that is a Business  Day (and
without  any  interest  or other  payment in respect of any such delay) with the
same force and effect as if made on such date.

Additional Sums

         If the Trust is required to pay any additional  taxes,  duties or other
governmental  charges as a result of a Tax Event,  the  Corporation  will pay as
additional  amounts on the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities such amounts as
shall be  required so that the  Distributions  payable by the Trust shall not be
reduced as a result of any such additional taxes,  duties or other  governmental
charges. The Corporation has covenanted in the Indenture that, if and so long as
(i) the Trust is the holder of all Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities and (ii)
a Tax Event in respect of the Trust has occurred and is continuing,  it will pay
Additional Sums (as defined under "Description of Preferred Securities-Mandatory
Redemption") in respect of such Trust Securities to the Trust.

Restrictions on Certain Payments

         The Corporation  will also covenant that it will not (i) declare or pay
any  dividends  or  distributions  on, or  redeem,  purchase,  acquire or make a
liquidation  payment with  respect to, any of the  Corporation's  capital  stock
(which includes common and preferred stock), (ii) make any payment of principal,
interest  or  premium,  if any,  on or repay or  repurchase  or redeem  any debt
securities of the Corporation  (including Other Debentures) that rank pari passu
with or junior in interest to the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities or (iii)
make any guarantee  payments with respect to any guarantee by the Corporation of
the debt securities of any subsidiary of the Corporation  (including under Other
Guarantees) if such guarantee ranks pari passu with or junior in interest to the
Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities (other than (a) dividends or distributions
in  Common  Stock of the



                                       81
<PAGE>

Corporation,   (b)  any  declaration  of  a  dividend  in  connection  with  the
implementation  of a  stockholders'  rights plan, or the issuance of stock under
any such plan in the future,  or the redemption or repurchase of any such rights
pursuant   thereto,   (c)  payments  under  the  Guarantee,   (d)  purchases  or
acquisitions of shares of the Corporation's  Common Stock in connection with the
satisfaction by the Corporation of its  obligations  under any employee  benefit
plan or any  other  contractual  obligation  of the  Corporation  (other  than a
contractual  obligation  ranking  pari passu with or junior in  interest  to the
Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities),  (e) as a result of a reclassification of
the  Corporation's  capital  stock or the exchange or conversion of one class or
series of the  Corporation's  capital  stock for another  class or series of the
Corporation's  capital  stock or (f) the  purchase of  fractional  interests  in
shares of the Corporation's capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange
provisions of such capital stock or the security being  converted or exchanged),
if at such time (i) there shall have occurred a Debenture Event of Default, (ii)
the  Corporation  shall  be in  default  with  respect  to  its  payment  of any
obligations under the Guarantee or (iii) the Corporation shall have given notice
of its election of an Extension  Period as provided in the  Indenture  and shall
not have  rescinded  such notice,  or such  Extension  Period,  or any extension
thereof, shall be continuing.

Modification of Indenture

         From  time to time  the  Corporation  and the  Debenture  Trustee  may,
without  the  consent of the  holders of Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities,
amend,  waive or supplement  the Indenture  for specified  purposes,  including,
among other things,  curing  ambiguities,  defects or inconsistencies  (provided
that any such action does not  materially  adversely  affect the interest of the
holders of Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities or the holders of the Preferred
Securities so long as they remain outstanding) and maintaining the qualification
of  the  Indenture  under  the  Trust  Indenture  Act.  The  Indenture  contains
provisions  permitting  the  Corporation  and the  Debenture  Trustee,  with the
consent  of the  holders  of not less than a  majority  in  principal  amount of
outstanding  Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities,  to modify the Indenture in a
manner  affecting  the  rights  of  the  holders  of  Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities;  provided,  however,  that no such  modification  may,  without  the
consent of the holder of each outstanding  Junior  Subordinated Debt Security so
affected,  change the Stated  Maturity,  or reduce the  principal  amount of the
Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities,  or reduce the rate or extend the time of
payment of interest  thereon or reduce the  percentage  of  principal  amount of
Junior Subordinated Debt Securities,  or have certain other effects as set forth
in the Indenture.

         In addition,  the  Corporation  and the Debenture  Trustee may execute,
without the consent of any holder of Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities,  any
supplemental Indenture for the purpose of creating any Other Debentures.

Debenture Events of Default

         The Indenture provides that any one or more of the following  described
events with respect to the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities that has occurred
and is continuing constitutes a "Debenture Event of Default":

                  (i)      failure for 30 days to pay any interest on the Junior
         Subordinated  Debt  Securities when due (subject to the deferral of any
         due date in the case of an Extension Period); or

                  (ii)     failure   to  pay  any   principal   on  the   Junior
         Subordinated  Debt  Securities  when due,  whether  at  maturity,  upon
         redemption, by declaration of acceleration or otherwise; or

                  (iii)    failure to observe or perform in any material respect
         certain  other  covenants  contained in the Indenture for 90 days after
         written  notice to the  Corporation  from the Debenture  Trustee or the
         holders of at least 25% in aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of
         the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities; or




                                       82
<PAGE>

                  (iv)     certain   events   in   bankruptcy,   insolvency   or
         reorganization of the Corporation; or

                  (v)      the voluntary or involuntary dissolution,  winding-up
         or termination of the Trust, except in connection with the distribution
         of the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  to the  holder of Trust
         Securities in  liquidation  of the Trust,  the redemption of all of the
         Trust  Securities of the Trust, or certain mergers,  consolidations  or
         amalgamations, each as permitted by the Declaration.

         The holders of a majority in aggregate  outstanding principal amount of
the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  have the right to direct  the time,
method and place of conducting any  proceeding  for any remedy  available to the
Debenture Trustee.  The Debenture Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in
aggregate   outstanding   principal  amount  of  the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities  may  declare  the  principal  due  and  payable  immediately  upon a
Debenture Event of Default and, should the Debenture  Trustee or such holders of
Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities fail to make such declaration,  the holders
of at least 25% in  aggregate  Liquidation  Amount of the  Preferred  Securities
shall  have such  right.  The  holders of a majority  in  aggregate  outstanding
principal  amount of the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  may annul such
declaration  and waive the default if the default  (other than the nonpayment of
the principal of the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities  which has become due
solely by such  acceleration)  has been  cured and a sum  sufficient  to pay all
matured   installments   of  interest  and  principal  due  otherwise   than  by
acceleration has been deposited with the Debenture  Trustee.  Should the holders
of Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities fail to annul such declaration and waive
such default,  the holders of a majority in aggregate  Liquidation Amount of the
Preferred Securities shall have such right.

         The holders of a majority in aggregate  outstanding principal amount of
the Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities  affected thereby may, on behalf of the
holders of all the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities,  waive any past default,
except a default in the payment of principal of or interest (unless such default
has been cured and a sum sufficient to pay all matured  installments of interest
and principal due otherwise  than by  acceleration  has been  deposited with the
Debenture  Trustee) on the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities or a default in
respect of a covenant or provision which under the Indenture  cannot be modified
or  amended  without  the  consent  of the  holder  of each  outstanding  Junior
Subordinated Debt Security.  Should the holders of such Junior Subordinated Debt
Securities fail to annul such declaration and waive such default, the holders of
a majority in aggregate  Liquidation  Amount of the Preferred  Securities  shall
have such right. The Corporation is required to file annually with the Debenture
Trustee a certificate as to whether or not the Corporation is in compliance with
all the conditions and covenants applicable to it under the Indenture.

         In case a Debenture Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the
Property  Trustee  will  have the  right to  declare  the  principal  of and the
interest  on the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities,  and any other  amounts
payable under the Indenture,  to be forthwith due and payable and to enforce its
other  rights  as a  creditor  with  respect  to the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities.

Conversion of the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities

         Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  will be convertible at any time
prior to the earlier of (i) 5:00 p.m. (Richmond,  Virginia time) on the Business
Day immediately preceding the date of repayment of such Junior Subordinated Debt
Securities,  whether at maturity or upon redemption or prepayment, and (ii) 5:00
p.m. (Richmond, Virginia time) on the Conversion Termination Date (if any), into
Common  Stock at the  option of the  holders  of the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities  at the  Conversion  Price  referred  to on the  cover  page  of this
Prospectus,   subject  to  the  Conversion  Price  adjustments  described  under
"Description of Preferred Securities-Conversion Rights." The Trust will covenant
not to convert Junior Subordinated Debt Securities held by it except pursuant to
a notice  of  conversion  delivered  to the  Conversion  Agent  by a  holder  of
Preferred  Securities.





                                       83
<PAGE>

Upon surrender of a Preferred  Security to the Conversion  Agent for conversion,
the Trust will distribute  $25.00  principal  amount of the Junior  Subordinated
Debt Securities to the Conversion Agent on behalf of the holder of the Preferred
Security so converted,  whereupon the Conversion  Agent will convert such Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities  into Common Stock on behalf of such holder.  The
Corporation's delivery to the holders of the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities
(through  the  Conversion  Agent) of the fixed  number of shares of Common Stock
into which the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities are  convertible  (together
with the cash payment,  if any, in lieu of fractional  shares) will be deemed to
satisfy the  Corporation's  obligation to pay the principal amount of the Junior
Subordinated  Debt Securities so converted,  and the accrued and unpaid interest
thereon attributable to the period from the last date to which interest has been
paid or duly provided for; provided,  however,  that if any Junior  Subordinated
Debenture is converted after a Payment Record Date, the interest  payable on the
related Interest Payment Date with respect to such Junior Subordinated Debenture
shall be paid to the Trust (which will distribute such interest to the holder of
such Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities on the Payment Record Date) or other
holder of such Junior Subordinated  Debenture on the Payment Record Date, as the
case may be,  despite  such  conversion;  provided,  further,  that if notice of
prepayment of Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities is mailed or otherwise given
to holders of Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities or the Trust issues a press
release announcing a Conversion  Termination Date, then, if any holder of Junior
Subordinated  Debt Securities  converts any Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities
into  Common  Stock on any date on or after  the date on which  such  notice  of
prepayment is mailed or otherwise  given or the date of such press  release,  as
the  case  may be,  and if such  date of  conversion  falls  on any day from and
including  the first day of an Extension  Period and on or prior to the Interest
Payment Date on which such Extension  Period ends, such converting  holder shall
be entitled to receive either (i) if the date of such  conversion  falls after a
Payment  Record  Date and on or prior to the next  succeeding  Interest  Payment
Date,  all  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  on  such  Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities to such Interest  Payment Date or (ii) if the date of such conversion
does not fall on a date  described  in clause (i) above,  all accrued and unpaid
interest on such Junior Subordinated Debt Securities to the most recent Interest
Payment Date prior to the date of such  conversion,  which  interest  shall,  in
either  such  case,  be paid to  such  converting  holder,  unless  the  date of
conversion  of such Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities is on or prior to the
Interest  Payment  Date upon  which  such  Extension  Period  ends and after the
Payment Record Date for such Interest  Payment Date, in which case such interest
shall be paid to the person who was the holder of such Junior  Subordinated Debt
Securities (or one or more predecessor  Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities) at
5:00 p.m.  (Richmond,  Virginia time) on such Payment Record Date,  which amount
shall be simultaneously  distributed to the holders of the Preferred  Securities
so  that  any  holder  of  Preferred  Securities  who  delivers  such  Preferred
Securities for conversion  (or who held such converted  Preferred  Securities at
5:00 p.m. (Richmond,  Virginia time) on the Payment Record Date for the Interest
Payment Date upon which such  Extension  Period ends,  as the case may be) under
the  circumstances  and during the periods  described  above will be entitled to
receive  accumulated and unpaid  Distributions  in a corresponding  amount.  See
"Description of Preferred Securities-Conversion Rights" and "Redemption."

         On and after , 2001, the Corporation may, at its option,  terminate the
conversion  rights of holders of the Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities if (i)
the  Corporation  is then  current  in the  payment  of  interest  on the Junior
Subordinated Debt Securities  (except to the extent that the payment of interest
has been duly  deferred  as the result of an  Extension  Period) and (ii) for at
least 20 trading days within any period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on
or after , 2001,  including  the last  trading day of such  period,  the Closing
Price of the  Common  Stock  shall  have  exceeded  115% of the then  applicable
Conversion  Price  of the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities.  In  order to
exercise this conversion  termination  option,  the  Corporation  must cause the
Trust to issue (or, if the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities shall have been
distributed  to holders of the Preferred  Securities  following a Tax Event,  an
Investment  Company Event or a Capital  Treatment  Event,  the Corporation  must
issue) a press  release for  publication  on the Dow Jones News  Service or on a
comparable news service announcing the Conversion  Termination Date prior to the
opening  of  business  on the  second  trading  day  after a period in which the
condition  in the  preceding  sentence  has been met, but in no event prior to ,
2001.  The press  release shall  announce the  Conversion  Termination  Date and
provide the


                                       84
<PAGE>

Conversion  Price and the  Closing  Price of the  Preferred  Securities  and the
Common  Stock,  in each case as of the close of business on the trading day next
preceding the date of the press  release.  The  Corporation  is also required to
give  notice by  first-class  mail to holders of the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities  in the manner  provided  for holders of Preferred  Securities  under
"Description of Preferred Securities-Conversion Rights-Termination of Conversion
Rights." The Conversion  Termination Date will be a Business Day selected by the
Corporation  which is not less than 30 nor more than 60 calendar  days after the
date on which such press  release is issued.  In the event that the  Corporation
exercises its conversion  termination  option,  conversion rights will expire at
5:00 p.m. (Richmond,  Virginia time) on the Conversion  Termination Date. In the
event that the Corporation has not exercised its conversion  termination  option
and the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities are otherwise called for prepayment,
the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities will be convertible at any time prior to
5:00 p.m.  (Richmond,  Virginia time) on the Business Day immediately  preceding
the date of such redemption and in any other case at any time prior to 5:00 p.m.
(Richmond,  Virginia time) on the Business Day immediately  preceding the Stated
Maturity Date of the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities.

Enforcement of Certain Rights by Holders of Preferred Securities

         If a Debenture Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such
event is  attributable  to the  failure of the  Corporation  to pay  interest or
principal on the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities on the date such interest
or  principal  is  otherwise  payable,  a holder  of  Preferred  Securities  may
institute a Direct Action. The Corporation may not amend the Indenture to remove
the foregoing  right to bring a Direct Action without the prior written  consent
of the holders of all of the Preferred Securities.  Notwithstanding any payments
made to a holder of Preferred Securities by the Corporation in connection with a
Direct Action,  the Corporation  shall remain  obligated to pay the principal of
and interest on the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities,  and the Corporation
shall be  subrogated  to the rights of the holder of such  Preferred  Securities
with  respect  to  payments  on the  Preferred  Securities  to the extent of any
payments made by the Corporation to such holder in any Direct Action.

         The holders of the  Preferred  Securities  will not be able to exercise
directly any remedies,  other than those set forth in the  preceding  paragraph,
available to the holders of the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities unless there
shall have been an Event of Default under the  Declaration.  See "Description of
Preferred Securities-Events of Default; Notice."

Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets and Other Transactions

         The Indenture  provides that the Corporation shall not consolidate with
or merge  with or into  any  other  person  or  convey,  transfer  or lease  its
properties and assets  substantially as an entirety to any person, and no person
shall consolidate with or merge with or into the Corporation or convey, transfer
or  lease  its  properties  and  assets  substantially  as an  entirety  to  the
Corporation, unless (i) in case the Corporation consolidates with or merges with
or into  another  person or  conveys  or  transfers  its  properties  and assets
substantially  as an entirety to any person,  the successor  person is organized
under the laws of the United  States or any state or the  District of  Columbia,
and such successor person expressly assumes the Corporation's obligations on the
Junior Subordinated Debt Securities issued under the Indenture; (ii) immediately
after giving effect thereto, no Debenture Event of Default,  and no event which,
after  notice  or lapse  of time or both,  would  become  a  Debenture  Event of
Default,  shall  have  occurred  and be  continuing;  (iii)  if at the  time any
Preferred  Securities are  outstanding,  such transaction is permitted under the
Declaration  and the Guarantee and does not give rise to any breach or violation
of the  Declaration  or the  Guarantee;  and (iv) certain  other  conditions  as
prescribed in the Indenture are met.


                                       85
<PAGE>

         The general  provisions of the  Indenture do not afford  holders of the
Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  protection  in  the  event  of a  highly
leveraged or other  transaction  involving  the  Corporation  that may adversely
affect holders of the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities.

Subordination

         In the Indenture,  the  Corporation  has covenanted and agreed that any
Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities issued thereunder shall be subordinate and
junior in right of  payment to all Senior  Debt to the  extent  provided  in the
Indenture.  Upon any payment or  distribution  of assets to  creditors  upon any
liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, reorganization, assignment for the benefit
of  creditors,  marshaling  of  assets  or  any  bankruptcy,   insolvency,  debt
restructuring  or similar  proceedings  in  connection  with any  insolvency  or
bankruptcy proceeding of the Corporation,  the holders of Senior Debt will first
be entitled to receive payment in full of principal of and interest,  if any, on
such Senior Debt before the holders of Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities,  or
the Property  Trustee on behalf of the  holders,  will be entitled to receive or
retain any payment or distribution in respect thereof.

         In  the  event  of  the  acceleration  of the  maturity  of the  Junior
Subordinated Debt Securities,  the holders of all Senior Debt outstanding at the
time of such  acceleration  will first be entitled to receive payment in full of
all amounts due thereon (including any amounts due upon acceleration) before the
holders of the Junior  Subordinates  Debt Securities will be entitled to receive
or retain any payment in respect of the principal of or interest, if any, on the
Junior Subordinated Debt Securities.

         In the event that the  Corporation  shall default in the payment of any
principal of or interest,  if any, on any, Senior Debt when the same becomes due
and  payable,  whether  at  maturity  or at a date  fixed for  prepayment  or by
declaration of  acceleration or otherwise,  then,  unless and until such default
shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist or all Senior Debt
shall  have been  paid,  no  direct  or  indirect  payment  (in cash,  property,
securities,  by  set-off  or  otherwise)  shall be made or agreed to be made for
principal or interest, if any, on the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities, or in
respect of any redemption,  repayment, retirement, purchase or other acquisition
of any of the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities.

         "Senior  Debt" means (a) the  principal  of, and  premium,  if any, and
interest on all  indebtedness of the  Corporation  for money  borrowed,  whether
outstanding  on the date of execution of the  Indenture or  thereafter  created,
assumed or incurred,  (b) all obligations to make payment  pursuant to the terms
of financial instruments,  such as (i) securities contracts and foreign currency
exchange  contracts,  (ii)  derivative  instruments,  such  as  swap  agreements
(including  interest  rate and  foreign  exchange  rate  swap  agreements),  cap
agreements,  floor  agreements,  collar  agreements,  interest rate  agreements,
foreign exchange agreements,  options, commodity futures contracts and commodity
options contracts, and (iii) similar financial instruments;  except, in the case
of both (a) and (b) above,  such indebtedness and obligations that are expressly
stated to rank  junior in right of payment to, or pari passu in right of payment
with,  the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities,   and  (c)  indebtedness  or
obligations  of others of the kind  described  in both (a) and (b) above for the
payment  of which the  Corporation  is  responsible  or liable as  guarantor  or
otherwise,  and (d) any  deferrals,  renewals or  extensions  of any such Senior
Debt; provided, however, that Senior Debt shall not be deemed to include (i) any
debt of the Corporation which, when incurred and without respect to any election
under Section 1111 (b) of the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, was without
recourse  to the  Corporation,  (ii) any debt of the  Corporation  to any of its
subsidiaries,  (iii) debt to any employee of the Corporation, (iv) debt which by
its terms is  subordinated  to trade  accounts  payable or  accrued  liabilities
arising in the ordinary  course of business to the extent that  payments made to
the  holders  of such  debt  by the  holders  of the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities as a result of the subordination provisions of the Indenture would be
greater  than  such  payments  otherwise  would  have  been as a  result  of any
obligation  of such  holders of such debt to pay amounts over to the obligees on
such  trade  accounts  payable or accrued  liabilities  arising in the  ordinary
course of business as a result of subordination


                                       86
<PAGE>

provisions to which such debt is subject,  (v) trade accounts payable or accrued
liabilities  arising in the ordinary  course of business and (vi) any other debt
securities issued pursuant to the Indenture.

         The  Indenture  places no  limitation on the amount of Senior Debt that
may be incurred by the Corporation.  The Corporation may from time to time incur
indebtedness  constituting Senior Debt. At December 31, 1997 the Corporation had
no aggregate  outstanding Senior Debt on an unconsolidated  basis. The Indenture
also places no limitation on the indebtedness of the Corporation's subsidiaries,
which  rank  senior  in  right  of  payment  to  the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities.

Governing Law

         The  Indenture  and the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  will be
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Virginia.

Information Concerning the Debenture Trustee

         The  Debenture  Trustee shall have and be subject to all the duties and
responsibilities  specified with respect to an indenture trustee under the Trust
Indenture Act.  Subject to such  provisions,  the Debenture  Trustee is under no
obligation  to exercise any of the powers  vested in it by the  Indenture at the
request of any holder of Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities,  unless offered
reasonable indemnity by such holder against the costs,  expenses and liabilities
which might be incurred thereby. The Debenture Trustee is not required to expend
or risk its own funds or otherwise  incur  personal  financial  liability in the
performance  of its duties if the  Debenture  Trustee  reasonably  believes that
repayment or adequate indemnity is not reasonably assured to it.


                            DESCRIPTION OF GUARANTEE

         The  Guarantee  will  be  executed  and  delivered  by the  Corporation
concurrently  with the  issuance  by the Trust of the Trust  Securities  for the
benefit of the holders  from time to time of such Trust  Securities.  Wilmington
Trust Company will act as trustee (the "Guarantee  Trustee") under the Guarantee
Agreement.  The Guarantee  Agreement will be qualified under the Trust Indenture
Act. This summary of certain  provisions of the Guarantee does not purport to be
complete and is subject to, and  qualified in its entirety by reference  to, all
of the provisions of the Guarantee, including the definitions therein of certain
terms,  and the  Trust  Indenture  Act.  The  Guarantee  Trustee  will  hold the
Guarantee for the benefit of the holders of the Trust Securities.

General

         The Corporation will irrevocably agree to pay in full on a subordinated
basis,  to the extent set forth  herein,  the  Guarantee  Payments  (as  defined
herein) to the holders of the Trust Securities,  as and when due,  regardless of
any defense,  right of set-off or counterclaim that the Trust may have or assert
other than the defense of payment.  The  following  payments with respect to the
Trust  Securities,  to the  extent  not paid by or on behalf  of the Trust  (the
"Guarantee  Payments"),  will be subject to the  Guarantee:  (i) any accrued and
unpaid Distributions required to be paid on the Trust Securities,  to the extent
that the Trust has  funds on hand  available  therefor  at such  time,  (ii) the
Redemption Price with respect to Trust Securities called for redemption,  to the
extent that the Trust has funds on hand  available  therefor  at such time,  and
(iii) upon a voluntary or involuntary dissolution,  winding up or liquidation of
the Trust (other than in connection with the distribution of Junior Subordinated
Debt Securities to the holders of the Trust  Securities or the redemption of all
of the Preferred Securities) the lesser of (a) the Liquidation Distribution,  to
the extent the Trust has funds  available  therefor and (b) the amount of assets
of the Trust  remaining  available  for  distribution  to  holders  of the Trust
Securities  upon  liquidation of the Trust after  satisfaction of liabilities to
creditors  of the  Trust  as  required  by  applicable  law.




                                       87
<PAGE>

The  Corporation's  obligation  to make a Guarantee  Payment may be satisfied by
direct payment of the required  amounts by the Corporation to the holders of the
Trust Securities or by causing the Trust to pay such amounts to such holders.

         The Guarantee will be an irrevocable  guarantee on a subordinated basis
of the Trust's  obligations under the Trust  Securities,  although it will apply
only to the extent that the Trust has funds  sufficient  to make such  payments,
and is not a guarantee of collection.  If the Corporation does not make interest
payments on the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities held by the Trust, the Trust
will not be able to pay  Distributions on the Preferred  Securities and will not
have funds legally available therefor.

         The Guarantee will rank  subordinate  and junior in right of payment to
all Senior  Debt.  See  "Status of the  Guarantee."  As a holding  company,  the
Corporation  conducts its operations  principally  through its subsidiaries and,
therefore,  its principal  source of cash is receipt of dividends from the Bank.
However,  there are legal limitations on the source and amount of dividends that
a Virginia-chartered,  Federal Reserve member bank such as the Bank is permitted
to pay. A  Virginia-chartered  bank may pay  dividends  only from net  undivided
profits. Additionally, a dividend may not be paid if it would impair the paid-in
capital of the bank.  In  addition,  prior  approval of the  Federal  Reserve is
required if the total of all dividends declared by a member bank in any calendar
year  will  exceed  the sum of that  bank's  net  profits  for that year and its
retained net profits for the  preceding  two calendar  years,  less any required
transfers  to either  surplus or any fund for the  retirement  of any  preferred
stock. At January 1, 1998, the Bank could have paid  approximately  $1.7 million
in dividends to the  Corporation  without prior Federal  Reserve  approval.  The
payment of dividends by the Bank may also be affected by other factors,  such as
requirements for the maintenance of adequate capital.  In addition,  the Federal
Reserve is authorized to determine,  under certain circumstances relating to the
financial  condition of a member bank, whether the payment of dividends would be
an unsafe or unsound banking practice and to prohibit payment thereof.  See "The
Corporation."  The Guarantee  does not limit the incurrence or issuance of other
secured or unsecured debt of the  Corporation,  including  Senior Debt,  whether
under the Indenture,  any other indenture that the Corporation may enter into in
the future or otherwise.

         Taken together, the Corporation's  obligations under the Guarantee, the
Declaration,   the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  and  the  Indenture,
including  the  Corporation's  obligation  to pay the costs,  expenses and other
liabilities  of the Trust (other than the Trust's  obligations to the holders of
the Trust Securities under the Trust Securities),  provide, in the aggregate,  a
full, irrevocable and unconditional  guarantee of all of the Trust's obligations
under the Preferred  Securities.  No single document standing alone or operating
in  conjunction  with fewer  than all of the other  documents  constitutes  such
guarantee.  It is only the combined  operation of these  documents  that has the
effect of  providing a full,  irrevocable  and  unconditional  guarantee  of the
Trust's obligations under the Preferred Securities.  See "Relationship Among the
Preferred   Securities,   the  Junior   Subordinated  Debt  Securities  and  the
Guarantee."

Status of the Guarantee

         The  Guarantee   will   constitute  an  unsecured   obligation  of  the
Corporation  and will rank  subordinate  and  junior in right of  payment to all
Senior Debt in the same manner as Junior Subordinated Debt Securities.

         The Guarantee will rank pari passu with all Other Guarantees  issued by
the Corporation. The Guarantee will constitute a guarantee of payment and not of
collection (i.e., the guaranteed party may institute a legal proceeding directly
against the Corporation to enforce its rights under the Guarantee  without first
instituting  a legal  proceeding  against  any  other  person  or  entity).  The
Guarantee  will be held for the benefit of the holders of the Trust  Securities.
The Guarantee will not be discharged except by payment of the Guarantee Payments
in full to the extent not paid by the Trust or upon  distribution to the holders
of the  Trust  Securities  of  the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities.  The
Guarantee  does not place a limitation on the amount of  additional




                                       88
<PAGE>

Senior Debt that may be incurred by the  Corporation.  The  Corporation  expects
from time to time to incur additional indebtedness constituting Senior Debt.

Amendments and Assignment

         Except with  respect to any changes  that do not  materially  adversely
affect the rights of holders of the Trust Securities (in which case no vote will
be required), the Guarantee may not be amended without the prior approval of the
holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate  Liquidation Amount of such
outstanding Preferred Securities. The manner of obtaining any such approval will
be as set  forth  under  "Description  of  Preferred  Securities-Voting  Rights;
Amendment of the  Declaration."  All guarantees and agreements  contained in the
Guarantee  shall  bind  the  successors,   assigns,   receivers,   trustees  and
representatives of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the holders
of the Preferred Securities then outstanding.

Events of Default

         An event of default under the Guarantee  will occur upon the failure of
the Corporation to perform any of its payment or other  obligations  thereunder;
provided,  however,  that  except  with  respect  to a default in payment of any
Guarantee  payment,  the  Corporation  shall have received notice of default and
shall not have cured such default  within 60 days after  receipt of such notice;
and provided,  further, that no event of default under the Guarantee shall occur
unless an Event of Default under the Declaration or a Debenture Event of Default
shall  have  occurred.  The  holders of not less than a  majority  in  aggregate
Liquidation  Amount of the  Preferred  Securities  have the right to direct  the
time,  method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to
the  Guarantee  Trustee in respect of the Guarantee or to direct the exercise of
any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under the Guarantee.

         Any holder of the Preferred Securities may institute a legal proceeding
directly  against  the  Corporation  to enforce its rights  under the  Guarantee
without first  instituting a legal  proceeding  against the Trust, the Guarantee
Trustee or any other person or entity.

         The  Corporation,  as guarantor,  is required to file annually with the
Guarantee  Trustee a  certificate  as to  whether or not the  Corporation  is in
compliance  with all the  conditions  and  covenants  applicable to it under the
Guarantee.

Information Concerning the Guarantee Trustee

         The Guarantee Trustee, other than during the occurrence and continuance
of a default by the  Corporation in performance of the Guarantee,  undertakes to
perform only such duties as are  specifically  set forth in the  Guarantee  and,
after  default with respect to the  Guarantee,  must exercise the same degree of
care and skill as a prudent  person would  exercise or use in the conduct of his
or her own affairs. Subject to this provision, the Guarantee Trustee is under no
obligation  to exercise any of the powers  vested in it by the  Guarantee at the
request of any holder of the Trust  Securities  unless it is offered  reasonable
indemnity  against the costs,  expenses and  liabilities  that might be incurred
thereby.

Termination of the Guarantee

         The Guarantee will terminate and be of no further force and effect upon
full payment of the Redemption Price of the Trust Securities,  upon full payment
of the amounts  payable upon  liquidation of the Trust or upon  distribution  of
Junior Subordinated Debt Securities to the holders of the Trust Securities.  The
Guarantee will continue to be effective or will be  reinstated,  as the case may
be, if at any time any holder of the Trust  Securities  must restore  payment of
any sums paid under the Trust Securities or the Guarantee.


                                       89
<PAGE>

Governing Law

         The Guarantee will be governed by and construed in accordance  with the
laws of the State of Virginia.


                  RELATIONSHIP AMONG THE PREFERRED SECURITIES,
            THE JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT SECURITIES AND THE GUARANTEE

Full and Unconditional Guarantee

         Payments  of  Distributions  and  other  amounts  due on the  Preferred
Securities (to the extent the Trust has funds  available for the payment of such
Distributions)  are  irrevocably  guaranteed  by the  Corporation  as and to the
extent  set  forth  under  "Description  of  Guarantee."  Taken  together,   the
Corporation's  obligations under the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities,  the
Indenture,  the Declaration and the Guarantee provide, in the aggregate, a full,
irrevocable and  unconditional  guarantee of payments of Distributions and other
amounts due on the Preferred  Securities.  No single document  standing alone or
operating in conjunction with fewer than all of the other documents  constitutes
such  guarantee.  It is only the combined  operation of these documents that has
the effect of providing a full,  irrevocable and unconditional  guarantee of the
Trust's  obligations under the Preferred  Securities.  If and to the extent that
the  Corporation  does  not  make  payments  on  the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities,  the Trust will not pay  Distributions  or other  amounts due on the
Preferred Securities. The Guarantee does not cover payment of Distributions when
the Trust  does not have  sufficient  funds to pay such  Distributions.  In such
event,  the remedy of a holder of Preferred  Securities is to institute a Direct
Action.  The obligations of the Corporation  under the Guarantee are subordinate
and junior in right of payment to all Senior Debt.

Sufficiency of Payments

         As long as payments of interest and other payments are made when due on
the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities,  such payments will be sufficient to
cover  Distributions  and  other  payments  due  on  the  Preferred  Securities,
primarily because (i) the aggregate  principal amount or Redemption Price of the
Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities will be equal to the sum of the aggregate
Liquidation Amount or Redemption Price, as applicable,  of the Trust Securities;
(ii) the  interest  rate and  interest  and other  payment  dates on the  Junior
Subordinated  Debt Securities will match the Distribution  rate and Distribution
and other  payment  dates for the Preferred  Securities;  (iii) the  Corporation
shall pay for all  costs,  expenses  and  liabilities  of the Trust  except  the
Trust's  obligations to holders of Trust Securities under such Trust Securities;
and (iv) the Declaration  further provides that the Trust will not engage in any
activity that is not consistent with the limited purposes thereof.

         Notwithstanding   anything  to  the  contrary  in  the  Indenture,  the
Corporation  has the right to set off any  payment it is  otherwise  required to
make thereunder with and to the extent the Corporation has theretofore  made, or
is  concurrently  on the date of such  payment  making,  any  payment  under the
Guarantee  used to  satisfy  the  related  payment  of  indebtedness  under  the
Indenture.

Enforcement Rights of Holders of Preferred Securities

         A holder of any  Preferred  Security may  institute a legal  proceeding
directly  against  the  Corporation  to enforce its rights  under the  Guarantee
without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Guarantee Trustee,  the
Trust or any other person or entity.

         A  default  or event  of  default  under  any  Senior  Debt  would  not
constitute a default or Event of Default under the Declaration.  However, in the
event  of  payment   defaults  under,  or  acceleration  of,  Senior  Debt,  the


                                       90
<PAGE>

subordination  provisions of the Indenture  provide that no payments may be made
in respect of the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities until such Senior Debt has
been paid in full or any payment  default  thereunder  has been cured or waived.
Failure to make required  payments on Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities would
constitute an Event of Default under the Declaration.

Limited Purpose of the Trust

         The Preferred  Securities  evidence a beneficial interest in the Trust,
and the Trust  exists for the sole purpose of issuing the  Preferred  Securities
and Common Securities,  investing the proceeds of the Trust Securities in Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities  and  engaging in other  activities  necessary or
incidental thereto.

Rights Upon Termination

         Upon  any   voluntary  or   involuntary   termination,   winding-up  or
liquidation of the Trust  involving the  liquidation of the Junior  Subordinated
Debt Securities, after satisfaction of the liabilities of creditors of the Trust
as required by  applicable  law,  the  holders of the Trust  Securities  will be
entitled  to  receive,  out  of  assets  held  by  the  Trust,  the  Liquidation
Distribution in cash. See  "Description of Preferred  Securities-Liquidation  of
the Trust and Distribution of Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities."  Upon any
voluntary or  involuntary  liquidation  or  bankruptcy of the  Corporation,  the
Property Trustee, as holder of the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities, would be
a subordinated creditor of the Corporation,  subordinated in right of payment to
all Senior Debt as set forth in the Indenture,  but entitled to receive  payment
in full of principal and interest,  before any  stockholders  of the Corporation
receive payments or distributions.  Since the Corporation is the guarantor under
the Guarantee and has agreed to pay for all costs,  expenses and  liabilities of
the Trust  (other  than the  Trust's  obligations  to the  holders  of its Trust
Securities),  the positions of a holder of Preferred  Securities and a holder of
Junior   Subordinated  Debt  Securities  relative  to  other  creditors  and  to
stockholders of the Corporation in the event of liquidation or bankruptcy of the
Corporation are expected to be substantially the same.


           DESCRIPTION OF GUARANTY FINANCIAL CORPORATION CAPITAL STOCK

         The Corporation's authorized capital stock consists of 4,000,000 shares
of Common Stock,  par value $1.25 per share ("Common  Stock") and 500,000 shares
of preferred stock. The Corporation had 1,501,383 issued and outstanding  shares
of Common Stock held by 427  stockholders  of record,  at December 31, 1997. All
outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock are  fully  paid and  nonassessable.  The
Corporation's Board of Directors has not authorized the issuance of any class or
series of preferred stock.

Common Stock

         Holders of shares of Common  Stock are  entitled  to receive  dividends
when and as declared by the Board of Directors  out of funds  legally  available
therefor,  provided, however, that the payment of dividends to holders of shares
of Common Stock is subject to the preferential  dividend rights of any preferred
stock that the Board of Directors authorizes for issuance in the future.

         In the  event of any  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding  up of the
Corporation, the holders of Common Stock (and the holders of any class or series
of stock entitled to participate  with the Common Stock in the  distribution  of
assets)  shall be  entitled to  receive,  in cash or in kind,  the assets of the
Corporation available for distribution  remaining after (i) payment or provision
for payment of the Corporation's debts and liabilities and (ii) distributions or
provisions for  distributions  to holders of any class or series of stock having
preference over the Common Stock in the  liquidation,  dissolution or winding up
of the Corporation.


                                       91
<PAGE>

         Holders  of  Common  Stock  are  entitled  to one vote per share on all
matters submitted to stockholders.  There are no cumulative voting rights in the
election of directors.  The  Corporation's  stockholders  do not have preemptive
rights to purchase  additional shares of any class of the Corporation's  capital
stock.  Holders of Common Stock have no  conversion or  redemption  rights.  The
shares of Common Stock  presently  outstanding  are, and any Common Stock issued
upon  conversion  of Preferred  Securities  will be when issued,  fully paid and
nonassessable.  Registrar  and  Transfer  Company  is  the  transfer  agent  and
registrar for the Common Stock.

Preferred Stock

         The  Corporation's  Articles of  Incorporation  authorize  the Board of
Directors to determine the  preferences,  limitations and relative rights of any
class or series of  preferred  stock  before the  issuance of any shares of that
class  or  series.  To  date,  the  Corporation's  Board  of  Directors  has not
authorized the issuance of any class or series of preferred stock.

Limitations on Liability of Officers and Directors

         The Articles of  Incorporation  of the Corporation  provide that to the
full extent that  Virginia  law permits the  limitation  or  elimination  of the
liability of directors and officers,  they will not be liable to the Corporation
or its shareholders for any money damages in excess of one dollar.  At this time
Virginia law does not permit any  limitation of liability if a director  engages
in willful  misconduct or a knowing violation of the criminal law or any federal
or state securities law.

         To the fullest  extent  permitted by Virginia  law,  the  Corporation's
Articles of Incorporation require it to indemnify any director or officer of the
Corporation  who  is  made a  party  to any  proceeding  because  he was or is a
director  or  officer  of  the  Corporation  against  any  liability,  including
reasonable  expenses  and legal  fees,  incurred  in the  proceeding.  Under the
Corporation's  Articles of  Incorporation,  "proceeding"  is broadly  defined to
include pending, threatened or completed actions of all types, including actions
by or in the right of the  Corporation.  Similarly,  "liability"  is  defined to
include, not only judgments, but also settlements,  penalties, fines and certain
excise taxes. The Corporation's  Articles of Incorporation also provide that the
Corporation  may, but is not  obligated  to,  indemnify  its other  employees or
agents.  The Corporation  must indemnify any person who is or was serving at the
written request of the Corporation as a director,  officer, employee or agent of
another corporation,  partnership,  joint venture, trust or other enterprise, to
the full extent  provided by Virginia law. The  indemnification  provisions also
require the  Corporation  to pay reasonable  expenses  incurred by a director of
officer of the  Corporation in a proceeding in advance of the final  disposition
of any such proceeding, provided that the indemnified person undertakes to repay
the Corporation if it is ultimately determined that such person was not entitled
to indemnification.  At this time, Virginia law does not permit  indemnification
against willful misconduct or a knowing violation of the criminal law.

         The rights of indemnification provided in the Corporation's Articles of
Incorporation are not exclusive of any other rights which may be available under
any  insurance or other  agreement,  by vote of  shareholders  or  disinterested
directors or otherwise. In addition, the Articles of Incorporation authorize the
Corporation  to  maintain  insurance  on  behalf of any  person  who is or was a
director,  officer,  employee  or agent of the  Corporation,  whether or not the
Corporation would have the power to provide indemnification to such person.

         Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers or persons  controlling the
Corporation  pursuant to the  foregoing  provisions,  the  Corporation  has been
informed  that in the opinion of the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  such
indemnification  is  against  public  policy  as  expressed  in the  Act  and is
therefore unenforceable.


                                       92
<PAGE>

                          CERTAIN ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

         ERISA pension plans, qualified retirement plans, and IRAs (collectively
referred  to  as  retirement   plans)  are  subject  to  certain   transactional
restrictions  under ERISA  and/or the Internal  Revenue  Code.  For  example,  a
fiduciary (generally,  someone who has discretionary control over plan assets or
receives money for  investment  advice) is prohibited  under these  restrictions
from (1) engaging in  transactions in its own interest or for its own account or
(2) from receiving  consideration from any party dealing with a plan with regard
to its assets.  In addition,  a plan may not enter into purchase,  sale, or loan
transaction with a disqualified  person. A disqualified  person includes,  among
other things, a fiduciary,  the plan sponsor,  and any entity providing services
(for  example,  custodial or  administrative  services) to a plan.  Violation of
these transactional  restrictions can result in the imposition of federal excise
taxes,  federal and state income tax on otherwise exempt retirement  trusts, and
accelerated  federal  and state  income  tax on the  otherwise  deferred  income
accounts of retirement plan participants.

         In the usual case,  when a  retirement  plan  invests  plan assets in a
security, the security purchased replaces the purchase money as a plan asset and
the purchase  money  becomes an asset of the entity who offered the security for
sale. Because of a concern that certain  enterprises were in reality functioning
as investment mangers to plans, but avoiding classification as a fiduciary under
ERISA through the device of issuing participation units in, for example, limited
partnerships,  the  Department  of Labor  issued  regulations  (the "Plan  Asset
Regulations" or "Regulations")  which provide that when certain equity interests
(including  a  beneficial  interest  in a trust  as well as  participation  in a
limited  partnership) are acquired by a plan, both the equity interest  acquired
in the hands of the  purchasing  plan and the purchase money in the hands of the
issuer of the  equity  interest  constitute  plan  assets.  Since the issuer has
discretionary  control over these assets,  the issuer becomes a fiduciary  under
ERISA with  respect to the  investing  plan.  As a result,  unless an  exception
applies,  the Trust's purchase of the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities from
the  Corporation  with assets invested by retirement  plans would  constitute an
instance of the Trust as a  fiduciary  dealing on its own account and in its own
interest  with  plan  assets or  receiving  consideration  from an  entity  (the
Corporation) engaged in a transaction involving plan assets.
The  Plan  Asset  Regulations  provide  certain  exemptions  to its  plan  asset
characterization rules.

         It appears  that one of the  exemptions  provided  by the  Regulations,
namely,  the  publicly-offered  exemption,  applies to Junior  Subordinated Debt
Securities  purchased  by  the  Trust  as  consequence  of a  retirement  plan's
investment in Preferred  Securities  with the result that the purchase  money or
Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities will not be deemed to be plan assets in the
hands of the Trustee. Under the Regulations,  a publicly-offered equity interest
in a trust or other non-operating entity purchased by a plan does not constitute
a plan  asset if the  interest  is freely  transferable  and  widely  held.  The
Regulations  provide that a security is publicly-offered if it is sold to a plan
as part of an  offering of  securities  to the public  pursuant to an  effective
registration  statement  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933  and the  class  of
securities  of which such security is part is  registered  under the  Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934  within  120 days (or such later time as may be allowed by
the Securities and Exchange  Commission) after the end of the fiscal year of the
issuer during which the offering of such securities to the public occurred.  The
Corporation intends to cause the Preferred  Securities to be so registered under
the  Securities  Exchange  of  1934.  Further,  although  ultimately  under  the
Regulations  it is a question of fact, a security will be generally be deemed to
be freely  transferable  if its purchase price is $25,000 or less at the time of
the public offering.  If, in addition,  the securities when offered initially to
the public will be held by 100 or more persons  independent  of the issuer or of
one another,  they will generally be deemed to be widely held. It is anticipated
that with regard to these criteria provided by the Plan Asset  Regulations,  the
Preferred   Securities  at  the  time  of  being  initially  offered  constitute
securities  which are  publicly-offered,  widely held, and freely  transferable.
Retirement plans should, nevertheless,  consult with their own counsel regarding
the  application  of the Plan Asset  Regulations  to the  purchase of  Preferred
Securities from the Trust.


                                       93
<PAGE>

         If the  Corporation  or the Bank  provides any services to an investing
retirement  plan,  then it is a  disqualified  person with  respect to that plan
irrespective  of  whether  the  Trust   qualifies  under  the   publicly-offered
securities exemption to the Plan Asset Regulations.  Consequently,  the purchase
of Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities by the Trust would be an indirect loan
made by the retirement plan to the Corporation  and, as such, would constitute a
prohibited transaction under ERISA.


              CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

         The  following  is a summary of the  principal  United  States  federal
income tax consequences of the purchase,  ownership and disposition of Preferred
Securities.  Unless  otherwise  stated,  this  summary  addresses  only  the tax
consequences  to a "U.S.  Holder" (as defined  below)  that  acquires  Preferred
Securities on their original issue at their original offering price and does not
address the tax consequences to persons that may be subject to special treatment
under United States federal income tax law, such as banks,  insurance companies,
thrift  institutions,  regulated  investment  companies,  real estate investment
trusts, tax-exempt organizations,  dealers in securities or currencies,  persons
that hold Preferred  Securities as part of a position in a "straddle" or as part
of a "hedging",  "conversion"  or other  integrated  investment  transaction for
United States federal income tax purposes,  persons whose functional currency is
not the United States dollar or persons that do not hold Preferred Securities as
capital assets.  For purposes of this summary, a U.S. Holder is a Securityholder
(as defined  below) who or that is (i) an individual  citizen or resident of the
United States,  (ii) a domestic  corporation or partnership  organized under the
laws of the United  States or any State  thereof or the  District of Columbia or
(iii) an estate or trust the income of which is subject to United States federal
income taxation regardless of source.

         The  statements of law or legal  conclusions  set forth in this summary
constitute the opinion of Williams  Mullen  Christian & Dobbins,  tax counsel to
the Corporation and the Trust.  This summary is based upon the Internal  Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),  Treasury  Regulations,  Internal Revenue
Service rulings and  pronouncements and judicial decisions now in effect, all of
which  are  subject  to  change  at  any  time.  Such  changes  may  be  applied
retroactively  in a  manner  that  could  cause  the  tax  consequences  to vary
substantially  from  the  consequences   described  below,   possibly  adversely
affecting a beneficial  owner of the Preferred  Securities.  The  authorities on
which this  summary is based are subject to various  interpretations,  and it is
therefore  possible that the United States  federal  income tax treatment of the
purchase,  ownership and disposition of the Preferred Securities may differ from
the treatment described below.

         PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS  ARE  ADVISED  TO  CONSULT  WITH  THEIR  OWN TAX
ADVISORS IN LIGHT OF THEIR OWN  PARTICULAR  CIRCUMSTANCES  AS TO THE FEDERAL TAX
CONSEQUENCES  OF THE  PURCHASE,  OWNERSHIP  AND  DISPOSITION  OF  THE  PREFERRED
SECURITIES, AS WELL AS THE EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS.

         The Corporation  intends to take the position that,  under current law,
the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities  constitute  indebtedness  for federal
income tax purposes  and, by  acceptance  of a Preferred  Security,  each holder
covenants to treat the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities as indebtedness and
the Preferred  Securities as evidence of an indirect  beneficial interest in the
Junior Subordinated Debt Securities.  No assurances can be given,  however, that
such position of the Corporation  will not be challenged by the Internal Revenue
Service (the  "Service")  or, if  challenged,  that such  challenge  will not be
successful.   The  remainder  of  this   discussion   assumes  that  the  Junior
Subordinated  Debt Securities are classified as indebtedness  for federal income
tax purposes.


                                       94
<PAGE>

Classification of the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities and the Trust

         Under  current  law and  assuming  compliance  with  the  terms  of the
Declaration,  the Trust will not be  classified as an  association  taxable as a
corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.  Moreover,  the Trust
should  be  classified  as a grantor  trust,  and if not so  classified  will be
classified as a partnership, for United States federal income tax purposes. As a
result, each beneficial owner of Preferred Securities (a "Securityholder")  that
is a U.S.  Holder will be  required to include in its gross  income its pro rata
share of the interest income, including OID, paid or accrued with respect to the
Junior Subordinated Debt Securities, whether or not cash is actually distributed
to the  Securityholders.  See  "Interest  Income and Original  Issue  Discount,"
below.   The  Junior   Subordinated   Debt  Securities  will  be  classified  as
indebtedness of the Corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.

Interest Income and Original Issue Discount

         Under applicable Treasury regulations (the  "Regulations"),  a "remote"
contingency  that  stated  interest  will not be timely  paid will be ignored in
determining  whether a debt  instrument  is issued  with  OID.  The  Corporation
believes that the  likelihood of its  exercising its option to defer payments of
interest is remote.  Based on the foregoing,  the Corporation  believes that the
Junior Subordinated Debt Securities will not be considered to be issued with OID
at the time of their original issuance.

         Because the discount at which the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities
are being issued is less than 1/4 of 1 percent of the Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities  stated  redemption  price at  maturity  times the number of complete
years to maturity of the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities, such discount will
constitute de minimis OID and will not be required to be taken into account on a
current  basis.  The  following  discussion  assumes  that  unless and until the
Corporation  exercises its option to defer  interest on the Junior  Subordinated
Debt Securities,  the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities will not be treated as
issued with OID other than de minimis OID.

         Under the Regulations, if the Corporation exercised its option to defer
any  payment of  interest,  the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  would be
treated as reissued with OID, and, thereafter, all stated interest on the Junior
Subordinated  Debentures  would  be  treated  as  OID  as  long  as  the  Junior
Subordinated Debt Securities remained outstanding.  In such event, all of a U.S.
Holder's  taxable interest income with respect to the Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities would be accounted for as OID on an economic accrual basis regardless
of such U.S.  Holder's method of tax  accounting,  and actual  distributions  of
stated   interest   would  not  be  reported   separately  as  taxable   income.
Consequently,  a U.S.  Holder  would be required to include OID in gross  income
even though the  Corporation  would not make any actual cash payments  during an
Extension Period.

         The  Regulations  have  not  been  addressed  in any  rulings  or other
interpretations  by the IRS,  and it is  possible  that the IRS  could  take the
position that the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities were issued with OID at
the time of their original issuance.

         Because income on the Preferred  Securities will constitute interest or
OID,  corporate  U.S.  Holders  will not be entitled  to the  dividends-received
deduction  with respect to any income  recognized  with respect to the Preferred
Securities.  If any Special Interest or Additional Distributions are paid on the
Preferred  Securities  it is possible  that such Special  Interest or Additional
Distributions  might  constitute  OID  (whether or not an  Extension  Period has
occurred).

         Subsequent  uses of the term  "interest"  in this summary shall include
income in the form of OID.


                                       95
<PAGE>

Distribution of the Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities to Holders of Preferred
Securities

         Under  current  law,  a  distribution   by  the  Trust  of  the  Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities,  as described under the caption  "Description of
Preferred  Securities--Liquidation  of the  Trust  and  Distribution  of  Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities,"  will be  nontaxable  and will result in a U.S.
Holder  receiving  directly its pro rata share of the Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities  previously held indirectly  through the Trust, with a holding period
and  aggregate  adjusted  tax basis  equal to the holding  period and  aggregate
adjusted tax basis such U.S. Holder had in its Preferred Securities  immediately
before such  distribution.  If,  however,  the  liquidation of the Trust were to
occur  because the Trust were subject to United States  federal  income tax with
respect  to  income  accrued  or  received  on  the  Junior   Subordinated  Debt
Securities,  the  distribution  of Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities to U.S.
Holders by the Trust would be a taxable event to the Trust and each U.S. Holder,
and each U.S.  Holder  would  recognize  gain or loss as if the U.S.  Holder had
exchanged its Preferred  Securities for the Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities
it received  upon the  liquidation  of the Trust.  A U.S.  Holder  will  include
interest in respect of the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities received from the
Trust in the manner  described above under  "Interest  Income and Original Issue
Discount."

Sales or Redemption of the Preferred Securities

         Gain or loss will be recognized by a U.S.  Holder on a sale,  exchange,
or other  disposition  of the Preferred  Securities  (including a redemption for
cash) in an amount equal to the difference  between the amount  realized and the
U.S.  Holder's  adjusted  tax  basis  in the  Preferred  Securities  sold  or so
redeemed.  Assuming that the  Corporation  does not exercise its option to defer
payment of interest on the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities,  a U.S. Holder's
adjusted tax basis in the  Preferred  Securities  generally  will be its initial
purchase  price. If the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures are deemed to be issued
with OID (as a result of the Corporation's  deferral of any interest payment), a
U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the Preferred  Securities  generally will be
its initial  purchase price,  increased by OID previously  included in such U.S.
Holder's gross income to the date of disposition and decreased by  distributions
or other payments  received on the Preferred  Securities  other than payments of
stated  interest that are not treated as OID. Gain or loss  recognized by a U.S.
Holder on the Preferred  Securities generally will be taxable as capital gain or
loss  (except  to the  extent  any  amount  realized  is treated as a payment of
accrued interest with respect to such U.S. Holder's pro rata share of the Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities  required to be included in income) and generally
will be long-term  capital gain or loss if the  Preferred  Securities  have been
held for more than one year.

         Should the  Corporation  exercise  its  option to defer any  payment of
interest on the Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities,  the Preferred  Securities
may trade at a price that does not fully reflect the value of accrued but unpaid
interest with respect to the underlying Junior Subordinated Debt Securities.  In
the event of such a deferral,  a  Securityholder  that disposes of its Preferred
Securities  between record dates for payments of Distributions (and consequently
does not  receive a  Distribution  from the Trust for the  period  prior to such
disposition)  will  nevertheless  be  required  to include in income as ordinary
income accrued but unpaid  interest on the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities
through the date of disposition and to add such amount to its adjusted tax basis
in its  Preferred  Securities  disposed  of Such U.S.  Holder  will  recognize a
capital loss on the  disposition  of its Preferred  Securities to the extent the
selling  price  (which may not fully  reflect  the value of  accrued  but unpaid
interest) is less than the U.S.  Holder's  adjusted  tax basis in the  Preferred
Securities (which will include accrued but unpaid interest).  Subject to certain
limited  exceptions,  capital losses cannot be applied to offset ordinary income
for United States federal income tax purposes.

Conversion of Preferred Securities

         A holder of Preferred  Securities  generally will not recognize income,
gain or loss upon the conversion, through the Conversion Agent, of its Preferred
Securities  into Common Stock. A holder will,  however,  recognize


                                       96
<PAGE>

gain upon the  receipt  of cash in lieu of a  fractional  share of Common  Stock
equal to the  amount  of cash  received  less  the  holder's  tax  basis in such
fractional  share.  A  holder's  tax basis in the  Common  Stock  received  upon
exchange and conversion will generally be equal to the holder's tax basis in the
Preferred  Securities  delivered to the Conversion  Agent for exchange less that
basis  allocated  to any  fractional  share for which  cash is  received,  and a
holder's  holding  period  in  the  Common  Stock  received  upon  exchange  and
conversion  will generally  begin on the date the holder  acquired the Preferred
Securities delivered to the Conversion Agent for exchange.

Adjustment of Conversion Price

         Treasury  Regulations  promulgated  under  Section 305 of the  Internal
Revenue Code would treat holders of Preferred  Securities  as having  received a
constructive distribution from the Corporation in the event the Conversion Price
of the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities were adjusted if (i) as a result of
such adjustment,  the proportionate  interest (measured by the quantum of Common
Stock into or for which the Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities are convertible
or  exchangeable)  of the holders of the  Preferred  Securities in the assets or
earnings and profits of the Corporation were increased,  and (ii) the adjustment
was not made  pursuant  to a bona  fide,  reasonable  antidilution  formula.  An
adjustment in the Conversion Price would not be considered made pursuant to such
a  formula  if the  adjustment  was  made  to  compensate  for  certain  taxable
distributions   with  respect  to  the  Common   Stock.   Thus,   under  certain
circumstances, a reduction in the Conversion Price for the holders may result in
deemed  dividend  income to holders to the extent of the current or  accumulated
earnings and profits of the  Corporation.  Holders of the  Preferred  Securities
would be  required to include  their  allocable  share of such  deemed  dividend
income in gross income but would not receive any cash related thereto.

United States Alien Holders

         For purposes of this discussion,  a "United States Alien Holder" is any
corporation,  individual, partnership, estate or trust that is, as to the United
States,  a  foreign  corporation,  a  nonresident  alien  individual,  a foreign
partnership or a nonresident fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust.

         Under current  United States federal income tax law, and subject to the
discussion of backup  withholding below: (i) payments by the Trust or any of its
paying agents to any  Securityholder who or that is a United States Alien Holder
will not be subject to United States federal  withholding tax; provided that (a)
the  Securityholder  does not actually or constructively  own 10% or more of the
total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation  entitled
to vote, (b) the Securityholder is not a controlled foreign  corporation that is
related  to the  Corporation  through  stock  ownership  and (c)  either (A) the
Securityholder  certifies to the Trust or its agent, under penalties of perjury,
that it is not a United States holder and provides its name and address or (B) a
securities clearing organization, bank or other financial institution that holds
customers'  securities  in the  ordinary  course  of its  trade or  business  (a
"Financial  Institution"),  and holds the Preferred  Security in such  capacity,
certifies  to the Trust or its agent,  under  penalties  of  perjury,  that such
statement  has been  received  from the  Securityholder  by it or by a Financial
Institution holding such security for the Securityholder and furnishes the Trust
or its agent with a copy  thereof,  and (ii) a United  States  Alien Holder of a
Preferred Security will not be subject to United States federal  withholding tax
on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of a Preferred Security.

         Recently  proposed  Internal Revenue Service Treasury  regulations (the
"Proposed  Regulations")  would provide  alternative  methods for satisfying the
certification  requirement  described  in  clause  (i)(c)  above.  The  Proposed
Regulations  also would require,  in the case of Preferred  Securities held by a
foreign partnership, that (x) the certification described in clause (i)(c) above
be provided by the partners  rather than by the foreign  partnership and (y) the
partnership  provide  certain  information,  including a United States  taxpayer
identification  number.  A  look-through  rule would apply in the case of tiered
partnerships. The Proposed Regulations are proposed to be effective for payments
made after  December  31,  1997.  There can be no  assurance  that the




                                       97
<PAGE>

Proposed  Regulations  will be  adopted or as to the  provisions  that they will
include if and when adopted in temporary or final form.

Information Reporting to Securityholders

         Generally,  income on the  Preferred  Securities  will be  reported  to
Securityholders  on Forms 1099, which forms should be mailed to  Securityholders
by January 31 following each calendar year.

Backup Withholding

         Payments  made  on,  and  proceeds  from the  sale  of,  the  Preferred
Securities  may be  subject  to a  "backup"  withholding  tax of 31%  unless the
Securityholder  complies with certain certification  requirements.  Any withheld
amounts will be allowed as a credit against the  Securityholder's  United States
federal  income tax,  provided  the  required  information  is  furnished to the
Internal Revenue Service on a timely basis.

         THE UNITED  STATES  FEDERAL  INCOME TAX  DISCUSSION  SET FORTH ABOVE IS
INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE DEPENDING UPON A
HOLDER'S  PARTICULAR  SITUATION.  HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH
RESPECT  TO THE  TAX  CONSEQUENCES  TO  THEM  OF  THE  PURCHASE,  OWNERSHIP  AND
DISPOSITION OF THE PREFERRED  SECURITIES,  INCLUDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES  UNDER
THE ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM TAX AND THE STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX LAWS AND
THE POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR OTHER TAX LAWS.


                                  UNDERWRITING

         The Underwriter,  McKinnon & Company,  Inc., 555 Main Street,  Norfolk,
Virginia,  has  agreed,  subject  to the terms and  conditions  contained  in an
Underwriting  Agreement with the Trust and the Corporation,  to sell, as selling
agent, on a best efforts basis, up to $6.0 million of Preferred Securities.  The
Trust  reserves the right to increase the  Aggregate  Liquidation  Amount by not
more than $900,000.  The  Underwriter is not obligated to purchase the Preferred
Securities if they are not sold to the public.

         The  Underwriter  has  informed the Trust and the  Corporation  that it
proposes  to sell the  Preferred  Securities  as  selling  agent for the  Trust,
subject  to prior  sale,  when,  as and if issued by the  Trust,  in part to the
public  at the  public  offering  price  set  forth  on the  cover  page of this
Prospectus and, in part,  through certain selected  dealers,  who are members of
the National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.,  to customers of such
selected  dealers at such public offering price,  for which each selected dealer
will receive a commission of $ , for each $25.00 of Preferred Securities that it
sells.  The Underwriter  reserves the right to reject any order for the purchase
of Preferred Securities through it in whole or in part.

         The public  offering is not contingent upon the occurrence of any event
or the sale of a minimum  or  maximum  number  of  Preferred  Securities.  Funds
received  by the  Underwriter  from  investors  in the public  offering  will be
deposited  with and held by the Escrow Agent in a non-interest  bearing  account
until the  closing of the public  offering.  Closing is  expected to occur on or
about , 1998.

         As the proceeds of the sale of the Preferred Securities will ultimately
be used to purchase the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities,  the Underwriting
Agreement provides that the Corporation will pay as compensation ("Underwriter's
Compensation")  an amount  directly to the  Underwriter  for its  arranging  the


                                       98
<PAGE>

investment  therein of such  proceeds  $1.00 per  Preferred  Security  (or up to
$240,000 in the aggregate) for the account of the Underwriter.

         The Underwriting Agreement provides that Corporation and the Trust will
indemnify the Underwriter  against certain  liabilities,  including  liabilities
under the  Securities  Act or  contribute  to payments  the  Underwriter  may be
required to make in respect thereof.

         The  Preferred  Securities  are a  new  issue  of  securities  with  no
established trading market. The Corporation and the Trust do not intend to apply
for  listing  of the  Preferred  Securities  on  any  securities  exchange.  The
Corporation and the Trust have been advised by the Underwriter  that it may make
a market in the Preferred Securities. The Underwriter, however, is not obligated
to make a market in the  Preferred  Securities  and may  discontinue  any market
making at any time without  notice.  Neither the  Corporation  nor the Trust can
provide any assurance that a secondary market for the Preferred  Securities will
develop.

         The Underwriter provides or has provided investment banking services to
the Corporation from time to time in the ordinary course of business.


                             VALIDITY OF SECURITIES

         Certain  matters  of  Delaware  law  relating  to the  validity  of the
Preferred Securities, the enforceability of the Declaration and the formation of
the Trust will be passed upon by  Richards,  Layton & Finger,  special  Delaware
counsel to the  Corporation  and the Trust.  The validity of the Guarantee,  the
Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities,  the Common Stock issuable upon conversion
of the  Preferred  Securities  and certain  matters  relating  to United  States
federal income tax  considerations,  will be passed upon for the  Corporation by
Williams,  Mullen,  Christian & Dobbins,  P.C.,  Richmond,  Virginia.  Williams,
Mullen, Christian & Dobbins, P.C. will rely on the opinion of Richards, Layton &
Finger as to matters of Delaware law.


                                   ACCOUNTANTS
                                    
         The consolidated  balance sheets of Guaranty Financial  Corporation and
subsidiary  as of  December  31,  1997 and 1996,  and the  related  consolidated
statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the year ended
December  31, 1997 and the six months ended  December 31, 1996,  and for each of
the two years in the period ended June 30, 1996 are included  herein in reliance
on the report of BDO Seidman, LLP, independent certified public accountants, and
upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


                                       99
<PAGE>










                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary





                                                            Financial Statements
                                           For the Year Ended December 31, 1997,
                                      the Six Months Ended December 31, 1996 and
                                          the Years Ended June 30, 1996 and 1995

<PAGE>


                         GUARANTY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY

                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


<S>                                                                                                   <C>
Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants                                                        F-3

Consolidated Financial Statements

  Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1996                                                         F-4

  Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1997 and
    June 30, 1996 and 1995 and the six months ended December 31, 1996                               F-5 - F-6

  Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 1997
    and June 30, 1996 and 1995 and the six months ended December 31, 1996.                                F-7

  Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1997 and June 30, 1996
    and 1995 and the six months ended December 31, 1996                                            F-8 - F-10


Summary of Accounting Policies                                                                    F-11 - F-17

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                                        F-18 - F-39


</TABLE>




                                                                             F-2
<PAGE>

Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Guaranty Financial Corporation
Charlottesville, Virginia

We  have  audited  the  consolidated   balance  sheets  of  Guaranty   Financial
Corporation  and  subsidiary  as of December 31, 1997 and 1996,  and the related
consolidated statements of operations,  stockholders' equity, and cash flows for
the year ended December 31, 1997 and the six months ended December 31, 1996, and
for each of the two years in the period  ended June 30,  1996.  These  financial
statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Corporation's   management.   Our
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated  financial
statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  consolidated  financial  position  of
Guaranty Financial  Corporation and subsidiary as of December 31, 1997 and 1996,
and the  results  of their  operations  and their  cash flows for the year ended
December  31, 1997,  the six months ended  December 31, 1996 and for each of the
two  years in the  period  ended  June 30,  1996 in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting principles.

As  explained  in  the  Summary  of  Accounting  Policies,   Guaranty  Financial
Corporation  adopted  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 122 and
Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No. 109 in the years ended June 30,
1996 and 1995, respectively.




                                                     BDO Seidman, LLP
Richmond, Virginia
January 30, 1998



                                                                             F-3
<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

December 31,                                                                     1997               1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>        
    Assets

Cash and cash equivalents                                                $  5,916,504       $  6,076,315
Investment securities (Notes 1 and 7)
  Held-to-maturity                                                          2,845,560          3,156,857
  Available for sale                                                       11,523,908                  -
  Trading                                                                   1,032,188         16,736,295
Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at
  cost (Note 9)                                                               860,100          1,360,200
Other investments                                                              79,000                  -
Loans receivable, net (Notes 2 and 11)                                     99,674,549         81,270,173
Accrued interest receivable                                                   844,212            671,211
Real estate owned                                                              64,985             50,964
Office properties and equipment, net (Note 3)                               5,999,778          4,946,153
Other assets (Note 2)                                                       1,867,693          1,751,757
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------








                                                                         $130,708,477       $116,019,925
========================================================================================================
</TABLE>





                                                                               
<PAGE>




                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                                     Consolidated Balance Sheets


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

December 31,                                                                                     1997               1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
<S>                                                                                      <C>                <C>        
Liabilities
  Deposits (Note 4)                                                                      $112,947,012        $81,401,071
  Bonds payable (Notes 1 and 7)                                                             2,360,083          2,705,813
  Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank (Note 9)                                                     -         17,500,000
  Securities sold under agreement to repurchase (Notes 1 and 8)                             2,989,000          6,681,000
  Accrued interest payable                                                                     58,404             60,989
  Income taxes payable (Note 10)                                                              181,100                  -
  Prepayments by borrowers for taxes and insurance                                             80,824            105,901
  Other liabilities                                                                           231,900            989,402
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total liabilities                                                                         118,848,323        109,444,176
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 12, 14 and 15)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Stockholders'  Equity (Notes 13 and 14) 
  Preferred stock, par value $1 per share, 500,000 shares
    authorized, none issued
  Common stock, par value $1.25 per share, 4,000,000 shares  
    authorized, 1,501,383, and 924,008 shares issued and
    outstanding                                                                             1,876,729          1,155,010
  Additional paid-in capital                                                                5,724,954          1,975,695
  Unrealized gain on available for sale securities (Note 1)                                    50,971                  -
  Retained earnings - substantially restricted                                              4,207,500          3,445,044
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total stockholders' equity                                                                 11,860,154          6,575,749
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                         $130,708,477       $116,019,925
========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See  accompanying  summary  of  accounting  policies  and notes to  consolidated
financial statements.




                                                                             F-4
<PAGE>

                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                           Consolidated Statements of Operations

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Year Ended       Six Months Ended              
                                                       December 31,       December 31,            Year Ended June 30,
                                                          1997               1996                1996             1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>               <C>                 <C>              <C>       
Interest income
  Loans                                                $7,584,732        $3,454,559          $6,441,903       $5,897,002
  Mortgage-backed securities                            1,045,831           564,079             652,639          495,620
  Investment securities                                   889,245           254,833             498,686          383,555
  Trading account assets                                        -             2,911              23,390           12,176
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total interest income                                   9,519,808         4,276,382           7,616,618        6,788,353
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Interest expense
  Deposits                                              4,922,258         1,960,029           3,132,660        2,439,585
  Borrowings (Notes 7, 8 and 9)                         1,116,152           979,936           2,059,402        2,223,267
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total interest expense                                  6,038,410         2,939,965           5,192,062        4,662,852
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net interest income                                     3,481,398         1,336,417           2,424,556        2,125,501

Provision (credit) for loan losses
  (Note 2)                                                122,320            91,850              56,665          (9,443)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net interest income after
  provision for loan losses                             3,359,078         1,244,567           2,367,891        2,134,944
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Other income
  Loan fees and servicing income                          456,515           266,505             610,020          651,852
  Net gain on sale of loans
    and securities                                      1,067,348            72,547             242,866              206
  Service charges on checking                             166,072            52,058              90,156           77,542
  Other                                                   177,837            70,977             164,090          142,034
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total other income                                      1,867,772           462,087           1,107,132          871,634
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                                                    continued...



                                                                             F-5
<PAGE>


                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                           Consolidated Statements of Operations
                                                                     (continued)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Year Ended       Six Months Ended             
                                                       December 31,        December 31,           Year Ended June 30,
                                                          1997                1996               1996            1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>               <C>                 <C>             <C>       
Other expenses
  Personnel (Notes 14 and 15)                          $2,010,794        $  748,083          $1,013,674      $1,194,410
  Occupancy (Note 12)                                     523,502           131,593             302,139         310,114
  Data processing (Note 12)                               422,851           165,548             257,038         210,110
  BIF/SAIF premium disparity                   
    assessment                                                  -           346,851                 -                 -
  Deposit insurance premiums                               87,298           100,908             190,263         195,818
  Other                                                   798,650           223,553             724,321         619,373
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total other expenses                                    3,843,095         1,716,536           2,487,435       2,529,825
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss) before income                    
  taxes                                                 1,383,755            (9,882)            987,588         476,753
                                               
Provision for income taxes (Note 10)                      486,040            (3,500)            344,338         100,508
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net income (loss)                                      $  897,715        $   (6,382)         $  643,250      $  376,245
=======================================================================================================================

Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share                   $      .61        $     (.01)         $      .70      $      .70
=======================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See  accompanying  summary  of  accounting  policies  and notes to  consolidated
financial statements.





                                                                             F-6
<PAGE>                                         

                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                    Unrealized                      
                                                                   Additional     Gain (Loss) on                           Total
                                                    Common           Paid-in       Available for       Retained        Stockholders'
                                                     Stock           Capital      Sale Securities      Earnings           Equity
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                              <C>              <C>              <C>                <C>              <C>       
Balance, June 30, 1994                           $  671,460       $  335,730       $        -         $2,524,089       $ 3,531,279

Stock options exercised
  (Note 14)                                          23,000           57,200                -                  -            80,200
Issuance of common stock
  (Note 13)                                         450,000        1,578,015                -                  -         2,028,015
Net income                                                -                -                -            376,245           376,245
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance, June 30, 1995                            1,144,460        1,970,945                -          2,900,334         6,015,739

Stock options exercised
  (Note 14)                                           4,500           10,800                -                  -            15,300
Cash dividend                                             -                -                -            (45,958)          (45,958)
Unrealized loss on available for
  sale securities (Note 1)                                -                -         (279,182)                 -          (279,182)
Net income                                                -                -                -            643,250           643,250
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance, June 30, 1996                            1,148,960        1,981,745         (279,182)         3,497,626         6,349,149

Cash dividend                                             -                -                -            (46,200)          (46,200)
Realized loss on available
  for sale securities (Note 1)                            -                -          279,182                  -           279,182
Stock options exercised (Note 14)                    12,500           32,000                -                  -            44,500
Repurchase of common stock                           (6,450)         (38,050)               -                  -           (44,500)
Net loss                                                  -                -                -             (6,382)           (6,382)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance, December 31, 1996                        1,155,010        1,975,695                -          3,445,044         6,575,749

Issuance of common stock (Note 13)                  718,750        3,752,228                -                  -         4,470,978
Cash dividend                                             -                -                -           (135,259)         (135,259)
Unrealized gain on available for
  sale securities (Note 1)                                -                -           50,971                  -            50,971
Stock options exercised (Note 14)                     5,000           14,520                -                  -            19,520
Repurchase of common stock                           (2,031)         (17,489)               -                  -           (19,520)
Net income                                                -                -                -            897,715           897,715
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance, December 31, 1997                       $1,876,729       $5,724,954       $   50,971         $4,207,500       $11,860,154
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See  accompanying  summary  of  accounting  policies  and notes to  consolidated
financial statements.




                                                                             F-7
<PAGE>

                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                           Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Year Ended         Six Months Ended             
                                                      December 31,          December 31,                 Year Ended June 30,
                                                          1997                  1996                  1996               1995
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>                   <C>                  <C>                  <C>        
Operating activities
  Net income (loss)                                  $    897,715          $     (6,382)        $     643,250        $    376,245
  Adjustments to reconcile net
    income (loss) to net cash
    provided (absorbed) by
    operating activities
      Provision (credit) for loan losses                  122,320                91,850                56,665              (9,443)
      Depreciation and amortization                       354,005                76,160                95,511              93,775
      Amortization of deferred loan fees                  (89,564)              (63,841)             (136,086)           (123,528)
      Net amortization of premiums
        and accretion of discounts                         64,154                84,606               199,060              54,822
      Loss (gain) on sale of loans                       (518,736)             (216,537)             (204,901)             60,367
      Originations of loans held
        for sale                                      (24,280,323)          (11,773,561)           (7,203,819)        (11,765,459)
      Proceeds from sale of loans                      24,799,059            11,822,300             7,160,241          11,825,826
      Gain on sale of
        mortgage-backed securities                       (236,761)             (111,039)                    -             (36,418)
      Originations of loans securitized                         -                     -                     -          (5,596,082)
      Purchase of mortgage backed
        securities                                    (24,754,127)          (23,980,081)                    -                   -
      Proceeds from sale of
        mortgage-backed securities                     24,990,888            17,844,790                     -           5,415,983
      Gain on sale of securities
        available for sale                               (147,433)                    -              (101,685)                  -
      Gain on disposal of office
        properties and equipment                                -                     -                (1,341)             (1,806)
      (Gain) loss on sale of trading
        account securities                                 (5,520)              255,030                63,720             (24,155)
      Purchases of trading account
        securities                                    (73,838,893)          (36,330,973)         (107,346,227)        (43,113,114)
      Sales of trading account
        securities                                     89,548,520            35,305,544           107,282,507          43,137,269
</TABLE>

                                                                    continued...




                                                                             F-8
<PAGE>


                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                           Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                                                                     (continued)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Year Ended          Six Months Ended
                                                      December 31,           December 31,                Year Ended June 30,
                                                          1997                   1996                  1996               1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>                   <C>                  <C>                  <C>           
Operating activities (cont'd)
      Changes in
        Accrued interest receivable                  $   (173,001)         $      40,631        $     (127,600)      $     (27,424)
        Other assets                                     (115,936)               (24,917)             (442,298)           (192,025)
        Accrued interest payable                          (15,698)               (38,308)               13,018             (21,951)
        Income taxes                                      214,100                 (3,000)                    -             (87,000)
        Prepayments by borrowers
          for taxes and insurance                         (25,077)               (39,829)             (160,616)            181,671
        Other liabilities                                (777,389)            (1,141,898)              689,882            (592,864)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net cash provided (absorbed)
  by operating activities                              16,012,303             (8,209,455)              479,281            (445,311)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investing activities
  Net (increase) decrease in
    loans                                             (18,451,153)             2,880,494           (8,486,970)           2,484,824
  Principal repayments on held
    to maturity securities                                309,815                776,007              998,457            1,260,076
  Purchase of securities
    available for sale                                (33,334,183)                     -          (28,399,062)                   -
  Proceeds from sales of
    securities available for sale                      21,929,679                      -           18,507,960                    -
  Sale of FHLB stock                                      500,100                      -                    -               77,300
  Proceeds from sale of office
    properties and equipment                                    -                      -                4,522               15,389
  Purchases of office properties
    and equipment                                      (1,407,630)            (1,515,180)          (3,186,982)            (152,668)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net cash provided (absorbed)
  by investing activities                             (30,453,372)             2,141,321          (20,562,075)           3,684,921
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                                                    continued...




                                                                             F-9
<PAGE>

                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                           Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                                                                     (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Year Ended         Six Months Ended
                                                      December 31,          December 31,               Year Ended June 30,
                                                          1997                  1996                 1996                1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                   <C>                  <C>                   <C>                  <C>         
Financing activities
  Net increase (decrease)
    in deposits                                       $31,545,941          $ 6,713,625           $22,226,807          $(1,006,244)
  Repayment of Federal Home
    Loan Bank advances                                (21,000,000)         (10,000,000)          (31,510,000)         (15,200,000)
  Proceeds from Federal Home
    Loan Bank advances                                  3,500,000           10,000,000            23,960,000           16,300,000
  Principal payments on bonds
    payable, including
    unapplied payments                                   (408,402)            (531,459)             (988,607)            (968,556)
  Increase (decrease) in
    securities sold under
    agreements to repurchase                           (3,692,000)             577,000             6,104,000                    -
  Proceeds from issuance of
    common stock                                        4,470,978                    -                15,300            2,108,215
  Dividends paid                                         (135,259)             (46,200)              (45,958)                   -
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net cash provided
  by financing activities                              14,281,258            6,712,966            19,761,542            1,233,415
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Increase (decrease) in cash
  and cash equivalents                                   (159,811)             644,832              (321,252)           4,473,025

Cash and cash equivalents,
  beginning of period                                   6,076,315            5,431,483             5,752,735            1,279,710
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cash and cash equivalents,
  end of period                                       $ 5,916,504          $ 6,076,315           $ 5,431,483          $ 5,752,735
===================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See  accompanying  summary  of  accounting  policies  and notes to  consolidated
financial statements.




                                                                            F-10
<PAGE>


                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                                  Summary of Accounting Policies




Nature of Business       Guaranty  Financial  Corporation (the "Parent Company")
and Regulatory           is a bank holding  company whose principal asset is its
Environment              wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Guaranty  Bank (the "Bank").
                         The Bank  provides a full range of banking  services to
                         individual and corporate customers.  In these financial
                         statements,  the  consolidated  group  is  referred  to
                         collectively as the "Corporation".   

                         At June 30, 1997, the Bank was converted from a federal
                         savings  association  to a Virginia  chartered  Federal
                         Reserve  member  bank.  As a  result,  the  Corporation
                         changed their year end from June 30, to December 31.

                         The Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation  ("FDIC") is
                         the federal deposit  insurance  administrator  for both
                         banks and savings  associations.  The FDIC has specific
                         authority to prescribe and enforce such regulations and
                         issue  such  orders as it deems  necessary  to  prevent
                         actions or  practices by  financial  institutions  that
                         pose a  serious  threat  to  the  Bank  Insurance  Fund
                         ("BIF").

                         Pursuant to the Economic Growth and Paperwork Reduction
                         Act of 1996  (the  "Act"),  the FDIC  imposed a special
                         assessment  on  Savings   Association   Insurance  Fund
                         ("SAIF") members to capitalize the SAIF to a designated
                         reserve  level.  Prior to the  Bank's  conversion  to a
                         state  chartered  bank,  it was a  member  of SAIF  and
                         therefore,  subject  to the  SAIF  special  assessment.
                         Based on the Bank's  deposits as of March 31, 1995, the
                         date for measuring the special assessment, the Bank was
                         assessed  approximately  $347,000 during the six months
                         ended December 31, 1996. 

Principles of            The  consolidated   financial  statements  include  the
Consolidation            accounts of Guaranty Financial Corporation and Guaranty
                         Bank, (a wholly-owned  subsidiary),  and GMSC, Inc. and
                         Guaranty Investment Corp., wholly-owned subsidiaries of
                         the  Bank.  All  material   intercompany  accounts  and
                         transactions have been eliminated in the consolidation.

Reorganization           On December 29, 1995,  the Bank and the Parent  Company
                         consummated  the  reorganization  of  the  Bank  into a
                         unitary-thrift  holding company  structure  whereby the
                         Bank became the  wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Parent
                         Company.  Each outstanding share of the common stock of
                         the Bank  became one share of the  common  stock of the
                         Parent Company. This transaction was accounted for as a
                         pooling of interests.



                                                                            F-11
<PAGE>

                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                                  Summary of Accounting Policies
                                                                     (continued)




Estimates                The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity
                         with generally accepted accounting  principles requires
                         management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that
                         affect the reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities
                         at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  the
                         reported  amounts of revenues and  expenses  during the
                         reporting  period.  Actual  results  could  differ from
                         those estimates.                   
                         
Investment Securities    In May 1993, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board
                         issued Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No.
                         115 ("SFAS 115"),  "Accounting for Certain  Investments
                         in Debt and Equity Securities". The Corporation adopted
                         the  provisions  of SFAS 115 during the year ended June
                         30, 1995.  The adoption of this Statement had no effect
                         on the operations of the Corporation. SFAS 115 requires
                         that  investments in securities are to be classified as
                         either  held-to-maturity,  trading,  or  available  for
                         sale.

                         Investments   in   debt   securities    classified   as
                         held-to-maturity  are  stated  at  cost,  adjusted  for
                         amortization  of premiums  and  accretion  of discounts
                         using the level yield method. Management has a positive
                         intent and ability to hold these securities to maturity
                         and,   accordingly,   adjustments   are  not  made  for
                         temporary   declines  in  their   market   value  below
                         amortized  cost.  Investment  in Federal Home Loan Bank
                         stock is stated at cost.

                         Investments in debt and equity securities classified as
                         available-for-sale  are  stated  at market  value  with
                         unrealized  holding  gains  and  losses  excluded  from
                         earnings  and  reported  as  a  separate  component  of
                         stockholders'   equity,   net  of  tax  effect,   until
                         realized.

                         Investments in debt and equity securities classified as
                         trading are stated at market value.  Unrealized holding
                         gains and losses for trading securities are included in
                         the statement of operations.

                         Gains  and  losses  on  the  sale  of  securities   are
                         determined  using the specific  identification  method.
                         

Options                  Premiums  received for writing put and call options are
                         recorded  as a  liability  and are taken into income if
                         the option is closed prior to maturity or expires. Upon
                         exercise  of the  option,  the premium is treated as an
                         adjustment to the basis of the underlying security.

Loans Held for           Mortgage loans  originated and intended for sale in the
Sale                     secondary  market  are  carried at the lower of cost or
                         estimated market value in the aggregate. Net unrealized
                         losses are recognized through a valuation  allowance by
                         charges to income.                                     

                         The Corporation had  approximately  $9,200,000 of loans
                         held for  sale at  December  31,  1997.  The  estimated
                         market value of these loans  exceeded the carrying cost
                         at December 31, 1997. The Corporation had no loans held
                         for sale at December 31, 1996.




                                                                            F-12
<PAGE>


                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                                  Summary of Accounting Policies
                                                                     (continued)




Loans Receivable         Loans  receivable  that  management  has the intent and
                         ability  to hold for the  foreseeable  future  or until
                         maturity or pay-off are  reported at their  outstanding
                         principal  adjusted for any charge-offs,  the allowance
                         for  loan  losses,  and any  deferred  fees or costs on
                         originated loans and unamortized  premiums or discounts
                         on purchased loans.                                    

                         Loans receivable  consists  primarily of long-term real
                         estate loans  secured by first deeds of trust on single
                         family   residences,    other   residential   property,
                         commercial  property,  construction  and  land  located
                         primarily in the state of Virginia.  Interest income on
                         mortgage   loans  is   recorded   when  earned  and  is
                         recognized  based  on  the  level  yield  method.   The
                         Corporation  provides an allowance for accrued interest
                         deemed to be  uncollectible,  which is  netted  against
                         accrued interest receivable in the consolidated balance
                         sheets.

                         The Corporation  defers loan origination and commitment
                         fees, net of certain direct loan origination costs, and
                         the net  deferred  fees  are  amortized  into  interest
                         income  over the  lives of the  related  loans as yield
                         adjustments.  Any  unamortized  net fees on loans fully
                         repaid or sold are  recognized as income in the year of
                         repayment or sale.    

Sale of Loans            The  Corporation  is able to generate  funds by selling
and Participation        loans and  participations  in loans to the Federal Home
in Loans                 Loan  Mortgage  Corporation   ("FHLMC")  and  to  other
                         insured  investors.   Under   participation   servicing
                         agreements,  the  Corporation  continues to service the
                         loans  and  the   participant  is  paid  its  share  of
                         principal and interest collections.

                         Effective  July  1,  1995,  the   Corporation   adopted
                         Statement of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 122
                         ("SFAS 122"), "Accounting for Mortgage Servicing Rights
                         an  Amendment  of FASB  Statement  No.  65".  SFAS  122
                         requires  entities to allocate the cost of acquiring or
                         originating   mortgage   loans   between  the  mortgage
                         servicing rights and the loans, based on their relative
                         fair values, if the bank sells or securitizes the loans
                         and retains the mortgage servicing rights. In addition,
                         SFAS 122  requires  entities to assess its  capitalized
                         mortgage  servicing  rights for impairment based on the
                         fair value of those rights.





                                                                            F-13
<PAGE>

                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                                  Summary of Accounting Policies
                                                                     (continued)




Sale of Loans            The cost of mortgage  servicing  rights is amortized in
and Participation        proportion  to, and over the period of,  estimated  net
in Loans                 servicing  revenues.  Impairment of mortgage  servicing
(continued)              rights  is  assessed  based on the fair  value of those
                         rights. Fair values are estimated using discounted cash
                         flows  based on a current  market  interest  rate.  For
                         purposes  of  measuring  impairment,   the  rights  are
                         stratified    based    on    the    predominant    risk
                         characteristics  of the underlying loans. The amount of
                         impairment  recognized  is  the  amount  by  which  the
                         capitalized  mortgage  servicing  rights  for a stratum
                         exceed their fair value.   
                                                                         
                         

Allowance for            The  allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level
Possible Loan            considered  by  management  to be  adequate  to  absorb
Losses                   future  loan  losses  currently  inherent  in the  loan
                         portfolio.  Management's  assessment of the adequacy of
                         the allowance is based upon type and volume of the loan
                         portfolio,  past loan  loss  experience,  existing  and
                         anticipated  economic  conditions,  and  other  factors
                         which deserve current  recognition in estimating future
                         loan losses.  Additions to the allowance are charged to
                         operations.  Loans are charged-off  partially or wholly
                         at the time management determines collectibility is not
                         probable.  Management's  assessment  of the adequacy of
                         the allowance is subject to evaluation  and  adjustment
                         by the Corporation's regulators.

                         Loans are generally  placed on  nonaccrual  status when
                         the  collection  of principal or interest is 90 days or
                         more past due, or earlier if  collection  is  uncertain
                         based upon an evaluation of the value of the underlying
                         collateral and the financial  strength of the borrower.
                         Loans may be  reinstated  to  accrual  status  when all
                         payments  are  brought  current  and, in the opinion of
                         management,  collection of the remaining balance can be
                         reasonably  expected.  Loans  greater than 90 days past
                         due  may  remain  on  accrual   status  if   management
                         determines  it has  adequate  collateral  to cover  the
                         principal and interest.

                         A loan is considered to be impaired when it is probable
                         that the  Corporation  will be  unable to  collect  all
                         principal  and  interest   amounts   according  to  the
                         contractual  terms of the loan agreement.  A performing
                         loan may be considered impaired. The allowance for loan
                         losses  related  to loans  identified  as  impaired  is
                         primarily  based on the  excess of the  loan's  current
                         outstanding  principal  balance over the estimated fair
                         market value of the related collateral. For a loan that
                         is not collateral-dependent,  the allowance is recorded
                         at  the  amount  by  which  the  outstanding  principal
                         balance exceeds the current best estimate of the future
                         cash  flows  on  the  loan  discounted  at  the  loan's
                         original effective interest rate.




                                                                            F-14
<PAGE>

                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                                  Summary of Accounting Policies
                                                                     (continued)




Allowance for            For impaired loans that are on nonaccrual status,  cash
Possible Loan            payments  received are generally  applied to reduce the
Losses                   outstanding  principal  balance.   However,  all  or  a
(continued)              portion of a cash payment received on a nonaccrual loan
                         may be  recognized  as  interest  income to the  extent
                         allowed  by  the  loan  contract,  assuming  management
                         expects  to  fully  collect  the  remaining   principal
                         balance on the loan.                   

Real Estate              Real estate acquired  through  foreclosure is initially
Owned                    recorded  at the  lower  of fair  value,  less  selling
                         costs,  or the  balance of the loan on the  property at
                         date of foreclosure.  Costs relating to the development
                         and  improvement of property are  capitalized,  whereas
                         those  relating to holding the  property are charged to
                         expense.

                         Valuations  are  periodically  performed by management,
                         and an allowance for losses is  established by a charge
                         to  operations  if the  carrying  value  of a  property
                         exceeds its estimated  fair value,  less selling costs.
                           

Securities Sold          The Corporation  enters into sales of securities  under
Under Agreements         agreements    to   repurchase    (reverse    repurchase
to Repurchase            agreements). Fixed-coupon reverse repurchase agreements
                         are  treated  as  financings,  and the  obligations  to
                         repurchase securities sold are reflected as a liability
                         in the consolidated statements of condition. The dollar
                         amount of securities  underlying the agreements  remain
                         in the asset accounts.  

Office Properties        Office properties and equipment are stated at cost less
and Equipment            accumulated  depreciation and amortization.  Provisions
                         for  depreciation  and  amortization are computed using
                         the  straight-line  method  over the  estimated  useful
                         lives  of the  individual  assets  or the  terms of the
                         related leases, if shorter, for leasehold improvements.
                         Expenditures  for  betterments  and major  renewals are
                         capitalized  and ordinary  maintenance  and repairs are
                         charged to expense as incurred. 

Income Taxes             Deferred  income  taxes  are  recognized  for  the  tax
                         consequences  of  "temporary  differences"  by applying
                         enacted  statutory tax rates applicable to future years
                         to differences between the financial statement carrying
                         amounts  and the  tax  bases  of  existing  assets  and
                         liabilities.

                         For tax  years  beginning  prior to  January  1,  1996,
                         savings banks that met certain  definitional  tests and
                         other  conditions  prescribed  by the Internal  Revenue
                         Code were allowed,  within limitations,  to deduct from
                         taxable  income an  allowance  for bad debts  using the
                         "percentage of taxable income"  method.  The cumulative
                         bad debt  reserve,  upon which no taxes have been paid,
                         was approximately $926,000 at December 31, 1997.




                                                                            F-15
<PAGE>

                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                                  Summary of Accounting Policies
                                                                     (continued)




Income Taxes             Section 1616 of the Small  Business Job  Protection Act
(continued)              of 1996 (the "Act")  repealed the percentage of taxable
                         income  method  of  computing  bad  debt  reserve,  and
                         requires the recapture  into taxable  income of "excess
                         reserves",  on a ratable basis over the next six years.
                         Excess reserves are defined,  in general, as the excess
                         of the balance of the tax bad debt  reserve  (using the
                         percentage of taxable income method) as of the close of
                         the last tax year beginning before January 1, 1996 over
                         the  balance of the reserve as of the close of the last
                         tax  year   beginning   before  January  1,  1988.  The
                         recapture   of  the   reserves   is   deferred  if  the
                         Corporation  meets the "residential  loan  requirement"
                         exception, during either or both of the first two years
                         beginning after December 31, 1995. The residential loan
                         requirement is met, in general, if the principal amount
                         of residential loans made by the Corporation during the
                         year is not less than the Corporation's  "base amount".
                         The  base  amount  is  defined  as the  average  of the
                         principal  amounts of residential loans made during the
                         six most recent tax years  beginning  before January 1,
                         1996.                                                  

                         As a result of the Act, the Corporation  must recapture
                         into taxable income approximately $354,000 ratably over
                         the next six years,  beginning December 31, 1998, since
                         the Corporation met the  residential  loan  requirement
                         exemption for the period ended December 31, 1997. 

Basic and Diluted        Basic  earnings  per share  includes no dilution and is
Earnings Per Share       computed  by  dividing   income   available  to  common
                         shareholders  by the weighted  average number of common
                         shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per
                         share  reflects the  potential  dilution of  securities
                         that could  share in the  earnings  of an  entity.  The
                         weighted  average  number of  shares  of  common  stock
                         outstanding  were 1,466,843 for the year ended December
                         31,  1997 and 920,681  for the six month  period  ended
                         December  31,  1996,  and  917,668  and 541,768 for the
                         years  ended  June 30,  1996,  and 1995,  respectively.
                         

Statements of Cash       Cash and cash  equivalents  include  Federal funds sold
Flows                    with  original  maturities  of  three  months  or less.
                         Interest paid was approximately $6,060,000 for the year
                         ended  December  31,  1997 and  $2,978,000  for the six
                         month period ended  December 31, 1996,  and  $5,179,000
                         and  $4,685,000  for the years  ended June 30, 1996 and
                         1995,  respectively.  Cash  paid for  income  taxes was
                         approximately  $350,000 for the year ended December 31,
                         1997  and  $277,000  for the  six  month  period  ended
                         December  31,  1996,  and  $180,000 and $42,000 for the
                         years ended June 30, 1996 and 1995, respectively. There
                         was no real estate  acquired in settlement of loans for
                         the six month  period  ended  December  31,  1996,  and
                         approximately  $64,000,  $33,000 and  $122,000  for the
                         years  ended  December  31,  1997 and June 30, 1996 and
                         1995, respectively.





                                                                            F-16
<PAGE>

                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                                  Summary of Accounting Policies
                                                                     (continued)




Reclassifications        Certain  reclassifications  have been made in the prior
                         year  consolidated  financial  statements  and notes to
                         conform to the  December  31,  1997  presentation.   
 
New Accounting           In February  1997, the Financial  Accounting  Standards
Pronouncements           Board  issued   Statement   of   Financial   Accounting
                         Standards  No. 128,  "Earnings  per Share ("SFAS 128").
                         SFAS  128  is  effective  for   financial   statements,
                         including  interim  periods,  issued for periods ending
                         after December 15, 1997.  SFAS 128 provides a different
                         method  for  calculating  earnings  per  share  than is
                         currently used in accordance with APB 15, "Earnings per
                         Share." SFAS 128 provides for the  calculation of Basic
                         and Diluted  earnings  per share.  Basic  earnings  per
                         share  includes no dilution and is computed by dividing
                         income available to common shareholders by the weighted
                         average  number of common  shares  outstanding  for the
                         period.   Diluted   earnings  per  share  reflects  the
                         potential  dilution of  securities  that could share in
                         earnings  of  an  entity,   similar  to  fully  diluted
                         earnings per share.

                         In June 1997, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board
                         issued Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No.
                         130, Reporting Comprehensive Income ("SFAS 130"), which
                         establishes  standards  for  reporting  and  display of
                         comprehensive  income,  its components and  accumulated
                         balances.  Comprehensive  income is  defined to include
                         all  changes  in equity  except  those  resulting  from
                         investments  by owners  and  distributions  to  owners.
                         Among other  disclosures,  SFAS 130  requires  that all
                         items that are required to be recognized  under current
                         accounting  standards as  components  of  comprehensive
                         income be  reported in a  financial  statement  that is
                         displayed with the same  prominence as other  financial
                         statements.   SFAS  130  is  effective   for  financial
                         statements  for periods  beginning  after  December 15,
                         1997 and requires  comparative  information for earlier
                         years to be  restated.  Management  does not expect the
                         application  of this  pronouncement  to have a material
                         effect on the financisal statements of the Corporation.





                                                                            F-17
<PAGE>


                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements




1.   Investment          A summary of the carrying  value and  estimated  market
     Securities          value of investment securities is as follows:          
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         December 31, 1997
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Gross           Gross         Estimated
                                                    Amortized     Unrealized      Unrealized        Market
                                                      Cost          Gains          Losses           Value
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>               <C>            <C>           <C>        
                         Held to Maturity

                           Mortgage-backed                       
                            securities            $ 2,745,560      $ 13,440        $     -       $ 2,759,000
                           Other                      100,000             -              -           100,000
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                    2,845,560        13,440              -         2,859,000
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Available for sale

                           Bonds                   11,415,793        66,590          8,444        11,473,939
                           US Government
                            obligations                49,836           133              -            49,969
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                   11,465,629        66,723          8,444        11,523,908
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Trading

                           US Government
                            obligations             1,030,625         1,563              -         1,032,188
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                    1,030,625         1,563              -         1,032,188
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                  $15,341,814       $81,726         $8,444       $15,415,096
                         ===================================================================================
</TABLE>





                                                                            F-18
<PAGE>


                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                     (continued)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


1.   Investment          December 31, 1996                                                                    
     Securities          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
     (continued)                                                     Gross           Gross        Estimated   
                                                    Amortized     Unrealized      Unrealized       Market     
                                                      Cost           Gains          Losses          Value     
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>              <C>           <C>          
                         Held to Maturity                                                                     
                           Mortgage-backed                                                                    
                            securities            $ 3,156,857     $ 192,143        $      -      $ 3,349,000  
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  

                                                    3,156,857       192,143               -        3,349,000  
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  

                         Trading                                                                              
                           Mortgage-backed                                                                    
                            securities             16,936,529            -          200,234       16,736,295  
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  

                                                   16,936,529           -           200,234       16,736,295  
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  

                                                  $20,093,386     $ 192,143       $ 200,234      $20,085,295  
                         ===================================================================================  
</TABLE>

                         The  amortized  cost  and  estimated  market  value  of
                         investment  securities at December 31, 1997 by maturity
                         is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                   Estimated
                                                                                    Amortized        Market
                                                                                       Cost          Value
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                               <C>            <C>        
                         Held to Maturity
                           Mortgage-backed securities                             $ 2,745,560    $ 2,759,000
                           Other                                                      100,000        100,000
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         
                                                                                    2,845,560      2,859,000
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Available for Sale
                           Due in one year or less                                    149,836        149,969
                           Due in one through five years                            1,013,547      1,015,000
                           Due after five years                                    10,302,246     10,358,939
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                   11,465,629     11,523,908
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                  $14,311,189    $14,382,908
                         ===================================================================================
</TABLE>





                                                                            F-19
<PAGE>

                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                     (continued)




1.   Investment          Proceeds  from sales of  securities  available for sale
     Securities          was  approximately   $21,930,000  for  the  year  ended
     (continued)         December  31, 1997 and  $18,508,000  for the year ended
                         June  30,  1996.  The   Corporation  had  no  sales  of
                         available for sale securities  during the period ending
                         December  31,  1996.   Gross  gains  of   approximately
                         $147,400  and  $101,700  were  realized  on those sales
                         during the years ended  December  31, 1997 and June 30,
                         1996, respectively.                                    
 
                         Proceeds  from  the  sale  of  trading  securities  was
                         approximately  $89,549,000  for the year ended December
                         31,  1997  and  $35,306,000  for the six  months  ended
                         December 31, 1996, and $107,346,000,and $43,113,000 for
                         the years ended June 30, 1996, and 1995,  respectively.
                         Gross gains of approximately  $134,000 and gross losses
                         of approximately  $128,000 were realized on those sales
                         for the year ended  December 31,  1997.  Gross gains of
                         approximately  $9,900 and gross losses of approximately
                         $265,000  were  realized  on  those  sales  for the six
                         months  ended   December  31,  1996.   Gross  gains  of
                         approximately  $209,000,  and $142,600 and gross losses
                         of approximately  $272,700,  and $118,400 were realized
                         on those sales during the years ended June 30, 1996 and
                         1995, respectively.

                         Proceeds  from the sale of mortgage  backed  securities
                         was  approximately   $24,991,000  for  the  year  ended
                         December 31, 1997 and  $17,845,000,  and $5,416,000 and
                         for the six months ended December 31, 1996 and the year
                         ended  June  30,  1995,  respectively.  Gross  gains of
                         approximately $237,000 were realized on those sales for
                         the year ended  December  31,  1997 and  $111,000,  and
                         $40,000 were realized on those sales for the six months
                         ended  December  31,  1996 and the year  ended June 30,
                         1995,  respectively.  Gross  losses  on  the  sales  of
                         mortgage-backed  securities  were $0 for the year ended
                         December  31,  1997,  $0 and  $4,000 for the six months
                         ended  December  31,  1996 and the years ended June 30,
                         1995,  respectively.  The  Corporation  had no sales of
                         mortgage backed  securities  during the year ended June
                         30, 1996.

                         Mortgage backed securities of approximately  $2,838,000
                         and   $3,157,000   at  December   31,  1997  and  1996,
                         respectively,  were pledged for bonds payable (Note 7).
                         At  December  31, 1997 and 1996  investment  securities
                         with a market  value of  approximately  $3,141,000  and
                         $7,349,000,  respectively  were  pledged as  collateral
                         under repurchase agreements (Note 8).





                                                                            F-20
<PAGE>

                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                     (continued)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

2.   Loans Receivable    Loans receivable are summarized as follows:

                         December 31,                                       1997            1996
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>             <C>        
                         Residential real estate                     $66,035,224     $67,015,734
                         Commercial real estate                       16,641,057       8,485,966
                         Construction and land                        18,263,062       5,219,979
                         Commercial non-real estate                      503,002               -
                         Consumer                                      6,202,021       4,174,984
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                     107,644,366      84,896,663
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Less  
                           Undisbursed loan funds                      6,752,222       2,466,623
                           Deferred loan fees                            282,618         290,016
                           Allowance for loan losses                     934,977         869,851
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                       7,969,817       3,626,490
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                     $99,674,549     $81,270,173
                         =======================================================================
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         The allowance for loan losses is summarized as follows:
<S>                                                                                     <C>     
                         Balance at June 30, 1994                                       $753,586
                         Credit to operations                                             (9,443)
                         Net recoveries                                                    3,343
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Balance at June 30, 1995                                        747,486
                         Provision charged to expense                                     56,665
                         Net charge-offs                                                 (16,005)
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Balance at June 30, 1996                                        788,146
                         Provision charged to expense                                     91,850
                         Net charge-offs                                                 (10,145)
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Balance at December 31, 1996                                    869,851
                         Provision charged to expense                                    122,320
                         Net charge-offs                                                 (57,194)
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Balance at December 31, 1997                                   $934,977
                         =======================================================================
</TABLE>




                                                                            F-21
<PAGE>

                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                     (continued)




2.   Loans Receivable    The Corporation  serviced loans for others  aggregating
     (continued)         approximately $123,834,000 and $172,771,000 at December
                         31,  1997 and 1996,  respectively.  Mortgage  servicing
                         rights,  included in other  assets,  was  approximately
                         $904,000  and  $974,000 at December  31, 1997 and 1996,
                         respectively.     Mortgage    servicing    rights    of
                         approximately  $507,000 and $226,000  were  capitalized
                         during the year ended  December 31, 1997 and six months
                         ended December 31, 1996, respectively.                 

                         Gross  gains  and  gross  losses  on the  sale of loans
                         totalling   approximately   $520,000  and  $1,000  were
                         realized  during  the year  ended  December  31,  1997,
                         $283,000  and  $67,000  during  the  six  months  ended
                         December 31, 1996, and $205,000 and $0, and $51,000 and
                         $112,000  for the years  ended  June 30,  1996 and 1995
                         respectively.  There were no loans  classified  as held
                         for sale at December 31, 1997 and 1996.

                         At December 31, 1997 and 1996, the  Corporation  had no
                         loans that were considered as impaired.

3.   Office Properties   Office  properties  and  equipment  are  summarized  as
     and Equipment       follows:                                               
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         December 31                                       1997             1996
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>              <C>       
                         Land                                        $1,910,922       $1,880,950
                         Building and leasehold improvements          3,084,362        2,407,983
                         Furniture and fixtures                         823,234          599,367
                         Equipment                                    1,147,688          821,606
                         Automobiles                                     55,362                -
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      7,021,568        5,709,906
                         Less accumulated depreciation
                           and amortization                           1,021,790          763,753
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Net office properties and equipment         $5,999,778       $4,946,153
                         =======================================================================
</TABLE>




                                                                            F-22
<PAGE>

                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                     (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

4.   Deposits            Deposits are summarized as follows:

                         December 31                                     1997                     1996
                         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Amount      Percent      Amount      Percent
                         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                          <C>             <C>       <C>             <C> 
                         Passbook, statement savings and
                           interest checking accounts
                             Non-interest bearing            $  2,771,114      2.4%    $  1,505,640      1.9%
                             1.00 to 2.00%                      8,318,148      7.4                -        -
                             2.01 to 3.00%                        953,976       .9        5,400,365      6.6
                             3.01 to 4.00%                      6,433,351      5.7        8,170,916     10.0
                             4.01 to 5.00%                      3,994,110      3.5                -        -
                         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                               22,470,699     19.9       15,076,921     18.5
                         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Certificates:
                             0 to 5.00%                            65,962       .1          259,828       .3
                             5.01 to 6.00%                     75,747,649     67.1       66,064,322     81.2
                             6.01 to 7.00%                     14,662,702     12.9                -        -
                         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                               90,476,313     80.1       66,324,150     81.5
                         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                             $112,947,012    100.0%    $ 81,401,071    100.0%
                         =====================================================================================
</TABLE>

                         The aggregate  amount of certificates of deposit with a
                         minimum  denomination  of  $100,000  was  approximately
                         $11,108,000  and  $9,663,000  at December  31, 1997 and
                         1996, respectively.

                         Scheduled maturities of certificates are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         December 31,                                                  1997               1996
                         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                             <C>                <C>        
                         Within one year                                        $77,659,702        $57,305,347
                         One to two years                                         6,565,313          5,095,223
                         Two to three years                                       1,743,083          1,381,536
                         Three to four years                                      2,427,116          1,178,064
                         Five years and thereafter                                2,081,099          1,363,980
                         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                $90,476,313        $66,324,150
                         =====================================================================================
</TABLE>




                                                                            F-23
<PAGE>

                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                     (continued)




5.   Fair Value of       The   estimated   fair  values  of  the   Corporation's
     Financial           financial instruments are as follows:                  
     Instruments         
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         December 31,                                      1997                           1996
                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Carrying          Fair         Carrying          Fair
                                                                  Amount           Value         Amount           Value
                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>         
                         Financial assets
                           Cash and short-term    
                            investments                       $  5,916,504    $  5,917,000    $  6,076,315   $  6,076,000
                           Securities                           15,566,382      15,587,000      19,984,374     20,085,000
                           Loans, net of allowance
                            for loan losses                     99,674,549     100,595,000      81,270,173     80,858,000

                         Financial liabilities
                           Deposits                            112,947,012     113,117,000      81,401,071     81,345,000
                           Advances from Federal
                            Home Loan Bank                               -               -      17,500,000     17,500,000
                           Securities sold under
                            agreement to
                            repurchase                           2,989,000       2,989,000       6,681,000      6,681,000
                           Bonds payable                         2,360,083           N/A         2,705,813            N/A


                                                                 Notional          Fair          Notional         Fair
                                                                  Amount           Value          Amount          Value
                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Unrecognized financial
                          instruments
                             Commitments to
                              extend credit                   $ 18,145,000     $18,145,000      $9,356,000     $9,356,000
                             Forward commitments
                              to purchase
                              mortgage-backed
                              securities                                 -               -       6,054,000      6,041,000
</TABLE>




                                                                            F-24
<PAGE>


                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                     (continued)




5.   Fair Value of       The  following  methods  and  assumptions  were used to
     Financial           estimate  the  fair  value of each  class of  financial
     Instruments         instruments  for which it is  practicable  to  estimate
     (continued)         that value.                                            

                         Cash and short-term investments
                         -------------------------------

                         For those short-term  investments,  the carrying amount
                         is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

                         Securities
                         ----------

                         Fair values are based on quoted market prices or dealer
                         quotes. If a quoted market price is not available, fair
                         value is  estimated  using  quoted  market  prices  for
                         similar securities.

                         Loan receivables
                         ----------------

                         The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the
                         future  cash  flows  using the  current  rates at which
                         similar  loans would be made to borrowers  with similar
                         remaining  maturities.  This  calculation  ignores loan
                         fees and certain  factors  affecting the interest rates
                         charged  on  various  loans  such  as  the   borrower's
                         creditworthiness   and   compensating    balances   and
                         dissimilar types of real estate held as collateral.

                         Deposit liabilities
                         -------------------

                         The fair value of demand  deposits,  savings  accounts,
                         and certain money market deposits is the amount payable
                         on demand at the balance sheet date.  The fair value of
                         fixed-maturity  certificates  of deposit  is  estimated
                         using the  rates  currently  offered  for  deposits  of
                         similar remaining maturities.

                         Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank
                         ------------------------------------

                         For advances that mature within one year of the balance
                         sheet date,  carrying  value is considered a reasonable
                         estimate of fair value.

                         The fair  values of all other  advances  are  estimated
                         using  discounted  cash  flow  analysis  based  on  the
                         Corporation's  current  incremental  borrowing rate for
                         similar types of advances.





                                                                            F-25
<PAGE>


                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                     (continued)


5.   Fair Value of       Securities sold under agreement to repurchase
     Financial           ---------------------------------------------
     Instruments
     (continued)         Fixed-coupon reverse repurchase  agreements are treated
                         as  short-term   financings.   The  carrying  value  is
                         considered a reasonable estimate of fair value.        

                         Bonds payable
                         -------------

                         Due to the  nature  and  terms  (Note  7) of the  bonds
                         payable  held by GMSC,  Inc. at  December  31, 1997 and
                         1996,  it was not deemed  practicable  to estimate  the
                         fair value.

                         Commitments to extend credit
                         ----------------------------

                         The fair value of  commitments  is estimated  using the
                         fees   currently   charged   to  enter   into   similar
                         agreements,  taking into account the remaining terms of
                         the agreements and the present  creditworthiness of the
                         borrowers. For fixed-rate loan commitments,  fair value
                         also considers the difference between current levels of
                         interest rates and the committed rates.  Because of the
                         competitive  nature of the  marketplace  loan fees vary
                         greatly with no fees charged in many cases.

                         Forward   Commitments   to   purchase   mortgage-backed
                         securities
                         -------------------------------------------------------

                         Fair values are based on quoted market prices or dealer
                         quotes.

6.   Results of          Unaudited  results of operations of the Corporation for
     Operations for      the six months ended December 31, 1995  (unaudited) are
     the Six Months      as follows:                                            
     Ended December      
     31, 1995

                         Six month period ended December 31, 1995
                         -------------------------------------------------------

                         Net interest income                          $1,161,197
                         Income before income taxes                      456,659
                         Provision for income taxes                      157,838
                         Net income                                      298,821




                                                                            F-26
<PAGE>

                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                     (continued)



7.   Bonds Payable       In October 1987,  GMSC,  Inc.  issued serial bonds (the
                         "Bonds")  collateralized by mortgage-backed  securities
                         which are treated as a real estate mortgage  investment
                         conduit  ("REMIC")  under the Internal  Revenue Code of
                         1986 for federal tax purposes. The Bonds are secured by
                         an  indenture  between  GMSC,  Inc. and the Bank of New
                         York, acting as trustee for the bondholders.  The Bonds
                         are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         December 31,                                          1997              1996
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>       
                         Serial Bonds
                           Class A-2, maturing January 20,
                             2012, at 8.0%                               $  285,701         $1,066,586
                           Class A-3, maturing January 20,
                             2019, at 8.0%                                2,649,648          2,444,544
                           Unapplied payments                              (159,100)          (326,479)
                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                          2,776,249          3,184,651
                         Less unamortized discount                         (416,166)          (478,838)
                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                         $2,360,083         $2,705,813
                         ==============================================================================
</TABLE>

                         The Bonds are repaid in  conjunction  with the net cash
                         flow from the mortgage-backed  securities together with
                         the  reinvestment  income  thereon.  As a  result,  the
                         actual  life of the  Bonds is less  than  their  stated
                         maturities.  Interest  is paid as incurred on the Class
                         A-2 Bonds  and is  accrued  and added to the  principal
                         amount due on the Class A-3 Bonds.  The indenture  also
                         provides for the establishment of two trust accounts to
                         insure the timely payment of interest, debt maturities,
                         trustee and  accounting  fees and other  expenses.  The
                         account   established   for   payment  of  trustee  and
                         accounting fees is included in cash on the statement of
                         condition.  The  account  established  for  payment  of
                         interest  and debt  maturities  is netted with cash and
                         bonds payable on the statement of condition.





                                                                            F-27
<PAGE>

                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                     (continued)




8.   Securities Sold     The  following  is a  summary  of  certain  information
     Under Agreements    regarding the Bank's repurchase agreements:            
     to Repurchase       
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Year Ended           Six Months Ended
                                                                       December 31, 1997       December 31, 1996
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                       <C>                     <C>       
                         Balance at end of period                         $2,989,000              $6,681,000
                         Weighted average interest rate
                           at end of period                                    6.29%                   6.50%
                         Average amount outstanding
                           during the period                              $2,006,792              $6,321,040
                         Maximum amount outstanding
                           at any month end during the
                           period                                         $5,867,000              $9,957,000
</TABLE>

9.   Advances From       Information  related  to  borrowing  activity  from the
     Federal Home        Federal Home Loan Bank is as follows:                  
     Loan Bank           
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Year Ended           Six Months Ended
                                                                       December 31, 1997       December 31, 1996
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                      <C>                     <C>        
                         Maximum amount
                           outstanding
                           during the
                           period                                        $17,500,000             $22,500,000
                         =======================================================================================

                         Average amount
                           outstanding
                           during the period                             $10,956,000             $19,550,000
                         =======================================================================================

                         Average interest
                           rate during the
                           period                                               6.23%                   5.79%
                         =======================================================================================
</TABLE>



                                                                            F-28
<PAGE>

                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                     (continued)



10.  Income Taxes        The  provision  for income  taxes as  presented  in the
                         consolidated statements of operations are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          Year Ended           Six Months Ended
                                                                       December 31, 1997       December 31, 1996
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                        <C>                     <C>     
                         Current income tax (benefit)                      $458,040                 $(3,500)
                         Deferred income tax                                 28,000                       -
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                           $486,040                 $(3,500)
                         =======================================================================================

                         Year Ended June 30                                    1996                    1995
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Current income tax                                $344,338                $187,885
                         Deferred income tax (benefit)                            -                 (87,377)
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                           $344,338                $100,508
                         =======================================================================================
</TABLE>

                         Reconciliations  of  the  provision  for  income  taxes
                         computed  at the federal  statutory  income tax rate to
                         the effective rate follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         Year Ended            Six Months Ended
                                                                      December 31, 1997        December 31, 1996
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                       <C>                     <C>     
                         Tax expense (benefit) at statutory rate          $470,477                 $(3,360)
                         Adjustments
                           Effect of state taxes                            55,350                    (395)
                           Other                                           (39,787)                    255
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                          $486,040                 $(3,500)
                         =======================================================================================

                         Year Ended June 30,                                  1996                    1995
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Tax expense at statutory rate                    $335,780                $162,096
                         Adjustments
                           Effect of state taxes                            39,504                  18,880
                           Other                                           (30,946)                (80,468)
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                          $344,338                $100,508
                         =======================================================================================
</TABLE>




                                                                            F-29
<PAGE>

                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                     (continued)





10.  Income Taxes        The components of deferred income taxes are as follows:
     (continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         December 31,                                          1997                   1996
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                        <C>                    <C>     
                         Deferred tax asset
                           Bad debt reserves                               $243,000               $164,000
                           Deferred loan fees                                43,000                 54,000
                           Excess servicing                                  16,000                 38,000
                           Trading securities                                     -                 90,000
                           Other                                             60,000                136,000
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Total deferred tax asset                           362,000                482,000
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Deferred tax liability
                           GMSC REMIC                                       185,000                204,000
                           FHLB stock                                       118,000                187,000
                           Fixed Assets                                      42,000                      -
                           Other                                             12,000                 58,000
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Total deferred tax liability                       357,000                449,000
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Net deferred tax asset                            $  5,000               $ 33,000
                         =================================================================================
</TABLE>

11.  Related Party       In the normal course of business, the Corporation makes
     Transactions        loans to directors, officers and other related parties.
                         These loans are made on substantially the same terms as
                         those   prevailing   at   the   time   for   comparable
                         transactions  with the other borrowers.  The loans with
                         related  parties  outstanding  at December 31, 1997 and
                         1996,   are   approximately   $191,000  and   $163,000,
                         respectively.                                          





                                                                            F-30
<PAGE>

                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                     (continued)



12.  Commitments         The  Corporation  leases  office space under  operating
     and                 leases expiring at various dates through 2002 and has a
     Contingencies       contract  for  the   performance  of  data   processing
                         services  whose  initial term expires in May,  1999 and
                         requires minimum  payments of $8,100 per month.  Future
                         minimum rental and data  processing  payments  required
                         that have initial or remaining  noncancelable  terms in
                         excess  of one year as of  December  31,  1997,  are as
                         follows:                                               
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   Amount
                                                                       -----------------------------
                                                                                             Data
                         Year Ending December 31,                        Leases           Processing
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                    <C>                  <C>     
                         1998                                          $ 49,700             $ 97,200
                         1999                                            50,000               40,500
                         2000                                            20,200                    -
                         2001                                            20,200                    -
                         Thereafter                                      10,700                    -
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                       $150,800             $137,700
                         ===========================================================================
</TABLE>

                         Total rental expense amounted to approximately  $47,000
                         for the year ended  December  31,  1997 and $23,000 for
                         the six months ended  December 31, 1996,  and $168,000,
                         and  $187,000  for the years  ended  June 30,  1996 and
                         1995, respectively.

                         The  Corporation  is  defendant  in  various   lawsuits
                         incidental  to  its  business.  Management  is  of  the
                         opinion  that  its  financial   position  will  not  be
                         materially  affected by the ultimate  resolution of any
                         pending or threatened litigation.





                                                                            F-31
<PAGE>


                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                     (continued)



13.  Stockholders'       On June 28, 1995, the Corporation  completed an initial
     Equity              public offering of its common stock through the sale of
                         180,000 shares of common stock at a price of $13.00 per
                         share.  Proceeds to the  Corporation  from the offering
                         (net of offering  expenses of  approximately  $312,000)
                         were approximately $2,028,000.                         
                                                                                
                         On November 30, 1995, the Board of Directors declared a
                         two-for-one  stock split to be  distributed  on January
                         31, 1996, to all  shareholders  of record as of January
                         15, 1996.                                              
                                                                                
                         On  January  23,  1997,  the  Corporation  completed  a
                         secondary offering of its common stock through the sale
                         of 575,000  shares of common  stock at a price of $8.50
                         per  share.   Proceeds  to  the  Corporation  from  the
                         offering  (net of offering  expenses  of  approximately
                         $416,000) were approximately $4,471,000.               
                                                                                
                         The following  table  represents the Bank's  regulatory
                         capital  levels at December  31,  1997  relative to the
                         Federal Reserve requirements.                          
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 Amount       Percent       Actual      Actual     Excess
                         December 31, 1997      Required      Required      Amount      Percent    Amount
                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>       <C>            <C>      <C>       
                         Leverage              $3,306,000      4.00%     $ 7,911,000     9.57%   $4,605,000
                         Tier 1 risk based      3,306,000      4.00       11,810,000    14.29     8,504,000
                         Total risk based
                          capital               6,613,000      8.00       12,745,000    15.42     6,132,000
</TABLE>

                         The  following  table  presents  the Bank's  regulatory
                         capital  levels at December 31,  1996,  relative to the
                         OTS requirements applicable at that date:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 Amount       Percent       Actual      Actual     Excess
                         December 31, 1996      Required      Required      Amount      Percent    Amount
                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>       <C>            <C>      <C>       
                         Tangible capital      $1,743,000      1.50%     $ 6,639,000     5.70%   $4,896,000
                         Core capital           3,490,000      3.00        6,639,000     5.70     3,149,000
                         Risk-based capital     4,519,000      8.00        7,345,000    13.00     2,826,000
</TABLE>

                         The Corporation may not declare or pay a cash dividend,
                         or  repurchase  any of its capital  stock if the effect
                         thereof would cause the net worth of the Corporation to
                         be reduced below the net worth  requirement  imposed by
                         federal regulations.




                                                                            F-32
<PAGE>

                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                     (continued)



14.  Stock Option        The Corporation has a noncompensatory stock option plan
     Plan                (the "Plan") designed to provide  long-term  incentives
                         to key employees. All options are exercisable upon date
                         of vesting.                                            
                                                                                
                         The Corporation  applies  Accounting  Principles  Board
                         Opinion No. 25 (APB 25), Accounting for Stock Issued to
                         Employees,  and related  interpretations  in accounting
                         for its plan.  Accordingly,  no  compensation  cost has
                         been  recognized  for this plan against  earnings.  For
                         those  companies  applying APB 25, FASB  Statement  No.
                         123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,  requires
                         certain proforma disclosures of net income and earnings
                         per share.  Net income and earnings per share  computed
                         under FASB Statement No. 123 do not  materially  differ
                         from the amounts reported in the consolidated financial
                         statements.                                            
                                                                                
                         The following table summarizes options outstanding:    

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                        Six months
                                                                          Year Ending                     ending
                                                                       December 31, 1997             December 31, 1996
                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 Weighted -                    Weighted -
                                                                                  average                       average
                                                                                  exercise                      exercise
                                                                   Shares           price         Shares         price
                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>  
                         Options outstanding at
                           beginning of period                      4,000         $ 4.88           14,000        $4.75
                         Granted                                   72,000          15.25                -            -
                         Forfeited                                   (800)         12.00                -            -
                         Exercised                                 (4,000)          4.88          (10,000)        4.70
                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Options outstanding at end
                           of period                               71,200         $15.25            4,000        $4.88
                         ================================================================================================

                         Options exercisable at end
                           of period                                9,600                           4,000
                         ================================================================================================
</TABLE>


                         The  weighted  average  fair value of  options  granted
                         during the year ended December 31, 1997 was $1.14.




                                                                            F-33
<PAGE>

                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                     (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

14.  Stock Option        Year Ending June 30,                                1996                        1995             
     Plan                -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
     (continued)                                                                 Weighted -                  Weighted -   
                                                                                  average                     average    
                                                                                  exercise                    exercise    
                                                                   Shares           price        Shares         price     
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
<S>                                                                <C>              <C>          <C>           <C>        
                         Options outstanding at                                                                           
                           beginning of period                     17,600           $4.65        36,000        $4.50      
                         Granted                                        -               -             -            -      
                         Forfeited                                      -               -             -            -      
                         Exercised                                 (3,600)           4.25       (18,400)        4.36      
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
                                                                                                                          
                         Options outstanding at end                                                                       
                           of period                               14,000           $4.75        17,600        $4.65      
                         ===============================================================================================  
                                                                                                                          
                         Options exercisable at end                                                                       
                           of period                               14,000                        13,600                   
                         ===============================================================================================  
</TABLE>

                         The Corporation  applies  Accounting  Principals  Board
                         Opinion 25 in accounting  for stock options  granted to
                         employees.  Had  compensation  expense been  determined
                         based  upon the fair  value of the  awards at the grant
                         date and consistent  with the method under Statement of
                         Financial  Accounting  Standards 123, the Corporation's
                         net  earnings  and net  earnings per share for the year
                         ended  December  31, 1997 would have been  decreased to
                         the pro forma amounts indicated in the following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                            Net income                                  
                            ------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                             <C>     
                              As reported                                       $897,715
                              Pro forma                                          844,363
                            ------------------------------------------------------------

                            Net income per share (basic and diluted)
                            ------------------------------------------------------------

                              As reported                                       $   0.61
                              Pro forma                                             0.58
</TABLE>





                                                                            F-34
<PAGE>

                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                     (continued)



14.  Stock Option        There were no options  granted for the six months ended
     Plan                December 31, 1996 and for the years ended June 30, 1996
     (continued)         and 1995,  therefore  there are no pro forma effects on
                         net income and net income per share.                   
                                                                                
                         The fair value of each option  granted is  estimated on
                         the date of grant using the Black-Sholes option pricing
                         model with the  following  assumptions  used for grants
                         for the year  ended  December  31,  1997:  a risk  free
                         interest  rate  of  5.85%,  dividend  yield  of  1.00%,
                         expected  weighted  average  term of 2.48 years,  and a
                         volatility of 25.00%.                                  
                                                                                
                         The follow  table  summarizes  information  about stock
                         options outstanding at December 31, 1997:              

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              Options Outstanding                  Options Exercisable
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Weighted        Weighted                    Weighted
                                                                     average         average                     average
                                                                    remaining       exercise                    exercise
                         Range of exercise        Number of        contractual        price       Number of       price
                         prices                    Shares         life (years)      per share      Shares       per share
                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>                      <C>                 <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>   
                         $12.00 - 17.57           65,200              2.21           $14.87        9,600         $12.00
                         $19.33 - 21.26            6,000              5.83            20.29            -              -
                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                  71,200              2.48           $15.25        9,600         $12.00
                         ================================================================================================
</TABLE>

15.  Employee Benefit    Effective February 16, 1989, the Corporation  adopted a
     Plans               401(k)  profit-sharing  plan in which all employees are
                         eligible to  participate  after one year of service and
                         are at least twenty-one years of age.  Participants may
                         elect to contribute a percentage of their  compensation
                         to the plan. The Corporation may make  contributions to
                         the plan at its discretion.  Corporation  contributions
                         are allocated to employee  accounts  using a systematic
                         formula   based  on   participant   compensation.   The
                         Corporation  contributed  approximately $10,300 for the
                         year ended  December 31, 1997 and $4,600 and $5,800 for
                         the years ended June 30,  1996 and 1995,  respectively,
                         and $5,500 for the six months ended  December 31, 1996,
                         respectively.                                          





                                                                            F-35
<PAGE>

                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                     (continued)



16.  Financial           The  Corporation  is a party to  financial  instruments
     Instruments With    with  off-balance-sheet  risk in the  normal  course of
     Off-Balance-Sheet   business to meet the  financing  needs of its customers
     Risk                and to  reduce  its own  exposure  to  fluctuations  in
                         interest  rates.  These financial  instruments  include
                         commitments  to  extend  credit,  options  written  and
                         purchased,     forward    commitments    to    purchase
                         mortgage-backed   securities  and  standby  letters  of
                         credit.  Those instruments involve, to varying degrees,
                         elements of credit and interest  rate risk in excess of
                         the amount  recognized  in the  statement of condition.
                         The contract or notional  amounts of these  instruments
                         reflect the extent of involvement  the  Corporation has
                         in particular classes of financial instruments.        
                                                                                
                         The Corporation's  exposure to credit loss in the event
                         of  nonperformance  by the other party to the financial
                         instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby
                         letters  of  credit   written  is  represented  by  the
                         contractual  notional amount of those instruments.  The
                         Corporation  uses the same  credit  policies  in making
                         commitments and conditional  obligations as it does for
                         on-balance-sheet  instruments.  For options  purchased,
                         the  contract  or  notional  amounts  do not  represent
                         exposure to credit loss.                               

                         Unless  noted  otherwise,   the  Corporation  does  not
                         require   collateral  or  other   security  to  support
                         financial instruments with credit risk.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                        Contract
                                                                                     Notional Amount

                         December 31,                                          1997                 1996
                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                        <C>                   <C>       
                         Financial instruments whose contract
                           amounts represent credit risk
                             Commitments to extend credit                  $18,145,000           $9,356,000
                             Standby letters of credit written                 944,000              463,000

                         Financial instruments whose contract
                           amount represent interest rate risk
                             Forward commitment to purchase
                               mortgage-backed securities                            -            6,054,000

</TABLE>



                                                                            F-36
<PAGE>

                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                     (continued)



16.  Financial           Commitments  to extend credit are agreements to lend to
     Instruments With    a  customer  as long as  there is no  violation  of any
     Off-Balance-Sheet   condition  established  in  the  contract.  Commitments
     Risk                generally   have  fixed   expiration   dates  or  other
     (continued)         termination  clauses and may require  payment of a fee.
                         Since many of the  commitments  are  expected to expire
                         without  being   completely   drawn  upon,   the  total
                         commitment amounts do not necessarily  represent future
                         cash  requirements.   The  Corporation  evaluates  each
                         customer's creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis.   
                                                                                
                         Standby  letters  of  credit  written  are  conditional
                         commitments  issued by the Corporation to guarantee the
                         performance of a customer to a third party.  The credit
                         risk   involved   in  issuing   letters  of  credit  is
                         essentially the same as that involved in extending loan
                         facilities to customers.                               
                                                                                
                         Substantially  all of the  Corporation's  loan activity
                         was with customers located in Charlottesville, Virginia
                         and surrounding counties, with approximately 81% of the
                         loans  collateralized by one to four family residential
                         properties.                                            

17.  Condensed           Condensed financial information is shown for the Parent
     Financial           Company only as follows:                               
     Information of the  
     Corporation                                                                
     (Parent Company           Condensed Statements of Financial Condition      
     Only)                                                                      
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         December 31,                                         1997                     1996 
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                                                                            
                            Assets                                                                          
                                                                                                            
<S>                                                                    <C>                       <C>        
                         Investment in the Bank, at equity             $11,758,347               $6,657,155 
                         Cash                                               10,000                   10,000 
                         Prepaid expenses and other assets                  40,836                   90,680 
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                                                                            
                                                                       $11,809,183               $6,757,835 
                         ================================================================================== 
</TABLE>





                                                                            F-37
<PAGE>

                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                     (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                      <C>                                                 <C>                 <C>
17.  Condensed           December 31,                                               1997               1996 
     Financial           ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
     Information of the  
     Corporation           Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity                                             
     (Parent Company                                                                                        
     Only)               Liabilities                                         $         -         $  182,086 
     (continued)         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                                                                            
                         Stockholders' Equity                                                               
                           Common stock                                        1,876,729          1,155,010 
                           Additional paid-in capital                          5,724,954          1,975,695 
                           Retained earnings                                   4,207,500          3,445,044 
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                                                                            
                         Total stockholders' equity                           11,809,183          6,575,749 
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                                                                            
                                                                             $11,809,183         $6,757,835 
                         ================================================================================== 
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Condensed Statements of Operations
                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       Year Ended          Six Months Ended
                                                                      December 31,           December 31,
                                                                          1997                   1996
                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                     <C>                    <C>    
                         Income
                           Dividends received from Bank                 $135,259               $46,200
                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Total income                                    135,259                46,200
                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Noninterest expenses                             (7,028)              (52,582)
                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Income (loss) before undistributed
                            net income of the Bank                       128,231                (6,382)
                         Undistributed net income                        769,484                43,562
                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Net income                                     $897,715              $ 37,180
                         ==================================================================================
</TABLE>





                                                                            F-38
<PAGE>

                                                  Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                                                  and Subsidiary

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                     (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                    <C>              <C>
17.  Condensed                                   Condensed Statements of Cash Flows    
     Financial           -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Information of the                                                                 Year Ended      Six Months Ended
     Corporation                                                                       December 31,       December 31,  
     (Parent Company                                                                       1997               1996      
     Only)               -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     (continued)                                                                                 
                         Operating activities                                                                           
                          Net income                                                   $  897,715          $  37,180    
                          Adjustments                                                                                   
                             Undistributed earnings of the Bank                          (769,484)           (43,562)   
                             (Increase) decrease in prepaid and                                                         
                               other assets                                                49,844            (21,701)   
                             (Decrease) increase in other liabilities                    (182,086)            37,686    
                             Other                                                          4,011             (9,603)   
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                        
                         Net cash absorbed by operating                                                                 
                           activities                                                           -                  -    
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                        
                         Investing activities                                                                           
                           Dividends received from Bank                                   135,259             46,200    
                           Investment in the Bank                                      (4,470,978)                 -    
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                        
                         Net cash provided (absorbed) by                                                                
                           investing activities                                        (4,335,719)            46,200    
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                        
                         Financing activities                                                                           
                           Cash dividends paid on common stock                           (135,259)           (46,200)   
                           Issuance of common stock                                     4,470,978                  -    
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                        
                         Net cash provided (absorbed) by financing                                                      
                           activities                                                   4,335,719            (46,200)   
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                        
                         Increase in cash                                                       -                  -    
                                                                                                                        
                         Cash, beginning of period                                         10,000             10,000    
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                        
                         Cash, end of period                                           $   10,000          $  10,000    
                         ===============================================================================================
                                                                                                                        
                         
                         
                         

                         
                         
</TABLE>





                                                                            F-39

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

========================================================       ========================================================
<S>                                                                 <C>                              
  No  dealer,  salesperson  or  other  person  has been
  authorized  to give  any  information  or to make any
  representations  in  connection  with the offer  made
  hereby except as contained in this Prospectus and, if
  given or made, no such information or representations
  should be relied  upon as having been  authorized  by    
  the Corporation, the Trust, the Underwriter or any of                                                               
  their respective agents. Neither the delivery of this                                                               
  Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder  shall,  under                              $6,000,000                       
  any  circumstances,  create an implication that there                       GUARANTY CAPITAL TRUST I                
  has  been no  change  in the  information  set  forth                                240,000                        
  herein or in the  affairs of the  Corporation  or the                  $ Convertible Preferred Securities           
  Trust since the date hereof. This Prospectus does not                      (Liquidation Amount $25.00               
  constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation  of an                        per Preferred Security)                
  offer to buy, the  Preferred  Securities by anyone in                                                               
  any  jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation               Fully and Unconditionally Guaranteed, as        
  is not  authorized or in which the person making such                         described herein, by                  
  offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so or to                                                               
  any person to whom it is  unlawful to make such offer                                                               
  or solicitation.                                                         GUARANTY FINANCIAL CORPORATION             
                                                                                                                      
                        --------------                                                                                
                                                                                                                      
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS                                                                              
                                                                                                          

                   TABLE OF CONTENTS                         
                                                     Page          
Available Information..................................1 
Summary................................................2 
Use of Proceeds........................................5                      McKinnon & Company, Inc.                   
Risk Factors...........................................5                                                                
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.....................5                                                                
Summary Financial Information..........................6                                                                
Risk Factors...........................................7                                                                
Guaranty Capital Trust I..............................13                                                                
Selected Historical Financial Information.............15                             Prospectus                         
The Corporation.......................................16                                                                
Management's Discussion and Analysis of                                          Dated March , 1998                     
  Financial Condition and Results of Operations.......18                                                                
Business..............................................43                                                                
Management............................................52                                                                
Capitalization........................................57                                                                
Accounting Treatment..................................57                                                                
Regulatory Treatment..................................58                                                                
Description of Preferred Securities...................58                                                                
Description of Junior Subordinated Debt Securities....77                                                                
Description of Guarantee..............................87                                                                
Relationship Among the Capital Securities, the                                                                          
  Junior Subordinated Debt Securities and                                                                               
  the Guarantee.......................................90                                                                
Description of Guaranty Financial Corporation                                                                           
  Capital Stock.......................................91                                                                
Certain ERISA Considerations..........................93                                                                
Certain United States Federal Income Tax                                                                                
  Consequences........................................94                                                                
Underwriting..........................................98                                                                
Validity of Securities................................99        
Accountants...........................................99      
========================================================       ========================================================
</TABLE>

























<PAGE>


                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Item 13.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
<S>                                                                                  <C>           
         Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee                         $       2,036*
         National Association of Securities Dealers Examination Fee                  $       1,190*
         Printing Expenses                                                           $       2,000
         Accounting Fees and Expenses                                                $      10,000
         Legal Fees and Expenses                                                     $      60,000
         Blue Sky Fees and Expenses                                                  $       6,000
         Miscellaneous Expenses                                                      $       5,000
                                                                                     -------------

                  Total                                                              $      86,226
                                                                                     =============

</TABLE>
________________________
*        Represents actual expenses.  All other expenses are estimates.

Item 14.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers

         Article 10 of Chapter 9 of Title 13.1 of the Code of Virginia, 1950, as
amended (the "Code"),  permits a Virginia  corporation to indemnify any director
or officer for reasonable  expenses  incurred in any legal proceeding in advance
of final disposition of the proceeding, if the director or officer furnishes the
corporation  a written  statement  of his good faith  belief that he has met the
standard of conduct  prescribed by the Code, and a determination  is made by the
board of directors that such standard has been met. In a proceeding by or in the
right of the  corporation,  no  indemnification  shall be made in respect of any
matter  as to which an  officer  or  director  is  adjudged  to be liable to the
corporation,  unless the court in which the  proceeding  took  place  determines
that,   despite  such   liability,   such  person  is  reasonably   entitled  to
indemnification  in  view  of all  the  relevant  circumstances.  In  any  other
proceeding,  no  indemnification  shall be made if the  director  or  officer is
adjudged  liable to the  corporation  on the basis  that  personal  benefit  was
improperly  received by him.  Corporations are given the power to make any other
or further indemnity,  including advance of expenses, to any director or officer
that may be authorized by the articles of incorporation or any bylaw made by the
shareholders,  or any  resolution  adopted,  before or after the  event,  by the
shareholders,  except  an  indemnity  against  willful  misconduct  or a knowing
violation of the criminal law. Unless limited by its articles of  incorporation,
indemnification  of a director or officer is mandatory when he entirely prevails
in the defense of any  proceeding  to which he is a party because he is or was a
director or officer.

         The Articles of  Incorporation  of the Corporation  contain  provisions
indemnifying the directors and officers of the Corporation  against expenses and
liabilities incurred in legal proceedings and authorizing the Board of Directors
to advance and reimburse  expenses to the fullest  extent  permitted by Virginia
law.

         Under the Amended and Restated  Declaration of Trust,  the Corporation,
as depositor of the Trust,  has agreed (i) to indemnify  and hold  harmless each
Administrative  Trustee and any employee or agent of the Trust or its Affiliates
from and against any loss, damage,  liability, tax, penalty, expense or claim of
any kind or nature whatsoever incurred by such person by reason of the creation,
operation  or  termination  of the  Trust or any act or  omission  performed  or
omitted by such person in good faith on behalf of the Trust and in a manner such
person reasonably believes to be within the scope of authority conferred on such
person  by the


                                      II-1
<PAGE>

Declaration,  except  that no person  shall be  entitled  to be  indemnified  in
respect  of any  loss,  damage  or claim  incurred  by such  person by reason of
negligence or willful  misconduct  with respect to such acts or  omissions,  and
(ii) to advance  expenses  (including  legal  fees)  incurred  by such person in
defending any claim,  demand,  action,  suite or proceeding,  from time to time,
prior  to  the  final  disposition  of  such  claim,  demand,  action,  suit  or
proceeding.

Item 15.  Recent Sale of Unregistered Securities

         Not applicable.

Item 16.  Exhibits

         The following exhibits are filed on behalf of the Registrant as part of
this Registration Statement:

       1.1     Form  of  Underwriting  Agreement  for  offering  of  Convertible
               Preferred Securities*
       3.1     Articles of Incorporation of Guaranty Financial Corporation*
       3.2     Bylaws of Guaranty Financial Corporation*
       4.1     Certificate of Trust of Guaranty Capital Trust I*
       4.2     Trust  Agreement  between  Guaranty  Financial   Corporation  and
               Wilmington Trust Company*
       4.3     Form of Amended and  Restated  Declaration  of Trust for Guaranty
               Capital Trust I
       4.4     Form of Junior Subordinated  Indenture between Guaranty Financial
               Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee
       4.5     Form of Convertible  Preferred  Security (included in Exhibit 4.3
               above)
       4.6     Form of Junior  Subordinated  Debt Security  (included in Exhibit
               4.4 above)
       4.7     Form of  Guarantee  Agreement  with  respect to Trust  Securities
               issued by Guaranty Capital Trust I
       4.8     Form of Escrow Agreement among McKinnon & Company, Inc., Guaranty
               Capital Trust I, Guaranty  Financial  Corporation  and Wilmington
               Trust Company*
       5.1     Opinion of Williams, Mullen, Christian & Dobbins, P.C.*
       5.2     Opinion of Richards, Layton & Finger*
       8.1     Opinion of Williams,  Mullen, Christian & Dobbins, P.C. as to tax
               matters*
       12.1    Calculation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges*
       23.1    Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP
       23.2    Consent of Williams,  Mullen, Christian & Dobbins, P.C. (included
               in Exhibit 5.1 above)
       23.3    Consent of  Richards,  Layton & Finger  (included  in Exhibit 5.2
               above)
       24.1    Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)
       25.1    Statement of Eligibility  under the Trust  Indenture Act of 1939,
               as amended,  of Wilmington  Trust  Company,  as Trustee under the
               Junior Subordinated Indenture
       25.2    Statement of Eligibility  under the Trust  Indenture Act of 1939,
               as amended,  of Wilmington  Trust  Company,  as Property  Trustee
               under the Amended and Restated  Declaration  of Trust of Guaranty
               Capital Trust I
       25.3    Statement of Eligibility  under the Trust  Indenture Act of 1939,
               as amended,  of Wilmington  Trust Company,  as Guarantee  Trustee
               under the Guarantee Agreement for the benefit of holders of Trust
               Securities of Guaranty Capital Trust I
       27.1    Financial Data Schedule (filed electronically only)

*      to be filed by amendment

                                      II-2
<PAGE>

Item 17.  Undertakings

         Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be  permitted  to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons  of a
Registrant  pursuant to the  foregoing  provisions,  or  otherwise,  each of the
Registrants  has  been  advised  that  in the  opinion  of the  Commission  such
indemnification  is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
is,  therefore,  unenforceable.  In the event  that a claim for  indemnification
against such  liabilities  (other than the payment by a  Registrant  of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of a Registrant in
the  successful  defense of any action,  suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered,  such  Registrant  will,  unless in the  opinion of its  counsel the
matter  has  been  settled  by  controlling  precedent,  submit  to a  court  of
appropriate  jurisdiction  the question  whether such  indemnification  by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.

         Each  of  the  undersigned  Registrants  hereby  undertakes  that,  for
purposes  of  determining  any  liability  under  the  Securities  Act,  (i) the
information  omitted  from  the  form  of  prospectus  filed  as  part  of  this
Registration  Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the  Securities Act and
contained in a form of prospectus  filed by the Company  pursuant to Rule 424(b)
under  the  Securities  Act  shall  be  deemed  to be part of this  Registration
Statement as of the time it was declared effective and (ii) each  post-effective
amendment  that  contains  a form of  prospectus  shall  be  deemed  to be a new
Registration  Statement  relating to the  securities  offered  therein,  and the
offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.


                                      II-3

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets
all of the  requirements  for  filing  on  Form  S-1 and has  duly  caused  this
registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto
duly  authorized,  in  Charlottesville,  Commonwealth of Virginia,  on March 27,
1998.


                                       GUARANTY FINANCIAL CORPORATION


                                       By: /s/ Thomas P. Baker
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Thomas P. Baker
                                           President, Chief Executive Officer
                                            and Director


                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

         Each of the undersigned hereby appoints Thomas P. Baker as attorney and
agent for the undersigned, with full power of substitution, for and in the name,
place and stead of the  undersigned,  to sign and file with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  any and all
amendments  and  exhibits  to  the  Registration   Statement  and  any  and  all
applications,  instruments  and other  documents to be filed with the Securities
and Exchange  Commission  pertaining to the  registration of securities  covered
hereby  with full power and  authority  to do and  perform  any and all acts and
things whatsoever requisite or desirable.

         In accordance  with the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in
the capacities and on the dates stated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                  Signature                                       Title                              Date


<S>                                                <C>                                          <C> 
             /s/  Thomas P. Baker                  President, Chief Executive Officer           March 27, 1998
- -------------------------------------------                   and Director
               Thomas P. Baker                        (Principal Executive Officer) 


           /s/ Vincent B. McNelley                       Senior Vice President,                 March 27, 1998
- -------------------------------------------          Chief Financial Officer and
             Vincent B. McNelley                       Chief Accounting Officer
                                                   (Principal Financial Officer and
                                                     Principal Accounting Officer)


            /s/ Douglas E. Caton                         Chairman of the Board                  March 27, 1998
- -------------------------------------------
              Douglas E. Caton

<PAGE>

             /s/ Henry J. Browne                                 Director                       March 27, 1998
- -------------------------------------------
               Henry J. Browne


           /s/ Robert P. Englander                               Director                       March 27, 1998
- -------------------------------------------
             Robert P. Englander


                                                                 Director                       March __, 1998
- -------------------------------------------
               Harry N. Lewis


             /s/ John R. Metz                                    Director                       March 27, 1998
- -------------------------------------------
               John R. Metz


           /s/ James R. Sipe, Jr.                                Director                       March 27, 1998
- -------------------------------------------                                             
             James R. Sipe, Jr.


           /s/ Oscar W. Smith, Jr.                               Director                       March 27, 1998
- -------------------------------------------
             Oscar W. Smith, Jr.

</TABLE>

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets
all of the  requirements  for  filing  on  Form  S-1 and has  duly  caused  this
registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto
duly  authorized,  in  Charlottesville,  Commonwealth of Virginia,  on March 27,
1998.


                                   GUARANTY CAPITAL TRUST I

                                   By:    Guaranty Financial Corporation
                                          as Depositor

                                          By: /s/ Thomas P. Baker
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Thomas P. Baker
                                              President, Chief Executive Officer
                                                and Director
<PAGE>


                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS



EXHIBIT NO.                        DESCRIPTION

       1.1     Form  of  Underwriting  Agreement  for  offering  of  Convertible
               Preferred Securities*
       3.1     Articles of Incorporation of Guaranty Financial Corporation*
       3.2     Bylaws of Guaranty Financial Corporation*
       4.1     Certificate of Trust of Guaranty Capital Trust I*
       4.2     Trust  Agreement  between  Guaranty  Financial   Corporation  and
               Wilmington Trust Company*
       4.3     Form of Amended and  Restated  Declaration  of Trust for Guaranty
               Capital Trust I
       4.4     Form of Junior Subordinated  Indenture between Guaranty Financial
               Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee
       4.5     Form of Convertible  Preferred  Security (included in Exhibit 4.3
               above)
       4.6     Form of Junior  Subordinated  Debt Security  (included in Exhibit
               4.4 above)
       4.7     Form of  Guarantee  Agreement  with  respect to Trust  Securities
               issued by Guaranty Capital Trust I
       4.8     Form of Escrow Agreement among McKinnon & Company, Inc., Guaranty
               Capital Trust I, Guaranty  Financial  Corporation  and Wilmington
               Trust Company*
       5.1     Opinion of Williams, Mullen, Christian & Dobbins, P.C.*
       5.2     Opinion of Richards, Layton & Finger*
       8.1     Opinion of Williams,  Mullen, Christian & Dobbins, P.C. as to tax
               matters*
       12.1    Calculation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges*
       23.1    Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP
       23.2    Consent of Williams,  Mullen, Christian & Dobbins, P.C. (included
               in Exhibit 5.1 above)
       23.3    Consent of  Richards,  Layton & Finger  (included  in Exhibit 5.2
               above)
       24.1    Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)
       25.1    Statement of Eligibility  under the Trust  Indenture Act of 1939,
               as amended,  of Wilmington  Trust  Company,  as Trustee under the
               Junior Subordinated Indenture
       25.2    Statement of Eligibility  under the Trust  Indenture Act of 1939,
               as amended,  of Wilmington  Trust  Company,  as Property  Trustee
               under the Amended and Restated  Declaration  of Trust of Guaranty
               Capital Trust I
       25.3    Statement of Eligibility  under the Trust  Indenture Act of 1939,
               as amended,  of Wilmington  Trust Company,  as Guarantee  Trustee
               under the Guarantee Agreement for the benefit of holders of Trust
               Securities of Guaranty Capital Trust I
       27.1    Financial Data Schedule (filed electronically only)

*      to be filed by amendment



                                                                     Exhibit 4.3


                                                                  EXECUTION COPY



================================================================================






                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                              DECLARATION OF TRUST


                                     between


                  GUARANTY FINANCIAL CORPORATION, as Depositor,


                            WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
                              as Property Trustee,


                            WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
                              as Delaware Trustee,


                                       and


                    THE ADMINISTRATIVE TRUSTEES NAMED HEREIN



                          Dated as of ________ __, 1998

                            GUARANTY CAPITAL TRUST I





================================================================================




<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<S>                                                                                                              <C>
ARTICLE I -- Defined Terms........................................................................................2
   SECTION 1.01. Definitions......................................................................................2
ARTICLE II -- Continuation of the Trust..........................................................................12
   SECTION 2.01. Name............................................................................................12
   SECTION 2.02. Office of the Delaware Trustee; Principal Place of Business.....................................12
   SECTION 2.03. Organizational Expenses.........................................................................13
   SECTION 2.04. Issuance of the Capital Securities..............................................................13
   SECTION 2.05. Issuance of the Common Securities; Subscription and Purchase of Junior Subordinated Debt
   Securities....................................................................................................13
   SECTION 2.06. Declaration of Trust............................................................................14
   SECTION 2.07. Authorization to Enter into Certain Transactions................................................14
   SECTION 2.08. Assets of Trust.................................................................................19
   SECTION 2.09. Title to Trust Property.........................................................................19
ARTICLE III -- Payment Account...................................................................................19
   SECTION 3.01. Payment Account.................................................................................19
ARTICLE IV -- Distributions; Redemption; Conversion..............................................................19
   SECTION 4.01. Distributions...................................................................................19
   SECTION 4.02. Redemption......................................................................................21
   SECTION 4.03. Subordination of Common Securities..............................................................23
   SECTION 4.04. Payment Procedures..............................................................................24
   SECTION 4.05. Tax Returns and Reports.........................................................................24
   SECTION 4.06. Payment of Taxes; Duties of the Trust...........................................................25
   SECTION 4.07. Payments Under Indenture........................................................................25
   SECTION 4.08. Conversion Rights...............................................................................25
ARTICLE V -- Trust Securities Certificates.......................................................................30
   SECTION 5.01. Initial Ownership...............................................................................30
   SECTION 5.02. Trust Securities Certificates...................................................................31
   SECTION 5.03. Execution and Delivery of Trust Securities Certificates.........................................31
   SECTION 5.04. Global Capital Security.........................................................................31
   SECTION 5.05. Registration of Transfer and Exchange Generally; Certain Transfers and Exchanges; Capital
   Securities Certificates.......................................................................................33
   SECTION 5.06. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Trust Securities Certificates..............................35
   SECTION 5.07. Persons Deemed Securityholders..................................................................36
   SECTION 5.08. Access to List of Securityholders' Names and Addresses..........................................36
   SECTION 5.09. Maintenance of Office or Agency; Transfer Agent.................................................36
   SECTION 5.10. Appointment of Paying Agent.....................................................................37
   SECTION 5.11. Ownership of Common Securities by Depositor.....................................................37
   SECTION 5.12. Notices to Clearing Agency......................................................................38
   SECTION 5.13. Rights of Securityholders.......................................................................38
ARTICLE VI -- Acts of Securityholders; Meetings; Voting..........................................................41
   SECTION 6.01. Limitations on Capital Securityholder's Voting Rights...........................................41
   SECTION 6.02. Notice of Meeting...............................................................................42
   SECTION 6.03. Meetings of Securityholders.....................................................................42
   SECTION 6.04. Voting Rights...................................................................................42
   SECTION 6.05. Proxies.........................................................................................43
   SECTION 6.06. Securityholder Action by Written Consent........................................................43
   SECTION 6.07. Record Date for Voting and Other Purposes.......................................................43
   SECTION 6.08. Acts of Securityholders.........................................................................43
   SECTION 6.09. Inspection of Records...........................................................................45
ARTICLE VII -- Representations and Warranties....................................................................45
   SECTION 7.01  Representations and Warranties of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee.................45


<PAGE>

   SECTION 7.02. Representations and Warranties of Depositor.....................................................46
ARTICLE VIII -- The Trustees.....................................................................................47
   SECTION 8.01. Certain Duties and Responsibilities.............................................................47
   SECTION 8.02. Events of Default Notices; Deferral of Interest Payment Notices.................................48
   SECTION 8.03. Certain Rights of Property Trustee..............................................................49
   SECTION 8.04. Not Responsible for Recitals....................................................................52
   SECTION 8.05. May Hold Securities.............................................................................52
   SECTION 8.06. Compensation, Indemnity, Fees...................................................................52
   SECTION 8.07. Corporate Property Trustee Required; Eligibility of Trustees....................................54
   SECTION 8.08. Conflicting Interests...........................................................................54
   SECTION 8.09. Co-Trustees and Separate Trustee................................................................54
   SECTION 8.10. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor...............................................56
   SECTION 8.11. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor..........................................................58
   SECTION 8.12. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.....................................59
   SECTION 8.13. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Depositor or Trust....................................59
   SECTION 8.14. Reports by Property Trustee.....................................................................60
   SECTION 8.15. Reports to the Property Trustee.................................................................60
   SECTION 8.16. Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent................................................61
   SECTION 8.17. Number of Trustees..............................................................................61
   SECTION 8.18. Delegation of Power.............................................................................61
ARTICLE IX -- Termination, Liquidation and Merger................................................................62
   SECTION 9.01. Termination Upon Expiration Date; Termination Upon Special Event................................62
   SECTION 9.02. Early Termination...............................................................................62
   SECTION 9.03. Termination.....................................................................................62
   SECTION 9.04. Liquidation.....................................................................................63
   SECTION 9.05. Mergers, Consolidations, Amalgamations or Replacements of the Trust.............................64
ARTICLE X -- Miscellaneous Provisions............................................................................66
   SECTION 10.01. Limitation of Rights of Securityholders........................................................66
   SECTION 10.02. Liability of the Depositor.....................................................................66
   SECTION 10.03. Amendment......................................................................................66
   SECTION 10.04. Separability...................................................................................68
   SECTION 10.05. Governing Law..................................................................................68
   SECTION 10.06. Payments Due on Non-Business Day...............................................................68
   SECTION 10.07. Successors.....................................................................................68
   SECTION 10.08. Headings.......................................................................................68
   SECTION 10.09. Reports, Notices and Demands...................................................................68
   SECTION 10.10. Agreement Not to Petition......................................................................69
   SECTION 10.11. Trust Indenture Act; Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.........................................69
   SECTION 10.12. Acceptance of Terms of Declaration of Trust, Guarantee and Indenture...........................70
   SECTION 10.13. Execution in Counterparts......................................................................70
</TABLE>


                                       2
<PAGE>

                            GUARANTY CAPITAL TRUST I

         Certain  Sections of this Declaration of Trust relating to Sections 310
through 318 of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939:

Trust Indenture                                            Declaration of
  Act Section                                              Trust Section
- ---------------                                            -------------

ss.310 (a)(1)........................................           8.07
         (a)(2)......................................           8.07
         (a)(3)......................................           8.09
         (a)(4)......................................           2.07(a)(ii)
         (b).........................................           8.08
ss.311   (a).........................................           8.13
         (b).........................................           8.13
ss.312   (a).........................................           5.08
         (b).........................................           5.08
         (c).........................................           5.08
ss.313   (a).........................................           8.14(a)
         (a)(4)......................................           8.14(b)
         (b)(1)......................................           8.14(a)
         (b)(2)......................................           8.14(b)
         (c).........................................           10.09
         (d).........................................           8.14(c)
ss.314   (a).........................................           8.15
         (b).........................................           Not  Applicable
         (c)(1)......................................           8.16
         (c)(2)......................................           8.16
         (c)(3)......................................           Not  Applicable
         (d).........................................           Not  Applicable
         (e).........................................           1.01, 8.16
ss.315   (a).........................................           8.01(a), 8.03(a)
         (b).........................................           8.02
         (c).........................................           8.01(a)
         (d).........................................           8.01, 8.03
         (e).........................................           Not  Applicable
ss.316   (a).........................................           Not  Applicable
         (a)(1)(A)...................................           Not  Applicable
         (a)(1)(B)...................................           Not  Applicable
         (a)(2)......................................           Not  Applicable
         (b).........................................           5.13
         (c).........................................           6.07
ss.317   (a)(1)......................................           Not  Applicable
         (a)(2)......................................           Not  Applicable
         (b).........................................           5.10
ss.318   (a).........................................           10.11

- -----------------

Note:   This  reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be
        a part of the Declaration of Trust.



<PAGE>


                                    AMENDED AND RESTATED  DECLARATION  OF TRUST,
                           dated as of __________ __, 1998, between (i) GUARANTY
                           FINANCIAL   CORPORATION,   a   Virginia   corporation
                           (including   any    successors   or   assigns,    the
                           "Depositor"),   (ii)  WILMINGTON  TRUST  COMPANY,   a
                           Delaware  corporation,  as property  trustee (in such
                           capacity, the "Property Trustee" and, in its separate
                           corporate   capacity  and  not  in  its  capacity  as
                           Property  Trustee,   the  "Trust   Company"),   (iii)
                           WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, a Delaware corporation,  as
                           Delaware  trustee  (the  "Delaware  Trustee"),   (iv)
                           THOMAS  P.  BAKER,  an  individual,  and  VINCENT  B.
                           MCNELLEY, an individual, each of whose address is c/o
                           Guaranty     Financial     Corporation    (each    an
                           "Administrative   Trustee"  and,  collectively,   the
                           "Administrative Trustees") (the Property Trustee, the
                           Delaware Trustee and the Administrative  Trustees are
                           referred to  collectively  herein as the  "Trustees")
                           and (v) the several Holders, as hereafter defined.


                              W I T N E S S E T H :

         WHEREAS the  Depositor,  the  Delaware  Trustee and the  Administrative
Trustees have heretofore duly declared and established a business trust pursuant
to the Delaware  Business  Trust Act by entering into a certain  Declaration  of
Trust,  dated as of ____________ (the "Original  Declaration of Trust"),  and by
the execution and filing by the Delaware Trustee and the Administrative Trustees
with the  Secretary  of State of the State of  Delaware  of the  Certificate  of
Trust,  filed on  ____________  (the  "Certificate  of Trust");  and attached as
Exhibit A; and

         WHEREAS the  Depositor,  the  Delaware  Trustee and the  Administrative
Trustees  desire to amend and restate the Original  Declaration  of Trust in its
entirety as set forth herein to provide for, among other things (i) the issuance
and  sale of the  Common  Securities  by the  Trust to the  Depositor,  (ii) the
issuance and sale of the Capital  Securities  (the "Capital  Securities") by the
Trust pursuant to the Underwriting  Agreement,  as hereafter defined,  (iii) the
acquisition  by the Trust  from the  Depositor  of all of the  right,  title and
interest in the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities,  as hereafter defined,  and
(iv) the  appointment of Wilmington  Trust Company,  a Delaware  corporation (in
such capacity,  the "Property  Trustee" and, in its separate  corporate capacity
and not in its capacity as Property Trustee, the "Trust Company");

         NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the agreements and obligations set
forth herein and for other good and valuable  consideration,  the sufficiency of
which is hereby  acknowledged,  each party, for the benefit of the other parties
and for the benefit of the Securityholders,  as hereafter defined, hereby



<PAGE>

amends and restates the Original Declaration of Trust in its entirety and agrees
as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                  Defined Terms

         SECTION  1.01.  Definitions.  For all purposes of this  Declaration  of
Trust,  except as otherwise  expressly  provided or unless the context otherwise
requires:

                  (a)  the  terms  defined  in this  Article  have the  meanings
         assigned to them in this  Article and include the plural as well as the
         singular;

                  (b)  all other terms used herein that are defined in the Trust
         Indenture  Act,  either  directly  or by  reference  therein,  have the
         meanings assigned to them therein;

                  (c)  unless the context otherwise  requires,  any reference to
         an "Article" or a "Section"  refers to an Article or a Section,  as the
         case may be, of this Declaration of Trust; and

                  (d)  the words  "herein",  "hereof" and  "hereunder" and other
         words of similar  import refer to this  Declaration of Trust as a whole
         and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; and

                  "Act" has the meaning specified in Section 6.08.

                  "Additional Distribution" has the meaning specified in Section
4.01(c).

                  "Administrative  Action"  has  the  meaning  specified  in the
definition of "Tax Event" in this Section 1.01.

                  "Administrative  Trustee"  means  each of Thomas P.  Baker and
Vincent B. McNelley,  solely in such Person's capacity as Administrative Trustee
of the Trust continued hereunder and not in such Person's  individual  capacity,
or such Administrative  Trustee's successor in interest in such capacity, or any
successor trustee appointed as herein provided.

                  "Affiliate"  of any  specified  Person  means any other Person
directly or indirectly  controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect
common control with such specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition,
"control"  when used with  respect to any  specified  Person  means the power to
direct the  management  and  policies of such  Person,  directly or  indirectly,
whether  through the ownership of voting  securities,  by contract or otherwise;
and the terms  "controlling" and "controlled"  have meanings  correlative to the
foregoing.



                                       2
<PAGE>

                  "Applicable Procedures" means, with respect to any transfer or
transaction  involving a Global Capital Security or beneficial interest therein,
the rules and procedures of the depositary  for such Capital  Security,  in each
case to the extent  applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to
time.

                  "Bankruptcy Event" means, with respect to any Person:

                  (a)  the  entry  of  a  decree  or  order  by a  court  having
         jurisdiction  in the  premises  adjudging  such  Person a  bankrupt  or
         insolvent,   or  approving  as  properly   filed  a  petition   seeking
         reorganization,  arrangement,  adjudication  or  composition  of  or in
         respect  of  such  Person  under  any   applicable   federal  or  state
         bankruptcy,  insolvency,   reorganization  or  other  similar  law,  or
         appointing a receiver, liquidator,  assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or
         other similar  official) of such Person or of any  substantial  part of
         its property or ordering the winding up or  liquidation of its affairs,
         and the  continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect
         for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

                  b)   the  institution  by such  Person  of  proceedings  to be
         adjudicated  a  bankrupt  or  insolvent,  or the  consent  by it to the
         institution of bankruptcy or insolvency  proceedings against it, or the
         filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking  reorganization
         or relief under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency,
         reorganization or other similar law, or the consent by it to the filing
         of any such petition or to the  appointment of a receiver,  liquidator,
         assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of such Person or
         of any  substantial  part of its  property  or the  making  by it of an
         assignment  for the benefit of  creditors,  or the  admission  by it in
         writing of its inability to pay its debts  generally as they become due
         and its  willingness  to be  adjudicated  a bankrupt,  or the taking of
         corporate action by such Person in furtherance of any such action.

                  "Board  Resolution" means a copy of a resolution  certified by
the  Secretary  or an  Assistant  Secretary  of the  Depositor to have been duly
adopted by the Depositor's Board of Directors, or such committee of the Board of
Directors or officers of the  Depositor  to which  authority to act on behalf of
the Board of Directors has been delegated, and to be in full force and effect on
the date of such certification and delivered to the Trustees.

                  "Business  Day"  means a day  other  than  (a) a  Saturday  or
Sunday,  (b) a day on  which  banking  institutions  in the  City  of  Richmond,
Virginia are  authorized or required by law or executive  order to remain closed
or (c) a day on which  the  Property



                                       3
<PAGE>

Trustee's  Corporate Trust Office or the Corporate Trust Office of the Debenture
Trustee is closed for business.

                  "Capital  Securities"  means each of the  $______  Convertible
Preferred  Securities  to be issued on the date  hereof,  each  representing  an
undivided  beneficial  interest in the assets of the Trust, having a Liquidation
Amount of $25.00 per Capital Security and having the rights provided therefor in
this Declaration of Trust,  including the right to receive  Distributions  and a
Liquidation Distribution as provided herein.

                  "Capital   Securities   Certificate"   means   a   certificate
evidencing  ownership of Capital Securities,  substantially in the form attached
as Exhibit B.

                  "Capital  Securityholder"  means  a  Person  in  whose  name a
Capital Security or Capital Securities is registered in the Securities Register;
and any such Person shall be deemed to be a beneficial  owner within the meaning
of the Delaware Business Trust Act.

                  "Capital Treatment Event" has the meaning specified in Section
1.01 of the Indenture.

                  "Cede" has the meaning specified in Section 5.04(a).

                  "Certificate  of  Trust"  has  the  meaning  specified  in the
preamble to this Declaration of Trust.

                  "Clearing  Agency"  means  an  organization  registered  as  a
"clearing  agency"  pursuant to Section 17A of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934. The Depository Trust Company shall be the initial Clearing Agency.

                  "Clearing Agency  Participant" means a broker,  dealer,  bank,
other  financial  institution  or  other  Person  for whom  from  time to time a
Clearing Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited
with the Clearing Agency.

                  "Closing Date" has the meaning  specified in the  Underwriting
Agreement.

                  "Closing  Price"  shall have the meaning  specified in Section
4.08(h)(iv).

                  "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission,  as
from time to time  constituted,  created  under the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, or, if at any time after the execution of this  instrument such Commission
is not  existing  and  performing  the duties now assigned to it under the Trust
Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.

                  "Common   Securities"  means  the  Common   Securities,   each
representing an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of



                                       4
<PAGE>

the Trust,  having a Liquidation Amount of $25.00 and having the rights provided
therefor  in  this  Declaration  of  Trust,   including  the  right  to  receive
Distributions and a Liquidation Distribution as provided herein.

                  "Common Securities Certificate" means a certificate evidencing
ownership of Common Securities, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit C.

                  "Common  Stock"  means the common  stock,  par value $1.25 per
share, of the Depositor.

                  "Conversion  Agent"  has  the  meaning  specified  in  Section
4.08(c).

                  "Conversion   Date"  has  the  meaning  specified  in  Section
4.08(b).

                  "Conversion  Price"  has  the  meaning  specified  in  Section
4.08(a).

                  "Conversion  Request"  has the  meaning  specified  in Section
4.08(b).

                  "Conversion  Termination  Date" has the meaning  specified  in
Section 4.08(h)(ii).

                  "Corporate  Trust Office"  means the  principal  office of the
Property  Trustee  located in  Wilmington,  Delaware  which,  at the time of the
execution of this  Declaration  of Trust,  is located at 1100 N. Market  Street,
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, Wilmington, Delaware 19890.

                  "Debenture  Event of  Default"  means an "Event of Default" as
defined in the Indenture.

                  "Debenture Trustee" means Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware
corporation and any successor.

                  "Declaration   of  Trust"  means  this  Amended  and  Restated
Declaration of Trust,  as the same may be modified,  amended or  supplemented in
accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, including all exhibits hereto,
including,  for all purposes of this Amended and Restated  Declaration of Trust,
the  provisions  of the Trust  Indenture Act that are deemed to be a part of and
govern this  Amended and  Restated  Declaration  of Trust and any  modification,
amendment or supplement of either, respectively.

                  "Definitive  Capital  Securities  Certificate"  means  Capital
Securities Certificates issued in certificated, fully registered form.



                                       5
<PAGE>

                  "Delaware  Business Trust Act" means Chapter 38 of Title 12 of
the Delaware  Code,  12 Del. C. ss.ss.  3801, et seq., as it may be amended from
time to time.

                  "Delaware  Trustee"  means the  corporation  identified as the
"Delaware  Trustee" in the preamble to this  Declaration  of Trust solely in its
capacity as Delaware  Trustee of the Trust  continued  hereunder  and not in its
individual  capacity,  or its  successor  in interest in such  capacity,  or any
successor trustee appointed as herein provided.

                  "Depositor" has the meaning  specified in the preamble to this
Declaration of Trust.

                  "Distribution  Date"  has the  meaning  specified  in  Section
4.01(a).

                  "Distributions"  means amounts payable in respect of the Trust
Securities as provided in Section 4.01.

                  "Early Termination Event" has the meaning specified in Section
9.02.

                  "Escrow Agent" means Wilmington Trust Company.

                  "Event  of  Default"  means  any one of the  following  events
(whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary
or  involuntary  or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment,
decree  or  order  of  any  court  or  any  order,  rule  or  regulation  of any
administrative or governmental body):

                  (a)  the occurrence of a Debenture Event of Default; or

                  (b)  default by the Trust in the  payment of any  Distribution
         when it becomes due and payable, and continuation of such default for a
         period of 30 days; or

                  (c)  default  by the Trust in the  payment  of any  Redemption
         Price of any Trust Security when it becomes due and payable; or

                  (d)  default in the  performance,  or breach,  in any material
         respect,   of  any  covenant  or  warranty  of  the  Trustees  in  this
         Declaration  of Trust (other than a covenant or warranty,  a default in
         the  performance  or breach of which is  addressed in clause (b) or (c)
         above),  and  continuation of such default or breach for a period of 60
         days after there has been given,  by registered  or certified  mail, to
         the  defaulting  Trustee or  Trustees by the Holders of at least 25% in
         aggregate  Liquidation Amount of the Outstanding Capital Securities,  a
         written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be
         remedied  and  stating  that  such  notice  is a  "Notice  of  Default"
         hereunder; or



                                       6
<PAGE>

                  (e)  the occurrence of a Bankruptcy  Event with respect to the
         Property  Trustee  and  the  failure  by the  Depositor  to  appoint  a
         successor Property Trustee within 60 days thereof.

                  "Expiration Date" has the meaning specified in Section 9.01.

                  "Federal  Reserve" means the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System.

                  "Global Capital Securities" means a beneficial interest in the
Capital Securities,  ownership and transfers of which shall be made through book
entries by a Clearing Agency as described in Section 5.11.

                  "Global Capital  Securities  Certificate"  means a certificate
evidencing  ownership of Global Capital  Securities,  substantially  in the form
attached as Exhibit B.

                  "Guarantee"  means  the  Guarantee   Agreement   executed  and
delivered  by  the  Depositor  and  Wilmington   Trust   Company,   as  trustee,
contemporaneously  with the execution and delivery of this Declaration of Trust,
for the benefit of the Holders of the Trust Securities,  as amended from time to
time.

                  "Holder"  or  "Securityholder"  means a Person in whose name a
Trust Security or Trust Securities is registered in the Securities Register; any
such Person  shall be deemed to be a beneficial  owner of such Trust  Securities
within the meaning of the Delaware Business Trust Act; provided,  however,  that
in determining whether the Holders of the requisite amount of Capital Securities
have voted on any matter provided for in this Declaration of Trust, then for the
purpose of any such  determination,  so long as  Definitive  Capital  Securities
Certificates have not been issued,  the term  Securityholders or Holders as used
herein shall refer to the Owners.

                  "Indenture" means the Junior Subordinated Indenture,  dated as
of ________  __, 1998,  between the  Depositor  and the  Debenture  Trustee,  as
trustee, (as amended or supplemented from time to time) relating to the issuance
of the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities.

                  "Investment  Company  Event"  has  the  meaning  specified  in
Section 1.01 of the Indenture.

                  "Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities" means  $6,180,000.00 in
aggregate   principal  amount  of  the  Depositor's  Junior   Subordinated  Debt
Securities due ________ __, 2028, issued pursuant to the Indenture.



                                       7
<PAGE>

                  "Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities  Redemption Date" means,
with respect to any Junior Subordinated Debt Securities to be redeemed under the
Indenture,  the date fixed for redemption  under the Indenture or pursuant to an
Officers' Certificate in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

                  "Letter of  Representations"  means the agreement  between the
Trust, the Property  Trustee and The Depository  Trust Company  ("DTC"),  as the
initial Clearing Agency, dated as of the Closing Date.

                  "Lien" means any lien, pledge, charge, encumbrance,  mortgage,
deed of trust, adverse ownership interest,  hypothecation,  assignment, security
interest or  preference,  priority or other security  agreement or  preferential
arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever.

                  "Like  Amount" means (a) with respect to a redemption of Trust
Securities,  Trust Securities having a Liquidation  Amount equal to that portion
of  the  principal  amount  of  Junior   Subordinated   Debt  Securities  to  be
contemporaneously  redeemed in accordance  with the  Indenture  allocated to the
Trust Securities based upon their relative  Liquidation Amounts and the proceeds
of which will be used to pay the Redemption Price of such Trust Securities,  and
(b) with respect to a distribution  of Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities to
Holders in connection  with a dissolution or  liquidation  of the Trust,  Junior
Subordinated  Debt Securities having a principal amount equal to the Liquidation
Amount of the Trust  Securities  of the Holder to whom such Junior  Subordinated
Debt Securities are distributed.

                  "Liquidation  Amount"  means the  stated  amount of $25.00 per
Trust Security.

                  "Liquidation Date" means the date on which Junior Subordinated
Debt  Securities  are to be  distributed  to  Holders  of  Trust  Securities  in
connection  with a termination  and liquidation of the Trust pursuant to Section
9.04(a).

                  "Liquidation   Distribution"  has  the  meaning  specified  in
Section 9.04(d).

                  "1940 Act" means the Investment Company Act of 1940.

                  "Notice of Conversion  Termination" has the meaning  specified
in Section 4.08(h)(iii).

                  "NYSE" means the New York Stock Exchange.

                  "Officers'  Certificate"  means a  certificate  signed  by the
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer,  President or a Vice President, and by the
Treasurer, an Associate Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer,  the Controller,  the
Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary,  of the  Depositor,  and  delivered to the



                                       8
<PAGE>

appropriate Trustee. One of the officers signing an Officers'  Certificate given
pursuant  to  Section  8.16  shall  be the  principal  executive,  financial  or
accounting officer of the Depositor.  Any Officers'  Certificate  delivered with
respect  to  compliance  with a  condition  or  covenant  provided  for in  this
Declaration of Trust shall include:

                  (a)  a  statement  that each  officer  signing  the  Officers'
         Certificate  has read the  covenant or  condition  and the  definitions
         relating thereto;

                  (b)  a  brief  statement  of  the  nature  and  scope  of  the
         examination  or  investigation  undertaken by each officer in rendering
         the Officers' Certificate;

                  (c)  a  statement   that  each  such  officer  has  made  such
         examination  or  investigation  as,  in  such  officer's  opinion,   is
         necessary to enable such  officer to express an informed  opinion as to
         whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

                  (d)  a statement  as to  whether,  in the opinion of each such
         officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

                  "Opinion of Counsel" means a written  opinion of counsel,  who
may be counsel for the Trust, the Property Trustee or the Depositor,  but not an
employee of any thereof, and which opinion shall be reasonably acceptable to the
Property Trustee.

                  "Original  Declaration of Trust" has the meaning  specified in
the preamble to this Declaration of Trust.

                  "Other Capital  Securities" means Capital  Securities that are
not Global Capital Securities.

                  "Outstanding",  with respect to Capital Securities,  means, as
of the date of determination,  all Capital Securities  theretofore  executed and
delivered under this Declaration of Trust, except;

                  (a)  Capital Securities  theretofore  canceled by the Property
         Trustee,  delivered  to  the  Property  Trustee  for  cancellation,  or
         exchanged by the Conversion Agent in accordance with Section 4.08;

                  (b)  Capital  Securities for whose payment or redemption money
         in the  necessary  amount  has  been  theretofore  deposited  with  the
         Property  Trustee or any Paying Agent for the benefit of the Holders of
         such Capital Securities;  provided that, if such Capital Securities are
         to be redeemed,  notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant
         to this Declaration of Trust; and



                                       9
<PAGE>

                  (c)  Capital Securities that have been paid or in exchange for
         or in lieu of which other  Capital  Securities  have been  executed and
         delivered  pursuant  to  Sections  5.02,  5.04,  5.05,  5.11 and  5.13;
         provided,  however,  that in  determining  whether  the  Holders of the
         requisite Liquidation Amount of the Outstanding Capital Securities have
         given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or
         waiver  hereunder,  Capital  Securities  owned  by the  Depositor,  any
         Trustee or any  Affiliate  of the  Depositor  or any  Trustee  shall be
         disregarded  and  deemed  not to be  Outstanding,  except  that  (a) in
         determining  whether any Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any
         such request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice,  consent or
         waiver,  only Capital  Securities  that a  Responsible  Officer of such
         Trustee  actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded  and (b)
         the foregoing  shall not apply at any time when all of the  outstanding
         Capital  Securities  are  owned  by the  Depositor,  one or more of the
         Trustees  and/or any such Affiliate.  Capital  Securities so owned that
         have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as  Outstanding  if the
         pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Administrative  Trustees
         the pledgee's  right so to act with respect to such Capital  Securities
         and that the  pledgee  is not the  Depositor  or any  Affiliate  of the
         Depositor.

                  "Owner"  means each  Person who is the  beneficial  owner of a
Global Capital  Security as reflected in the records of the Clearing  Agency or,
if a Clearing  Agency  Participant  is not the Owner,  then as  reflected in the
records of a Person  maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency  (directly
or indirectly), in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency.

                  "Paying  Agent"  means any  paying  agent or  co-paying  agent
appointed pursuant to Section 5.10 and shall initially be the Trust Company.

                  "Payment Account" means a segregated  corporate trust account,
without  interest,  maintained by the Property Trustee with the Trust Company in
its trust department for the benefit of the Securityholders in which all amounts
paid in respect of the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities will be held and from
which the  Property  Trustee  shall  make  payments  to the  Securityholders  in
accordance with Sections 4.01 and 4.02.

                  "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint
venture,  trust,  limited  liability  company  or  corporation,   unincorporated
organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

                  "Press   Release"   has  the  meaning   specified  in  Section
4.08(h)(ii).

                  "Property  Trustee" means the commercial bank or trust company
identified  as the  "Property  Trustee" in the preamble to



                                       10
<PAGE>

this  Declaration  of Trust  solely in its  capacity as Property  Trustee of the
Trust continued hereunder and not in its individual  capacity,  or its successor
in interest in such capacity,  or any successor  property  trustee  appointed as
herein provided.

                  "Redemption Date" means, with respect to any Trust Security to
be  redeemed,  the  date  fixed  for  such  redemption  by or  pursuant  to this
Declaration of Trust,  provided,  however,  that each Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities  Redemption Date and the Stated  Maturity of the Junior  Subordinated
Debt  Securities  shall  be a  Redemption  Date  for  a  Like  Amount  of  Trust
Securities.

                  "Redemption  Price,"  when  used  with  respect  to any  Trust
Security to be redeemed or prepaid, means an amount in cash equal to one hundred
percent  (100%)  of  the  Liquidation  Amount  to  be  redeemed,  together  with
accumulated Distributions to but excluding the date fixed for such redemption.

                  "Relevant Trustee" has the meaning specified in Section 8.10.

                  "Responsible  Officer"  means,  when used with  respect to the
Property Trustee, any officer assigned to the Corporate Trust Office,  including
any managing  director,  vice  president,  assistant vice  president,  assistant
treasurer,  assistant  secretary or any other  officer of the  Property  Trustee
customarily  performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above
designated officers and having direct  responsibility for the administration for
this  Declaration of Trust, and also, with respect to a particular  matter,  any
other  officer  to whom  such  matter  is  referred  because  of such  officer's
knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

                  "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933.

                  "Securities  Register"  and  "Securities  Registrar"  have the
respective meanings specified in Section 5.05.

                  "Securityholder"  or  "Holder"  means a Person in whose name a
Trust Security or Trust Securities is registered in the Securities Register; any
such Person shall be deemed to be a  beneficial  owner within the meaning of the
Delaware Business Trust Act; provided,  however, that in determining whether the
Holders of the requisite  amount of Capital  Securities have voted on any matter
provided  for in this  Declaration  of Trust,  then for the  purpose of any such
determination,  so long as Definitive Capital  Securities  Certificates have not
been issued,  the term  Securityholders or Holders as used herein shall refer to
the Owners.

                  "Stated Maturity" has the meaning specified in Section 1.01 of
the Indenture.



                                       11
<PAGE>

                  "Tax Event" has the meaning  specified  in Section 1.01 of the
Indenture.

                  "Transfer  Agent" means the Trust  Company as set forth in the
preamble to this Declaration of Trust.

                  "Trust" means Guaranty Capital Trust I.

                  "Trust  Company" has the meaning  specified in the preamble to
this Declaration of Trust.

                  "Trust  Indenture  Act" has the meaning  specified  in Section
1.01 of the Indenture.

                  "Trust  Property"  means  (a)  the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities,  (b) the rights of the Property Trustee under the Guarantee, (c) any
cash or deposit in, or owing to, the Payment  Account and (d) all  proceeds  and
rights in respect of the foregoing.

                  "Trust  Securities  Certificate"  means any one of the  Common
Securities Certificates or the Capital Securities Certificates.

                  "Trust Security" means any one of the Common Securities or the
Capital Securities.

                  "Trustees"  means,  collectively,  the Property  Trustee,  the
Delaware Trustee and the Administrative Trustees.

                  "Underwriter" shall mean McKinnon & Company,  Inc., a Virginia
corporation.

                  "Underwriting  Agreement"  means the  Underwriting  Agreement,
dated as of  ________  __,  1998,  between  the  Trust,  the  Depositor  and the
Underwriter.



                                   ARTICLE II

                            Continuation of the Trust

                  SECTION 2.01.  Name. The Trust continued hereby shall be known
as "Guaranty Capital Trust I", as such name may be modified from time to time by
the  Administrative  Trustees  following  written  notice to the Holders and the
other  Trustees,  in which name the  Trustees  may conduct  the  business of the
Trust,  make and execute  contracts and other instruments on behalf of the Trust
and sue and be sued.

                  SECTION 2.02. Office of the Delaware Trustee;  Principal Place
of  Business.  The address of the  Delaware  Trustee in the State of Delaware is
Wilmington  Trust Company,  1100 N.



                                       12
<PAGE>

Market Street, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration,  Wilmington,  Delaware
19890,  or such other  address in the State of Delaware as the Delaware  Trustee
may designate by written notice to the  Securityholders  and the Depositor.  The
principal  executive  office  of the  Trust  is in  care of  Guaranty  Financial
Corporation, 1658 State Farm Boulevard, Charlottesville, Virginia 22911.

                  SECTION  2.03.  Organizational  Expenses.  The  Depositor,  as
borrower on the Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities,  shall pay all expenses of
the  Trust  as they  arise or  shall,  upon  request  of any  Trustee,  promptly
reimburse such Trustee for any such expenses paid by such Trustee. The Depositor
shall make no claim upon the Trust Property for the payment of such expenses.

                  SECTION 2.04. Issuance of the Capital Securities.  The Capital
Securities to be issued will be limited to $6,000,000.00  aggregate  Liquidation
Amount outstanding at any one time.

                  On ________ __, 1998, the  Depositor,  on behalf of the Trust,
and pursuant to the Original  Declaration of Trust, and the Underwriter executed
and delivered the Underwriting  Agreement.  Contemporaneously with the execution
and delivery of this Declaration of Trust, an Administrative  Trustee, on behalf
of the Trust,  shall execute or cause to be executed in accordance  with Section
5.02  and  delivered  to the  Escrow  Agent,  a  Definitive  Capital  Securities
Certificate,  registered in the names of the purchasers thereof, in an aggregate
amount  of  Capital  Securities  having  an  aggregate   Liquidation  Amount  of
$____________  against  receipt of the aggregate  purchase price of such Capital
Securities equal to 100% of the Liquidation  Amount  multiplied by the number of
Capital  Securities being  purchased,  which amount the  Administrative  Trustee
shall promptly deliver to the Property Trustee.

                  SECTION 2.05. Issuance of the Common Securities;  Subscription
and Purchase of Junior Subordinated Debt Securities.  Contemporaneously with the
execution and delivery of this Declaration of Trust, an Administrative  Trustee,
on behalf of the Trust, shall execute or cause to be executed in accordance with
Section 5.02(a) and delivered to the Depositor Common  Securities  Certificates,
registered in the name of the Depositor,  in an aggregate amount of _____ Common
Securities  having an  aggregate  Liquidation  Amount of  $____________  against
payment  by the  Depositor  of  $____________  to the  Trust.  Contemporaneously
therewith, an Administrative Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, shall subscribe to
and purchase from the Depositor Junior Subordinated Debt Securities,  registered
in the name of the  Property  Trustee and held for the benefit of the Holders of
the  Capital   Securities   having  an  aggregate   principal  amount  equal  to
$____________,  and,  in  satisfaction  of the  purchase  price for such  Junior
Subordinated  Debt Securities,  the Trust shall deliver to the Depositor the sum
of $____________.



                                       13
<PAGE>

                  SECTION 2.06. Declaration of Trust. The exclusive purposes and
functions of the Trust are to (a) issue and sell Trust  Securities,  (b) use the
proceeds from the sale of Trust  Securities  to acquire the Junior  Subordinated
Debt  Securities,  (c) receive  payments  to be made with  respect to the Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities,  and (d) engage in only those  other  activities
necessary or incidental  thereto such as registering the transfer of the Capital
Securities. The Depositor hereby appoints the Trustees as trustees of the Trust,
to have all the rights,  powers and duties to the extent set forth  herein,  and
the  Trustees  hereby  accept such  appointment.  The  Property  Trustee  hereby
declares  that it will hold the Trust  Property in trust upon and subject to the
conditions   set  forth   herein   for  the   benefit   of  the  Trust  and  the
Securityholders.  The Administrative  Trustees shall have all rights, powers and
duties set forth herein and in accordance  with  applicable  law with respect to
accomplishing  the  purposes of the Trust.  The  Delaware  Trustee  shall not be
entitled to exercise any powers,  nor shall the Delaware Trustee have any of the
duties and  responsibilities,  of the  Property  Trustee  or the  Administrative
Trustees set forth herein.  The Delaware Trustee shall be one of the Trustees of
the Trust for the sole and limited  purpose of fulfilling  the  requirements  of
Section 3807 of the Delaware Business Trust Act.

                  SECTION   2.07.    Authorization   to   Enter   into   Certain
Transactions.  (a) The  Trustees  shall  conduct  the  affairs  of the  Trust in
accordance  with  the  terms  of  this  Declaration  of  Trust.  Subject  to the
limitations  set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section and in  accordance  with
the following  provisions (i) and (ii), the Trustees shall have the authority to
enter into all  transactions  and  agreements  determined  by the Trustees to be
appropriate in exercising the authority,  express or implied,  otherwise granted
to the  Trustees  under this  Declaration  of Trust,  and to perform all acts in
furtherance thereof, including without limitation, the following:

                  (i)  As among the Trustees,  each Administrative Trustee shall
         have the power and authority to act on behalf of the Trust with respect
         to the following matters:

                           (A)  the issuance and sale of the Trust Securities;

                           (B)  to  cause  the  Trust  to  enter  into,  and  to
                  execute,  deliver  and  perform  on behalf of the  Trust,  the
                  Underwriting Agreement, the Letter of Representations and such
                  other   agreements   as  may  be  necessary  or  desirable  in
                  connection with the purposes and function of the Trust;

                           (C)  assisting  in the  registration  of the  Capital
                  Securities   under  the   Securities   Act,  and  under  state
                  securities  or blue sky laws,  and the  qualification  of



                                       14
<PAGE>
                  this Declaration of Trust as a trust indenture under the Trust
                  Indenture Act;

                           (D)  assisting in the listing, if any, of the Capital
                  Securities upon such securities exchange or exchanges as shall
                  be determined by the  Depositor  and the  registration  of the
                  Capital  Securities under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934
                  (the "Exchange  Act"),  and the  preparation and filing of all
                  periodic and other reports and other documents pursuant to the
                  foregoing;

                           (E)  the sending of notices  (other  than  notices of
                  default) and other information  regarding the Trust Securities
                  and  the   Junior   Subordinated   Debt   Securities   to  the
                  Securityholders in accordance with this Declaration of Trust;

                           (F)  the  appointment  of a  Paying  Agent,  Transfer
                  Agent  and  Securities   Registrar  in  accordance  with  this
                  Declaration of Trust;

                           (G)  registering  transfer of the Trust Securities in
                  accordance with this Declaration of Trust;

                           (H)  to the extent  provided in this  Declaration  of
                  Trust,  the winding up of the affairs and  liquidation  of the
                  Trust  and  the  preparation,  execution  and  filing  of  the
                  certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the
                  State of Delaware;

                           (I)  unless  otherwise  determined by the  Depositor,
                  the  Property  Trustee or the  Administrative  Trustees  or as
                  otherwise  required by the Delaware  Business Trust Act or the
                  Trust Indenture Act, to execute on behalf of the Trust (either
                  acting alone or together with any or all of the Administrative
                  Trustees) any documents that the Administrative  Trustees have
                  the power to execute  pursuant to this  Declaration  of Trust;
                  and

                           (J)  the  taking  of  any  action  incidental  to the
                  foregoing as the  Trustees may from time to time  determine is
                  necessary  or  advisable  to give  effect to the terms of this
                  Declaration  of Trust for the  benefit of the  Securityholders
                  (without consideration of the effect of any such action on any
                  particular Securityholders).

                  (ii) As among the  Trustees,  the Property  Trustee shall have
         the  power,  duty and  authority  to act on behalf  of the  Trust  with
         respect to the following matters:

                           (A)  the establishment of the Payment Account;



                                       15
<PAGE>

                           (B)  the  receipt  of the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt
                  Securities;

                           (C)  the  collection  of interest,  principal and any
                  other payments made in respect of the Junior Subordinated Debt
                  Securities in the Payment Account;

                           (D)  the   distribution   of  amounts   owed  to  the
                  Securityholders in respect of the Trust Securities;

                           (E)  the  exercise of all of the  rights,  powers and
                  privileges  of  a  holder  of  the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt
                  Securities;

                           (F)  the  sending of  notices  of  default  and other
                  information  regarding  the Trust  Securities  and the  Junior
                  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  to  the   Securityholders   in
                  accordance with this Declaration of Trust;

                           (G)  the   distribution  of  the  Trust  Property  in
                  accordance with the terms of this Declaration of Trust;

                           (H)  to the extent  provided in this  Declaration  of
                  Trust, the winding up of the affairs of and liquidation of the
                  Trust  and  the  preparation,  execution  and  filing  of  the
                  certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the
                  State of Delaware;

                           (I)  after an Event of Default  (other  than an Event
                  of Default  pursuant to paragraph  (b), (c), (d) or (e) of the
                  definition of such term if such Event of Default is by or with
                  respect  to the  Property  Trustee)  the  taking of any action
                  incidental to the  foregoing as the Property  Trustee may from
                  time to time  determine  is  necessary  or  advisable  to give
                  effect to the terms of this  Declaration  of Trust and protect
                  and  conserve  the  Trust  Property  for  the  benefit  of the
                  Securityholders  (without  consideration  of the effect of any
                  such action on any particular Securityholder); and

                           (J)  except as  otherwise  provided  in this  Section
                  2.07(a)(ii),  the  Property  Trustee  shall  have  none of the
                  duties, liabilities, powers or authority of the Administrative
                  Trustees set forth in Section 2.07(a)(i).

                  (b)  So long as this  Declaration  of Trust remains in effect,
the Trust (or the Trustees  acting on behalf of the Trust)  shall not  undertake
any business,  activities or transactions except as expressly provided herein or
contemplated  hereby.  In  particular,  the  Trustees  shall not (i) acquire any
investments or engage in any  activities  not authorized by this  Declaration of
Trust, (ii) sell,  assign,  transfer,  exchange,  mortgage,  pledge,



                                       16

<PAGE>

set-off or otherwise dispose of any of the Trust Property or interests  therein,
including  to  Securityholders,  except  as  expressly  provided  herein,  (iii)
intentionally  take any action  that  would  cause the Trust to fail or cease to
qualify  as a  "grantor  trust" or as other  than an  association  taxable  as a
corporation  for  United  States  federal  income tax  purposes,  (iv) incur any
indebtedness  for borrowed money or issue any other debt, (v) take or consent to
any action  that  would  result in the  placement  of a Lien on any of the Trust
Property, (vi) invest any proceeds received by the Trust from holding the Junior
Subordinated Debt Securities,  but shall distribute all such proceeds to Holders
pursuant to the terms of this Declaration of Trust and of the Trust  Securities,
(vii) acquire any assets other than the Trust Property, (viii) possess any power
or otherwise act in such a way as to vary the Trust  Property,  (ix) possess any
power  or  otherwise  act in  such a way  as to  vary  the  terms  of the  Trust
Securities in any way whatsoever  (except to the extent expressly  authorized in
this  Declaration of Trust or by the terms of the Trust  Securities),  (x) issue
any  securities  or other  evidences of  beneficial  ownership of, or beneficial
interest  in, the Trust other than the Trust  Securities,  or (xi) other than as
provided in this  Declaration of Trust or by the terms of the Trust  Securities,
so long as any Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  are held by the  Property
Trustee,  (A) direct the time, method and place of exercising any trust or power
conferred  upon the  Debenture  Trustee with respect to the Junior  Subordinated
Debt  Securities,  (B)  waive  any  past  default  that is  waivable  under  the
Indenture,  (C) exercise any right to rescind or annul any declaration  that the
principal of all Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities shall be due and payable,
or (D) consent to any amendment,  modification,  or termination of the Indenture
or the Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities where such consent shall be required
unless the Trust shall have received an Opinion of Counsel of a independent  law
firm to the effect that such  amendment,  modification  or termination  will not
cause  more  than an  insubstantial  risk  that  the  Trust  will be  deemed  an
Investment  Company required to be registered under the 1940 Act, that the Trust
will  not  be  classified  as a  grantor  trust  or  will  be  classified  as an
association  taxable as a  corporation  for  United  States  federal  income tax
purposes or that the Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities will not be classified
as indebtedness for such purposes. The Administrative  Trustees shall defend all
claims and  demands of all Persons at any time  claiming  any Lien on any of the
Trust Property  adverse to the interest of the Trust or the  Securityholders  in
their capacity as Securityholders.

                  (c)  In  connection  with the  issuance  and sale of the Trust
Securities,  the Depositor shall have the right and responsibility to assist the
Trust with respect to, or effect on behalf of the Trust,  the following (and any
actions taken by the Depositor in furtherance of the following prior to the date
of this Declaration of Trust are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects):



                                       17
<PAGE>

                  (i)  the preparation by the Trust of a prospectus  relating to
         the Trust  Securities and the  preparation and filing by the Trust with
         the  Commission  and  the  execution  on  behalf  of  the  Trust  of  a
         registration statement on the appropriate form in relation to the Trust
         Securities, including any amendments thereto;

                  (ii)  the  determination  of  the  states  in  which  to  take
         appropriate  action to qualify or register  for sale all or part of the
         Trust Securities and the  determination of any and all such acts, other
         than actions  that must be taken by or on behalf of the Trust,  and the
         advice  to the  Trustees  of  actions  they  must take on behalf of the
         Trust, and the preparation for execution and filing of any documents to
         be  executed  and filed by the Trust or on behalf of the Trust,  as the
         Depositor  deems  necessary  or  advisable  in order to comply with the
         applicable laws of any such states;

                  (iii)  the  preparation  for  filing  by the  Trust  with  the
         Commission  and the execution on behalf of the Trust of a  registration
         statement  on  Form  8-A  relating  to the  registration  of the  Trust
         Securities under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act,  including
         any amendments thereto;

                  (iv)  the negotiation  of the terms of, and the  execution and
         delivery of, the Underwriting  Agreement  providing for the sale of the
         Trust  Securities  and such other  agreements  as may be  necessary  or
         desirable  in  connection  with the  consummation  of the  transactions
         contemplated thereby, all in its capacity as Depositor and on behalf of
         the Trust; and

                  (v)  the taking of any other actions necessary or desirable to
         carry out any of the foregoing activities.

                  (d)  Notwithstanding  anything  herein to the  contrary,  each
Administrative  Trustee is authorized and directed to conduct the affairs of the
Trust and to operate the Trust so that the Trust will not (i) be deemed to be an
"investment  company" required to be registered under the 1940 Act, or (ii) fail
to be classified as a grantor trust or as other than an association taxable as a
corporation for United States federal income tax purposes and so that the Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities  will be treated as indebtedness of the Depositor
for United States federal income tax purposes. In this connection, the Depositor
and each of the  Administrative  Trustees are authorized to take any action, not
inconsistent  with applicable law, the Certificate of Trust or this  Declaration
of Trust, that each of the Depositor and each Administrative  Trustee determines
in its  discretion  to be necessary or desirable for such  purposes,  as long as
such action does not adversely  affect in any material  respect the interests of
the Holders of the Trust Securities.



                                       18
<PAGE>

                  SECTION 2.08.  Assets of Trust.  The assets of the Trust shall
consist solely of the Trust Property.

                  SECTION  2.09.  Title to Trust  Property.  Legal  title to all
Trust  Property  shall be vested at all times in the  Property  Trustee  (in its
capacity as such) and shall be held and administered by the Property Trustee for
the  benefit  of the  Trust  and the  Securityholders  in  accordance  with this
Declaration of Trust.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                 Payment Account

                  SECTION 3.01. Payment Account.  (a) On or prior to the Closing
Date, the Property  Trustee shall  establish the Payment  Account.  The Property
Trustee and any agent of the Property  Trustee shall have exclusive  control and
sole right of withdrawal  with respect to the Payment Account for the purpose of
making deposits in and  withdrawals  from the Payment Account in accordance with
this Declaration of Trust. All moneys and other property  deposited or held from
time to time in the Payment Account shall be held by the Property Trustee in the
Payment  Account  for  the  exclusive  benefit  of the  Securityholders  and for
distribution  as herein  provided,  including  (and  subject to) any priority of
payments provided for herein or by applicable law.

                  (b)  The  Property   Trustee  shall  deposit  in  the  Payment
Account, promptly upon receipt, all payments of principal of or interest on, and
any other  payments or proceeds  with respect to, the Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities.  Amounts  held in the Payment  Account  shall not be invested by the
Property Trustee pending distribution thereof.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                      Distributions; Redemption; Conversion

                  SECTION 4.01.  Distributions.  (a)  Distributions on the Trust
Securities  shall be  cumulative  and will  accumulate  whether or not there are
funds of the Trust  available  for the payment of  Distributions.  Distributions
shall  accrue  from  ________  __,  1998,  and,  except in the event (and to the
extent) that the Depositor  exercises its right to defer the payment of interest
on the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities  pursuant to the Indenture,  shall be
payable  quarterly  in arrears  on the 15th day of March,  June,  September  and
December  of each  year,  commencing  on June 15,  1998.  If any date on which a
Distribution  is otherwise  payable is not a Business  Day,  then the payment of
such  Distribution  shall be made on the next  succeeding day that is a Business
Day (and without any interest or other payment in



                                       19
<PAGE>

respect  of any such  delay),  in each case with the same force and effect as if
made on such date (each date on which  distributions  are payable in  accordance
with this Section 4.01(a), a "Distribution  Date").  Accrued  Distributions that
are not paid on the  applicable  Distribution  Date  will bear  interest  on the
amount thereof (to the extent  permitted by law) at a fixed annual rate equal to
_____%,  compounded quarterly from the relevant  Distribution Date in accordance
with Section 2.02 of the Indenture.

                  (b)  The  Trust  Securities   represent  undivided  beneficial
ownership interests in the Trust Property, and, assuming payments of interest on
the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  are made when due (and before giving
effect to Additional Distributions, defined below, if applicable), Distributions
on each of the Trust Securities shall be payable at a fixed annual rate equal to
$______  (which  is  _____%  of the  Liquidation  Amount  of each  of the  Trust
Securities)  in  accordance  with Section 2.02 of the  Indenture.  The amount of
Distributions  payable  for any  period  shall be  computed  on the basis of the
actual number of days elapsed in a year of twelve 30-day months; except that the
amount of interest payable for any partial period shall be computed on the basis
of the  actual  number  of  days  elapsed  in a  360-day  year.  The  amount  of
Distributions payable for any period shall include the Additional Distributions,
if any.

                  (c)  So long as no Debenture Event of Default has occurred and
is  continuing,  the  Depositor  has the right under the  Indenture to defer the
payment of interest on the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities at any time and
from time to time for a period not exceeding 20  consecutive  quarterly  periods
(an "Extension Period"), provided that no Extension Period may extend beyond the
Stated Maturity of the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities.  As a consequence of
any such deferral,  quarterly Distributions on the Trust Securities by the Trust
will  also  be  deferred  during  any  Extension   Period  (and  the  amount  of
Distributions   to  which  Holders  are  entitled  will  accumulate   additional
Distributions thereon at a fixed annual rate equal to _____% thereof, compounded
quarterly from the relevant payment date for such Distributions  during any such
Extension  Period,  to the extent permitted by applicable law, but not exceeding
the interest rate then accruing on the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities (each
such  increase  in  Distribution,  as  described  in this  Section  4.01(c),  an
"Additional  Distribution").  No  interest  or  other  amounts  shall be due and
payable during an Extension Period except at the end thereof.

                  (d)  Distributions  on the Trust  Securities  shall be made by
the  Property  Trustee  from the  Payment  Account  and shall be payable on each
Distribution  Date only to the extent that the Trust has funds then  on-hand and
available in the Payment Account for the payment of such Distributions.



                                       20
<PAGE>

                  (e)  Distributions  on the Trust  Securities with respect to a
Distribution  Date shall be payable to the  Holders of record as they  appear on
the Securities Register for the Trust Securities at the close of business on the
Business Day next preceding each 1st day of March, June, September and December.

                  SECTION 4.02. Redemption. (a) On each Junior Subordinated Debt
Securities Redemption Date and on the Stated Maturity of the Junior Subordinated
Debt  Securities,  the Trust will be  required  to redeem a Like Amount of Trust
Securities at the applicable Redemption Price.

                  (b)  Other than on the Stated  Maturity,  notice of redemption
shall be given by the  Property  Trustee by first class mail,  postage  prepaid,
mailed  not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the  Redemption  Date to
each  Holder  of Trust  Securities  to be  redeemed,  at such  Holder's  address
appearing in the Security Register. All notices of redemption shall identify the
Trust Securities to be redeemed (including CUSIP numbers) and shall state:

                           (i)  the Redemption Date;

                           (ii) the  applicable  Redemption  Price,  or,  if the
                  Redemption  Price cannot be  calculated  prior to the time the
                  notice is required to be sent,  the estimate of the Redemption
                  Price  provided  pursuant  to the  Indenture  together  with a
                  statement   that  it  is  an  estimate  and  that  the  actual
                  Redemption  Price will be calculated on the third Business Day
                  prior to the Redemption Date (and, if an estimate is provided,
                  a further notice shall be sent of the actual  Redemption Price
                  on the date, or as soon as practicable thereafter, that notice
                  of such actual  Redemption  Price is received  pursuant to the
                  Indenture);

                           (iii)  the CUSIP number  or  CUSIP   numbers  of  the
                  Capital Securities affected;

                           (iv)  if  less   than   all  the   Outstanding  Trust
                  Securities  are to be  redeemed,  the  identification  and the
                  total Liquidation Amount of the particular Trust Securities to
                  be redeemed; and

                           (v)  that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price
                  will become due and payable  upon each such Trust  Security to
                  be  redeemed  and that  Distributions  thereon  will  cease to
                  accrue on and after such date.

                  The Trust in issuing  the Trust  Securities  may use  "CUSIP",
and/or "private  placement"  numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the
Property  Trustee shall indicate the "CUSIP" or "private  placement"  numbers of
the Trust  Securities  in notices  of  redemption  and  related  materials  as a
convenience to



                                       21
<PAGE>

Securityholders;  provided that any such notice may state that no representation
is made as to the  correctness  of such  numbers  either as printed on the Trust
Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and related material. The
Depositor  shall  promptly  notify  the  Property  Trustee of any change in such
numbers.

                  (c)  The Trust  Securities  redeemed on each  Redemption  Date
shall be redeemed at the applicable  Redemption Price with the proceeds from the
contemporaneous  redemption of Junior Subordinated Debt Securities.  Redemptions
of the Trust Securities shall be made and the applicable  Redemption Price shall
be payable on each  Redemption  Date only to the extent that the Trust has funds
then on hand and  available  in the  Payment  Account  for the  payment  of such
Redemption Price.

                  (d)  If the Property  Trustee  gives a notice of redemption in
respect of any Trust Securities,  then, by 12:00 noon, Richmond,  Virginia time,
on the Redemption Date,  subject to Section 4.02(c),  the Property Trustee will,
so long as the  Capital  Securities  are in  book-entry-only  form,  irrevocably
deposit with the Clearing Agency for the Capital  Securities funds sufficient to
pay  the  applicable  Redemption  Price  and  will  give  such  Clearing  Agency
irrevocable  instructions  and  authority  to pay the  Redemption  Price  to the
Holders thereof.  With respect to Capital  Securities held in certificated form,
the Property Trustee,  subject to Section 4.02(c), will irrevocably deposit with
the Paying Agent funds  sufficient to pay the  applicable  Redemption  Price and
will give the Paying Agent  irrevocable  instructions  and  authority to pay the
Redemption  Price  to the  Holders  thereof  upon  surrender  of  their  Capital
Securities Certificates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Distributions payable on
or prior to the Redemption Date for any Trust  Securities  called for redemption
shall be payable to the Holders of such Trust  Securities  as they appear on the
Securities  Register on the relevant  record dates for the related  Distribution
Dates.  If notice of  redemption  shall have been given and funds  deposited  as
required,  then upon the date of such  deposit,  all  rights of  Securityholders
holding Trust  Securities so called for redemption will cease,  except the right
of such  Securityholders to exercise their conversion rights pursuant to Section
4.08 or to receive the applicable  Redemption Price and any Distribution payable
on or prior to the Redemption Date, but without interest.  In the event that any
date on which any applicable  Redemption Price is payable is not a Business Day,
then payment of the  applicable  Redemption  Price  payable on such date will be
made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (and without any interest
or other  payment in respect of any such delay),  except that,  if such Business
Day  falls  in the  next  calendar  year,  such  payment  will  be  made  on the
immediately preceding Business Day, in each case, with the same force and effect
as if made on such date. In the event that payment of the applicable  Redemption
Price in respect of any Trust  Securities  called for  redemption  is improperly
withheld  or  refused  and not



                                       22
<PAGE>

paid  either  by  the  Trust  or by the  Depositor  pursuant  to the  Guarantee,
Distributions  on such Trust  Securities  will  continue to accrue,  at the then
applicable  rate, from the Redemption  Date originally  established by the Trust
for such  Trust  Securities  to the date  such  applicable  Redemption  Price is
actually  paid, in which case the actual payment date will be the date fixed for
redemption for purposes of calculating the applicable Redemption Price.

                  (e)  Payment of the  applicable  Redemption  Price on, and any
distributions  of Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities to Holders of, the Trust
Securities shall be made to the Holders thereof as they appear on the Securities
Register on the relevant record date, and, with respect to Trust Securities held
in certificated  form, upon surrender of such  certificated  Trust Securities to
the Paying Agent.

                  (f)  Subject  to  Section  4.03(a),   if  less  than  all  the
Outstanding  Trust  Securities are to be redeemed on a Redemption Date, then the
aggregate  Liquidation  Amount  of  Trust  Securities  to be  redeemed  shall be
allocated on a pro rata basis  (based on  Liquidation  Amounts)  among the Trust
Securities.  The particular Trust Securities to be redeemed shall be selected on
a pro rata basis (based upon Liquidation Amounts) not more than 60 days prior to
the  Redemption  Date  by  the  Property  Trustee  from  the  Outstanding  Trust
Securities not previously called for redemption,  by such method as the Property
Trustee shall deem fair and  appropriate.  The Property  Trustee shall  promptly
notify the Securities  Registrar in writing of the Trust Securities selected for
redemption  and,  in the  case of any  Trust  Securities  selected  for  partial
redemption,  the Liquidation Amount thereof to be redeemed.  For all purposes of
this Declaration of Trust, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions
relating to the redemption of Trust Securities shall relate,  in the case of any
Trust Securities  redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the
Liquidation Amount of Trust Securities that has been or is to be redeemed.

                  SECTION 4.03. Subordination of Common Securities.  (a) Payment
of Distributions (including Additional Distributions, if applicable) on, and the
Redemption Price of the Trust Securities,  as applicable,  shall be made subject
to Section 4.02(f), pro rata to the Holders of the Trust Securities based on the
Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities;  provided,  however,  that if on any
Distribution  Date or Redemption  Date any Debenture  Event of Default (or other
event that,  with notice or the  passage of time or both,  would  become such an
Event of Default) or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be  continuing,
no  payment  of  any  Distribution  (including  Additional   Distributions,   if
applicable)  on, or Redemption  Price of, any of the Common  Securities,  and no
other payment on account of the redemption,  liquidation or other acquisition of
such  Common  Securities,  shall be made  unless  payment in full in cash of all
accumulated and unpaid Distributions  (including  Additional  Distributions,  if
applicable)



                                       23
<PAGE>

on all outstanding Capital Securities for all Distribution Dates occurring on or
prior thereto, or, in the case of payment of the applicable Redemption Price the
full amount of such  Redemption  Price on all  outstanding  Capital  Securities,
shall have been made or provided for, and all funds immediately available to the
Property  Trustee  shall  first be applied to the payment in full in cash of all
Distributions  (including  Additional  Distributions,  if applicable) on, or the
Redemption Price of, Capital Securities then due and payable.

                  (b)  In the case of the  occurrence  of any  Event of  Default
resulting from any Debenture Event of Default,  the Holder of Common  Securities
will be deemed to have waived any right to act with respect to any such Event of
Default  under this  Declaration  of Trust until all such Events of Default with
respect  to  the  Capital  Securities  have  been  cured,  waived  or  otherwise
eliminated.  Until all such Events of Default  under this  Declaration  of Trust
with respect to the Capital  Securities have been so cured,  waived or otherwise
eliminated,  the Property  Trustee  shall act solely on behalf of the Holders of
the Capital Securities and not on behalf of the Holder of the Common Securities,
and only the Holders of the Capital Securities will have the right to direct the
Property Trustee to act on their behalf.

                  SECTION  4.04.  Payment  Procedures.  In the event  Definitive
Capital Securities Certificates are issued, payments of Distributions (including
Additional  Distributions,  if applicable) in respect of the Capital  Securities
shall be made by check mailed to the address of the Person  entitled  thereto at
such  address  as  shall  appear  on the  Securities  Register.  If the  Capital
Securities are held by a Clearing Agency,  such  Distributions  shall be made to
the  Clearing  Agency in  immediately  available  funds,  which shall credit the
relevant   Persons'   accounts  at  such  Clearing   Agency  on  the  applicable
Distribution  Dates.  Payments in respect of the Common Securities shall be made
in such manner as shall be mutually agreed between the Property  Trustee and the
Common Securityholder.

                  SECTION  4.05.  Tax Returns and  Reports.  The  Administrative
Trustees shall prepare (or cause to be prepared),  at the  Depositor's  expense,
and file all United States federal,  state and local tax and information returns
and reports  required to be filed by or in respect of the Trust. In this regard,
the Administrative  Trustees shall (a) prepare and file (or cause to be prepared
and filed) the appropriate  Internal  Revenue Service forms required to be filed
in respect of the Trust in each  taxable  year of the Trust and (b)  prepare and
furnish (or cause to be  prepared  and  furnished)  to each  Securityholder  all
Internal  Revenue  Service  forms  required  to be  provided  by the Trust.  The
Administrative  Trustees  shall provide the  Depositor and the Property  Trustee
with a copy of all such  returns  and  reports  promptly  after  such  filing or
furnishing.  The Administrative Trustees shall comply with United States federal
withholding  and



                                       24
<PAGE>

backup withholding tax laws and information reporting  requirements with respect
to any payments to Securityholders.

                  SECTION 4.06. Payment of Taxes; Duties of the Trust.  Pursuant
to Section  10.06 of the  Indenture,  the  Depositor,  as borrower on the Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities,  has agreed to, and it shall,  promptly  pay any
taxes,  duties or  governmental  charges of whatever  nature  (other than United
States withholding taxes) imposed on the Trust by the United States or any other
taxing authority.

                  SECTION 4.07.  Payments  Under  Indenture.  Any amount payable
hereunder to any Holder (and any Owner with respect thereto) shall be reduced by
the amount of any  corresponding  payment  such Holder (and Owner) has  directly
received  pursuant  to Section  5.08 of the  Indenture  or Section  5.13 of this
Declaration of Trust.

                  SECTION 4.08.  Conversion Rights.  Holders of Trust Securities
shall have the right at any time prior to 5:00 p.m. (Richmond, Virginia time) on
the earlier of (i) the Business Day immediately  preceding the date of repayment
of such Trust Securities,  whether at maturity or upon redemption,  and (ii) the
Conversion  Termination  Date, if any, to cause the Conversion Agent to exchange
Trust Securities,  on behalf of the converting Holders,  for Junior Subordinated
Debt  Securities,  which Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities will be converted
into shares of Common Stock in the manner described herein on and subject to the
following terms and conditions:

                  (a)  The Trust  Securities  will be  exchangeable  for  Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities  which will be  convertible  at the office of the
Conversion  Agent  into  fully  paid and  nonassessable  shares of Common  Stock
pursuant to the Holder's  direction  to the  Conversion  Agent to exchange  such
Trust  Securities  for a portion  of the  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities
theretofore  held by the  Trust  on the  basis  of one  Trust  Security  per $25
principal amount of Junior Subordinated Debt Securities, and immediately convert
such  amount  of  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  into  fully  paid  and
nonassessable shares of Common Stock at an initial per share conversion price of
$_____,  subject  to  certain  adjustments  set forth in the terms of the Junior
Subordinated Debt Securities (as so adjusted, the "Conversion Price").

                  (b)  To exchange the Trust Securities for Junior  Subordinated
Debt  Securities and to convert the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  into
Common  Stock,  the Holder  shall submit to the  Conversion  Agent at the office
designated therefor an irrevocable request to convert Trust Securities on behalf
of such Holder (the "Conversion Request"), together, if the Trust Securities are
in certificated form, with such  certificates.  The Conversion Request shall (i)
set forth the number of Trust  Securities to be exchanged and the name or names,
if other than



                                       25
<PAGE>

the Holder, in which the shares of Common Stock should be issued and (ii) direct
the Conversion  Agent (A) to exchange such Trust Securities for a portion of the
Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities held by the Trust (at the rate of exchange
specified in the preceding paragraph) and (B) to immediately convert such Junior
Subordinated Debt Securities, on behalf of such Holder, into Common Stock at the
Conversion  Price.  The Conversion  Agent shall notify the Trust of the Holder's
election to exchange Trust  Securities for a portion of the Junior  Subordinated
Debt  Securities  held by the Trust,  and the Trust shall,  upon receipt of such
notice,  deliver to the Conversion  Agent the  appropriate  principal  amount of
Junior Subordinated Debt Securities for exchange in accordance with this Section
4.08. The Conversion  Agent shall thereupon notify the Depositor of the Holder's
election to convert  such Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  into shares of
Common Stock.

                  Holders of Trust Securities at 5:00 p.m.  (Richmond,  Virginia
time) on a record date for a  Distribution  Date will be entitled to receive the
Distribution payable on such Trust Securities on the corresponding  Distribution
Date  notwithstanding  the  conversion of such Trust  Securities  following such
record date but on or prior to such Distribution Date. Except as provided in the
immediately  preceding sentence,  neither the Trust nor the Depositor will make,
or be required to make, any payment, allowance or adjustment for accumulated and
unpaid Distributions,  whether or not in arrears, on converted Trust Securities;
provided, however, that if notice of redemption of Trust Securities is mailed or
otherwise  given to  Holders  of Trust  Securities  or the Trust  issues a Press
Release  announcing a Conversion  Termination Date, then, if any Holder of Trust
Securities  converts  any Trust  Securities  into Common Stock on any date on or
after the date on which such notice of redemption  is mailed or otherwise  given
or the date of such Press  Release,  as the case may be, and if such  Conversion
Date falls on any day from and  including  the first day of an Extension  Period
and on or prior to the Distribution  Date upon which such Extension Period ends,
such converting holder shall be entitled to receive either (i) if the Conversion
Date  falls  after  a  record  date  and  on or  prior  to the  next  succeeding
Distribution Date, all accrued and unpaid Distributions on such Trust Securities
(including  interest thereon, if any, to the extent permitted by applicable law)
to such Distribution Date or (ii) if the Conversion Date does not fall on a date
described  in clause (i) above,  all  accrued and unpaid  Distributions  on such
Trust Securities (including interest thereon, if any, to the extent permitted by
applicable  law) to the most recent  Distribution  Date prior to the  Conversion
Date, which Distributions shall, in either such case, be paid to such converting
holder unless the Conversion Date of such Trust Securities is on or prior to the
Distribution  Date upon which such  Extension  Period  ends and after the record
date for such Distribution Date, in which case such Distributions  shall be paid
to the  Person  who was the  Holder  of such  Trust  Securities  (or one



                                       26
<PAGE>

or more predecessor Trust Securities) at 5:00 p.m. (Richmond,  Virginia time) on
such record date.

                  The   Depositor   shall  make  no  payment  or  allowance  for
distributions on the shares of Common Stock issued upon such conversion,  except
to the extent that such shares of Common  Stock are held of record on the record
date for any such  distributions.  Trust Securities shall be deemed to have been
converted immediately prior to 5:00 p.m. (Richmond, Virginia time) on the day on
which a Conversion  Request relating to such Trust Securities is received by the
Trust in accordance with the foregoing  provision (the "Conversion  Date").  The
Person or Persons  entitled to receive Common Stock issuable upon  conversion of
the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities shall be treated for all purposes as the
record  holder or holders of such  Common  Stock at such time.  As  promptly  as
practicable  on or after the  Conversion  Date,  the  Depositor  shall issue and
deliver at the office of the Conversion  Agent a certificate or certificates for
the  number of full  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon such  conversion,
together with the cash payment, if any, in lieu of any fraction of any share, to
the Person or Persons entitled to receive the same, unless otherwise directed by
the Holder in the Conversion Request,  and the Conversion Agent shall distribute
such certificate or certificates to such Person or Persons.

                  (c)  Each  Holder  of a  Trust  Security,  by  his  acceptance
thereof,  appoints Wilmington Trust Company as conversion agent (the "Conversion
Agent") for the  purpose of  effecting  the  exchange  of Trust  Securities  and
conversion  of Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  in  accordance  with this
Section 4.08. In effecting the exchange and conversion transactions described in
this Section 4.08, the Conversion  Agent shall be acting as agent of the Holders
of Trust  Securities  directing it to effect such  transactions.  The Conversion
Agent is hereby  authorized (i) to exchange Trust  Securities  from time to time
for Junior Subordinated Debt Securities held by the Trust in connection with the
conversion of such Trust  Securities  in  accordance  with this Section 4.08 and
(ii) to convert all or a portion of the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities into
Common Stock and  thereupon to deliver such shares of Common Stock in accordance
with the  provisions  of this  Section  4.08 and to  deliver  to the Trust a new
Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Security  for any  resulting  unconverted  principal
amount.

                  (d)  No fractional  shares of Common Stock will be issued as a
result of conversion, but in lieu thereof, such fractional interest will be paid
in cash (based on the Closing Price of Common Stock on the  Conversion  Date) by
the  Depositor to the Trust,  which in turn will make such payment to the Holder
or Holders of Trust Securities so exchanged.

                  (e)  The  Depositor  shall  at  all  times  reserve  and  keep
available out of its authorized and unissued  Common Stock,  solely for issuance
upon the conversion of the Junior  Subordinated  Debt



                                       27
<PAGE>

Securities,  free from any  preemptive or other similar  rights,  such number of
such  shares of Common  Stock as shall  from time to time be  issuable  upon the
conversion of all of the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities then outstanding.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Depositor shall be entitled to deliver, upon
conversion  of Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities,  shares  of Common  Stock
reacquired and held in the treasury of the Depositor (in lieu of the issuance of
authorized and unissued  shares of Common  Stock),  so long as any such treasury
shares  are  free  and  clear  of all  liens,  charges,  security  interests  or
encumbrances.  Any shares of Common Stock issued upon  conversion  of the Junior
Subordinated  Debt Securities  shall be duly authorized,  validly issued,  fully
paid and  nonassessable.  The Trust  shall  deliver  the shares of Common  Stock
received  upon  conversion  of the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities to the
converting Holder free and clear of all liens,  charges,  security interests and
encumbrances,  except for United States withholding taxes. Each of the Depositor
and the Trust shall prepare and shall use its best efforts to obtain and keep in
force such governmental or regulatory permits or other  authorizations as may be
required  by law,  and  shall  comply  with all  applicable  requirements  as to
registration  or  qualification  of the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of
Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities (and all  requirements to list such Common
Stock on any national  securities  exchange or quotation  system that are at the
time applicable),  to enable the Depositor lawfully to issue Common Stock to the
Trust upon conversion of the Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities and to enable
the Trust lawfully to deliver Common Stock to each Holder upon such conversion.

                  (f)  The  Depositor  shall pay any and all  taxes  that may be
payable in respect of the  issuance  or  delivery  of shares of Common  Stock on
conversion of Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities and the delivery of shares of
Common Stock by the Trust to the Holder upon  conversion.  The  Depositor  shall
not,  however,  be required to pay any tax that may be payable in respect of any
transfer  involved in the  issuance  and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a
name other than that in which the Trust Securities so converted were registered,
and no such  issue or  delivery  shall  be made  unless  and  until  the  Person
requesting  such  issue has paid to the Trust the  amount of any such tax or has
established to the satisfaction of the Trust that such tax has been paid.

                  (g)  Nothing in the preceding  Section 4.08(f) shall limit the
requirement  of the Trust to withhold  taxes  pursuant to the terms of the Trust
Securities or as set forth in this Declaration of Trust or otherwise require the
Property Trustee or the Trust to pay any amounts on account of such withholding.

                  (h)  (i) On and after __________ __, 2001, the Depositor shall
have the right, at its option,  to cause the conversion rights of holders of the
Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities to convert the Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities



                                       28
<PAGE>

into Common Stock to terminate, in which case the rights of Holders of the Trust
Securities to convert the Trust  Securities  into Common Stock  pursuant to this
Section 4.08 will likewise terminate, if (x) the Trust is current in the payment
of Distributions on the Trust Securities  (except to the extent that the payment
of  Distributions  may have been deferred as the result of an Extension  Period)
and (y) for at least 20 trading days within any period of 30 consecutive trading
days ending on or after  _________  __, 2001,  including the last trading day of
such  period,  the Closing  Price of the Common Stock on each of such 20 trading
days shall have exceeded 115% of the Conversion  Price in effect on such trading
day.

                           (ii)  To exercise its option to cause the  conversion
rights of Holders of the Trust Securities to terminate, the Depositor must cause
the Trust to issue a press release for publication on the Dow Jones News Service
or on a comparable  news service (the "Press  Release")  prior to the opening of
business on the second  trading day after any period in which the  conditions in
Section  4.08(h)(i)  have  been  satisfied  (which  date  shall  not be prior to
________ __,  2001),  which Press  Release  shall state that the  Depositor  has
elected to exercise its right to terminate the  conversion  rights of holders of
Junior Subordinated Debt Securities and Holders of Trust Securities, specify the
Conversion  Termination  Date and provide the  current  Conversion  Price of the
Trust Securities and the Closing Price of the Capital  Securities and the Common
Stock,  in each  case as of the  close  of  business  on the  trading  day  next
preceding the date of the Press Release.  If the Depositor  exercises the option
described in this Section 4.08(h),  the "Conversion  Termination  Date" shall be
the Business Day selected by the  Depositor  which shall not be less than 30 nor
more than 60  calendar  days after the date on which the Trust  issues the Press
Release. If the Depositor does not exercise the option described in this Section
4.08(h), and the Trust Securities are otherwise called for redemption, the Trust
Securities will be convertible until 5:00 p.m. (Richmond,  Virginia time) on the
Business Day immediately preceding the date of such redemption.

                           (iii) In addition to the Press Release, notice of the
termination of conversion  rights of Holders of the Trust  Securities (a "Notice
of Conversion  Termination")  must be given by the Trust by first-class  mail to
each Holder of Trust Securities not more than four Business Days after the Trust
issues the Press  Release.  Each such mailed  Notice of  Conversion  Termination
shall state:  (1) the Conversion  Termination  Date; (2) the Conversion Price of
the Trust  Securities  and the Closing Price of the Capital  Securities  and the
Common  Stock,  in each case as of the close of business on the trading day next
preceding  the date of the  Notice of  Conversion  Termination;  (3) that  Trust
Securities will be convertible until 5:00 p.m. (Richmond,  Virginia time) on the
Conversion  Termination  Date and the  place  or  places  at which a  Conversion
Request may be given and Trust  Securities  (if not in  book-entry  form) may be



                                       29
<PAGE>

surrendered  for  conversion  into  shares of Common  Stock;  and (4) such other
information or  instructions as the Trust deems necessary or advisable to enable
a Holder to  exercise  its  conversion  rights  hereunder.  For  purposes of the
calculation  of the Conversion  Termination  Date and the dates on which notices
are  given  pursuant  to this  Section  4.08(h)(iii),  a  Notice  of  Conversion
Termination  shall be deemed to have been  given on the day that such  notice is
first  mailed by  first-class  mail,  postage  prepaid,  to each Holder of Trust
Securities  at the address of such Holder  appearing in the books and records of
the Trust  (whether or not any such  Holder  receives  the Notice of  Conversion
Termination).  No  defect  in the  Notice of  Conversion  Termination  or in the
mailing  thereof with respect to any Trust Security shall affect the validity of
such notice with respect to any other Trust Security. As of 5:00 p.m. (Richmond,
Virginia time) on the Conversion Termination Date, the Trust Securities shall be
deemed to be non-convertible securities.

                           (iv)  The term "Closing Price" of any security on any
day means the last  reported  sale price of such  security on such day,  regular
way, or, if no sale takes place on such day, the average of the reported closing
bid and asked prices of such  security on such day,  regular way, in either case
as reported on the NYSE  Composite  Tape,  or, if such security is not listed or
admitted to trading on the NYSE, on the principal national  securities  exchange
on which such security is listed or admitted to trading, or, if such security is
not listed or  admitted  to trading on a national  securities  exchange,  on the
National Market System of the National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc.,
or, if such  security  is not quoted or  admitted  to trading on such  quotation
system,  on the principal  quotation system on which such security may be listed
or  admitted  to trading or quoted,  or, if not listed or admitted to trading or
quoted on any national  securities  exchange or quotation system, the average of
the closing bid and asked prices of such security in the over-the-counter market
on  the  day  in  question  as  reported  by  the  National   Quotation   Bureau
Incorporated,  or a similar generally accepted reporting service,  or, if not so
available in such manner,  as  furnished by any NYSE member firm  selected  from
time to time by the Board of Directors of the  Depositor for that purpose or, if
not so available in such manner,  as otherwise  determined  in good faith by the
Board of Directors of the Depositor.


                                    ARTICLE V

                          Trust Securities Certificates

                  SECTION  5.01.  Initial  Ownership.  Upon the formation of the
Trust and until the  issuance  of the Trust  Securities,  and at any time during
which no Trust  Securities  are  outstanding,  the  Depositor  shall be the sole
beneficial owner of the Trust.



                                       30
<PAGE>

                  SECTION 5.02. Trust Securities  Certificates.  (a) The Capital
Securities  Certificates shall be issued only in minimum denominations of $25.00
Liquidation  Amount and  multiples of $25.00 in excess  thereof,  and the Common
Securities  Certificates  shall be issued in denominations of $25.00 Liquidation
Amount.  The Trust  Securities  Certificates  shall be executed on behalf of the
Trust by the  manual  or  facsimile  signature  of at least  one  Administrative
Trustee.   Trust  Securities   Certificates  bearing  the  manual  or  facsimile
signatures of individuals who were, at the time when such signatures  shall have
been affixed, authorized to sign on behalf of the Trust, shall be validly issued
and entitled to the benefits of this Declaration of Trust,  notwithstanding that
such  individuals or any of them shall have ceased to be so authorized  prior to
the delivery of such Trust Securities  Certificates or did not hold such offices
at the date of delivery of such Trust Securities Certificates. A transferee of a
Trust  Securities  Certificate  shall  become  a  Securityholder,  and  shall be
entitled  to the  rights  and  subject to the  obligations  of a  Securityholder
hereunder,  upon due registration of such Trust  Securities  Certificate in such
transferee's name pursuant to Sections 5.04, 5.05 and 5.06.

                  (b)  Upon  their   original   issuance,   Capital   Securities
Certificates representing Other Capital Securities shall be issued in definitive
form and may not be represented by the Global Security.

                  (c)  A single Common Securities  Certificate  representing the
Common  Securities  shall be issued to the Depositor in the form of a definitive
Common Securities Certificate.

                  SECTION  5.03.  Execution  and  Delivery  of Trust  Securities
Certificates. At or prior to the Closing Date, the Administrative Trustees shall
cause Trust  Securities  Certificates,  in an  aggregate  Liquidation  Amount as
provided  in Sections  2.04 and 2.05,  to be executed on behalf of the Trust and
delivered to the Property  Trustee and upon such  delivery the Property  Trustee
shall  countersign  such Trust  Securities  Certificates  and make available for
delivery  such  Trust  Securities  Certificates  upon the  written  order of the
Depositor,  signed by its chairman of the board,  president,  any executive vice
president or any vice president,  treasurer or assistant treasurer or controller
without further corporate action by the Depositor, in authorized denominations.

                  SECTION 5.04. Global Capital Security.  (a) Any Global Capital
Security issued under this  Declaration of Trust shall be registered in the name
of Cede & Co.  ("Cede") as nominee of the Clearing  Agency and  delivered to its
custodian  therefor,  and such Global Capital Security shall constitute a single
Capital Security for all purposes of this Declaration of Trust.



                                       31
<PAGE>

                  (b)  Notwithstanding  any other provision in this  Declaration
of Trust,  the Global Capital  Security may not be exchanged in whole or in part
for  Capital  Securities  registered,  and no  transfer  of the  Global  Capital
Security in whole or in part may be registered,  in the name of any Person other
than the  Clearing  Agency for such  Global  Capital  Security,  Cede,  or other
nominee thereof unless (i) such Clearing Agency advises the Property  Trustee in
writing  that such  Clearing  Agency is no longer  willing  or able to  properly
discharge its  responsibilities  as Clearing  Agency with respect to such Global
Capital Security,  and the Depositor is unable to locate a qualified  successor,
(ii) the  Trust at its sole  option  advises  DTC in  writing  that it elects to
terminate the  book-entry  system  through the Clearing  Agency,  or (iii) there
shall have occurred and be continuing a Debenture Event of Default. In addition,
beneficial  interests  in a Global  Capital  Security  may be exchanged by or on
behalf of DTC for certificated  Capital Securities upon request by DTC, but only
upon at least 20 days prior  written  notice  given to the  Property  Trustee in
accordance with the Applicable Procedures.

                  (c)  If a Global Capital Security is to be exchanged for Other
Capital Securities or canceled in whole, it shall be surrendered by or on behalf
of the Clearing  Agency or its nominee to the Securities  Registrar for exchange
or cancellation  as provided in this Article V. If a Global Capital  Security is
to be exchanged for Other Capital Securities or canceled in part, or if an Other
Capital  Security  is to be  exchanged  in  whole  or in part  for a  beneficial
interest in the Global  Capital  Security,  then either (i) such Global  Capital
Security shall be so  surrendered  for exchange or  cancellation  as provided in
this  Article  V or (ii)  the  aggregate  Liquidation  Amount  thereof  shall be
reduced, subject to Section 5.02, or increased by an amount equal to the portion
thereof to be so exchanged or canceled,  or equal to the  aggregate  Liquidation
Amount of such  Other  Capital  Security  to be so  exchanged  for a  beneficial
interest therein, as the case may be, by means of an appropriate adjustment made
on the records of the Securities  Registrar,  whereupon the Property Trustee, in
accordance with the Applicable Procedures, shall instruct the Clearing Agency or
its authorized representative to make a corresponding adjustment to its records.
Upon any such  surrender or  adjustment  of the Global  Capital  Security by the
Clearing  Agency and Clearing Agency  Participants,  accompanied by registration
instructions  executed by an Administrative  Trustee on behalf of the Trust, the
Property  Trustee  shall,  subject  to this  Article  V,  countersign  and  make
available for delivery any executed Capital Securities  delivered to it issuable
in  exchange  for such  Global  Capital  Security  (or any  portion  thereof) in
accordance with the  instructions of the Clearing  Agency.  The Property Trustee
shall  not be liable  for any delay in  delivery  of such  instructions  and may
conclusively  rely  on,  and  shall be  fully  protected  in  relying  on,  such
instructions.

                  (d)  The  Clearing  Agency or its nominee,  as the  registered
owner of the Global  Capital  Security,  shall be



                                       32
<PAGE>

considered  the  Holder of the  Capital  Securities  represented  by the  Global
Capital  Security  for all  purposes  under  this  Declaration  of Trust and the
Capital  Securities,  and owners of beneficial  interests in the Global  Capital
Security shall hold such interests  pursuant to the Applicable  Procedures  and,
except as otherwise  provided  herein,  shall not be entitled to have any of the
individual  Capital  Securities  represented  by  the  Global  Capital  Security
registered in their names,  shall not receive or be entitled to receive physical
delivery of any such  Capital  Securities  in  definitive  form and shall not be
considered the Holders thereof under this Declaration of Trust. Accordingly, any
such owner's  beneficial  interest in the Global Capital Security shall be shown
only on, and the  transfer  of such  interest  shall be effected  only  through,
records  maintained  by the  Clearing  Agency  or its  nominee.  The  Securities
Registrar  and the Trustees  shall be entitled to deal with the Clearing  Agency
for all purposes of this  Declaration  of Trust  relating to the Global  Capital
Securities (including the payment of the Liquidation Amount of and Distributions
on the Global Capital Securities and the giving of instructions or directions to
Owners of  Global  Capital  Securities)  as the sole  Holder  of Global  Capital
Securities  and shall have no  obligations  to the Owners  thereof.  Neither the
Property  Trustee  nor the  Securities  Registrar  shall have any  liability  in
respect of any transfers effected by the Clearing Agency.

                  (e)  The  rights  of  Owners of  beneficial  interests  in the
Global Capital  Security shall be exercised only through the Clearing Agency and
shall be limited to those established by law and agreements  between such owners
and the  Clearing  Agency.  Neither the  Clearing  Agency nor its  nominee  will
consent  or vote  with  respect  to the  Capital  Securities.  Under  its  usual
procedures,  the Clearing  Agency or its nominee  would mail an Omnibus Proxy to
the Trust as soon as possible after the relevant  record date. The Omnibus Proxy
assigns the consenting or voting rights of the Clearing Agency or its nominee to
those Clearing  Agency  Participants,  identified in a listing  attached to such
Omnibus  Proxy,  to whose  accounts the Capital  Securities are credited on such
record date.

                  SECTION 5.05. Registration of Transfer and Exchange Generally;
Certain  Transfers  and  Exchanges;  Capital  Securities  Certificates.  (a) The
Property  Trustee shall keep or cause to be kept at its Corporate Trust Office a
register  or  registers  for  the  purpose  of  registering  Capital  Securities
Certificates and Common  Securities  Certificates and transfers and exchanges of
Capital Securities  Certificates and Common Securities Certificates in which the
registrar  and  transfer  agent with  respect  to the  Capital  Securities  (the
"Securities  Registrar"),  subject  to  such  reasonable  regulations  as it may
prescribe, shall provide for the registration of Capital Securities Certificates
and Common  Securities  Certificates  (subject  to  Section  5.11 in the case of
Common  Securities  Certificates) and registration of transfers and exchanges of
Capital  Securities  Certificates and



                                       33
<PAGE>

Common  Securities  Certificates  as herein  provided.  Such  register is herein
sometimes  referred to as the  "Securities  Register."  The Property  Trustee is
hereby appointed  "Securities  Registrar" for the purpose of registering Capital
Securities  and  transfers  of  Capital  Securities  as  herein  provided.   The
provisions of Sections 8.01,  8.03 and 8.06 shall apply to the Property  Trustee
also in its role as Securities Registrar.

                  Upon  surrender  for  registration  of transfer of any Capital
Security at the offices or agencies of the Property Trustee  designated for that
purpose,  the  Administrative  Trustees shall execute,  and the Property Trustee
shall countersign and make available for delivery, in the name of the designated
transferee or transferees,  one or more new Capital Securities of any authorized
denominations  of like tenor and aggregate  liquidation  amount and bearing such
restrictive legends as may be required by this Declaration of Trust.

                  At  the  option  of  the  Holder,  Capital  Securities  may be
exchanged for other Capital Securities of any authorized denominations,  of like
tenor and aggregate  Liquidation Amount and bearing such restrictive  legends as
may be required by this  Declaration  of Trust,  upon  surrender  of the Capital
Securities to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any securities are
so surrendered  for exchange,  an  Administrative  Trustee shall execute and the
Property  Trustee shall  countersign and make available for delivery the Capital
Securities that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

                  All Capital Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange of
Capital Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Trust,  entitled to the
same  benefits  under  this  Declaration  of  Trust  as the  Capital  Securities
surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

                  Every Capital  Security  presented or surrendered for transfer
or exchange shall (if so required by the Property Trustee) be duly endorsed,  or
be accompanied by a written  instrument of transfer in form  satisfactory to the
Property  Trustee  and the  Securities  Registrar,  duly  executed by the Holder
thereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing.

                  No service  charge  shall be made to a Holder for any transfer
or exchange of Capital  Securities,  but the Property  Trustee or the Securities
Registrar  may  require  payment of a sum  sufficient  to cover any tax or other
governmental  charge  that may be imposed in  connection  with any  transfer  or
exchange of Capital Securities.

                  Neither the Trust nor the Property  Trustee shall be required,
pursuant to the provisions of this Section, (i) to issue,  register the transfer
of or exchange any Capital  Security during a period beginning at the opening of
business 15 days before the day of mailing of a notice of  redemption of Capital



                                       34
<PAGE>

Securities pursuant to Article IV and ending at the close of business on the day
of such mailing of the notice of redemption, or (ii) to register the transfer of
or exchange any Capital Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part,
except,  in the case of any such  Capital  Security to be redeemed in part,  any
portion thereof not to be redeemed.

                  (b)  Certain  Transfers  and  Exchanges.  Subject  to  Section
5.04(c),  but  notwithstanding any other provision of this Declaration of Trust,
transfers  and exchanges of Capital  Securities  and  beneficial  interests in a
Global  Capital  Security  shall be made only in  accordance  with this  Section
5.05(b) and Section 5.04(c).

                  (i)  Non-Global  Capital Security to Global Capital  Security.
         If the  Holder of an Other  Capital  Security  (other  than the  Global
         Capital  Security) wishes at any time to transfer all or any portion of
         such Other  Capital  Security  to a Person who wishes to take  delivery
         thereof in the form of a  beneficial  interest  in the  Global  Capital
         Security,  such transfer may be effected  only in  accordance  with the
         provisions  of  this  Clause  (b)(i)  and  subject  to  the  Applicable
         Procedures.  Upon receipt by the Securities Registrar of (A) such Other
         Capital  Security  as  provided  in Section  5.05(a)  and  instructions
         satisfactory  to the Securities  Registrar  directing that a beneficial
         interest in the Global  Capital  Security  in a  specified  liquidation
         amount not greater than the  liquidation  amount of such Other  Capital
         Security  be  credited to a  specified  Clearing  Agency  Participant's
         account and (B) a Capital Securities  Certificate duly executed by such
         Holder or such Holder's  attorney duly authorized in writing,  then the
         Securities  Registrar  shall cancel such Other  Capital  Security  (and
         issue a new Other  Capital  Security  in respect  of any  untransferred
         portion  thereof)  as  provided in Section  5.01(a)  and  increase  the
         aggregate  liquidation  amount of the Global  Capital  Security  by the
         specified liquidation amount as provided in Section 5.04(c).

                  (ii)  Non-Global   Capital  Security  to  Non-Global   Capital
         Security.  A Capital Security that is not a Global Capital Security may
         be transferred,  in whole or in part, to a Person who takes delivery in
         the form of  another  Capital  Security  that is not a  Global  Capital
         Security as provided in Section 5.05(a).

                  (iii) Exchanges Between Global Capital Security and Non-Global
         Capital Security.  A beneficial interest in the Global Capital Security
         may be exchanged for a Capital  Security  that is not a Global  Capital
         Security as provided in Section 5.04.

                  SECTION  5.06.  Mutilated,  Destroyed,  Lost or  Stolen  Trust
Securities Certificates. Provided Definitive Capital



                                       35
<PAGE>

Securities  Certificates  are  issued,  if (a) any  mutilated  Trust  Securities
Certificate  shall  be  surrendered  to  the  Securities  Registrar,  or if  the
Securities   Registrar  shall  receive  evidence  to  its  satisfaction  of  the
destruction,  loss or theft of any Trust  Securities  Certificate  and (b) there
shall be delivered to the Securities  Registrar and the Administrative  Trustees
such  security  or  indemnity  as may be  required  by them to save each of them
harmless,  then in the absence of notice that such Trust Securities  Certificate
shall have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser,  the Administrative Trustees,
or any one of them, on behalf of the Trust shall execute and make  available for
delivery, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or
stolen Trust Securities Certificate,  a new Trust Securities Certificate of like
class, tenor and denomination.  In connection with the issuance of any new Trust
Securities  Certificate under this Section,  the Administrative  Trustees or the
Securities  Registrar  may require the payment of a sum  sufficient to cover any
tax or other  governmental  charge that may be imposed in connection  therewith.
Any duplicate Trust Securities Certificate issued pursuant to this Section shall
constitute conclusive evidence of an undivided beneficial interest in the assets
of the  Trust,  as if  originally  issued,  whether  or not the lost,  stolen or
destroyed Trust Securities Certificate shall be found at any time.

                  SECTION 5.07. Persons Deemed Securityholders.  The Trustees or
the  Securities  Registrar  shall  treat  the  Person  in whose  name any  Trust
Securities  are issued as the owner of such Trust  Securities for the purpose of
receiving  Distributions and for all other purposes whatsoever,  and neither the
Trustees  nor the  Securities  Registrar  shall be bound  by any  notice  to the
contrary.

                  SECTION  5.08.  Access to List of  Securityholders'  Names and
Addresses.  Each Owner of Trust Securities acknowledges that the Depositor,  the
Property Trustee,  the Delaware Trustee or the Administrative  Trustees may from
time to time make reasonable use of information  consisting of such Owner's name
and address,  including the  furnishing of a list of such names and addresses as
contemplated  hereunder,  and each Owner  shall be deemed to have  agreed not to
hold  the  Depositor,  the  Property  Trustee  or  the  Administrative  Trustees
accountable by reason of the  disclosure of its name and address,  regardless of
the source from which such information was derived.

                  SECTION 5.09. Maintenance of Office or Agency; Transfer Agent.
The  Administrative  Trustees  shall  maintain an office or offices or agency or
agencies where Definitive  Capital  Securities  Certificates,  if issued, may be
surrendered  for  registration  of transfer or  exchange  and where  notices and
demands  to or upon the  Trustees  in  respect  of the Trust  Securities  may be
served.  The  Administrative   Trustees  initially  designate  Wilmington  Trust
Company,  1100 N. Market  Street,  Attention:  Corporate  Trust  Administration,
Wilmington, Delaware



                                       36
<PAGE>

19890,  as its  corporate  trust office for such  purposes.  The  Administrative
Trustees  shall  give  prompt  written  notice  to  the  Depositor  and  to  the
Securityholders of any change in the location of the Securities  Register or any
such office or agency. The Trust Company shall act as initial transfer agent for
the Trust Securities.

                  SECTION 5.10.  Appointment  of Paying Agent.  The Paying Agent
shall make Distributions to  Securityholders  from the Payment Account and shall
report  the  amounts  of such  Distributions  to the  Property  Trustee  and the
Administrative  Trustees.  Any Paying  Agent shall have the  revocable  power to
withdraw  funds  from  the  Payment  Account  for  the  purpose  of  making  the
distributions  referred to above.  The  Administrative  Trustees may revoke such
power and remove any Paying Agent if such  Administrative  Trustees determine in
their sole  discretion  that such Paying  Agent shall have failed to perform its
obligations under this Declaration of Trust in any material respect.  The Paying
Agent shall  initially be the Trust Company,  and any co-paying  agent chosen by
the  Trust  Company  and  acceptable  to the  Administrative  Trustees  and  the
Depositor.  Any Person  acting as Paying  Agent shall be  permitted to resign as
Paying Agent upon 30 days' written notice to the  Administrative  Trustees,  the
Property Trustee and the Depositor. In the event that the Trust Company shall no
longer be the Paying  Agent or a  successor  Paying  Agent  shall  resign or its
authority  to act be  revoked,  the  Administrative  Trustees  shall  appoint  a
successor that is acceptable to the Property Trustee and the Depositor to act as
Paying  Agent  (which  shall be a bank or  trust  company).  The  Administrative
Trustees shall cause such successor Paying Agent or any additional  Paying Agent
appointed by the Administrative  Trustees to execute and deliver to the Trustees
an instrument in which such  successor  Paying Agent or additional  Paying Agent
shall agree with the Trustees that, as Paying Agent, such successor Paying Agent
or additional Paying Agent will hold all sums, if any, held by it for payment to
the  Securityholders  in trust for the benefit of the  Securityholders  entitled
thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Securityholders.  The Paying Agent
shall return all unclaimed funds to the Property  Trustee and, upon removal of a
Paying Agent, such Paying Agent shall also return all funds in its possession to
the Property  Trustee.  The  provisions of Sections  8.01,  8.03 and 8.06 herein
shall apply to the Trust Company also in its role as Paying  Agent,  for so long
as the Trust Company shall act as Paying Agent and to the extent applicable,  to
any other paying agent appointed hereunder. Any reference in this Declaration of
Trust to the Paying Agent shall include any co-paying agent,  unless the context
requires otherwise.

                  SECTION 5.11. Ownership of Common Securities by Depositor. The
Depositor shall acquire and retain beneficial and record ownership of the Common
Securities.  To the fullest  extent  permitted by law,  other than a transfer in
connection  with a  consolidation  or  merger  of  the  Depositor  into  another



                                       37
<PAGE>

corporation,  or any  conveyance,  transfer  or  lease by the  Depositor  of its
properties and assets  substantially  as an entirety to any Person,  pursuant to
Section 8.01 of the Indenture,  any attempted  transfer of the Common Securities
shall be void. The  Administrative  Trustees shall cause each Common  Securities
Certificate   issued  to  the  Depositor  to  contain  a  legend  stating  "THIS
CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE".

                  SECTION 5.12. Notices to Clearing Agency. To the extent that a
notice or other  communication  to the Owners is required under this Declaration
of  Trust,  for so  long as  Capital  Securities  are  represented  by a  Global
Securities   Certificate,   the  Trustees   shall  give  all  such  notices  and
communications  specified  herein to be given to Owners to the Clearing  Agency,
and shall have no obligations to give duplicates thereof to the Owners.

                  SECTION 5.13. Rights of  Securityholders.  (a) The legal title
to the Trust  Property is vested  exclusively  in the  Property  Trustee (in its
capacity as such) in accordance with Section 2.09, and the Securityholders shall
not  have any  right  or title  therein  other  than  the  undivided  beneficial
ownership  interest  in the  assets  of  the  Trust  conferred  by  their  Trust
Securities,  and they shall have no right to call for any  partition or division
of  property,  profits or rights of the Trust,  except as described  below.  The
Trust Securities shall be personal property giving only the rights  specifically
set forth therein and in this  Declaration of Trust.  The Trust Securities shall
have no  preemptive  or  singular  rights  and,  when  issued and  delivered  to
Securityholders  against  payment of the purchase  price  therefor will be fully
paid and  nonassessable.  The Holders,  in their  capacities  as such,  shall be
entitled to the same limitation of personal  liability  extended to stockholders
of private  corporations for profit organized under the General  Corporation Law
of the State of Delaware.

                  (b)  For so long as any Capital Securities remain Outstanding,
if, upon a Debenture  Event of Default,  the  Debenture  Trustee  fails,  or the
Holders  of not less  than 25% in  principal  amount of the  outstanding  Junior
Subordinated Debt Securities fail, to declare the principal amount of all of the
Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities to be  immediately  due and payable,  the
Holders of at least 25% in  Liquidation  Amount of the Capital  Securities  then
Outstanding  shall have such right by a notice in writing to the  Depositor  and
the  Debenture  Trustee with a copy to the Property  Trustee;  and upon any such
declaration  such  principal  amount of and the  accrued  interest on all of the
Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities shall become  immediately due and payable;
provided that the payment of principal and interest on such Junior  Subordinated
Debt  Securities  shall  remain  subordinated  to  the  extent  provided  in the
Indenture.

                  At any time  after such a  declaration  of  acceleration  with
respect to the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities has been



                                       38
<PAGE>

made and  before a  judgment  or decree  for  payment  of the money due has been
obtained by the Debenture Trustee as provided in the Indenture, the holders of a
majority  in  principal  amount  of the  outstanding  Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities,  by written  notice to the Property  Trustee,  the Depositor and the
Debenture  Trustee,  may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences
if:

                  (i)  the  Depositor  has paid or deposited  with the Debenture
         Trustee a sum sufficient to pay

                       (A)  all overdue  installments of interest (including any
                  Additional  Interest (as defined in the  Indenture)) on all of
                  the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities,

                       (B)  the  principal  of  any  Junior   Subordinated  Debt
                  Securities  that  have  become  due  otherwise  than  by  such
                  declaration of acceleration  and interest  thereon at the rate
                  borne by the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities, and

                       (C)  all sums paid or advanced by the  Debenture  Trustee
                  under the Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses,
                  disbursements  and  advances  of the  Debenture  Trustee,  its
                  agents and counsel; and

                  (ii)  all  Events  of  Default  with  respect  to  the  Junior
         Subordinated  Debt  Securities,   other  than  the  nonpayment  of  the
         principal of the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities that has become
         due solely by such acceleration,  have been cured or waived as provided
         in Section 5.13 of the Indenture.

                  If such  holders of the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities
fail to annul any such  declaration  and waive  such  default,  the  Holders  of
Capital  Securities  representing a majority in aggregate  Liquidation Amount of
all the Outstanding  Capital Securities shall also have the right to rescind and
annul such  declaration and its consequences by written notice to the Depositor,
the Property Trustee and the Debenture  Trustee,  subject to the satisfaction of
the conditions set forth in Clause (i) and (ii) of this Section 5.13(b).

                  Should the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the  outstanding  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  fail to  take  such
actions,  the  Holders  of a majority  in  aggregate  Liquidation  Amount of the
Capital Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Capital  Securities,
waive any past default under the  Indenture,  except a default in the payment of
principal or interest  (unless such default has been cured and a sum  sufficient
to pay all matured  installments of interest and principal due otherwise than by
acceleration  has been  deposited  with the  Debenture  Trustee) or a default in
respect of a covenant



                                       39
<PAGE>

or provision  that,  under the Indenture,  cannot be modified or amended without
the consent of the holder of each outstanding Junior Subordinated Debt Security.
No such  rescission  shall  affect  any  subsequent  default or impair any right
consequent thereon.

                  Upon  receipt  by  the  Property  Trustee  of  written  notice
declaring such an acceleration,  or rescission and annulment thereof, by Holders
of the Capital  Securities all or part of which is represented by Global Capital
Securities,  a record  date  shall be  established  for  determining  Holders of
Outstanding  Capital  Securities  entitled to join in such notice,  which record
date shall be at the close of business on the day the Property  Trustee receives
such notice. The Holders on such record date, or their duly designated  proxies,
and only such Persons,  shall be entitled to join in such notice, whether or not
such Holders remain Holders after such record date;  provided that,  unless such
declaration of  acceleration,  or rescission and annulment,  as the case may be,
shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite  percentage having joined
in such  notice  prior to the day that is 90 days after such record  date,  such
notice of declaration of acceleration,  or rescission and annulment, as the case
may be, shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be canceled
and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder, or a
proxy of a Holder,  from giving,  after  expiration of such 90 day period, a new
written  notice of  declaration  of  acceleration,  or rescission  and annulment
thereof, as the case may be, that is identical to a written notice that has been
canceled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new
record date shall be  established  pursuant to the  provisions  of this  Section
5.13(b).

                  (c)  For so long as any Capital Securities remain Outstanding,
to the  fullest  extent  permitted  by law  and  subject  to the  terms  of this
Declaration  of Trust  and the  Indenture,  upon a  Debenture  Event of  Default
specified in Section 5.01(1) or 5.01(2) of the Indenture,  any Holder of Capital
Securities  shall have the right to institute a proceeding  directly against the
Depositor, pursuant to Section 5.08 of the Indenture, for enforcement of payment
to such Holder of the principal amount of or interest  (including any Additional
Interest) on Junior Subordinated Debt Securities having a principal amount equal
to the  aggregate  Liquidation  Amount of the  Capital  Securities  held by such
Holder (a "Direct Action").  Except as set forth in Sections 5.13(b) and 5.13(c)
hereof,  the  Holders of  Capital  Securities  shall  have no right to  exercise
directly any right or remedy  available to the Holders of, or in respect of, the
Junior Subordinated Debt Securities.

                  (d)  A   Securityholder   may  institute  a  legal  proceeding
directly  against the Guarantor  under the Guarantee to enforce its rights under
the Guarantee without first instituting a legal proceeding  against the Trust or
any person or entity.



                                       40
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI

                    Acts of Securityholders; Meetings; Voting

                  SECTION 6.01. Limitations on Capital  Securityholder's  Voting
Rights. (a) Except as provided in this Declaration of Trust and in the Indenture
and as otherwise required by law, no Holder of Capital Securities shall have any
right to vote or in any manner otherwise control the  administration,  operation
and management of the Trust or the obligations of the parties hereto,  nor shall
anything  herein set forth,  or contained  in the terms of the Trust  Securities
Certificates,  be construed so as to constitute the Capital Securityholders from
time to time as partners or members of an association.  Unless a Debenture Event
of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,  any Trustee may be removed at
any time by the vote of the Common Securityholder. The right to vote to appoint,
remove or replace  the  Administrative  Trustees  is vested  exclusively  in the
Depositor as the Holder of the Common Securities.

                  (b)  So long as any Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities are
held by the Property Trustee, the Trustees shall not (i) direct the time, method
and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Debenture
Trustee,  or executing any trust or power conferred on the Property Trustee with
respect to such Junior Subordinated Debt Securities, (ii) waive any past default
that is waivable under Section 5.13 of the  Indenture,  (iii) exercise any right
to  rescind  or  annul a  declaration  that  the  principal  of all  the  Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities  shall be due and payable or (iv)  consent to any
amendment,   modification   or  termination  of  the  Indenture  or  the  Junior
Subordinated Debt Securities,  where such consent shall be required, without, in
each case, obtaining the prior approval of the Holders of at least a majority in
aggregate  Liquidation Amount of all Outstanding Capital  Securities;  provided,
however,  that where a consent under the Indenture  would require the consent of
each holder of Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities  affected  thereby,  no such
consent shall be given by the Property Trustee without the prior written consent
of each Holder of Capital  Securities.  The Trustees shall not revoke any action
previously  authorized  or  approved  by  a  vote  of  the  Holders  of  Capital
Securities,  except by a subsequent  vote of the Holders of Capital  Securities.
The Property  Trustee shall notify all Holders of the Capital  Securities of any
notice of default received from the Debenture Trustee with respect to the Junior
Subordinated Debt Securities.  In addition to obtaining the foregoing  approvals
of the Holders of the Capital  Securities,  prior to taking any of the foregoing
actions, the Trustees shall, at the expense of the Depositor,  obtain an Opinion
of Counsel  experienced in such matters to the effect that the Trust will not be
classified as an association  taxable as a corporation for United States federal
income tax  purposes as a result of such



                                       41
<PAGE>

action and that such action would not cause the Trust to be  classified as other
than a grantor trust.

                  (c)  If any proposed  amendment to this  Declaration  of Trust
provides for, or the Trustees  otherwise propose to effect,  (i) any action that
would  adversely  affect  in  any  material   respect  the  interests,   powers,
preferences  or  special  rights  of the  Trust  Securities,  whether  by way of
amendment to this  Declaration of Trust or otherwise,  or (ii) the  dissolution,
winding-up or termination of the Trust, other than pursuant to the terms of this
Declaration  of Trust,  then the Holders of  Outstanding  Trust  Securities as a
class will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal.

                  SECTION 6.02. Notice of Meeting. Notice of all meetings of the
Securityholders,  stating the time,  place and purpose of the meeting,  shall be
given by the Property Trustee  pursuant to Section 10.09 to each  Securityholder
of record, at his registered address, at least 15 days and not more than 90 days
before the  meeting.  At any such  meeting,  any  business  properly  before the
meeting may be so considered whether or not stated in the notice of the meeting.
Any adjourned meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

                  SECTION 6.03. Meetings of  Securityholders.  No annual meeting
of Securityholders is required to be held. The Administrative Trustees, however,
shall call a meeting of  Securityholders  to vote on any matter upon the written
request of the  Securityholders  of record of 25% of the Securities  (based upon
their  Liquidation  Amount)  and the  Administrative  Trustees  or the  Property
Trustee may, at any time in their discretion,  call a meeting of Securityholders
to vote on any matters as to which Securityholders are entitled to vote.

                  Securityholders of record of 50% of the Outstanding Securities
(based  upon their  Liquidation  Amount),  present in person or  represented  by
proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of Securityholders.

                  If a quorum is present at a meeting,  an  affirmative  vote by
the Securityholders of record present, in person or by proxy,  holding more than
a majority of the Securities (based upon their  Liquidation  Amount) held by the
Securityholders of record present, either in person or by proxy, at such meeting
shall constitute the action of the  Securityholders,  unless this Declaration of
Trust requires a greater number of affirmative votes.

                  SECTION 6.04. Voting Rights. Securityholders shall be entitled
to one  vote  for  each  $25.00  of  Liquidation  Amount  represented  by  their
Outstanding  Trust  Securities  in  respect  of  any  matter  as to  which  such
Securityholders are entitled to vote.



                                       42
<PAGE>

                  SECTION 6.05. Proxies. At any meeting of Securityholders,  any
Securityholder  entitled  to vote  thereat may vote by proxy;  provided  that no
proxy  shall be voted at any  meeting  unless it shall have been  placed on file
with the  Administrative  Trustees,  or with such other  officer or agent of the
Trust as the  Administrative  Trustees may direct, for verification prior to the
time at which such vote shall be taken.  Proxies may be solicited in the name of
the  Property  Trustee or one or more  officers of the  Property  Trustee.  Only
Securityholders  of record shall be entitled to vote. When Trust  Securities are
held  jointly by  several  persons,  any one of them may vote at any  meeting in
person or by proxy in respect of such Trust Securities,  but if more than one of
them  shall be present  at such  meeting  in person or by proxy,  and such joint
owners or their proxies so present disagree as to any vote to be cast, such vote
shall not be received in respect of such Trust Securities. A proxy purporting to
be executed by or on behalf of a  Securityholder  shall be deemed  valid  unless
challenged  at or prior to its  exercise,  and the burden of proving  invalidity
shall rest on the  challenger.  No proxy  shall be valid  more than three  years
after its date of execution.

                  SECTION 6.06.  Securityholder  Action by Written Consent.  Any
action that may be taken by  Securityholders at a meeting may be taken without a
meeting  if  Securityholders  holding  more than a majority  of all  Outstanding
Securities (based upon their Liquidation  Amount) entitled to vote in respect of
such  action (or such  larger  proportion  thereof as shall be  required  by any
express  provision of this  Declaration of Trust) shall consent to the action in
writing.

                  SECTION 6.07.  Record Date for Voting and Other Purposes.  For
the purposes of determining  the  Securityholders  who are entitled to notice of
and to vote at any  meeting  or by written  consent,  or to  participate  in any
Distribution in respect of which a record date is not otherwise  provided for in
this  Declaration  of  Trust,  or for  the  purpose  of any  other  action,  the
Administrative  Trustees may from time to time fix a date, not more than 90 days
prior  to the  date  of any  meeting  of  Securityholders  or the  payment  of a
Distribution  or other  action,  as the case  may be,  as a record  date for the
determination  of the  identity  of  the  Securityholders  of  record  for  such
purposes.

                  SECTION 6.08. Acts of  Securityholders.  Any request,  demand,
authorization,  direction,  notice,  consent, waiver or other action provided or
permitted  by  this  Declaration  of  Trust  to  be  given,  made  or  taken  by
Securityholders  or  Owners  may be  embodied  in and  evidenced  by one or more
instruments of  substantially  similar tenor signed by such  Securityholders  or
Owners  in person or by an agent  duly  appointed  in  writing;  and,  except as
otherwise  expressly  provided  herein,  such action shall become effective when
such instrument or instruments are delivered to an Administrative  Trustee. Such
instrument  or  instruments  (and the  action  embodied  therein  and  evidenced



                                       43
<PAGE>

thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the Securityholders or
Owners signing such  instrument or  instruments.  Proof of execution of any such
instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any
purpose of this Declaration of Trust and (subject to Section 8.01) conclusive in
favor of the Trustees, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

                  The fact and date of the  execution  by any Person of any such
instrument  or writing  may be provided  by the  affidavit  of a witness of such
execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer  authorized by
law to take  acknowledgments  of deeds,  certifying that the individual  signing
such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such
execution  is by a  signer  acting  in a  capacity  other  than  his  individual
capacity,  such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute  sufficient proof
of his authority.  The fact and date of the execution of any such  instrument or
writing,  or the authority of the Person  executing the same, may also be proved
in any other manner that any Trustee receiving the same deems sufficient.

                  The  ownership  of Trust  Securities  shall be  proved  by the
Securities Registrar.

                  Any  request,  demand,   authorization,   direction,   notice,
consent,  waiver or other Act of the  Securityholder of any Trust Security shall
bind  every  future   Securityholder   of  the  same  Trust   Security  and  the
Securityholder  of every Trust Security issued upon the registration of transfer
thereof or in exchange  therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done,
omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustees or the Trust in reliance thereon,
whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Trust Security.

                  Without  limiting the  foregoing,  a  Securityholder  entitled
hereunder  to take any action  hereunder  with  regard to any  particular  Trust
Security may do so with regard to all or any part of the  Liquidation  Amount of
such Trust Security or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do
so  pursuant  to  such  appointment  with  regard  to all or any  part  of  such
Liquidation Amount.

                  If any dispute shall arise between the Securityholders and the
Administrative  Trustees or among such  Securityholders or Trustees with respect
to  the  authenticity,  validity  or  binding  nature  of any  request,  demand,
authorization, direction, consent, waiver or other Act of such Securityholder or
Trustee  under this  Article  VI, then the  determination  of such matter by the
Property Trustee shall be conclusive with respect to such matter.

                  A Holder may institute a legal proceeding directly against the
Depositor under the Guarantee to enforce its rights under the Guarantee  without
first  instituting a legal proceeding



                                       44
<PAGE>

against the  Guarantee  Trustee (as defined in the  Guarantee),  the Trust,  any
Trustee or any person or entity.

                  SECTION 6.09. Inspection of Records. Upon reasonable notice to
the Administrative  Trustees and the Property Trustee,  the records of the Trust
shall be open to inspection by Securityholders  during normal business hours for
any  purpose  reasonably  related  to  such   Securityholder's   interest  as  a
Securityholder.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                         Representations and Warranties

                  SECTION 7.01.  Representations  and Warranties of the Property
Trustee and the Delaware Trustee. The Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee,
each severally on behalf of and as to itself, hereby represents and warrants for
the benefit of the Depositor and the Securityholders that:

                  (a)  The Property  Trustee is a corporation with trust powers,
         duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of
         the State of  Delaware,  with trust power and  authority to execute and
         deliver,  and to carry out and perform its obligations  under the terms
         of this Declaration of Trust.

                  (b)  the execution,  delivery and  performance by the Property
         Trustee of this  Declaration of Trust have been duly  authorized by all
         necessary  corporate  action on the part of the Property  Trustee;  and
         this  Declaration  of Trust has been duly executed and delivered by the
         Property Trustee, and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation
         of the Property Trustee,  enforceable against it in accordance with its
         terms, subject to applicable  bankruptcy,  reorganization,  moratorium,
         insolvency,   and  other  similar  laws  affecting   creditors'  rights
         generally and to general principles of equity and the discretion of the
         court  (regardless  of whether  the  enforcement  of such  remedies  is
         considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

                  (c)  The   execution,   delivery  and   performance   of  this
         Declaration of Trust by the Property  Trustee does not conflict with or
         constitute a breach of the certificate of  incorporation  or by-laws of
         the Property Trustee.

                  (d)  At  the  Closing  Date,  the  Property  Trustee  has  not
         knowingly created any liens or encumbrances on such Trust Securities.

                  (e)  No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration
         with or notice to, any state or federal  authority  is required for the
         execution,  delivery or



                                       45
<PAGE>

         performance by the Property Trustee of this Declaration of Trust.

                  (f)  The Delaware Trustee is duly organized,  validly existing
         and in good  standing  under  the laws of the State of  Delaware,  with
         trust power and authority to execute and deliver,  and to carry out and
         perform its obligations under the terms of, this Declaration of Trust.

                  (g)  The execution,  delivery and  performance by the Delaware
         Trustee of this  Declaration of Trust have been duly  authorized by all
         necessary  corporate  action on the part of the Delaware  Trustee;  and
         this  Declaration  of Trust has been duly executed and delivered by the
         Delaware Trustee, and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation
         of the Delaware Trustee,  enforceable against it in accordance with its
         terms, subject to applicable  bankruptcy,  reorganization,  moratorium,
         insolvency, and other similar laws affecting creditors' right generally
         and to general  principles  of equity and the  discretion  of the court
         regardless of whether the enforcement of such remedies is considered in
         a proceeding in equity or at law).

                  (h)  The   execution,   delivery  and   performance   of  this
         Declaration  of Trust by the Delaware  Trustee do not conflict  with or
         constitute a breach of the certificate of  incorporation  or by-laws of
         the Delaware Trustee.

                  (i)  No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration
         with or notice to, any state or federal  banking  authority is required
         for the execution,  delivery or performance by the Delaware  Trustee of
         this Declaration of Trust.

                  (j)  The Delaware  Trustee is an entity that has its principal
         place of business in the State of Delaware.

                  SECTION 7.02. Representations and Warranties of Depositor. The
Depositor hereby represents and warrants for the benefit of the  Securityholders
that the Trust Securities  Certificates  issued at the Closing Date on behalf of
the  Trust  have  been duly  authorized  and will  have  been  duly and  validly
executed,  issued and  delivered by an  Administrative  Trustee  pursuant to the
terms and  provisions  of, and in  accordance  with the  requirements  of,  this
Declaration  of Trust,  and the  Securityholders  will be, as of each such date,
entitled to the benefits of this Declaration of Trust.



                                       46
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                  The Trustees

                  SECTION 8.01.  Certain  Duties and  Responsibilities.  (a) The
duties  and  responsibilities  of the  Trustees  shall  be as  provided  by this
Declaration  of Trust and,  in the case of the  Property  Trustee,  by the Trust
Indenture Act; provided, however, that the Property Trustee shall not be subject
to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act until such time as this Declaration
of Trust becomes  qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing, no provisions of this Declaration of Trust shall require the Trustees
to expend or risk their own funds or otherwise incur any financial  liability in
the performance of any of their duties  hereunder,  or in the exercise of any of
their rights or powers, if they shall have reasonable grounds for believing that
repayment  of such funds or  indemnity  satisfactory  to it against such risk or
liability is not reasonably  assured to it.  Whether or not herein  expressly so
provided,  every provision of this  Declaration of Trust relating to the conduct
or affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustees shall be
subject to the provisions of this Article.  Nothing in this Declaration of Trust
shall be construed to release an  Administrative  Trustee from liability for his
own grossly negligent  action,  his own grossly negligent failure to act, or his
own  willful  misconduct.   To  the  extent  that,  at  law  or  in  equity,  an
Administrative  Trustee has duties (including  fiduciary duties) and liabilities
relating to the Trust or to the  Securityholders,  such  Administrative  Trustee
shall not be liable to the  Trust or to any  Securityholder  for such  Trustee's
good  faith  reliance  on the  provisions  of this  Declaration  of  Trust.  The
provisions of this  Declaration  of Trust,  to the extent that they restrict the
duties and liabilities of the Administrative  Trustees otherwise existing at law
or in equity,  are agreed by the  Depositor and the  Securityholders  to replace
such other duties and liabilities of the Administrative Trustees.

                  (b)  All payments  made by the  Property  Trustee  or a Paying
Agent in respect of the Trust Securities shall be made only from the revenue and
proceeds  from the Trust  Property  and only to the extent  that there  shall be
sufficient  revenue or proceeds  from the Trust  Property to enable the Property
Trustee or a Paying Agent to make payments in accordance  with the terms hereof.
Each Securityholder,  by its acceptance of a Trust Security, agrees that it will
look solely to the revenue and  proceeds  from the Trust  Property to the extent
legally  available  for  distribution  to it as  herein  provided  and  that the
Trustees are not personally liable to it for any amount distributable in respect
of any  Trust  Security  or for any  other  liability  in  respect  of any Trust
Security.  This  Section  8.01(b)  does not limit the  liability of the Trustees
expressly set forth  elsewhere in this  Declaration  of Trust or, in the case of
the Property Trustee, in the Trust Indenture Act, if applicable.



                                       47
<PAGE>

                  (c)  No provision  of  this  Declaration  of  Trust  shall  be
construed to relieve the Property  Trustee from  liability for its own negligent
action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct,  except
that:

                       (i)  the  Property  Trustee  shall not be liable  for any
                  error of judgment made in good faith by an authorized  officer
                  of the  Property  Trustee,  unless it shall be proved that the
                  Property  Trustee was negligent in ascertaining  the pertinent
                  facts;

                       (ii)  the Property  Trustee  shall  not  be  liable  with
                  respect  to any  action  taken or omitted to be taken by it in
                  good faith in accordance  with the direction of the Holders of
                  not less than a majority  in  Liquidation  Amount of the Trust
                  Securities   relating  to  the  time,   method  and  place  of
                  conducting  any  proceeding  for any remedy  available  to the
                  Property  Trustee,  or exercising any trust or power conferred
                  upon the Property Trustee under this Declaration of Trust;

                       (iii) the Property  Trustee's  sole duty with  respect to
                  the  custody,  safekeeping  and physical  preservation  of the
                  Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities and the Payment Account
                  shall be to deal with such Property in a similar manner as the
                  Property  Trustee  deals  with  similar  property  for its own
                  account,   subject  to  the  protections  and  limitations  on
                  liability   afforded  to  the  Property   Trustee  under  this
                  Declaration of Trust and the Trust Indenture Act;

                       (iv)  the Property  Trustee  shall not be liable  for any
                  interest  on  any  money  received  by it  except  as  it  may
                  otherwise  agree  with the  Depositor;  and money  held by the
                  Property  Trustee need not be segregated from other funds held
                  by it, except in relation to the Payment Account maintained by
                  the  Property  Trustee  pursuant to Section 3.01 and except to
                  the extent otherwise required by law; and

                       (v)  the Property  Trustee shall not be  responsible  for
                  monitoring  the compliance by the  Administrative  Trustees or
                  the  Depositor  with  their   respective   duties  under  this
                  Declaration of Trust nor shall the Property  Trustee be liable
                  for the default or misconduct of the  Administrative  Trustees
                  or the Depositor.

                  SECTION 8.02. Events of Default Notices;  Deferral of Interest
Payment Notices.  Within five Business Days after the occurrence of any Event of
Default  actually known to a Responsible  Officer of the Property  Trustee,  the
Property  Trustee shall  transmit,  in the manner and to the extent  provided in
Section  10.09,  notice of such  Event of Default  to the



                                       48
<PAGE>

Securityholders,  the  Administrative  Trustees and the  Depositor,  unless such
Event of  Default  shall  have  been  cured or  waived.  The  Depositor  and the
Administrative  Trustees are required to file annually with the Property Trustee
a  certificate  as to  whether  or not  they  are in  compliance  with  all  the
conditions and covenants applicable to them under this Declaration of Trust.

                  Within five  Business  Days after the receipt of notice of the
Depositor's exercise of its right to defer the payment of interest on the Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities  pursuant to the  Indenture,  the  Administrative
Trustee  shall  transmit,  in the manner and to the extent  provided  in Section
10.09,  notice of such exercise to the Securityholders and the Property Trustee,
unless such exercise shall have been revoked.

                  SECTION 8.03.  Certain Rights of Property Trustee.  Subject to
the provisions of Section 8.01:

                  (a)  the Property Trustee may  conclusively  rely and shall be
         fully  protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith upon
         any resolution, opinion of Counsel, certificate, written representation
         of a  Holder  or  transferee,  certificate  of  auditors  or any  other
         certificate,  statement,  instrument, opinion, report, notice, request,
         consent,  order,  appraisal,  bond, debenture,  note, other evidence of
         indebtedness  or other paper or  document  believed by it to be genuine
         and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

                  (b)  if (i) in performing its duties under this Declaration of
         Trust the Property  Trustee is required to decide  between  alternative
         courses of action or (ii) in construing  any of the  provisions of this
         Declaration  of Trust the Property  Trustee finds the same ambiguous or
         inconsistent  with any other  provisions  contained herein or (iii) the
         Property  Trustee is unsure of the application of any provision of this
         Declaration  of Trust,  then,  except as to any  matter as to which the
         Securityholders   are   entitled  to  vote  under  the  terms  of  this
         Declaration  of Trust,  the Property  Trustee shall deliver a notice to
         the Depositor  requesting  written  instructions of the Depositor as to
         the course of action to be taken,  and the Property  Trustee shall take
         such  action,  or refrain  from taking  such  action,  as the  Property
         Trustee  shall be  instructed  in writing to take,  or to refrain  from
         taking,  by the  Depositor;  provided,  however,  that if the  Property
         Trustee does not receive such  instructions of the Depositor within ten
         Business Days after it has delivered  such notice,  or such  reasonably
         shorter period of time set forth in such notice  (which,  to the extent
         practicable,  shall not be less than two  Business  Days),  it may, but
         shall be under no duty to, take or refrain  from taking such action not
         inconsistent  with this Declaration of Trust as it shall deem advisable
         and in the best  interests of the  Securityholders,  in which event the



                                       49
<PAGE>

         Property  Trustee shall have no liability except for its own bad faith,
         negligence or willful misconduct;

                  (c)  any   direction   or  act  of   the   Depositor   or  the
         Administrative  Trustee contemplated by this Declaration of Trust shall
         be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers' Certificate;

                  (d)  whenever in the  administration  of this  Declaration  of
         Trust,  the Property  Trustee shall deem it desirable  that a matter be
         established  before  undertaking,  suffering  or  omitting  any  action
         hereunder,  the  Property  Trustee  (unless  other  evidence  is herein
         specifically  prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part,
         request and conclusively rely upon an Officers' Certificate which, upon
         receipt of such request,  shall be promptly  delivered by the Depositor
         or the  Administrative  Trustees (which  Officers'  Certificate will be
         evidence   only   for   purposes   of   determining    entitlement   to
         indemnification of the Property Trustee from the Depositor but not with
         respect to any liability to Securityholders);

                  (e)  the  Property  Trustee  shall  have no duty to see to any
         recording,  filing or  registration  of any  instrument  (including any
         financing  or  continuation  statement  or  any  filing  under  tax  or
         securities  laws) or any  re-recording,  re-filing  or  re-registration
         thereof;

                  (f)  the  Property  Trustee  may consult  with  counsel of its
         selection  (which counsel may be counsel to the Depositor or any of its
         Affiliates,  and may include any of its  employees),  and the advice of
         such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in
         respect of any action  taken,  suffered or omitted by it  hereunder  in
         good  faith and in  reliance  thereon,  and,  in  accordance  with such
         advice,  such  counsel  may be counsel to the  Depositor  or any of its
         Affiliates,  and may include any of its employees; the Property Trustee
         shall have the right at any time to seek  instructions  concerning  the
         administration of this Declaration of Trust from any court of competent
         jurisdiction;

                  (g)  the  Property  Trustee  shall be under no  obligation  to
         exercise any of the rights or powers  vested in it by this  Declaration
         of Trust at the  request  or  direction  of any of the  Securityholders
         pursuant to this  Declaration  of Trust,  unless  such  Securityholders
         shall have  offered  to the  Property  Trustee  security  or  indemnity
         satisfactory  to it against the costs,  expenses and  liabilities  that
         might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

                  (h)  the  Property  Trustee  shall  not be  bound  to make any
         investigation  into the  facts or  matters  stated  in any  resolution,
         certificate,  statement,  instrument, opinion,



                                       50
<PAGE>

         report, notice,  request,  consent,  order, approval,  bond, debenture,
         note or other  evidence of  indebtedness  or other  paper or  document,
         unless  requested  in writing to do so by one or more  Securityholders,
         but the Property Trustee may make such further inquiry or investigation
         into such facts or matters as it may see fit;

                  (i)  the  Property  Trustee  may  execute any of its trusts or
         powers hereunder or perform any of its duties hereunder either directly
         or by or through  its agents or  attorneys,  and the  Property  Trustee
         shall not be  responsible  for any misconduct or negligence on the part
         of, or for the supervision of, any such agent or attorney  appointed by
         it with due care hereunder;

                  (j)  whenever in the  administration  of this  Declaration  of
         Trust  the  Property   Trustee  shall  deem  it  desirable  to  receive
         instructions  with respect to  enforcing  any remedy or right or taking
         any other  action  hereunder,  the  Property  Trustee  (i) may  request
         instructions   from  the  Holders  of  the  Trust   Securities,   which
         instructions may only be given by the Holders of the same proportion in
         Liquidation  Amount of the Trust  Securities  as would be  entitled  to
         direct the Property  Trustee under the terms of the Trust Securities in
         respect  of such  remedy,  right  or  action,  (ii)  may  refrain  from
         enforcing  such remedy or right or taking such other  action until such
         instructions are received, and (iii) shall be fully protected in acting
         in accordance with such instructions;

                  (k)  except   as   otherwise   expressly   provided   by  this
         Declaration  of  Trust,  the  Property  Trustee  shall not be under any
         obligation  to  take  any  action  that  is  discretionary   under  the
         provisions of this Declaration of Trust;

                  (l)  when the  Property  Trustee  incurs  expenses  or renders
         services  in  connection  with  a  Bankruptcy   Event,   such  expenses
         (including  the fees and expenses of its counsel) and the  compensation
         for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration
         under  any  bankruptcy  law  or  law  relating  to  creditors'   rights
         generally; and

                  (m)  the Property  Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge
         of an Event of Default  unless a  Responsible  Officer of the  Property
         Trustee obtains actual  knowledge of such event or the Property Trustee
         receives written notice of such event from  Securityholders  holding at
         least 25% of the Outstanding  Trust Securities  (based upon Liquidation
         Amount).

                  No provision of this  Declaration  of Trust shall be deemed to
impose any duty or obligation on the Property Trustee to perform any act or acts
or exercise any right, power, duty or



                                       51
<PAGE>

obligation  conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in which it shall be
illegal, or in which the Property Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent in
accordance  with applicable law, to perform any such act or acts, or to exercise
any such right,  power,  duty or  obligation.  No permissive  power or authority
available to the Property Trustee shall be construed to be a duty.

                  SECTION  8.04.  Not  Responsible  for  Recitals.  The recitals
contained herein and in the Trust Securities  Certificates shall be taken as the
statements of Trust, and the Trustees do not assume any responsibility for their
correctness. The Trustees shall not be accountable for the use or application by
the Depositor of the proceeds of the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities.

                  SECTION 8.05. May Hold  Securities.  Except as provided in the
definition  of the term  "Outstanding"  in Article  I, any  Trustee or any other
agent of any Trustee or the Trust, in its individual or any other capacity,  may
become the owner or pledgee of Trust  Securities  and,  subject to Sections 8.08
and 8.13,  may otherwise  deal with the Trust with the same rights that it would
have if it were not a Trustee or such other agent.

                  SECTION  8.06.  Compensation,  Indemnity,  Fees.  Pursuant  to
Section  10.06 of the  Indenture,  the  Depositor,  as  borrower  on the  Junior
Subordinated Debt Securities, agrees:

                  (a)  to  pay  to  the   Trustees   from   time  to  time  such
         compensation  as shall from time to time be agreed to in writing by the
         Depositor and the respective Trustees for all services rendered by them
         hereunder (which  compensation shall not be limited by any provision of
         law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

                  (b)  to the fullest  extent  permitted by  applicable  law and
         except  as  otherwise  expressly  provided  herein,  to  reimburse  the
         Trustees upon request for all reasonable  expenses,  disbursements  and
         advances  incurred  or made by the  Trustees  in  accordance  with  any
         provision  of this  Declaration  of  Trust  (including  the  reasonable
         compensation  and the  expenses  and  disbursements  of its  agents and
         counsel),  except any such expense,  disbursement  or advance as may be
         attributable  (i)  to  the  negligence  or  willful  misconduct  of the
         Property  Trustee,   and  (ii)  to  the  gross  negligence  or  willful
         misconduct of any of the other Trustees;

                  (c)  to the fullest  extent  permitted by  applicable  law, to
         indemnify  and hold  harmless each Trustee and any employee or agent of
         the Trust or its Affiliates (each referred to herein as an "Indemnified
         Person") from and against any loss,  damage,  liability,  tax, penalty,
         expense  or claim of any kind or  nature  whatsoever  incurred  by such
         Indemnified 



                                       52
<PAGE>

         Person by reason of the creation, operation or termination of the Trust
         or any act or omission  performed or omitted by such Indemnified Person
         in good faith on behalf of the Trust and in a manner  such  Indemnified
         Person  reasonably  believed  to  be  within  the  scope  of  authority
         conferred  on such  Indemnified  Person by this  Declaration  of Trust,
         except  that (i) the  Property  Trustee  shall  not be  entitled  to be
         indemnified  in respect of any loss,  damage or claim  incurred  by the
         Property  Trustee by reason of  negligence or willful  misconduct  with
         respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) no other Indemnified Person
         shall be entitled to be indemnified  in respect of any loss,  damage or
         claim incurred by such Indemnified Person by reason of gross negligence
         or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions; and

                  (d)  to the fullest  extent  permitted by  applicable  law, to
         advance  expenses  (including  legal fees)  incurred by an  Indemnified
         Person in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, from
         time to time,  prior to the final  disposition  of such claim,  demand,
         action,  suit or  proceeding  upon  receipt by the  Depositor  of (i) a
         written affirmation by or on behalf of the Indemnified Person of its or
         his good faith belief that it or he has met the standard of conduct set
         forth in this Section 8.06 and (ii) an  undertaking  by or on behalf of
         the  Indemnified  Person to repay such amount if it shall be determined
         that the  Indemnified  Person  is not  entitled  to be  indemnified  as
         authorized in the preceding subsection.

                  The   provisions  of  this  Section  8.06  shall  survive  the
termination of this  Declaration of Trust or the earlier  resignation or removal
of any Trustee.

                  No Trustee may claim any lien or charge on any Trust  Property
as a result of any amount due pursuant to this Section 8.06.

                  The  Depositor  and any Trustee  (in the case of the  Property
Trustee, subject to Section 8.08 hereof) may engage in or possess an interest in
other  business  ventures of any nature or  description,  independently  or with
others,  similar or  dissimilar  to the  business of the Trust,  and none of the
Trust,  the Holders,  the Depositor or any such Trustee shall have any rights by
virtue of this Declaration of Trust in and to such  independent  ventures or the
income or profits derived therefrom,  and the pursuit of any such venture,  even
if competitive  with the business of the Trust,  shall not be deemed wrongful or
improper.  Neither the Depositor, nor any Trustee, shall be obligated to present
any  particular  investment  or other  opportunity  to the  Trust,  even if such
opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Trust, could be taken by
the Trust, and the Depositor or any Trustee shall have the right to take for its
own account  (individually  or as a partner or  fiduciary)  or to



                                       53
<PAGE>

recommend to others any such  particular  investment or other  opportunity.  Any
Trustee may engage or be interested in any financial or other  transaction  with
the Depositor or any Affiliate of the Depositor,  or may act as depository  for,
trustee or agent for, or act on any committee or body of holders of,  securities
or other obligations of the Depositor or its Affiliates.

                  SECTION 8.07. Corporate Property Trustee Required; Eligibility
of Trustees.  (a) There shall at all times be a Property Trustee  hereunder with
respect to the Trust Securities.  The Property Trustee shall be a Person that is
a national or state chartered bank or trust company and eligible pursuant to the
Trust Indenture Act to act as such and has a combined  capital and surplus of at
least $50 million.  If any such Person  publishes  reports of condition at least
annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining
authority,  then for the  purposes of this  Section,  the  combined  capital and
surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as
set forth in its most recent  report of condition so  published.  If at any time
the  Property  Trustee with  respect to the Trust  Securities  shall cease to be
eligible in accordance  with the  provisions  of this  Section,  it shall resign
immediately  in the  manner  and with the  effect  hereafter  specified  in this
Article; provided, however, that the Property Trustee need not qualify under the
Trust  Indenture Act until such time as this  Declaration  of Trust is qualified
under the Trust Indenture Act.

                  (b)  There  shall at all  times be one or more  Administrative
Trustees hereunder. Each Administrative Trustee shall be either a natural person
who is at least 21 years of age or a legal  entity that shall act through one or
more persons authorized to bind that entity.

                  (c)  There  shall at all  times  be a  Delaware  Trustee.  The
Delaware  Trustee shall either be (i) a natural  person who is at least 21 years
of age and a resident of the State of  Delaware or (ii) a legal  entity with its
principal  place of business in the State of Delaware,  and that otherwise meets
the requirements of applicable  Delaware law, that shall act through one or more
persons authorized to bind such entity.

                  SECTION 8.08. Conflicting  Interests.  If the Property Trustee
has or shall  acquire a  conflicting  interest  within the  meaning of the Trust
Indenture  Act, the Property  Trustee  shall either  eliminate  such interest or
resign,  to the  extent  and in the  manner  provided  by,  and  subject  to the
provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and this Declaration of Trust.

                  SECTION  8.09.  Co-Trustees  and Separate  Trustee.  Unless an
Event of Default  shall have occurred and be  continuing,  at any time or times,
for the purpose of meeting the legal  requirements of the Trust Indenture Act or
of any  jurisdiction  in which any part of the Trust Property may at the time be
located, the



                                       54
<PAGE>

Depositor and the Administrative  Trustees,  by agreed action of the majority of
such Trustees,  shall have power to appoint, and upon the written request of the
Administrative  Trustees,  the  Depositor  shall for such  purpose join with the
Administrative  Trustees in the  execution,  delivery,  and  performance  of all
instruments and agreements  necessary or proper to appoint,  one or more Persons
approved by the Property  Trustee either to act as co-trustee,  jointly with the
Property  Trustee,  of all or any part of such Trust Property,  or to the extent
required by law to act as separate trustee of any such property,  in either case
with such powers as may be provided in the  instrument  of  appointment,  and to
vest in such Person or Persons in the capacity aforesaid,  any property,  title,
right or power deemed necessary or desirable, subject to the other provisions of
this Section.  If the Depositor does not join in such appointment within 15 days
after the receipt by it of a request so to do, or in case a  Debenture  Event of
Default has occurred and is  continuing,  the Property  Trustee alone shall have
power to make such  appointment.  Any co-trustee or separate  trustee  appointed
pursuant to this Section shall either be (i) a natural person who is at least 21
years of age and a resident of the United States or (ii) a legal entity with its
principal  place of business in the United  States that shall act through one or
more persons authorized to bind such entity.

                  Should any written  instrument  from the Depositor be required
by any co-trustee or separate  trustee so appointed for more fully confirming to
such co-trustee or separate  trustee such property,  title,  right or power, any
and all such  instruments  shall,  on request,  be  executed,  acknowledged  and
delivered by the Depositor.

                  Every  co-trustee  or separate  trustee  shall,  to the extent
permitted by law, but to such extent only, be appointed subject to the following
terms, namely:

                  (a)  The Trust Securities shall be executed and made available
for delivery,  and all rights,  powers,  duties,  and  obligations  hereunder in
respect of the custody of securities,  cash and other personal property held by,
or required to be deposited or pledged with,  the Trustees  specified  hereunder
shall  be  exercised  solely  by such  Trustees  and not by such  co-trustee  or
separate trustee.

                  (b)  The  rights,   powers,   duties  and  obligations  hereby
conferred  or imposed  upon the  Property  Trustee  in  respect of any  property
covered by such appointment  shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or
performed by the Property Trustee or by the Property Trustee and such co-trustee
or separate trustee jointly,  as shall be provided in the instrument  appointing
such co-trustee or separate trustee,  except to the extent that under any law of
any  jurisdiction  in which any particular act is to be performed,  the Property
Trustee shall be  incompetent or unqualified to perform such act, in which event



                                       55
<PAGE>

such rights,  powers, duties and obligations shall be exercised and performed by
such co-trustee or separate trustee.

                  (c)  The Property  Trustee at any time,  by an  instrument  in
writing  executed by it,  with the written  concurrence  of the  Depositor,  may
accept the resignation of or remove any co-trustee or separate trustee appointed
under this Section,  and, in case a Debenture  Event of Default has occurred and
is continuing,  the Property  Trustee shall have power to accept the resignation
of, or remove,  any such co-trustee or separate  trustee without the concurrence
of the  Depositor.  Upon  the  written  request  of the  Property  Trustee,  the
Depositor  shall join with the Property  Trustee in the execution,  delivery and
performance of all instruments and agreements  necessary or proper to effectuate
such  resignation or removal.  A successor to any co-trustee or separate trustee
so resigned or removed may be appointed in the manner provided in this Section.

                  (d)  No  co-trustee  or separate  trustee  hereunder  shall be
personally  liable by reason of any act or omission of the  Property  Trustee or
any other trustee hereunder.

                  (e)  The Property  Trustee  shall not be required to supervise
any co-trustee or separate trustee,  nor shall it be liable by reason of any act
of a co-trustee  or separate  trustee or any employees or agents of a co-trustee
or separate trustee.

                  (f)  Any Act of  Holders  delivered  to the  Property  Trustee
shall be deemed to have been  delivered  to each such  co-trustee  and  separate
trustee.

                  SECTION  8.10.   Resignation   and  Removal;   Appointment  of
Successor. No resignation or removal of any Trustee (the "Relevant Trustee") and
no  appointment  of a successor  Trustee  pursuant to this Article  shall become
effective  until the  acceptance  of  appointment  by the  successor  Trustee in
accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 8.11.

                  Subject to the  immediately  preceding  paragraph,  a Relevant
Trustee  may  resign  at any  time  by  giving  written  notice  thereof  to the
Securityholders.  If the  instrument  of  acceptance  by the  successor  Trustee
required by Section 8.11 shall not have been  delivered to the Relevant  Trustee
within 30 days after the giving of such notice of  resignation  or removal,  the
Relevant  Trustee  may  petition,  at the  expense  of the  Trust,  any court of
competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Relevant Trustee.

                  Unless a Debenture Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing,  any  Trustee  may be  removed  at  any  time  by Act of the  Common
Securityholder.  If a  Debenture  Event of Default  shall have  occurred  and be
continuing,  the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee,  or both of them, may
be removed  at such time by Act of the  Holders  of a  majority  in  Liquidation
Amount of



                                       56
<PAGE>

the Outstanding  Capital  Securities,  delivered to the Relevant Trustee (in its
individual  capacity and on behalf of the Trust). An Administrative  Trustee may
be removed by Act of the Common Securityholder at any time.

                  If any Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of
acting as Trustee,  or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of any Trustee for
any cause,  at a time when no Debenture Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing,  the Common  Securityholder,  by Act of the Common Securityholder
delivered to the retiring Trustee, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or
Trustees and the retiring Trustee shall comply with the applicable  requirements
of Section 8.11. If the Property  Trustee or the Delaware  Trustee shall resign,
be removed or become  incapable of continuing to act as the Property  Trustee or
the Delaware  Trustee,  as the case may be, at a time when a Debenture  Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing,  the Capital Securityholders,  by
Act of the Capital  Securityholders  of a majority in Liquidation  Amount of the
Capital Securities then outstanding  delivered to the retiring Relevant Trustee,
shall  promptly  appoint a  successor  Relevant  Trustee or  Trustees,  and such
successor Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 8.11.
If an  Administrative  Trustee shall resign,  be removed or become  incapable of
acting as  Administrative  Trustee,  at a time when a Debenture Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing, the Common Securityholder,  by Act of the
Common Securityholder  delivered to such Administrative  Trustee, shall promptly
appoint a successor  Administrative Trustee or Administrative  Trustees and such
successor  Administrative  Trustee or Trustees  shall comply with the applicable
requirements of Section 8.11. If no successor  Relevant  Trustee shall have been
so appointed by the Common  Securityholder  or the Capital  Securityholders  and
accepted  appointment in the manner required by Section 8.11, any Securityholder
who has been a  Securityholder  of Trust Securities for at least six months may,
on behalf of himself and all others  similarly  situated,  petition any court of
competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Relevant Trustee.

                  The Property Trustee shall give notice of each resignation and
each  removal of a Trustee and each  appointment  of a successor  Trustee to all
Securityholders in the manner provided in Section 10.08 and shall give notice to
the  Depositor.  Each notice shall  include the name of the  successor  Relevant
Trustee  and the address of its  Corporate  Trust  Office if it is the  Property
Trustee.

                  Notwithstanding  the foregoing or any other  provision of this
Declaration  of Trust,  in the event any  Administrative  Trustee  or a Delaware
Trustee  who is a  natural  person  dies,  or  becomes,  in the  opinion  of the
Depositor,  incompetent or  incapacitated,  or, in the case of an Administrative
Trustee, ceases to be an employee of the Depositor,  the vacancy created by such
death,  incompetence,  incapacity  or ceasing to be an employee



                                       57
<PAGE>

of  the  Depositor  may  be  filled  by  (a)  the  unanimous  act  of  remaining
Administrative  Trustees if there are at least two of them or (b)  otherwise  by
the Depositor  (with the successor in each case being a Person who satisfies the
eligibility  requirement for Administrative Trustees or Delaware Trustee, as the
case may be, set forth in Section 8.07).

                  Section 8.11.  Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.  In the
case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee, such successor Trustee
so  appointed  shall  execute,  acknowledge  and deliver to the Trust and to the
retiring Trustee any instrument  accepting such  appointment,  and thereupon the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective,  and such
successor  Trustee,  without any further act, deed or  conveyance,  shall become
vested with the rights,  powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee, but,
on the request of the Depositor or the successor Trustee,  such retiring Trustee
shall,  upon  payment  of  its  charges,   execute  and  deliver  an  instrument
transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights,  powers and trusts of the
retiring  Trustee,  and, if the Property Trustee is the resigning  Trustee,  the
Property  Trustee  shall duly  assign,  transfer  and  deliver to the  successor
Property  Trustee all Trust  Property and money held by such  retiring  Property
Trustee hereunder.

                  In case of the appointment  hereunder of a successor  Relevant
Trustee,  the retiring Relevant Trustee and each successor Relevant Trustee with
respect to the Trust  Securities  shall execute and deliver an amendment  hereto
wherein each successor  Relevant Trustee shall accept such appointment and which
(a) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer
and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor  Relevant Trustee all the rights,
powers,  trusts and duties of the retiring  Relevant Trustee with respect to the
Trust  Securities  and the  Trust  and (b)  shall  add to or  change  any of the
provisions of this  Declaration of Trust as shall be necessary to provide for or
facilitate the administration of the Trust by more than one Relevant Trustee, it
being  understood that nothing herein or in such amendment shall constitute such
Relevant  Trustees  co-trustees  of the same  trust and that each such  Relevant
Trustee shall be Trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder  separate and apart from
any trust or trusts hereunder  administered by any other such Relevant  Trustee;
and, upon the  execution  and delivery of such  amendment,  the  resignation  or
removal of the retiring  Relevant  Trustee shall become  effective to the extent
provided therein, and each such successor Relevant Trustee,  without any further
act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts
and duties of the retiring Relevant Trustee; but, on request of the Trust or any
successor  Relevant  Trustee,  such retiring Relevant Trustee shall duly assign,
transfer and deliver to such successor Relevant Trustee all Trust Property,  all
proceeds thereof and money held by such retiring Relevant Trustee hereunder with
respect to the Trust Securities and the Trust.



                                       58
<PAGE>

                  Upon written request of any such successor  Relevant  Trustee,
the Trust shall  execute any and all  instruments  for more fully and  certainly
vesting in and  confirming to such successor  Relevant  Trustee all such rights,
powers and trusts referred to in the first or second preceding paragraph, as the
case may be.

                  No successor  Relevant  Trustee  shall accept its  appointment
unless, at the time of such acceptance, such successor Relevant Trustee shall be
qualified and eligible under this Article.

                  SECTION 8.12. Merger, Conversion,  Consolidation or Succession
to Business. Any Person into which the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee or
any  Administrative  Trustee  that is not a  natural  person  may be  merged  or
converted or with which it may be  consolidated,  or any  corporation  resulting
from any merger,  conversion or  consolidation  to which such  Relevant  Trustee
shall be a party,  or any  Person  succeeding  to all or  substantially  all the
corporate  trust  business of such Relevant  Trustee,  shall be the successor of
such  Relevant  Trustee  hereunder,  provided  such  Person  shall be  otherwise
qualified and eligible  under this  Article,  without the execution or filing of
any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.

                  SECTION  8.13.   Preferential  Collection  of  Claims  Against
Depositor  or Trust.  In case of the pendency of any  receivership,  insolvency,
liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or
other  similar  judicial  proceeding  relative to the Trust or any other obligor
upon the Trust  Securities or the property of the Trust or of such other obligor
or  their  creditors,   the  Property  Trustee   (irrespective  of  whether  any
Distributions  on the Trust  Securities shall then be due and payable as therein
expressed  or by  declaration  or  otherwise  and  irrespective  of whether  the
Property  Trustee shall have made any demand on the Trust for the payment of any
past due Distributions)  shall be entitled and empowered,  to the fullest extent
permitted by law, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

                  (a)  to file and  prove a claim  for the  whole  amount of any
         Distributions  owing and unpaid in respect of the Trust  Securities and
         to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable
         in order to have the  claims of the  Property  Trustee  (including  any
         claim for the  reasonable  compensation,  expenses,  disbursements  and
         advances of the  Property  Trustee,  its agents and counsel) and of the
         Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

                  (b)  to  collect  and  receive  any  moneys or other  property
         payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute same;



                                       59
<PAGE>

and any custodian,  receiver,  assignee,  trustee,  liquidator,  sequestrator or
other similar official in any such judicial  proceeding is hereby  authorized by
each Holder to make such payments to the Property  Trustee and, in the event the
Property  Trustee shall  consent to the making of such payments  directly to the
Holders,  to pay to the  Property  Trustee any amount due it for the  reasonable
compensation,  expenses, disbursements and advances of the Property Trustee, its
agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Property Trustee.

                  Nothing  herein  contained  shall be deemed to  authorize  the
Property  Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any
Holder  any plan of  reorganization,  arrangement,  adjustment  or  compensation
affecting  the Trust  Securities  or the  rights  of any  Holder  thereof  or to
authorize the Property  Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in
any such proceeding.

                  SECTION 8.14. Reports by Property Trustee.  Upon qualification
of this Declaration of Trust under the Trust Indenture Act,

                  (a)  Not later than the last  calendar day in February of each
year  commencing  with the last  calendar day in February of 1999,  the Property
Trustee shall transmit to all  Securityholders in accordance with Section 10.09,
and to the  Depositor,  a brief  report  dated as of the prior  December 31 with
respect to:

                       (i)  its  eligibility  under  Section  8.07  or,  in lieu
                  thereof,  if to the best of its  knowledge it has continued to
                  be eligible  under such Section,  a written  statement to such
                  effect; and

                       (ii)  any change  in  the   property  and  funds  in  its
                  possession  as  Property  Trustee  since  the date of its last
                  report and any  action  taken by the  Property  Trustee in the
                  performance of its duties hereunder that it has not previously
                  reported and that in its opinion  materially affects the Trust
                  Securities.

                  (b)  In  addition,  the  Property  Trustee  shall  transmit to
Securityholders  such reports  concerning  the Property  Trustee and its actions
under  this  Declaration  of  Trust as may be  required  pursuant  to the  Trust
Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto.

                  (c)  A copy of each  such  report  shall,  at the time of such
transmission  to the  Holders,  be  filed  with  the  Commission  and  with  the
Depositor.

                  SECTION   8.15.   Reports  to  the  Property   Trustee.   Upon
qualification  of this  Declaration of Trust under the Trust  Indenture Act, the
Depositor and the  Administrative  Trustees on behalf of the Trust shall provide
to the Property Trustee such documents,



                                       60
<PAGE>

reports and  information  as required by Section 314 of the Trust  Indenture Act
(if any) and the compliance  certificate required by Section 314(a) of the Trust
Indenture  Act in the form,  in the manner and at the times  required by Section
314 of the Trust Indenture Act.

                  SECTION   8.16.   Evidence  of  Compliance   with   Conditions
Precedent.  Upon  qualification  of this  Declaration  of Trust  under the Trust
Indenture Act, each of the Depositor and the  Administrative  Trustees on behalf
of the Trust shall  provide to the Property  Trustee such evidence of compliance
with any conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Declaration of Trust
that  relate  to any of the  matters  set forth in  Section  314(c) of the Trust
Indenture  Act. Any  certificate  or opinion  required to be given by an officer
pursuant to Section  314(c)(1) of the Trust  Indenture Act shall be given in the
form of an Officers' Certificate.

                  SECTION 8.17.  Number of Trustees.  (a) The number of Trustees
shall be four (4);  provided that the Holder of all of the Common  Securities by
written  instrument  may  increase  or  decrease  the  number of  Administrative
Trustees. The Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee may be the same Person.

                  (b)  If a Trustee ceases to hold office for any reason and the
number of Administrative Trustees is not reduced pursuant to Section 8.17(a), or
if the number of Trustees is increased  pursuant to Section  8.17(a),  a vacancy
shall occur. The vacancy shall be filled with a Trustee  appointed in accordance
with Section 8.10.

                  (c)  The death, resignation,  retirement, removal, bankruptcy,
incompetence  or incapacity to perform the duties of a Trustee shall not operate
to annul the Trust. Whenever a vacancy in the number of Administrative  Trustees
shall  occur,   until  such  vacancy  is  filled  by  the   appointment   of  an
Administrative  Trustee in  accordance  with Section  8.10,  the  Administrative
Trustees in office,  regardless of their number (and  notwithstanding  any other
provision  of  this  Agreement),  shall  have  all  the  powers  granted  to the
Administrative  Trustees  and shall  discharge  all the duties  imposed upon the
Administrative Trustees by this Declaration of Trust.

                  SECTION  8.18.  Delegation  of Power.  (a) Any  Administrative
Trustee may, by power of attorney  consistent with  applicable law,  delegate to
any other natural  person over the age of 21 his or her power for the purpose of
executing  any  documents   contemplated  in  Section  2.07(a),   including  any
registration statement or amendment thereto filed with the Commission, or making
any other governmental filing; and

                  (b)  The Administrative  Trustees shall have power to delegate
from time to time to such of their number or to the  Depositor the doing of such
things and the execution of such



                                       61
<PAGE>

instruments  either in the name of the Trust or the names of the  Administrative
Trustees or otherwise as the Administrative  Trustees may deem expedient, to the
extent such  delegation is not  prohibited by applicable  law or contrary to the
provisions of this Declaration of Trust, as set forth herein.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                        Termination, Liquidation and Merger

                  SECTION 9.01.  Termination Upon Expiration  Date;  Termination
Upon Special Event.  Unless earlier  terminated,  the Trust shall  automatically
terminate  on  ________  __,  2038  (the  "Expiration   Date"),   following  the
distribution of the Trust Property in accordance with Section 9.04.

                  SECTION 9.02. Early Termination.  The first to occur of any of
the following events is an "Early Termination Event":

                  (a)  the  occurrence  of a Bankruptcy  Event in respect of, or
         the  dissolution or liquidation  of, the Depositor or the Holder of the
         Common Securities;

                  (b)  the written  direction to the  Property  Trustee from the
         Depositor,  as borrower  with respect to the Junior  Subordinated  Debt
         Securities,  at any time (which direction is optional and wholly within
         the discretion of the  Depositor,  subject to receipt of prior approval
         of the  Federal  Reserve  if then  required  under  applicable  capital
         guidelines  or  policies  of the Federal  Reserve  (including  upon the
         occurrence and continuation of a Tax Event or a Capital Treatment Event
         in  respect  of  the  Trust))  to  terminate   the  Trust  and,   after
         satisfaction  of  liabilities  to creditors of the Trust as provided by
         applicable  law,  distribute  a Like Amount of the Junior  Subordinated
         Debt Securities to Securityholders;

                  (c)  the   redemption  or  conversion  of  all  of  the  Trust
         Securities  in connection  with the  redemption or conversion of all of
         the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities  (including upon the occurrence
         and  continuation of a Tax Event or a Capital  Treatment Event pursuant
         to Section 11.07(b) of the Indenture); and

                  (d)  the entry of an order for  dissolution  of the Trust by a
         court of competent jurisdiction.

                  SECTION 9.03.  Termination.  The  respective  obligations  and
responsibilities  of the Trustees  and the Trust  created and  continued  hereby
shall  terminate upon the latest to occur of the  following:  (a) the payment of
any expenses owed by the Trust,  (b) the distribution by the Property Trustee to
Securityholders  upon the  liquidation of the Trust pursuant to Section 9.04, or
upon 



                                       62
<PAGE>

the redemption of all of the Trust  Securities  pursuant to Section 4.02, of all
amounts required to be distributed hereunder upon the final payment of the Trust
Securities,   and  (c)  the  discharge  of  all  administrative  duties  of  the
Administrative  Trustees,   including  the  performance  of  any  tax  reporting
obligations with respect to the Trust or the Securityholders.

                  SECTION 9.04.  Liquidation.  (a) If an Early Termination Event
specified  in  clause  (a),  (b) or (d) of  Section  9.02  occurs  or  upon  the
Expiration  Date, the Trust shall be liquidated by the Trustees as expeditiously
as the Trustees determine to be possible by distributing,  after satisfaction of
liabilities  to  creditors of the Trust as provided by  applicable  law, to each
Securityholder a Like Amount of Junior Subordinated Debt Securities,  subject to
Section 9.04(d). Notice of liquidation shall be given by the Property Trustee by
first-class  mail,  postage  prepaid,  mailed not later than 30 nor more than 90
days  prior to the  Liquidation  Date to each  Holder at such  Holder's  address
appearing in the Securities Register. All notices of liquidation shall:

                  (i)  state the  Liquidation  Date  (which,  in the case of any
         liquidation  following the occurrence of a Special Event,  shall not be
         more than 90 days following such occurrence);

                  (ii)  state that,  from and after the  Liquidation  Date,  the
         Trust  Securities  will no longer be deemed to be  Outstanding  and any
         Trust  Securities  Certificates  not  surrendered  for exchange will be
         deemed  to  represent  a  Like  Amount  of  Junior   Subordinated  Debt
         Securities; and

                  (iii) provide such information  with respect to the  mechanics
         by which Holders may exchange Trust Securities  Certificates for Junior
         Subordinated Debt Securities, or, if Section 9.04(d) applies, receive a
         Liquidation  Distribution,   as  the  Administrative  Trustees  or  the
         Property Trustee shall deem appropriate.

                  (b)  Except where Section 9.02(c) or 9.04(d) applies, in order
to  effect  the  liquidation  of  the  Trust  and  distribution  of  the  Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities to  Securityholders,  the Property  Trustee shall
establish a record date for such  distribution  (which shall be not more than 45
days prior to the Liquidation  Date) and, either itself acting as exchange agent
or through the appointment of a separate  exchange  agent,  shall establish such
procedures as it shall deem  appropriate  to effect the  distribution  of Junior
Subordinated  Debt Securities in exchange for the outstanding  Trust  Securities
Certificates.

                  (c)  Except where Section  9.02(c) or 9.04(d)  applies,  after
the  Liquidation  Date, (i) the Trust  Securities will no longer be deemed to be
Outstanding, (ii) certificates representing a Like Amount of Junior Subordinated
Debt Securities will be issued to Holders,  upon surrender of such  certificates
to



                                       63
<PAGE>

the  Administrative  Trustees  or their  agent  for  exchange,  (iii)  any Trust
Securities  Certificates  not so  surrendered  for  exchange  will be  deemed to
represent a Like Amount of Junior Subordinated Debt Securities accruing interest
at the rate provided for in the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  from the
last Distribution Date on which a Distribution was made on such Trust Securities
Certificates   until  such  certificates  are  so  surrendered  (or  until  such
certificates  are so  surrendered,  no payments of interest or principal will be
made to the Holders of Trust Securities Certificates with respect to such Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities) and (iv) all rights of  Securityholders  holding
Trust Securities will cease, except the right of such Securityholders to receive
Junior   Subordinated   Debt  Securities  upon  surrender  of  Trust  Securities
Certificates.

                  (d)  In the event that,  notwithstanding  the other provisions
of this Section 9.04,  whether because of an order for dissolution  entered by a
court  of  competent  jurisdiction  or  otherwise,  distribution  of the  Junior
Subordinated  Debt Securities in the manner provided herein is determined by the
Property  Trustee not to be practical,  the Trust  Property shall be liquidated,
and the Trust  shall be  dissolved,  wound-up  or  terminated,  by the  Property
Trustee in such manner as the Property Trustee determines. In such event, on the
date  of  the  dissolution,  winding-up  or  other  termination  of  the  Trust,
Securityholders  will be  entitled  to  receive  out of the  assets of the Trust
available for distribution to Securityholders  after satisfaction of liabilities
to creditors of the Trust as provided by applicable  law, an amount equal to the
aggregate of the Liquidation  Amount plus  accumulated and unpaid  Distributions
thereon  to  the  date  of  payment   (such   amount   being  the   "Liquidation
Distribution").  If, upon any such dissolution,  winding up or termination,  the
Liquidation  Distribution  can be paid  only  in  part  because  the  Trust  has
insufficient  assets  available  to  pay  in  full  the  aggregate   Liquidation
Distribution, then, subject to the next succeeding sentence, the amounts payable
by the Trust on the Trust  Securities  shall be paid on a pro rata basis  (based
upon Liquidation Amounts).  Holders of the Common Securities will be entitled to
receive  Liquidation  Distributions  upon any such  dissolution,  winding-up  or
termination  pro  rata   (determined  as  aforesaid)  with  Holders  of  Capital
Securities,  except  that,  if a Debenture  Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing,  the  Capital  Securities  shall  have a  priority  over the  Common
Securities,  and no payments shall be made with respect to the Common Securities
until  Holders  of  Capital   Securities  have  been  paid  in  full.  Any  such
determination  and liquidation by the Property  Trustee shall be conclusive upon
the  Securityholders  and  the  Property  Trustee  shall  have no  liability  in
connection therewith.

                  Section  9.05.  Mergers,   Consolidations,   Amalgamations  or
Replacements  of the Trust.  The Trust may not merge with or into,  consolidate,
amalgamate,  or be replaced by, or convey,  transfer or lease its properties and
assets  substantially as an entirety



                                       64
<PAGE>

to any corporation or other Person, except pursuant to this Section 9.05. At the
request of the Depositor,  with the consent of the  Administrative  Trustees and
without  the  consent of the Holders of the  Capital  Securities,  the  Property
Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, the Trust may merge with or into,  consolidate,
amalgamate,  or be replaced by or convey,  transfer or lease its  properties and
assets  substantially as an entirety to a trust organized as such under the laws
of any State;  provided,  however,  that (i) such  successor  entity  either (a)
expressly  assumes  all of the  obligations  of the Trust  with  respect  to the
Capital   Securities  or  (b)  substitutes  for  the  Capital  Securities  other
securities having  substantially  the same terms as the Capital  Securities (the
"Successor Securities") so long as the Successor Securities rank the same as the
Capital  Securities rank in priority with respect to Distributions  and payments
upon  liquidation,  redemption  and  otherwise,  (ii)  the  Depositor  expressly
appoints a trustee  of such  successor  entity  possessing  the same  powers and
duties as the  Property  Trustee as the holder of the Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities, (iii) the Successor Securities (if Capital Securities) are listed or
traded,  or any Successor  Securities will be listed or traded upon notification
of issuance,  on any national securities exchange or other organization on which
the Capital  Securities  are then listed or traded,  if any,  (iv) such  merger,
consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not
cause  the  Capital  Securities  (including  any  Successor  Securities)  to  be
downgraded by any nationally  recognized  statistical rating  organization,  (v)
such merger, consolidation,  amalgamation,  replacement, conveyance, transfer or
lease does not adversely  affect the rights,  preferences  and privileges of the
Holders of the Capital  Securities  (including any Successor  Securities) in any
material respect, (vi) such successor entity has a purpose identical and limited
to that of the Trust, (vii) prior to such merger,  consolidation,  amalgamation,
replacement,  conveyance,  transfer  or lease,  the  Depositor  has  received an
Opinion  of  Counsel  to  the  effect  that  (a)  such  merger,   consolidation,
amalgamation,  replacement,  conveyance,  transfer  or lease does not  adversely
affect the  rights,  preferences  and  privileges  of the Holders of the Capital
Securities (including any Successor Securities) in any material respect, and (b)
following such merger,  consolidation,  amalgamation,  replacement,  conveyance,
transfer or lease,  neither the Trust nor such successor entity will be required
to register as an investment company under the 1940 Act and (viii) the Depositor
or any permitted successor or assignee owns all of the common securities of such
successor  entity and guarantees the obligations of such successor  entity under
the  Successor  Securities  at least to the extent  provided  by the  Guarantee.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Trust shall not, except with the consent of
Holders  of 100% in  Liquidation  Amount of the Trust  Securities,  consolidate,
amalgamate,  merge with or into, or be replaced by or convey,  transfer or lease
its  properties and assets  substantially  as an entirety to any other entity or
permit any other  entity to  consolidate,  amalgamate,  merge  with or into,  or
replace it if such consolidation,



                                       65
<PAGE>

amalgamation, merger, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease would cause the
Trust or the successor  entity to be classified as an  association  taxable as a
corporation  or as other than a grantor trust for United States  federal  income
tax purposes.


                                    ARTICLE X

                            Miscellaneous Provisions

                  SECTION 10.01.  Limitation of Rights of  Securityholders.  The
death, incapacity,  liquidation,  dissolution,  termination or bankruptcy of any
Person having an interest,  beneficial or otherwise,  in Trust  Securities shall
not  operate to  terminate  this  Declaration  of Trust,  or  entitle  the legal
representatives  or heirs of such person, or any Securityholder for such person,
to claim an accounting, take any action or bring any proceeding in any court for
a partition or winding-up of the arrangements  contemplated hereby, or otherwise
affect the rights,  obligations  and liabilities of the parties hereto or any of
them.

                  SECTION 10.02. Liability of the Depositor.  The Depositor,  as
borrower  with  respect to the Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities,  shall be
liable for all the debts and  obligations  of the Trust (other than with respect
to payments of principal, interest, or premium, if any, on the Trust Securities)
to the extent not satisfied out of the Trust's assets.

                  SECTION 10.03. Amendment. (a) This Declaration of Trust may be
amended from time to time by the Property Trustee,  the Administrative  Trustees
and the Depositor,  without the consent of any  Securityholders  (i) to cure any
ambiguity,  correct or supplement any provision  herein that may be inconsistent
with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to
matters or questions  arising under this  Declaration of Trust that shall not be
inconsistent  with the other provisions of this Declaration of Trust; or (ii) to
modify,  eliminate or add to any provisions of this Declaration of Trust to such
extent as shall be  necessary  to ensure that the Trust will be  classified  for
United States federal income tax purposes as a grantor trust or as other than an
association  taxable as a corporation at all times that any Trust Securities are
outstanding  or to ensure  that the Trust will not be required to register as an
investment  company under the 1940 Act; provided,  however,  that in the case of
clause (i), such action shall not adversely  affect in any material  respect the
interests of any Securityholder, and any amendments of this Declaration of Trust
shall become effective when notice thereof is given to the Securityholders.

                  (b)  Except as provided in Section 10.02(c),  any provision of
this  Declaration of Trust may be amended by the Trustees and the Depositor with
(i) the consent of Securityholders  representing not less than a majority (based
upon



                                       66
<PAGE>

Liquidation  Amounts) of the Trust  Securities then Outstanding and (ii) receipt
by the  Trustees of an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such  amendment  or
the  exercise  of any power  granted to the  Trustees  in  accordance  with such
amendment will not affect the Trust's status as a grantor trust or as other than
an  association  taxable as a corporation  for United States  federal income tax
purposes or the Trust's exemption from the status of an investment company under
the 1940 Act.

                  (c)  In addition to and notwithstanding any other provision in
this Declaration of Trust,  without the consent of each affected  Securityholder
(such consent  being  obtained in  accordance  with Section 6.03 or 6.08),  this
Declaration  of Trust may not be  amended  to (i) change the amount or timing of
any  Distribution  on the Trust  Securities  or otherwise  adversely  affect the
amount  of any  Distribution  required  to be  made  in  respect  of  the  Trust
Securities as of a specified date or (ii) restrict the right of a Securityholder
to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such date.
Notwithstanding any other provision herein, without the unanimous consent of the
Securityholders  (such consent being obtained in accordance with Section 6.03 or
6.08), this paragraph (c) of this Section 10.02 may not be amended.

                  (d)  Notwithstanding  any other provisions of this Declaration
of Trust,  no Trustee  shall  enter into or  consent  to any  amendment  to this
Declaration  of Trust that would cause the Trust to fail or cease to qualify for
the exemption from status of an investment company under the 1940 Act or fail or
cease to be  classified  as a  grantor  trust or as  other  than an  association
taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.

                  (e)  Notwithstanding  anything in this Declaration of Trust to
the contrary, without the consent of the Depositor this Declaration of Trust may
not be  amended  in a manner  that  imposes  any  additional  obligation  on the
Depositor.

                  (f)  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this  Declaration
of Trust, no amendment to this  Declaration of Trust may be made if, as a result
of such  amendment,  it would  cause  the  Trust to fail to be  classified  as a
grantor  trust or as other  than an  association  taxable as a  corporation  for
United States federal income tax purposes.

                  (g)  In the event that any  amendment to this  Declaration  of
Trust is  made,  the  Administrative  Trustees  shall  promptly  provide  to the
Depositor a copy of such amendment.

                  (h)  Neither the  Property  Trustee nor the  Delaware  Trustee
shall be required to enter into any amendment to this  Declaration of Trust that
affects its own rights,  duties or immunities under this Declaration of Trust or
would otherwise  expose the Property  Trustee to any liability or be contrary to



                                       67
<PAGE>

applicable  law. The Property  Trustee shall be entitled to receive an Officers'
Certificate  stating  that  any  amendment  to this  Declaration  of Trust is in
compliance with this Declaration of Trust.

                  SECTION  10.04.  Separability.  In case any  provision in this
Declaration of Trust or in the Trust Securities  Certificates  shall be invalid,
illegal or  unenforceable,  the  validity,  legality and  enforceability  of the
remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

                  SECTION 10.05.  Governing  Law. This  Declaration of Trust and
the rights and  obligations  of each of the  Securityholders,  the Trust and the
Trustees  with  respect to this  Declaration  of Trust and the Trust  Securities
shall be construed in  accordance  with and governed by the laws of the State of
Delaware  without regard to its conflict of laws  principles.  The provisions of
Sections  3540 and 3561 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code shall not apply to this
Trust.

                  SECTION 10.06.  Payments Due on Non-Business  Day. If the date
fixed  for any  payment  on any  Trust  Security  shall  be a day  that is not a
Business Day, then such payment need not be made on such date but may be made on
the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (except as otherwise  provided in
Section  4.02(d)),  with the same  force and  effect as though  made on the date
fixed for such  payment,  and no interest  shall  accrue  thereon for the period
after such date.

                  SECTION 10.07. Successors.  This Declaration of Trust shall be
binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any  successor to the  Depositor,
the Trust or the Relevant Trustee,  including any successor by operation of law.
Except  in  connection  with a  consolidation,  merger  or  sale  involving  the
Depositor  that is permitted  under  Article VI of the Indenture and pursuant to
which the  assignee  agrees in writing to perform  the  Depositor's  obligations
hereunder, the Depositor shall not assign its obligations hereunder.

                  SECTION 10.08.  Headings. The Article and Section headings are
for convenience  only and shall not affect the  construction of this Declaration
of Trust.

                  SECTION  10.09.  Reports,  Notices  and  Demands.  Any report,
notice, demand or other communication that, by any provision of this Declaration
of  Trust,  is  required  or  permitted  to be  given or  served  to or upon any
Securityholder  or the  Depositor  may be given or served in  writing by deposit
thereof,  first class postage prepaid,  in the United States mail, hand delivery
or facsimile transmission, in each case, addressed, (a) in the case of a Capital
Securityholder, to such Capital Securityholder as such Securityholder's name and
address may appear on the Securities Register, and (b) in the case of the Common
Securityholder or the Depositor,  to Guaranty Financial



                                       68
<PAGE>

Corporation,  1658  State  Farm  Boulevard,  Charlottesville,   Virginia  22911,
facsimile no.: (804) 970-1422. Any notice to Capital Securityholders may also be
given to such  owners as have,  within  two years  preceding  the giving of such
notice,  filed  their names and  addresses  with the  Property  Trustee for that
purpose.  Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon a Securityholder
shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes,  upon
hand delivery, mailing or transmission.

                  Any  notice,   demand  or  other  communication  that  by  any
provision of this  Declaration  of Trust is required or permitted to be given or
served to or upon the Trust, the Property  Trustee,  the Delaware Trustee or the
Administrative  Trustees  shall be given in  writing  addressed  (until  another
address is published by the Trust) as follows:  (a) with respect to the Property
Trustee to Wilmington Trust Company, 1100 N. Market Street, Attention: Corporate
Trust Administration, Wilmington, Delaware 19890, facsimile no.: (302) 651-8882;
(b) with respect to the Delaware  Trustee to Wilmington  Trust Company,  1100 N.
Market Street, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration,  Wilmington,  Delaware
19890, facsimile no.: (302) 651-8882; and (c) with respect to the Administrative
Trustees,  to them at the  address  above for notices to the  Depositor,  marked
"Attention:  Administrative  Trustees of Guaranty Capital Trust I". Such notice,
demand or other communication to or upon the Trust or the Property Trustee shall
be deemed to have been  sufficiently  given or made only upon actual  receipt of
the writing by the Trust or the Property Trustee.

                  SECTION 10.10. Agreement Not to Petition. Each of the Trustees
and the Depositor agree for the benefit of the  Securityholders  that,  until at
least one year and one day after the  Trust has been  terminated  in  accordance
with  Article  IX,  they  shall not file,  or join in the  filing of, a petition
against  the Trust under any  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization  or other
similar law (including,  without limitation,  the United States Bankruptcy Code)
(collectively,  "Bankruptcy  Laws") or otherwise join in the commencement of any
proceeding  against  the  Trust  under  any  Bankruptcy  Laws.  In the event the
Depositor takes action in violation of this Section 10.10,  the Property Trustee
agrees,  for  the  benefit  of  Securityholders,  that  at  the  expense  of the
Depositor,  it shall  file an  answer  with the  bankruptcy  court or  otherwise
properly contest the filing of such petition by the Depositor  against the Trust
or the  commencement of such action and raise the defense that the Depositor has
agreed in writing not to take such action and should be estopped  and  precluded
therefrom  and such other  defenses,  if any,  as counsel for the Trustee or the
Trust may  assert.  The  provisions  of this  Section  10.10  shall  survive the
termination of this Declaration of Trust.

                  SECTION  10.11.  Trust  Indenture  Act;  Conflict  with  Trust
Indenture  Act.  This  Declaration  of Trust will be  qualified  under



                                       69
<PAGE>

the Trust Indenture Act. By its terms,  this  Declaration of Trust  incorporates
certain provisions of the Trust Indenture Act.

                  (a)  This Declaration of Trust is subject to the provisions of
the Trust  Indenture  Act that are  required to be part of this  Declaration  of
Trust and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

                  (b)  The Property Trustee shall be the only Trustee which is a
trustee for the purposes of the Trust Indenture Act.

                  (c)  If any provision  hereof  limits,  qualifies or conflicts
with  another  provision  hereof  that  is  required  to  be  included  in  this
Declaration of Trust by any of the  provisions of the Trust  Indenture Act, such
required provision shall control.  If any provision of this Declaration of Trust
modifies or excludes  any  provision of the Trust  Indenture  Act that may be so
modified  or  excluded,  the latter  provision  shall be deemed to apply to this
Declaration of Trust as so modified or excluded, as the case may be.

                  (d)  The  application  of the  Trust  Indenture  Act  to  this
Declaration  of Trust  shall not affect the nature of the  Securities  as equity
securities  representing  undivided  beneficial  interests  in the assets of the
Trust.

                  SECTION  10.12.  Acceptance of Terms of  Declaration of Trust,
Guarantee and  Indenture.  THE RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A TRUST SECURITY OR ANY
INTEREST  THEREIN BY OR ON BEHALF OF A SECURITYHOLDER  OR ANY BENEFICIAL  OWNER,
WITHOUT ANY SIGNATURE OR FURTHER  MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT,  SHALL CONSTITUTE THE
UNCONDITIONAL   ACCEPTANCE  BY  THE  SECURITYHOLDER  AND  ALL  OTHERS  HAVING  A
BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN SUCH TRUST SECURITY OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF
THIS  DECLARATION  OF TRUST AND AGREEMENT TO THE  SUBORDINATION  PROVISIONS  AND
OTHER  TERMS OF THE  GUARANTEE  AND THE  INDENTURE,  AND  SHALL  CONSTITUTE  THE
AGREEMENT OF THE TRUST, SUCH  SECURITYHOLDER  AND SUCH OTHERS THAT THE TERMS AND
PROVISIONS  OF THIS  DECLARATION  OF  TRUST  SHALL  BE  BINDING,  OPERATIVE  AND
EFFECTIVE AS BETWEEN THE TRUST AND SUCH SECURITYHOLDER AND SUCH OTHERS.

                  SECTION 10.13. Execution in Counterparts.  This instrument may
be executed in any number of  counterparts,  each of which so executed  shall be
deemed to be an original,  but all such counterparts  shall together  constitute
but one and the same instrument.



                                       70
<PAGE>

         WITNESS the following signatures:

                                  GUARANTY FINANCIAL CORPORATION,
                                  as Depositor


                                  By:
                                  Name:_________________________
                                  Title:________________________

                                  WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
                                  (as Delaware Trustee and not in its
                                  individual capacity)


                                  By:
                                  Name:_________________________
                                  Title:________________________



                                   _____________________________
                                   Thomas P. Baker, as
                                   Administrative Trustee



                                   _____________________________
                                   Vincent B. McNelley, as
                                   Administrative Trustee





                                       71
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT A



                             CERTIFICATE OF TRUST OF
                            GUARANTY CAPITAL TRUST I


                  THIS  CERTIFICATE  OF TRUST of Guaranty  Capital  Trust I (the
"Trust"),  dated  as of  ____________,  is  being  duly  executed  and  filed by
Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware corporation,  as trustee,  Thomas P. Baker,
an individual,  as trustee, and Vincent B. McNelley, an individual,  as trustee,
to form a business  trust  under the  Delaware  Business  Trust Act (12 Del.  C.
Section 3801 et seq.).

                  1.    Name.  The name of the business  trust formed  hereby is
Guaranty Capital Trust I.

                  2.    Delaware  Trustee.  The name and business address of the
trustee of the Trust with a principal place of business in the State of Delaware
are as follows:  Wilmington  Trust Company,  1100 N. Market  Street,  Attention:
Corporate Trust Administration, Wilmington, Delaware 19890.

                  3.    Effective  Date.  This  Certificate  of  Trust  shall be
effective upon filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the trustees of the
Trust,  have  executed  this  Certificate  of Trust as of the date first written
above.

                                   WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not
                                   in its individual capacity but
                                   solely as trustee


                                   By:
                                   Name: ________________________
                                   Title: _______________________



                                   ______________________________
                                   Thomas P. Baker,
                                   as Trustee



                                   ______________________________
                                   Vincent B. McNelley,
                                   as Trustee


<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                  IF  THE  CAPITAL  SECURITIES  CERTIFICATE  IS TO  BE A  GLOBAL
SECURITIES   CERTIFICATE,   INSERT--[This   Convertible   Preferred   Securities
Certificate is a Global Capital Securities Certificate within the meaning of the
Declaration of Trust hereafter  referred to and is registered in the name of The
Depository Trust Company (the "Depositary") or a nominee of the Depositary. This
Convertible  Preferred  Securities  Certificate is exchangeable  for Convertible
Preferred Securities  Certificates registered in the name of a person other than
the Depositary or its nominee only in the limited circumstances described in the
Declaration of Trust, and no transfer of this Convertible  Preferred  Securities
Certificate  (other than a transfer  of this  Convertible  Preferred  Securities
Certificate  as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a
nominee  of  the  Depositary  to  the  Depositary  or  another  nominee  of  the
Depositary) may be registered except in the limited  circumstances  described in
the Declaration of Trust.

                  Unless this Convertible  Preferred  Securities  Certificate is
presented by an authorized  representative  of The Depository  Trust Company (55
Water  Street,  New  York)  to  Guaranty  Capital  Trust  I  or  its  agent  for
registration of transfer,  exchange or payment,  and any  Convertible  Preferred
Securities  Certificate  issued is  registered in the name of Cede & Co. or such
other name as requested by an authorized  representative of The Depository Trust
Company and any payment  hereon is made to Cede & Co., ANY  TRANSFER,  PLEDGE OR
OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY A PERSON IS WRONGFUL  inasmuch as the
registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.]

                  NO  EMPLOYEE  BENEFIT OR OTHER PLAN  SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE
EMPLOYEE  RETIREMENT  INCOME  SECURITY  ACT OF 1974,  AS AMENDED  ("ERISA"),  OR
SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL  REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (EACH, A "PLAN"),
NO ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING  ASSETS INCLUDE "PLAN ASSETS" BY REASON OF ANY PLAN'S
INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY (A "PLAN ASSET ENTITY"),  AND NO PERSON INVESTING "PLAN
ASSETS" OF ANY PLAN, MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS CONVERTIBLE  PREFERRED  SECURITIES
CERTIFICATE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN,  UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE
FOR THE EXEMPTIVE  RELIEF  AVAILABLE UNDER U.S.  DEPARTMENT OF LABOR  PROHIBITED
TRANSACTION  CLASS EXEMPTION  ("PTCE") 96-23,  95-60,  91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 WITH
RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THIS CONVERTIBLE
PREFERRED  SECURITIES  CERTIFICATE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE
REPRESENTED  BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING HEREOF THAT IT EITHER (A) IS NOT A PLAN
OR A PLAN ASSET ENTITY AND IS NOT  PURCHASING  SUCH  SECURITIES  ON BEHALF OF OR
WITH "PLAN  ASSETS" OF ANY PLAN,  OR (B) IS ELIGIBLE  FOR THE  EXEMPTIVE  RELIEF
AVAILABLE  UNDER PTCE 96-23,  95-60,  91-38,  90-1 OR 84-14 WITH RESPECT TO SUCH
PURCHASE OR HOLDING.


<PAGE>

                                               Liquidation Amount of
Certificate Number                             Convertible Preferred Securities
                                               $_______________________

                                               CUSIP NO. [      ]

                 Certificate Evidencing Guaranty Capital Trust I
                    $______ Convertible Preferred Securities
         (Liquidation Amount $25.00 per Convertible Preferred Security)


                  Guaranty  Capital Trust I, a statutory  business  trust formed
under the laws of the state of Delaware (the  "Trust"),  hereby  certifies  that
___________________  (the  "Holder")  is the  registered  owner of  ____________
(______)  Convertible   Preferred  Securities  of  the  Trust  in  an  aggregate
liquidation  amount of  $______________,  representing  an undivided  beneficial
interest  in the assets of the Trust and  designated  Guaranty  Capital  Trust I
Convertible   Preferred  Trust   Securities   (Liquidation   Amount  $25.00  per
Convertible  Preferred  Security) (the  "Preferred  Securities").  The Preferred
Securities are  transferable on the books and records of the Trust, in person or
by a duly authorized attorney,  upon surrender of this certificate duly endorsed
and in proper form for transfer as provided in Section  5.05 of the  Declaration
of Trust (as defined below). The designations, rights, privileges, restrictions,
preferences  and other terms and provisions of the Preferred  Securities are set
forth in, and this certificate and the Preferred  Securities  represented hereby
are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and  provisions of,
the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust, dated as of ________
__,  1998,  as the same may be amended  from time to time (the  "Declaration  of
Trust"), between Guaranty Financial Corporation, as Depositor,  Wilmington Trust
Company, as Property Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, and
the  Administrative  Trustees  named therein,  including the  designation of the
terms of the Preferred  Securities as set forth therein.  The Holder is entitled
to the benefits of the Guarantee  Agreement  entered into by Guaranty  Financial
Corporation, a Virginia corporation,  and Wilmington Trust Company, as Guarantee
Trustee, dated as of ________ __, 1998 (the "Guarantee"), to the extent provided
therein.  The  Trust  will  furnish a copy of the  Declaration  of Trust and the
Guarantee to the Holder without charge upon written  request to the Trust at its
principal place of business or registered office.

                  Terms used but not defined  herein have the meanings set forth
in the  Declaration  of  Trust.  The  Declaration  of Trust  and this  Preferred
Security  shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with the laws of the
State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

                  The Preferred  Securities  shall be convertible into shares of
Common  Stock,   through  (a)  the  exchange  of  Preferred  Securities  for  an
appropriate  principal amount of Junior Subordinated Debt



                                       2
<PAGE>

Securities  and (b) the immediate  conversion of such Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities into shares of Common Stock, in the manner and according to the terms
set forth in the  Declaration  of Trust  and in the  Indenture.  The  conversion
rights of the Holders of Preferred  Securities are subject to termination at the
option of Guaranty Financial Corporation on and after ________ __, 2001, subject
to and upon  satisfaction of certain  conditions set forth in the Declaration of
Trust and in the Indenture.

                  Upon receipt of this  certificate,  the Holder is bound by the
Declaration of Trust and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, one of the Administrative  Trustees of the
Trust has executed this Certificate this ____ day of _____________.

                                       GUARANTY CAPITAL TRUST I


                                       by ___________________________
                                       Name:_________________________
                                       Title:  Administrative Trustee


                                       COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:

                                       WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as
                                       Property Trustee


                                       by ___________________________
                                          Authorized Signatory

                                       Dated:



                                       3
<PAGE>



                                   ASSIGNMENT


                  FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this
Preferred Security to:

        (Insert assignee's social security or tax identification number)


                    (Insert address and zip code of assignee)


and irrevocably appoints

agent to transfer this Preferred Security Certificate on the books of the Trust.
The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.


Date:___________________


                                    Signature __________________________________
                                    (Sign  exactly  as your name  appears on the
                                    other  side  of  this   Preferred   Security
                                    Certificate)


____________________________________________________
The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible
guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers,  savings
and  loan   associations   and  credit  unions  with
membership  in  an  approved   signature   guarantee
medallion program), pursuant to SEC Rule 17Ad-15.

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT C


                      THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE

                                                           Liquidation Amount of
Certificate Number                                         Common Securities
                                                           $_________________

              Certificate Evidencing Convertible Common Securities
                                       of
                            Guaranty Capital Trust I

                                Common Securities
                 (Liquidation Amount $25.00 per Common Security)


                  Guaranty  Capital Trust I, a statutory  business  trust formed
under the laws of the State of Delaware (the  "Trust"),  hereby  certifies  that
Guaranty  Financial  Corporation  (the  "Holder")  is the  registered  owner  of
____________________________   (______)   common   securities   of   the   Trust
representing  beneficial  interests of the Trust and designated the  Convertible
Common Securities  (Liquidation  Amount $25.00 per Common Security) (the "Common
Securities"). Except as provided in Section 5.11 of the Declaration of Trust (as
defined  below) the Common  Securities  are not  transferable  and any attempted
transfer   hereof  shall  be  void.  The   designations,   rights,   privileges,
restrictions,   preferences  and  other  terms  and  provisions  of  the  Common
Securities  are set forth in, and this  certificate  and the  Common  Securities
represented  hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms
and provisions  of, the Amended and Restated  Declaration of Trust of the Trust,
dated as of ________ __, 1998, as the same may be amended from time to time (the
"Declaration of Trust"),  between Guaranty Financial Corporation,  as Depositor,
Wilmington  Trust  Company,  as Property  Trustee,  Wilmington  Trust Company as
Delaware Trustee, and the Administrative  Trustees named therein,  including the
designation  of the terms of the Common  Securities  as set forth  therein.  The
Trust will  furnish a copy of the  Declaration  of Trust to the  Holder  without
charge upon written  request to the Trust at its principal  place of business or
registered office.

                  Terms used but not defined  herein have the meanings set forth
in the  Declaration of Trust.  The Declaration of Trust and this Common Security
shall be governed by and construed in  accordance  with the laws of the State of
Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

                  The Common  Securities  shall be  convertible  into  shares of
Common Stock,  through (a) the exchange of Common  Securities for an appropriate
principal  amount of Junior  Subordinated  Debt Securities and (b) the immediate
conversion of such Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  into shares of Common
Stock,  in the


<PAGE>

manner and according to the terms set forth in the  Declaration  of Trust and in
the  Indenture.  The conversion  rights of the Holders of Common  Securities are
subject to  termination at the option of Guaranty  Financial  Corporation on and
after ________ __, 2001,  subject to and upon satisfaction of certain conditions
set forth in the Declaration of Trust and in the Indenture.

                  Upon receipt of this  certificate,  the Holder is bound by the
Declaration of Trust and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, one of the Administrative  Trustees of the
Trust has executed this certificate this _____ day of _________________.

                                     GUARANTY CAPITAL TRUST I


                                     By ___________________________
                                     Name:_________________________
                                     Title: Administrative Trustee


                                     COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:

                                     WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as
                                     Property Trustee


                                     By ___________________________
                                         Authorized Signatory

                                     Dated:



                                                                     Exhibit 4.4


                                                                  EXECUTION COPY




================================================================================







                         GUARANTY FINANCIAL CORPORATION



                                       to



                            WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

                                     Trustee



                          -----------------------------


                          JUNIOR SUBORDINATED INDENTURE





                          Dated as of ________ __, 1998







================================================================================

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<S>                                                                                                              <C>
ARTICLE I -- Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application..............................................1
   SECTION 1.01. Definitions......................................................................................1
   SECTION 1.02. Compliance Certificate and Opinions.............................................................13
   SECTION 1.03. Forms of Documents Delivered to Trustee.........................................................13
   SECTION 1.04. Acts of Holders.................................................................................14
   SECTION 1.05. Notices to Trustee and Company..................................................................15
   SECTION 1.06. Notice to Holders: Waiver.......................................................................16
   SECTION 1.07. Conflict with Trust Indenture Act...............................................................16
   SECTION 1.08. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents........................................................16
   SECTION 1.09. Successors and Assigns..........................................................................16
   SECTION 1.10. Separability Clause.............................................................................17
   SECTION 1.11. Benefits of Indenture...........................................................................17
   SECTION 1.12. Governing Law...................................................................................17
   SECTION 1.13. Non-Business Day................................................................................17
ARTICLE II -- Security Forms.....................................................................................17
   SECTION 2.01. Forms Generally.................................................................................17
   SECTION 2.02. Form of Face of Security........................................................................18
   SECTION 2.03. Form of Reverse of Security.....................................................................22
   SECTION 2.04. Additional Provisions Required in Global Security...............................................25
   SECTION 2.05. Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication.................................................26
ARTICLE III -- The Securities....................................................................................26
   SECTION 3.01. Title and Terms.................................................................................26
   SECTION 3.02. Denominations...................................................................................29
   SECTION 3.03. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating..................................................29
   SECTION 3.04. Temporary Securities............................................................................31
   SECTION 3.05. Global Securities...............................................................................32
   SECTION 3.06. Registration, Transfer and Exchange Generally: Certain Transfers and Exchanges: Restricted
   Securities Legends............................................................................................33
   SECTION 3.07. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities................................................37
   SECTION 3.08. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved..................................................38
   SECTION 3.09. Persons Deemed Owners...........................................................................39
   SECTION 3.10. Cancellation....................................................................................40
   SECTION 3.11. Computation of Interest.........................................................................40
   SECTION 3.12. Deferrals of Interest Payment Dates.............................................................40
   SECTION 3.13. CUSIP Numbers...................................................................................42
ARTICLE IV -- Satisfaction and Discharge.........................................................................42
   SECTION 4.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.........................................................42
   SECTION 4.02. Application of Trust Money......................................................................43
ARTICLE V -- Remedies............................................................................................44
   SECTION 5.01. Events of Default...............................................................................44
   SECTION 5.02. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment..............................................45
   SECTION 5.03. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.................................47
   SECTION 5.04. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim................................................................48
   SECTION 5.05. Trustee May Enforce Claim Without Possession of Securities......................................49
   SECTION 5.06. Application of Money Collected..................................................................49
   SECTION 5.07. Limitation on Suits.............................................................................50
   SECTION 5.08. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest................................51
   SECTION 5.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies..............................................................51
   SECTION 5.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulate....................................................................51
   SECTION 5.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver....................................................................52
   SECTION 5.12. Control by Holders..............................................................................52

<PAGE>

   SECTION 5.13. Waiver of Past Defaults.........................................................................53
   SECTION 5.14. Undertaking for Costs...........................................................................53
   SECTION 5.15. Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws.........................................................54
ARTICLE VI -- The Trustee........................................................................................54
   SECTION 6.01. Certain Duties and Responsibilities.............................................................54
   SECTION 6.02. Notice of Defaults..............................................................................55
   SECTION 6.03. Certain Rights of Trustee.......................................................................56
   SECTION 6.04. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities..........................................57
   SECTION 6.05. May Hold Securities.............................................................................57
   SECTION 6.06. Money Held in Trust.............................................................................58
   SECTION 6.07. Compensation and Reimbursement..................................................................58
   SECTION 6.08. Disqualification; Conflicting Interests.........................................................59
   SECTION 6.09. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.........................................................59
   SECTION 6.10. Resignation and Removal, Appointment of Successor...............................................60
   SECTION 6.11. Acceptance of Appointment Successor.............................................................61
   SECTION 6.12. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.....................................62
   SECTION 6.13. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company...............................................63
   SECTION 6.14. Appointment of Authenticating Agent.............................................................63
   SECTION 6.15. Trustee's Rights and Obligations................................................................65
ARTICLE VII -- Holder's Lists and Reports by Trustee and Company.................................................65
   SECTION 7.01. Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.......................................65
   SECTION 7.02. Preservation of Information, Communications to Holders..........................................65
   SECTION 7.03. Reports by Trustee..............................................................................66
   SECTION 7.04. Reports by Company..............................................................................66
ARTICLE VIII -- Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease.............................................67
   SECTION 8.01. Company May Consolidate Only on Certain Terms...................................................67
   SECTION 8.02. Successor Company Substituted...................................................................68
ARTICLE IX -- Supplemental Indentures............................................................................69
   SECTION 9.01. Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Holders..............................................69
   SECTION 9.02. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders.................................................70
   SECTION 9.03. Execution of Supplemental Indentures............................................................72
   SECTION 9.04. Effect of Supplemental Indentures...............................................................72
   SECTION 9.05. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.............................................................72
   SECTION 9.06. Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures..............................................72
ARTICLE X -- Covenants...........................................................................................73
   SECTION 10.01. Payment of Principal and Interest..............................................................73
   SECTION 10.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency................................................................73
   SECTION 10.03. Money for Security Payments to be Held in Trust................................................73
   SECTION 10.04. Statement as to Compliance.....................................................................75
   SECTION 10.05. Waiver of Certain Covenants....................................................................75
   SECTION 10.06. Payment of the Trusts' Costs and Expenses......................................................75
   SECTION 10.07. Additional Covenants...........................................................................76
   SECTION 10.08. Information Returns............................................................................77
   SECTION 10.09. Statement by Officers as to Default............................................................77
   SECTION 10.10  Delivery of Certain Information................................................................78
ARTICLE XI -- Redemption or Prepayment of Securities.............................................................78
   SECTION 11.01. Applicability of This Article..................................................................78
   SECTION 11.02. Election To Redeem: Notice to Trustee..........................................................78
   SECTION 11.03. Selection of Securities to be Redeemed.........................................................79
   SECTION 11.04. Notice of Redemption...........................................................................79
   SECTION 11.05. Deposit of Redemption Price....................................................................80
   SECTION 11.06. Payment of Securities Called for Redemption....................................................81
   SECTION 11.07. Company's Right of Redemption..................................................................81

<PAGE>

ARTICLE XII -- Sinking Funds.....................................................................................82
   SECTION 12.01. Applicability of Article.......................................................................82
   SECTION 12.02. Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities..........................................82
   SECTION 12.03. Redemption of Securities Sinking Fund..........................................................82
ARTICLE XIII -- Subordination of Securities......................................................................84
   SECTION 13.01. Securities Subordinate to Senior Debt..........................................................84
   SECTION 13.02. Payment Over of Proceeds upon Dissolution......................................................85
   SECTION 13.03. Prior Payment to Senior Debt Upon Acceleration of Securities...................................86
   SECTION 13.04. No Payment When Senior Debt in Default.........................................................87
   SECTION 13.05. Payment Permitted If No Default................................................................88
   SECTION 13.06. Subrogation to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt................................................88
   SECTION 13.07. Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights....................................................88
   SECTION 13.08. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination............................................................89
   SECTION 13.09. No Waiver of Subordination Provisions..........................................................89
   SECTION 13.10. Notice to Trustee..............................................................................89
   SECTION 13.11. Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent.................................90
   SECTION 13.12. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt...............................................90
   SECTION 13.13. Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior Debt: Preservation of Trustee's Rights...................90
   SECTION 13.14. Article Applicable to Paying Agents............................................................90
   SECTION 13.15. Certain Conversions or Exchanges Deemed Payment................................................91
ARTICLE XIV -- Conversion of Securities..........................................................................91
   SECTION 14.01. Conversion Rights..............................................................................91
   SECTION 14.02. Conversion Procedures..........................................................................92
   SECTION 14.03. Conversion Price Adjustments...................................................................94
   SECTION 14.04. Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets......................................99
   SECTION 14.05. Notice of Adjustments of Conversion Price......................................... ............100
   SECTION 14.06. Prior Notice of Certain Events.................................................................100
   SECTION 14.07. Certain Defined Terms..........................................................................101
   SECTION 14.08. Dividend or Interest Reinvestment Plans........................................................102
   SECTION 14.09. Certain Additional Rights......................................................................102
   SECTION 14.10. Trustee Not Responsible for Determining Conversion Price or Adjustments........................103
   SECTION 14.11. Termination of Conversion Rights...............................................................103
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                         GUARANTY FINANCIAL CORPORATION

         Reconciliation  and  tie  between  the  Trust  Indenture  Act  of  1939
(including  cross-references  to provisions of Sections 310 to and including 317
which, pursuant to Section 318(c) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended
by the Trust Reform Act of 1990, are a part of and govern the Indenture  whether
or not  physically  contained  therein) and the Junior  Subordinated  Indenture,
dated as of ________ __, 1998.

                                                                Indenture
Trust Indenture Act Section                                     Section
- ---------------------------                                     -------

ss.310(a)(1), (2) and (5)...................................    6.09
ss.310(a)(3)................................................    Not Applicable
ss.310(a)(4)................................................    Not Applicable
ss.310(b)...................................................    6.08, 6.10
ss.310(c)...................................................    Not Applicable
ss.311(a)...................................................    6.13
ss.311(b)...................................................    6.13
ss.311(c)...................................................    Not Applicable
ss.312(a)...................................................    7.01, 7.02(a)
ss.312(b)...................................................    7.02(b)
ss.312(c)...................................................    7.02(c)
ss.313(a)...................................................    7.03(a)
ss.313(b)...................................................    7.03(b)
ss.313(c)...................................................    7.03(a), 7.03(b)
ss.313(d)...................................................    7.03(c)
ss.314(a)(1), (2) and (3)...................................    7.04
ss.314(a)(4)................................................    10.04
ss.314(b)...................................................    Not Applicable
ss.314(c)(1)................................................    1.02
ss.314(c)(2)................................................    1.02
ss.314(c)(3)................................................    Not Applicable
ss.314(d)...................................................    Not Applicable
ss.314(e)...................................................    1.02
ss.314(f)...................................................    Not Applicable
ss.315(a)...................................................    6.01(a)
ss.315(b)...................................................    6.02, 7.03(a)
ss.315(c)...................................................    6.01(b)
ss.315(d)...................................................    6.01(c)
ss.315(d)(1)................................................    6.01(c)(1)
ss.315(d)(2)................................................    6.01(c)(2)
ss.315(d)(3)................................................    6.01(c)(3)
ss.315(e)...................................................    5.14
ss.316(a)...................................................    5.12
ss.316(a)(1)(A).............................................    5.12
ss.316(a)(1)(B).............................................    5.13
ss.316(a)(2)................................................    Not Applicable
ss.316(b)...................................................    5.08
ss.316(c)...................................................    1.04(f)
ss.317(a)(1)................................................    5.03
ss.317(a)(2)................................................    5.04
ss.317(b)...................................................    10.03

<PAGE>

ss.318(a)...................................................    1.07

- ------------
Note:    This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be
         a part of the Junior Subordinated Indenture.





                                       2
<PAGE>

                                    JUNIOR SUBORDINATED  INDENTURE,  dated as of
                           ________  __,  1998,   between   GUARANTY   FINANCIAL
                           CORPORATION, a bank holding company established under
                           the laws of the  Commonwealth of Virginia  (hereafter
                           called the "Company")  having its principal office at
                           1658 State Farm Boulevard, Charlottesville,  Virginia
                           22911,  and  WILMINGTON  TRUST  COMPANY,  a  Delaware
                           corporation,   as  Trustee   (hereafter   called  the
                           "Trustee").

                             RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

         The Company has duly  authorized  the  execution  and  delivery of this
Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of its unsecured  junior
subordinated  debt securities in series  (hereafter  called the "Securities") of
substantially  the tenor  hereafter  provided,  including,  without  limitation,
Securities issued to evidence loans made to the Company of the proceeds from the
issuance  from time to time by one or more  business  trusts  (each a  "Guaranty
Capital Trust" and,  collectively,  the "Guaranty  Capital Trusts") of preferred
trust interests in such Guaranty  Capital Trusts (the "Capital  Securities") and
common interests in such Guaranty  Capital Trusts (the "Common  Securities" and,
collectively  with the  Capital  Securities,  the  "Trust  Securities"),  and to
provide  the  terms  and  conditions   upon  which  the  Securities  are  to  be
authenticated, issued and delivered.

         NOW THEREFORE,  THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:  For and in consideration of
the premises and the purchase of the  Securities by the Holders  thereof,  it is
mutually  covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate  benefit of all
Holders of the Securities or of any series thereof, as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

             Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application

         SECTION 1.01. Definitions.  For all purposes of this Indenture,  except
as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

         (1)  The terms  defined in this Article  have the meanings  assigned to
them in this Article, and include the plural as well as the singular.

         (2)  All  other  terms  used  herein  that  are  defined  in the  Trust
Indenture  Act,  either  directly or by  reference  therein,  have the  meanings
assigned to them therein.

         (3)  All  accounting  terms  not  otherwise  defined  herein  have  the
meanings  assigned to them in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles, and the term "generally accepted accounting principles" with respect
to any  computation  required


<PAGE>

or permitted hereunder shall mean such accounting  principles that are generally
accepted  at the date or time of such  computation;  provided,  that when two or
more principles are so generally accepted,  it shall mean that set of principles
consistent with those in use by the Company.

         (4)  The words  "herein",  "hereof" and  "hereunder" and other words of
similar  import  refer to this  Indenture  as a whole and not to any  particular
Article, Section or other subdivision.

         (5)  Unless otherwise  specified herein,  any reference to an "Article"
or  Section"  refers to an  Article  or a  Section,  as the case may be, of this
Indenture.

         "Act", when used with respect to any Holder,  has the meaning specified
in Section 1.04.

         "Additional  Interest" means the interest, if any, that shall accrue on
any interest on the  Securities  of any series the payment of which has not been
made on the applicable  Interest  Payment Date and that shall accrue at the rate
per annum  specified or  determined  as specified in any  Officers'  Certificate
delivered pursuant to Section 3.01.

         "Additional Sums" has the meaning specified in Section 10.06.

         "Administrative  Action" has the meaning specified in the definition of
"Tax Event" in this Section 1.01.

         "Affiliate" of any specified  Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly  controlling  or  controlled  by or under  direct or indirect  common
control  with  such  specified  Person.  For the  purposes  of this  definition,
"control"  when used with  respect to any  specified  Person  means the power to
direct the  management  and  policies of such  Person,  directly or  indirectly,
whether  through the ownership of voting  securities,  by contract or otherwise;
and the terms  "controlling" and "controlled"  have meanings  correlative to the
foregoing.

         "Agent Member" means any member of, or participant in, the Depositary.

         "Amended  and  Restated  Declaration  of  Trust"  for  each  series  of
Securities  has the meaning  specified  in the  Officers'  Certificate  for such
series delivered pursuant to Section 3.01.

         "Authenticating  Agent"  means any  Person  authorized  by the  Trustee
pursuant  to  Section  6.14 to act on  behalf  of the  Trustee  to  authenticate
Securities of one or more series.

         "Board of Directors" means either the board of directors of the Company
or any committee of that board duly authorized to act hereunder.



                                      -2-
<PAGE>

         "Board  Resolution"  means  a copy  of a  resolution  certified  by the
Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by
the Board of Directors,  or such committee of the Board of Directors or officers
of the Company to which authority to act on behalf of the Board of Directors has
been  delegated,  and to be in  full  force  and  effect  on the  date  of  such
certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

         "Business Day" means any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday,  (ii)
a day on which  banking  institutions  in the  City of  Richmond,  Virginia  are
authorized or required by law or executive  order to remain  closed,  or (iii) a
day on which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee,  or, with respect to the
Securities of a series issued to a Guaranty  Capital Trust,  the Corporate Trust
Office of the Property Trustee under the related Trust Agreement,  is closed for
business.

         "Capital  Securities" has the meaning specified in the first recital of
this Indenture.

         "Capital   Securities   Register"  means  the  securities  register  or
registers  to be kept or caused to be kept by the Property  Trustee  pursuant to
the applicable Trust Agreement.

         "Capital  Treatment  Event"  means the Company  shall have  received an
opinion of independent  bank regulatory  counsel  experienced in such matters to
the effect that, as a result of (a) any amendment to, or change  (including  any
announced  prospective  change)  in,  the  laws  (or any  rules  or  regulations
thereunder) of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein
or any rules,  guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve or (b) any official
or administrative  pronouncement or action or judicial decision  interpreting or
applying  such laws or  regulations,  which  amendment or change is effective or
such  pronouncement,  action or decision is  announced  on or after the original
Issue Date of the Capital Securities,  the Company will not be entitled to treat
the Capital  Securities as "Tier I Capital" (or the equivalent  thereof) (except
to the extent that the Capital  Securities would otherwise  constitute more than
25% of the Company's Tier I Capital (or the equivalent thereof)) for purposes of
the risk-based  capital adequacy  guidelines of the Federal Reserve,  as then in
effect and applicable to the Company;  provided,  however, that the distribution
of the Securities in connection with the liquidation of a Guaranty Capital Trust
by the Company shall not in and of itself constitute a Capital Treatment Event.

         "Closing" has the meaning specified in Section 14.07(a).

         "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time
to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or if at
any time after the execution of this  instrument such Commission is not existing
and performing



                                      -3-
<PAGE>

the duties  now  assigned  to it under the Trust  Indenture  Act,  then the body
performing such duties on such date.

         "Common  Securities" has the meaning  specified in the first recital of
this Indenture.

         "Common Stock" means the common stock, $1.25 par value, of the Company.

         "Company"  means  the  Person  named  as the  "Company"  in  the  first
paragraph  of this  instrument  until a successor  Person shall have become such
pursuant  to  the  applicable  provisions  of  this  Indenture,  and  thereafter
"Company" shall mean such successor Person.

         "Company   Guarantee"  means  the  guarantee  by  the  Company  of  the
distributions  on the Trust Securities of a Guaranty Capital Trust to the extent
of the Guarantee Agreement.

         "Company Request" and "Company Order" mean,  respectively,  the written
request  or order  signed  in the name of the  Company  by the  Chairman,  Chief
Executive  Officer,  President or a Vice  President,  and by the  Treasurer,  an
Assistant Treasurer, the Controller,  the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of
the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.

         "Conversion  Agent" means the Person  appointed to act on behalf of the
holders of Trust  Securities in effecting the conversion of Trust  Securities to
Securities  and of  Securities to Common Stock as and in the manner set forth in
the related Trust Agreement and in this Indenture.

         "Conversion Date" has the meaning specified in Section 14.02(c).

         "Conversion Price" has the meaning specified in Section 14.01.

         "Conversion Request" means (a) the irrevocable request to be given by a
Holder of Securities to the Conversion  Agent directing the Conversion  Agent to
convert such Securities into Common Stock and (b) the irrevocable  request to be
given by a holder of Trust  Securities  to the  Conversion  Agent  directing the
Conversion  Agent to exchange such Trust  Security for Securities and to convert
such Securities into Common Stock on behalf of such holder.

         "Conversion  Termination  Date" has the  meaning  specified  in Section
14.11(d).

         "Conversion  Termination  Date  of  the  Securities"  has  the  meaning
specified in Section 14.11(d).

         "Corporate  Trust Office" means the principal  office of the Trustee at
which at any particular time its corporate trust



                                      -4-
<PAGE>

business shall be administered, which office as of the date of this Indenture is
located at 1100 N. Market Street,  Attention:  Corporate  Trust  Administration,
Wilmington, Delaware 19890.

         "Corporation" includes a corporation, association, company, joint-stock
company or business trust.

         "Current Market Price" has the meaning specified in Section 14.03(f).

         "Declaration  of Trust" for each series of  Securities  has the meaning
specified in the Officers'  Certificate  for such series  delivered  pursuant to
Section 3.01.

         "Defaulted Interest" has the meaning specified in Section 3.08.

         "Depositary"  means,  with  respect  to the  Securities  of any  series
issuable  or  issued  in  whole  or in  part in the  form of one or more  Global
Securities,  the Person  designated  as  Depositary  by the Company  pursuant to
Section 3.01 with respect to such series (or any successor thereto (a "Successor
Depositary")).

         "Determination Date" has the meaning specified in Section 2.02.

         "Dissolution  Event" means the liquidation of a Guaranty  Capital Trust
pursuant to the related Trust Agreement,  and the distribution of the Securities
held by the Property  Trustee to the holders of the Trust  Securities  issued by
such Guaranty Capital Trust pro rata in accordance with such Trust Agreement.

         "Dissolution  Event  Distribution" has the meaning specified in Section
14.11(b).

         "Dollar" means the currency of the United States of America that, as at
the time of  payment,  is legal  tender for the  payment  of public and  private
debts.

         "DTC" means The Depository Trust Company.

         "Event of Default",  unless  otherwise  specified  in the  supplemental
indenture creating a series of Securities,  has the meaning specified in Article
V.

         "Expiration Time" has the meaning specified in Section 14.03(e).

         "Extension Period" has the meaning specified in Section 3.12.

         "Federal  Reserve" means the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve
System.



                                      -5-
<PAGE>

         "Foreign  Currency"  means any currency issued by the government of one
or more  countries  other than the United States of America or by any recognized
confederation or association of such governments.

         "Global  Security"  means a Security in the form  prescribed in Section
2.04 evidencing all or part of a series of Securities,  issued to the Depositary
or its nominee for such series, and registered in the name of such Depositary or
its nominee.

         "Guarantee  Agreement"  for each series of  Securities  has the meaning
specified in the Officers'  Certificate  for such series  delivered  pursuant to
Section 3.01.

         "Guaranty Capital Trust" has the meaning specified in the first recital
of this Indenture.

         "Holder"  means a Person in whose name a Security is  registered in the
Securities Register.

         "Indenture"  means this instrument as originally  executed or as it may
from  time  to  time  be  supplemented  or  amended  by one or  more  indentures
supplemental  hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable  provisions  hereof
and shall include the terms of each particular series of Securities  established
as contemplated by Section 3.01.

         "Institutional Accredited Investor" means an accredited investor within
the  meaning  of Rule  501(a)(1),  (2),  (3) or (7) of  Regulation  D under  the
Securities Act.

         "Interest  Payment  Date"  means as to each  series of  Securities  the
Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Securities.

         "Interest  Rate" means the rate of interest  specified or determined as
specified  in each  Security  as being  the  rate of  interest  payable  on such
Security.

         "Investment  Company  Event"  means the  receipt by a Guaranty  Capital
Trust of an Opinion of Counsel  experienced  in such matters to the effect that,
as a result  of the  occurrence  of a change in law or  regulation  or a written
change  (including  any  announced  prospective  change)  in  interpretation  or
application of law or regulation by any legislative  body,  court,  governmental
agency or regulatory  authority,  there is more than an insubstantial  risk that
such Guaranty  Capital Trust is or will be  considered an  "investment  company"
that  is  required  to be  registered  under  the  1940  Act,  which  change  or
prospective change becomes effective or would become effective,  as the case may
be, on or after  the date of the  issuance  of the  Capital  Securities  of such
Guaranty Capital Trust.



                                      -6-
<PAGE>

         "Junior  Subordinated  Payment"  has the meaning  specified  in Section
13.02.

         "Lien" means any mortgage,  pledge,  lien,  security  interest or other
encumbrance.

         "Liquidation  Amount" has the meaning  specified in Section 1.01 of the
Trust Agreement.

         "Maturity",  when used with respect to any Security,  means the date on
which the  principal  of such  Security  becomes  due and  payable as therein or
herein   provided,   whether  as  the  Stated  Maturity  or  by  declaration  of
acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

         "1940 Act" means the Investment Company Act of 1940.

         "Notice of Conversion" has the meaning specified in Section 14.02(a).

         "Notice of  Conversion  Request"  has the meaning  specified in Section
14.02(a).

         "Notice of Conversion Termination" has the meaning specified in Section
14.11(c).

         "Officers'  Certificate" means a certificate signed by the Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer, President, or Vice President, and by the Treasurer, the
Controller,  the  Chief  Financial  Officer,  the  Secretary  or  any  Assistant
Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.

         "Opinion of  Counsel"  means a written  opinion of counsel,  who may be
counsel for the Company.

         "Original  Issue Date" means the date of issuance  specified as such in
each Security.

         "Other Debentures" means, with respect to any series of Securities, all
junior subordinated debt securities to be issued by the Company pursuant to this
Indenture,  other than such series of  Securities,  with  substantially  similar
subordination  terms,  and  that  will be  issued  and  sold  (if at all) to any
Guaranty  Capital  Trust  established  by the  Company  (if  any),  and  will be
unsecured  and  subordinate  and junior in right of payment to the extent and in
the manner set forth in this Indenture to all Senior Debt of the Company.

         "Other Guarantees" means, with respect to any series of Securities, all
guarantees  (if  any) to be  issued  by the  Company  with  respect  to  Capital
Securities (if any) to be issued by any Guaranty Capital Trust to be established
by the  Company  (if any),  other than the  guarantee  related to such series of
Securities.



                                      -7-
<PAGE>

         "Outstanding"  means,  when used in reference to any Securities,  as of
the  date  of  determination,   all  Securities  theretofore  authenticated  and
delivered under this indenture, except:

                  (i)  Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee, delivered
         to the Trustee for  cancellation,  or exchanged by the Conversion Agent
         in accordance with Article XIV;

                  (ii)  Securities  for  whose  payment  money in the  necessary
         amount has been  theretofore  deposited  with the Trustee or any Paying
         Agent in trust for the Holders of such Securities; and

                  (iii) Securities in substitution for or in lieu of which other
         Securities have been authenticated and delivered or that have been paid
         pursuant to Section 3.07,  unless proof  satisfactory to the Trustee is
         presented  that any such  Securities are held by Holders in whose hands
         such  Securities  are  valid,  binding  and  legal  obligations  of the
         Company;

provided,  however,  that in  determining  whether the Holders of the  requisite
principal  amount of  Outstanding  Securities  have given any  request,  demand,
authorization,  direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Securities owned
by the Company or any other obligor upon the  Securities or any Affiliate of the
Company  or such  other  obligor  shall  be  disregarded  and  deemed  not to be
Outstanding,  except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected
in relying upon any such  request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice,
consent or waiver,  only Securities that a Responsible Officer actually knows to
be so owned shall be so disregarded.  Securities so owned that have been pledged
in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding  if the pledgee  establishes to the
satisfaction  of the Trustee the pledgee's  right so to act with respect to such
Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the
Securities  or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other  obligor.  Upon the
written request of the Trustee,  the Company shall furnish the Trustee  promptly
an Officers'  Certificate listing and identifying all Securities,  if any, known
by the Company to be owned or held by or for the account of the Company,  or any
other obligor on the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such obligor,
and, subject to the provisions of Section 6.01, the Trustee shall be entitled to
accept such Officers'  Certificate  as conclusive  evidence of the facts therein
set forth and of the fact that all Securities not listed therein are outstanding
for the purpose of any such determination.

         "Paying  Agent"  means the  Trustee  or any  Person  authorized  by the
Company to pay the  principal of or interest on any  Securities on behalf of the
Company.



                                      -8-
<PAGE>

         "Person" means any individual, Corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust,  unincorporated  organization  or  government  or any agency or political
subdivision thereof.

         "Place of Payment" means, with respect to the Securities of any series,
the place or places where the  principal of and  interest on the  Securities  of
such series are payable pursuant to Sections 3.01 and 3.08.

         "Predecessor  Security" of any particular Security means every previous
Security  evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such
particular  Security;  and,  for the purposes of this  definition,  any security
authenticated  and delivered under Section 3.07 in lieu of a lost,  destroyed or
stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed
or stolen Security.

         "Proceeding" has the meaning specified in Section 13.02.

         "Property Trustee" means, in respect of any Guaranty Capital Trust, the
commercial  bank or trust company  identified  as the "Property  Trustee" in the
related  Trust  Agreement,  solely in its  capacity as Property  Trustee of such
Guaranty  Capital  Trust under such Trust  Agreement  and not in its  individual
capacity,  or its  successor  in interest  in such  capacity,  or any  successor
property trustee appointed as therein provided.

         "Purchased Shares" has the meaning specified in Section 14.03(e).

         "Redemption  Price",  when  used with  respect  to any  Security  to be
redeemed or prepaid means an amount in cash equal to one hundred  percent (100%)
of the principal  amount to be redeemed or prepaid,  plus any accrued and unpaid
interest thereon,  including Additional Interest and Additional Sums, if any, to
the date of such redemption.

         "Reference Date" has the meaning specified in Section 14.03(c).

         "Regular Record Date" for the interest  payable on any Interest Payment
Date with respect to the Securities of a series means, unless otherwise provided
pursuant to Section 3.01 with respect to Securities  of a series,  the date that
is the Business Day next preceding such Interest Payment Date.

         "Responsible Officer", when used with respect to the Trustee, means any
officer assigned to the Corporate Trust Office, including any managing director,
vice  president,   assistant  vice  president,  assistant  treasurer,  assistant
secretary or any other officer of the Trustee customarily  performing  functions
similar to those  performed by any of the above  designated  officers and having
direct  responsibility for the administration of this Indenture,  and also, with
respect  to a




                                       -9-
<PAGE>

particular  matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of
such officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

         "Restricted  Security" means each Security required pursuant to Section
3.06(c) to bear a Restricted Securities Legend.

         "Restricted Securities  Certificate" means a certificate  substantially
in the form set forth in Exhibit A to this Indenture.

         "Restricted Securities Legend" means a legend substantially in the form
of the legend  required in the form of Security  set forth in Section 2.02 to be
placed on a Restricted Security.

         "Securities"  has the meaning  specified  in the first  recital of this
Indenture.

         "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         "Securities  Certificate" means a certificate  evidencing  ownership of
Securities.

         "Securities  Register" and  "Securities  Registrar" have the respective
meanings specified in Section 3.06.

         "Senior  Debt" with respect to any series of  Securities  means (a) the
principal  of, and  premium,  if any, and  interest on all  indebtedness  of the
Company for money borrowed, whether outstanding on the date of execution of this
Indenture or thereafter  created,  assumed or incurred,  (b) all  obligations to
make  payment  pursuant  to the  terms  of  financial  instruments,  such as (i)
securities  contracts and foreign currency exchange  contracts,  (ii) derivative
instruments,  such as swap  agreements  (including  interest  rate  and  foreign
exchange  note  swap  agreements),  cap  agreements,  floor  agreements,  collar
agreements,  interest rate  agreements,  foreign exchange  agreements,  options,
commodity futures contracts and commodity options  contracts,  and (iii) similar
financial  instruments;  except,  in the  case of both (a) and (b)  above,  such
indebtedness  and obligations  that are expressly stated to rank junior in right
of payment to, or pari passu in right of payment with, the  Securities,  (c) any
indebtedness  or obligations of others of the kind described in both (a) and (b)
above for the payment of which the Company is responsible or liable as guarantor
or otherwise,  and (d) any deferrals,  renewals or extensions of any such Senior
Debt; provided, however, that Senior Debt shall not be deemed to include (a) any
debt of the Company  that,  when  incurred  and without  respect to any election
under  Section  1111(b) of the U.S.  Bankruptcy  Code of 1978,  as amended,  was
without  recourse  to the  Company;  (b) any debt of the  Company  to any of its
Subsidiaries;  (c) debt to any  employee  of the  Company;  (d) debt that by its
terms is subordinated to trade accounts payable or accrued



                                      -10-
<PAGE>

liabilities  arising in the  ordinary  course of  business  to the  extent  that
payments  made to the  holders  of such debt by the  Holders  as a result of the
subordination  provisions of this Indenture  would be greater than such payments
otherwise  would have been as a result of any obligation of such holders of such
debt to pay  amounts  over to the  obligees  on such trade  accounts  payable or
accrued  liabilities  arising in the ordinary  course of business as a result of
the subordination  provisions to which such debt is subject;  (e) trade accounts
payable or accrued liabilities  arising in the ordinary course of business;  and
(f) any other debt securities issued pursuant to this Indenture.

         "Special Record Date" for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a
date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.08.

         "Stated  Maturity"  when  used  with  respect  to any  Security  or any
installment  of principal  thereof or interest  thereon means the date specified
pursuant  to the terms of such  Security as the date on which the  principal  of
such Security or such installment of interest is due and payable, in the case of
such principal,  as such date may be shortened or extended as provided  pursuant
to the terms of such Security and this Indenture.

         "Subsidiary"  means a  corporation  more  than  50% of the  outstanding
voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one
or  more  other  Subsidiaries,   or  by  the  Company  and  one  or  more  other
Subsidiaries.  For purposes of this definition,  "voting stock" means stock that
ordinarily has voting power for the election of directors,  whether at all times
or only so long as no senior  class of stock has such voting  power by reason of
any contingency.

         "Successor  Security" of any  particular  Security means every Security
issued after, and evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced
by, such  particular  Security;  and, for the purposes of this  definition,  any
Security  authenticated  and delivered  under Section 3.07 in exchange for or in
lieu of a  mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or  stolen  Security  shall be deemed to
evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security.

         "Successor  Trustee"  has the meaning  specified in the  definition  of
"Trustee" in this Section 1.01.

         "Tax Event" means the receipt by the Trust or the Company of an opinion
of an independent tax counsel to the Company  experienced in such matters to the
effect  that,  as a result  of (a) any  amendment  to or change  (including  any
announced  prospective  change) in, the laws (or any regulations  thereunder) of
the United States or any political  subdivision or taxing  authority  thereof or
therein,  (b) any judicial  decision or official  administrative  pronouncement,
ruling,  regulatory procedure,  notice or announcement,  including any notice or



                                      -11-
<PAGE>

announcement   of  intent  to  adopt  such   procedures   or   regulations   (an
"Administrative Action") or (c) any amendment to or change in the administrative
position or  interpretation  of any  Administrative  Action or judicial decision
that differs from the theretofore  generally accepted position, in each case, by
any  legislative   body,   court,   governmental   agency  or  regulatory  body,
irrespective  of the manner in which  such  amendment  or change is made  known,
which amendment or change is effective or such Administrative Action or decision
is  announced,  in  each  case,  on or  after  the  Original  Issue  Date of the
applicable  series of  Securities  or the issue date of the  applicable  Capital
Securities issued by the affected Guaranty Capital Trust,  there is more than an
insubstantial  risk that (x) if the  Securities  are held by or on behalf of the
affected  Guaranty Capital Trust, (i) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of
the date of such  opinion,  subject  to United  States  federal  income tax with
respect to interest  accrued or received  on the  Securities  or subject to more
than a de minimis amount of other taxes, duties or other governmental charges as
determined  by such  counsel,  or (ii) any  portion of  interest  payable by the
Company to the affected  Guaranty  Capital  Trust on the  Securities  is not, or
within  90 days of the  date of such  opinion  will  not be,  deductible  by the
Company in whole or in part for United States federal income tax purposes or (y)
with  respect  to  Securities  that are no  longer  held by or on  behalf of the
affected  Guaranty Capital Trust, any portion of interest payable by the Company
on the Securities is not, or within 90 days of the date of such opinion will not
be,  deductible  by the  Company in whole or in part for United  States  federal
income tax purposes.

         "Trading Day" has the meaning specified in Section 14.07(b).

         "Trust  Agreement" with respect to each series of Securities  means the
Declaration of Trust with respect to such series, as amended and restated by the
Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust with respect to such series.

         "Trust  Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C.
ss.ss.  77aaa-77bbbb),  as in  effect on the date of this  Indenture,  except as
provided in Sections 1.07 and 9.05.

         "Trust  Securities"  has the meaning  specified in the first recital of
this Indenture.

         "Trustee"  means  the  Person  named  as the  "Trustee"  in  the  first
paragraph of this instrument until a successor  Trustee (a "Successor  Trustee")
shall have become such pursuant to the applicable  provisions of this Indenture,
and thereafter "Trustee" shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee
hereunder  and, if at any time there is more than one such Person,  "Trustee" as
used with  respect to the  Securities  of any series shall mean the Trustee with
respect to Securities of that series.



                                      -12-
<PAGE>

         "Vice President", when used with respect to the Company, means any duly
appointed  vice  president,  whether or not  designated by a number or a word or
words added before or after the title "vice president".

         SECTION 1.02. Compliance Certificate and Opinions. Upon any application
or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any  provision
of this  Indenture,  the  Company  shall  furnish to the  Trustee  an  Officers'
Certificate  stating  that  all  conditions   precedent   (including   covenants
compliance with which constitutes a condition  precedent),  if any, provided for
in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an
Opinion of Counsel  stating  that,  in the  opinion  of such  counsel,  all such
conditions  precedent  (including  covenants  compliance with which constitute a
condition  precedent),  if any, have been complied with, except that in the case
of any such  application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents
is  specifically  required by any provision of this  Indenture  relating to such
particular  application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be
furnished.

         Every  certificate  or  opinion  with  respect  to  compliance  with  a
condition  or  covenant   provided  for  in  this  Indenture   (other  than  the
certificates  provided  regarding  conditions or covenants waived by the Holders
pursuant to Section 10.05) shall include:

         (1)  a statement  that each  individual  signing  such  certificate  or
opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions  herein relating
thereto;

         (2)  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
investigation   upon  which  the  statements  or  opinions   contained  in  such
certificate or opinion are based;

         (3)  a statement that, in the opinion of each such  individual,  he has
made such  examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express
an informed  opinion as to whether or not such  covenant or  condition  has been
complied with; and

         (4)  a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual,
such condition or covenant has been complied with.

         SECTION  1.03.  Forms of Documents  Delivered  to Trustee.  In any case
where several  matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion
of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified
by, or covered by the opinion of, only one Person,  or that they be so certified
or  covered by only one  document,  but one such  Person may  certify or give an
opinion  with  respect to some  matters and one or more other such Persons as to
other  matters,  and any such  Person may  certify or give an opinion as to such
matters in one or several documents.



                                      -13-
<PAGE>

         Any  certificate  or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based,
insofar as it relates to legal  matters,  upon a  certificate  or opinion of, or
representations  by,  counsel,  unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of
reasonable care should know,  that the certificate or opinion or  representation
with  respect to  matters  upon  which his  certificate  or opinion is based are
erroneous.  Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based,  insofar as
it  relates  to  factual   matters,   upon  a  certificate  or  opinion  of,  or
representations  by, an officer or  officers  of the  Company  stating  that the
information  with respect to such factual  matters is in the  possession  of the
Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should
know,  that the certificate or opinion or  representations  with respect to such
matters are erroneous.

         Where any  Person is  required  to make,  give or  execute  two or more
applications,  requests, consents, certificates,  statements, opinions, or other
instruments  under this Indenture,  they may, but need not, be consolidated  and
form one instrument.

         SECTION 1.04. Acts of Holders. (a) Any request, demand,  authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to
be given to or taken by Holders, may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more
instruments of  substantially  similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or
by an agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly
provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments
is or are delivered to the Trustee,  and, where it is hereby expressly required,
to the Company.  Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein
and  evidenced  thereby)  are herein  sometimes  referred to as the "Act" of the
Holders signing such  instrument or instruments.  Proof of execution of any such
instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any
purpose of this  Indenture and (subject to Section 6.01)  conclusive in favor of
the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

                  (b)  The fact and date of the execution  by any  Person of any
such  instrument  or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such
execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized
by law to take acknowledgments of deeds,  certifying that the individual signing
such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such
execution  is by a Person  acting in other than his  individual  capacity,  such
certificate  or  affidavit  shall  also  constitute   sufficient  proof  of  his
authority.

                  (c)  The fact and date of the  execution  by any Person of any
such instrument or writing,  or the authority of the Person  executing the same,
may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems  sufficient and in
accordance with such reasonable rules as the Trustee may determine.



                                      -14-
<PAGE>

                  (d)  The  ownership  of  Securities  shall  be  proved  by the
Securities Register.

                  (e)  Any request, demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice,
consent,  waiver or other action by the Holder of any Security  shall bind every
future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security  issued upon
the  transfer  thereof or in exchange  therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of
anything  done or  suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance
thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.

                  (f)  The Company  may,  but shall not be  obligated  to, fix a
record date for the  purpose of  determining  the  Holders  entitled to take any
action  under this  Indenture by vote or consent.  Except as otherwise  provided
herein,  such  record  date  shall be the  later of 30 days  prior to the  first
solicitation  of such  consent  or vote or the date of the most  recent  list of
Security Holders furnished to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.01 prior to such
solicitation. If a record date is fixed, those persons who were Security Holders
at such record date (or their duly designated proxies),  and only those persons,
shall be  entitled  to take such action by vote or consent or to revoke any vote
or consent previously given,  whether or not such persons continue to be Holders
after such record date, provided,  however,  that unless such vote or consent is
obtained  from the Holders (or their duly  designated  proxies) of the requisite
principal  amount of Outstanding  Securities prior to the date that is the 120th
day after such  record  date,  any such vote or consent  previously  given shall
automatically  and without  further  action by any Holder be canceled  and of no
further effect.

         SECTION  1.05.  Notices to Trustee and Company.  Any  request,  demand,
authorization,  direction,  notice,  consent,  waiver or Act of Holders or other
document  provided or  permitted  by this  Indenture  to be made upon,  given or
furnished to, or filed with:

                  (1)  the Trustee  by any  Holder  or by the  Company  shall be
         sufficient  for every purpose  hereunder if made,  given,  furnished or
         filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate  Trust Office,
         or

                  (2)  the Company  by the  Trustee  or by any  Holder  shall be
         sufficient for every purpose  (except as otherwise  provided in Section
         5.01 hereof) hereunder if in writing and mailed,  first class,  postage
         prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at the address of its principal
         office  specified in the first  paragraph of this  instrument or at any
         other  address  previously  furnished  in writing to the Trustee by the
         Company.

         SECTION 1.06. Notice to Holders:  Waiver. Where this Indenture provides
for notice to Holders of any event,  such



                                      -15-
<PAGE>

notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly  provided)
if in writing and mailed,  first class postage prepaid,  to each Holder affected
by such event,  at the  address of such  Holder as it appears in the  Securities
Register,  not later than the latest  date,  and not earlier  than the  earliest
date,  prescribed  for the giving of such  notice.  In any case where  notice to
Holders  is given by mail,  neither  the  failure to mail such  notice,  nor any
defect in any  notice so  mailed,  to any  particular  Holder  shall  affect the
sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders.  In case, by reason of
the  suspension  of or  irregularities  in regular mail service or for any other
reason,  it shall be impossible or  impracticable to mail notice of any event to
Holders  when such notice is required to be given  pursuant to any  provision of
this  Indenture  or of the relevant  Securities,  then any manner of giving such
notice  as  shall  be  satisfactory  to the  Trustee  shall  be  deemed  to be a
sufficient  giving of such notice.  Where this Indenture  provides for notice in
any  manner,  such  notice may be waived in writing  by the Person  entitled  to
receive such notice,  either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be
the equivalent of such notice.  Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with
the Trustee,  but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity
of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

         SECTION 1.07.  Conflict with Trust  Indenture  Act. If any provision of
this Indenture limits,  qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by any of
Section 310 to 317,  inclusive,  of the Trust Indenture Act through operation of
Section 318(c) thereof, such imposed duties shall control.

         SECTION 1.08. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents. The Article and
Section  headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience  only and
shall not affect the construction hereof.

         SECTION 1.09.  Successors and Assigns.  All covenants and agreements in
this Indenture by the Company shall bind its successors and assigns,  whether so
expressed or not.

         SECTION  1.10.  Separability  Clause.  In case  any  provision  in this
Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid,  illegal or unenforceable,  the
validity,  legality or enforceability  of the remaining  provisions shall not in
any way be affected or impaired thereby.

         SECTION 1.11.  Benefits of Indenture.  Nothing in this  Indenture or in
the  Securities,  express or implied,  shall give to any Person,  other than the
parties hereto,  any Paying Agent and their successors and assigns,  the holders
of Senior  Debt and the Holders of the  Securities,  any benefit or any legal or
equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

         SECTION 1.12. Governing Law. This Indenture and the Securities shall be
governed by and construed in  accordance  with



                                      -16-
<PAGE>

the laws of the  Commonwealth  of  Virginia,  without  regard to  principles  of
conflicts of laws.

         SECTION 1.13.  Non-Business Day. In any case where any Interest Payment
Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business
Day,  then  (notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this  Indenture  or the
Securities)  payment of interest or principal need not be made on such date, but
may be made on the next  succeeding  Business Day (and no interest  shall accrue
for the period from and after such  Interest  Payment Date,  Redemption  Date or
Stated  Maturity,  as the case may be, until such next succeeding  Business Day)
except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding  calendar year, such
payment shall be made on the  immediately  preceding  Business Day, in each case
with the same  force  and  effect  as if made on the  Interest  Payment  Date or
Redemption Date or at the Stated Maturity, as the case may be.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                 Security Forms

         SECTION 2.01.  Forms  Generally.  The Securities of each series and the
Trustee's  certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the forms set
forth in this Article, or in such other form or forms as shall be established by
or  pursuant to a Board  Resolution  or in one or more  indentures  supplemental
hereto, in each case with such appropriate insertions, omissions,  substitutions
and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture and may have
such  letters,  numbers or other  marks of  identification  and such  legends or
endorsements  placed  thereon as may be required to comply with  applicable  tax
laws or the rules of any securities exchange or as may,  consistently  herewith,
be determined by the officers  executing such securities,  as evidenced by their
execution  of the  Securities.  If the  form  of  Securities  of any  series  is
established  by  action  taken  pursuant  to a  Board  Resolution,  a copy of an
appropriate  record of such action  shall be  certified  by the  Secretary or an
Assistant  Secretary of the Company and  delivered to the Trustee at or prior to
the delivery of the Company Order  contemplated  by Section 3.03 with respect to
the authentication and delivery of such Securities.

         The definitive Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or
produced by any  combination  of these  methods,  if required by any  securities
exchange on which the  Securities may be listed,  on a steel engraved  border or
steel engraved  borders or may be produced in any other manner  permitted by the
rules of any securities  exchange on which the Securities may be listed,  all as
determined  by the officers  executing  such  Securities,  as evidenced by their
execution of such Securities.



                                      -17-
<PAGE>

         Securities  distributed  to holders of  book-entry  Capital  Securities
shall be distributed in the form of one or more Global Securities  registered in
the name of a  Depositary  or its nominee,  and  deposited  with the  Securities
Registrar,  as custodian for such  Depositary,  or held by such  Depositary  for
credit by the Depositary to the respective  accounts of the beneficial owners of
the  Securities  represented  thereby (or such other  accounts they may direct).
Securities  distributed to holders of Capital  Securities  other than book-entry
Capital  Securities  shall not be issued in the form of a Global Security or any
other form intended to facilitate  book-entry trading in beneficial interests in
such Securities.

         SECTION 2.02. Form of Face of Security.

                         GUARANTY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                               (Title of Security)
                                                             CUSIP No.
                                                             $

         GUARANTY  FINANCIAL  CORPORATION,  a  Virginia  corporation  (hereafter
called the "Company",  which term includes any successor  corporation  under the
Indenture hereafter referred to), for value received,  hereby promises to pay to
_________________________,  or its  registered  assigns,  the  principal  sum of
____________________  Dollars on (the "Stated  Maturity").  The Company  further
promises to pay interest on such principal sum from _______________, or from the
most recent interest  payment date (each such date, an "Interest  Payment Date")
on which  interest has been paid or duly  provided  for,  quarterly  (subject to
deferral as set forth  herein)],  in arrears on March 15, June 15,  September 15
and December 15 of each year,  commencing  June 15, 1998,  at the annual rate of
___%,  until the  principal  hereof  shall  have  become due and  payable,  plus
Additional Interest, if any, until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided
for or made  available  for payment and on any overdue  principal  and  (without
duplication and to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under
applicable  law) on any  overdue  installment  of interest at the annual rate of
___% compounded quarterly as Additional Interest.

         The amount of interest  payable for any period shall be computed on the
basis of the actual  number of days elapsed in a year of twelve  30-day  months;
except that the amount of  interest  payable  for any  partial  period  shall be
computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a 360-day year. In
the event that any date on which  interest is payable on this  Security is not a
Business Day, then payment of the interest  payable on such date will be made on
the next  succeeding  day that is a Business  Day (and  without any  interest or
other  payment in respect of any such delay),  except that, if such Business Day
is in the next  succeeding  calendar  year,  such  payment  shall be made on the
immediately  preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect
as if made on the date on which the payment



                                      -18-
<PAGE>

was  originally  payable.  A "Business  Day" shall mean any day other than (i) a
Saturday  or Sunday,  (ii) a day on which  banking  institutions  in the City of
Richmond,  Virginia  are  authorized  or required by law or  executive  order to
remain closed or (iii) a day on which the Corporate  Trust Office of the Trustee
or the Corporate Trust Office of the Property  Trustee under the Trust Agreement
hereafter  referred  to for the  related  Guaranty  Capital  Trust is closed for
business.  The interest  installment  so payable,  and  punctually  paid or duly
provided for, on any Interest  Payment Date will, as provided in the  Indenture,
be paid to the Person in whose name this  Security  (or one or more  Predecessor
Securities,  as defined in the Indenture) is registered at the close of business
on the Regular  Record Date for such  interest  installment,  which shall be the
first day of the  calendar  month in which the  relevant  Interest  Payment Date
occurs.  Any such interest  installment  not so punctually paid or duly provided
for shall  forthwith  cease to be payable to the Holder on such  Regular  Record
Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or
more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special
Record  Date  for the  payment  of such  Defaulted  Interest  to be fixed by the
Trustee,  notice  whereof shall be given to Holders of Securities of this series
not less than 10 days prior to such Special  Record Date, or be paid at any time
in any  other  lawful  manner  not  inconsistent  with the  requirements  of any
securities  exchange on which the  Securities of this series may be listed,  and
upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided
in such Indenture.

         So long as no Event of Default  has  occurred  and is  continuing,  the
Company shall have the right at any time during the term of this Security,  from
time to time,  to defer  payment of interest on such  Security  for up to twenty
(20)  consecutive  quarterly  interest  payment  periods  with  respect  to each
deferral period (each an "Extension Period"), during which Extension Periods the
Company  shall  have the  right to make  partial  payments  of  interest  on any
Interest  Payment  Date,  and at the end of  which  the  Company  shall  pay all
interest then accrued and unpaid on the  Securities  (together  with  Additional
Interest thereon to the extent permitted by applicable law); provided,  however,
that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Stated Maturity of this Security.
During any such  Extension  Period,  the  Company may not (i) declare or pay any
dividends or distributions on or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation
payment  with respect to, any of the  Company's  capital  stock (which  includes
common and preferred  stock) or (ii) make any payment of principal of,  interest
or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the
Company  (including any Other Debentures) that rank pari passu with or junior in
interest to this Security or (iii) make any  guarantee  payments with respect to
any  guarantee by the Company of the debt  securities  of any  Subsidiary of the
Company  (including Other Guarantees) if such guarantee ranks pari passu with or
junior in interest to this Security  (other than (a) dividends or  distributions
in Common



                                      -19-
<PAGE>

Stock of the Company,  (b) any  declaration of a dividend in connection with the
implementation  of a  stockholders'  rights plan, or the issuance of stock under
any such plan in the future,  or the redemption or repurchase of any such rights
pursuant  thereto,  (c) payments under the  applicable  Company  Guarantee,  (d)
purchases or acquisitions of shares of the Company's  Common Stock in connection
with the  satisfaction  by the  Company of its  obligations  under any  employee
benefit  plan or other  contractual  obligation  of the  Company  (other  than a
contractual obligation ranking pari passu with or junior to this Security),  (e)
as a result of a reclassification of the Company's capital stock or the exchange
or conversion of one class or series of the Company's  capital stock for another
class or series of the Company's capital stock or (f) the purchase of fractional
interests in shares of the Company's capital stock pursuant to the conversion or
exchange  provisions  of such capital stock or the security  being  converted or
exchanged).  Prior to the termination of any such Extension Period,  the Company
may further extend such Extension Period, provided, however, that such extension
does not cause such Extension Period to exceed twenty (20) consecutive quarterly
interest  payment periods or extend beyond the Stated Maturity of this Security.
Upon the termination of any such Extension Period and the payment of all accrued
and unpaid  interest and any Additional  Interest then due, and,  subject to the
foregoing limitations, the Company may elect to begin a new Extension Period. No
interest shall be due and payable  during an Extension  Period except at the end
thereof.  The Company shall give the Trustee notice of its election to begin any
Extension  Period at least three  Business  Days prior to the  Interest  Payment
Date,  or, with respect to the  Securities  issued to a Guaranty  Capital Trust,
prior to the earlier of (i) the date on which the  Distributions  on the Capital
Securities  would have been  payable  except for the election to begin or extend
such Extension Period or (ii) the date on which the Administrative  Trustees are
required to give notice to any automated  quotation system or to holders of such
Capital  Securities  of the record date or the date on which such  Distributions
are payable,  but in any event not less than three  Business  Days prior to such
record date.  There is no limitation on the number of times that the Company may
elect to begin an Extension Period.

         Payment of the  principal of and interest on this Security will be made
at the office or agency of the Trustee in the City of Wilmington, Delaware or at
the  office of such  Paying  Agents in the  United  States  as the  Company  may
designate  from time to time,  in such coin or currency of the United  States of
America  as at the time of payment  is legal  tender  for  payment of public and
private debts; provided, however, that, at the option of the Company, payment of
any interest may be made (except in the case of Global  Securities) (i) by check
mailed to the  address of the Person  entitled  thereto  as such  address  shall
appear  in the  Securities  Register  or (ii) by wire  transfer  in  immediately
available  funds at such place and to such account as may be



                                      -20-
<PAGE>

designated  by the  Person  entitled  thereto  as  specified  in the  Securities
Register.

         The indebtedness  evidenced by this Security is, to the extent provided
in the  Indenture,  subordinate  and  junior  in right of  payment  to the prior
payment in full of all Senior Debt,  and this Security is issued  subject to the
provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto.  Each Holder of this Security,
by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions,  (b)
authorizes  and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such actions as may be
necessary or appropriate to effectuate such  subordination  and (c) appoints the
Trustee his attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.  Each Holder hereof,
by  his  acceptance  hereof,   waives  all  notice  of  the  acceptance  of  the
subordination provisions contained herein and in the Indenture by each holder of
Senior Debt, whether ,now outstanding or hereafter incurred, and waives reliance
by each such holder upon such provisions.

         Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set
forth on the reverse  hereof,  which further  provisions  shall for all purposes
have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

         Unless the  certificate of  authentication  hereon has been executed by
the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Security
shall  not be  entitled  to any  benefit  under  the  Indenture  or be  valid or
obligatory for any purpose.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this instrument to be duly
executed under its corporate seal.

Date:                                       GUARANTY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                                            
[Seal]

                                            by_________________________________
                                                [Chairman and Chief Executive
                                                    Officer, President or
                                                       Vice President]

Attest:

__________________________
[Secretary or Assistant
       Secretary]

         SECTION  2.03.  Form of Reverse of Security.  This Security is one of a
duly  authorized   issue  of  securities  of  the  Company  (herein  called  the
"Securities"),  issued  and to be  issued in one or more  series  under a Junior
Subordinated  Indenture,  dated as of ________ __, 1998, as  supplemented  by an
Officers'  Certificate dated as of ____________ (herein called the "Indenture"),
between



                                      -21-
<PAGE>

the  Company  and  Wilmington  Trust  Company,  as  Trustee  (herein  called the
"Trustee",  which term includes any Successor  Trustee under the Indenture),  to
which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made
for a statement of the  respective  rights,  limitations  of rights,  duties and
immunities  thereunder  of the  Trustee,  the  Company  and the  Holders  of the
Securities,  and of the terms  upon  which the  Securities  are,  and are to be,
authenticated  and delivered.  This Security is one of the series  designated on
the face hereof[, limited in aggregate principal amount to $------------].

         All terms used in this  Security  that are defined in the Indenture and
in the Amended and Restated  Declaration  of Trust of Guaranty  Capital Trust I,
dated as of ________ __, 1998, as amended (the "Amended and Restated Declaration
of Trust"), among Guaranty Financial Corporation, as Depositor, and the Trustees
named therein,  shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture or, to
the extent not defined in the Indenture, the Amended and Restated Declaration of
Trust, as the case may be.

         The  Company  has the right to  redeem  this  Security  (i) on or after
________ __, 2003, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, or (ii) in
whole (but not in part), at any time within 90 days following the occurrence and
during the continuation of a Tax Event, an Investment Company Event or a Capital
Treatment  Event, in each case at the Redemption  Price, and subject to possible
regulatory approval.

         In the  event  of  redemption  of this  Security  in part  only,  a new
Security or Securities of this series for the unredeemed  portion hereof will be
issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.

         On the terms and subject to the  conditions set forth in the Indenture,
the Holder of any Security has the right,  exercisable  at any time on or before
5:00 p.m.  (Richmond,  Virginia  time) on the  earlier of (i) the  Business  Day
immediately  preceding  the date of  redemption  of such  Security,  whether  at
maturity or upon  prepayment,  and (ii) the Conversion  Termination  Date of the
Securities,  if any, to convert  the  principal  amount  thereof (or any portion
thereof that is a multiple of $25.00) into fully paid and  nonassessable  shares
of  Common  Stock  of the  Company  at the  Conversion  Price  described  in the
Indenture.  The number of shares  issuable  upon  conversion  of a  Security  is
determined  by dividing the  principal  amount of the Security  converted by the
Conversion Price in effect on the date of conversion.  No fractional shares will
be issued upon conversion, but a cash adjustment will be made for any fractional
interest.  The outstanding  principal amount of any Security shall be reduced by
the portion of the  principal  amount  thereof  converted  into shares of Common
Stock.  The conversion  right and the Conversion Price are subject to adjustment
as provided in the Indenture,  to which reference is hereby made.  Under certain
circumstances  specified in the Indenture,  Holders converting Securities may be
entitled



                                      -22-
<PAGE>

to accrued and unpaid  interest  (including  Additional  Interest and Additional
Sums, if any, to the extent permitted by applicable law) on such Securities.

         The  conversion  rights of the  Holders of  Securities  are  subject to
termination  at the option of the  Company  on and after  __________  __,  2001,
subject  to and upon the  satisfaction  of certain  conditions  set forth in the
Indenture.

         If an Event of Default with respect to  Securities of this series shall
occur and be continuing,  the principal of this Security may be declared due and
payable in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in
the Indenture.

         The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the
Company and the Trustee at any time to enter into a  supplemental  indenture  or
indentures for the purpose of modifying in any manner the rights and obligations
of the  Company and of the  Holders of the  Securities,  with the consent of the
Holders  of not less than a  majority  in  principal  amount of the  Outstanding
Securities  of each series to be affected by such  supplemental  indenture.  The
Indenture also contains provisions  permitting Holders of specified  percentages
in principal amount of the Securities of each series at the time Outstanding, on
behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series,  to waive  compliance by
the Company with certain  provisions  of the Indenture and certain past defaults
under the  Indenture and their  consequences.  Any such consent or waiver by the
Holder of this  Security  shall be  conclusive  and binding upon such Holder and
upon all future  Holders of this  Security and of any  Security  issued upon the
registration  of  transfer  hereof or in  exchange  herefor  or in lieu  hereof,
whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

         As provided in and subject to the  provisions of the  Indenture,  if an
Event of Default  with  respect  to the  Securities  of this  series at the time
Outstanding occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or
the  Holders  of  not  less  than  25%  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of the
Outstanding Securities of this series may declare the principal amount of all of
the Securities of this series to be due and payable immediately,  by a notice in
writing  to the  Company  (and to the  Trustee if given by  Holders),  provided,
however, that, in the case of the Securities of this series issued to a Guaranty
Capital  Trust,  if upon an Event of Default,  the Trustee or the Holders of not
less than 25% in aggregate  principal  amount of the  Outstanding  Securities of
this series  fail to declare  the  principal  of all of the  Securities  of this
series  to be  immediately  due and  payable,  the  holders  of at least  25% in
aggregate  Liquidation Amount of the corresponding  series of Capital Securities
then outstanding shall have such right by a notice in writing to the Company and
the Trustee  with a copy to the Property  Trustee.  The Holders of a majority in
aggregate  principal  amount of the  Outstanding  Securities  of this series may



                                      -23-
<PAGE>

annul such  declaration  and waive the default by written notice to the Property
Trustee,  the Company and the Trustee if the default  (other than the nonpayment
of the  principal  of  these  Securities  that has  become  due  solely  by such
acceleration)   has  been  cured  and  a  sum  sufficient  to  pay  all  matured
installments  of interest and principal due otherwise than by  acceleration  has
been  deposited  with the Trustee.  Should the Holders of the Securities of this
series fail to annul such  declaration and waive such default,  the holders of a
majority in aggregate  Liquidation  Amount of the Capital  Securities shall have
such right.  Upon any such  declaration  such  principal  amount and the accrued
interest  (including any  Additional  Interest) on all of the Securities of this
series shall become  immediately  due and payable,  provided that the payment of
principal and interest  (including any Additional  Interest) on such  Securities
shall  remain  subordinated  to the  extent  provided  in  Article  XIII  of the
Indenture.

         No reference  herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security
or of the Indenture  shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company,  which
is absolute  and  unconditional,  to pay the  principal  of and interest on this
Security  at the  times,  place and rate,  and in the coin or  currency,  herein
prescribed.

         As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein
set forth,  the  transfer of this  Security  is  registrable  in the  Securities
Register,  upon surrender of this Security for  registration  of transfer at the
office or agency of the  Company  maintained  pursuant  to Section  10.02 of the
Indenture duly endorsed by, or  accompanied by a written  instrument of transfer
in form  satisfactory to the Company and the Securities  Registrar duly executed
by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing,  and thereupon
one or more new Securities of this series,  of authorized  denominations and for
the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee
or  transferees.  No service charge shall be made for any such  registration  of
transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

         Prior to due presentment of this Security for registration of transfer,
the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall treat
the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all
purposes,  whether or not this Security is overdue, and neither the Company, the
Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

         The  Securities of this series are issuable in registered  form without
coupons. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein
set forth,  Securities  of this  series are  exchangeable  for a like  aggregate
principal  amount  of  Securities  of  such  series  of a  different  authorized
denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.



                                      -24-
<PAGE>

         The Company  and, by its  acceptance  of this  Security or a beneficial
interest  herein,  the  Holder of, and any  Person  that  acquires a  beneficial
interest in, this Security intend that such Security constitute indebtedness and
agree to treat such  Security as  indebtedness  for all United  States  Federal,
state and local tax purposes.

         THE INDENTURE  AND THIS SECURITY  SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE  COMMONWEALTH OF VIRGINIA  WITHOUT REGARD TO THE
CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

         SECTION 2.04.  Additional  Provisions Required in Global Security.  Any
Global Security issued hereunder shall, in addition to the provisions  contained
in Sections 2.02 and 2.03, bear a legend in substantially the following form:

         "This Security is a Global Security within the meaning of the Indenture
         hereafter  referred to and is registered in the name of The  Depository
         Trust Company (the  "Depositary") or a nominee of the Depositary.  This
         Security is  exchangeable  for  Securities  registered in the name of a
         person  other than the  Depositary  or its nominee  only in the limited
         circumstances  described  in the  Indenture  and no  transfer  of  this
         Security  (other  than a transfer  of this  Security  as a whole by the
         Depositary  to a  nominee  of the  Depositary  or by a  nominee  of the
         Depositary to the Depositary or another  nominee of the Depositary) may
         be registered except in limited circumstances.

         Unless this  Security is presented by an authorized  representative  of
         The  Depository  Trust Company (55 Water Street,  New York) to Guaranty
         Financial  Corporation  or its  agent  for  registration  of  transfer,
         exchange or payment,  and any Security issued is registered in the name
         of  Cede & Co.  or  such  other  name  as  requested  by an  authorized
         representative  of The Depository  Trust Company and any payment hereon
         is made to Cede & Co.,  ANY  TRANSFER,  PLEDGE OR OTHER USE  HEREOF FOR
         VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY A PERSON IS WRONGFUL  inasmuch as the  registered
         owner hereof, Cede & CO., has an interest herein."

         SECTION 2.05. Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication.  This is
one of the Securities referred to in the within mentioned Indenture:


                                             ___________________________________
                                             as Trustee

Dated:

                                             By:________________________________
                                                     Authorized Signatory



                                      -25-
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE III

                                 The Securities

         SECTION  3.01.  Title and  Terms.  The  aggregate  principal  amount of
Securities  that may be  authenticated  and  delivered  under this  Indenture is
unlimited.

         The  Securities  may be issued in one or more  series.  There  shall be
established in or pursuant to a Board Resolution,  and set forth in an Officers'
Certificate, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior
to the issuance of Securities of a series:

                  (a)  the title of the securities  of such series,  which shall
         distinguish the Securities of the series from all other Securities;

                  (b)  the limit, if any, upon the aggregate principal amount of
         the  Securities  of such  series  that  may be  authenticated  and made
         available  for delivery  under this  Indenture  (except for  Securities
         authenticated  and made  available for delivery upon  registration  of,
         transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of the
         series pursuant to Section 3.04, 3.06, 3.07, 9.06 or 11.06);  provided,
         however,  that the authorized aggregate principal amount of such series
         may be  increased  above  such  amount  by a Board  Resolution  to such
         effect;

                  (c)  the Stated Maturity or  Maturities on which the principal
         of  the  Securities  of  such  series  is  payable  or  the  method  of
         determination thereof;

                  (d)  the rate or rates,  if any,  at which the  Securities  of
         such series shall bear  interest,  if any, the rate or rates and extent
         to which  Additional  Interest,  if any, shall be payable in respect of
         any Securities of such series, the Interest Payment Dates on which such
         interest  shall be payable,  the right,  pursuant to Section 3.12 or as
         otherwise  set  forth  therein,  of the  Company  to defer or extend an
         Interest  Payment  Date,  and the Regular  Record Date for the interest
         payable on any Interest  Payment Date or the method by which any of the
         foregoing shall be determined;

                  (e)  the place or places  where the  principal of and interest
         on the Securities of such series shall be payable,  the place or places
         where the  Securities of such series may be presented for  registration
         of  transfer or  exchange,  and the place or places  where  notices and
         demands to or upon the  Company in  respect of the  Securities  of such
         series may be made;



                                      -26-
<PAGE>

                  (f)  the  period  or  periods  within  or the date or dates on
         which,  if any,  the  price  or  prices  at  which  and the  terms  and
         conditions upon which the Securities of such series may be redeemed, in
         whole or in part, at the option of the Company;

                  (g)  the  obligation  or the right,  if any, of the Company to
         redeem, repay or purchase the Securities of such series pursuant to any
         sinking fund, amortization or analogous provisions, or at the option of
         a Holder thereof, and the period or periods within which, the prices or
         prices at which, the currency or currencies (including currency unit or
         units)  in  which  and  the  other  terms  and  conditions  upon  which
         Securities  of the series shall be redeemed,  repaid or  purchased,  in
         whole or in part, pursuant to such obligations;

                  (h)  the  denominations in which any Securities of such series
         shall be issuable,  if other than in blocks having aggregate  principal
         amounts  of not less  than  $25.00  and  multiples  of $25.00 in excess
         thereof;

                  (i)  if  other  than  Dollars,   the  currency  or  currencies
         (including  currency  unit or  units)  in which  the  principal  of and
         interest,  if any, on the Securities of the series shall be payable, or
         in which the  Securities  of the series  shall be  denominated  and the
         manner of determining the equivalent thereof in Dollars for purposes of
         the definition of the term "Outstanding";

                  (j)  the additions, modifications or deletions, if any, in the
         Events of Default or  covenants  of the Company  set forth  herein with
         respect to the Securities of such series;

                  (k)  if other than the principal  amount thereof,  the portion
         of the  principal  amount of  Securities  of such  series that shall be
         payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof;

                  (l)  the additions or changes,  if any, to this Indenture with
         respect  to the  Securities  of such  series as shall be  necessary  to
         permit or facilitate  the issuance of the  Securities of such series in
         bearer form,  registrable or not registrable as to principal,  and with
         or without interest coupons;

                  (m)  any index or  indices  used to  determine  the  amount of
         payments of principal on the Securities of such series or the manner in
         which such amounts will be determined;

                  (n)  the issuance of a temporary Global Security  representing
         all of the  Securities  of such series and



                                      -27-
<PAGE>

         exchange of such temporary Global Security for definitive Securities of
         such series;

                  (o)  whether the  Securities  of the series shall be issued in
         whole or in part in the form of one or more Global  Securities  and, in
         such case, the Depositary for such Global Securities,  which Depositary
         shall be a clearing agency registered under the Securities Exchange Act
         of 1934;

                  (p)  the  appointment  of any  Paying  Agent or Agents for the
         Securities of such series;

                  (q)  the terms of any right to convert or exchange  Securities
         of such series into any other  securities  or property of the  Company,
         and the additions or changes, if any, to this Indenture with respect to
         the Securities of such series to permit or facilitate  such  conversion
         or exchange;

                  (r)  the transfer  restrictions  and legends required to be on
         the Securities;

                  (s)  the  definitions  of Amended and Restated  Declaration of
         Trust, Declaration of Trust and Guarantee Agreement for each series;

                  (t)  the relative  degree,  if any, to which the Securities of
         the series  shall be senior to or be  subordinated  to other  series of
         Securities in right of payment, whether such other series of Securities
         are Outstanding or not; and

                  (u)  any other terms of the  Securities  of such series (which
         terms shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture).

         All  Securities  of any one  series  shall be  substantially  identical
except as to  denomination  and except as may otherwise be provided herein or in
or pursuant to such Board Resolution and set forth in such Officers' Certificate
or in any such indenture supplemental hereto.

         Unless otherwise provided with respect to the Securities of any series,
at the option of the  Company,  interest  on the  Securities  of any series that
bears interest may be paid (except in the case of Securities in Global form) (i)
by check  mailed to the address of the Person  entitled  thereto as such address
shall appear in the Securities  Register or (ii) by wire transfer in immediately
available  funds at such place and to such account as may be  designated  by the
Person entitled thereto as specified in the Securities Register.

         SECTION 3.02. Denominations.  The Securities of each series shall be in
registered form without coupons and shall be issuable



                                      -28-
<PAGE>

initially in blocks having aggregate  principal  amounts of not less than $25.00
and  multiples  of $25.00 in  excess  thereof,  unless  otherwise  specified  as
contemplated by Section 3.01.

         SECTION  3.03.  Execution,  Authentication,  Delivery  and Dating.  The
Securities  shall be executed  on behalf of the  Company by its  Chairman of the
Board,  its President or one of its Vice  Presidents  under its  corporate  seal
reproduced  or  impressed  thereon and  attested by its  Secretary or one of its
Assistant Secretaries.  The signature of any of these officers on the Securities
may be manual or facsimile.

         Securities  bearing the manual or facsimile  signatures of  individuals
who were at any time the proper  officers of the Company shall bind the Company,
notwithstanding  that such  individuals  or any of them have ceased to hold such
offices prior to the  authentication  and delivery of such Securities or did not
hold such offices at the date of such  Securities.  At any time and from time to
time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver
Securities executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication. Securities
may be  authenticated  on  original  issuance  from  time to time and  delivered
pursuant to such procedures  acceptable to the Trustee  ("Procedures") as may be
specified  from  time  to  time  by  Company  Order.  Procedures  may  authorize
authentication  and delivery  pursuant to oral  instructions of the Company or a
duly  authorized  agent,  which  instructions  shall be  promptly  confirmed  in
writing.   The  Trustee  shall  authenticate  and  deliver  such  Securities  in
accordance with such instructions and as provided in this Indenture.

         Prior to the delivery of a Security in any such form to the Trustee for
authentication, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee the following:

                  (a)  a Company Order requesting  the Trustee's  authentication
         and delivery of all or a portion of the Securities of such series,  and
         if less than all, setting forth procedures for such authentication;

                  (b)  the Board Resolution by or pursuant to which such form of
         Security has been  approved,  and the Board  Resolution,  if any, by or
         pursuant to which the terms of the  Securities of such series have been
         approved,  and,  if  pursuant  to  a  Board  Resolution,  an  Officers'
         Certificate describing the action taken;

                  (c)  an Officers' Certificate  dated the date such certificate
         is  delivered to the Trustee,  stating  that all  conditions  precedent
         provided  for in this  Indenture  relating  to the  authentication  and
         delivery  of  Securities  in such  form and with such  terms  have been
         complied with; and



                                      -29-
<PAGE>

                  (d)  an   Opinion   of   Counsel   or   Opinions   of  Counsel
         substantially  to the effect that (i) the form of such  Securities  has
         been duly  authorized and approved in conformity with the provisions of
         this  Indenture;  (ii) the  terms of such  Securities  have  been  duly
         authorized  and  determined in conformity  with the  provisions of this
         Indenture,  or,  if  such  terms  are  to  be  determined  pursuant  to
         Procedures,  when  so  determined  such  terms  shall  have  been  duly
         authorized  and  determined in conformity  with the  provisions of this
         Indenture;  and  (iii)  Securities  in  such  form  when  completed  by
         appropriate insertions and executed and delivered by the Company to the
         Trustee  for   authentication   in  accordance   with  this  Indenture,
         authenticated  and  made  available  for  delivery  by the  Trustee  in
         accordance with this Indenture within the authorization as to aggregate
         principal  amount  established  from  time  to  time  by the  Board  of
         Directors and sold in the manner  specified in such Opinion of Counsel,
         will constitute  valid and legally  binding  obligations of the Company
         entitled to the  benefits  of this  Indenture,  subject to  bankruptcy,
         reorganization, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, moratorium and similar
         laws of  general  applicability  relating  to or  affecting  creditors'
         rights  and to general  equity  principles,  and except as  enforcement
         thereof may be limited by (A) requirements that a claim with respect to
         any Securities denominated other than in Dollars (or a Foreign Currency
         or currency unit  judgment in respect of such claim) be converted  into
         Dollars at a rate of exchange  prevailing on a date determined pursuant
         to  applicable  law or (B)  governmental  authority to limit,  delay or
         prohibit the making of payments in Foreign Currencies or currency units
         or  payments  outside  the  United  States,  and  subject to such other
         qualifications  as such counsel shall conclude do not materially affect
         the rights of Holders of such Securities.

         The Trustee shall be entitled to receive the  documents  referred to in
clauses  (b) and (d) above only at or prior to the first  request of the Company
to the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series.

         Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

         No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this  Indenture,  or
be valid or obligatory for any purpose,  unless there appears on such Security a
certificate  of  authentication  substantially  in the form  provided for herein
executed  by  the  Trustee  by the  manual  signature  of one of its  authorized
officers,  and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive  evidence,
and the only evidence,  that such Security has been duly  authenticated and made
available for delivery hereunder.

         SECTION  3.04.  Temporary   Securities.   Pending  the  preparation  of
definitive  Securities of any series, the Company



                                      -30-
<PAGE>

may execute,  and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver,
temporary Securities that are printed, lithographed,  typewritten,  mimeographed
or otherwise  produced,  in any denomination,  substantially of the tenor of the
definitive  Securities  of such series in lieu of which they are issued and with
such appropriate  insertions,  omissions,  substitutions and other variations as
the officers  executing such  Securities  may  determine,  as evidenced by their
execution of such Securities.

         If  temporary  Securities  of any series are issued,  the Company  will
cause definitive  Securities of such series to be prepared without  unreasonable
delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities,  the temporary Securities
shall be exchangeable for definitive  Securities upon surrender of the temporary
Securities  at the office or agency of the Company  designated  for that purpose
without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more
temporary   Securities,   the  Company  shall  execute  and  the  Trustee  shall
authenticate  and make  available  for  delivery  in  exchange  therefor  a like
principal  amount of  definitive  Securities  of the same  series of  authorized
denominations having the same original Issue Date and Stated Maturity and having
the same terms as such temporary Securities.  Until so exchanged,  the temporary
Securities  shall in all  respects be entitled to the same  benefits  under this
Indenture as definitive Securities.

         SECTION 3.05. Global Securities.  (a) Each Global Security issued under
this Indenture  shall be registered in the name of the Depositary  designated by
the Company for such Global  Security or a nominee thereof and delivered to such
Depositary  or a nominee  thereof or  custodian  therefor,  and each such Global
Security shall constitute a single Security for all purposes of this Indenture.

                  (b)  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, no
Global Security may be exchanged in whole or in part for Securities  registered,
and no transfer of a Global  Security in whole or in part may be registered,  in
the name of any Person other than the Depositary  for such Global  Security or a
nominee thereof unless (i) such  Depositary  advises the Trustee in writing that
such  Depositary is no longer  willing or able to continue as a Depositary  with
respect to such Global  Security,  and no successor  depositary  shall have been
appointed,  or if at any time the  Depositary  ceases to be a "clearing  agency"
registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, at a time when
the Depositary is required to be so registered to act as such  depositary,  (ii)
the Company in its sole discretion determines that such Global Security shall be
so  exchangeable,  (iii) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of
Default or (iv)  pursuant  to the  following  sentence.  All or any portion of a
Global  Security  may be  exchanged  for a  Security  that has a like  aggregate
principal  amount and is not a Global  Security upon 20 days' prior request made
by the Depositary or its Agent Member to the Securities Registrar.



                                      -31-
<PAGE>

                  (c)  If any  Global  Security  is to be  exchanged  for  other
Securities or canceled in whole,  it shall be surrendered by or on behalf of the
Depositary  or  its  nominee  to  the  Securities   Registrar  for  exchange  or
cancellation  as provided in this Article  III. If any Global  Security is to be
exchanged for other Securities or canceled in part, or if another Security is to
be  exchanged  in whole  or in part  for a  beneficial  interest  in any  Global
Security,  then  either (i) such Global  Security  shall be so  surrendered  for
exchange or  cancellation  as provided in this Article III or (ii) the principal
amount thereof shall be reduced, subject to Section 3.06(b)(iv), or increased by
an amount equal to the portion thereof to be so exchanged or canceled,  or equal
to the  principal  amount  of  such  other  Security  to be so  exchanged  for a
beneficial  interest  therein,  as the case may be,  by means of an  appropriate
adjustment  made on the  records  of the  Securities  Registrar,  whereupon  the
Trustee shall instruct the Depositary or its authorized representative to make a
corresponding  adjustment to its records.  Upon any such surrender or adjustment
of a Global Security by the Depositary, accompanied by registration instructions
and,  to  the  extent   required  by  Section  3.06,  a  Restricted   Securities
Certificate,  the Trustee  shall,  subject to Section  3.05(b) and as  otherwise
provided in this Article III,  authenticate  and make available for delivery any
Securities  issuable  in  exchange  for such  Global  Security  (or any  portion
thereof) in accordance  with the  instructions  of the  Depositary.  The Trustee
shall  not be liable  for any delay in  delivery  of such  instructions  and may
conclusively  rely  on,  and  shall be  fully  protected  in  relying  on,  such
instructions.

                  (d)  The Depositary or its nominee,  as registered  owner of a
Global  Security,  shall be the Holder of such Global  Security for all purposes
under this Indenture and the Securities, and owners of beneficial interests in a
Global Security shall hold such interest pursuant to the rules and procedures of
the Depositary.  Accordingly,  any such owner's beneficial interests in a Global
Security  shall be shown only on, and the  transfer  of such  interest  shall be
effected only through,  records  maintained by the  Depositary or its nominee or
its Agent Members.  Neither the Trustee nor the Securities  Registrar shall have
any liability in respect of any transfers effected by the Depositary.

                  (e)  The rights of the  owners of  beneficial  interests  in a
Global  Security  shall be exercised  only through the  Depositary  and shall be
limited to those  established by law and agreements  between such owners and the
Depositary and/or its Agent Members.

         SECTION 3.06.  Registration,  Transfer and Exchange Generally:  Certain
Transfers and Exchanges:  Restricted  Securities Legends.  (a) The Company shall
cause to be kept at the  Corporate  Trust  Office of the  Trustee a register  in
which, subject to such reasonable  regulations as it may prescribe,  the Company
shall  provide  for the  registration  of the  Securities  and of  transfers



                                      -32-
<PAGE>

of Securities.  Such register is herein sometimes referred to as the "Securities
Register".  The  Trustee  is hereby  appointed  "Securities  Registrar"  for the
purpose of  registering  the  Securities  and  transfers of Securities as herein
provided.

         Upon  surrender  for  registration  of transfer of any  Security at the
office of the agent of the  Company  designated  for that  purpose,  the Company
shall  execute,  and the  Trustee  shall  authenticate  and make  available  for
delivery, in the name of the designated  transferee or transferees,  one or more
new  Securities of the same series of any  authorized  denominations,  of a like
aggregate  principal amount, of the same Original Issue Date and Stated Maturity
and  having  the same  terms and  bearing  such  restrictive  legends  as may be
required by this Indenture.

         At the option of the  Holder,  Securities  may be  exchanged  for other
Securities  of the  same  series  of  any  authorized  denominations,  of a like
aggregate  principal amount, of the same Original Issue Date and Stated Maturity
and  having  the same  terms and  bearing  such  restrictive  legends  as may be
required by this Indenture,  upon surrender of the Securities to be exchanged at
such office or agency.  Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange,
the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available
for delivery,  the Securities that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to
receive.

         All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange of Securities shall
be the valid obligations of the Company,  evidencing the same debt, and entitled
to the same benefits under this Indenture,  as the Securities  surrendered  upon
such transfer or exchange.

         Every Security  presented or surrendered for transfer or exchange shall
(if so required by the Company or the Securities Registrar) be duly endorsed, or
be accompanied by a written  instrument of transfer in form  satisfactory to the
Company and the Securities Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his
attorney duly authorized in writing.

         No  service  charge  shall  be made to a  Holder  for any  transfer  or
exchange of Securities,  but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient
to cover any tax or other governmental  charge that may be imposed in connection
with any transfer or exchange of Securities.

         Neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be required,  pursuant to the
provisions of this Section,  (i) to issue,  transfer or exchange any Security of
any series  during a period  beginning at the opening of business 15 days before
the day of mailing of a notice of redemption  of Securities  pursuant to Article
XI and  ending  at the  close of  business  on the day of  mailing  of notice of
redemption  or (ii) to  transfer  or  exchange  any  Security  so  selected  for
redemption  in whole  or in part,



                                      -33-
<PAGE>

except,  in the case of any Security to be redeemed in part, any portion thereof
not to be redeemed.

                  (b)  Certain  Transfers  and  Exchanges.  Notwithstanding  any
other  provision of this  Indenture,  transfers and exchanges of Securities  and
beneficial interests in a Global Capital Security of the kinds specified in this
Section 3.06(b) shall be made only in accordance with this Section 3.06(b).

                       (i)  Non-Global  Security  to  Global  Security.  If  the
Holder  of a  Security  (other  than a Global  Security)  wishes  at any time to
transfer  all or any  portion  of such  Security  to a Person who wishes to take
delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Global Security, such
transfer may be effected only in accordance  with the  provisions of this clause
(b)(i) and subject to the rules and procedures of the  Depositary.  Upon receipt
by the Securities  Registrar of (A) such Security as provided in Section 3.06(a)
and  instructions  satisfactory  to the  Securities  Registrar  directing that a
beneficial  interest in the Global Security in a specified  principal amount not
greater than the  principal  amount of such  Security be credited to a specified
Agent Member's  account and (B) a Securities  Certificate  duly executed by such
Holder or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing, then the Securities
Registrar shall cancel such Security (and issue a new Security in respect of the
untransferred  portion  thereof) as provided in Section 3.06(a) and increase the
aggregate  principal  amount of the Global  Security by the specified  principal
amount as provided in Section 3.05(c).

                       (ii)  Non-Global  Security  to  Non-Global   Security.  A
Security that is not a Global Security may be transferred,  in whole or in part,
to a Person who takes  delivery  in the form of another  Security  that is not a
Global Security as provided in Section 3.06(a);  provided, that if such Security
to be transferred in whole or in part is a Restricted  Security,  the Securities
Registrar shall have received a Restricted Securities  Certificate duly executed
by the transferor Holder or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing.

                       (iii) Exchanges between  Global  Security and  Non-Global
Security.  A beneficial  interest in a Global  Security  may be exchanged  for a
Security that is not a Global Security as provided in Section 3.05.

                  (c)  Restricted  Securities  Legend.  (i)  Except as set forth
below, all Securities shall bear a Restricted  Securities Legend,  substantially
in the following form:

         THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
         (THE  "SECURITIES  ACT") OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS.  NEITHER  THIS
         SECURITY NOR ANY  INTEREST OR  PARTICIPATION  HEREIN MAY BE  REOFFERED,
         SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED,  PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED
         OF IN THE  ABSENCE OF SUCH  REGISTRATION  UNLESS  SUCH  TRANSACTION  IS



                                      -34-
<PAGE>

         EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE  REGISTRATION  REQUIREMENTS  OF THE
         SECURITIES  ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS  ACCEPTANCE  HEREOF
         AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE  TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY PRIOR TO THE
         DATE THAT IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF
         AND  THE  LAST  DATE  ON  WHICH  GUARANTY  FINANCIAL  CORPORATION  (THE
         "COMPANY")  OR ANY  AFFILIATE  OF THE  COMPANY  WAS THE  OWNER  OF THIS
         SECURITY  (OR  ANY   PREDECESSOR   OF  THIS   SECURITY)   (THE  "RESALE
         RESTRICTIONS  TERMINATION DATE") ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY,  (B) PURSUANT
         TO AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C)
         FOR SO LONG AS THIS  SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE  FOR RESALE  PURSUANT TO RULE
         144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A"),  TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY
         BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED  INSTITUTIONAL  BUYER" AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A
         THAT  PURCHASES  FOR ITS OWN  ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED
         INSTITUTIONAL  BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING
         MADE IN  RELIANCE  ON RULE 144A,  (D) TO AN  INSTITUTIONAL  "ACCREDITED
         INVESTOR" WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF
         RULE 501 UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT  ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN
         ACCOUNT  OR FOR  THE  ACCOUNT  OF  SUCH  AN  INSTITUTIONAL  "ACCREDITED
         INVESTOR," FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER
         OR SALE IN  CONNECTION  WITH,  ANY  DISTRIBUTION  IN  VIOLATION  OF THE
         SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE
         REGISTRATION  REQUIREMENTS  OF  THE  SECURITIES  ACT,  SUBJECT  TO  THE
         COMPANY'S  AND THE  TRUSTEE'S  RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH  OFFER,  SALE OR
         TRANSFER  PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE  DELIVERY OF AN
         OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY
         TO EACH OF THEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION
         OF  TRUST,  A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE  OBTAINED  FROM THE  COMPANY  OR THE
         TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF A HOLDER AFTER
         THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS TERMINATION DATE.

                  (ii) Subject to the following clauses of this Section 3.06(c),
         a  Security  (other  than a  Global  Security)  that  does  not  bear a
         Restricted  Securities  Legend may be issued in exchange for or in lieu
         of a Restricted  Security or any portion thereof that bears such legend
         if, in the  Company's  judgment,  placing  such a legend  upon such new
         Security is not necessary to ensure  compliance  with the  registration
         requirements  of the  Securities  Act, and the Trustee,  at the written
         direction of the Company in the form of an Officers' Certificate, shall
         countersign and deliver such a new Security as provided in this Article
         III.

                  (iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section
         3.06(c),  a  successor  Security  of a  Security  that  does not bear a
         Restricted  Securities Legend shall not bear such form of legend unless
         the  Company  has  reasonable  cause to  believe  that  such  successor
         Security  is a  "restricted  security"  within the  meaning of Rule 144
         under the  Securities  Act, in which case the  Trustee,  at the written



                                      -35-
<PAGE>

         direction of the Company in the form of an Officers' Certificate, shall
         countersign and deliver a new Security bearing a Restricted  Securities
         Legend in  exchange  for such  successor  Security  as provided in this
         Article III.

                  (iv)  Upon  any  sale or  transfer  of a  Restricted  Security
         (including any Restricted  Security  represented by a Global  Security)
         pursuant to an effective  registration  statement  under the Securities
         Act or  pursuant  to Rule 144  under  the  Securities  Act  after  such
         registration ceases to be effective:  (A) in the case of any Restricted
         Security that is a definitive Security,  the Securities Registrar shall
         permit the Holder  thereof to exchange such  Restricted  Security for a
         definitive Security that does not bear the Restricted Securities Legend
         and  rescind  any  restriction  on  the  transfer  of  such  Restricted
         Security;  and  (B) in the  case  of any  Restricted  Security  that is
         represented by a Global Security, the Securities Registrar shall permit
         the Holder of such Global Security to exchange such Global Security for
         another Global  Security that does not bear the  Restricted  Securities
         Legend.

                  (v)  If   Restricted   Securities   are  being   presented  or
         surrendered  for  transfer  or  exchange  then  there  shall  be (if so
         required by the Trustee),  (A) if such Restricted  Securities are being
         delivered to the Securities  Registrar by a Holder for  registration in
         the name of such Holder,  without transfer,  a certification  from such
         Holder to that effect;  or (B) if such Restricted  Securities are being
         transferred,  (i)  a  certification  from  the  transferor  in  a  form
         substantially  similar to that  attached  as Exhibit A, and (ii) if the
         Company  or  Securities  Registrar  so  requests,  evidence  reasonably
         satisfactory  to them as to the compliance  with the  restrictions  set
         forth in the Restricted Securities Legend.

                  (vi)  If the Securities  are issued  pursuant to an  effective
         registration  statement,  no  Restricted  Securities  Legend  shall  be
         required.

         SECTION 3.07. Mutilated,  Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities. If any
mutilated  Security is surrendered to the Trustee together with such security or
indemnity  as may be required by the Company or the Trustee to hold each of them
harmless,  the Company  shall  execute and the Trustee  shall  authenticate  and
deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of the same issue and series of like
tenor and  principal  amount,  having  the same  Original  Issue Date and Stated
Maturity and bearing the same  Interest  Rate as such  mutilated  Security,  and
bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

         If there  shall be  delivered  to the  Company  and to the  Trustee (i)
evidence  to  their  satisfaction  of the  destruction,  loss  or  theft  of any
Security, and (ii) such security or



                                      -36-
<PAGE>

indemnity as may be required by them to hold each of them harmless, then, in the
absence of notice to the  Company or the  Trustee  that such  Security  has been
acquired by a bona fide  purchaser,  the Company  shall  execute,  and, upon its
request,  the  Trustee  shall  authenticate  and  deliver,  in lieu of any  such
destroyed,  lost or stolen Security, a new Security of the same issue and series
of like tenor and  principal  amount,  having the same  Original  Issue Date and
Stated  Maturity and bearing the same Interest Rate as such  destroyed,  lost or
stolen Security, and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

         In case any such  mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or stolen  Security  has
become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may,
instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

         Upon the issuance of any new Security  under this Section,  the Company
may  require  the  payment  of a sum  sufficient  to  cover  any  tax  or  other
governmental  charge  that may be  imposed  in  relation  thereto  and any other
expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

         Every new  Security  issued  pursuant  to this  Section  in lieu of any
destroyed,  lost or stolen  Security  shall  constitute  an original  additional
contractual  obligation of the Company,  whether or not the  destroyed,  lost or
stolen  Security  shall be at any  time  enforceable  by  anyone,  and  shall be
entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately  with
any and all other Securities duly issued hereunder.

         The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the
extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the  replacement or
payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

         SECTION 3.08. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved.  Interest
on any Security of any series that is payable,  and is  punctually  paid or duly
provided for, on any Interest Payment Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose
name that Security (or one or more Predecessor  Securities) is registered at the
close of  business on the  Regular  Record Date for such  interest in respect of
Securities  of such  series,  except  that,  unless  otherwise  provided  in the
Securities of such series, interest payable on the Stated Maturity of a Security
shall be paid to the Person to whom  principal is paid.  The initial  payment of
interest on any Security of any series that is issued  between a Regular  Record
Date and the related  Interest Payment Date shall be payable as provided in such
Security or in the Board Resolution pursuant to Section 3.01 with respect to the
related series of Securities.

         Any interest on any Security that is payable, but is not timely paid or
duly  provided for, on any Interest  Payment Date for  Securities of such series
(herein called "Defaulted



                                      -37-
<PAGE>

Interest"),  shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder on the
relevant  Regular  Record  Date by virtue of having been such  Holder,  and such
Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company,  at its election in each case, as
provided in Clause (1) or (2) below:

                  (1)  The  Company may elect to make  payment of any  Defaulted
Interest to the Persons in whose names the  Securities of such series in respect
of which interest is in default (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are
registered at the close of business on a Special  Record Date for the payment of
such  Defaulted  Interest,  which shall be fixed in the  following  manner.  The
Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted  Interest
proposed to be paid on each Security and the date of the proposed  payment,  and
at the same time the Company  shall  deposit with the Trustee an amount of money
equal to the aggregate  amount  proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted
Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit
prior to the date of the proposed payment,  such money when deposited to be held
in trust for the benefit of the Persons  entitled to such Defaulted  Interest as
in this Clause  provided.  Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date
for the payment of such Defaulted  Interest which shall not be more than 15 days
and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less
than 10 days  after the  receipt by the  Trustee  of the notice of the  proposed
payment.  The Trustee shall  promptly  notify the Company of such Special Record
Date and, in the name and at the expense of the  Company,  shall cause notice of
the proposed  payment of such  Defaulted  Interest  and the Special  Record Date
therefor  to be  mailed,  first  class,  postage  prepaid,  to each  Holder of a
Security  of such  series at the  address  of such  Holder as it  appears in the
Securities Register not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. The
Trustee may, in its  discretion,  in the name and at the expense of the Company,
cause a similar notice to be published at least once in a newspaper, customarily
published  in  the  English  language  on  each  Business  Day  and  of  general
circulation  in the  Borough  of  Manhattan,  the  City of New  York,  but  such
publication  shall not be a condition  precedent  to the  establishment  of such
Special Record Date.  Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted  Interest
and the Special  Record Date  therefor  having  been mailed as  aforesaid,  such
Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Securities of
such series (or their respective Predecessor  Securities) are registered on such
Special  Record Date and shall no longer be payable  pursuant  to the  following
Clause (2).

                  (2)  The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in
any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities
exchange on which the  Securities of the series in respect of which  interest is
in  default  may be listed  and,  upon such  notice as may be  required  by such
exchange (or by the Trustee if the Securities are not listed),  if, after notice
given by the Company to the  Trustee of the  proposed



                                      -38-
<PAGE>

payment pursuant to this Clause, such payment shall be deemed practicable by the
Trustee.

         Subject to the  foregoing  provisions  of this  Section,  each Security
delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of
any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to
accrue,  that were carried by such other Security.  Any interest on any Security
that is  deferred  or extended  pursuant  to Section  3.12 shall not  constitute
Defaulted Interest for purposes of this Section 3.08.

         SECTION 3.09. Persons Deemed Owners.  The Company,  the Trustee and any
agent of the  Company  or the  Trustee  may treat the  Person in whose  name any
Security  is  registered  as the  owner  of such  Security  for the  purpose  of
receiving payment of principal of and (subject to Section 3.08) interest on such
Security and for all other purposes whatsoever,  whether or not such Security is
overdue,  and neither the  Company,  the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or
the  Trustee  shall be  affected  by  notice to the  contrary.  No holder of any
beneficial  interest in any Global  Security  held on its behalf by a Depositary
shall have any rights under this Indenture with respect to such Global Security,
and such Depositary may be treated by the Company,  the Trustee and any agent of
the Company or the Trustee as the owner of such Global Security for all purposes
whatsoever.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  nothing  herein shall prevent the
Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written  certification,  proxy,
or other  authorization  furnished  by a  Depositary  or impair,  as between the
Depositary and such holders of beneficial interests,  the operation of customary
practices  governing  the  exercise  of the  rights  of the  Depositary  (or its
nominee) as Holder of any Security.

         SECTION 3.10.  Cancellation.  All Securities  surrendered  for payment,
redemption, conversion, transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to any Person
other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee, and any such Securities and
Securities  surrendered  directly to the Trustee for any such  purpose  shall be
promptly  canceled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for
cancellation  any  Securities  previously  authenticated  and made available for
delivery  hereunder that the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever,
and all Securities so delivered  shall be promptly  canceled by the Trustee.  No
Securities  shall be  authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities
canceled as provided in this  Section,  except as  expressly  permitted  by this
Indenture. All canceled Securities shall be delivered to the Company.

         SECTION 3.11. Computation of Interest. Except as otherwise specified as
contemplated  by Section  3.01 for  Securities  of any  series,  interest on the
Securities  of each  series for any period  shall be  computed on the basis of a
360-day year of twelve  30-day  months,  and interest on the  Securities of each
series for any



                                      -39-
<PAGE>

partial period shall be computed on the basis of the number of days elapsed in a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

         SECTION  3.12.  Deferrals of Interest  Payment  Dates.  If specified as
contemplated  by Section  3.01 with  respect to the  Securities  of a particular
series,  provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is  continuing  with
respect to such  Securities,  the Company  shall have the right,  at any time or
from  time to time  during  the term of such  series,  to defer the  payment  of
interest on such  Securities  for such period or periods as may be  specified as
contemplated  by  Section  3.01  (each,  an  "Extension  Period")  during  which
Extension  Periods the Company shall have the right to make partial  payments of
interest on any Interest  Payment Date. No Extension  Period shall end on a date
other than an Interest Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period the
Company  shall pay all  interest  then  accrued  and  unpaid  on the  Securities
(together with Additional  Interest  thereon,  if any, at the rate specified for
the  Securities  of such  series to the extent  permitted  by  applicable  law),
provided,  however,  that no  Extension  Period  may  extend  beyond  the Stated
Maturity of these  Securities.  During any such  Extension  Period,  the Company
shall not (i) declare or pay dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase,
acquire or make a  liquidation  payment  with  respect to, any of the  Company's
capital  stock (which  includes  common and preferred  stock),  or (ii) make any
payment of principal,  interest, or premium, if any, on or repay,  repurchase or
redeem any debt securities of the Company (including Other Debentures) that rank
pari passu with or junior in interest to the  Securities of such series or (iii)
make any guarantee  payments with respect to any guarantee by the Company of the
debt securities of any Subsidiary of the Company (including Other Guarantees) if
such guarantee  ranks pari passu with or junior in interest to the Securities of
such series  (other than (a) dividends or  distributions  in common stock of the
Company, (b) any declaration of a dividend in connection with the implementation
of a stockholders'  rights plan, or the issuance of stock under any such plan in
the future, or the redemption or repurchase of any such rights pursuant thereto,
(c)  payments  under  the  applicable  Company   Guarantee,   (d)  purchases  or
acquisitions  of shares of the  Company's  Common Stock in  connection  with the
satisfaction by the Company of its obligations  under any employee  benefit plan
or  other  contractual  obligation  of the  Company  (other  than a  contractual
obligation  ranking  pari  passu  with or junior to these  Securities,  (e) as a
result of a  reclassification  of the Company's capital stock or the exchange or
conversion  of one class or series of the  Company's  capital  stock for another
class  or  series  of the  Company's  capital  stock,  or (f)  the  purchase  of
fractional  interests in shares of the Company's  capital stock  pursuant to the
conversion or exchange  provisions  of such capital stock or the security  being
converted or exchanged).  Prior to the termination of any such Extension Period,
the Company may further extend such Extension Period; provided, however, that no
Extension Period shall exceed the period or periods specified in



                                      -40-
<PAGE>

such  Securities or extend beyond the Stated Maturity of such  Securities.  Upon
termination  of any  Extension  Period and upon the  payment of all  accrued and
unpaid  interest and any  Additional  Interest then due on any Interest  Payment
Date, and subject to the foregoing limitations, the Company may elect to begin a
new Extension  Period.  No interest shall be due and payable during an Extension
Period,  except at the end thereof.  The Company  shall give the Trustee and the
Property  Trustee notice of its election to begin any such Extension  Period (or
an extension thereof) at least three Business Days prior to the Interest Payment
Date or, with respect to the Securities of a series issued to a Guaranty Capital
Trust,  prior to the  earlier  of (i) the date the  Distributions  on the  Trust
Securities of such Guaranty Capital Trust would have been payable except for the
election  to  begin  or  extend  such  Extension  Period  or (ii)  the  date the
Administrative  Trustees or such  Guaranty  Capital  Trust are  required to give
notice to any automated  quotation  system or to holders of Trust  Securities of
the record date or the date such Distributions are payable, but in any event not
less than three Business Days prior to such record date.  There is no limitation
on the number of times that the Company may elect to begin an Extension Period.

         SECTION 3.13. CUSIP Numbers.  The Company in issuing the Securities may
use "CUSIP"  numbers (if then  generally in use),  and, if so, the Trustee shall
use "CUSIP"  numbers in notices of  redemption  or other  related  material as a
convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice or other related
material may state that no  representation is made as to the correctness of such
numbers  either as printed on the  Securities or as contained in any notice of a
redemption or other related material and that reliance may be placed only on the
other identification numbers printed on the Securities,  and any such redemption
shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

         So long  as the  Securities  are  held by or on  behalf  of a  Guaranty
Capital  Trust,  notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  herein,  the Company
shall have the right to set off any  payment it is  otherwise  required  to make
hereunder  in respect of any  Security  with and to the extent the  Company  has
theretofore  made, or is concurrently  on the date of such payment  making,  any
payment  under a Company  Guarantee  used to  satisfy  the  related  payment  of
indebtedness hereunder.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                           Satisfaction and Discharge

         SECTION 4.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.  This Indenture,
upon Company Request,  shall cease to be of further effect (except as to (i) any
surviving  rights of transfer,  substitution  and exchange of  Securities,  (ii)
rights  hereunder of Holders to receive payments of principal of and interest on
the  Securities  and other  rights,  duties and



                                      -41-
<PAGE>

obligations of the Holders as beneficiaries  hereof with respect to the amounts,
if any,  deposited  with the Trustee  pursuant to this  Article IV and (iii) the
rights and obligations of the Trustee hereunder),  and the Trustee, on demand of
and  at  the  expense  of  the  Company,   shall  execute   proper   instruments
acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when

                  (1)  either

                       (A)  all   Securities   theretofore   authenticated   and
                  delivered (other than (i) Securities that have been destroyed,
                  lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided
                  in Section 3.07 and (ii)  Securities  for whose  payment money
                  has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held
                  in trust by the Company and  thereafter  repaid to the Company
                  or discharged  from such trust,  as provided in Section 10.03)
                  have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

                       (B)  all such Securities not theretofore delivered to the
                  Trustee for cancellation

                            (i)  have become due and payable, or

                            (ii) will  become due and  payable  at their  Stated
                       Maturity within one year of the date of deposit, or

                            (iii) are to be  called  for  redemption  within one
                       year under  arrangements  satisfactory to the Trustee for
                       the giving of notice of  redemption by the Trustee in the
                       name, and at the expense, of the Company,

         and the Company, in the case of Clause (B)(i), (ii) or (iii) above, has
         deposited or caused to be deposited  with the Trustee as trust funds in
         trust for such purpose an amount in the currency or currencies in which
         the  Securities  of  such  series  are  payable  sufficient  to pay and
         discharge the entire  indebtedness  on such  Securities not theretofore
         delivered to the Trustee for  cancellation,  for principal and interest
         (including any Additional Interest) to the date of such deposit (in the
         case of  Securities  that have become due and payable) or to the Stated
         Maturity or the date for redemption, as the case may be;

                  (2)  the  Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums
         payable hereunder by the Company; and

                  (3)  the Company  has  delivered  to the Trustee an  Officers'
         Certificate  and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions
         precedent   herein  provided  for  relating  to  the  satisfaction  and
         discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.



                                      -42-
<PAGE>

Notwithstanding  the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier
resignation  or removal of the Trustee,  the  obligations  of the Company to the
Trustee  under  Section  6.07 and, if money shall have been  deposited  with the
Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of this Section, the obligations
of the Trustee under Section 4.02 and the last  paragraph of Section 10.03 shall
survive.

         SECTION 4.02.  Application of Trust Money. Subject to the provisions of
the last  paragraph  of Section  10.03,  all money  deposited  with the  Trustee
pursuant to Section 4.01, shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee,  in
accordance  with the  provisions of the Securities  and this  Indenture,  to the
payment,  either  directly or through any Paying  Agent  (including  the Company
acting as its own Paying  Agent) as the  Trustee may  determine,  to the Persons
entitled  thereto,  of the  principal and interest for the payment of which such
money or  obligations  have been  deposited  with or  received  by the  Trustee;
provided,  however,  that such  moneys need not be  segregated  from other funds
except to the extent required by law.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                    Remedies

         SECTION  5.01.  Events of Default.  "Event of Default",  wherever  used
herein  with  respect  to the  Securities  of any  series,  means any one of the
following  events  (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it
shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant
to any judgment,  decree or order of any court or any order,  rule or regulation
of any administrative or governmental body):

                  (1)  default in the payment of any interest  upon any Security
         of that series,  including any Additional  Interest in respect thereof,
         when it becomes due and payable,  and continuance of such default for a
         period of 30 days  (subject to the deferral of any due date in the case
         of an Extension Period); or

                  (2)  default in the payment of the  principal  of any Security
         of that series when due, whether at its Maturity,  upon redemption,  by
         declaration of acceleration or otherwise; or

                  (3)  default in the  observance or performance in any material
         respect, of any covenant of the Company in this Indenture (other than a
         covenant a default in the  performance  of which or the breach of which
         is elsewhere in this Section  specifically dealt with), and continuance
         of such default for a period of 90 days after there has been



                                      -43-
<PAGE>

         given,  by registered or certified  mail, to the Company by the Trustee
         or to the  Company  and the  Trustee by the  Holders of at least 25% in
         aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Securities of that series
         a  written  notice  specifying  such  default  and  requiring  it to be
         remedied; or

                  (4)  the  entry  of  a  decree  or  order  by a  court  having
         jurisdiction  in the  premises  adjudging  the  Company a  bankrupt  or
         insolvent,   or  approving  as  properly   filed  a  petition   seeking
         reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect
         of the  Company  under  any  applicable  federal  or state  bankruptcy,
         insolvency,  reorganization  or other  similar  law,  or  appointing  a
         receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar
         official) of the Company or of any substantial  part of its property or
         ordering  the  winding  up or  liquidation  of  its  affairs,  and  the
         continuance  of any such decree or order  unstayed  and in effect for a
         period of 60 consecutive days; or

                  (5)  the  institution  by the  Company  of  proceedings  to be
         adjudicated  a  bankrupt  or  insolvent,  or the  consent  by it to the
         institution of bankruptcy or insolvency  proceedings against it, or the
         filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking  reorganization
         or relief under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency,
         reorganization or other similar law, or the consent by it to the filing
         of any such petition or to the  appointment of a receiver,  liquidator,
         assignee,  trustee,  sequestrator  (or other  similar  official) of the
         Company or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it
         of an assignment  for the benefit of creditors,  or the admission by it
         in writing of its  inability to pay its debts  generally as they become
         due and its willingness to be adjudicated a bankrupt,  or the taking of
         corporate action by the Company in furtherance of any such action; or

                  (6)  in  respect  of a series  issued  to a  Guaranty  Capital
         Trust,  the  voluntary  or  involuntary   dissolution,   winding-up  or
         termination of a Guaranty Capital Trust,  except in connection with the
         distribution  of the  Securities of such series to the holders of Trust
         Securities  in  liquidation  of  such  Guaranty   Capital  Trust,   the
         redemption of all the Trust  Securities of a Guaranty Capital Trust, or
         certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations,  each as permitted by
         the applicable Trust Agreement; or

                  (7)  any other Event of Default with respect to  Securities of
         that  series  as set forth in the Board  Resolution  and the  Officers'
         Certificate,  or established in a supplemental  indenture hereto, prior
         to the issuance of the series of such  Securities  as  contemplated  by
         Section 3.01.



                                      -44-
<PAGE>

         SECTION 5.02. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment. If an
Event  of  Default  with  respect  to  Securities  of any  series  at  the  time
Outstanding occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or
the  Holders  of  not  less  than  25%  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of the
Outstanding  Securities of that series may declare the principal  amount (or, if
the  Securities  of that series are  Discount  Securities,  such  portion of the
principal  amount as may be  specified  in the terms of that  series) of all the
Securities  of that  series to be due and  payable  immediately,  by a notice in
writing  to the  Company  (and to the  Trustee if given by  Holders),  provided,
however,  that,  in the case of the  Securities of a series issued to a Guaranty
Capital Trust,  if, upon an Event of Default,  the Trustee or the Holders of not
less than 25% in aggregate  principal  amount of the  Outstanding  Securities of
that series fail to declare the  principal of all the  Securities of that series
to be  immediately  due and  payable,  the holders of at least 25% in  aggregate
Liquidation  Amount of the  corresponding  series  of  Capital  Securities  then
outstanding  shall have such right by a notice in writing to the Company and the
Trustee  with a copy to the  Property  Trustee.  The  Holders of a  majority  in
aggregate  principal amount of the Outstanding  Securities of a series may annul
such  declaration  and waive  the  default  by  written  notice to the  Property
Trustee,  the Company and the Trustee if the default  (other than the nonpayment
of the  principal  of  these  Securities  that has  become  due  solely  by such
acceleration)   has  been  cured  and  a  sum  sufficient  to  pay  all  matured
installments  of interest and principal due otherwise than by  acceleration  has
been deposited with the Trustee.  Should the Holders of the Securities of such a
series fail to annul such  declaration and waive such default,  the holders of a
majority in aggregate  Liquidation  Amount of the Capital  Securities shall have
such  right.  Upon any such  declaration  such  principal  amount (or  specified
amount) of and the accrued interest  (including any Additional  Interest) on all
the  Securities  of such  series  shall  become  immediately  due  and  payable,
provided,  however,  that the payment of principal and interest  (including  any
Additional  Interest) on such Securities shall remain subordinated to the extent
provided in Article XIV.

         At any time after such a declaration  of  acceleration  with respect to
Securities  of any  series  has been made and  before a  judgment  or decree for
payment of the money due has been  obtained by the Trustee as  hereafter in this
Article provided, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Outstanding  Securities of that series, by written notice to the Company and the
Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

                  (1)  the Company has paid or deposited  with the Trustee a sum
         sufficient to pay:

                       (A)  all overdue  installments of interest (including any
                  Additional Interest) on all Securities of that series,



                                      -45-
<PAGE>

                       (B)  the principal of any  Securities of that series that
                  has  become  due  otherwise   than  by  such   declaration  of
                  acceleration  and  interest  thereon  at the rate borne by the
                  Securities, and

                       (C)  all sums paid or advanced  by the Trustee  hereunder
                  and the reasonable compensation,  expenses,  disbursements and
                  advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

                  (2)  all Events of Default with respect to  Securities of that
         series,  other than the  nonpayment  of the  principal of Securities of
         that series that has become due solely by such acceleration,  have been
         cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13.

         The Company is required to file annually with the Trustee a certificate
as to whether or not the Company is in compliance  with all the  conditions  and
covenants applicable to it under this Indenture.

         No such  rescission  shall affect any subsequent  default or impair any
right consequent thereon.

         Upon  receipt  by the  Trustee  of  written  notice  declaring  such an
acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, with respect to Securities of
a series all or part of which is represented by a Global Security, a record date
shall be established for determining  Holders of Outstanding  Securities of such
series entitled to join in such notice,  which record date shall be at the close
of business on the day the Trustee  receives  such  notice.  The Holders on such
record date, or their duly designated proxies,  and only such Persons,  shall be
entitled to join in such  notice,  whether or not such  Holders  remain  Holders
after such record date;  provided,  however,  that,  unless such  declaration of
acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall have become
effective by virtue of the  requisite  percentage  having  joined in such notice
prior  to the day  that is 90 days  after  such  record  date,  such  notice  of
declaration of  acceleration,  or rescission and annulment,  as the case may be,
shall  automatically and without further action by any Holder be canceled and of
no further effect.  Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder, or a proxy
of a Holder, from giving,  after expiration of such 90-day period, a new written
notice of declaration of acceleration,  or rescission and annulment thereof,  as
the case may be, that is  identical to a written  notice that has been  canceled
pursuant to the proviso to the preceding  sentence,  in which event a new record
date shall be established pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.02.

         SECTION 5.03.  Collection of Indebtedness  and Suits for Enforcement by
Trustee. The Company covenants that if:



                                      -46-
<PAGE>

                  (1)  default  is made in the  payment  of any  installment  of
         interest (including any Additional  Interest) on any Security when such
         interest  becomes due and  payable,  and such default  continues  for a
         period of 30 days, or

                  (2)  default is made in the  payment of the  principal  of any
         Security at the Maturity thereof,

the  Company  will,  upon demand of the  Trustee,  pay to the  Trustee,  for the
benefit of the Holders of such Securities, the whole amount then due and payable
on such  Securities  for  principal,  including  any  sinking  fund  payment  or
analogous obligations and interest (including any Additional Interest);  and, in
addition  thereto,  all amounts  owing to the  Trustee  under  Section  6.07 and
Section 10.06.

         If the Company  fails to pay such amounts  forthwith  upon such demand,
the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a
judicial  proceeding for the  collection of the sums so due and unpaid,  and may
prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree,  and may enforce the same
against the Company or any other  obligor  upon the  Securities  and collect the
moneys  adjudged  or decreed to be payable in the manner  provided by law out of
the property of the Company or any other obligor upon the  Securities,  wherever
situated.

         If an Event of Default with respect to  Securities of any series occurs
and is  continuing,  the  Trustee may in its  discretion  proceed to protect and
enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series by
such appropriate  judicial  proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual
to protect and enforce any such rights,  whether for the specific enforcement of
any  covenant or  agreement  in this  Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any
power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

         SECTION 5.04. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency
of  any  receivership,   insolvency,  liquidation,  bankruptcy,  reorganization,
arrangement,  adjustment,  composition or other judicial  proceeding relative to
the Company or any other  obligor  upon the  Securities  or the  property of the
Company or of such other obligor or their creditors,

                  (a)  the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the
         Securities  of any  series  shall  then be due and  payable  as therein
         expressed or by  declaration or otherwise and  irrespective  of whether
         the  Trustee  shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment
         of overdue principal or interest  (including any Additional  Interest))
         shall be entitled and empowered,  by intervention in such proceeding or
         otherwise,

                       (i)  to file and prove a claim  for the  whole  amount of
                  principal and interest  (including  any



                                      -47-
<PAGE>

                  Additional  Interest)  owing  and  unpaid  in  respect  to the
                  Securities  and to file such other  papers or documents as may
                  be necessary  or advisable  and to take any and all actions as
                  are authorized  under the Trust Indenture Act in order to have
                  the claims of the Holders and any  predecessor  to the Trustee
                  under  Section  6.07 and of the  Holders  allowed  in any such
                  judicial proceedings; and

                       (ii)  in particular,  the Trustee  shall be authorized to
                  collect and receive  any moneys or other  property  payable or
                  deliverable  on any such claims and to distribute  the same in
                  accordance with Section 5.06; and

                  (b)  any custodian,  receiver,  assignee, trustee, liquidator,
         sequestrator   (or  other  similar   official)  in  any  such  judicial
         proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to
         the Trustee for  distribution  in accordance  with Section 5.06, and in
         the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments
         directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it and
         any predecessor Trustee under Section 6.07.

         Nothing  herein  contained  shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to
authorize  or  consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of
reorganization,  arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities
or the rights of any Holder  thereof,  or to  authorize  the  Trustee to vote in
respect of the claim of any Holder in any proceeding;  provided,  however,  that
the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders, vote for the election of a trustee in
bankruptcy or similar  official and be a member of a creditors' or other similar
committee.

         SECTION  5.05.   Trustee  May  Enforce  Claim  Without   Possession  of
Securities.  All  rights  of action  and  claims  under  this  Indenture  or the
Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee  without the possession
of any of the  Securities or the production  thereof in any proceeding  relating
thereto,  and any such proceeding  instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in
its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall,
after  provision for the payment of all the amounts owing to the Trustee and any
predecessor  Trustee  under  Section  6.07,  its agents and counsel,  be for the
ratable  benefit  of the  Holders  of the  Securities  in  respect of which such
judgment has been recovered.

         SECTION 5.06.  Application  of Money  Collected.  Any money or property
collected or to be applied by the Trustee with respect to a series of Securities
pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or
dates fixed by the Trustee  and,  in case of the  distribution  of such money or
property  on  account  of  principal  or  interest   (including  any  Additional
Interest),  upon  presentation of the Securities and the



                                      -48-
<PAGE>

notation  thereon of the payment,  if only  partially  paid,  and upon surrender
thereof, if fully paid:

                  First:  to the payment of all amounts due the Trustee and  any
         predecessor Trustee under Section 6.07;

                  Second: to the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon
         such series of Securities  for principal  and interest  (including  any
         Additional  Interest),  in respect of which or for the benefit of which
         such money has been collected,  ratably, without preference or priority
         of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such series of
         Securities  for  principal  and  interest   (including  any  Additional
         Interest), respectively; and

                  Third:  the balance, if any, to the Person or Persons entitled
         thereto.

         SECTION 5.07.  Limitation on Suits.  No Holder of any Securities of any
series shall have any right to institute any proceeding,  judicial or otherwise,
with respect to this Indenture or for the  appointment of a receiver,  assignee,
trustee,  liquidator,  sequestrator (or other similar official) or for any other
remedy hereunder, unless:

                  (1)  such Holder has  previously  given written  notice to the
         Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities
         of that series;

                  (2)  the Holders of not less than 25% in  principal  amount of
         the  Outstanding  Securities  of that  series  shall have made  written
         request to the  Trustee  to  institute  proceedings  in respect of such
         Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

                  (3)  such  Holder  or  Holders  have  offered  to the  Trustee
         reasonable indemnity against the costs,  expenses and liabilities to be
         incurred in compliance with such request;

                  (4)  the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice,
         request  and  offer of  indemnity  has  failed  to  institute  any such
         proceeding; and

                  (5)  no direction inconsistent  with such written  request has
         been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a
         majority in  principal  amount of the  Outstanding  Securities  of that
         series;

it being  understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have
any right in any manner  whatever  by virtue of, or by  availing  itself of, any
provision of this  Indenture to affect,  disturb or prejudice  the rights of any
other  Holders  of  Securities,  or to obtain or to seek to obtain  priority  or
preference  over any other of such  Holders or to enforce  any right



                                      -49-
<PAGE>

under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and
ratable benefit of all such Holders.

         SECTION 5.08.  Unconditional  Right of Holders to Receive Principal and
Interest.  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture,  the Holder of
any Security shall have the right that is absolute and  unconditional to receive
payment of the  principal of and (subject to Section 3.08)  interest  (including
any Additional  Interest) on such Security on the respective  Stated  Maturities
expressed in such Security and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such
payment,  and such  right  shall not be  impaired  without  the  consent of such
Holder.  In the case of  Securities  of a series  issued to a  Guaranty  Capital
Trust, any holder of the corresponding  series of Capital  Securities shall have
the  right,  upon the  occurrence  of an Event of Default  described  in Section
5.01(1) or 5.01(2) hereof,  to institute a suit directly against the Company for
enforcement  of payment to such Holder of  principal  of and (subject to Section
3.08) interest  (including any Additional  Interest) on the Securities  having a
principal  amount  equal to the  aggregate  Liquidation  Amount  of the  Capital
Securities of the corresponding series held by such Holder.  Notwithstanding any
payments  made to a holder of Capital  Securities  by the Company in  connection
with a suit directly against the Company,  the Company shall remain obligated to
pay the  principal of or interest on the  Securities,  and the Company  shall be
subrogated to the rights of the holder of such Capital  Securities  with respect
to payments on the Capital  Securities to the extent of any payments made by the
Company to such holder in any suit directly against the Company.

         The  holders of the  Capital  Securities  will not be able to  exercise
directly  any  remedies,  other  than  those  set  forth in this  Section  5.08,
available to the holders of the Securities unless there shall have been an Event
of Default under the related Trust Agreement.

         SECTION 5.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any
Holder has  instituted  any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this
Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason,
or has been determined  adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder,  then and in
every case the  Company,  the  Trustee  and the  Holders  shall,  subject to any
determination  in such  proceeding,  be restored  severally and  respectively to
their former positions hereunder,  and thereafter all rights and remedies of the
Trustee and the Holders  shall  continue as though no such  proceeding  had been
instituted.

         SECTION  5.10.  Rights  and  Remedies  Cumulate.  Except  as  otherwise
provided  in the last  paragraph  of  Section  3.07,  no right or remedy  herein
conferred  upon or  reserved  to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be
exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the
extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every right



                                      -50-
<PAGE>

and remedy given  hereunder or now or hereafter  existing at law or in equity or
otherwise.  The  assertion or employment  of any right or remedy  hereunder,  or
otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other
appropriate right or remedy.

         SECTION  5.11.  Delay or  Omission  Not  Waiver.  Except  as  otherwise
provided  in the last  paragraph  of Section  3.07,  no delay or omission of the
Trustee  or of any  Holder  of any  Security  to  exercise  any  right or remedy
accruing  upon any Event of  Default  shall  impair  any such right or remedy or
constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.

         Every right and remedy  given by this  Article or by law to the Trustee
or to the Holders  may be  exercised  from time to time,  and as often as may be
deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

         SECTION  5.12.  Control  by  Holders.  The  Holders  of a  majority  in
principal  amount of the  Outstanding  Securities  of any series  shall have the
right to direct the time,  method and place of conducting any proceeding for any
remedy  available to the Trustee or exercising  any trust or power  conferred on
the Trustee, with respect to the Securities of such series, provided that:

                  (1)  such direction  shall not be in conflict with any rule of
         law or with this Indenture;

                  (2)  the Trustee may take any other  action  deemed  proper by
         the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction; and

                  (3)  subject to the  provisions of Section  6.01,  the Trustee
         shall have the right to decline to follow such direction if the Trustee
         in good  faith  shall,  by a  Responsible  Officer or  Officers  of the
         Trustee,  determine  that the  proceeding so directed would be unjustly
         prejudicial  to the Holders not joining in any such  direction or would
         involve the Trustee in personal liability.

         Upon receipt by the Trustee of any written  notice  directing the time,
method or place of conducting  any such  proceeding or exercising any such trust
or  power,  with  respect  to  Securities  of a  series  all or part of which is
represented  by a Global  Security,  a record  date  shall  be  established  for
determining Holders of outstanding Securities of such series entitled to join in
such notice,  which record date shall be at the close of business on the day the
Trustee  receives  such notice.  The Holders on such record date,  or their duly
designated  proxies,  and only such  Persons,  shall be entitled to join in such
notice,  whether or not such  Holders  remain  Holders  after such record  date;
provided, however, that, unless the Holders of a majority in principal amount of
the Outstanding Securities of such series



                                      -51-
<PAGE>

shall  have  joined in such  notice  prior to the day that is 90 days after such
record date, such notice shall  automatically  and without further action by any
Holder be canceled and of no further  effect.  Nothing in this  paragraph  shall
prevent a Holder, or a proxy of a Holder, from giving,  after expiration of such
90-day period,  a new written notice identical to a written notice that has been
canceled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new
record date shall be  established  pursuant to the  provisions  of this  Section
5.12.

         SECTION  5.13.  Waiver of Past  Defaults.  The Holders of a majority in
aggregate  principal  amount of the Outstanding  Securities of a series affected
thereby  may, on behalf of the  Holders of all the  Securities  of such  series,
waive any past  default,  except a default  in the  payment of  principal  of or
interest (including any Additional Interest) (unless such default has been cured
and a sum sufficient to pay all overdue  installments  of interest and principal
due otherwise than by  acceleration  has been deposited with the Trustee) on any
Security of such series or a default in respect of a covenant or provision that,
under  Article  IX,  cannot be  modified  or amended  without the consent of the
Holder  of  each  outstanding  Security  of  such  series  and,  in the  case of
Securities of a series issued to a Guaranty Capital Trust, should the Holders of
such  Securities  fail to annul such  declaration  and waive such  default,  the
holders of a majority in aggregate  Liquidation  Amount of the related series of
Capital Securities shall have such right.

         Upon any such waiver,  such default shall cease to exist, and any Event
of  Default  arising  therefrom  shall be deemed to have been  cured,  for every
purpose of this Indenture;  but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or
other default or impair any right consequent thereon.

         SECTION  5.14.  Undertaking  for Costs.  All parties to this  Indenture
agree, and each Holder of any Security by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed
to have agreed,  that any court may in its discretion  require,  in any suit for
the  enforcement  of any right or remedy  under this  Indenture,  or in any suit
against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing
by any party  litigant in such suit of an  undertaking  to pay the costs of such
suit,  and that  such  court  may in its  discretion  assess  reasonable  costs,
including  reasonable  attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in such suit,
having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by
such party  litigant;  but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any
suit instituted by the Trustee,  to any suit instituted by any Holder,  or group
of Holders,  holding in the aggregate  more than 10% in principal  amount of the
outstanding  Securities of any series,  or to any suit  instituted by any Holder
for the  enforcement  of the payment of the principal of or interest  (including
any  Additional  Interest)  on any  Security on or after the  respective  Stated
Maturities expressed in such Security.



                                      -52-
<PAGE>

         SECTION  5.15.  Waiver of Usury,  Stay or Extension  Laws.  The Company
covenants  (to the extent  that it may  lawfully  do so) that it will not at any
time  insist  upon,  or plead,  or in any  manner  whatsoever  claim or take the
benefit or advantage of, any usury, stay or extension law wherever enacted,  now
or at any  time  hereafter  in  force,  that may  affect  the  covenants  or the
performance  of this  Indenture;  and the  Company  (to the  extent  that it may
lawfully do so) hereby  expressly  waives all benefit or  advantage  of any such
law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any
power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of
every such power as though no such law had been enacted.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                   The Trustee

         SECTION 6.01.  Certain Duties and  Responsibilities.  (a) Except during
the continuance of an Event of Default:

                  (1)  the Trustee  undertakes  to perform  such duties and only
         such duties as are  specifically  set forth in this  Indenture,  and no
         implied  covenants  or  obligations  shall be read into this  Indenture
         against the Trustee; and

                  (2)  in the absence of bad faith on its part,  the Trustee may
         conclusively   rely,  as  to  the  truth  of  the  statements  and  the
         correctness of the opinions  expressed  therein,  upon  certificates or
         opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of
         this  Indenture;  but in the case of any such  certificates or opinions
         that by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished
         to the Trustee,  the Trustee  shall be under a duty to examine the same
         to determine  whether or not they conform to the  requirements  of this
         Indenture  (but  need  not  confirm  or  investigate  the  accuracy  of
         mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

                  (b)  In  case  an  Event  of  Default  has   occurred  and  is
continuing,  the Trustee shall  exercise such of the rights and powers vested in
it by this  Indenture,  and use the  same  degree  of care  and  skill  in their
exercise,  as a prudent person would exercise or use under the  circumstances in
the conduct of his own affairs.

                  (c)  No provision  of this  Indenture  shall be  construed  to
relieve  the  Trustee  from  liability  for its own  negligent  action,  its own
negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct except that:

                  (i)  this  Subsection  shall  not be  construed  to limit  the
         effect of Subsection (a) of this Section;



                                      -53-
<PAGE>

                  (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment
         made in good faith by a Responsible Officer,  unless it shall be proved
         that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

                  (iii) the  Trustee  shall not be liable  with  respect  to any
         action  taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in  accordance
         with the direction of Holders  pursuant to Section 5.12 relating to the
         time,  method and place of  conducting  any  proceeding  for any remedy
         available to the Trustee,  or exercising  any trust or power  conferred
         upon the Trustee,  under this  Indenture with respect to the Securities
         of such series.

                  (d)  No provision of this Indenture  shall require the Trustee
to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise  incur any  financial  liability in
the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its
rights or powers,  if there  shall be  reasonable  grounds  for  believing  that
repayment  of such funds or  indemnity  satisfactory  to it against such risk or
liability is not assured to it.

                  (e)  Whether  or not  therein  expressly  so  provided,  every
provision of this  Indenture  relating to the conduct or affecting the liability
of or affording  protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of
this Section.

         SECTION 6.02. Notice of Defaults. Within 90 days after actual knowledge
by a  Responsible  officer  of the  Trustee  of the  occurrence  of any  default
hereunder  with  respect to the  Securities  of any series,  the  Trustee  shall
transmit by mail to all Holders of Securities of such series, as their names and
addresses appear in the Securities  Register,  notice of such default  hereunder
known to a  Responsible  Officer of the Trustee,  unless such default shall have
been cured or waived;  provided,  however, that, except in the case of a default
in the  payment  of the  principal  of or  interest  (including  any  Additional
Interest) on any Security of such series,  the Trustee shall be fully  protected
in  withholding  such  notice  if and so long as the  board  of  directors,  the
executive  committee  or a  trust  committee  of  directors  and/or  Responsible
Officers of the Trustee in good faith  determines  that the  withholding of such
notice is in the  interests of the Holders of  Securities  of such  series;  and
provided,  further,  however,  that, in the case of any default of the character
specified in Section  5.01(3),  no such notice to Holders of  Securities of such
series shall be given until at least 30 days after the occurrence  thereof.  For
the  purpose of this  Section,  the term  "default"  means any event that is, or
after  notice or lapse of time or both would  become,  an Event of Default  with
respect to Securities of such series.

         SECTION 6.03.  Certain Rights of Trustee.  Subject to the provisions of
Section 6.01:



                                      -54-
<PAGE>

                  (a)  the Trustee  may  conclusively  rely  and  shall be fully
         protected  in acting or  refraining  from acting  upon any  resolution,
         certificate,  statement,  instrument, opinion, report, notice, request,
         direction,  consent, order, bond, debenture, Security or other paper or
         document  believed  by it to be  genuine  and to have  been  signed  or
         presented by the proper party or parties;

                  (b)  any request or direction of the Company  mentioned herein
         shall be  sufficiently  evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order
         and any  resolution  of the  Board  of  Directors  may be  sufficiently
         evidenced by a Board Resolution;

                  (c)  whenever  in the  administration  of this  Indenture  the
         Trustee shall deem it desirable  that a matter be proved or established
         prior to  taking,  suffering  or  omitting  any action  hereunder,  the
         Trustee (unless other evidence is herein specifically prescribed) shall
         be  entitled  to receive  and may,  in the  absence of bad faith on its
         part, conclusively rely upon an Officers' Certificate;

                  (d)  the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and
         the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel  shall be full and
         complete  authorization  and protection in respect of any action taken,
         suffered  or omitted  by it  hereunder  in good  faith and in  reliance
         thereon;

                  (e)  the Trustee  shall be under no obligation to exercise any
         of the rights or powers  vested in it by this  Indenture at the request
         or direction of any of the Holders  pursuant to this Indenture,  unless
         such Holders  shall have  offered to the Trustee  security or indemnity
         satisfactory  to it against the costs,  expenses and  liabilities  that
         might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

                  (f)  the Trustee shall not be bound to make any  investigation
         into the  facts  or  matters  stated  in any  resolution,  certificate,
         statement,  instrument,  opinion,  report, notice, request,  direction,
         consent,  order, bond, indenture,  Security or other paper or document,
         but  the  Trustee  in  its   discretion   may  make  such   inquiry  or
         investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the
         Trustee shall determine to make such inquiry or investigation, it shall
         be entitled to examine the books,  records and premises of the Company,
         personally  or by  agent  or  attorney  at the  reasonable  cost of the
         Company upon giving reasonable notice to the Company and shall incur no
         liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry
         or investigation;



                                      -55-
<PAGE>

                  (g)  the Trustee  may  execute  any of the  trusts  or  powers
         hereunder  or perform  any duties  hereunder  either  directly or by or
         through  agents or attorneys and the Trustee  shall not be  responsible
         for any  misconduct  or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney
         appointed with due care by it hereunder;

                  (h)  the Trustee shall not be under any obligation to take any
         action that is discretionary under the provisions of this Indenture;

                  (i)  the Trustee  shall not be charged with  knowledge  of any
         Event of Default unless either (1) a Responsible Officer of the Trustee
         shall have  actual  knowledge  or (2) the Trustee  shall have  received
         notice  thereof in  accordance  with  Section  1.05(1)  hereof from the
         Company or a Holder;

                  (j)  no permissive power or authority available to the Trustee
         shall be construed as a duty; and

                  (k)  the Trustee  shall not be liable  for any  action  taken,
         suffered  or  omitted  to be taken by it in good  faith and  reasonably
         believed by it to be authorized  or within the  discretion or rights or
         powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

         SECTION 6.04. Not  Responsible  for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.
The  recitals  contained  herein and in the  Securities,  except  the  Trustee's
certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company,
and the Trustee assumes no  responsibility  for their  correctness.  The Trustee
makes no  representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or
of the Securities or any offering or disclosure materials prepared in connection
therewith.  The Trustee shall not be  accountable  for the use or application by
the Company of the Securities or the proceeds thereof.

         SECTION  6.05.  May Hold  Securities.  The Trustee,  any Paying  Agent,
Securities Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any
other capacity,  may become the owner or pledgee of Securities  and,  subject to
Sections 6.08 and 6.13, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights
it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent, Securities Registrar or such
other agent.

         SECTION 6.06.  Money Held in Trust.  Money held by the Trustee in trust
hereunder need not be segregated  from other funds except to the extent required
by law.  The  Trustee  shall be under no  liability  for  interest  on any money
received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company.

         SECTION 6.07. Compensation and Reimbursement.  The Company, as borrower
on the Securities, agrees:



                                      -56-
<PAGE>

                  (1)  to pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation
         as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing
         for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not
         be limited by any provision of law in regard to the  compensation  of a
         trustee of an express trust);

                  (2)  to  reimburse  the  Trustee  upon  its  request  for  all
         reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the
         Trustee in accordance  with any provision of this Indenture  (including
         the reasonable  compensation and the expenses and  disbursements of its
         agents and counsel),  except any such expense,  disbursement or advance
         as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith; and

                  (3)  to indemnify  the  Trustee  for,  and to hold it harmless
         against,  any loss,  liability or expense (other than taxes based upon,
         measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee)  (including the
         reasonable  compensation  and the  expenses  and  disbursements  of its
         agents and counsel) incurred without  negligence or bad faith,  arising
         out of or in connection with the acceptance or  administration  of this
         trust or the performance of its duties  hereunder,  including the costs
         and  expenses of  defending  itself  against any claim or  liability in
         connection  with the  exercise or  performance  of any of its powers or
         duties hereunder.

         The  obligations  of the Company  under this Section 6.07 shall survive
the  termination of this Indenture or the earlier  resignation or removal of the
Trustee.

         To secure  the  Company's  payment  obligations  in this  Section,  the
Company  and the Holders  agree that the Trustee  shall have a lien prior to the
Securities on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee.
Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

         When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders  services after an Event of
Default  specified  in  Section  5.01(4) or (5)  occurs,  the  expenses  and the
compensation   for  the  services  are  intended  to   constitute   expenses  of
administration  under the Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended,  or any successor
statute.

         The  provisions of this Section 6.07 shall survive the  termination  of
this Indenture.

         SECTION 6.08. Disqualification;  Conflicting Interests. The Trustee for
the Securities of any series issued hereunder shall be subject to the provisions
of Section 310(b) of the Trust  Indenture Act.  Nothing herein shall prevent the
Trustee  from  filing with the  Commission  the  application  referred to in the
second-to-last paragraph of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.



                                      -57-
<PAGE>

         SECTION 6.09. Corporate Trustee Required;  Eligibility.  There shall at
all times be a Trustee hereunder that shall be:

                  (a)  a corporation organized and doing business under the laws
         of the  United  States of America  or of any  state,  territory  or the
         District of Columbia,  authorized under such laws to exercise corporate
         trust  powers and subject to  supervision  or  examination  by Federal,
         state, territorial or District of Columbia authority, or

                  (b)  a  corporation  or  other  Person   organized  and  doing
         business  under the laws of a foreign  government  that is permitted to
         act  as  Trustee  pursuant  to a  rule,  regulation  or  order  of  the
         Commission,  authorized  under such laws to  exercise  corporate  trust
         powers,  and subject to supervision or examination by authority of such
         foreign  government or a political  subdivision  thereof  substantially
         equivalent  to the  supervision  or  examination  applicable  to United
         States institutional trustees, in either case having a combined capital
         and  surplus  of  at  least  $50,000,000,  subject  to  supervision  of
         examination  by  Federal  or  state  authority.   If  such  corporation
         publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to
         the requirements of the aforesaid  supervising or examining  authority,
         then,  for the  purposes  of this  Section,  the  combined  capital and
         surplus of such corporation  shall be deemed to be its combined capital
         and  surplus as set forth in its most  recent  report of  condition  so
         published.  If at any time the  Trustee  shall  cease to be eligible in
         accordance  with  the  provisions  of this  Section,  it  shall  resign
         immediately  in the manner and with the effect  hereafter  specified in
         this Article. Neither the Company nor any Person directly or indirectly
         controlling,  controlled  by or under  common  control with the Company
         shall  serve  as  Trustee  for  the  Securities  of any  series  issued
         hereunder.

         SECTION 6.10. Resignation and Removal, Appointment of Successor. (a) No
resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a Successor  Trustee
pursuant  to this  Article  shall  become  effective  until  the  acceptance  of
appointment by the Successor Trustee under Section 6.11.

                  (b)  The Trustee  may  resign at any time with  respect to the
Securities  of one or more  series  by  giving  written  notice  thereof  to the
Company.  If an instrument  of acceptance by a Successor  Trustee shall not have
been  delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of
resignation,   the  resigning  Trustee  may  petition  any  court  of  competent
jurisdiction  for the  appointment  of a Successor  Trustee  with respect to the
Securities of such series.

                  (c)  The  Trustee  may be removed at any time with  respect to
the  Securities  of any series by Act of the Holders of



                                      -58-
<PAGE>

a majority in principal  amount of the  Outstanding  Securities  of such series,
delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

                  (d)  If at any time:

                  (i)  the Trustee shall fail to comply with  Section 6.08 after
         written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a
         bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or

                  (ii) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 6.09
         and shall fail to resign after written request  therefor by the Company
         or by any such Holder, or

                  (iii) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be
         adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its
         property  shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or
         control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of
         rehabilitation,  conservation or  liquidation,  then, in any such case,
         (x)  the  Company,   acting  pursuant  to  the  authority  of  a  Board
         Resolution, may remove the Trustee, or (y) subject to Section 5.14, any
         Holder who has been a bona fide  Holder of a Security  for at least six
         months  may, on behalf of himself  and all others  similarly  situated,
         petition  any court of  competent  jurisdiction  for the removal of the
         Trustee and the appointment of a Successor Trustee.

                  (e)  If  the  Trustee  shall  resign,  be  removed  or  become
incapable  of acting,  or if a vacancy  shall occur in the office of Trustee for
any cause with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company,  by
a Board  Resolution,  shall promptly appoint a Successor Trustee with respect to
the  Securities  of that or  those  series.  If,  within  one  year  after  such
resignation,  removal or  incapability,  or the  occurrence of such  vacancy,  a
Successor  Trustee  with  respect  to the  Securities  of any  series  shall  be
appointed  by Act of the  Holders  of a  majority  in  principal  amount  of the
Outstanding  Securities of such series delivered to the Company and the retiring
Trustee, the Successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance
of such appointment, become the Successor Trustee with respect to the Securities
of such series and supersede the Successor Trustee appointed by the Company.  If
no Successor  Trustee with  respect to the  Securities  of any series shall have
been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted  appointment in the
manner  hereafter  provided,  within 30 days of such  resignation or removal the
Trustee or any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least
six  months,  subject  to  Section  5.14,  on behalf of  himself  and all others
similarly  situated,  may petition any court of competent  jurisdiction  for the
appointment  of a  Successor  Trustee  with  respect to the  Securities  of such
series.

                  (f)  The  Company  shall give notice of each  resignation  and
each  removal of the Trustee with  respect to the  Securities  of



                                      -59-
<PAGE>

any series and each  appointment  of a  Successor  Trustee  with  respect to the
Securities of any series by mailing  written notice of such event by first-class
mail,  postage  prepaid,  to the Holders of  Securities  of such series as their
names and addresses appear in the Securities Register. Each notice shall include
the name of the Successor  Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series
and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

         SECTION 6.11. Acceptance of Appointment  Successor.  (a) In case of the
appointment  hereunder of a Successor  Trustee  with respect to all  Securities,
every such Successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver
to  the  Company  and to the  retiring  Trustee  an  instrument  accepting  such
appointment,  and thereupon the  resignation or removal of the retiring  Trustee
shall become effective and such Successor Trustee, without any further act, deed
or  conveyance,  shall  become  vested with all the rights,  powers,  trusts and
duties of the  retiring  Trustee;  but,  on the  request  of the  Company or the
Successor  Trustee,  such retiring  Trustee shall,  upon payment of its charges,
execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such Successor Trustee all the
rights,  powers  and  trusts of the  retiring  Trustee  and shall  duly  assign,
transfer  and deliver to such  Successor  Trustee all property and money held by
such retiring Trustee hereunder.

                  (b)  In case of the  appointment  hereunder  of the  Successor
Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series,  the
Company,  the retiring  Trustee and each  Successor  Trustee with respect to the
Securities of one or more series shall execute and deliver a written  instrument
or an indenture  supplemental hereto wherein each Successor Trustee shall accept
such  appointment  and which  (1)  shall  contain  such  provisions  as shall be
necessary  or  desirable  to  transfer  and  confirm  to,  and to vest in,  each
Successor  Trustee all the  rights,  powers,  trusts and duties of the  retiring
Trustee  with  respect to the  Securities  of that or those  series to which the
appointment of such Successor  Trustee  relates,  (2) if the retiring Trustee is
not retiring with respect to all  Securities,  shall contain such  provisions as
shall be deemed  necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights,  powers,
trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that
or those series as to which the retiring  Trustee is not retiring shall continue
to be vested in the retiring Trustee,  and (3) shall add to or change any of the
provisions of this  Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate
the  administration  of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee,  it being
understood  that nothing  herein or in such written  instrument or  supplemental
indenture  shall  constitute  such Trustees as co-trustees of the same trust and
that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder  separate
and apart  from any trust or trusts  hereunder  administered  by any other  such
Trustee,  and upon the  execution  and  delivery of such written  instrument  or
supplemental indenture, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall
become  effective  to the



                                      -60-
<PAGE>

extent provided therein,  and each such Successor  Trustee,  without any further
act,  deed or  conveyance,  shall  become  vested with all the  rights,  powers,
trusts,  and duties of the retiring  Trustee with respect to the  Securities  of
that or those series to which the appointment of such Successor Trustee relates;
but, on request of the Company or any Successor  Trustee,  such retiring Trustee
shall duly assign,  transfer and deliver to such Successor  Trustee all property
and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities
of that or those  series  to which the  appointment  of such  Successor  Trustee
relates.

                  (c)  Upon request of any such Successor  Trustee,  the Company
shall execute any and all  instruments  for more fully and certainly  vesting in
and confirming to such Successor Trustee all rights,  powers and trusts referred
to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, as the case may be.

                  (d)  No Successor Trustee shall accept its appointment  unless
at the time of such  acceptance  such  Successor  Trustee shall be qualified and
eligible under this Article.  In the event that the Trust  Indenture Act applies
to this  Indenture at the time that any  Successor  Trustee is  appointed,  such
Successor Trustee shall qualify under such Act.

         SECTION  6.12.  Merger,  Conversion,  Consolidation  or  Succession  to
Business.  Any corporation  into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or
with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger,
conversion  or  consolidation  to which  the  Trustee  shall be a party,  or any
corporation  succeeding  to all or  substantially  all  of the  corporate  trust
business  of the  Trustee,  shall be the  successor  of the  Trustee  hereunder,
provided such corporation  shall be otherwise  qualified and eligible under this
Article (including  qualification under the Trust Indenture Act, if applicable),
without the  execution  or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of
any of the parties hereto. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated,
but not  delivered,  by the Trustee  then in office,  any  successor  by merger,
conversion  or  consolidation  to such  authenticating  Trustee  may adopt  such
authentication  and deliver the  Securities  so  authenticated,  and in case any
Securities shall not have been  authenticated,  any successor to the Trustee may
authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor Trustee or in
the  name of  such  Successor  Trustee,  and in all  cases  the  certificate  of
authentication  shall have the full force that it is  provided  anywhere  in the
Securities or in this Indenture that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

         SECTION 6.13. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. If and
when the  Trustee  shall be or become a creditor  of the  Company  (or any other
obligor upon the Securities),  the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of
the Trust  Indenture Act regarding the  collection of claims against the Company
(or any such other obligor).



                                      -61-
<PAGE>

         SECTION 6.14.  Appointment  of  Authenticating  Agent.  The Trustee may
appoint an authenticating agent or agents (each, an "Authenticating Agent") with
respect to one or more series of  Securities  that shall be authorized to act on
behalf of the Trustee to  authenticate  Securities  of such  series  issued upon
original issue and upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption
thereof,  and Securities so  authenticated  shall be entitled to the benefits of
this  Indenture  and  shall be  valid  and  obligatory  for all  purposes  as if
authenticated  by the  Trustee  hereunder.  Where  reference  is  made  in  this
Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the
Trustee's  certificate  of  authentication  such  reference  shall be  deemed to
include   authentication   and   delivery   on  behalf  of  the  Trustee  by  an
Authenticating  Agent.  Each  Authenticating  Agent shall be  acceptable  to the
Company and shall at all times be a  corporation  organized  and doing  business
under the laws of the United  States of America,  or of any state,  Territory or
the District of Columbia,  authorized  under such laws to act as  Authenticating
Agent,  having a combined  capital and surplus of not less than  $50,000,000 and
subject to supervision or  examination  by Federal or State  authority.  If such
Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually,  pursuant
to law or to the requirements of such supervising or examining  authority,  then
for the  purposes  of this  Section  the  combined  capital  and surplus of such
Authenticating  Agent shall be deemed to be its combined  capital and surplus as
set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an
Authenticating  Agent  shall  cease  to  be  eligible  in  accordance  with  the
provisions of this Section,  such Authenticating  Agent shall resign immediately
in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

         Any  corporation  into which an  Authenticating  Agent may be merged or
converted or with which it may be  consolidated,  or any  corporation  resulting
from any merger,  conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent
shall be a party, or any corporation  succeeding to all or substantially  all of
the corporate trust business of an  Authenticating  Agent shall be the successor
Authenticating  Agent hereunder,  provided such  corporation  shall be otherwise
eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any
further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

         An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice
thereof to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate
the agency of an  Authenticating  Agent by giving written notice thereof to such
Authenticating  Agent  and to the  Company.  Upon  receiving  such a  notice  of
resignation  or  upon  such  a  termination,   or  in  case  at  any  time  such
Authenticating  Agent  shall  cease  to  be  eligible  in  accordance  with  the
provisions of this Section,  the Trustee may appoint a successor  Authenticating
Agent that shall be  acceptable  to the  Company  and shall give  notice of such
appointment in the



                                      -62-
<PAGE>

manner  provided in Section 1.06 to all Holders of Securities of the series with
respect  to  which  such   Authenticating   Agent  will  serve.   Any  successor
Authenticating  Agent upon acceptance of its appointment  hereunder shall become
vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with
like effect as if  originally  named as an  Authenticating  Agent.  No successor
Authenticating  Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of
this Section.

         The  Company  agrees to pay to each  Authenticating  Agent from time to
time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section.

         If an  appointment  with respect to one or more series is made pursuant
to this Section,  the  Securities of each series may have endorsed  thereon,  in
addition  to  the  Trustee's  certificate  of  authentication,   an  alternative
certificate of authentication in the following form:

         This  is one of the  Securities  referred  to in the  within  mentioned
Indenture.


Dated:                                       ___________________________________
                                             Agent Trustee


                                             by_________________________________
                                               As Authenticating Agent


                                             by_________________________________
                                               Authorized Signatory

         SECTION 6.15. Trustee's Rights and Obligations.  The Trustee shall have
and be subject to all the duties and responsibilities  specified with respect to
an indenture  trustee under the Trust Indenture Act. Subject to such provisions,
the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of the powers vested in it by
this  Indenture at the request of any holder of the  Securities,  unless offered
indemnity to its  satisfaction  by such holder  against the costs,  expenses and
liabilities that might be incurred thereby.  The Trustee will not be required to
expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial  liability in
the performance of its duties if the Trustee reasonably  believes that repayment
or adequate  indemnity  is not  reasonably  assured to it.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  nothing in this  Section 6.15 shall be deemed to abrogate any of the
rights,  indemnities or protections otherwise provided to the Trustee under this
Indenture.



                                      -63-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VII

                Holder's Lists and Reports by Trustee and Company

         SECTION  7.01.  Company  to  Furnish  Trustee  Names and  Addresses  of
Holders. The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:

                  (a)  quarterly,  not  more  than 15 days  after  each  Regular
         Record  Date in each  year,  a list,  in such form as the  Trustee  may
         reasonably  require,  of the names and  addresses  of the Holders as of
         such Regular Record Date, and

                  (b)  at  such  other  times  as the  Trustee  may  request  in
         writing,  within 30 days after the  receipt by the  Company of any such
         request,  a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than
         15 days prior to the time such list is  furnished,  excluding  from any
         such list names and  addresses  received by the Trustee in its capacity
         as Securities Registrar.

         SECTION 7.02.  Preservation of Information,  Communications to Holders.
(a)  The  Trustee  shall  preserve,  in as  current  a  form  as  is  reasonably
practicable,  the names and  addresses  of Holders  contained in the most recent
list  furnished  to the Trustee as  provided  in Section  7.01 and the names and
addresses  of Holders  received  by the Trustee in its  capacity  as  Securities
Registrar.  The  Trustee may  destroy  any list  furnished  to it as provided in
Section 7.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

                  (b)  The rights of Holders to  communicate  with other Holders
with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the  Securities,  and
the corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee,  shall be as provided in
the Trust Indenture Act.

                  (c)  Every Holder of Securities,  by receiving and holding the
same,  agrees with the Company and the Trustee  that neither the Company nor the
Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held  accountable  by reason of
the  disclosure of information as to the names and addresses of the Holders made
pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.

         SECTION 7.03.  Reports by Trustee.  (a) The Trustee  shall  transmit to
Holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture
as may be required  pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act, at the times and in the
manner provided pursuant thereto.

                  (b)  Reports so required to be transmitted at stated intervals
of not more than 12 months shall be  transmitted no later than the last calendar
day in February of each calendar year,  commencing with the last calendar day in
February of the year following the Original Issue Date.



                                      -64-
<PAGE>

                  (c)  A copy of each  such  report  shall,  at the time of such
transmission to Holders,  be filed by the Trustee with each securities  exchange
upon which the Securities are listed and also with the  Commission.  The Company
will notify the Trustee  whenever the  Securities  are listed on any  securities
exchange.

         SECTION  7.04.  Reports by  Company.  The  Company  shall file with the
Trustee and with the  Commission,  and  transmit to Holders,  such  information,
documents and other  reports,  and such  summaries  thereof,  as may be required
pursuant to the Trust  Indenture Act at the times and in the manner  provided in
the Trust  Indenture  Act;  provided  that any such  information,  documents  or
reports  required  to be filed  with the  Commission  pursuant  to Section 13 or
Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall be filed
with the Trustee  within 15 days after the same is required to be filed with the
Commission.  Notwithstanding  that the  Company  may not be  required  to remain
subject to the reporting  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  the Company  shall  continue to file with the
Commission and provide the Trustee with the annual reports and the  information,
documents  and other  reports that are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  The Company also shall comply with
the other  provisions of Trust  Indenture Act Section  314(a).  Delivery of such
reports,  information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes
only, and the Trustee's receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice
of any information  contained therein or determinable from information contained
therein,  including the Company's compliance with any of its covenants hereunder
(as  to  which  the  Trustee  is  entitled  to  rely  exclusively  on  Officers'
Certificates).


                                  ARTICLE VIII

              Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease

         SECTION  8.01.  Company  May  Consolidate  Only on Certain  Terms.  The
Company  shall not  consolidate  with or merge with or into any other  Person or
convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety
to any Person,  and no Person shall  consolidate  with or merge with or into the
Company or convey,  transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as
an entirety to the Company, unless:

                  (1)  in case the Company shall  consolidate with or merge with
         or into another Person or convey,  transfer or lease its properties and
         assets  substantially  as an entirety to any  Person,  the  corporation
         formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the
         Person that  acquires by conveyance  or transfer,  or that leases,  the
         properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety shall
         be a corporation, partnership or trust



                                      -65-
<PAGE>

         organized  and existing  under the laws of the United States of America
         or any State or the District of Columbia,  and shall expressly  assume,
         by an indenture  supplemental  hereto,  executed  and  delivered to the
         Trustee,  in form  satisfactory  to the  Trustee,  the due and punctual
         payment of the  principal of and  interest  (including  any  Additional
         Interest) on all the Securities  and the  performance of every covenant
         and every obligation of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be
         performed or observed;

                  (2)  immediately after giving effect to such  transaction,  no
         Event of Default,  and no event that, after notice or lapse of time, or
         both,  would  become an Event of Default,  shall have  occurred  and be
         continuing;

                  (3)  if at  such  time  Securities  of a  series  issued  to a
         Guaranty Capital Trust are  Outstanding,  such  consolidation,  merger,
         conveyance,  transfer or lease is  permitted  under the  related  Trust
         Agreement and Company Guarantee and does not give rise to any breach or
         violation of the related Trust Agreement or Company Guarantee; and

                  (4)  the Company  has  delivered  to the Trustee an  Officers'
         Certificate   and  an  Opinion  of  Counsel   each  stating  that  such
         consolidation,  merger,  conveyance,  transfer  or  lease  and any such
         supplemental   indenture  complies  with  this  Article  and  that  all
         conditions  precedent  herein provided for relating to such transaction
         have been complied with; and the Trustee,  subject to Section 6.01, may
         rely  upon  such  Officers'  Certificate  and  Opinion  of  Counsel  as
         conclusive  evidence that such  transaction  complies with this Section
         8.01.

         SECTION 8.02. Successor Company Substituted.  Upon any consolidation or
merger by the Company with or into any other Person, or any conveyance, transfer
or lease  by the  Company  of its  properties  and  assets  substantially  as an
entirety  to  any  Person  in  accordance   with  Section  8.01,  the  successor
corporation  formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or
to which such  conveyance,  transfer  or lease is made shall  succeed to, and be
substituted  for, and may exercise  every right and power of, the Company  under
this Indenture  with the same effect as if such successor  Person had been named
as the  Company  herein;  and in the event of any such  conveyance,  transfer or
lease the Company shall be discharged  from all  obligations and covenants under
the Indenture and the Securities and may be dissolved and liquidated.

         Such successor  Person may cause to be signed,  and may issue either in
its  own  name  or in the  name  of the  Company,  any or all of the  Securities
issuable  hereunder that  theretofore  shall not have been signed by the Company
and  delivered  to the Trustee;  and,  upon the order of such  successor  Person
instead of the Company and subject to all the terms,  conditions and limitations



                                      -66-
<PAGE>

in this  Indenture  prescribed,  the Trustee shall  authenticate  and shall make
available for delivery any Securities that previously shall have been signed and
delivered  by the  officers of the  Company to the  Trustee  for  authentication
pursuant  to such  provisions  and any  Securities  that such  successor  Person
thereafter  shall cause to be signed and  delivered to the Trustee on its behalf
for the purpose pursuant to such provisions.  All the Securities so issued shall
in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the
Securities theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture  as though all of such  Securities  had been issued at the date of the
execution hereof.

         In case of any such consolidation,  merger, sale,  conveyance or lease,
such changes in phraseology and form may be made in the Securities thereafter to
be issued as may be appropriate.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                             Supplemental Indentures

         SECTION  9.01.  Supplemental  Indentures  without  Consent of  Holders.
Without the consent of any Holders,  the  Company,  when  authorized  by a Board
Resolution,  and the Trustee,  at any time and from time to time, may enter into
one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form satisfactory to the Trustee,
for any of the following:

                  (1)  to  evidence  the  succession  of  another  Person to the
         Company,  and the  assumption by any such successor of the covenants of
         the Company herein and in the Securities contained;

                  (2)  to  convey,  transfer,  assign,  mortgage  or pledge  any
         property  to or with the  Trustee  or to  surrender  any right or power
         herein conferred upon the Company;

                  (3)  to  establish  the  form or terms  of  Securities  of any
         series as permitted by Sections 2.01 or 3.01;

                  (4)  to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of
         the Holders of all or any series of Securities  (and if such  covenants
         are to be for the  benefit  of less  than  all  series  of  Securities,
         stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the
         benefit  of such  series)  or to  surrender  any right or power  herein
         conferred upon the Company;

                  (5)  to add any additional Events of Default;

                  (6)  to  change or  eliminate  any of the  provisions  of this
         Indenture;  provided  that any such  change  or  elimination  (a) shall
         become  effective  only when there is no  Security



                                      -67-
<PAGE>

         Outstanding  of any  series  created  prior  to the  execution  of such
         supplemental  indenture  that  is  entitled  to  the  benefit  of  such
         provision or (b) shall not apply to any Outstanding Securities;

                  (7)  to cure any  ambiguity,  to  correct  or  supplement  any
         provision  herein  that may be  inconsistent  with any other  provision
         herein,  or to make any other  provisions  with  respect  to matters or
         questions  arising  under this  Indenture;  provided  that such  action
         pursuant to this clause (7) shall not materially  adversely  affect the
         interest of (a) the Holders of  Securities of any series or, (b) in the
         case of the  Securities of a series issued to a Guaranty  Capital Trust
         and  for  so  long  as  any  of the  corresponding  series  of  Capital
         Securities  shall  remain  outstanding,  the  holders  of such  Capital
         Securities;

                  (8)  to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment
         hereunder by a Successor  Trustee with respect to the Securities of one
         or more  series and to add to or change any of the  provisions  of this
         Indenture  as shall be  necessary  to  provide  for or  facilitate  the
         administration  of the  trusts  hereunder  by more  than  one  Trustee,
         pursuant to the requirements of Section 6.11(b); or

                  (9)  to comply  with the  requirements  of the  Commission  in
         order to effect or maintain the  qualification  of this Indenture under
         the Trust Indenture Act.

         SECTION 9.02. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders. With the
consent of the  Holders of not less than a majority in  principal  amount of the
Outstanding  Securities of each series affected by such supplemental  indenture,
by Act of such Holders  delivered  to the Company and the Trustee,  the Company,
when  authorized  by a Board  Resolution,  and the  Trustee  may  enter  into an
indenture  or  indentures  supplemental  hereto  for the  purpose  of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating  any of the provisions of
this  Indenture  or of  modifying  in any manner  the  rights of the  Holders of
Securities of such series under this Indenture;  provided, however, that no such
supplemental  indenture  shall,  without  the  consent  of the  Holder  of  each
Outstanding Security affected thereby,

                  (1)  except to the  extent  permitted  by  Section  3.12 or as
         otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 with respect to the
         extension  of the  interest  payment  period of the  Securities  of any
         series,  change  the  Stated  Maturity  of  the  principal  of,  or any
         installment of interest  (including  any  Additional  Interest) on, any
         Security,  or  reduce  the  principal  amount  thereof  or the  rate of
         interest  thereon,  or reduce  the  amount of  principal  of a Discount
         Security  that  would  be  due  and  payable  upon  a  declaration   of
         acceleration  of the  Maturity  thereof  pursuant to Section  5.02,  or
         change the place of payment  where,  or the coin or  currency in



                                      -68-
<PAGE>

         which, any Security or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right
         to institute  suit for the  enforcement of any such payment on or after
         the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after
         the date fixed for redemption thereof);

                  (2)  reduce  the   percentage  in  principal   amount  of  the
         Outstanding  Securities of any series,  the consent of whose Holders is
         required for any such supplemental  indenture,  or the consent of whose
         Holders  is  required  for  any  waiver  (of  compliance  with  certain
         provisions of this  Indenture or certain  defaults  hereunder and their
         consequences) provided for in this Indenture;

                  (3)  modify any of the  provisions  of this  Section,  Section
         5.13 or Section  10.05,  except to increase any such  percentage  or to
         provide that  certain  other  provisions  of this  Indenture  cannot be
         modified or waived  without the consent of the Holder of each  Security
         affected thereby; or

                  (4)  modify the  provisions in Article XIII of this  Indenture
         with respect to the  subordination  of  outstanding  Securities  of any
         series in a manner adverse to the Holders thereof;

provided  that,  in the case of the  Securities of a series issued to a Guaranty
Capital Trust, so long as any of the corresponding  series of Capital Securities
remain  outstanding,  no such amendment shall be made that adversely affects the
holders of such Capital  Securities in any material respect,  and no termination
of this  Indenture  shall  occur,  and no  waiver  of any  Event of  Default  or
compliance  with any covenant under this Indenture  shall be effective,  without
the  prior  consent  of the  holders  of at least a  majority  of the  aggregate
Liquidation  Amount of such Capital Securities then outstanding unless and until
the principal of the  Securities of such series and all accrued and,  subject to
Section 3.08, unpaid interest  (including any Additional  Interest) thereon have
been  paid in  full;  and  provided  further,  however,  that in the case of the
securities of a series issued to a Guaranty Capital Trust, so long as any of the
corresponding  series of Capital  Securities  remain  outstanding,  no amendment
shall be made to Section 5.08 of this  Indenture that would impair the rights of
the holders of such Capital Securities provided herein without the prior consent
of the holders of each Capital  Security then  outstanding  unless and until the
principal  of the  Securities  of such series and all  accrued  and  (subject to
Section 3.08) unpaid interest  (including any Additional  Interest) thereon have
been paid in full.

         The Company may,  but shall not be obligated  to, fix a record date for
the  purpose of  determining  the Persons  entitled to consent to any  indenture
supplemental hereto. If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date,
or their duly designated  Proxies,  and only such Persons,  shall be entitled to



                                      -69-
<PAGE>

consent  to such  supplemental  indenture,  whether or not such  Holders  remain
Holders  after such record date;  provided,  that unless such consent shall have
become  effective by virtue of the  requisite  percentage  having been  obtained
prior to the date that is 90 days  after  such  record  date,  any such  consent
previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be
canceled and of no further effect.

         A  supplemental  indenture  that changes or eliminates  any covenant or
other  provision of this Indenture  that has expressly been included  solely for
the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or that modifies the
rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant
or other  provision,  shall be  deemed  not to  affect  the  rights  under  this
Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series.

         It shall not be necessary  for any Act of Holders under this Section to
approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall
be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

         SECTION 9.03.  Execution of  Supplemental  Indentures.  In executing or
accepting the additional trusts created by any supplemental  indenture permitted
by this  Article or the  modifications  thereby  of the  trusts  created by this
Indenture,  the Trustee  shall be entitled to receive,  and  (subject to Section
6.01) shall be fully  protected  in  conclusively  relying  upon,  an  Officer's
Certificate  and an  Opinion  of  Counsel  stating  that the  execution  of such
supplemental  indenture is authorized or permitted by this  Indenture,  and that
all conditions precedent have been complied with. The Trustee may, but shall not
be obligated  to, enter into any such  supplemental  indenture  that affects the
Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, or
that may subject it to liability or be contrary to applicable law.

         SECTION 9.04. Effect of Supplemental Indentures.  Upon the execution of
any supplemental  indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified
in accordance  therewith,  and such supplemental  indenture shall form a part of
this Indenture for all purposes;  and every Holder of Securities  theretofore or
thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

         SECTION 9.05.  Conformity  with Trust  Indenture  Act. No  supplemental
indenture  will be qualified  or executed  pursuant to the Trust  Indenture  Act
unless this Indenture is so qualified,  or in connection with Capital Securities
that are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  upon
the effectiveness of a registration  statement.  Every supplemental indenture so
qualified or executed shall conform to the  requirements  of the Trust Indenture
Act as then in effect.



                                      -70-
<PAGE>

         SECTION  9.06.  Reference in  Securities  to  Supplemental  Indentures.
Securities  authenticated  and delivered after the execution of any supplemental
indenture  pursuant to this  Article  may, and shall if required by the Company,
bear a notation in form approved by the Company as to any matter provided for in
such supplemental indenture.  If the Company shall so determine,  new Securities
of any series so modified as to conform,  in the opinion of the Company,  to any
such  supplemental  indenture  may be prepared  and  executed by the Company and
authenticated   and  delivered  by  the  Trustee  in  exchange  for  Outstanding
Securities of such Series.


                                    ARTICLE X

                                    Covenants

         SECTION 10.01. Payment of Principal and Interest. The Company covenants
and agrees for the  benefit of each series of  Securities  that it will duly and
punctually pay the principal of and interest on the Securities of that series in
accordance with the terms of such Securities and this Indenture.

         SECTION  10.02.  Maintenance  of Office or  Agency.  The  Company  will
maintain  in each Place of Payment  for any  series,  an office or agency  where
Securities  of that series may be  presented or  surrendered  for payment and an
office or agency where  Securities may be  surrendered  for transfer or exchange
and where notices and demand to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities
and this Indenture may be served.  The Company  initially  appoints the Trustee,
acting through its Corporate Trust Office,  as its agent for such purposes.  The
Company  will give  prompt  written  notice to the  Trustee of any change in the
location of any such office or agency.  If at any time the Company shall fail to
maintain  such office or agency or shall fall to furnish  the  Trustee  with the
address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made
or served at the Corporate  Trust Office of the Trustee,  and the Company hereby
appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders,
notices and demands.

         The  Company  may also from time to time  designate  one or more  other
offices or agencies where the Securities may be presented or surrendered for any
or all of such  purposes,  and may from time to time rescind such  designations;
provided,  however,  that no such  designation or rescission shall in any manner
relieve  the Company of its  obligation  to maintain an office or agency in each
Place of Payment for  Securities  of any series for such  purposes.  The Company
will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such  designation  and any
change in the location of any such office or agency.

         SECTION 10.03.  Money for Security Payments to be Held in Trust. If the
Company shall at any time act as its own Paying



                                      -71-
<PAGE>

Agent with respect to any series of  Securities,  it will, on or before each due
date of the  principal of or interest on any of the  Securities  of such series,
segregate  and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons  entitled  thereto a
sum  sufficient to pay the principal or interest so becoming due until such sums
shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise  disposed of as herein provided,  and
will promptly notify the Trustee of its failure so to act.

         Whenever  the Company  shall have one or more Paying  Agents,  it will,
prior to 10:00 a.m. Richmond, Virginia time on each due date of the principal of
or interest on any  Securities,  deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to
pay the  principal or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for
the benefit of the Persons  entitled to such principal or interest,  and (unless
such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will  promptly  notify the Trustee
of its failure so to act.

         The  Company  will cause each  Paying  Agent  other than the Trustee to
execute and make  available  for delivery to the Trustee an  instrument in which
such Paying Agent shall agree with the  Trustee,  subject to the  provisions  of
this Section, that such Paying Agent will:

                  (1)  hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal
         of or  interest on  Securities  in trust for the benefit of the Persons
         entitled  thereto  until  such sums  shall be paid to such  Persons  or
         otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

                  (2)  give the Trustee  written  notice of any  default  by the
         Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities) in the making of any
         payment of principal or interest;

                  (3)  at any time during the  continuance  of any such default,
         upon the written  request of the Trustee,  forthwith pay to the Trustee
         all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent; and

                  (4)  comply with the  provisions  of the Trust  Indenture  Act
         applicable to it as a Paying Agent.

         The  Company  may at  any  time,  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  the
satisfaction  and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose,  pay, or
by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in
trust by the Company or such Paying  Agent,  such sums to be held by the Trustee
upon the same  trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the  Company or
such Paying Agent;  and, upon such payment by the Company or any Paying Agent to
the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with
respect to such money.

         Any money  deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held
by the Company,  in trust for the payment of the



                                      -72-
<PAGE>

principal of or interest on any Security and  remaining  unclaimed for two years
after such  principal  or  interest  has become due and  payable  shall  (unless
otherwise required by mandatory  provision of applicable escheat or abandoned or
unclaimed  property law) be paid on Company Request to the Company,  or (if then
held by the Company) shall (unless otherwise required by mandatory  provision of
applicable  escheat or abandoned or unclaimed  property law) be discharged  from
such trust;  and the Holder of such Security shall  thereafter,  as an unsecured
general  creditor,  look  only  to the  Company  for  payment  thereof,  and all
liability  of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money,
and all  liability of the Company as trustee  thereof,  shall  thereupon  cease;
provided,  however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required
to make  any such  repayment,  may at the  expense  of the  Company  cause to be
published once, in a newspaper  published in the English  language,  customarily
published  on each  Business  Day and of general  circulation  in the Borough of
Manhattan,  the City of New York,  notice that such money remains  unclaimed and
that, after a date specified  therein,  that shall not be less than 30 days from
the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining
will be repaid to the Company.

         SECTION 10.04. Statement as to Compliance. The Company shall deliver to
the Trustee,  within 120 days after the end of such calendar year of the Company
commencing  after  the  date  hereof,  an  Officers'   Certificate  executed  by
authorized  officers  at least  one of whom  shall be the  principal  executive,
financial or accounting  officer of the Company covering the preceding  calendar
year,  stating  whether or not to the best knowledge of the signers  thereof the
Company  is in default  in the  performance,  observance  or  fulfillment  of or
compliance with any of the material terms,  provisions  covenants and conditions
of this Indenture,  and if the Company shall be in such default,  specifying all
such  defaults  and the  nature  and  status  thereof  of  which  they  may have
knowledge. For the purpose of this Section 10.04, compliance shall be determined
without  regard  to any  grace  period  (other  than  an  Extension  Period)  or
requirement of notice provided pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

         SECTION 10.05. Waiver of Certain Covenants. The Company may omit in any
particular  instance to comply with any  covenant or  condition  as specified as
contemplated  by Section 3.01 with respect to the  Securities of any series,  if
before or after the time for such  compliance the Holders of at least a majority
in principal  amount of the outstanding  Securities of such series shall, by Act
of such  Holders,  either waive such  compliance  in such  instance or generally
waive  compliance  with such  covenant or  condition,  but no such waiver  shall
extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly
waived,  and, until such waiver shall become  effective,  the obligations of the
Company in respect of any such covenant or condition  shall remain in full force
and effect.



                                      -73-
<PAGE>

         SECTION  10.06.  Payment of the Trusts' Costs and  Expenses.  Since the
Guaranty  Capital Trusts are being formed solely to facilitate the investment in
the Securities, the Company, as borrower on the Securities,  hereby covenants to
pay all  debts and  obligations  (other  than with  respect  to the  payment  of
principal  and interest on the Trust  Securities)  and all costs and expenses of
such Trusts  (including,  but not limited to, all costs and expenses relating to
the  organization of such Trusts,  the fees and expenses of the Trustees and all
costs and expenses  relating to the operation of such Trusts) and to pay any and
all taxes, duties,  assessments or other governmental charges of whatever nature
(other  than  United  States  withholding  taxes)  imposed on such Trusts by the
United  States,  or any other  taxing  authority  (such  payments  of amounts in
connection  with taxes being herein referred to as "Additional  Sums"),  so that
the net  amounts  received  and  retained  by such  Trusts and their  respective
Property Trustees after paying such expenses or Additional Sums will be equal to
the amounts such Trusts and Property  Trustees  would have  received had no such
costs, expenses or taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges been
incurred by or imposed on such Trusts. The foregoing  obligations of the Company
are for the  benefit  of, and shall be  enforceable  by, any person to whom such
debts, obligations, costs, expenses and taxes are owed (a "Creditor") whether or
not such  Creditor has received  notice  thereof.  Any such Creditor may enforce
such obligations of the Company hereunder directly against the Company,  and the
Company hereby  irrevocably  waives any right or remedy to require that any such
Creditor take any action against any Trust or any other person before proceeding
against the Company.  The Company also agrees hereby to execute such  additional
agreements  as  may be  necessary  or  desirable  to  give  full  effect  to the
foregoing.

         SECTION 10.07.  Additional Covenants.  The Company covenants and agrees
with each Holder of Securities  of a series  issued to a Guaranty  Capital Trust
that it will not (i)  declare  or pay any  dividends  or  distributions  on,  or
redeem,  purchase,  acquire or make a  liquidation  payment with respect to, any
shares of the  Company's  capital  stock (which  includes  common and  preferred
stock), or (ii) make any payment of principal,  interest or premium,  if any, on
or repay,  repurchase or redeem any debt  securities  of the Company  (including
Other  Debentures)  that rank pari  passu  with or  junior  in  interest  to the
Securities of such series or (iii) make any  guarantee  payments with respect to
any guarantee by the Company of debt securities of any subsidiary of the Company
(including  Other  Guarantees) if such guarantee ranks pari passu with or junior
in interest to the  Securities  (other than (a)  dividends or  distributions  in
Common Stock of the Company,  (b) any  declaration  of a dividend in  connection
with the implementation of a stockholders' rights plan, or the issuance of stock
under any such plan in the future,  or the  redemption or repurchase of any such
rights pursuant thereto, (c) payments under the Company Guarantee, (d) purchases
or acquisitions  of shares of the Company's  Common Stock in connection with the
satisfaction by the Company of its obligations  under any employee



                                      -74-
<PAGE>

benefit  plan or other  contractual  obligation  of the  Company  (other  than a
contractual  obligation  ranking  pari passu with or junior in interest to these
Securities),  (e) as a result of a  reclassification  of the  Company's  capital
Stock or the  exchange  or  conversion  of one class or series of the  Company's
capital stock for another class or series of the Company's  capital stock or (f)
the purchase of fractional  interests in shares of the  Company's  capital stock
pursuant to the  conversion or exchange  provisions of such capital stock or the
security  being  converted or  exchanged),  if at such time (i) there shall have
occurred an Event of Default,  (ii) the Company shall be in default with respect
to its payment of any obligations  under the related Company  Guarantee or (iii)
the Company shall have given notice of its election to begin an Extension Period
as provided  herein and shall not have rescinded such notice,  or such Extension
Period, or any extension thereof, shall be continuing.

         The Company also  covenants  with each Holder of Securities of a series
issued to a Guaranty  Capital  Trust (i) to  maintain  directly,  or  indirectly
through a wholly owned  Subsidiary,  100% ownership of the Common  Securities of
such Guaranty Capital Trust; provided,  however, that any permitted successor of
the Company  hereunder  may succeed to the  Company's  ownership  of such Common
Securities,  (ii)  not to  voluntarily  terminate,  wind-up  or  liquidate  such
Guaranty  Capital Trust,  except (a) in connection  with a  distribution  of the
Securities of such series to the holders of Capital Securities in liquidation of
such  Guaranty  Capital  Trust  or  (b)  in  connection  with  certain  mergers,
consolidations  or  amalgamations  permitted by the related Trust  Agreement and
(iii)  to use its  reasonable  best  efforts,  consistent  with  the  terms  and
provisions of such Trust  Agreement,  (x) not to adversely  affect such Guaranty
Capital  Trust's  status as a grantor  trust and (y) not to cause such  Guaranty
Capital Trust to be classified as an  association  taxable as a corporation  for
United States Federal income tax purposes.

         SECTION  10.08.  Information  Returns.  For each year during  which any
Securities are outstanding,  the Company shall furnish to each Paying Agent on a
timely  basis such  information  as may be  reasonably  requested by each Paying
Agent in order that such Paying  Agent may prepare  the  information  that it is
required  to report for such year on  Internal  Revenue  Service  Forms 1096 and
1099. Such information  shall include the amount of original issue discount,  if
any, includible in income for each $1,000 of principal amount at Stated Maturity
of outstanding Securities during such year.

         SECTION 10.09.  Statement by Officers as to Default.  The Company shall
deliver to the Trustee,  within five days after the Company becomes aware of the
occurrence of any Event of Default,  an Officers'  Certificate setting forth the
details of such Event of Default  and the action  that the  Company  proposes to
take with respect thereto, if known at such time.



                                      -75-
<PAGE>

         SECTION  10.10  Delivery  of  Certain  Information.   If  specified  as
contemplated by Section 3.01 with respect to a series of Securities, at any time
when the  Company  is not  subject  to  Section  13 or  15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended,  upon the request of a Holder of a Security,
the Company will promptly furnish or cause to be furnished Rule 144A Information
(as  defined  below)  to  such  Holder,  to a  prospective  purchaser  who  is a
"qualified  institutional  buyer",  within  the  meaning  of Rule 144A under the
Securities  Act, of such  Security  designated by such Holder in order to permit
compliance by such Holder with Rule 144A in  connection  with the resale of such
Security by such Holder;  provided,  however, that unless otherwise specified as
contemplated  by Section 3.01, the Company shall not be required to furnish such
information in connection with any request made on or after the date that is two
years from the later of (i) the date such Security (or any predecessor Security)
was acquired from the Company or (ii) the date such Security (or any predecessor
Security)  was last  acquired  from an  "affiliate"  of the  Company  within the
meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. "Rule 144A  Information"  shall be
such  information  as  is  specified  pursuant  to  Rule  144A(d)(4)  under  the
Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                     Redemption or Prepayment of Securities

         SECTION 11.01. Applicability of This Article.  Redemption of Securities
(whether by operation of a sinking fund or  otherwise)  as permitted or required
by any form of  Security  issued  pursuant  to this  Indenture  shall be made in
accordance with such form of Security and this Article; provided,  however, that
if any provision of any such form of security  shall conflict with any provision
of this Article, the provision of such form of Security shall govern.

         SECTION 11.02.  Election To Redeem:  Notice to Trustee. The election of
the  Company to redeem any  Securities  shall be  evidenced  by or pursuant to a
Board  Resolution.  In case of any  redemption at the election of the Company of
any Securities of any particular  series and having the same terms,  the Company
shall,  not less  than 30 nor more  than 60 days  prior  to the date  fixed  for
redemption  (unless a shorter  notice  shall be  satisfactory  to the  Trustee),
notify the  Trustee  and,  in the case of  Securities  held by or on behalf of a
Guaranty  Capital Trust,  the Property Trustee of such date and of the principal
amount  of  Securities  of  that  series  to be  redeemed.  In the  case  of any
redemption of Securities  prior to the  expiration  of any  restriction  on such
redemption  provided in the terms of such Securities,  the Company shall furnish
the Trustee with an Officers'  Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel  evidencing
compliance with such restriction. Any such notice given to the



                                      -76-
<PAGE>

Trustee  hereunder  shall  include the  information  required  by Section  11.04
hereof.

         SECTION 11.03. Selection of Securities to be Redeemed. If less than all
the  Securities of any series are to be redeemed  (unless all the  Securities of
such  series  and  of a  specified  tenor  are to be  redeemed  or  unless  such
redemption  affects only a single  Security all as  designated to the Trustee by
the Company),  the  particular  Securities to be redeemed  shall be selected not
more  than  60 days  prior  to the  Redemption  Date by the  Trustee,  from  the
Outstanding  Securities of such series not previously called for redemption,  by
such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and  appropriate and that may provide
for the  selection for  redemption  of a portion of the principal  amount of any
Security of such series;  provided that the unredeemed  portion of the principal
amount of any Security shall be in an authorized  denomination  (which shall not
be less than the minimum  authorized  denomination)  for such Security.  If less
than all the  Securities  of such  series  and of a  specified  tenor  are to be
redeemed (unless such redemption affects only a single Security), the particular
Securities  to be redeemed  shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the
Redemption Date by the Trustee,  from the Outstanding  Securities of such series
and specified tenor not previously  called for redemption in accordance with the
preceding sentence.

         The  Trustee  shall  promptly  notify  the  Company  in  writing of the
Securities  selected for partial  redemption and the principal amount thereof to
be redeemed.  For all purposes of this Indenture,  unless the context  otherwise
requires,  all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate,
in the case of any  Security  redeemed  or to be redeemed  only in part,  to the
portion  of the  principal  amount  of such  Security  that has been or is to be
redeemed.  If the Company shall so direct,  Securities registered in the name of
the Company,  any Affiliate or any  Subsidiary  thereof shall not be included in
the Securities selected for redemption.

         SECTION 11.04.  Notice of Redemption.  Notice of redemption (other than
at the Stated  Maturity) shall be given by first-class  mail,  postage  prepaid,
mailed not later than the thirtieth  day, and not earlier than the sixtieth day,
prior to the date  fixed for  redemption,  to each  Holder of  Securities  to be
redeemed,  at the  address  of  such  Holder  as it  appears  in the  Securities
Register.

         With respect to Securities  of each series to be redeemed,  each notice
of redemption shall state:

                  (a)  the Redemption Date for Securities of such series;

                  (b)  the Redemption  Price or, if the Redemption  Price cannot
         be calculated  prior to the time the notice is required to be sent, the
         estimate of the Redemption  Price



                                      -77-
<PAGE>

         provided  pursuant to this Indenture  together with a statement that it
         is an estimate and that the actual  Redemption Price will be calculated
         on the  third  Business  Day prior to the  Redemption  Date (if such an
         estimate of the Redemption Price is given, a subsequent notice shall be
         given as set forth above setting forth the  Redemption  Price  promptly
         following the calculation thereof);

                  (c)  if  less  than  all   Outstanding   Securities   of  such
         particular  series and having  the same terms are to be  redeemed,  the
         identification (and, in the case of partial redemption,  the respective
         principal amounts) of the particular Securities to be redeemed;

                  (d)  that on the date fixed  for  redemption,  the  redemption
         price at which such  Securities  are to be redeemed will become due and
         payable upon each such Security or portion  thereof,  and that interest
         thereon, if any, shall cease to accrue on and after such date;

                  (e)  the  place or  places  where  such  Securities  are to be
         surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price;

                  (f)  that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the
         case;

                  (g)  such other  provisions  as may be  required in respect of
         the terms of a particular series of Securities; and

                  (h)  the CUSIP number if any.

         Notice of  redemption  of  Securities to be redeemed at the election of
the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company's  request,  by the
Trustee  in the  name  and at  the  expense  of the  Company  and  shall  not be
irrevocable.  The  notice if  mailed  in the  manner  herein  provided  shall be
conclusively  presumed  to have  been  duly  given,  whether  or not the  Holder
receives such notice.  In any case, a failure to give such notice by mail or any
defect in the notice to the Holder of any Security  designated for redemption as
a whole or in part shall not  affect the  validity  of the  proceedings  for the
redemption of any other Security.

         SECTION  11.05.  Deposit  of  Redemption  Price.  Prior to  10:00  a.m.
Richmond,  Virginia  time on the  Redemption  Date  specified  in the  notice of
redemption given as provided in Section 11.04, the Company will deposit with the
Trustee  or with one or more  Paying  Agents an amount  of money  sufficient  to
redeem on the Redemption Date all the Securities so called for redemption at the
applicable Redemption Price.

         SECTION  11.06.  Payment of Securities  Called for  Redemption.  If any
notice of redemption has been given as provided in



                                      -78-
<PAGE>

Section  11.04,  the  Securities or portion of Securities  with respect to which
such notice has been given  shall  become due and payable on the date and at the
place or places stated in such notice at the  applicable  Redemption  Price.  On
presentation  and  surrender  of such  Securities  at a place of payment in such
notice  specified,  such Securities or the specified  portions  thereof shall be
paid and redeemed by the Company at the applicable Redemption Price.

         Upon  presentation  of any Security  redeemed in part only, the Company
shall  execute  and the  Trustee  shall  authenticate  and deliver to the Holder
thereof,  at the expense of the Company,  a new Security or  Securities  of that
same series, of authorized denominations, in aggregate principal amount equal to
the unredeemed portion of the Security so presented and having the same Original
Issue Date, Stated Maturity and terms. If the Global Security is so surrendered,
such new Security will (subject to Section 3.06) also be a new Global Security.

         If any  Security  called  for  redemption  shall  not be so  paid  upon
surrender  thereof for redemption,  the principal of such Security shall,  until
paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed  therefor in
the Security.

         SECTION  11.07.   Company's  Right  of  Redemption.   Unless  otherwise
specified as  contemplated  by Section 3.01 with respect to the  Securities of a
particular series and notwithstanding any additional  redemption rights that may
be so specified, the Company, at its option, may redeem the Securities,  subject
to the Company having  received  prior  approval of the Federal  Reserve if then
required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve,
(i) on or after the date specified in such  Securities,  in whole at any time or
in  part  from  time to  time,  or (ii)  upon  the  occurrence  and  during  the
continuation of a Tax Event, an Investment  Company Event or a Capital Treatment
Event,  at any time  within 90 days  following  the  occurrence  and  during the
continuation of such Tax Event,  Investment  Company Event or Capital  Treatment
Event, in whole (but not in part), in each case at a Redemption  Price specified
in  such  Securities,  together  with  accrued  interest  (including  Additional
Interest) to the Redemption Date.

         If less than all the  Securities of any such series are to be redeemed,
the aggregate  principal amount of such Securities  remaining  Outstanding after
giving effect to such  redemption  shall be sufficient to satisfy any provisions
of the Trust  Agreement  related  to the  Guaranty  Capital  Trust to which such
Securities were issued.



                                      -79-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XII

                                  Sinking Funds

         SECTION 12.01. Applicability of Article. The provisions of this Article
shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the  retirement of Securities of any
series except as otherwise  specified as  contemplated  by Section 3.01 for such
Securities.

         The minimum  amount of any sinking  fund  payment  provided  for by the
terms of any  Securities  of any series is herein  referred  to as a  "mandatory
sinking  fund  payment",  and any sinking fund payment in excess of such minimum
amount  that is  permitted  to be made by the  terms of such  Securities  of any
series is herein referred to as an "optional sinking fund payment".  If provided
for by the terms of any Securities of any series, the case amount of any sinking
fund  payment may be subject to  reduction  as provided in Section  13.02.  Each
sinking fund payment shall be applied to the  redemption  (or purchase by tender
or  otherwise)  of Securities of any series as provided for by the terms of such
Securities.

         SECTION 12.02.  Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with  Securities.
In lieu of making  all or any part of a  mandatory  sinking  fund  payment  with
respect to any Securities of a series in cash, the Company may at its option, at
any time no more  than 16 months  and no less than 45 days  prior to the date on
which such  sinking fund payment is due,  deliver to the Trustee  Securities  of
such series (together with the unmatured Coupons, if any,  appertaining thereto)
theretofore purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company, except Securities of
such series that have been  redeemed  through the  application  of  mandatory or
optional  sinking fund payments  pursuant to the terms of the Securities of such
series,  accompanied by a Company Order  instructing  the Trustee to credit such
obligations  and stating  that the  Securities  of such  series were  originally
issued by the Company by way of bona fide sale or other  negotiation  for value;
provided  that the  Securities  to be so credited  have not been  previously  so
credited.  The  Securities to be so credited  shall be received and credited for
such  purpose by the Trustee at the  redemption  price for such  Securities,  as
specified in the Securities so to be redeemed,  for redemption through operation
of the  sinking  fund,  and the amount of such  sinking  fund  payment  shall be
reduced accordingly.

         SECTION 12.03.  Redemption of Securities Sinking Fund. Not less than 45
days prior to each sinking fund payment date for any series of  securities,  the
Company  will  deliver to the Trustee an Officers'  Certificate  specifying  the
amount of the next ensuing sinking fund payment for such Securities  pursuant to
the  terms  of such  Securities,  the  portion  thereof,  if any,  that is to be
satisfied  by payment of cash in the  currency in which the  Securities  of such
series are payable (except as provided pursuant to Section 3.01) and the portion
thereof, if any, that



                                      -80-
<PAGE>

is to be satisfied by delivering  and crediting  Securities  pursuant to Section
13.02 and will also deliver to the Trustee any  Securities  to be so  delivered.
Such Certificate shall be irrevocable and upon its delivery the Company shall be
obligated to make the cash payment or payments  therein  referred to, if any, on
or before the  succeeding  sinking fund payment date. In the case of the failure
of the Company to deliver such  Certificate  (or, as required by this Indenture,
the Securities and coupons,  if any,  specified in such  Certificate) by the due
date  therefor,  the sinking  fund  payment due on the  succeeding  sinking fund
payment  date  for  such  series  shall be paid  entirely  in cash and  shall be
sufficient  to redeem the  principal  amount of the  Securities  of such  series
subject to a  mandatory  sinking  fund  payment  without the right to deliver or
credit securities as provided in Section 13.02 and without the right to make the
optional sinking fund payment with respect to such series at such time.

         Any sinking fund payment or payments  (mandatory  or optional)  made in
cash plus any unused  balance of any  preceding  sinking fund payments made with
respect  to the  Securities  of any  particular  series  shall be applied by the
Trustee (or by the Company if the Company is acting as its own Paying  Agent) on
the sinking fund payment date on which such payment is made (or, if such payment
is made before a sinking  fund  payment  date,  on the sinking fund payment date
immediately  following the date of such payment) to the redemption of Securities
of such series at the redemption price specified in such Securities with respect
to the sinking fund.  Any sinking fund moneys not so applied or allocated by the
Trustee (or by the Company if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent), in
which case such  moneys  shall be  segregated  and held in trust as  provided in
Section 10.03) for such series and together with such payment (or such amount so
segregated)  shall be applied in accordance  with the provisions of this Section
12.03.  Any and all sinking  fund moneys with respect to the  Securities  of any
particular  series  held by the  Trustee (or if the Company is acting as its own
Paying Agent,  segregated and held in trust as provided in Section 10.03) on the
last sinking fund payment date with respect to Securities of such series and not
held for the payment or redemption of particular Securities of such series shall
be applied by the Trustee (or by the Company if the Company is acting as its own
Paying  Agent),  together with other moneys,  if necessary,  to be deposited (or
segregated)  sufficient for the purpose,  to the payment of the principal of the
Securities of such series at Maturity.  The Trustee shall select the  Securities
to be redeemed  upon such sinking  fund payment date in the manner  specified in
Section 11.03 and cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name
of and at the  expense of the Company in the manner  provided in Section  11.04.
Such notice having been duly given,  the redemption of such Securities  shall be
made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Section 11.06. On or before each
sinking  fund  payment  date,  the Company  shall pay to the Trustee (or, if the
Company is acting as its own Paying Agent,  



                                      -81-
<PAGE>

the Company shall  segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section  10.03) in
cash a sum in the  currency  in which  Securities  of such  series  are  payable
(except as provided  pursuant to Section  3.01) equal to the  principal  and any
interest accrued to the redemption date for Securities or portions thereof to be
redeemed on such sinking fund payment date pursuant to this Section 12.03.

         Neither the Trustee nor the Company  shall redeem any  Securities  of a
series with sinking fund moneys or mail any notice of  redemption  of Securities
of such  series by  operation  of the sinking  fund for such  series  during the
continuance  of a default in payment of interest,  if any, on any  Securities of
such series or of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default occurring
as a  consequence  of this  paragraph)  with respect to the  Securities  of such
series,  except  that if the notice of  redemption  shall have been  provided in
accordance  with the  provisions  hereof,  the  Trustee  (or the  Company if the
Company is then acting as its own Paying Agent) shall redeem such  Securities if
cash  sufficient  for that  purpose  shall be  deposited  with the  Trustee  (or
segregated by the Company) for that purpose in accordance with the terms of this
Article XII. Except as aforesaid, any moneys in the sinking fund for such series
at the time when any such default or Event of Default shall occur and any moneys
thereafter  paid into such sinking fund shall,  during the  continuance  of such
default  or  Event  of  Default,  be held as  security  for the  payment  of the
Securities and coupons, if any, of such series; provided,  however, that in case
such default or Event of Default  shall have been cured or waived  herein,  such
moneys shall thereafter be applied on the next sinking fund payment date for the
Securities  of such series on which such  moneys may be applied  pursuant to the
provisions of this Section 12.03.


                                  ARTICLE XIII

                           Subordination of Securities

         SECTION  13.01.  Securities  Subordinate  to Senior  Debt.  The Company
covenants and agrees, and each Holder of a Security,  by its acceptance thereof,
likewise  covenants and agrees,  that, to the extent and in the manner hereafter
set  forth  in this  Article,  the  payment  of the  principal  of and  interest
(including any Additional Interest) on each and all of the Securities are hereby
expressly made  subordinate  and junior in right of payment to the prior payment
in full of all amounts then due and payable in respect of all Senior Debt.

         SECTION 13.02. Payment Over of Proceeds upon Dissolution.  In the event
of (a) any receivership,  insolvency, liquidation,  bankruptcy,  reorganization,
arrangement,  adjustment,  composition or other judicial  proceeding relative to
the  Company,  its  creditors  or its  property,  (b)  any  proceeding  for  the



                                      -82-
<PAGE>

liquidation,  dissolution,  or other  winding up of the  Company,  voluntary  or
involuntary,  whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings, (c)
any  assignment  by the Company for the  benefit of  creditors  or (d) any other
marshaling  of the  assets of the  Company  (each  such  event,  if any,  herein
sometimes referred to as a "Proceeding"),  then the holders of Senior Debt shall
be entitled to receive payment in full of principal of and interest,  if any, on
such Senior Debt,  or  provision  shall be made for such payment in cash or cash
equivalents or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt,
before  the  Holders of the  Securities  are  entitled  to receive or retain any
payment or distribution of any kind or character,  whether in cash,  property or
securities  (including  any  payment  by  distribution  that may be  payable  or
deliverable by reason of the payment of any other debt of the Company (including
any series of the  Securities)  subordinated  to the payment of the  Securities,
such  payment  or  distribution   being  hereafter  referred  to  as  a  "Junior
Subordinated  Payment"),  on account of principal of or interest  (including any
Additional  Interest) on the  Securities  or on account of the purchase or other
acquisition  of Securities by the Company or any  Subsidiary and to that end the
holders of Senior  Debt shall be entitled to  receive,  for  application  to the
payment thereof,  any payment or distribution of any kind or character,  whether
in cash, property or securities, including any Junior Subordinated Payment, that
may be  payable  or  deliverable  in  respect  of  the  Securities  in any  such
Proceeding.

         In the event that,  notwithstanding  the  foregoing  provisions of this
Section,  the  Trustee or the Holder of any  Security  shall have  received  any
payment  or  distribution  of assets of the  Company  of any kind or  character,
whether in cash,  property  or  securities,  including  any Junior  Subordinated
Payment,  before all Senior Debt is paid in full or payment  thereof is provided
for in cash or cash  equivalents  or otherwise in a manner  satisfactory  to the
holders of Senior Debt, and if such fact shall,  at or prior to the time of such
payment or  distribution,  have been made known to a Responsible  Officer of the
Trustee or, as the case may be, such Holder, then and in such event such payment
or  distribution  shall be paid over or  delivered  forthwith  to the trustee in
bankruptcy,  receiver,  liquidating trustee, custodian, assignee, agent or other
Person making payment or  distribution  of assets of the Company for application
to the payment of all Senior Debt remaining  unpaid,  to the extent necessary to
pay all Senior Debt in full,  after giving effect to any  concurrent  payment or
distribution to or for the holders of Senior Debt.

         For  purposes  of  this  Article  only,   the  words  "any  payment  or
distribution of any kind or character,  whether in cash, property or securities"
shall not be deemed to include  shares of stock of the Company as reorganized or
readjusted,  or securities of the Company or any other corporation  provided for
by a plan or reorganization or readjustment,  in each case, which securities are
subordinated  in  right  of  payment  to all  then  outstanding  Senior  Debt to
substantially  the same extent as, or to a greater



                                      -83-
<PAGE>

extent than, the Securities are so subordinated as provided in this Article. The
consolidation  of the Company with,  or the merger of the Company into,  another
Person or the  liquidation or  dissolution of the Company  following the sale of
all or substantially  all of its properties and assets as an entirety to another
Person or the  liquidation or  dissolution of the Company  following the sale of
all or substantially  all of its properties and assets as an entirety to another
Person  upon the terms and  conditions  set forth in  Article  VIII shall not be
deemed a Proceeding  for the  purposes of this  Section if the Person  formed by
such  consolidation  or into  which the  Company  is merged or the  Person  that
acquires by sale such properties and assets substantially as an entirety, as the
case may be, shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, or sale comply with
the conditions set forth in Article VIII.

         SECTION  13.03.  Prior  Payment  to Senior  Debt Upon  Acceleration  of
Securities. In the event that any Securities are declared due and payable before
their  Stated  Maturity,  then and in such event the  holders of the Senior Debt
outstanding at the time such Securities so become due and payable shall first be
entitled to receive  payment in full of all amounts due on or in respect of such
Senior Debt (including any amounts due upon acceleration), or provision shall be
made for such  payment  in cash or cash  equivalents  or  otherwise  in a manner
satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt, before the Holders of the Securities
will be entitled to receive or retain any payment or distribution of any kind or
character,  whether  in cash,  property  or  securities  (including  any  Junior
Subordinated  Payment) by the Company on account of the principal of or interest
(including  any  Additional  Interest)  on the  Securities  or on account of the
purchase or other  acquisition  of Securities by the Company or any  Subsidiary;
provided,  however,  that nothing in this Section shall prevent the satisfaction
of any sinking fund payment in  accordance  with this  Indenture or as otherwise
specified as  contemplated  by Section 3.01 for the  Securities of any series by
delivering and crediting pursuant to Section 12.02 or as otherwise  specified as
contemplated by Section 3.01 for the Securities of any series of Securities that
have been acquired (upon  redemption or otherwise)  prior to such declaration of
acceleration.

         In the event that,  notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Company shall
make any payment to the Trustee or the Holder of any Security  prohibited by the
foregoing provisions of this Section, and if such fact shall, at or prior to the
time of such  payment,  have been made  known to a  Responsible  Officer  of the
Trustee or, as the case may be, such Holder, then and in such event such payment
shall be paid over and delivered forthwith to the Company.

         The  provisions  of this  Section  shall not apply to any payment  with
respect to which Section 13.02 would be applicable.



                                      -84-
<PAGE>

         SECTION 13.04. No Payment When Senior Debt in Default. (a) In the event
and during the  continuation  of any  default by the  Company in the  payment of
principal of or interest,  if any, on any Senior Debt,  or in the event that any
event of default  with  respect to any Senior  Debt shall have  occurred  and be
continuing  and shall  have  resulted  in such  Senior  Debt  becoming  or being
declared  due and  payable  prior to the date on which it would  otherwise  have
become due and payable,  unless and until such event of default  shall have been
cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist and such  acceleration  shall have
been rescinded or annulled, or (b) in the event any judicial proceeding shall be
pending with respect to any such default in payment or event of default, then no
direct or indirect payment or distribution of any kind or character,  whether in
cash,  property or securities  (including any Junior Subordinated  Payment),  by
set-off  or  otherwise,  shall be made or  agreed to be made by the  Company  on
account of  principal or interest  (including  any  Additional  Interest) on the
Securities or on account of any redemption,  repayment,  retirement, purchase or
other acquisition of any Securities by the Company or any Subsidiary;  provided,
however,  that nothing in this Section  shall  prevent the  satisfaction  of any
sinking fund payment in accordance with this Indenture or as otherwise specified
as  contemplated  by Section 3.01 for the Securities of any series by delivering
and  crediting   pursuant  to  Section  12.02  or  as  otherwise   specified  as
contemplated by Section 3.01 for the Securities of any series of Securities that
have been  acquired  (upon  redemption  or  otherwise)  prior to such default in
payment or event of default.

         In the event that,  notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Company shall
make any payment to the Trustee or the Holder of any Security  prohibited by the
foregoing provisions of this Section, and if such fact shall, at or prior to the
time of such  payment,  have been made  known to a  Responsible  Officer  of the
Trustee or, as the case may be, such Holder, then and in such event such payment
shall be paid over and delivered forthwith to the Company.

         The  provisions  of this  Section  shall not apply to any payment  with
respect to which Section 13.02 would be applicable.

         SECTION 13.05.  Payment  Permitted If No Default.  Nothing contained in
this Article or elsewhere in this  Indenture or in any of the  Securities  shall
prevent  (a)  the  Company,  at any  time  except  during  the  pendency  of any
Proceeding  referred to in Section  13.02 or under the  conditions  described in
Sections  13.03 and 13.04,  from making  payments at any time of principal of or
interest  (including  any  Additional  Interest) on the  Securities,  or (b) the
application  by the  Trustee of any money  deposited  with it  hereunder  to the
payment  of or on  account  of  the  principal  of or  interest  (including  any
Additional  Interest) on the  Securities or the retention of such payment by the
Holders,  if, at the time of such payment by the Company or  application  by the
Trustee, as



                                      -85-
<PAGE>

the case may be, it did not have knowledge that such payment or application,  as
the case may be, would have been prohibited by the provisions of this Article.

         SECTION 13.06. Subrogation to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt. Subject
to the  payment  in full of all  amounts  due on all  Senior  Debt to the extent
required under Sections 13.02 and 13.03 of this Indenture,  or the provision for
such payment in cash or cash  equivalents or otherwise in a manner  satisfactory
to the holders of Senior Debt, the Holders of the Securities shall be subrogated
to the  extent of the  payments  or  distributions  made to the  holders of such
Senior Debt pursuant to the provisions of this Article (equally and ratably with
the  holders of all  indebtedness  of the Company  that by its express  terms is
subordinated to Senior Debt of the Company to  substantially  the same extent as
the  Securities  are  subordinated  to the Senior  Debt and is  entitled to like
rights of subrogation by reason of any payments or distributions made to holders
of such Senior Debt) to the rights of the holders of such Senior Debt to receive
payments and  distributions of cash,  property and securities  applicable to the
Senior Debt until the principal of and interest on the Securities  shall be paid
in full.  For  purposes  of such  subrogation  or  assignment,  no  payments  or
distributions  to the  holders  of the  Senior  Debt of any  cash,  property  or
securities  to which the  Holders  of the  Securities  or the  Trustee  would be
entitled  except  for the  provisions  of this  Article,  and no  payments  over
pursuant  to the  provisions  of this  Article to the  holders of Senior Debt by
Holders of the  Securities  or the Trustee,  shall,  as among the  Company,  its
creditors  other than holders of Senior Debt, and the Holders of the Securities,
be deemed to be a payment or distribution by the Company to or on account of the
Senior Debt.

         SECTION  13.07.  Provisions  Solely  to  Define  Relative  Rights.  The
provisions  of this  Article  are and are  intended  solely  for the  purpose of
defining the relative  rights of the Holders of the  Securities  on the one hand
and the  holders of Senior  Debt on the other hand.  Nothing  contained  in this
Article or elsewhere in this  Indenture or in the  Securities  is intended to or
shall (a) impair, as between the Company and the Holders of the Securities,  the
obligations of the Company, which are absolute and unconditional,  to pay to the
Holders  of  the  Securities  the  principal  of  and  interest  (including  any
Additional Interest) on the Securities as and when the same shall become due and
payable in  accordance  with their  terms;  or (b)  affect the  relative  rights
against  the  Company of the  Holders of the  Securities  and  creditors  of the
Company  other than their rights in relation to the holders of Senior  Debt;  or
(c)  prevent  the  Trustee or the Holder of any  Security  from  exercising  all
remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture
including,  without  limitation,  filing  and voting  claims in any  Proceeding,
subject to the rights,  if any, under this Article of the holders of Senior Debt
to receive cash, property and



                                      -86-
<PAGE>

securities otherwise payable or deliverable to the Trustee or such Holder.

         SECTION 13.08.  Trustee to Effectuate  Subordination.  Each Holder of a
Security by his or her acceptance  thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on
his or her behalf to take such  action as may be  necessary  or  appropriate  to
acknowledge  or  effectuate  the  subordination  provided  in this  Article  and
appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

         SECTION 13.09. No Waiver of Subordination  Provisions.  No right of any
present or future holder of any Senior Debt to enforce  subordination  as herein
provided  shall at any time in any way be  prejudiced  or impaired by any act or
failure to act on the part of the  Company  or by any act or failure to act,  in
good faith, by any such holder,  or by any noncompliance by the Company with the
terms,  provisions and covenants of this Indenture,  regardless of any knowledge
thereof that any such holder may have or be otherwise charged with.

         SECTION 13.10. Notice to Trustee. The Company shall give prompt written
notice to the Trustee of any fact known to the Company  that would  prohibit the
making  of any  payment  to or by the  Trustee  in  respect  of the  Securities.
Notwithstanding  the  provisions of this Article or any other  provision of this
Indenture,  the Trustee shall not be charged with  knowledge of the existence of
any facts that would  prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in
respect of the  Securities,  unless and until the  Trustee  shall have  received
written  notice  thereof from the Company or a holder of Senior Debt or from any
trustee, agent or representative therefor (whether or not the facts contained in
such notice are true);  provided,  however,  that if the Trustee  shall not have
received the notice  provided  for in this  Section at least two  Business  Days
prior to the date upon which by the terms  hereof any monies may become  payable
for any purpose (including,  without limitation, the payment of the principal of
or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security), then, anything
herein  contained to the contrary  notwithstanding,  the Trustee shall have full
power and  authority to receive such monies and to apply the same to the purpose
for which  they were  received  and shall not be  affected  by any notice to the
contrary that may be received by it within two Business Days prior to such date.

         SECTION 13.11. Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating
Agent.  Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in
this  Article,  the Trustee,  subject to the  provisions  of Article VI, and the
Holders of the Securities shall be entitled to conclusively  rely upon any order
or  decree  entered  by any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  in  which  such
Proceeding is pending, or a certificate of the trustee in bankruptcy,  receiver,
liquidating trustee, custodian,  assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or
other Person making such



                                      -87-
<PAGE>

payment  or  distribution,  delivered  to  the  Trustee  or to  the  Holders  of
Securities,  for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate
in such  payment or  distribution,  the  holders  of the  Senior  Debt and other
indebtedness of the Company,  the amount thereof or payable thereon,  the amount
or amounts paid or distributed  thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or
to this Article.

         SECTION  13.12.  Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt.  The
Trustee, in its capacity as trustee under this Indenture, shall not be deemed to
owe any fiduciary  duty to the holders of Senior Debt and shall not be liable to
any such holders if it shall in good faith  mistakenly pay over or distribute to
Holders of Securities or to the Company or to any other Person cash, property or
securities  to which any  holders of Senior  Debt shall be entitled by virtue of
this Article or otherwise.

         SECTION 13.13. Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior Debt: Preservation
of Trustee's Rights. The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to
all the rights set forth in this  Article  with  respect to any Senior Debt that
may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other  holder of Senior
Debt,  and  nothing in this  Indenture  shall  deprive the Trustee of any of its
rights as such holder.

         SECTION 13.14. Article Applicable to Paying Agents. In case at any time
any Paying Agent other than the Trustee shall have been appointed by the Company
and be then acting  hereunder,  the term "Trustee" as used in this Article shall
in such case (unless the context  otherwise  requires) be construed as extending
to and  including  such Paying Agent within its meaning as fully for all intents
and  purposes as if such Paying  Agent were named in this Article in addition to
or in place of the Trustee.

         SECTION 13.15.  Certain  Conversions or Exchanges  Deemed Payment.  For
purposes of this  Article  XIII only,  (a) the  issuance  and delivery of junior
securities  (as defined below) upon  conversion or exchange of Securities  shall
not be  deemed to  constitute  a  payment  or  distribution  on  account  of the
principal of or interest  (including any Additional  Interest) on the Securities
or on account of the purchase or other  acquisition of  Securities,  and (b) the
payment, issuance or delivery of cash, property or securities (other than junior
securities)  upon  conversion  or  exchange  of a  Security  shall be  deemed to
constitute  payment  on  account  of the  principal  of such  Security.  For the
purposes of this Section,  the term "junior  securities" means (i) shares of any
stock of any class of the Company and (ii)  securities  of the Company  that are
subordinated  in right of payment to all Senior Debt that may be  outstanding at
the time of issuance or delivery of such  securities to  substantially  the same
extent as, or to a greater extent than, the  Securities are so  subordinated  as
provided in this Article.



                                      -88-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XIV

                            Conversion of Securities

         SECTION 14.01.  Conversion  Rights. Subject to and upon compliance with
the  provisions  of this Article XIV, the  Securities  are  convertible,  at the
option of the  Holder,  at any time on or before 5:00 p.m.  (Richmond,  Virginia
time) on the earlier of (i) the Business Day  immediately  preceding the date of
repayment of such Securities,  whether at maturity or upon prepayment,  and (ii)
the  Conversion  Termination  Date  of  the  Securities,  into  fully  paid  and
nonassessable  shares of Common Stock at a per share  conversion  price equal to
$_____,  subject to adjustment as described in this Article XIV (as so adjusted,
the "Conversion  Price").  A Holder of Securities may convert any portion of the
principal  amount  of such  Securities  into  that  number  of  fully  paid  and
nonassessable  shares of Common Stock  (calculated as to each  conversion to the
nearest  1/100th of a share)  obtained by dividing the  principal  amount of the
Securities  to be  converted  by the  Conversion  Price.  In case a Security  or
portion thereof is called for redemption or prepayment, such conversion right in
respect  of the  Security  or  portion  so  called  shall  expire  at 5:00  p.m.
(Richmond,  Virginia  time)  on  the  Business  Day  immediately  preceding  the
corresponding Redemption Date, unless the Company defaults in making the payment
due upon redemption or prepayment.

         SECTION 14.02.  Conversion Procedures.  (a) To convert all or a portion
of the Securities,  the Holder thereof shall deliver to the Conversion  Agent an
irrevocable  notice in the form of Exhibit B attached to this Indenture (each, a
"Notice of Conversion Request") setting forth the principal amount of Securities
to be converted,  together with the name or names, if other than the Holder,  in
which the shares of Common Stock should be issued upon  conversion  and, if such
Securities are  definitive  Securities,  surrender to the  Conversion  Agent the
Securities  to be  converted,  duly  endorsed  or  assigned to the Company or in
blank.  In addition,  a holder of Trust  Securities may exercise its right under
the related Trust  Agreement to exchange such Trust  Securities  for  Securities
which will be converted into Common Stock by delivering to the Conversion  Agent
an  irrevocable  request  (each,  a  "Conversion  Request")  setting  forth  the
information  called for by the preceding  sentence and directing the  Conversion
Agent (i) to exchange such Trust Securities for a portion of the Securities held
by the related  Guaranty  Capital Trust (at an exchange rate of $25.00 principal
amount of Securities  for each Trust  Security) and (ii)  immediately to convert
such  Securities,  on behalf of such holder,  into Common Stock pursuant to this
Article XIV and, if such Trust Securities are in definitive  form,  surrendering
such Trust Securities,  duly endorsed or assigned to the Company or in blank. So
long as any Trust  Securities are  outstanding,  no Guaranty Capital Trust shall
convert any Securities except pursuant to a Conversion Request



                                      -89-
<PAGE>

delivered to the Conversion Agent by a holder of Trust Securities.

         Holders  of  Securities  at 5:00 p.m.  (Richmond,  Virginia  time) on a
record  date for an  Interest  Payment  Date will be  entitled  to  receive  the
interest payable on such Securities on the  corresponding  Interest Payment Date
notwithstanding the conversion of such Securities following such record date but
on or prior to such Interest Payment Date. Except as provided in the immediately
preceding  sentence,  the Company  will not make,  or be  required to make,  any
payment, allowance or adjustment for accumulated and unpaid interest, whether or
not in arrears, on converted  Securities;  provided,  however, that if notice of
prepayment of  Securities is mailed or otherwise  given to Holders of Securities
or the related  Guaranty  Capital  Trust  issues a press  release  announcing  a
Conversion  Termination  Date,  then, if any Holder of  Securities  converts any
Securities  into  Common  Stock on any date on or after  the date on which  such
notice of  prepayment  is mailed or  otherwise  given or the date of such  press
release,  as the case may be,  and if such date of  conversion  falls on any day
from and including  the first day of an Extension  Period and on or prior to the
Interest  Payment Date upon which such Extension  Period ends,  such  converting
Holder  shall be entitled to receive  either (i) if the date of such  conversion
falls  after a record  date and on or  prior  to the  next  succeeding  Interest
Payment  Date,  all accrued and unpaid  interest on such  Securities  (including
interest  thereon,  if any, to the extent  permitted by applicable  law) to such
Interest  Payment Date or (ii) if the date of such conversion does not fall on a
date  described  in clause (i) above,  all accrued  and unpaid  interest on such
Securities  (including  interest  thereon,  if any, to the extent  permitted  by
applicable  law) to the most recent  Interest  Payment Date prior to the date of
such  conversion,  which  interest  shall,  in either such case, be paid to such
converting  Holder  unless the date of  conversion  of such  Securities is on or
prior to the  Interest  Payment Date upon which such  Extension  Period ends and
after  the  record  date for such  Interest  Payment  Date,  in which  case such
interest  shall be paid to the person who was the Holder of such  Securities (or
one or more predecessor  Securities) at 5:00 p.m.  (Richmond,  Virginia time) on
such record date. Except as otherwise set forth above in this paragraph,  in the
case of any Security that is converted,  interest whose Stated Maturity is after
the date of conversion of such  Security  shall not be payable,  and the Company
shall not make or be required to make any other payment, adjustment or allowance
with respect to accrued but unpaid interest  (including  Additional Interest and
Additional  Sums,  if any) on the  Securities  being  converted,  which shall be
deemed to be paid in full. If any Security  called for  prepayment is converted,
any money  deposited  with the Trustee or with any Paying Agent or so segregated
and held in trust for the  prepayment  of such  Security  shall  (subject to any
right of the Holder of such  Security  or any  Predecessor  Security  to receive
interest as provided in this  Indenture)  be paid to the Company



                                      -90-
<PAGE>

upon a Company Request or, if then held by the Company, shall be discharged from
such trust.

         Each conversion shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior
to 5:00 p.m.  (Richmond,  Virginia time) on the day (the  "Conversion  Date") on
which the Notice of Conversion Request or the Notice of Conversion,  as the case
may be, was received by the Conversion Agent from the Holder or from a holder of
the  Trust  Securities,  as the  case may be,  effecting  a  conversion  thereof
pursuant to its conversion rights under the related Trust Agreement.  The Person
or Persons  entitled to receive the Common Stock  issuable upon such  conversion
shall be treated for all  purposes as a record  holder or holders of such Common
Stock as of the  Conversion  Date.  As promptly as  practicable  on or after the
Conversion  Date,  the  Company  shall  issue and  deliver  at the office of the
Conversion  Agent,  unless  otherwise  directed  by the  Holder in the Notice of
Conversion  Request, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares
of Common Stock issuable upon such  conversion,  together with the cash payment,
if any, in lieu of any fraction of any share, to the Person or Persons  entitled
to receive the same.  The  Conversion  Agent shall deliver such  certificate  or
certificates to each such Person or Persons.

                  (b) Subject to any right of the Holder of such Security or any
Predecessor  Security to receive interest as provided in Section  14.02(a),  the
Company's delivery upon conversion of the fixed number of shares of Common Stock
into which the Securities are  convertible  (together with the cash payment,  if
any, in lieu of  fractional  shares)  shall be deemed to satisfy  the  Company's
obligation to pay the principal  amount at maturity of the portion of Securities
so  converted  and  any  unpaid  interest  (including  Additional  Interest  and
Additional  Sums,  if  any)  accrued  on  such  Securities  at the  time of such
conversion.

                  (c)  No fractional  shares of Common Stock will be issued as a
result  of  conversion,  but,  in lieu  thereof,  the  Company  shall pay to the
Conversion  Agent a cash  adjustment  in an amount equal to the same fraction of
the  Closing  Price  as  such  fractional  interest  on the  date on  which  the
Securities or Trust Securities, as the case may be, were duly surrendered to the
Conversion  Agent for  conversion,  or, if such day is not a Trading Day, on the
next Trading Day, and the  Conversion  Agent in turn will make such payment,  if
any, to the Holder of the  Securities  or the holder of the Trust  Securities so
converted.

                  (d)  In the event of the  conversion  of any  Security in part
only, a new Security or Securities for the  unconverted  portion thereof will be
issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon the cancellation thereof.

                  (e)  In effecting  the  conversion  transactions  described in
this Section,  the  Conversion  Agent is acting as agent of the holders of Trust
Securities (in the exchange of Trust  Securities



                                      -91-
<PAGE>

for  Securities) and as agent of the Holders of Securities (in the conversion of
Securities into Common Stock),  as the case may be,  directing it to effect such
conversion  transactions.  The  Conversion  Agent is  hereby  authorized  (i) to
exchange Trust  Securities for Securities held by the related  Guaranty  Capital
Trust  from  time  to time in  connection  with  the  conversion  of such  Trust
Securities  in  accordance  with this  Article  XIV and (ii) to convert all or a
portion of such  Securities  into Common  Stock and  thereupon  to deliver  such
shares of Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of this Article XIV and
to deliver to such Guaranty  Capital Trust a new Security or Securities  for any
resulting unconverted principal amount.

         SECTION 14.03. Conversion Price Adjustments. The Conversion Price shall
be subject to adjustment (without duplication) from time to time as follows:

                  (a) In case the Company shall, while any of the Securities are
outstanding,  (i) pay a  dividend  or make a  distribution  with  respect to its
Common Stock in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide its outstanding shares of
Common  Stock,  (iii)  combine  its  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock into a
smaller  number of shares or (iv)  issue by  reclassification  of its  shares of
Common Stock any shares of capital stock of the Company, the Conversion Price in
effect  immediately prior to such action shall be adjusted so that the Holder of
any  Securities  thereafter  surrendered  for  conversion  shall be  entitled to
receive the number of shares of capital  stock of the Company that he would have
owned  immediately  following  such action had such  Securities  been  converted
immediately prior thereto.  An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 14.03(a)
shall  become  effective  immediately  after  the  record  date in the case of a
dividend or other distribution and shall become effective  immediately after the
effective date in case of a subdivision,  combination  or  reclassification  (or
immediately  after the record date if a record date shall have been  established
for such event).  If, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to this Section
14.03(a), the Holder of any Security thereafter surrendered for conversion shall
become  entitled to receive  shares of two or more  classes or series of capital
stock of the  Company,  the Board of  Directors  (whose  determination  shall be
conclusive  and shall be  described  in a  resolution  of the Board of Directors
filed  with  the  Trustee)  shall  determine  the  allocation  of  the  adjusted
Conversion  Price  between or among  shares of such classes or series of capital
stock.

                  (b) In case the Company shall, while any of the Securities are
outstanding,  issue  rights or  warrants  to all  holders  of its  Common  Stock
entitling  them (for a period  expiring  within 45 days  after the  record  date
mentioned in this  Section  14.03(b))  to  subscribe  for or purchase  shares of
Common  Stock at a price per share less than the Current  Market Price per share
of Common Stock on such record date,  the  Conversion  Price for the  Securities
shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal



                                      -92-
<PAGE>

the price determined by multiplying the Conversion  Price in effect  immediately
prior to the date of  issuance of such rights or warrants by a fraction of which
the numerator  shall be the number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding on the
date of issuance  of such rights or warrants  plus the number of shares that the
aggregate  offering  price  of  the  total  number  of  shares  so  offered  for
subscription  or purchase would  purchase at such Current  Market Price,  and of
which the denominator  shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
on the date of issuance of such rights or warrants plus the number of additional
shares of Common Stock offered for  subscription  or purchase.  Such  adjustment
shall become effective  immediately  after the record date for the determination
of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants. For the purposes of
this  subsection,  the number of shares of Common Stock at any time  outstanding
shall not include shares held in the treasury of the Company.  The Company shall
not issue any rights or warrants  in respect of the shares of Common  Stock held
in the  treasury of the Company.  In case any rights or warrants  referred to in
this  subsection  in respect of which an  adjustment  shall have been made shall
expire  unexercised within 45 days after the same shall have been distributed or
issued by the Company,  the Conversion  Price shall be readjusted at the time of
such  expiration  to the  Conversion  Price that would have been in effect if no
adjustment  had been made on account of the  distribution  or  issuance  of such
expired rights or warrants.

                  (c)  Subject to the last sentence of this Section 14.03(c), in
case the Company shall,  by dividend or otherwise,  distribute to all holders of
its Common Stock evidences of its indebtedness, shares of any class or series of
capital stock, cash or assets (including securities, but excluding any rights or
warrants  referred to in Section  14.03(b),  any dividend or  distribution  paid
exclusively  in cash and any  dividend  or  distribution  referred to in Section
14.03(a)),  the  Conversion  Price shall be reduced so that the same shall equal
the price determined by multiplying the Conversion  Price in effect  immediately
prior to the  effectiveness  of the Conversion  Price reduction  contemplated by
this Section 14.03(c) by a fraction of which the numerator  shall be the Current
Market  Price per share of the Common Stock on the date fixed for the payment of
such  distribution  (the  "Reference  Date")  less the  fair  market  value  (as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be
conclusive  and  described in a resolution  of the Board of  Directors),  on the
Reference  Date,  of the portion of the  evidences  of  indebtedness,  shares of
capital stock, cash and assets so distributed  applicable to one share of Common
Stock,  and the denominator  shall be such Current Market Price per share of the
Common  Stock,  such  reduction  to become  effective  immediately  prior to the
opening of business on the day following  the Reference  Date. In the event that
such dividend or distribution is not so paid or made, the Conversion Price shall
again be  adjusted  to be the  Conversion  Price that would then be in effect if
such dividend or distribution had not occurred. If



                                      -93-
<PAGE>

the Board of Directors  determines the fair market value of any distribution for
purposes  of this  Section  14.03(c) by  reference  to the actual or when issued
trading  market for any securities  comprising  such  distribution,  it must, in
doing so,  consider  the  prices in such  market  over the same  period  used in
computing the Current  Market Price per share of Common  Stock.  For purposes of
this Section  14.03(c),  any dividend or  distribution  that includes  shares of
Common Stock or rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common
Stock  shall be deemed  instead  to be (1) a  dividend  or  distribution  of the
evidences of  indebtedness,  shares of capital stock,  cash or assets other than
such shares of Common  Stock or such rights or warrants  (making any  Conversion
Price reduction required by this Section 14.03(c)) immediately followed by (2) a
dividend  or  distribution  of such  shares  of Common  Stock or such  rights or
warrants  (making any further  Conversion  Price  reduction  required by Section
14.03(a)  or  14.03(b)),  except  (A) the  Reference  Date of such  dividend  or
distribution  as defined in this Section  14.03(c)  shall be  substituted as (a)
"the record date in the case of a dividend or other  distribution," and (b) "the
record date for the  determination  of  stockholders  entitled  to receive  such
rights or  warrants"  within the  meaning of  Sections  14.03(a)  and  14.03(b),
respectively,  and (B) any shares of Common Stock  included in such  dividend or
distribution  shall not be deemed  outstanding  for  purposes of  computing  any
adjustment of the Conversion Price in Section 14.03(a).

                  (d)  In case the Company shall pay or make a dividend or other
distribution on its Common Stock exclusively in cash (excluding all regular cash
dividends,  if the annualized  amount thereof per share of Common Stock does not
exceed 15% of the  Current  Market  Price per share of the  Common  Stock on the
Trading Day immediately preceding the date of declaration of such dividend), the
Conversion  Price shall be reduced to equal the price  determined by multiplying
the Conversion  Price in effect  immediately  prior to the  effectiveness of the
Conversion  Price reduction  contemplated by this Section 14.03(d) by a fraction
of which the numerator shall be the Current Market Price per share of the Common
Stock on the date fixed for the payment of such  dividend or  distribution  less
the amount of cash so distributed  (and not excluded as herein provided) that is
allocable  to one  share of  Common  Stock,  and the  denominator  shall be such
Current  Market Price per share of the Common  Stock,  such  reduction to become
effective  immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the
date fixed for the payment of such dividend or distribution;  provided, however,
that in the event the portion of the cash so distributed applicable to one share
of Common Stock is equal to or greater  than the Current  Market Price per share
of the Common Stock on the record date mentioned above, in lieu of the foregoing
adjustment,  adequate  provision shall be made so that each Holder of Securities
shall have the right to  receive  upon  conversion  the amount of cash that such
Holder would have received had such Holder  converted each Security  immediately
prior to the record date for the distribution of the cash. In



                                      -94-
<PAGE>

the  event  that  such  dividend  or  distribution  is not so paid or made,  the
Conversion  Price shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion  Price that would
then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not occurred.

                  (e)  In case a tender or exchange offer (other than an odd-lot
offer)  made by the  Company or any  subsidiary  of the  Company  for all or any
portion of the Common Stock shall expire and such tender or exchange offer shall
involve the payment by the Company or such subsidiary of consideration per share
of Common Stock having a fair market value (as  determined  in good faith by the
Board of Directors,  whose  determination shall be conclusive and described in a
resolution of the Board of Directors) at the last time (the  "Expiration  Time")
that tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange  offer
(as it shall have been  amended)  that exceeds 110% of the Current  Market Price
per share of Common  Stock on the Trading  Day next  succeeding  the  Expiration
Time,  the  Conversion  Price  shall be reduced so that the same shall equal the
price determined by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior
to the  effectiveness  of the Conversion  Price  reduction  contemplated by this
Section  14.03(e) by a fraction  of which the  numerator  shall be the number of
shares of Common Stock outstanding  (including any tendered or exchanged shares)
at the Expiration  Time  multiplied by the Current Market Price per share of the
Common Stock on the Trading Day next  succeeding  the  Expiration  Time, and the
denominator  shall  be the sum of (x)  the  fair  market  value  (determined  as
aforesaid) of the aggregate  consideration  payable to stockholders based on the
acceptance  (up to any maximum  specified in the terms of the tender or exchange
offer) of all shares  validly  tendered or exchanged and not withdrawn as of the
Expiration  Time (the shares deemed so accepted,  up to any such maximum,  being
referred  to as the  "Purchased  Shares")  and (y) the  product of the number of
shares of Common Stock outstanding (less any Purchased Shares) at the Expiration
Time and the Current  Market  Price per share of the Common Stock on the Trading
Day next  succeeding the  Expiration  Time,  such reduction to become  effective
immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the Expiration
Time.

                  (f)  For  the  purpose  of  any  computation   under  Sections
14.03(b), (c), (d) or (e), the "Current  Market Price" per share of Common Stock
on any date in question  shall be deemed to be the average of the daily  Closing
Prices for the five consecutive  Trading Days selected by the Company commencing
not more than 20 Trading Days before,  and ending not later than, the earlier of
the day in question or, if applicable, the day before the "ex" date with respect
to the issuance or distribution requiring such computation;  provided,  however,
that if another event occurs that would require an adjustment pursuant to any of
Sections 14.03(a) through (e),  inclusive,  the Board of Directors may make such
adjustments  to the Closing  Prices  during  such five  Trading Day period as it
determines to be  appropriate to effectuate the intent of the provisions of this
Section  14.03,  in



                                      -95-
<PAGE>

which case any such  determination  by the Board of Directors shall be set forth
in a resolution of the Board of Directors and shall be conclusive.  For purposes
of this  paragraph,  the term  "ex"  date,  (i) when used  with  respect  to any
issuance or distribution,  means the first date on which the Common Stock trades
regular way on the NYSE or on such  successor  securities  exchange on which the
Common  Stock may be listed or in the  relevant  market  from which the  Closing
Prices were obtained without the right to receive such issuance or distribution,
and (ii) when used with respect to any tender or exchange offer, means the first
date on which the Common Stock trades regular way on such securities exchange or
in such market after the Expiration Time of such offer.

                  (g)  The Company may make such  reductions  in the  Conversion
Price,  in addition to those  required by Sections 14.03(a)  through  (e), as it
considers  to be  advisable  to avoid or  diminish  any income tax to holders of
Common Stock or rights to purchase  Common Stock  resulting from any dividend or
distribution  of stock (or rights to acquire stock) or from any event treated as
such for  income  tax  purposes.  The  Company  from time to time may reduce the
Conversion  Price by any amount for any period of time if the period is at least
20 days,  the  reduction  is  irrevocable  during the  period,  and the Board of
Directors of the Company  shall have made a  determination  that such  reduction
would be in the best  interest  of the  Company,  which  determination  shall be
conclusive.  Whenever the Conversion  Price is reduced pursuant to the preceding
sentence, the Company shall mail to Holders of record of the Securities a notice
of the reduction at least 15 days prior to the date that the reduced  Conversion
Price takes effect, and such notice shall state the reduced Conversion Price and
the period that it will be in effect.

                  (h)  No adjustment in the  Conversion  Price shall be required
unless such  adjustment  would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in
the Conversion Price; provided,  however, that any adjustment that, by reason of
this Section  14.03(h), is not required to be made shall be carried  forward and
taken into account in  determining  whether any subsequent  adjustment  shall be
required.

                  (i)  If any action would require  adjustment of the Conversion
Price  pursuant to more than one of the  provisions  described  above,  only one
adjustment  shall be made, and such adjustment shall be the amount of adjustment
that has the highest absolute value to the Holder of the Securities.

         SECTION 14.04.  Reclassification,  Consolidation,  Merger  or  Sale  of
Assets.  In the  event  that the  Company  shall be a party to any  transaction,
including without limitation (a) any recapitalization or reclassification of the
Common  Stock  (other  than a change in par  value,  or from par value to no par
value,  or from no par value to par value,  or as a result of a  subdivision  or
combination of the Common Stock),  (b) any consolidation of the



                                      -96-
<PAGE>

Company  with, or merger of the Company  into,  any other Person,  any merger of
another  Person into the Company  (other than a merger that does not result in a
reclassification,  conversion, exchange or cancellation of outstanding shares of
Common  Stock  of the  Company),  (c) any  sale,  transfer  or  lease  of all or
substantially  all of the  assets of the  Company  or (d) any  compulsory  share
exchange,  in each case pursuant to which the Common Stock is converted into the
right to receive other securities, cash or other property, then lawful provision
shall be made as part of the terms of such  transaction  whereby  the  Holder of
each Security then  outstanding  shall have the right thereafter to convert each
Security  only into the kind and amount of  securities,  cash or other  property
receivable upon  consummation  of such  transaction by a holder of the number of
shares of Common Stock of the Company into which such  Security  could have been
converted immediately prior to such transaction.

         The Company or the Person that is formed by such  consolidation or that
results from such merger or that acquires  such assets or the Company's  shares,
as the case may be,  shall make  provision  in its  certificate  or  articles of
incorporation  or other  constituent  document to  establish  such  right.  Such
certificate or articles of  incorporation  or other  constituent  document shall
provide for  adjustments  that,  for events  subsequent to the effective date of
such  certificate or articles of incorporation  or other  constituent  document,
shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments  provided
for in  this  Article  XIV.  The  above  provisions  shall  similarly  apply  to
successive transactions of the foregoing type.

         SECTION 14.05. Notice of Adjustments of Conversion Price.  Whenever the
Conversion Price is adjusted as herein provided:

                  (a)  The Company shall compute the adjusted  Conversion  Price
and shall prepare a  certificate  signed by the Chief  Financial  Officer or the
Treasurer of the Company setting forth the adjusted Conversion Price and showing
in reasonable  detail the facts upon which such  adjustment  is based,  and such
certificate shall forthwith be filed with the Trustee,  the Conversion Agent and
the transfer agent for the Capital Securities and the Securities; and

                  (b)  Notice  stating  that  the  Conversion   Price  has  been
adjusted and setting  forth the  adjusted  Conversion  Price  shall,  as soon as
practicable,  be  mailed  by  the  Company  to all  record  holders  of  Capital
Securities  and all Holders of the  Securities  at their last  addresses as they
appear upon the Capital Securities Register or the Securities  Register,  as the
case may be.

         SECTION 14.06. Prior Notice of Certain Events. In case:

                  (a)  the Company  shall (i) declare any dividend (or any other
distribution)  on its Common Stock,  other than (A) a



                                      -97-
<PAGE>

dividend  payable in shares of Common  Stock or (B) a  dividend  payable in cash
that would not require an  adjustment  pursuant  to Section  14.03(c) or (d), or
(ii)  authorize  a tender or  exchange  offer that would  require an  adjustment
pursuant to Section 14.03(e);

                  (b)  the Company  shall  authorize the granting to all holders
of Common Stock of rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of
stock of any class or series or of any other rights or warrants;

                  (c)  of any  reclassification  of Common  Stock  (other than a
subdivision or combination of the  outstanding  Common Stock, or a change in par
value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value), or
of any  consolidation  or merger to which the  Company  is a party and for which
approval of any stockholders of the Company shall be required, or of the sale or
transfer  of all or  substantially  all of the  assets of the  Company or of any
compulsory  share  exchange  whereby the Common  Stock is  converted  into other
securities, cash or other property; or

                  (d)  of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution,  liquidation
or winding up of the Company;

then the Company shall (1) if any Capital  Securities are Outstanding,  cause to
be filed with the  transfer  agent for the Capital  Securities,  and cause to be
mailed to the  holders  of  record  of the  Capital  Securities,  at their  last
addresses as they shall appear in the Capital  Securities  Register or (2) cause
to be mailed to all Holders at their last  addresses as they shall appear in the
Securities  Register,  at  least  15 days  prior  to the  applicable  record  or
effective  date  hereafter  specified,  a notice stating (x) the date on which a
record (if any) is to be taken for the purpose of such  dividend,  distribution,
rights or warrants or, if a record is not to be taken,  the date as of which the
holders of Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend, distribution,
rights  or  warrants  are to be  determined  or  (y)  the  date  on  which  such
reclassification,   consolidation,   merger,  sale,  transfer,  share  exchange,
dissolution,  liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and the
date as of which it is expected  that holders of Common Stock of record shall be
entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock for securities,  cash or other
property deliverable upon such  reclassification,  consolidation,  merger, sale,
transfer, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation or winding up (but no failure
to mail such notice or any defect therein or in the mailing thereof shall affect
the validity of the corporate action required to be specified in such notice).

         SECTION 14.07.  Certain Defined Terms. The following definitions  shall
apply to terms used in this Article XIV:



                                      -98-
<PAGE>

                  (a)  "Closing Price" of any security on any day shall mean the
last  reported sale price of such  security,  regular way, on such day or, if no
sale takes place on such day, the average of the reported  closing bid and asked
prices of such security on such day,  regular way, in either case as reported on
the NYSE Composite Tape or, if the security is not listed or admitted to trading
on the  NYSE,  on the  principal  national  securities  exchange  on which  such
security  is listed or  admitted  to  trading,  or, if not listed or admitted to
trading on a national securities exchange,  on the National Market System of the
National  Association  of Securities  Dealers,  Inc. or, if such security is not
quoted or  admitted  to  trading  on such  quotation  system,  on the  principal
quotation  system on which such  security  is listed or  admitted  to trading or
quoted,  or, if not listed or  admitted  to  trading  or quoted on any  national
securities  exchange  or  quotation  system,  the average of the closing bid and
asked  prices  of such  security  in the  over-the-counter  market on the day in
question as reported by the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated, or a similar
generally accepted reporting service, or, if not so available in such manner, as
furnished  by any NYSE  member firm  selected  from time to time by the Board of
Directors for that purpose or, if not so available in such manner,  as otherwise
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

                  (b)  "Trading  Day" shall mean a day on which  securities  are
traded on the national securities exchange or quotation system used to determine
the Closing Price.

         SECTION 14.08. Dividend or Interest Reinvestment Plans. Notwithstanding
the foregoing provisions, the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to
any plan  providing  for the  reinvestment  of dividends or interest  payable on
securities of the Company and the investment of additional  optional  amounts in
shares of Common  Stock under any such plan,  and the  issuance of any shares of
Common  Stock or options  or rights to  purchase  such  shares  pursuant  to any
employee benefit plan or program of the Company pursuant to any option, warrant,
right or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security outstanding as of the
date that the Securities were first issued, shall not be deemed to constitute an
issuance of Common Stock or exercisable,  exchangeable or convertible securities
by the  Company  to  which  any of the  adjustment  provisions  described  above
applies.  There shall also be no adjustment of the  Conversion  Price in case of
the issuance of any stock (or securities  convertible  into or exchangeable  for
stock) of the Company except as specifically described in this Article XIV.

         SECTION 14.09. Certain Additional Rights. In case the Company shall, by
dividend  or  otherwise,  declare or make a  distribution  on its  Common  Stock
referred to in Section 14.03(c) or (d) (including, without limitation, dividends
or  distributions  referred  to in the last  sentence of Section  14.03(c)), the
Holder of the Securities,  upon the conversion  thereof  subsequent to 5:00 p.m.
(Richmond,   Virginia  time)  on  the  date  fixed  for  the



                                      -99-
<PAGE>

determination of stockholders entitled to receive such distribution and prior to
the  effectiveness  of the  Conversion  Price  adjustment  in  respect  of  such
distribution,  shall also be entitled to receive, for each share of Common Stock
into which the  Securities  are  converted,  the portion of the shares of Common
Stock,  rights,  warrants,  evidences of indebtedness,  shares of capital stock,
cash  and  assets  so  distributed  applicable  to one  share of  Common  Stock;
provided, however, that, at the election of the Company (whose election shall be
evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors) with respect to all Holders
so  converting,  the  Company  may, in lieu of  distributing  to such Holder any
portion  of such  distribution  not  consisting  of cash  or  securities  of the
Company,  pay such  Holder  an  amount in cash  equal to the fair  market  value
thereof  (as  determined  in  good  faith  by  the  Board  of  Directors,  whose
determination  shall be conclusive and described in a resolution of the Board of
Directors).  If any  conversion  of  Securities  described  in  the  immediately
preceding  sentence  occurs  prior to the  payment  date for a  distribution  to
holders of Common Stock that the Holder of  Securities  so converted is entitled
to receive in accordance with the immediately  preceding  sentence,  the Company
may  elect  (such  election  to be  evidenced  by a  resolution  of the Board of
Directors)  to  distribute  to such  Holder a due bill for the  shares of Common
Stock,  rights,  warrants,  evidences of indebtedness,  shares of capital stock,
cash or assets to which such Holder is so entitled, provided, that such due bill
(i) meets any  applicable  requirements  of the  principal  national  securities
exchange  or other  market on which the  Common  Stock is then  traded  and (ii)
requires payment or delivery of such shares of Common Stock,  rights,  warrants,
evidences of indebtedness, shares of capital stock, cash or assets no later than
the date of payment  or  delivery  thereof to holders of shares of Common  Stock
receiving such distribution.

         SECTION 14.10. Trustee Not Responsible for Determining Conversion Price
or Adjustments.  Neither the Trustee nor any Conversion  Agent shall at any time
be under any duty or  responsibility  to any Holder of any Security to determine
whether any facts exist that may require any adjustment of the Conversion Price,
or with  respect to the nature or extent of any such  adjustment  when made,  or
with respect to the method employed, or herein or in any supplemental  indenture
provided to be employed, in making any such adjustment.  Neither the Trustee nor
any Conversion  Agent shall be accountable with respect to the validity or value
(or the kind of account) of any shares of Common Stock or of any  securities  or
property that may at any time be issued or delivered  upon the conversion of any
Security;   and  neither  the  Trustee  nor  any  Conversion   Agent  makes  any
representation  with  respect  thereto.  Neither the Trustee nor any  Conversion
Agent  shall be  responsible  for any  failure  of the  Company to make any cash
payment or to issue,  transfer  or deliver  any shares of Common  Stock or stock
certificates or other  securities or property upon the surrender of any Security
for the purpose of  conversion,  or,  except as expressly  herein  provided,



                                     -100-
<PAGE>

to comply with any of the  covenants  of the Company  contained  in this Article
XIV.

         SECTION 14.11.  Termination of Conversion  Rights. (a) Right of Company
to Terminate  Conversion Rights. On and after _______ __, 2001, the Company may,
at its option, cause the conversion rights of holders of Securities to terminate
if (i) the Company is then current in the payment of interest on the  Securities
(including  Additional  Interest  and  Additional  Sums,  if any) (except to the
extent that the payment of  interest  may have been  deferred as a result of any
Extension  Period) and (ii) for at least 20 Trading Days within any period of 30
consecutive  Trading Days,  including  the last Trading Day of such period,  the
Closing  Price of the Common Stock shall have  exceeded  115% of the  Conversion
Price of the Securities then in effect.

                  (b)   Exercise  of  Option  Prior  to  a   Dissolution   Event
Distribution.  To  exercise  its  conversion  expiration  option  prior  to  the
distribution  of  Securities  from the  related  Guaranty  Capital  Trust to the
holders  of  the  corresponding  Trust  Securities  upon  the  occurrence  of  a
Dissolution Event (a "Dissolution Event  Distribution"),  the Company shall give
written notice to such Guaranty  Capital Trust  directing such Guaranty  Capital
Trust to issue the "Press  Release"  (as defined in Section  4.08(h)(ii)  of the
related Trust Agreement), to cause the conversion rights of the holders of Trust
Securities to terminate. The Company shall also furnish a copy of such notice to
the Trustee (and the Conversion  Agent if the Trustee is not then serving as the
Conversion  Agent).  If such  Guaranty  Capital  Trust  fails to issue the Press
Release  within two (2)  Business  Days after its  receipt of such  notice,  the
Company may, on behalf of such Guaranty  Capital Trust,  issue the Press Release
in  accordance  with the  provisions  of Section  4.08(h) of the  related  Trust
Agreement.  The  conversion  rights  of  the  Holders  of the  Securities  shall
terminate  simultaneously  with the termination of the conversion  rights of the
holders of the Trust Securities.

                  (c)  Exercise   of   Option   After   a   Dissolution    Event
Distribution.  To exercise its conversion termination option after a Dissolution
Event  Distribution,  the Company shall issue a press release for publication on
the Dow Jones News  Service  or on a  comparable  news  service  announcing  the
Conversion Termination Date of the Securities. Such press release must be issued
prior to the  opening of  business  on the second  Trading Day after a period in
which the conditions of Section  14.11(a) have been  satisfied,  but in no event
prior to _______ __, 2001.  Such press  release shall state that the Company has
elected to exercise its right to terminate the conversion privilege, specify the
Conversion  Termination  Date of the Securities (as determined in the manner set
forth  below) and provide  the  Conversion  Price and the  Closing  Price of the
Common  Stock,  in each case as of the close of business on the Trading Day next
preceding the date of the press release. Additionally, the Company shall cause a
notice  of the  termination  of  conversion  rights  (a  "Notice  of



                                     -101-
<PAGE>

Conversion  Termination")  to be given by  first-class  mail to each  Holder  of
Securities,  the Trustee  (and the  Conversion  Agent if the Trustee is not then
serving  as the  Conversion  Agent) not more than four  Business  Days after the
Company issues such press release.  The Notice of Conversion  Termination  shall
state, as appropriate:  (i) the Conversion  Termination  Date of the Securities;
(ii) the Conversion  Price of the Securities and the Closing Price of the Common
Stock,  in each  case as of the  close  of  business  on the  Trading  Day  next
preceding the date of the Notice of Conversion  Termination;  (iii) the place or
places at which a Notice of Conversion Request with respect to Securities may be
given to the  Conversion  Agent in  accordance  with  Section 14.02 prior to the
Conversion  Termination Date of the Securities;  and (iv) such other information
or  instructions  as the Company  deems  necessary  or  advisable to enable each
Holder  to  exercise  its  conversion  right  hereunder.  Notice  of  Conversion
Termination  shall be deemed to have been  given on the day that such  notice is
first mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid,  to each Holder of Securities
at the address of such Holder appearing in the Securities  Register  (whether or
not such Holder receives the Notice of Conversion Termination). No defect in the
Notice of Conversion  Termination or in the mailing  thereof with respect to any
Securities shall affect the validity of the Company's exercise of its conversion
termination  option if the  press  release  referred  to above  shall  have been
issued.

                  (d)  Certain  Definitions.  The term  "Conversion  Termination
Date" has the  meaning  assigned  to such  term in  Section  4.08(h)(ii)  of the
related Trust  Agreement.  The "Conversion  Termination  Date of the Securities"
shall be the close of business on the  Business Day selected by the Company that
is not less than 30 nor more than 60  calendar  days after (1) the date on which
the related Guaranty  Capital Trust (or the Company,  as the case may be) issues
the Press  Release as  provided in Section  14.11(b)  announcing  the  Company's
intention  to  terminate  the  conversion  rights  of the  holders  of the Trust
Securities  or (2) the  date on which  the  Company  issues  the  press  release
required  by  Section  14.11(c)   announcing  its  intention  to  terminate  the
conversion  rights of the Holders of the Securities,  as the case may be. If the
Company does not exercise its  conversion  termination  option,  the  Conversion
Termination  Date of the Securities (i) with respect to any principal  amount of
Securities  that is called for  repayment  shall be the close of business on the
Business  Day prior to the  scheduled  date for such  repayment  and (ii) in any
other  case  shall be the close of  business  on the  Business  Day prior to the
Maturity Date of the  Securities.  As of the close of business on the earlier of
the  Conversion  Termination  Date  or the  Conversion  Termination  Date of the
Securities, the Securities shall be deemed to be non-convertible securities.

         This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts,  each of
which  when so  executed  shall  be  deemed  to



                                     -102-
<PAGE>

be an original,  but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the
same instrument.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be
duly executed,  and their respective  corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and
attested, all as of the day and year first written above.

                                     GUARANTY FINANCIAL CORPORATION



                                     By:________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:

[Seal]

                                     WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
                                     as Trustee



                                     By:________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:

[Seal]





                                     -103-
<PAGE>

                   [Form of Restricted Securities Certificate]

                        RESTRICTED SECURITIES CERTIFICATE

            (For transfers pursuant to Section 3.05 and Section 3.06
                      of the Junior Subordinated Indenture)


[__________________________],
as Security Registrar
[address]


Re:      Junior  Convertible  Subordinated Debt Securities of Guaranty Financial
         Corporation (the "Company") (the "Securities")

         Reference  is made to the Junior  Subordinated  Indenture,  dated as of
________ __, 1998 (the "Indenture"),  between Guaranty Financial Corporation and
Wilmington  Trust  Company,  as trustee (the  "Trustee").  Terms used herein and
defined in the  Indenture  or in  Regulation  D, Rule 144A or Rule 144 under the
U.S.  Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), are used herein
as so defined.

         This certificate relates to $____________ aggregate principal amount of
Securities,  that are evidenced by the following  certificate(s) (the "Specified
Securities"):

         CUSIP No(s). __________________________________________

         CERTIFICATE No(s). ____________________________________

         CURRENTLY IN BOOK-ENTRY FORM: __Yes __No (check one)

The person in whose name this certificate is executed below (the  "undersigned")
hereby  certifies  that  either  (i)  it is the  sole  beneficial  owner  of the
Specified Securities or (ii) it is acting on behalf of all the beneficial owners
of the  Specified  Securities  and is duly  authorized  by  them to do so.  Such
beneficial  owner or owners are referred to herein  collectively as the "Owner".
If the Specified Securities are represented by a Global Security,  they are held
through the  Depositary in the name of the  Undersigned,  as or on behalf of the
Owner.  If the Specified  Securities are not  represented by a Global  Security,
they are  registered  in the name of the  Undersigned,  as or on  behalf  of the
Owner.

         The Owner has requested that the Specified Securities be transferred to
a person (the  "Transferee")  who will take delivery in the form of a Restricted
Security.  In connection  with such transfer,  the Owner hereby  certifies that,
unless such  transfer is being  effected  pursuant to an effective  registration
statement

<PAGE>

under the  Securities  Act, it is being  effected in accordance  with one of the
following as indicated (check one):

___    (1)    transferred to the Company; or

___    (2)    exchanged for the undersigned's own account without transfer; or

___    (3)    transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the
              Securities Act; or

___    (4)    to an  institutional  "accredited  investor" within the meaning of
              subparagraph  (a)(1),  (2),  (3) or  (7) of  Rule  501  under  the
              Securities  Act  that  is  acquiring  the  Securities  for its own
              account,  or for the account of such an institutional  "accredited
              investor," for investment  purposes and not with a view to, or for
              offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of
              the Securities Act; or

___    (5)    transferred  pursuant  to  another  available  exemption  from the
              registration requirements of the Securities Act.

Unless such transfer is being effected in accordance with one of the above,  the
Securities  Registrar will refuse to register any of the Securities evidenced by
this  certificate  in the name of any  person  other  than the  Holder  thereof;
provided,  however,  that if (4) or (5) is applicable,  the Securities Registrar
may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Securities such legal
opinions,  certifications  and other  information  as the Company has reasonably
requested to confirm that such  transfer is being made  pursuant to an exemption
from, or in a transaction not subject to, the  registration  requirements of the
Securities  Act,  such as the  exemption  provided  by Rule 144 under  such Act;
provided,  further, that if box (3) is checked, the transferee must also certify
that it is a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144A.

         This certificate and the statements  contained herein are made for your
benefit and the benefit of the Company.


Dated:                                    ______________________________________
                                          (Print the name of the Undersigned, as
                                          such  term is  defined  in the  second
                                          paragraph of this certificate.)


                                          By:___________________________________
                                          Name:
                                          Title:



                                      -2-
<PAGE>

                                          (If the  Undersigned is a corporation,
                                          partnership or fiduciary, the title of
                                          the  person  signing  on behalf of the
                                          Undersigned must be stated.)






                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT B



                          NOTICE OF CONVERSION REQUEST

To:   Guaranty Financial Corporation

         The undersigned owner of these Securities hereby irrevocably  exercises
the option to convert these Securities,  or the portion below  designated,  into
Common  Stock  of  Guaranty  Financial   Corporation  (the  "Common  Stock")  in
accordance  with  the  terms of the  Indenture  (the  "Indenture"),  dated as of
__________  __,  1998,  between the Company and  Wilmington  Trust  Company,  as
Trustee. Pursuant to the aforementioned exercise of the options to convert these
Capital Securities, the undersigned hereby directs the Conversion Agent (as that
term is defined in the  Indenture)  to convert such  Securities on behalf of the
undersigned,  into  Common  Stock  (at the  conversion  price  specified  in the
Indenture).

         The  undersigned  also  hereby  directs the  Conversion  Agent that the
shares  issuable and  deliverable  upon  conversion,  together with any check in
payment for  fractional  shares,  be issued in the name of and  delivered to the
undersigned, unless a different name has been indicated in the assignment below.
If shares are to be issued in the name of a person  other than the  undersigned,
the undersigned will pay all transfer taxes payable with respect thereto.

Date:
     ------------------------

Principal  Amount of  Securities  to be  converted  ($25 or  integral  multiples
thereof):

If a name or names  other than the  undersigned,  please  indicate in the spaces
below the name or names in which the  shares of Common  Stock are to be  issued,
along with the address or addresses of such person or persons.

- --------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------
(Sign  exactly as your name  appears on the other  side of this  Security)  (for
conversion only)

Please Print or Type Name and Address,
Including Zip Code, and Social Security
or Other Identifying Number

- --------------------------------------



                                      -4-
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------


Signature Guarantee:*
                    ---------------------------------------------




- ----------------
     *     Signature must be guaranteed by an "eligible  guarantor  institution"
that is a bank,  stockbroker,  savings  and loan  association  or  credit  union
meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership
or participation in the Securities  Transfer Agents Medallion  Program ("STAMP")
or  such  other  "signature  guarantee  program"  as  may be  determined  by the
Registrar in addition to, or in substitution  for, STAMP, all in accordance with
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.





                                      -5-




                                                                     Exhibit 4.7


                                                                 EXECUTION COPY



================================================================================














                               GUARANTEE AGREEMENT


                                     Between


                         GUARANTY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                                 (as Guarantor)


                            WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
                                  (as Trustee)


                                   Dated as of


                                ________ __, 1998














================================================================================

<PAGE>

                             CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

Section of Trust Indenture                                        Section of
Act of 1939, as amended                                      Guarantee Agreement
- -----------------------                                      -------------------

310(a)            .......................................           4.01(a)
310(b)            .......................................        4.01(c), 208
310(c)            .......................................        Inapplicable
311(a)            .......................................           2.02(b)
311(b)            .......................................           2.02(b)
311(c)            .......................................        Inapplicable
312(a)            .......................................           2.02(a)
312(b)            .......................................           2.02(b)
313(a)            .......................................            2.03
313(b)            .......................................            2.03
313(c)            .......................................            2.03
313(d)            .......................................            2.03
314(a)            .......................................            2.04
314(b)            .......................................        Inapplicable
314(c)            .......................................            2.05
314(d)            .......................................        Inapplicable
314(e)            .......................................      1.01, 2.05, 3.02
314(f)            .......................................         2.01, 3.02
315(a)            .......................................           3.01(d)
315(b)            .......................................            2.07
315(c)            .......................................           3.01(c)
315(d)            .......................................           3.01(d)
316(a)            .......................................      1.01, 2.06, 5.04
316(b)            .......................................         5.03, 5.04
316(c)            .......................................            8.02
317(a)            .......................................        Inapplicable
317(b)            .......................................        Inapplicable
318(a)            .......................................           2.01(b)







- ------------

      *    This Cross-Reference  Table does not constitute part of the Guarantee
Agreement  and  shall  not  affect  the  interpretation  of any of its  terms or
provisions.


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<S>                                                                                                                <C>
ARTICLE I -- Definitions..........................................................................................  2
   SECTION 1.01. Definitions......................................................................................  2
ARTICLE II -- Trust Indenture Act.................................................................................  5
   SECTION 2.01. Trust Indenture Act; Application.................................................................  5
   SECTION 2.02. List of Holders..................................................................................  5
   SECTION 2.03. Reports by the Guarantee Trustee.................................................................  6
   SECTION 2.04. Periodic Reports to the Guarantee Trustee........................................................  6
   SECTION 2.05. Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent.................................................  6
   SECTION 2.06. Events of Default; Waiver........................................................................  6
   SECTION 2.07. Event of Default; Notice.........................................................................  6
   SECTION 2.08. Conflicting Interests............................................................................  7
ARTICLE III -- Powers, Duties and Rights of the Guarantee Trustee.................................................  7
   SECTION 3.01. Powers and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee.......................................................  7
   SECTION 3.02. Certain Rights of Guarantee Trustee..............................................................  9
   SECTION 3.03. Indemnity........................................................................................ 11
   SECTION 3.04. Expenses......................................................................................... 11
ARTICLE IV -- Guarantee Trustee................................................................................... 11
   SECTION 4.01. Guarantee Trustee: Eligibility................................................................... 11
   SECTION 4.02. Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Guarantee Trustee.................................... 12
ARTICLE V -- Guarantee............................................................................................ 13
   SECTION 5.01. Guarantee........................................................................................ 13
   SECTION 5.02. Waiver of Notice and Demand...................................................................... 13
   SECTION 5.03. Obligations Not Affected......................................................................... 13
   SECTION 5.04. Rights of Holders................................................................................ 14
   SECTION 5.05. Guarantee of Payment............................................................................. 14
   SECTION 5.06. Subrogation...................................................................................... 15
   SECTION 5.07. Independent Obligations.......................................................................... 15
ARTICLE VI -- Covenants and Subordination......................................................................... 15
   SECTION 6.01. Subordination.................................................................................... 15
   SECTION 6.02. Pari Passu Guaranty.............................................................................. 15
ARTICLE VII -- Termination........................................................................................ 16
   SECTION 7.01. Termination...................................................................................... 16
ARTICLE VIII -- Miscellaneous..................................................................................... 16
   SECTION 8.01. Successors and Assigns........................................................................... 16
   SECTION 8.02. Amendments....................................................................................... 16
   SECTION 8.03. Notices.......................................................................................... 16
   SECTION 8.04. Benefit.......................................................................................... 18
   SECTION 8.05. Interpretation................................................................................... 18
   SECTION 8.06. Governing Law.................................................................................... 18
</TABLE>

<PAGE>



                                    GUARANTEE    AGREEMENT   (this    "Guarantee
                           Agreement"),  dated as of ________ __, 1998, executed
                           and delivered by GUARANTY  FINANCIAL  CORPORATION,  a
                           bank  holding  company (the  "Guarantor")  having its
                           principal   office  at  1658  State  Farm  Boulevard,
                           Charlottesville, Virginia 22911, and WILMINGTON TRUST
                           COMPANY,  a  Delaware   corporation  (the  "Guarantee
                           Trustee"), for the benefit of the Holders (as defined
                           herein) from time to time of the Trust Securities (as
                           defined  herein)  of  GUARANTY  CAPITAL  TRUST  I,  a
                           Delaware statutory business trust (the "Issuer").


         WHEREAS  pursuant to an Amended and Restated  Declaration of Trust (the
"Declaration of Trust"), dated as of ________ __, 1998, among the Trustees named
therein,  the  Guarantor,  as  Depositor,  and the Holders  from time to time of
undivided beneficial ownership interests in the assets of the Issuer, the Issuer
is issuing  $_______________  aggregate  Liquidation Amount of its Capital Trust
Securities,  Liquidation Amount $25.00 per security (the "Capital  Securities"),
and  $_______________  aggregate  Liquidation  Amount of its Common  Securities,
Liquidation Amount $25.00 per security (the "Common Securities" and collectively
with the Capital Securities,  the "Trust  Securities"),  representing  undivided
beneficial  ownership interests in the assets of the Issuer and having the terms
set forth in the Declaration of Trust;

         WHEREAS  the Trust  Securities  will be issued  by the  Issuer  and the
proceeds thereof will be used by the Issuer to purchase the Junior  Subordinated
Debt  Securities due ________ __, 2028 (as defined in the  Declaration of Trust)
(the "Junior Subordinated Debt Securities") of the Guarantor, which will be held
by Wilmington Trust Company, as Property Trustee under the Declaration of Trust,
as trust assets; and

         WHEREAS, as incentive for the Holders to purchase Trust Securities, the
Guarantor desires  irrevocably and  unconditionally  to agree, to the extent set
forth herein,  to pay to the Holders the Guarantee  Payments (as defined herein)
and to make certain other payments on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the purchase of Trust Securities by
each  Holder,  which  purchase the  Guarantor  hereby  agrees shall  benefit the
Guarantor,  the Guarantor executes and delivers this Guarantee Agreement for the
benefit of the Holders from time to time of the Trust Securities.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   Definitions

         SECTION 1.01.  Definitions.  As used in this Guarantee  Agreement,  the
terms set forth below shall,  unless the context  otherwise  requires,  have the
following  meanings.  Capitalized  or  otherwise  defined  terms  used  but  not
otherwise  defined herein shall have the meanings  assigned to such terms in the
Declaration of Trust as in effect on the date hereof.

         "Affiliate" of any specified  Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly  controlling  or  controlled  by or under  direct or indirect  common
control with such specified Person; provided,  however, that an Affiliate of the
Guarantor  shall not be deemed to include the Issuer.  For the  purposes of this
definition,  "control" when used with respect to any specified  Person means the
power to  direct  the  management  and  policies  of such  Person,  directly  or
indirectly,  whether through the ownership of voting securities,  by contract or
otherwise;   and  the  terms   "controlling"   and  "controlled"  have  meanings
correlative to the foregoing.

         "Capital  Securities"  shall have the  meaning  specified  in the first
recital of this Guarantee Agreement.

         "Common  Securities"  shall  have the  meaning  specified  in the first
recital of this Guarantee Agreement.

         "Declaration  of Trust"  shall have the meaning  specified in the first
recital of this Guarantee Agreement.

         "Event of  Default"  means a  default  by the  Guarantor  on any of its
payment or other obligations under this Guarantee Agreement;  provided, however,
that, except with respect to a default in payment of any Guarantee Payments, the
Guarantor  shall have  received  notice of default and shall not have cured such
default within 60 days after receipt of such notice; provided,  further, that no
Event of  Default  shall  occur  unless an Event of Default  (as  defined in the
Indenture or the Declaration of Trust) shall have occurred and be continuing.

         "Guarantee  Payments"  means the following  payments or  distributions,
without  duplication,  with respect to the Trust  Securities,  to the extent not
paid or  made  by or on  behalf  of the  Issuer:  (i)  any  accrued  and  unpaid
Distributions  required to be paid on the Trust  Securities,  to the extent that
the Issuer shall have funds on hand  available  therefor at such time,  (ii) the
redemption price,  including all accrued and unpaid Distributions to the date of
redemption (the "Redemption Price"), with respect



                                       2
<PAGE>

to the Trust  Securities  called for redemption by the Issuer to the extent that
the Issuer shall have funds on hand  available  therefor at such time, and (iii)
upon a voluntary or  involuntary  termination,  winding-up or liquidation of the
Issuer,  unless Junior  Subordinated  Debt  Securities  are  distributed  to the
Holders or all of the Capital  Securities  are  redeemed,  the lesser of (a) the
aggregate of the  Liquidation  Amount of $1,000 per Trust  Security plus accrued
and unpaid  Distributions  on the Trust Securities to the date of payment to the
extent that the Issuer  shall have funds on hand  available to make such payment
at such time and (b) the amount of assets of the Issuer remaining  available for
distribution  to Holders in  liquidation  of the Issuer  after  satisfaction  of
liabilities  to creditors of the Issuer as required by applicable law (in either
case,  the  "Liquidation  Distribution").  If an  Event  of  Default  under  the
Declaration of Trust has occurred and is continuing,  no Guarantee Payments with
respect  to the  Common  Securities  or any  guarantee  payment  under any Other
Guarantees  (as defined in the Indenture)  with respect to Common  Securities of
any other Guaranty Capital Trust (as defined in the Indenture), if any, shall be
made until the Holders of Capital Securities shall be paid in full the Guarantee
Payments  to  which  they  are   entitled   under  this   Guarantee   Agreement.
Subordination of Guarantee  Payments on the Common Securities  following such an
Event of  Default  under the  Declaration  of Trust  shall be  analogous  to the
subordination  of the Common  Securities  provided  for in  Section  4.03 of the
Declaration of Trust.

         "Guarantee  Trustee" means Wilmington Trust Company,  until a Successor
Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment  pursuant
to the  terms  of this  Guarantee  Agreement  and  thereafter  means  each  such
Successor Guarantee Trustee.

         "Guarantor"  shall have the meaning  specified in the first  recital of
this Guarantee Agreement.

         "Holder"  means a  person  in  whose  name a Trust  Security  or  Trust
Securities  is  registered  on the books and  records of the  Issuer;  provided,
however,  that in determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of
Trust Securities have given any request,  notice,  consent or waiver  hereunder,
"Holder"  shall  not  include  the  Guarantor,  the  Guarantee  Trustee,  or any
Affiliate of the Guarantor or the Guarantee Trustee.

         "Indenture"  means  the  Junior  Subordinated  Indenture  dated  as  of
________  __,  1998,  as  supplemented  and amended  between the  Guarantor  and
Wilmington  Trust  Company,  as trustee,  relating to the issuance of the Junior
Subordinated Debt Securities.



                                       3
<PAGE>

         "Issuer" shall have the meaning  specified in the first recital of this
Guarantee Agreement.

         "List of Holders" has the meaning specified in Section 2.02(a).

         "Majority in Liquidation  Amount of the  Securities"  means,  except as
provided by the Trust Indenture Act, a vote by the Holder(s),  voting separately
as a class,  of more than 50% of the  aggregate  Liquidation  Amount of all then
Outstanding Capital Securities.

         "Officers'   Certificate"   means,   with  respect  to  any  Person,  a
certificate signed by the Chairman and Chief Executive  Officer,  President or a
Vice  President,  and by the  Treasurer,  an Associate  Treasurer,  an Assistant
Treasurer,  the  Controller,  the  Secretary or an  Assistant  Secretary of such
Person,  and  delivered to the  Guarantee  Trustee.  Any  Officers'  Certificate
delivered with respect to compliance  with a condition or covenant  provided for
in this Guarantee Agreement shall include:

                  (a)  a  statement  that each  officer  signing  the  Officers'
         Certificate  has read the  covenant or  condition  and the  definitions
         relating thereto;

                  (b)  a  brief  statement  of  the  nature  and  scope  of  the
         examination  or  investigation  undertaken by each officer in rendering
         the Officers' Certificate;

                  (c)  statement that each officer has made such  examination or
         investigation  as, in such  officer's  opinion,  is necessary to enable
         such  officer to express an informed  opinion as to whether or not such
         covenant or condition has been complied with; and

                  (d)  a  statement  as to  whether,  in  the  opinion  of  each
         officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

         "Responsible  Officer" when used with respect to the Guarantee  Trustee
means any officer assigned to the Corporate Trust Office, including any managing
director,  vice  president,   assistant  vice  president,  assistant  treasurer,
assistant  secretary or any other officer of the Guarantee  Trustee  customarily
performing  functions  similar to those performed by any of the above designated
officers  and  having  direct  responsibility  for  the  administration  of this
Guarantee  Agreement,  and also, with respect to a particular  matter, any other
officer to whom such matter is referred  because of such officer's  knowledge of
and familiarity with the particular subject.



                                       4
<PAGE>

         "Senior Debt" shall have the meaning specified in the Indenture.

         "Successor  Guarantee  Trustee"  means a  successor  Guarantee  Trustee
possessing the qualifications to act as Guarantee Trustee under Section 4.01.

         "Trust Indenture Act" has the meaning  specified in Section 1.01 of the
Indenture.

         "Trust  Securities"  shall  have the  meaning  specified  in the  first
recital of this Guarantee Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE II

                               Trust Indenture Act

         SECTION 2.01.  Trust  Indenture  Act;  Application.  (a) This Guarantee
Agreement  will not be qualified  under the Trust  Indenture Act except upon the
effectiveness  of a  registration  statement  with  respect  to  this  Guarantee
Agreement.

                  (b)  Upon  qualification  under  the  Trust  Indenture  Act as
contemplated  in clause (a) above,  if and to the extent that any  provision  of
this Guarantee Agreement limits,  qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed
by Sections 310 to 317,  inclusive,  of the Trust  Indenture  Act,  such imposed
duties shall control.

         SECTION 2.02. List of Holders. (a) The Guarantor shall furnish or cause
to be furnished to the Guarantee Trustee (i) semiannually, not more than 15 days
after January 15 and July 15 of each year, a list, in such form as the Guarantee
Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders ("List
of Holders")  as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the delivery  thereof,
and (ii) at such other  times as the  Guarantee  Trustee may request in writing,
within 30 days after the receipt by the Guarantor of any such request, a List of
Holders  as of a date not more  than 15 days  prior  to the  time  such  list is
furnished,  in each case to the extent such  information is in the possession or
control of the Guarantor  and is not identical to a previously  supplied list of
Holders or has not  otherwise  been  received  by the  Guarantee  Trustee in its
capacity  as such.  The  Guarantee  Trustee  may  destroy  any  List of  Holders
previously given to it on receipt of a new List of Holders.



                                       5
<PAGE>

                  (b)  The Guarantee  Trustee shall comply with its  obligations
under Section  311(a),  Section 311(b) and Section 312(b) of the Trust Indenture
Act.

         SECTION 2.03. Reports by the Guarantee Trustee. Not later than the last
calendar day in August of each calendar year,  commencing with the last calendar
day in August,  1998,  the  Guarantee  Trustee shall provide to the Holders such
reports,  if any, as are required by Section 313 of the Trust  Indenture  Act in
the form and in the manner  provided by Section 313 of the Trust  Indenture Act.
The Guarantee  Trustee shall also comply with the requirements of Section 313(d)
of the Trust Indenture Act.

         SECTION 2.04. Periodic Reports to the Guarantee Trustee.  The Guarantor
shall provide to the Guarantee Trustee,  the Securities and Exchange  Commission
and the Holders such documents,  reports and information, if any, as required by
Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act and the compliance  certificate  required
by Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act, in the form, in the manner and at the
times required by Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act.

         SECTION 2.05.  Evidence of Compliance  with Conditions  Precedent.  The
Guarantor  shall  provide to the  Guarantee  Trustee such evidence of compliance
with such conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Guarantee Agreement
that  relate  to any of the  matters  set forth in  Section  314(c) of the Trust
Indenture Act. Any  certificate  or opinion  required to be given by any officer
pursuant  to  Section  314(c)(1)  may be  given  in  the  form  of an  Officers'
Certificate.

         SECTION 2.06. Events of Default;  Waiver.  The Holders of a Majority in
Liquidation  Amount of the  Securities  may, by vote,  on behalf of the Holders,
waive any past Event of Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, any such
Event of  Default  shall  cease to  exist,  and any  Event  of  Default  arising
therefrom  shall be  deemed  to have  been  cured,  for  every  purpose  of this
Guarantee Agreement,  but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other
default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent therefrom.

         SECTION  2.07.  Event of Default;  Notice.  (a) The  Guarantee  Trustee
shall,  within 90 days after the occurrence of an Event of Default,  transmit by
mail,  first class  postage  prepaid,  to the Holders,  notices of all Events of
Default known to the Guarantee Trustee,  unless such Events of Default have been
cured before the giving of such notice;  provided that,  except in the case of a
default in the payment of a Guarantee  Payment,  the Guarantee  Trustee shall be
protected in  withholding  such notice if and so long as the Board of Directors,
the executive  committee or a



                                       6
<PAGE>

trust  committee  of  directors  and/or  a  Responsible  Officer  in good  faith
determines  that the  withholding  of such  notice  is in the  interests  of the
Holders.

                  (b)  The  Guarantee  Trustee  shall  not  be  deemed  to  have
knowledge of any Event of Default unless a Responsible  Officer charged with the
administration of the Declaration of Trust shall have received written notice of
such Event of Default.

         SECTION 2.08. Conflicting Interests.  The Declaration of Trust shall be
deemed to be specifically described in this Guarantee Agreement for the purposes
of clause (i) of the first  proviso  contained  in  Section  310(b) of the Trust
Indenture Act.


                                   ARTICLE III

                        Powers, Duties and Rights of the
                                Guarantee Trustee

         SECTION  3.01.  Powers and Duties of the  Guarantee  Trustee.  (a) This
Guarantee  Agreement  shall be held by the Guarantee  Trustee for the benefit of
the  Holders,  and the  Guarantee  Trustee  shall not  transfer  this  Guarantee
Agreement to any Person except a Holder exercising his or her rights pursuant to
Section  5.04(iv)  or to a Successor  Guarantee  Trustee on  acceptance  by such
Successor  Guarantee  Trustee of its  appointment to act as Successor  Guarantee
Trustee.   The  right,  title  and  interest  of  the  Guarantee  Trustee  shall
automatically vest in any Successor  Guarantee Trustee,  upon acceptance by such
Successor Guarantee Trustee of its appointment  hereunder,  and such vesting and
cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have
been  executed  and  delivered  pursuant to the  appointment  of such  Successor
Guarantee Trustee.

                  (b)  If an Event of Default has  occurred  and is  continuing,
the Guarantee Trustee shall enforce this Guarantee  Agreement for the benefit of
the Holders.

                  (c)  The Guarantee Trustee, before the occurrence of any Event
of Default and after the curing of all Events of Default that may have occurred,
shall  undertake  to perform only such duties as are  specifically  set forth in
this  Guarantee  Agreement,  and no  implied  covenants  shall be read into this
Guarantee  Agreement against the Guarantee Trustee.  In case an Event of Default
has occurred (that has not been cured or waived  pursuant to Section 2.06),  the
Guarantee  Trustee shall  exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by
this  Guarantee  Agreement,  and use the same  degree  of care and  skill in its



                                       7
<PAGE>

exercise  thereof,  as  a  prudent  person  would  exercise  or  use  under  the
circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

                  (d)  No  provision  of  this  Guarantee   Agreement  shall  be
construed to relieve the Guarantee  Trustee from liability for its own negligent
action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful  misconduct,  except
that:

                  (i)  prior to the occurrence of any Event of Default and after
         the  curing or  waiving  of all such  Events of  Default  that may have
         occurred:

                       (A)  the duties and obligations of the Guarantee  Trustee
                  shall be determined  solely by the express  provisions of this
                  Guarantee  Agreement,  and the Guarantee  Trustee shall not be
                  liable  except  for  the   performance   of  such  duties  and
                  obligations  as are  specifically  set forth in this Guarantee
                  Agreement; and

                       (B)  in the  absence  of bad  faith  on the  part  of the
                  Guarantee  Trustee,  the  Guarantee  Trustee may  conclusively
                  rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of
                  the  opinions  expressed  therein,  upon any  certificates  or
                  opinions  furnished to the Guarantee Trustee and conforming to
                  the requirements of this Guarantee Agreement;  but in the case
                  of any such  certificates  or opinions  that by any  provision
                  hereof or of the Trust Indenture Act are specifically required
                  to be  furnished  to  the  Guarantee  Trustee,  the  Guarantee
                  Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine
                  whether  or not  they  conform  to the  requirements  of  this
                  Guarantee Agreement;

                  (ii)  the Guarantee  Trustee shall not be liable for any error
         of  judgment  made  in  good  faith  by a  Responsible  Officer  of the
         Guarantee Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Guarantee Trustee
         was  negligent  in  ascertaining  the  pertinent  facts upon which such
         judgment was made;

                  (iii) the Guarantee  Trustee  shall not be liable with respect
         to any  action  taken or  omitted  to be  taken by it in good  faith in
         accordance  with  the  direction  of the  Holders  of not  less  than a
         Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Securities  relating to the time,
         method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy  available
         to the Guarantee  Trustee,  or exercising any trust or power  conferred
         upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee Agreement; and



                                       8
<PAGE>

                  (iv)  no provision of this  Guarantee  Agreement shall require
         the  Guarantee  Trustee  to expend  or risk its own funds or  otherwise
         incur  personal  financial  liability in the  performance of any of its
         duties  or in  the  exercise  of any of its  rights  or  powers  if the
         Guarantee Trustee shall have reasonable  grounds for believing that the
         repayment  of such funds or  liability  is not  assured to it under the
         terms of this  Guarantee  Agreement  or  indemnity  satisfactory  to it
         against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

         SECTION 3.02. Certain Rights of Guarantee  Trustee.  (a) Subject to the
provisions of Section 3.01:

                  (i)  The Guarantee  Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be
         fully   protected  in  acting  or  refraining   from  acting  upon  any
         resolution,   certificate,   statement,  instrument,  opinion,  report,
         notice,  request,  direction,  consent,  order, bond, debenture,  note,
         other evidence of  indebtedness  or other paper or document  reasonably
         believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented
         by the proper party or parties.

                  (ii)  Any  direction or act of the  Guarantor  contemplated by
         this  Guarantee  Agreement  shall  be  sufficiently   evidenced  by  an
         Officers' Certificate unless otherwise prescribed herein.

                  (iii) Whenever,  in  the   administration  of  this  Guarantee
         Agreement,  the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter
         be proved or established  before taking,  suffering or omitting to take
         any action  hereunder,  the Guarantee Trustee (unless other evidence is
         herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its
         part,  request  and  conclusively  rely upon an  Officers'  Certificate
         which, upon receipt of such request from the Guarantee  Trustee,  shall
         be promptly delivered by the Guarantor.

                  (iv) The Guarantee Trustee may consult with legal counsel, and
         the advice or written  opinion of such legal  counsel  with  respect to
         legal matters shall be full and complete  authorization  and protection
         in respect of any action  taken,  suffered or omitted to be taken by it
         hereunder in good faith and in accordance  with such advice or opinion.
         Such legal  counsel may be legal counsel to the Guarantor or any of its
         Affiliates and may be one of its employees. The Guarantee Trustee shall
         have  the  right  at any  time  to  seek  instructions  concerning  the
         administration



                                       9
<PAGE>

         of this Guarantee Agreement from any court of competent jurisdiction.

                  (v)  The  Guarantee  Trustee  shall be under no  obligation to
         exercise  any of the  rights or powers  vested in it by this  Guarantee
         Agreement at the request or direction of any Holder, unless such Holder
         shall  have  provided  to  the  Guarantee  Trustee  such  security  and
         indemnity  reasonably  satisfactory to it, against the costs,  expenses
         (including  attorneys' fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be
         incurred by it in complying  with such request or direction,  including
         such reasonable  advances as may be requested by the Guarantee Trustee;
         provided,  that nothing  contained in this Section  3.02(a)(v) shall be
         taken to relieve the Guarantee Trustee, upon the occurrence of an Event
         of Default,  of its obligation to exercise the rights and powers vested
         in it by this Guarantee Agreement.

                  (vi) The  Guarantee  Trustee  shall  not be  bound to make any
         investigation  into the  facts or  matters  stated  in any  resolution,
         certificate,  statement,  instrument, opinion, report, notice, request,
         direction,  consent,  order, bond,  debenture,  note, other evidence of
         indebtedness or other paper or document,  but the Guarantee Trustee, in
         its  discretion,  may make such further inquiry or  investigation  into
         such facts or matters as it may see fit.

                  (vii) The Guarantee  Trustee  may execute any of the trusts or
         powers  hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by
         or through its agents or attorneys, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not
         be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such
         agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

                  (viii)  Whenever  in  the  administration  of  this  Guarantee
         Agreement  the  Guarantee  Trustee  shall deem it  desirable to receive
         instructions  with respect to  enforcing  any remedy or right or taking
         any other  action  hereunder,  the  Guarantee  Trustee  (A) may request
         instructions  from the  Holders,  (B) may refrain from  enforcing  such
         remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are
         received and (C) shall be fully  protected in acting in accordance with
         such instructions.

                  (ix)  the Guarantee  Trustee  may execute any of the trusts or
         powers  hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by
         or through agents or attorneys,  and the Guarantee Trustee shall not be
         responsible  for any  misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent
         or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.



                                       10
<PAGE>

                  (b)  No provision of this Guarantee  Agreement shall be deemed
to impose any duty or obligation on the Guarantee  Trustee to perform any act or
acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it
in any  jurisdiction  in which it shall be  illegal,  or in which the  Guarantee
Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance  with  applicable law,
to perform any such act or acts or to exercise  any such right,  power,  duty or
obligation.  No permissive power or authority available to the Guarantee Trustee
shall  be  construed  to be a duty to act in  accordance  with  such  power  and
authority.

         SECTION  3.03.  Indemnity.   The  Guarantor  agrees  to  indemnify  the
Guarantee  Trustee,  and to hold it harmless  against,  any loss,  liability  or
expense including taxes (other than taxes based upon,  measured by or determined
by the income of the Guarantee Trustee) incurred without negligence or bad faith
on the part of the Guarantee  Trustee,  arising out of or in connection with the
acceptance or  administration of this Guarantee  Agreement,  including the costs
and expenses of defending  itself  against any claim or liability in  connection
with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties  hereunder.  The
Guarantee  Trustee  will not claim or exact any lien or charge on any  Guarantee
Payments  as a result of any amount due to it under  this  Guarantee  Agreement.
This indemnity shall survive the termination of this Guarantee  Agreement or the
resignation or removal of the Guarantee Trustee.

         SECTION  3.04.  Expenses.  The  Guarantor,  as  obligor  on the  Junior
Subordinated  Debt  Securities,  shall from time to time reimburse the Guarantee
Trustee for such expenses and costs incurred in connection  with the performance
of its duties  hereunder  as shall be agreed to in writing  from time to time by
the Guarantor and the Guarantee Trustee.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                Guarantee Trustee

         SECTION 4.01.  Guarantee Trustee:  Eligibility.  (a) There shall at all
times be a Guarantee Trustee that shall:

                  (i)  not be an Affiliate of the Guarantor; and

                  (ii) be a  Person  that  is  eligible  pursuant  to the  Trust
         Indenture Act to act as such and has a combined  capital and surplus of
         at  least  $50,000,000,   and  shall  be  a  corporation   meeting  the
         requirements  of Section  310(c) of the Trust  Indenture  Act.  If such
         corporation publishes reports of



                                       11
<PAGE>

         condition at least annually,  pursuant to law or to the requirements of
         the supervising or examining authority,  then, for the purposes of this
         Section and to the extent  permitted  by the Trust  Indenture  Act, the
         combined capital and surplus of such corporation  shall be deemed to be
         its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report
         of condition so published.

                  (b)  If at any time the  Guarantee  Trustee  shall cease to be
eligible  to  so  act  under  Section  4.10(a),   the  Guarantee  Trustee  shall
immediately resign in the manner and with the effect set out in Section 4.02(c).

                  (c)  If  the  Guarantee  Trustee  has  or  shall  acquire  any
"conflicting  interest"  within  the  meaning  of  Section  310(b)  of the Trust
Indenture Act, the Guarantee  Trustee and Guarantor shall in all respects comply
with the provisions of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

         SECTION 4.02.  Appointment,  Removal and  Resignation  of the Guarantee
Trustee.  (a) Subject to Section 4.02(b),  in the absence of the existence of an
Event of Default,  the  Guarantee  Trustee may be appointed  or removed  without
cause at any time by the Guarantor.

                  (b)  The  Guarantee  Trustee  shall  not be  removed  until  a
Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment
by written instrument executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered
to the Guarantor.

                  (c)  The Guarantee  Trustee  appointed  hereunder  shall  hold
office until a Successor  Guarantee  Trustee shall have been  appointed or until
its  removal or  resignation.  The  Guarantee  Trustee  may resign  from  office
(without  need for prior or subsequent  accounting)  by an instrument in writing
executed  by  the  Guarantee  Trustee  and  delivered  to the  Guarantor,  which
resignation  shall not take effect until a Successor  Guarantee Trustee has been
appointed and has accepted such appointment by instrument in writing executed by
such  Successor  Guarantee  Trustee  and  delivered  to the  Guarantor  and  the
resigning Guarantee Trustee.

                  (d)  If  no  Successor   Guarantee  Trustee  shall  have  been
appointed  and accepted  appointment  as provided in this Section 4.02 within 30
days after  delivery to the  Guarantor  of an  instrument  of  resignation,  the
resigning Guarantee Trustee may petition,  at the expense of the Guarantor,  any
court  of  competent  jurisdiction  for  appointment  of a  Successor  Guarantee
Trustee. Such court may thereupon,  after prescribing such notice, if any, as it
may deem proper, appoint a Successor Guarantee Trustee.



                                       12
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE V

                                    Guarantee

         SECTION 5.01. Guarantee.  The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally
agrees to pay in full to the Holders the Guarantee Payments (without duplication
of amounts  theretofore  paid by or on behalf of the  Issuer),  as and when due,
regardless of any defense,  right of set-off or counterclaim that the Issuer may
have or assert.  The Guarantor's  obligation to make a Guarantee  Payment may be
satisfied  by direct  payment of the  required  amounts by the  Guarantor to the
Holders  or by  causing  the  Issuer to pay such  amounts  to the  Holders.  The
Guarantor  shall give  written  notice to the  Guarantee  Trustee as promptly as
practicable in the event it makes any direct payment hereunder.

         SECTION 5.02. Waiver of Notice and Demand.  The Guarantor hereby waives
notice of acceptance of the Guarantee Agreement and of any liability to which it
applies or may apply,  presentment,  demand for payment,  any right to require a
proceeding  first  against the  Guarantee  Trustee,  Issuer or any other  Person
before proceeding against the Guarantor,  protest, notice of nonpayment,  notice
of dishonor, notice of redemption and all other notices and demands.

         SECTION 5.03.  Obligations Not Affected.  The  obligations,  covenants,
agreements and duties of the Guarantor  under this Guarantee  Agreement shall in
no way be affected or impaired by reason of the  happening  from time to time of
any of the following:

                  (a)  the release or waiver,  by operation of law or otherwise,
         of the  performance  or  observance  by the  Issuer of any  express  or
         implied  agreement,  covenant,  term or condition relating to the Trust
         Securities to be performed or observed by the Issuer;

                  (b)  the  extension  of time for the  payment by the Issuer of
         all or any portion of the  Distributions  (other than any  extension of
         time for payment of  Distributions  that results from the  extension of
         any interest payment period on the Junior  Subordinated Debt Securities
         as  so  provided  in  the  Indenture),  Redemption  Price,  Liquidation
         Distribution  or any other  sums  payable  under the terms of the Trust
         Securities  or the extension of time for the  performance  of any other
         obligation  arising  under,  out of or in  connection  with  the  Trust
         Securities;



                                       13
<PAGE>

                  (c)  any failure,  omission, delay or lack of diligence on the
         part  of  the  Holders  to  enforce,  assert  or  exercise  any  right,
         privilege,  power or remedy  conferred  on the Holders  pursuant to the
         terms of the Trust Securities,  or any action on the part of the Issuer
         granting indulgence or extension of any kind;

                  (d)  the voluntary or  involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution,
         sale  of  any   collateral,   receivership,   insolvency,   bankruptcy,
         assignment for the benefit of creditors,  reorganization,  arrangement,
         composition or  readjustment  of debt of, or other similar  proceedings
         affecting, the Issuer or any of the assets of the Issuer;

                  (e)  any  invalidity of, or defect or deficiency in, the Trust
         Securities;

                  (f)  the settlement or compromise of any obligation guaranteed
         hereby or hereby incurred; or

                  (g)  any other  circumstance  whatsoever  that might otherwise
         constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor, it
         being the  intent of this  Section  5.03  that the  obligations  of the
         Guarantor  hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional  under any and
         all circumstances.

                  There shall be no obligation of the Holders to give notice to,
or obtain the consent of, the Guarantor  with respect to the happening of any of
the foregoing.

         SECTION 5.04. Rights of Holders.  The Guarantor expressly  acknowledges
that: (i) this Guarantee  Agreement will be deposited with the Guarantee Trustee
to be held for the benefit of the Holders;  (ii) the  Guarantee  Trustee has the
right to enforce this  Guarantee  Agreement on behalf of the Holders;  (iii) the
Holders of a Majority in  Liquidation  Amount of the Trust  Securities  have the
right to direct the time,  method and place of conducting any proceeding for any
remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee in respect of this Guarantee Agreement
or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this
Guarantee  Agreement;  and (iv) any  Holder  may  institute  a legal  proceeding
directly  against  the  Guarantor  to enforce  its rights  under this  Guarantee
Agreement,  without first  instituting a legal proceeding  against the Issuer or
any other Person.

         SECTION 5.05. Guarantee of Payment.  This Guarantee Agreement creates a
guarantee of payment and not of collection. This Guarantee Agreement will not be
discharged  except  by  payment  of the  Guarantee  Payments  in  full  (without
duplication of amounts



                                       14
<PAGE>

theretofore paid by the Issuer) or upon distribution of Junior Subordinated Debt
Securities to Holders as provided in the Declaration of Trust.

         SECTION 5.06. Subrogation. The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all (if
any) rights of the Holders  against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to
the Holders by the Guarantor  under this Guarantee  Agreement and shall have the
right to waive  payment  by the  Issuer  pursuant  to  Section  5.01;  provided,
however,  that the  Guarantor  shall  not  (except  to the  extent  required  by
mandatory  provisions of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any rights that
it may acquire by way of subrogation or any  indemnity,  reimbursement  or other
agreement,  in all cases as a result of payment under this Guarantee  Agreement,
if at the time of any such  payment,  any amounts are due and unpaid  under this
Guarantee  Agreement.  If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor in violation
of the preceding sentence, the Guarantor agrees to hold such amount in trust for
the Holders and to pay over such amount to the Holders.

         SECTION 5.07. Independent Obligations.  The Guarantor acknowledges that
its obligations  hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Issuer with
respect  to the  Trust  Securities  and that the  Guarantor  shall be  liable as
principal and as debtor  hereunder to make  Guarantee  Payments  pursuant to the
terms of this Guarantee  Agreement  notwithstanding  the occurrence of any event
referred to in subsections (a) through (g), inclusive, of Section 5.03.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                           Covenants and Subordination

         SECTION 6.01.  Subordination.  This Guarantee Agreement will constitute
an unsecured obligation of the Guarantor and will rank subordinate and junior in
right of payment to all Senior Debt of the Guarantor,  to the same extent and in
the same manner that the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities are subordinated to
Senior Debt pursuant to the  Indenture,  it being  understood  that the terms of
Article XIII of the Indenture  shall apply to the  obligations  of the Guarantor
under this Guarantee Agreement as if (x) such Article XIII were set forth herein
in full and (y) such  obligations  were  substituted  for the term  "Securities"
appearing in such Article XIII.

         SECTION 6.02. Pari Passu Guaranty.  This Guarantee Agreement shall rank
pari passu with any similar  guarantee  agreements  issued by the  Guarantor  on
behalf of the  holders  of



                                       15
<PAGE>

trust securities  issued by a trust created by the Guarantor similar to Guaranty
Capital Trust I.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                   Termination

         SECTION 7.01. Termination. This Guarantee Agreement shall terminate and
be of no further force and effect upon (i) full payment of the Redemption  Price
of all Trust  Securities,  (ii) the  distribution  of Junior  Subordinated  Debt
Securities  to the Holders in exchange for all of the Trust  Securities or (iii)
full payment of the amounts  payable in accordance with the Declaration of Trust
upon liquidation of the Issuer.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  this Guarantee
Agreement will continue to be effective or will be  reinstated,  as the case may
be, if at any time any  Holder  must  repay any sums paid with  respect to Trust
Securities or this Guarantee Agreement.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                  Miscellaneous

         SECTION 8.01.  Successors  and Assigns.  All  guarantees and agreements
contained  in this  Guarantee  Agreement  shall  bind the  successors,  assigns,
receivers,  trustees and representatives of the Guarantor and shall inure to the
benefit  of  the  Holders  then   outstanding.   Except  in  connection  with  a
consolidation,  merger or sale involving the Guarantor  that is permitted  under
Article  VIII of the  Indenture  and  pursuant to which the  assignee  agrees in
writing to perform the Guarantor's  obligations  hereunder,  the Guarantor shall
not assign its obligations hereunder.

         SECTION  8.02.  Amendments.  Except with respect to any changes that do
not adversely affect the rights of the Holders in any material respect (in which
case no consent of the Holders will be required),  this Guarantee  Agreement may
only be  amended  with the  prior  approval  of the  Holders  of not less than a
Majority in Liquidation  Amount of the Securities.  The provisions of Article VI
of the  Declaration of Trust  concerning  meetings of the Holders shall apply to
the giving of such approval.

         SECTION  8.03.  Notices.  Any  notice,  request or other  communication
required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing,  duly signed by
the party giving such notice, and delivered,  telecopied  (confirmed by delivery
of the original) or mailed by first class mail as follows:



                                       16
<PAGE>

                  (a)  if given to the Guarantor, to the address set forth below
         or such other  address,  facsimile  number or to the  attention of such
         other Person as the Guarantor may give notice to the Holders:

                           GUARANTY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                           1658 State Farm Boulevard
                           Charlottesville, Virginia  22911
                           Facsimile No.: (804) 970-1422

                  (b)  if given to the Issuer, in care of the Guarantee Trustee,
         at the Issuer's (and the Guarantee  Trustee's)  address set forth below
         or such other address as the Guarantee  Trustee on behalf of the Issuer
         may give notice to the Holders:

                           GUARANTY CAPITAL TRUST I
                           c/o Guaranty Financial Corporation
                           1658 State Farm Boulevard
                           Charlottesville, Virginia  22911
                           Facsimile No.: (804) 970-1422

                  with a copy to:

                           WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
                           1100 N. Market Street
                           Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration
                           Wilmington, Delaware  19890
                           Facsimile No.: (302) 651-8882

                  (c)  if given to the Guarantee Trustee:

                           WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
                           1100 N. Market Street
                           Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration
                           Wilmington, Delaware  19890
                           Facsimile No.: (302) 651-8882

                  (d)  if given to any  Holder,  at the address set forth on the
         books and records of the Issuer.

         All notices  hereunder shall be deemed to have been given when received
in person,  telecopied  with receipt  confirmed,  or mailed by first class mail,
postage  prepaid,  except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery
or cannot be  delivered  because  of a changed  address  of which no notice  was
given,  such notice or other  document shall be deemed to have been delivered on
the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.



                                       17
<PAGE>

         SECTION  8.04.  Benefit.  This  Guarantee  Agreement  is solely for the
benefit  of the  Holders  and is not  separately  transferable  from  the  Trust
Securities.

         SECTION 8.05. Interpretation.  In this Guarantee Agreement,  unless the
context otherwise requires:

                  (a)  a term defined  anywhere in this Guarantee  Agreement has
         the same meaning throughout;

                  (b)  all  references  to "the  Guarantee  Agreement"  or "this
         Guarantee  Agreement"  are to this  Guarantee  Agreement  as  modified,
         supplemented or amended from time to time;

                  (c)  all  references in this  Guarantee  Agreement to Articles
         and Sections are to Articles and Sections of this  Guarantee  Agreement
         unless otherwise specified;

                  (d)  a term  defined in the Trust  Indenture  Act has the same
         meaning when used in this Guarantee  Agreement unless otherwise defined
         in this Guarantee Agreement or unless the context otherwise requires;

                  (e)  a reference to the singular  includes the plural and vice
         versa; and

                  (f)  the  masculine,  feminine or neuter  genders  used herein
         shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.

         SECTION 8.06. Governing Law. THIS GUARANTEE AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED
BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH
OF VIRGINIA WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

         This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts,  each of
which so executed shall be deemed to be an original,  but all such  counterparts
shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.



                                       18
<PAGE>

         THIS GUARANTEE AGREEMENT is executed as of the day and year first above
written.

                                            WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as
                                            Guarantee Trustee



                                            By:_____________________________
                                            Name:___________________________
                                            Title:__________________________

                                            GUARANTY FINANCIAL CORPORATION,
                                            as Guarantor



                                            By:_____________________________
                                            Name:___________________________
                                            Title:__________________________



                                       19



                                                                    Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT 
CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS




Guaranty Financial Corporation
Charlottesville, VA

We  hereby  consent  to the use in the  Prospectus  constituting  a part of this
Registration  Statement  of our report dated  January 30, 1998,  relating to the
consolidated   financial   statements   and  schedules  of  Guaranty   Financial
Corporation, which is contained in that Prospectus.

We also consent to the  reference to us under the caption  "Accountants"  in the
Prospectus.




                                                     /s/ BDO SEIDMAN, LLP


Richmond, Virginia
March 27, 1998

                                                                    Exhibit 25.1


                                          Registration No.
================================================================================



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM T-1

         STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939
                  OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
SECTION 305(b)(2) ____

                            WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
               (Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)


        Delaware                                      51-0055023
(State of incorporation)                 (I.R.S. employer identification no.)

                               Rodney Square North
                            1100 North Market Street
                           Wilmington, Delaware 19890
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

                               Cynthia L. Corliss
                        Vice President and Trust Counsel
                            Wilmington Trust Company
                               Rodney Square North
                           Wilmington, Delaware 19890
                                 (302) 651-8516
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)


                         GUARANTY FINANCIAL CORPORATION

               (Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

         Virginia                                       54-1786496
(State of incorporation)                    (I.R.S. employer identification no.)

         1658 State Farm Blvd.
       Charlottesville, Virginia                           22911
(Address of principal executive offices)                 (Zip Code)


                       Junior Subordinated Debt Securities
                        of Guaranty Financial Corporation
                       (Title of the indenture securities)



================================================================================


<PAGE>



ITEM 1.     GENERAL INFORMATION.

                    Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

            (a)     Name and address of each examining or supervising authority
                    to which it is subject.

                    Federal Deposit Insurance Co.      State Bank Commissioner
                    Five Penn Center                   Dover, Delaware
                    Suite #2901
                    Philadelphia, PA

            (b)     Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

                    The  trustee  is  authorized  to  exercise  corporate  trust
                    powers.

ITEM 2.     AFFILIATIONS WITH THE OBLIGOR.

                    If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each
            affiliation:

                    Based upon an  examination  of the books and  records of the
            trustee and upon information  furnished by the obligor,  the obligor
            is not an affiliate of the trustee.

ITEM 3.     LIST OF EXHIBITS.

                    List below all exhibits  filed as part of this  Statement of
            Eligibility and Qualification.

            A.      Copy of the  Charter  of  Wilmington  Trust  Company,  which
                    includes the  certificate  of authority of Wilmington  Trust
                    Company  to  commence  business  and  the  authorization  of
                    Wilmington Trust Company to exercise corporate trust powers.
            B.      Copy of By-Laws of Wilmington Trust Company.
            C.      Consent of  Wilmington  Trust  Company  required  by Section
                    321(b) of Trust Indenture Act.
            D.      Copy of most recent Report of Condition of Wilmington Trust
                    Company.

            Pursuant to the  requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended,  the trustee,  Wilmington  Trust Company,  a corporation  organized and
existing  under  the  laws of  Delaware,  has  duly  caused  this  Statement  of
Eligibility  to be  signed  on its  behalf by the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized,  all in the City of Wilmington and State of Delaware on the 23rd day
of March, 1998.

                                         WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
[SEAL]

Attest: /s/ W. Chris Sponenberg           By: /s/ Emmett R. Harmon
        ---------------------------           ----------------------------
        Assistant Secretary               Name:  Emmett R. Harmon
                                          Title:  Vice President


H:\...\trinact\t1\guarnty2.jsd


                                        2

<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT A

                                 AMENDED CHARTER

                            Wilmington Trust Company

                              Wilmington, Delaware

                           As existing on May 9, 1987




<PAGE>



                                 Amended Charter

                                       or

                              Act of Incorporation

                                       of

                            Wilmington Trust Company

         Wilmington  Trust  Company,  originally  incorporated  by an Act of the
General  Assembly of the State of Delaware,  entitled "An Act to Incorporate the
Delaware Guarantee and Trust Company", approved March 2, A.D. 1901, and the name
of which company was changed to "Wilmington Trust Company" by an amendment filed
in the Office of the Secretary of State on March 18, A.D.  1903, and the Charter
or Act of  Incorporation of which company has been from time to time amended and
changed by merger agreements pursuant to the corporation law for state banks and
trust  companies  of the  State of  Delaware,  does  hereby  alter and amend its
Charter or Act of Incorporation so that the same as so altered and amended shall
in its entirety read as follows:

         First: - The name of this corporation is Wilmington Trust Company.

         Second: - The location of its principal office in the State of Delaware
         is at Rodney Square  North,  in the City of  Wilmington,  County of New
         Castle;  the name of its resident  agent is  Wilmington  Trust  Company
         whose address is Rodney Square North, in said City. In addition to such
         principal  office,  the said corporation  maintains and operates branch
         offices in the City of Newark, New Castle County, Delaware, the Town of
         Newport, New Castle County,  Delaware, at Claymont,  New Castle County,
         Delaware,  at Greenville,  New Castle County  Delaware,  and at Milford
         Cross Roads,  New Castle  County,  Delaware,  and shall be empowered to
         open, maintain and operate branch offices at Ninth and Shipley Streets,
         418 Delaware Avenue, 2120 Market Street, and 3605 Market Street, all in
         the City of  Wilmington,  New Castle County,  Delaware,  and such other
         branch offices or places of business as may be authorized  from time to
         time by the  agency  or  agencies  of the  government  of the  State of
         Delaware empowered to confer such authority.

         Third: - (a) The nature of the  business  and the objects and purposes
         proposed to be transacted,  promoted or carried on by this  Corporation
         are to do any or all of the things herein mentioned as fully and to the
         same extent as natural persons might or could do and in any part of the
         world, viz.:

                (1) To sue and be sued,  complain and defend in any Court of law
                or equity and to make and use a common seal,  and alter the seal
                at pleasure,  to hold, purchase,  convey,  mortgage or otherwise
                deal in real and personal  estate and  property,  and to appoint
                such officers and agents as the business of the


<PAGE>



                Corporation shall require, to make by-laws not inconsistent with
                the  Constitution or laws of the United States or of this State,
                to discount bills,  notes or other evidences of debt, to receive
                deposits  of money,  or  securities  for money,  to buy gold and
                silver  bullion  and  foreign  coins,  to buy and sell  bills of
                exchange,  and  generally  to use,  exercise  and  enjoy all the
                powers,   rights,   privileges  and  franchises  incident  to  a
                corporation which are proper or necessary for the transaction of
                the business of the Corporation hereby created.

                (2) To  insure  titles  to real and  personal  property,  or any
                estate or interests therein, and to guarantee the holder of such
                property, real or personal, against any claim or claims, adverse
                to his interest therein, and to prepare and give certificates of
                title for any lands or  premises  in the State of  Delaware,  or
                elsewhere.

                (3) To act as factor,  agent, broker or attorney in the receipt,
                collection, custody, investment and management of funds, and the
                purchase,  sale,  management  and  disposal  of  property of all
                descriptions, and to prepare and execute all papers which may be
                necessary or proper in such business.

                (4) To prepare and draw agreements,  contracts,  deeds,  leases,
                conveyances,   mortgages,   bonds  and  legal  papers  of  every
                description, and to carry on the business of conveyancing in all
                its branches.

                (5) To receive  upon  deposit for  safekeeping  money,  jewelry,
                plate,  deeds,  bonds and any and all other personal property of
                every sort and kind, from executors, administrators,  guardians,
                public officers,  courts,  receivers,  assignees,  trustees, and
                from  all   fiduciaries,   and  from  all  other   persons   and
                individuals, and from all corporations whether state, municipal,
                corporate or private, and to rent boxes, safes, vaults and other
                receptacles for such property.

                (6) To act as agent or otherwise for the purpose of registering,
                issuing,   certificating,    countersigning,   transferring   or
                underwriting  the  stock,  bonds  or  other  obligations  of any
                corporation, association, state or municipality, and may receive
                and manage any  sinking  fund  therefor  on such terms as may be
                agreed upon between the two parties,  and in like manner may act
                as Treasurer of any corporation or municipality.

                (7) To act as Trustee under any deed of trust, mortgage, bond or
                other  instrument  issued  by  any  state,  municipality,   body
                politic, corporation,  association or person, either alone or in
                conjunction  with any other  person or persons,  corporation  or
                corporations.


                                        2

<PAGE>

                (8) To  guarantee  the  validity,  performance  or effect of any
                contract  or  agreement,  and the  fidelity  of persons  holding
                places of  responsibility  or trust;  to become  surety  for any
                person, or persons,  for the faithful  performance of any trust,
                office,  duty,  contract  or  agreement,  either by itself or in
                conjunction with any other person, or persons,  corporation,  or
                corporations,  or in like  manner  become  surety upon any bond,
                recognizance, obligation, judgment, suit, order, or decree to be
                entered in any court of record  within the State of  Delaware or
                elsewhere, or which may now or hereafter be required by any law,
                judge, officer or court in the State of Delaware or elsewhere.

                (9) To act by any and every  method of  appointment  as trustee,
                trustee  in   bankruptcy,   receiver,   assignee,   assignee  in
                bankruptcy, executor, administrator, guardian, bailee, or in any
                other trust capacity in the receiving,  holding,  managing,  and
                disposing of any and all estates and property, real, personal or
                mixed,  and  to  be  appointed  as  such  trustee,   trustee  in
                bankruptcy,   receiver,   assignee,   assignee  in   bankruptcy,
                executor,  administrator,  guardian  or bailee  by any  persons,
                corporations,  court,  officer,  or  authority,  in the State of
                Delaware or  elsewhere;  and  whenever  this  Corporation  is so
                appointed  by  any  person,   corporation,   court,  officer  or
                authority  such  trustee,   trustee  in  bankruptcy,   receiver,
                assignee,  assignee  in  bankruptcy,  executor,   administrator,
                guardian,  bailee, or in any other trust capacity,  it shall not
                be required  to give bond with  surety,  but its  capital  stock
                shall be taken and held as security for the  performance  of the
                duties devolving upon it by such appointment.

                (10) And for its care,  management and trouble, and the exercise
                of any of its powers hereby given, or for the performance of any
                of the  duties  which  it may  undertake  or be  called  upon to
                perform,  or for the assumption of any  responsibility  the said
                Corporation may be entitled to receive a proper compensation.

                (11) To  purchase,  receive,  hold  and own  bonds,  mortgages,
                debentures,  shares of  capital  stock,  and  other  securities,
                obligations,  contracts  and evidences of  indebtedness,  of any
                private,  public or municipal corporation within and without the
                State of Delaware, or of the Government of the United States, or
                of any state,  territory,  colony, or possession  thereof, or of
                any foreign government or country; to receive,  collect, receipt
                for, and dispose of interest, dividends and income upon and from
                any  of the  bonds,  mortgages,  debentures,  notes,  shares  of
                capital stock, securities,  obligations, contracts, evidences of
                indebtedness  and other  property  held and owned by it,  and to
                exercise  in respect of all such bonds,  mortgages,  debentures,
                notes,  shares  of  capital  stock,   securities,   obligations,
                contracts, evidences of indebtedness and other property, any and
                all the rights, powers and privileges of individual

                                        3

<PAGE>

                owners thereof,  including the right to vote thereon;  to invest
                and deal in and with any of the moneys of the  Corporation  upon
                such  securities  and in such  manner  as it may  think  fit and
                proper,   and  from  time  to  time  to  vary  or  realize  such
                investments;  to issue  bonds and  secure the same by pledges or
                deeds of trust or  mortgages of or upon the whole or any part of
                the property held or owned by the  Corporation,  and to sell and
                pledge  such  bonds,  as and when the Board of  Directors  shall
                determine,  and in the promotion of its said corporate  business
                of  investment  and to the extent  authorized  by law, to lease,
                purchase,  hold, sell, assign,  transfer,  pledge,  mortgage and
                convey real and personal property of any name and nature and any
                estate or interest therein.

         (b) In furtherance of, and not in limitation,  of the powers  conferred
         by the laws of the State of Delaware,  it is hereby expressly  provided
         that the said Corporation shall also have the following powers:

                (1) To do any or all of the things herein set forth, to the same
                extent as natural  persons might or could do, and in any part of
                the world.

                (2) To acquire the good will,  rights,  property and  franchises
                and to  undertake  the  whole  or any  part  of the  assets  and
                liabilities of any person, firm, association or corporation, and
                to pay for the same in cash, stock of this Corporation, bonds or
                otherwise;  to hold or in any  manner to dispose of the whole or
                any part of the property so purchased;  to conduct in any lawful
                manner the whole or any part of any business so acquired, and to
                exercise all the powers necessary or convenient in and about the
                conduct and management of such business.

                (3) To take, hold, own, deal in, mortgage or otherwise lien, and
                to lease, sell,  exchange,  transfer,  or in any manner whatever
                dispose of property, real, personal or mixed, wherever situated.

                (4) To enter  into,  make,  perform and carry out  contracts  of
                every kind with any person,  firm,  association or  corporation,
                and, without limit as to amount, to draw, make, accept, endorse,
                discount,  execute and issue promissory notes,  drafts, bills of
                exchange,  warrants, bonds, debentures,  and other negotiable or
                transferable instruments.

                (5) To have one or more  offices,  to carry on all or any of its
                operations  and  businesses,  without  restriction  to the  same
                extent as  natural  persons  might or could do, to  purchase  or
                otherwise  acquire,  to hold, own, to mortgage,  sell, convey or
                otherwise dispose of, real and personal property, of every class
                and description, in any State, District,  Territory or Colony of
                the United States, and in any foreign country or place.

                                        4

<PAGE>

                (6) It is the  intention  that the objects,  purposes and powers
                specified and clauses  contained in this paragraph shall (except
                where  otherwise  expressed in said paragraph) be nowise limited
                or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any
                other clause of this or any other paragraph in this charter, but
                that the objects,  purposes and powers  specified in each of the
                clauses  of this  paragraph  shall be  regarded  as  independent
                objects, purposes and powers.

         Fourth: - (a) The total number of shares of all classes of stock which
         the  Corporation  shall have  authority to issue is  forty-one  million
         (41,000,000) shares, consisting of:

                (1) One million (1,000,000) shares of Preferred stock, par value
                $10.00 per share (hereinafter referred to as "Preferred Stock");
                and

                (2) Forty million (40,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value
                $1.00 per share (hereinafter referred to as "Common Stock").

         (b) Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or
         more  series  as may from  time to time be  determined  by the Board of
         Directors each of said series to be distinctly  designated.  All shares
         of  any  one  series  of  Preferred  Stock  shall  be  alike  in  every
         particular,  except  that  there  may be  different  dates  from  which
         dividends, if any, thereon shall be cumulative, if made cumulative. The
         voting powers and the preferences and relative, participating, optional
         and other special rights of each such series,  and the  qualifications,
         limitations or restrictions  thereof,  if any, may differ from those of
         any and all other series at any time  outstanding;  and, subject to the
         provisions of  subparagraph 1 of Paragraph (c) of this Article  Fourth,
         the Board of Directors of the Corporation is hereby  expressly  granted
         authority to fix by  resolution  or  resolutions  adopted  prior to the
         issuance of any shares of a particular  series of Preferred  Stock, the
         voting powers and the designations,  preferences and relative, optional
         and other  special  rights,  and the  qualifications,  limitations  and
         restrictions  of such  series,  including,  but  without  limiting  the
         generality of the foregoing, the following:

                (1) The distinctive  designation of, and the number of shares of
                Preferred Stock which shall constitute such series, which number
                may be increased  (except where otherwise  provided by the Board
                of Directors)  or decreased  (but not below the number of shares
                thereof  then  outstanding)  from time to time by like action of
                the Board of Directors;

                (2) The rate and times at which, and the terms and conditions on
                which,  dividends,  if any,  on  Preferred  Stock of such series
                shall be paid, the extent of the preference or relation, if any,
                of such dividends to the dividends payable on any other class or
                classes, or series of the same or other class of

                                        5

<PAGE>

                stock  and  whether  such  dividends   shall  be  cumulative  or
                non-cumulative;

                (3) The right, if any, of the holders of Preferred Stock of such
                series to convert the same into or exchange the same for, shares
                of any other  class or  classes  or of any series of the same or
                any other class or classes of stock of the  Corporation  and the
                terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange;

                (4) Whether  or not  Preferred  Stock of such  series  shall be
                subject to redemption,  and the  redemption  price or prices and
                the time or times at  which,  and the terms  and  conditions  on
                which, Preferred Stock of such series may be redeemed.

                (5) The rights,  if any, of the  holders of  Preferred  Stock of
                such  series  upon the  voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,
                merger,   consolidation,   distribution   or  sale  of   assets,
                dissolution or winding-up, of the Corporation.

                (6) The terms of the  sinking  fund or  redemption  or  purchase
                account,  if any, to be provided for the Preferred Stock of such
                series; and

                (7) The voting powers,  if any, of the holders of such series of
                Preferred  Stock which may,  without  limiting the generality of
                the foregoing include the right, voting as a series or by itself
                or together  with other series of Preferred  Stock or all series
                of Preferred Stock as a class, to elect one or more directors of
                the  Corporation  if there  shall  have  been a  default  in the
                payment  of  dividends  on any one or more  series of  Preferred
                Stock or under such  circumstances and on such conditions as the
                Board of Directors may determine.

         (c) (1) After the requirements  with respect to preferential  dividends
         on the  Preferred  Stock (fixed in  accordance  with the  provisions of
         section (b) of this Article  Fourth),  if any,  shall have been met and
         after the Corporation shall have complied with all the requirements, if
         any,  with  respect to the  setting  aside of sums as sinking  funds or
         redemption  or  purchase   accounts   (fixed  in  accordance  with  the
         provisions of section (b) of this Article Fourth),  and subject further
         to any conditions  which may be fixed in accordance with the provisions
         of section  (b) of this  Article  Fourth,  then and not  otherwise  the
         holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such  dividends as
         may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

                (2) After  distribution in full of the preferential  amount,  if
                any,  (fixed in accordance with the provisions of section (b) of
                this  Article  Fourth),  to be  distributed  to the  holders  of
                Preferred  Stock  in  the  event  of  voluntary  or  involuntary
                liquidation,  distribution  or sale of  assets,  dissolution  or
                winding-up, of the Corporation,  the holders of the Common Stock
                shall be entitled to

                                        6

<PAGE>



                receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation, tangible
                and intangible,  of whatever kind available for  distribution to
                stockholders  ratably in  proportion  to the number of shares of
                Common Stock held by them respectively.

                (3) Except  as  may  otherwise  be  required  by  law or by the
                provisions of such  resolution or  resolutions as may be adopted
                by the  Board  of  Directors  pursuant  to  section  (b) of this
                Article Fourth,  each holder of Common Stock shall have one vote
                in  respect of each  share of Common  Stock held on all  matters
                voted upon by the stockholders.

         (d) No holder  of any of the  shares of any class or series of stock or
         of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of any class or
         series of stock or of other  securities of the  Corporation  shall have
         any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued stock of
         any class or series or any additional  shares of any class or series to
         be issued by reason of any increase of the authorized  capital stock of
         the  Corporation  of any class or  series,  or bonds,  certificates  of
         indebtedness,  debentures  or  other  securities  convertible  into  or
         exchangeable  for stock of the  Corporation of any class or series,  or
         carrying  any right to purchase  stock of any class or series,  but any
         such unissued stock, additional authorized issue of shares of any class
         or series of stock or securities  convertible  into or exchangeable for
         stock,  or  carrying  any right to  purchase  stock,  may be issued and
         disposed of pursuant to  resolution  of the Board of  Directors to such
         persons, firms,  corporations or associations,  whether such holders or
         others,  and upon such terms as may be deemed advisable by the Board of
         Directors in the exercise of its sole discretion.

         (e) The  relative  powers,  preferences  and  rights of each  series of
         Preferred  Stock in relation to the relative  powers,  preferences  and
         rights of each other series of Preferred  Stock shall, in each case, be
         as fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in the  resolution
         or resolutions  adopted pursuant to authority granted in section (b) of
         this  Article  Fourth  and the  consent,  by  class or  series  vote or
         otherwise,  of the holders of such of the series of Preferred  Stock as
         are  from  time to  time  outstanding  shall  not be  required  for the
         issuance by the Board of  Directors  of any other  series of  Preferred
         Stock whether or not the powers,  preferences  and rights of such other
         series  shall be fixed by the Board of  Directors as senior to, or on a
         parity with,  the powers,  preferences  and rights of such  outstanding
         series, or any of them; provided,  however, that the Board of Directors
         may  provide  in the  resolution  or  resolutions  as to any  series of
         Preferred Stock adopted  pursuant to section (b) of this Article Fourth
         that  the  consent  of the  holders  of a  majority  (or  such  greater
         proportion as shall be therein fixed) of the outstanding shares of such
         series voting  thereon shall be required for the issuance of any or all
         other series of Preferred Stock.


                                        7

<PAGE>



         (f) Subject to the  provisions of section (e),  shares of any series of
         Preferred  Stock  may be  issued  from  time to time  as the  Board  of
         Directors of the Corporation  shall determine and on such terms and for
         such consideration as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

         (g) Shares of Common Stock may be issued from time to time as the Board
         of Directors of the  Corporation  shall determine and on such terms and
         for such consideration as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

         (h) The  authorized  amount of shares of Common  Stock and of Preferred
         Stock may,  without a class or series  vote,  be increased or decreased
         from time to time by the affirmative  vote of the holders of a majority
         of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon.

         Fifth: - (a) The  business  and  affairs of the  Corporation  shall be
         conducted and managed by a Board of Directors.  The number of directors
         constituting the entire Board shall be not less than five nor more than
         twenty-five  as fixed  from time to time by vote of a  majority  of the
         whole Board, provided,  however, that the number of directors shall not
         be  reduced so as to shorten  the term of any  director  at the time in
         office, and provided further, that the number of directors constituting
         the  whole  Board  shall  be  twenty-four  until  otherwise  fixed by a
         majority of the whole Board.

         (b) The Board of  Directors  shall be divided  into three  classes,  as
         nearly   equal  in  number  as  the  then  total  number  of  directors
         constituting  the whole Board  permits,  with the term of office of one
         class  expiring each year.  At the annual  meeting of  stockholders  in
         1982,  directors of the first class shall be elected to hold office for
         a term expiring at the next succeeding annual meeting, directors of the
         second class shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the
         second succeeding annual meeting and directors of the third class shall
         be elected to hold office for a term  expiring at the third  succeeding
         annual meeting. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors for any reason,
         and any newly created directorships  resulting from any increase in the
         directors,  may be  filled  by the  Board  of  Directors,  acting  by a
         majority of the directors then in office,  although less than a quorum,
         and any  directors  so chosen  shall hold office  until the next annual
         election of directors. At such election, the stockholders shall elect a
         successor to such  director to hold office  until the next  election of
         the class for which such director  shall have been chosen and until his
         successor shall be elected and qualified.  No decrease in the number of
         directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

         (c) Notwithstanding  any other  provisions  of this  Charter or Act of
         Incorporation  or the By-Laws of the Corporation  (and  notwithstanding
         the fact that some lesser  percentage  may be  specified  by law,  this
         Charter or Act of Incorporation or the ByLaws of the Corporation),  any
         director or the entire Board of Directors of the

                                        8

<PAGE>

         Corporation  may be removed at any time without cause,  but only by the
         affirmative   vote  of  the  holders  of  two-thirds  or  more  of  the
         outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote
         generally in the election of directors  (considered for this purpose as
         one  class)  cast at a  meeting  of the  stockholders  called  for that
         purpose.

         (d) Nominations for the election of directors may be made by the Board
         of Directors or by any stockholder entitled to vote for the election of
         directors.  Such  nominations  shall  be made  by  notice  in  writing,
         delivered or mailed by first class United States mail, postage prepaid,
         to the Secretary of the Corporation not less than 14 days nor more than
         50  days  prior  to any  meeting  of the  stockholders  called  for the
         election of directors;  provided,  however,  that if less than 21 days'
         notice of the meeting is given to  stockholders,  such  written  notice
         shall be delivered or mailed,  as  prescribed,  to the Secretary of the
         Corporation  not later than the close of the seventh day  following the
         day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to  stockholders.  Notice
         of  nominations  which are proposed by the Board of Directors  shall be
         given by the Chairman on behalf of the Board.

         (e) Each notice under subsection (d) shall set forth (i) the name, age,
         business  address  and,  if known,  residence  address of each  nominee
         proposed in such notice, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of
         such nominee and (iii) the number of shares of stock of the Corporation
         which are beneficially owned by each such nominee.

         (f) The  Chairman of the meeting may, if the facts  warrant,  determine
         and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance
         with the foregoing procedure,  and if he should so determine,  he shall
         so  declare  to the  meeting  and the  defective  nomination  shall  be
         disregarded.

         (g) No action  required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual
         or special  meeting of  stockholders  of the  Corporation  may be taken
         without a meeting, and the power of stockholders to consent in writing,
         without a meeting, to the taking of any action is specifically denied.

         Sixth: - The Directors  shall choose such officers,  agent and servants
         as may be  provided  in the  By-Laws as they may from time to time find
         necessary or proper.

         Seventh: - The  Corporation  hereby  created is hereby  given the same
         powers,  rights and  privileges as may be conferred  upon  corporations
         organized   under  the  Act  entitled  "An  Act   Providing  a  General
         Corporation  Law",  approved  March  10,  1899,  as  from  time to time
         amended.

         Eighth: - This Act shall be deemed and taken to be a private Act.


                                        9

<PAGE>

         Ninth: - This Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

         Tenth: - The Board of Directors,  by resolution passed by a majority of
         the whole Board,  may  designate  any of their number to  constitute an
         Executive  Committee,  which Committee,  to the extent provided in said
         resolution,  or in the  By-Laws  of the  Company,  shall  have  and may
         exercise all of the powers of the Board of Directors in the  management
         of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall have power to
         authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which
         may require it.

         Eleventh: - The  private  property  of the  stockholders  shall not be
         liable for the payment of corporate debts to any extent whatever.

         Twelfth: - The  Corporation  may transact  business in any part of the
         world.

         Thirteenth: - The Board of Directors of the  Corporation  is expressly
         authorized to make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation by a
         vote of the majority of the entire Board.  The  stockholders  may make,
         alter or repeal any By-Law  whether  or not  adopted by them,  provided
         however, that any such additional By-Laws, alterations or repeal may be
         adopted only by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of  two-thirds or
         more of the  outstanding  shares of  capital  stock of the  Corporation
         entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for
         this purpose as one class).

         Fourteenth: - Meetings  of the  Directors  may be held  outside of the
         State of Delaware at such places as may be from time to time designated
         by the  Board,  and the  Directors  may keep the  books of the  Company
         outside of the State of  Delaware at such places as may be from time to
         time designated by them.

         Fifteenth: - (a) In addition to any affirmative  vote required by law,
         and except as otherwise  expressly  provided in sections (b) and (c) of
         this Article Fifteenth:

                (A) any  merger  or  consolidation  of the  Corporation  or any
                Subsidiary  (as  hereinafter  defined)  with  or  into  (i)  any
                Interested  Stockholder  (as  hereinafter  defined)  or (ii) any
                other   corporation   (whether  or  not  itself  an   Interested
                Stockholder),  which, after such merger or consolidation,  would
                be an  Affiliate  (as  hereinafter  defined)  of  an  Interested
                Stockholder, or

                (B) any sale, lease,  exchange,  mortgage,  pledge, transfer or
                other  disposition  (in one  transaction  or a series of related
                transactions)  to or  with  any  Interested  Stockholder  or any
                Affiliate  of any  Interested  Stockholder  of any assets of the
                Corporation  or any  Subsidiary  having an aggregate fair market
                value of $1,000,000 or more, or


                                       10

<PAGE>



                (C) the  issuance  or  transfer  by  the   Corporation  or  any
                Subsidiary   (in  one   transaction   or  a  series  of  related
                transactions)  of  any  securities  of  the  Corporation  or any
                Subsidiary to any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any
                Interested Stockholder in exchange for cash, securities or other
                property (or a  combination  thereof)  having an aggregate  fair
                market value of $1,000,000 or more, or

                (D) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the  liquidation or
                dissolution of the Corporation, or

                (E) any  reclassification  of securities  (including any reverse
                stock split),  or  recapitalization  of the Corporation,  or any
                merger  or  consolidation  of the  Corporation  with  any of its
                Subsidiaries or any similar transaction  (whether or not with or
                into or otherwise involving an Interested Stockholder) which has
                the  effect,   directly  or   indirectly,   of  increasing   the
                proportionate  share of the  outstanding  shares of any class of
                equity  or  convertible  securities  of the  Corporation  or any
                Subsidiary   which  is  directly  or  indirectly  owned  by  any
                Interested  Stockholder,  or any  Affiliate  of  any  Interested
                Stockholder,

shall require the affirmative  vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the
outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock  of the  Corporation  entitled  to  vote
generally  in the  election  of  directors,  considered  for the purpose of this
Article Fifteenth as one class ("Voting Shares"). Such affirmative vote shall be
required  notwithstanding  the fact that no vote may be  required,  or that some
lesser percentage may be specified, by law or in any agreement with any national
securities exchange or otherwise.

                (2) The  term  "business  combination"  as used in this  Article
                Fifteenth  shall mean any  transaction  which is referred to any
                one or more of clauses  (A)  through  (E) of  paragraph 1 of the
                section (a).

                (b) The  provisions  of section  (a) of this  Article  Fifteenth
                shall not be applicable to any particular  business  combination
                and  such   business   combination   shall   require  only  such
                affirmative  vote as is required by law and any other provisions
                of the  Charter  or Act of  Incorporation  of  By-Laws  if  such
                business  combination  has been  approved  by a majority  of the
                whole Board.

                (c) For the purposes of this Article Fifteenth:

         (1) A "person"  shall mean any  individual  firm,  corporation or other
         entity.

         (2) "Interested  Stockholder"  shall mean,  in respect of any business
         combination,  any person (other than the Corporation or any Subsidiary)
         who  or  which  as  of  the  record  date  for  the   determination  of
         stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote on

                                       11

<PAGE>

         such business combination,  or immediately prior to the consummation of
         any such transaction:

                (A) is the beneficial  owner,  directly or  indirectly,  of more
                than 10% of the Voting Shares, or

                (B) is an  Affiliate of the  Corporation  and at any time within
                two years prior thereto was the  beneficial  owner,  directly or
                indirectly,  of not less than 10% of the then outstanding voting
                Shares, or

                (C) is an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded in any share of
                capital stock of the  Corporation  which were at any time within
                two years prior  thereto  beneficially  owned by any  Interested
                Stockholder,  and  such  assignment  or  succession  shall  have
                occurred   in  the  course  of  a   transaction   or  series  of
                transactions  not involving a public offering within the meaning
                of the Securities Act of 1933.

         (3) A person shall be the "beneficial owner" of any Voting Shares:

                (A) which such person or any of its  Affiliates  and  Associates
                (as hereafter defined) beneficially own, directly or indirectly,
                or

                (B) which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has
                (i) the right to  acquire  (whether  such  right is  exercisable
                immediately or only after the passage of time),  pursuant to any
                agreement,  arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of
                conversion  rights,  exchange  rights,  warrants or options,  or
                otherwise,  or (ii) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement,
                arrangement or understanding, or

                (C) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any
                other  person with which such first  mentioned  person or any of
                its Affiliates or Associates  has any agreement,  arrangement or
                understanding for the purpose of acquiring,  holding,  voting or
                disposing of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation.

         (4) The  outstanding  Voting Shares shall  include  shares deemed owned
         through  application  of paragraph  (3) above but shall not include any
         other Voting Shares which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, or
         upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options or otherwise.

         (5) "Affiliate"  and  "Associate"  shall have the respective  meanings
         given those terms in Rule 12b-2 of the  General  Rules and  Regulations
         under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on December 31,
         1981.


                                       12

<PAGE>



         (6) "Subsidiary"  shall mean any corporation of which a majority of any
         class of equity  security  (as  defined in Rule  3a11-1 of the  General
         Rules and Regulations under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as in
         effect in December 31, 1981) is owned,  directly or indirectly,  by the
         Corporation; provided, however, that for the purposes of the definition
         of  Investment  Stockholder  set forth in paragraph (2) of this section
         (c), the term  "Subsidiary"  shall mean only a  corporation  of which a
         majority  of each  class of  equity  security  is  owned,  directly  or
         indirectly, by the Corporation.

                (d) majority of the  directors  shall have the power and duty to
                determine  for the  purposes of this  Article  Fifteenth  on the
                basis of  information  known to them,  (1) the  number of Voting
                Shares  beneficially owned by any person (2) whether a person is
                an Affiliate  or Associate of another,  (3) whether a person has
                an agreement,  arrangement or  understanding  with another as to
                the matters  referred to in paragraph (3) of section (c), or (4)
                whether the assets  subject to any business  combination  or the
                consideration   received   for  the   issuance  or  transfer  of
                securities  by  the  Corporation,   or  any  Subsidiary  has  an
                aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more.

                (e) Nothing  contained  in  this  Article  Fifteenth  shall  be
                construed  to  relieve  any  Interested   Stockholder  from  any
                fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

         Sixteenth: Notwithstanding any other provision of this Charter or Act
         of  Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Corporation (and in addition to
         any other  vote that may be  required  by law,  this  Charter or Act of
         Incorporation  by the By-Laws),  the affirmative vote of the holders of
         at least  two-thirds of the outstanding  shares of the capital stock of
         the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors
         (considered  for this purpose as one class) shall be required to amend,
         alter or repeal any provision of Articles Fifth, Thirteenth,  Fifteenth
         or Sixteenth of this Charter or Act of Incorporation.

         Seventeenth: (a) a Director of this Corporation shall not be liable to
         the Corporation or its  stockholders for monetary damages for breach of
         fiduciary duty as a Director,  except to the extent such exemption from
         liability or  limitation  thereof is not  permitted  under the Delaware
         General  Corporation  Laws  as the  same  exists  or may  hereafter  be
         amended.

                (b) Any repeal or modification of the foregoing  paragraph shall
                not  adversely  affect any right or  protection of a Director of
                the  Corporation  existing  hereunder with respect to any act or
                omission   occurring  prior  to  the  time  of  such  repeal  or
                modification."



                                       13

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B

                                     BY-LAWS


                            WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

                              WILMINGTON, DELAWARE

                         As existing on January 16, 1997


<PAGE>



                       BY-LAWS OF WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY


                                    ARTICLE I
                             Stockholders' Meetings

         Section 1.  The Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  shall be held on the
third  Thursday in April each year at the principal  office at the Company or at
such other date,  time, or place as may be designated by resolution by the Board
of Directors.

         Section 2.  Special meetings of all  stockholders  may be called at any
time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

         Section 3.  Notice of all meetings of the stockholders shall be given 
by mailing to each  stockholder  at least ten (10) days before said meeting,  at
his last known address, a written or printed notice fixing the time and place of
such meeting.

         Section 4.  A majority in the amount of the capital stock of the 
Company issued and outstanding on the record date, as herein  determined,  shall
constitute a quorum at all meetings of  stockholders  for the transaction of any
business,  but the holders of a small number of shares may adjourn, from time to
time,  without  further  notice,  until a quorum is  secured.  At each annual or
special meeting of stockholders, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote,
either  in  person  or by proxy,  for each  shares  of stock  registered  in the
stockholder's  name on the books of the  Company on the record date for any such
meeting as determined herein.


                                   ARTICLE II
                                    Directors

         Section 1.  The  number and  classification  of the Board of  Directors
shall be as set forth in the Charter of the Bank.

         Section 2.  No person who has attained the age of seventy-two (72) 
years shall be nominated  for election to the Board of Directors of the Company,
provided,  however,  that this limitation  shall not apply to any person who was
serving as director of the Company on September 16, 1971.

         Section 3.  The class of  Directors  so elected  shall hold  office for
three years or until their successors are elected and qualified.

         Section 4.  The affairs and business of the Company shall be managed 
and conducted by the Board of Directors.

         Section 5.  The Board of Directors shall meet at the principal office 
of the Company or elsewhere in its  discretion at such times to be determined by
a majority of its



<PAGE>

members, or at the call of the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the 
President.

         Section 6.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at
any time by the  Chairman of the Board of  Directors  or by the  President,  and
shall be called upon the written request of a majority of the directors.

         Section 7.  A majority of the directors  elected and qualified shall be
necessary to constitute a quorum for the  transaction of business at any meeting
of the Board of Directors.

         Section 8.  Written notice shall be sent by mail to each director of 
any special meeting of the Board of Directors,  and of any change in the time or
place of any regular meeting,  stating the time and place of such meeting, which
shall be mailed not less than two days before the time of holding such meeting.

         Section 9.  In the event of the death, resignation,  removal, inability
to act, or  disqualification of any director,  the Board of Directors,  although
less than a quorum,  shall have the right to elect the  successor who shall hold
office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the
vacancy  occurred,  and until  such  director's  successor  shall have been duly
elected and qualified.

         Section 10.  The Board of  Directors  at its first  meeting  after its
election by the  stockholders  shall  appoint an  Executive  Committee,  a Trust
Committee, an Audit Committee and a Compensation Committee, and shall elect from
its own members a Chairman of the Board of Directors  and a President who may be
the same  person.  The Board of  Directors  shall also  elect at such  meeting a
Secretary and a Treasurer,  who may be the same person,  may appoint at any time
such other  committees  and elect or appoint such other  officers as it may deem
advisable.  The Board of  Directors  may also elect at such  meeting one or more
Associate Directors.

         Section 11.  The Board of  Directors  may at any time  remove,  with or
without  cause,  any member of any  Committee  appointed by it or any  associate
director or officer elected by it and may appoint or elect his successor.

         Section 12.  The Board of Directors  may  designate an officer to be in
charge of such of the  departments  or  division  of the  Company as it may deem
advisable.


                                   ARTICLE III
                                   Committees

         Section 1.  Executive Committee

                     (A) The Executive  Committee  shall be composed of not more
than nine members who shall be selected by the Board of  Directors  from its own
members and who

                                        2

<PAGE>

shall hold office during the pleasure of the Board.

                     (B) The  Executive  Committee  shall have all the powers of
the Board of  Directors  when it is not in session to transact  all business for
and in behalf of the Company that may be brought before it.

                     (C) The  Executive  Committee  shall meet at the  principal
office  of the  Company  or  elsewhere  in its  discretion  at such  times to be
determined  by a majority of its members,  or at the call of the Chairman of the
Executive  Committee or at the call of the  Chairman of the Board of  Directors.
The majority of its members  shall be  necessary to  constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business. Special meetings of the Executive Committee may be held
at any time when a quorum is present.

                     (D) Minutes  of each  meeting  of the  Executive  Committee
shall be kept and submitted to the Board of Directors at its next meeting.

                     (E) The Executive  Committee  shall advise and  superintend
all investments  that may be made of the funds of the Company,  and shall direct
the disposal of the same, in accordance  with such rules and  regulations as the
Board of Directors from time to time make.

                     (F) In the  event  of a state  of  disaster  of  sufficient
severity to prevent the conduct and  management  of the affairs and  business of
the Company by its directors and officers as  contemplated  by these By-Laws any
two available  members of the  Executive  Committee as  constituted  immediately
prior to such disaster shall  constitute a quorum of that Committee for the full
conduct and  management of the affairs and business of the Company in accordance
with the  provisions  of Article  III of these  By-Laws;  and if less than three
members of the Trust Committee is constituted immediately prior to such disaster
shall be available for the transaction of its business, such Executive Committee
shall also be  empowered  to  exercise  all of the powers  reserved to the Trust
Committee   under   Article  III   Section  2  hereof.   In  the  event  of  the
unavailability,  at such  time,  of a minimum of two  members of such  Executive
Committee,   any  three  available  directors  shall  constitute  the  Executive
Committee for the full conduct and management of the affairs and business of the
Company in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section. This By-Law
shall be subject to  implementation  by  Resolutions  of the Board of  Directors
presently  existing or hereafter passed from time to time for that purpose,  and
any  provisions of these By-Laws  (other than this Section) and any  resolutions
which are contrary to the provisions of this Section or to the provisions of any
such  implementary  Resolutions shall be suspended during such a disaster period
until it shall be determined  by any interim  Executive  Committee  acting under
this  section  that it shall be to the  advantage  of the  Company to resume the
conduct  and  management  of its  affairs  and  business  under all of the other
provisions of these By-Laws.



                                        3

<PAGE>

         Section 2.  Trust Committee

                     (A) The Trust  Committee shall be composed of not more than
thirteen members who shall be selected by the Board of Directors,  a majority of
whom shall be members of the Board of Directors and who shall hold office during
the pleasure of the Board.

                     (B) The Trust Committee shall have general supervision over
the Trust Department and the investment of trust funds, in all matters, however,
being subject to the approval of the Board of Directors.

                     (C) The Trust Committee shall meet at the principal  office
of the Company or elsewhere in its  discretion at such times to be determined by
a majority  of its  members or at the call of its  chairman.  A majority  of its
members  shall be  necessary  to  constitute  a quorum  for the  transaction  of
business.

                     (D) Minutes of each meeting of the Trust Committee shall be
kept and promptly submitted to the Board of Directors.

                     (E) The Trust  Committee  shall  have the power to  appoint
Committees  and/or  designate  officers  or  employees  of the  Company  to whom
supervision  over the  investment of trust funds may be delegated when the Trust
Committee is not in session.

         Section 3.  Audit Committee

                     (A) The Audit  Committee  shall be composed of five members
who shall be selected by the Board of Directors  from its own  members,  none of
whom shall be an officer of the  Company,  and shall hold office at the pleasure
of the Board.

                     (B) The Audit Committee shall have general supervision over
the Audit Division in all matters  however  subject to the approval of the Board
of  Directors;  it shall  consider all matters  brought to its  attention by the
officer in charge of the Audit  Division,  review all reports of  examination of
the Company made by any governmental agency or such independent auditor employed
for that purpose,  and make such  recommendations to the Board of Directors with
respect thereto or with respect to any other matters  pertaining to auditing the
Company as it shall deem desirable.

                     (C) The Audit  Committee  shall meet  whenever and wherever
the majority of its members  shall deem it to be proper for the  transaction  of
its business, and a majority of its Committee shall constitute a quorum.

         Section 4.  Compensation Committee

                     (A) The  Compensation  Committee  shall be  composed of not
more than



                                        4

<PAGE>

five (5) members who shall be  selected by the Board of  Directors  from its own
members who are not officers of the Company and who shall hold office during the
pleasure of the Board.

                     (B) The Compensation Committee shall in general advise upon
all matters of policy  concerning  the Company  brought to its  attention by the
management  and from time to time review the  management  of the Company,  major
organizational   matters,   including   salaries  and   employee   benefits  and
specifically shall administer the Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.

                     (C) Meetings of the Compensation Committee may be called at
any time by the  Chairman of the  Compensation  Committee,  the  Chairman of the
Board of Directors, or the President of the Company.

         Section 5.  Associate Directors

                     (A) Any person who has served as a director  may be elected
by the Board of Directors as an associate director, to serve during the pleasure
of the Board.

                     (B) An associate  director  shall be entitled to attend all
directors  meetings and  participate in the discussion of all matters brought to
the Board,  with the exception that he would have no right to vote. An associate
director will be eligible for appointment to Committees of the Company, with the
exception  of  the  Executive   Committee,   Audit  Committee  and  Compensation
Committee, which must be comprised solely of active directors.

         Section 6.  Absence or Disqualification of Any Member of a Committee

                     (A) In the absence or disqualification of any member of any
Committee  created under Article III of the By-Laws of this Company,  the member
or members  thereof  present at any meeting and not  disqualified  from  voting,
whether or not he or they constitute a quorum,  may unanimously  appoint another
member of the Board of  Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such
absence or disqualified member.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                                    Officers

         Section 1.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all
meetings of the Board and shall have such further authority and powers and shall
perform such duties as the Board of  Directors  may from time to time confer and
direct.  He shall also  exercise such powers and perform such duties as may from
time to time be agreed upon between himself and the President of the Company.

         Section 2.  The Vice  Chairman of the Board.  The Vice  Chairman of the
Board of



                                        5

<PAGE>

Directors  shall  preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors at which the
Chairman of the Board shall not be present and shall have such further authority
and  powers  and shall  perform  such  duties as the Board of  Directors  or the
Chairman of the Board may from time to time confer and direct.

         Section 3.  The President  shall have the powers and duties  pertaining
to the  office of the  President  conferred  or  imposed  upon him by statute or
assigned to him by the Board of  Directors in the absence of the Chairman of the
Board the  President  shall have the powers  and duties of the  Chairman  of the
Board.

         Section 4.  The Chairman of the Board of  Directors or the President as
designated  by the  Board of  Directors,  shall  carry  into  effect  all  legal
directions of the Executive  Committee and of the Board of Directors,  and shall
at all  times  exercise  general  supervision  over the  interest,  affairs  and
operations of the Company and perform all duties incident to his office.

         Section 5.  There  may  be  one  or  more  Vice  Presidents,   however
denominated  by the  Board of  Directors,  who may at any time  perform  all the
duties of the Chairman of the Board of Directors  and/or the  President and such
other  powers  and  duties as may from time to time be  assigned  to them by the
Board of Directors,  the Executive  Committee,  the Chairman of the Board or the
President  and by the officer in charge of the  department  or division to which
they are assigned.

         Section 6.  The  Secretary  shall  attend  to the  giving  of notice of
meetings  of the  stockholders  and  the  Board  of  Directors,  as  well as the
Committees  thereof, to the keeping of accurate minutes of all such meetings and
to recording  the same in the minute  books of the  Company.  In addition to the
other notice  requirements of these By-Laws and as may be practicable  under the
circumstances,  all such notices  shall be in writing and mailed well in advance
of the  scheduled  date of any  other  meeting.  He shall  have  custody  of the
corporate  seal  and  shall  affix  the  same to any  documents  requiring  such
corporate seal and to attest the same.

         Section 7.  The  Treasurer  shall  have  general  supervision  over all
assets and liabilities of the Company.  He shall be custodian of and responsible
for all monies, funds and valuables of the Company and for the keeping of proper
records of the evidence of property or indebtedness  and of all the transactions
of the Company.  He shall have general  supervision of the  expenditures  of the
Company and shall report to the Board of  Directors  at each regular  meeting of
the  condition of the Company,  and perform such other duties as may be assigned
to him from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Executive Committee.

         Section 8.  There  may be a  Controller  who  shall  exercise  general
supervision over the internal operations of the Company,  including  accounting,
and  shall  render  to the  Board of  Directors  at  appropriate  times a report
relating to the general condition and internal operations of the Company.



                                       6

<PAGE>

         There may be one or more subordinate  accounting or controller officers
however  denominated,  who may  perform  the duties of the  Controller  and such
duties as may be prescribed by the Controller.

         Section 9.  The officer designated  by the Board of  Directors to be in
charge of the Audit  Division  of the  Company  with such  title as the Board of
Directors shall prescribe,  shall report to and be directly  responsible only to
the Board of Directors.

         There shall be an Auditor and there may be one or more Audit  Officers,
however  denominated,  who may  perform  all the duties of the  Auditor and such
duties as may be prescribed by the officer in charge of the Audit Division.

         Section 10.  There may be one or more officers,  subordinate in rank to
all Vice Presidents with such functional titles as shall be determined from time
to time by the  Board of  Directors,  who  shall  ex  officio  hold  the  office
Assistant  Secretary  of this  Company and who may perform such duties as may be
prescribed  by the officer in charge of the  department or division to whom they
are assigned.

         Section 11.  The powers and duties of all other officers of the Company
shall be those usually  pertaining to their respective  offices,  subject to the
direction of the Board of Directors,  the Executive  Committee,  Chairman of the
Board of Directors or the President and the officer in charge of the  department
or division to which they are assigned.


                                    ARTICLE V
                          Stock and Stock Certificates

         Section 1.  Shares of stock shall be  transferrable on the books of the
Company and a transfer  book shall be kept in which all transfers of stock shall
be recorded.

         Section 2.  Certificate  of  stock  shall  bear the  signature  of the
President or any Vice President,  however  denominated by the Board of Directors
and countersigned by the Secretary or Treasurer or an Assistant  Secretary,  and
the seal of the corporation  shall be engraved  thereon.  Each certificate shall
recite that the stock represented  thereby is transferrable  only upon the books
of the Company by the holder  thereof or his  attorney,  upon  surrender  of the
certificate  properly  endorsed.  Any  certificate  of stock  surrendered to the
Company shall be cancelled at the time of transfer, and before a new certificate
or certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof. Duplicate certificates of stock
shall be issued  only upon giving such  security as may be  satisfactory  to the
Board of Directors or the Executive Committee.

         Section 3.  The Board of Directors of the Company is authorized  to fix
in advance a record date for the  determination of the stockholders  entitled to
notice of,  and to vote at, any  meeting  of  stockholders  and any  adjournment
thereof, or entitled to receive payment of



                                        7
<PAGE>

any  dividend,  or to any  allotment  or rights,  or to  exercise  any rights in
respect of any change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, or in connection
with obtaining the consent of  stockholders  for any purpose,  which record date
shall  not be more  than 60 nor  less  than 10 days  proceeding  the date of any
meeting of stockholders or the date for the payment of any dividend, or the date
for the  allotment  of  rights,  or the date when any  change or  conversion  or
exchange of capital  stock shall go into effect,  or a date in  connection  with
obtaining such consent.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                                      Seal

         Section 1.  The corporate seal of the Company shall be in the following
form:

                     Between two concentric  circles the words 
                     "Wilmington Trust Company" within the inner
                     circle the words "Wilmington, Delaware."


                                   ARTICLE VII
                                   Fiscal Year

         Section 1.  The fiscal year of the Company shall be the calendar year.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                     Execution of Instruments of the Company

         Section 1.  The  Chairman  of the  Board,  the  President  or any Vice
President,  however denominated by the Board of Directors, shall have full power
and authority to enter into, make, sign, execute, acknowledge and/or deliver and
the Secretary or any Assistant  Secretary shall have full power and authority to
attest  and  affix  the  corporate  seal of the  Company  to any and all  deeds,
conveyances,   assignments,   releases,  contracts,  agreements,  bonds,  notes,
mortgages and all other instruments  incident to the business of this Company or
in acting as executor,  administrator,  guardian, trustee, agent or in any other
fiduciary or  representative  capacity by any and every method of appointment or
by whatever  person,  corporation,  court  officer or  authority in the State of
Delaware, or elsewhere, without any specific authority,  ratification,  approval
or  confirmation by the Board of Directors or the Executive  Committee,  and any
and all such  instruments  shall  have the same  force  and  validity  as though
expressly authorized by the Board of Directors and/or the Executive Committee.




                                        8

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IX
               Compensation of Directors and Members of Committees

         Section 1.  Directors and associate directors of the Company, other 
than salaried officers of the Company,  shall be paid such reasonable  honoraria
or fees for  attending  meetings  of the  Board  of  Directors  as the  Board of
Directors may from time to time determine. Directors and associate directors who
serve as members of  committees,  other than salaried  employees of the Company,
shall be paid such  reasonable  honoraria  or fees for  services  as  members of
committees  as the Board of  Directors  shall  from time to time  determine  and
directors  and  associate  directors  may be  employed  by the  Company for such
special  services as the Board of Directors may from time to time  determine and
shall be paid for such special services so performed reasonable  compensation as
may be determined by the Board of Directors.


                                    ARTICLE X
                                 Indemnification

         Section 1.  (A) The Corporation  shall  indemnify and hold harmless, to
the fullest  extent  permitted by applicable  law as it presently  exists or may
hereafter be amended,  any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made
a party or is  otherwise  involved in any action,  suit or  proceeding,  whether
civil,  criminal,  administrative or investigative (a "proceeding") by reason of
the fact that he, or a person for whom he is the legal representative, is or was
a director,  officer,  employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving
at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or
agent  of  another  corporation  or  of a  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust,
enterprise  or  non-profit  entity,  including  service with respect to employee
benefit plans,  against all liability and loss suffered and expenses  reasonably
incurred by such person.  The Corporation shall indemnify a person in connection
with a proceeding initiated by such person only if the proceeding was authorized
by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

                     (B) The Corporation  shall pay the  expenses  incurred  in
defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided, however,
that the payment of expenses incurred by a Director officer in his capacity as a
Director or officer in advance of the final  disposition of the proceeding shall
be made only upon receipt of an  undertaking by the Director or officer to repay
all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately  determined that the Director or
officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article or otherwise.

                     (C) If a claim for indemnification or payment of expenses,
under  this  Article X is not paid in full  within  ninety  days after a written
claim therefor has been received by the  Corporation  the claimant may file suit
to recover  the unpaid  amount of such claim and, if  successful  in whole or in
part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any
such action the  Corporation  shall have the burden of proving that the claimant
was not entitled to the requested indemnification of payment of expenses



                                        9

<PAGE>

under applicable law.

                     (D) The rights  conferred  on any person by this  Article X
shall not be  exclusive  of any  other  rights  which  such  person  may have or
hereafter  acquire  under  any  statute,  provision  of  the  Charter  or Act of
Incorporation,  these By-Laws,  agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested
Directors or otherwise.

                     (E) Any repeal or modification of the foregoing  provisions
of this Article X shall not adversely  affect any right or protection  hereunder
of any person in respect of any act or omission  occurring  prior to the time of
such repeal or modification.


                                   ARTICLE XI
                            Amendments to the By-Laws

         Section 1.  These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole
or in part,  and any new  By-Law or By-Laws  adopted  at any  regular or special
meeting of the Board of  Directors  by a vote of the majority of all the members
of the Board of Directors then in office.


                                       10

<PAGE>





                                                                    EXHIBIT C




                             Section 321(b) Consent


         Pursuant  to  Section  321(b) of the Trust  Indenture  Act of 1939,  as
amended,  Wilmington  Trust Company hereby consents that reports of examinations
by Federal, State,  Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such
authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon requests therefor.



                                    WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY


Dated: March 23, 1998               By: /s/ Emmett R. Harmon
                                        --------------------
                                    Name: Emmett R. Harmon
                                    Title: Vice President





<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT D



                                     NOTICE


          This form is intended to assist  state  nonmember  banks and
          savings banks with state  publication  requirements.  It has
          not been approved by any state banking authorities. Refer to
          your  appropriate  state banking  authorities for your state
          publication requirements.



R E P O R T   O F   C O N D I T I O N

Consolidating domestic subsidiaries of the

         WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY          of      WILMINGTON
- -------------------------------------------  ----------------------
               Name of Bank                           City

in the State of   DELAWARE  , at the close of business on December 31, 1997.
               -------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

ASSETS
                                                                                               Thousands of dollars
<S>                                                                                                       <C>  
Cash and balances due from depository institutions:
            Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coins............................................ 236,646
            Interest-bearing balances............................................................................ 0
Held-to-maturity securities................................................................................ 331,880
Available-for-sale securities............................................................................ 1,258,661
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell...................................... 91,500
Loans and lease financing receivables:
            Loans and leases, net of unearned income............. 3,822,320
            LESS:  Allowance for loan and lease losses...........    59,373
            LESS:  Allocated transfer risk reserve...............         0
            Loans and leases, net of unearned income, allowance, and reserve............................. 3,762,947
Assets held in trading accounts.................................................................................. 0
Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)................................................... 129,740
Other real estate owned...................................................................................... 2,106
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies............................................. 22
Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding..................................................... 0
Intangible assets............................................................................................ 4,905
Other assets............................................................................................... 100,799
Total assets............................................................................................. 5,919,206
</TABLE>



                                                          CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

LIABILITIES
<S>                                                                                                       <C>
Deposits:
In domestic offices...................................................................................... 4,034,633
            Noninterest-bearing................     839,928
            Interest-bearing...................   3,194,705
Federal funds purchased and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase................................. 575,827
Demand notes issued to the U.S. Treasury.................................................................... 61,290
Trading liabilities (from Schedule RC-D)......................................................................... 0
Other borrowed money:...................................................................................... ///////
            With original maturity of one year or less..................................................... 673,000
            With original maturity of more than one year.................................................... 43,000
Bank's liability on acceptances executed and outstanding......................................................... 0
Subordinated notes and debentures................................................................................ 0
Other liabilities (from Schedule RC-G)...................................................................... 76,458
Total liabilities........................................................................................ 5,464,208


EQUITY CAPITAL

Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus.................................................................... 0
Common Stock................................................................................................... 500
Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock).................................................... 62,118
Undivided profits and capital reserves..................................................................... 385,018
Net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities....................................... 7,362
Total equity capital....................................................................................... 454,998
Total liabilities, limited-life preferred stock, and equity capital...................................... 5,919,206

</TABLE>


                                        2


                                                                    Exhibit 25.2


                                             Registration No.
================================================================================




                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM T-1

         STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939
                  OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
SECTION 305(b)(2) _____

                            WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
               (Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)


        Delaware                                       51-0055023
(State of incorporation)                 (I.R.S. employer identification no.)

                               Rodney Square North
                            1100 North Market Street
                           Wilmington, Delaware 19890
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

                               Cynthia L. Corliss
                        Vice President and Trust Counsel
                            Wilmington Trust Company
                               Rodney Square North
                           Wilmington, Delaware 19890
                                 (302) 651-8516
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)


                         GUARANTY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                            GUARANTY CAPITAL TRUST I

               (Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

        Virginia                                        54-1786496
        Delaware                                        54-6422391
(State of incorporation)                    (I.R.S. employer identification no.)

        1658 State Farm Blvd.
      Charlottesville, Virginia                            22911
(Address of principal executive offices)                 (Zip Code)


          Convertible Preferred Securities of Guaranty Capital Trust I
                       (Title of the indenture securities)




================================================================================

<PAGE>


ITEM 1.     GENERAL INFORMATION.

                    Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

            (a)     Name and address of each examining or supervising authority
                    to which it is subject.

                    Federal Deposit Insurance Co.      State Bank Commissioner
                    Five Penn Center                   Dover, Delaware
                    Suite #2901
                    Philadelphia, PA

            (b)     Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

                    The  trustee  is  authorized  to  exercise  corporate  trust
                    powers.

ITEM 2.     AFFILIATIONS WITH THE OBLIGOR.

                    If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each
            affiliation:

                    Based upon an  examination  of the books and  records of the
            trustee and upon information  furnished by the obligor,  the obligor
            is not an affiliate of the trustee.

ITEM 3.     LIST OF EXHIBITS.

                    List below all exhibits  filed as part of this  Statement of
            Eligibility and Qualification.

            A.      Copy of the  Charter  of  Wilmington  Trust  Company,  which
                    includes the  certificate  of authority of Wilmington  Trust
                    Company  to  commence  business  and  the  authorization  of
                    Wilmington Trust Company to exercise corporate trust powers.
            B.      Copy of By-Laws of Wilmington Trust Company.
            C.      Consent of  Wilmington  Trust  Company  required  by Section
                    321(b) of Trust Indenture Act.
            D.      Copy of most recent Report of Condition of Wilmington Trust
                    Company.

            Pursuant to the  requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended,  the trustee,  Wilmington  Trust Company,  a corporation  organized and
existing  under  the  laws of  Delaware,  has  duly  caused  this  Statement  of
Eligibility  to be  signed  on its  behalf by the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized,  all in the City of Wilmington and State of Delaware on the 23rd day
of March, 1998.

                                         WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
[SEAL]

Attest: /s/ W. Chris Sponenberg          By: /s/ Emmett R. Harmon
       ------------------------             ---------------------
       Assistant Secretary               Name:  Emmett R. Harmon
                                         Title:  Vice President


H:\...\trinact\t1\guarnty2.cap


                                        2

<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT A

                                 AMENDED CHARTER

                            Wilmington Trust Company

                              Wilmington, Delaware

                           As existing on May 9, 1987




<PAGE>



                                 Amended Charter

                                       or

                              Act of Incorporation

                                       of

                            Wilmington Trust Company

         Wilmington  Trust  Company,  originally  incorporated  by an Act of the
General  Assembly of the State of Delaware,  entitled "An Act to Incorporate the
Delaware Guarantee and Trust Company", approved March 2, A.D. 1901, and the name
of which company was changed to "Wilmington Trust Company" by an amendment filed
in the Office of the Secretary of State on March 18, A.D.  1903, and the Charter
or Act of  Incorporation of which company has been from time to time amended and
changed by merger agreements pursuant to the corporation law for state banks and
trust  companies  of the  State of  Delaware,  does  hereby  alter and amend its
Charter or Act of Incorporation so that the same as so altered and amended shall
in its entirety read as follows:

         First: - The name of this corporation is Wilmington Trust Company.

         Second: - The location of its principal office in the State of Delaware
         is at Rodney Square  North,  in the City of  Wilmington,  County of New
         Castle;  the name of its resident  agent is  Wilmington  Trust  Company
         whose address is Rodney Square North, in said City. In addition to such
         principal  office,  the said corporation  maintains and operates branch
         offices in the City of Newark, New Castle County, Delaware, the Town of
         Newport, New Castle County,  Delaware, at Claymont,  New Castle County,
         Delaware,  at Greenville,  New Castle County  Delaware,  and at Milford
         Cross Roads,  New Castle  County,  Delaware,  and shall be empowered to
         open, maintain and operate branch offices at Ninth and Shipley Streets,
         418 Delaware Avenue, 2120 Market Street, and 3605 Market Street, all in
         the City of  Wilmington,  New Castle County,  Delaware,  and such other
         branch offices or places of business as may be authorized  from time to
         time by the  agency  or  agencies  of the  government  of the  State of
         Delaware empowered to confer such authority.

         Third: - (a) The nature of the  business  and the objects and purposes
         proposed to be transacted,  promoted or carried on by this  Corporation
         are to do any or all of the things herein mentioned as fully and to the
         same extent as natural persons might or could do and in any part of the
         world, viz.:

                (1) To sue and be sued,  complain and defend in any Court of law
                or equity and to make and use a common seal,  and alter the seal
                at pleasure,  to hold, purchase,  convey,  mortgage or otherwise
                deal in real and personal  estate and  property,  and to appoint
                such officers and agents as the business of the


<PAGE>



                Corporation shall require, to make by-laws not inconsistent with
                the  Constitution or laws of the United States or of this State,
                to discount bills,  notes or other evidences of debt, to receive
                deposits  of money,  or  securities  for money,  to buy gold and
                silver  bullion  and  foreign  coins,  to buy and sell  bills of
                exchange,  and  generally  to use,  exercise  and  enjoy all the
                powers,   rights,   privileges  and  franchises  incident  to  a
                corporation which are proper or necessary for the transaction of
                the business of the Corporation hereby created.

                (2) To  insure  titles  to real and  personal  property,  or any
                estate or interests therein, and to guarantee the holder of such
                property, real or personal, against any claim or claims, adverse
                to his interest therein, and to prepare and give certificates of
                title for any lands or  premises  in the State of  Delaware,  or
                elsewhere.

                (3) To act as factor,  agent, broker or attorney in the receipt,
                collection, custody, investment and management of funds, and the
                purchase,  sale,  management  and  disposal  of  property of all
                descriptions, and to prepare and execute all papers which may be
                necessary or proper in such business.

                (4) To prepare and draw agreements,  contracts,  deeds,  leases,
                conveyances,   mortgages,   bonds  and  legal  papers  of  every
                description, and to carry on the business of conveyancing in all
                its branches.

                (5) To receive  upon  deposit for  safekeeping  money,  jewelry,
                plate,  deeds,  bonds and any and all other personal property of
                every sort and kind, from executors, administrators,  guardians,
                public officers,  courts,  receivers,  assignees,  trustees, and
                from  all   fiduciaries,   and  from  all  other   persons   and
                individuals, and from all corporations whether state, municipal,
                corporate or private, and to rent boxes, safes, vaults and other
                receptacles for such property.

                (6) To act as agent or otherwise for the purpose of registering,
                issuing,   certificating,    countersigning,   transferring   or
                underwriting  the  stock,  bonds  or  other  obligations  of any
                corporation, association, state or municipality, and may receive
                and manage any  sinking  fund  therefor  on such terms as may be
                agreed upon between the two parties,  and in like manner may act
                as Treasurer of any corporation or municipality.

                (7) To act as Trustee under any deed of trust, mortgage, bond or
                other  instrument  issued  by  any  state,  municipality,   body
                politic, corporation,  association or person, either alone or in
                conjunction  with any other  person or persons,  corporation  or
                corporations.


                                        2

<PAGE>

                (8) To  guarantee  the  validity,  performance  or effect of any
                contract  or  agreement,  and the  fidelity  of persons  holding
                places of  responsibility  or trust;  to become  surety  for any
                person, or persons,  for the faithful  performance of any trust,
                office,  duty,  contract  or  agreement,  either by itself or in
                conjunction with any other person, or persons,  corporation,  or
                corporations,  or in like  manner  become  surety upon any bond,
                recognizance, obligation, judgment, suit, order, or decree to be
                entered in any court of record  within the State of  Delaware or
                elsewhere, or which may now or hereafter be required by any law,
                judge, officer or court in the State of Delaware or elsewhere.

                (9) To act by any and every  method of  appointment  as trustee,
                trustee  in   bankruptcy,   receiver,   assignee,   assignee  in
                bankruptcy, executor, administrator, guardian, bailee, or in any
                other trust capacity in the receiving,  holding,  managing,  and
                disposing of any and all estates and property, real, personal or
                mixed,  and  to  be  appointed  as  such  trustee,   trustee  in
                bankruptcy,   receiver,   assignee,   assignee  in   bankruptcy,
                executor,  administrator,  guardian  or bailee  by any  persons,
                corporations,  court,  officer,  or  authority,  in the State of
                Delaware or  elsewhere;  and  whenever  this  Corporation  is so
                appointed  by  any  person,   corporation,   court,  officer  or
                authority  such  trustee,   trustee  in  bankruptcy,   receiver,
                assignee,  assignee  in  bankruptcy,  executor,   administrator,
                guardian,  bailee, or in any other trust capacity,  it shall not
                be required  to give bond with  surety,  but its  capital  stock
                shall be taken and held as security for the  performance  of the
                duties devolving upon it by such appointment.

                (10) And for its care,  management and trouble, and the exercise
                of any of its powers hereby given, or for the performance of any
                of the  duties  which  it may  undertake  or be  called  upon to
                perform,  or for the assumption of any  responsibility  the said
                Corporation may be entitled to receive a proper compensation.

                (11) To  purchase,  receive,  hold  and own  bonds,  mortgages,
                debentures,  shares of  capital  stock,  and  other  securities,
                obligations,  contracts  and evidences of  indebtedness,  of any
                private,  public or municipal corporation within and without the
                State of Delaware, or of the Government of the United States, or
                of any state,  territory,  colony, or possession  thereof, or of
                any foreign government or country; to receive,  collect, receipt
                for, and dispose of interest, dividends and income upon and from
                any  of the  bonds,  mortgages,  debentures,  notes,  shares  of
                capital stock, securities,  obligations, contracts, evidences of
                indebtedness  and other  property  held and owned by it,  and to
                exercise  in respect of all such bonds,  mortgages,  debentures,
                notes,  shares  of  capital  stock,   securities,   obligations,
                contracts, evidences of indebtedness and other property, any and
                all the rights, powers and privileges of individual

                                        3

<PAGE>

                owners thereof,  including the right to vote thereon;  to invest
                and deal in and with any of the moneys of the  Corporation  upon
                such  securities  and in such  manner  as it may  think  fit and
                proper,   and  from  time  to  time  to  vary  or  realize  such
                investments;  to issue  bonds and  secure the same by pledges or
                deeds of trust or  mortgages of or upon the whole or any part of
                the property held or owned by the  Corporation,  and to sell and
                pledge  such  bonds,  as and when the Board of  Directors  shall
                determine,  and in the promotion of its said corporate  business
                of  investment  and to the extent  authorized  by law, to lease,
                purchase,  hold, sell, assign,  transfer,  pledge,  mortgage and
                convey real and personal property of any name and nature and any
                estate or interest therein.

         (b) In furtherance of, and not in limitation,  of the powers  conferred
         by the laws of the State of Delaware,  it is hereby expressly  provided
         that the said Corporation shall also have the following powers:

                (1) To do any or all of the things herein set forth, to the same
                extent as natural  persons might or could do, and in any part of
                the world.

                (2) To acquire the good will,  rights,  property and  franchises
                and to  undertake  the  whole  or any  part  of the  assets  and
                liabilities of any person, firm, association or corporation, and
                to pay for the same in cash, stock of this Corporation, bonds or
                otherwise;  to hold or in any  manner to dispose of the whole or
                any part of the property so purchased;  to conduct in any lawful
                manner the whole or any part of any business so acquired, and to
                exercise all the powers necessary or convenient in and about the
                conduct and management of such business.

                (3) To take, hold, own, deal in, mortgage or otherwise lien, and
                to lease, sell,  exchange,  transfer,  or in any manner whatever
                dispose of property, real, personal or mixed, wherever situated.

                (4) To enter  into,  make,  perform and carry out  contracts  of
                every kind with any person,  firm,  association or  corporation,
                and, without limit as to amount, to draw, make, accept, endorse,
                discount,  execute and issue promissory notes,  drafts, bills of
                exchange,  warrants, bonds, debentures,  and other negotiable or
                transferable instruments.

                (5) To have one or more  offices,  to carry on all or any of its
                operations  and  businesses,  without  restriction  to the  same
                extent as  natural  persons  might or could do, to  purchase  or
                otherwise  acquire,  to hold, own, to mortgage,  sell, convey or
                otherwise dispose of, real and personal property, of every class
                and description, in any State, District,  Territory or Colony of
                the United States, and in any foreign country or place.

                                        4

<PAGE>

                (6) It is the  intention  that the objects,  purposes and powers
                specified and clauses  contained in this paragraph shall (except
                where  otherwise  expressed in said paragraph) be nowise limited
                or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any
                other clause of this or any other paragraph in this charter, but
                that the objects,  purposes and powers  specified in each of the
                clauses  of this  paragraph  shall be  regarded  as  independent
                objects, purposes and powers.

         Fourth: - (a) The total number of shares of all classes of stock which
         the  Corporation  shall have  authority to issue is  forty-one  million
         (41,000,000) shares, consisting of:

                (1) One million (1,000,000) shares of Preferred stock, par value
                $10.00 per share (hereinafter referred to as "Preferred Stock");
                and

                (2) Forty million (40,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value
                $1.00 per share (hereinafter referred to as "Common Stock").

         (b) Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or
         more  series  as may from  time to time be  determined  by the Board of
         Directors each of said series to be distinctly  designated.  All shares
         of  any  one  series  of  Preferred  Stock  shall  be  alike  in  every
         particular,  except  that  there  may be  different  dates  from  which
         dividends, if any, thereon shall be cumulative, if made cumulative. The
         voting powers and the preferences and relative, participating, optional
         and other special rights of each such series,  and the  qualifications,
         limitations or restrictions  thereof,  if any, may differ from those of
         any and all other series at any time  outstanding;  and, subject to the
         provisions of  subparagraph 1 of Paragraph (c) of this Article  Fourth,
         the Board of Directors of the Corporation is hereby  expressly  granted
         authority to fix by  resolution  or  resolutions  adopted  prior to the
         issuance of any shares of a particular  series of Preferred  Stock, the
         voting powers and the designations,  preferences and relative, optional
         and other  special  rights,  and the  qualifications,  limitations  and
         restrictions  of such  series,  including,  but  without  limiting  the
         generality of the foregoing, the following:

                (1) The distinctive  designation of, and the number of shares of
                Preferred Stock which shall constitute such series, which number
                may be increased  (except where otherwise  provided by the Board
                of Directors)  or decreased  (but not below the number of shares
                thereof  then  outstanding)  from time to time by like action of
                the Board of Directors;

                (2) The rate and times at which, and the terms and conditions on
                which,  dividends,  if any,  on  Preferred  Stock of such series
                shall be paid, the extent of the preference or relation, if any,
                of such dividends to the dividends payable on any other class or
                classes, or series of the same or other class of

                                        5

<PAGE>

                stock  and  whether  such  dividends   shall  be  cumulative  or
                non-cumulative;

                (3) The right, if any, of the holders of Preferred Stock of such
                series to convert the same into or exchange the same for, shares
                of any other  class or  classes  or of any series of the same or
                any other class or classes of stock of the  Corporation  and the
                terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange;

                (4) Whether  or not  Preferred  Stock of such  series  shall be
                subject to redemption,  and the  redemption  price or prices and
                the time or times at  which,  and the terms  and  conditions  on
                which, Preferred Stock of such series may be redeemed.

                (5) The rights,  if any, of the  holders of  Preferred  Stock of
                such  series  upon the  voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,
                merger,   consolidation,   distribution   or  sale  of   assets,
                dissolution or winding-up, of the Corporation.

                (6) The terms of the  sinking  fund or  redemption  or  purchase
                account,  if any, to be provided for the Preferred Stock of such
                series; and

                (7) The voting powers,  if any, of the holders of such series of
                Preferred  Stock which may,  without  limiting the generality of
                the foregoing include the right, voting as a series or by itself
                or together  with other series of Preferred  Stock or all series
                of Preferred Stock as a class, to elect one or more directors of
                the  Corporation  if there  shall  have  been a  default  in the
                payment  of  dividends  on any one or more  series of  Preferred
                Stock or under such  circumstances and on such conditions as the
                Board of Directors may determine.

         (c) (1) After the requirements  with respect to preferential  dividends
         on the  Preferred  Stock (fixed in  accordance  with the  provisions of
         section (b) of this Article  Fourth),  if any,  shall have been met and
         after the Corporation shall have complied with all the requirements, if
         any,  with  respect to the  setting  aside of sums as sinking  funds or
         redemption  or  purchase   accounts   (fixed  in  accordance  with  the
         provisions of section (b) of this Article Fourth),  and subject further
         to any conditions  which may be fixed in accordance with the provisions
         of section  (b) of this  Article  Fourth,  then and not  otherwise  the
         holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such  dividends as
         may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

                (2) After  distribution in full of the preferential  amount,  if
                any,  (fixed in accordance with the provisions of section (b) of
                this  Article  Fourth),  to be  distributed  to the  holders  of
                Preferred  Stock  in  the  event  of  voluntary  or  involuntary
                liquidation,  distribution  or sale of  assets,  dissolution  or
                winding-up, of the Corporation,  the holders of the Common Stock
                shall be entitled to

                                        6

<PAGE>



                receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation, tangible
                and intangible,  of whatever kind available for  distribution to
                stockholders  ratably in  proportion  to the number of shares of
                Common Stock held by them respectively.

                (3) Except  as  may  otherwise  be  required  by  law or by the
                provisions of such  resolution or  resolutions as may be adopted
                by the  Board  of  Directors  pursuant  to  section  (b) of this
                Article Fourth,  each holder of Common Stock shall have one vote
                in  respect of each  share of Common  Stock held on all  matters
                voted upon by the stockholders.

         (d) No holder  of any of the  shares of any class or series of stock or
         of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of any class or
         series of stock or of other  securities of the  Corporation  shall have
         any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued stock of
         any class or series or any additional  shares of any class or series to
         be issued by reason of any increase of the authorized  capital stock of
         the  Corporation  of any class or  series,  or bonds,  certificates  of
         indebtedness,  debentures  or  other  securities  convertible  into  or
         exchangeable  for stock of the  Corporation of any class or series,  or
         carrying  any right to purchase  stock of any class or series,  but any
         such unissued stock, additional authorized issue of shares of any class
         or series of stock or securities  convertible  into or exchangeable for
         stock,  or  carrying  any right to  purchase  stock,  may be issued and
         disposed of pursuant to  resolution  of the Board of  Directors to such
         persons, firms,  corporations or associations,  whether such holders or
         others,  and upon such terms as may be deemed advisable by the Board of
         Directors in the exercise of its sole discretion.

         (e) The  relative  powers,  preferences  and  rights of each  series of
         Preferred  Stock in relation to the relative  powers,  preferences  and
         rights of each other series of Preferred  Stock shall, in each case, be
         as fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in the  resolution
         or resolutions  adopted pursuant to authority granted in section (b) of
         this  Article  Fourth  and the  consent,  by  class or  series  vote or
         otherwise,  of the holders of such of the series of Preferred  Stock as
         are  from  time to  time  outstanding  shall  not be  required  for the
         issuance by the Board of  Directors  of any other  series of  Preferred
         Stock whether or not the powers,  preferences  and rights of such other
         series  shall be fixed by the Board of  Directors as senior to, or on a
         parity with,  the powers,  preferences  and rights of such  outstanding
         series, or any of them; provided,  however, that the Board of Directors
         may  provide  in the  resolution  or  resolutions  as to any  series of
         Preferred Stock adopted  pursuant to section (b) of this Article Fourth
         that  the  consent  of the  holders  of a  majority  (or  such  greater
         proportion as shall be therein fixed) of the outstanding shares of such
         series voting  thereon shall be required for the issuance of any or all
         other series of Preferred Stock.


                                        7

<PAGE>



         (f) Subject to the  provisions of section (e),  shares of any series of
         Preferred  Stock  may be  issued  from  time to time  as the  Board  of
         Directors of the Corporation  shall determine and on such terms and for
         such consideration as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

         (g) Shares of Common Stock may be issued from time to time as the Board
         of Directors of the  Corporation  shall determine and on such terms and
         for such consideration as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

         (h) The  authorized  amount of shares of Common  Stock and of Preferred
         Stock may,  without a class or series  vote,  be increased or decreased
         from time to time by the affirmative  vote of the holders of a majority
         of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon.

         Fifth: - (a) The  business  and  affairs of the  Corporation  shall be
         conducted and managed by a Board of Directors.  The number of directors
         constituting the entire Board shall be not less than five nor more than
         twenty-five  as fixed  from time to time by vote of a  majority  of the
         whole Board, provided,  however, that the number of directors shall not
         be  reduced so as to shorten  the term of any  director  at the time in
         office, and provided further, that the number of directors constituting
         the  whole  Board  shall  be  twenty-four  until  otherwise  fixed by a
         majority of the whole Board.

         (b) The Board of  Directors  shall be divided  into three  classes,  as
         nearly   equal  in  number  as  the  then  total  number  of  directors
         constituting  the whole Board  permits,  with the term of office of one
         class  expiring each year.  At the annual  meeting of  stockholders  in
         1982,  directors of the first class shall be elected to hold office for
         a term expiring at the next succeeding annual meeting, directors of the
         second class shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the
         second succeeding annual meeting and directors of the third class shall
         be elected to hold office for a term  expiring at the third  succeeding
         annual meeting. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors for any reason,
         and any newly created directorships  resulting from any increase in the
         directors,  may be  filled  by the  Board  of  Directors,  acting  by a
         majority of the directors then in office,  although less than a quorum,
         and any  directors  so chosen  shall hold office  until the next annual
         election of directors. At such election, the stockholders shall elect a
         successor to such  director to hold office  until the next  election of
         the class for which such director  shall have been chosen and until his
         successor shall be elected and qualified.  No decrease in the number of
         directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

         (c) Notwithstanding  any other  provisions  of this  Charter or Act of
         Incorporation  or the By-Laws of the Corporation  (and  notwithstanding
         the fact that some lesser  percentage  may be  specified  by law,  this
         Charter or Act of Incorporation or the ByLaws of the Corporation),  any
         director or the entire Board of Directors of the

                                        8

<PAGE>

         Corporation  may be removed at any time without cause,  but only by the
         affirmative   vote  of  the  holders  of  two-thirds  or  more  of  the
         outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote
         generally in the election of directors  (considered for this purpose as
         one  class)  cast at a  meeting  of the  stockholders  called  for that
         purpose.

         (d) Nominations for the election of directors may be made by the Board
         of Directors or by any stockholder entitled to vote for the election of
         directors.  Such  nominations  shall  be made  by  notice  in  writing,
         delivered or mailed by first class United States mail, postage prepaid,
         to the Secretary of the Corporation not less than 14 days nor more than
         50  days  prior  to any  meeting  of the  stockholders  called  for the
         election of directors;  provided,  however,  that if less than 21 days'
         notice of the meeting is given to  stockholders,  such  written  notice
         shall be delivered or mailed,  as  prescribed,  to the Secretary of the
         Corporation  not later than the close of the seventh day  following the
         day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to  stockholders.  Notice
         of  nominations  which are proposed by the Board of Directors  shall be
         given by the Chairman on behalf of the Board.

         (e) Each notice under subsection (d) shall set forth (i) the name, age,
         business  address  and,  if known,  residence  address of each  nominee
         proposed in such notice, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of
         such nominee and (iii) the number of shares of stock of the Corporation
         which are beneficially owned by each such nominee.

         (f) The  Chairman of the meeting may, if the facts  warrant,  determine
         and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance
         with the foregoing procedure,  and if he should so determine,  he shall
         so  declare  to the  meeting  and the  defective  nomination  shall  be
         disregarded.

         (g) No action  required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual
         or special  meeting of  stockholders  of the  Corporation  may be taken
         without a meeting, and the power of stockholders to consent in writing,
         without a meeting, to the taking of any action is specifically denied.

         Sixth: - The Directors  shall choose such officers,  agent and servants
         as may be  provided  in the  By-Laws as they may from time to time find
         necessary or proper.

         Seventh: - The  Corporation  hereby  created is hereby  given the same
         powers,  rights and  privileges as may be conferred  upon  corporations
         organized   under  the  Act  entitled  "An  Act   Providing  a  General
         Corporation  Law",  approved  March  10,  1899,  as  from  time to time
         amended.

         Eighth: - This Act shall be deemed and taken to be a private Act.


                                        9

<PAGE>

         Ninth: - This Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

         Tenth: - The Board of Directors,  by resolution passed by a majority of
         the whole Board,  may  designate  any of their number to  constitute an
         Executive  Committee,  which Committee,  to the extent provided in said
         resolution,  or in the  By-Laws  of the  Company,  shall  have  and may
         exercise all of the powers of the Board of Directors in the  management
         of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall have power to
         authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which
         may require it.

         Eleventh: - The  private  property  of the  stockholders  shall not be
         liable for the payment of corporate debts to any extent whatever.

         Twelfth: - The  Corporation  may transact  business in any part of the
         world.

         Thirteenth: - The Board of Directors of the  Corporation  is expressly
         authorized to make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation by a
         vote of the majority of the entire Board.  The  stockholders  may make,
         alter or repeal any By-Law  whether  or not  adopted by them,  provided
         however, that any such additional By-Laws, alterations or repeal may be
         adopted only by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of  two-thirds or
         more of the  outstanding  shares of  capital  stock of the  Corporation
         entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for
         this purpose as one class).

         Fourteenth: - Meetings  of the  Directors  may be held  outside of the
         State of Delaware at such places as may be from time to time designated
         by the  Board,  and the  Directors  may keep the  books of the  Company
         outside of the State of  Delaware at such places as may be from time to
         time designated by them.

         Fifteenth: - (a) In addition to any affirmative  vote required by law,
         and except as otherwise  expressly  provided in sections (b) and (c) of
         this Article Fifteenth:

                (A) any  merger  or  consolidation  of the  Corporation  or any
                Subsidiary  (as  hereinafter  defined)  with  or  into  (i)  any
                Interested  Stockholder  (as  hereinafter  defined)  or (ii) any
                other   corporation   (whether  or  not  itself  an   Interested
                Stockholder),  which, after such merger or consolidation,  would
                be an  Affiliate  (as  hereinafter  defined)  of  an  Interested
                Stockholder, or

                (B) any sale, lease,  exchange,  mortgage,  pledge, transfer or
                other  disposition  (in one  transaction  or a series of related
                transactions)  to or  with  any  Interested  Stockholder  or any
                Affiliate  of any  Interested  Stockholder  of any assets of the
                Corporation  or any  Subsidiary  having an aggregate fair market
                value of $1,000,000 or more, or


                                       10

<PAGE>



                (C) the  issuance  or  transfer  by  the   Corporation  or  any
                Subsidiary   (in  one   transaction   or  a  series  of  related
                transactions)  of  any  securities  of  the  Corporation  or any
                Subsidiary to any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any
                Interested Stockholder in exchange for cash, securities or other
                property (or a  combination  thereof)  having an aggregate  fair
                market value of $1,000,000 or more, or

                (D) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the  liquidation or
                dissolution of the Corporation, or

                (E) any  reclassification  of securities  (including any reverse
                stock split),  or  recapitalization  of the Corporation,  or any
                merger  or  consolidation  of the  Corporation  with  any of its
                Subsidiaries or any similar transaction  (whether or not with or
                into or otherwise involving an Interested Stockholder) which has
                the  effect,   directly  or   indirectly,   of  increasing   the
                proportionate  share of the  outstanding  shares of any class of
                equity  or  convertible  securities  of the  Corporation  or any
                Subsidiary   which  is  directly  or  indirectly  owned  by  any
                Interested  Stockholder,  or any  Affiliate  of  any  Interested
                Stockholder,

shall require the affirmative  vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the
outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock  of the  Corporation  entitled  to  vote
generally  in the  election  of  directors,  considered  for the purpose of this
Article Fifteenth as one class ("Voting Shares"). Such affirmative vote shall be
required  notwithstanding  the fact that no vote may be  required,  or that some
lesser percentage may be specified, by law or in any agreement with any national
securities exchange or otherwise.

                (2) The  term  "business  combination"  as used in this  Article
                Fifteenth  shall mean any  transaction  which is referred to any
                one or more of clauses  (A)  through  (E) of  paragraph 1 of the
                section (a).

                (b) The  provisions  of section  (a) of this  Article  Fifteenth
                shall not be applicable to any particular  business  combination
                and  such   business   combination   shall   require  only  such
                affirmative  vote as is required by law and any other provisions
                of the  Charter  or Act of  Incorporation  of  By-Laws  if  such
                business  combination  has been  approved  by a majority  of the
                whole Board.

                (c) For the purposes of this Article Fifteenth:

         (1) A "person"  shall mean any  individual  firm,  corporation or other
         entity.

         (2) "Interested  Stockholder"  shall mean,  in respect of any business
         combination,  any person (other than the Corporation or any Subsidiary)
         who  or  which  as  of  the  record  date  for  the   determination  of
         stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote on

                                       11

<PAGE>

         such business combination,  or immediately prior to the consummation of
         any such transaction:

                (A) is the beneficial  owner,  directly or  indirectly,  of more
                than 10% of the Voting Shares, or

                (B) is an  Affiliate of the  Corporation  and at any time within
                two years prior thereto was the  beneficial  owner,  directly or
                indirectly,  of not less than 10% of the then outstanding voting
                Shares, or

                (C) is an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded in any share of
                capital stock of the  Corporation  which were at any time within
                two years prior  thereto  beneficially  owned by any  Interested
                Stockholder,  and  such  assignment  or  succession  shall  have
                occurred   in  the  course  of  a   transaction   or  series  of
                transactions  not involving a public offering within the meaning
                of the Securities Act of 1933.

         (3) A person shall be the "beneficial owner" of any Voting Shares:

                (A) which such person or any of its  Affiliates  and  Associates
                (as hereafter defined) beneficially own, directly or indirectly,
                or

                (B) which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has
                (i) the right to  acquire  (whether  such  right is  exercisable
                immediately or only after the passage of time),  pursuant to any
                agreement,  arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of
                conversion  rights,  exchange  rights,  warrants or options,  or
                otherwise,  or (ii) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement,
                arrangement or understanding, or

                (C) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any
                other  person with which such first  mentioned  person or any of
                its Affiliates or Associates  has any agreement,  arrangement or
                understanding for the purpose of acquiring,  holding,  voting or
                disposing of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation.

         (4) The  outstanding  Voting Shares shall  include  shares deemed owned
         through  application  of paragraph  (3) above but shall not include any
         other Voting Shares which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, or
         upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options or otherwise.

         (5) "Affiliate"  and  "Associate"  shall have the respective  meanings
         given those terms in Rule 12b-2 of the  General  Rules and  Regulations
         under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on December 31,
         1981.


                                       12

<PAGE>



         (6) "Subsidiary"  shall mean any corporation of which a majority of any
         class of equity  security  (as  defined in Rule  3a11-1 of the  General
         Rules and Regulations under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as in
         effect in December 31, 1981) is owned,  directly or indirectly,  by the
         Corporation; provided, however, that for the purposes of the definition
         of  Investment  Stockholder  set forth in paragraph (2) of this section
         (c), the term  "Subsidiary"  shall mean only a  corporation  of which a
         majority  of each  class of  equity  security  is  owned,  directly  or
         indirectly, by the Corporation.

                (d) majority of the  directors  shall have the power and duty to
                determine  for the  purposes of this  Article  Fifteenth  on the
                basis of  information  known to them,  (1) the  number of Voting
                Shares  beneficially owned by any person (2) whether a person is
                an Affiliate  or Associate of another,  (3) whether a person has
                an agreement,  arrangement or  understanding  with another as to
                the matters  referred to in paragraph (3) of section (c), or (4)
                whether the assets  subject to any business  combination  or the
                consideration   received   for  the   issuance  or  transfer  of
                securities  by  the  Corporation,   or  any  Subsidiary  has  an
                aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more.

                (e) Nothing  contained  in  this  Article  Fifteenth  shall  be
                construed  to  relieve  any  Interested   Stockholder  from  any
                fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

         Sixteenth: Notwithstanding any other provision of this Charter or Act
         of  Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Corporation (and in addition to
         any other  vote that may be  required  by law,  this  Charter or Act of
         Incorporation  by the By-Laws),  the affirmative vote of the holders of
         at least  two-thirds of the outstanding  shares of the capital stock of
         the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors
         (considered  for this purpose as one class) shall be required to amend,
         alter or repeal any provision of Articles Fifth, Thirteenth,  Fifteenth
         or Sixteenth of this Charter or Act of Incorporation.

         Seventeenth: (a) a Director of this Corporation shall not be liable to
         the Corporation or its  stockholders for monetary damages for breach of
         fiduciary duty as a Director,  except to the extent such exemption from
         liability or  limitation  thereof is not  permitted  under the Delaware
         General  Corporation  Laws  as the  same  exists  or may  hereafter  be
         amended.

                (b) Any repeal or modification of the foregoing  paragraph shall
                not  adversely  affect any right or  protection of a Director of
                the  Corporation  existing  hereunder with respect to any act or
                omission   occurring  prior  to  the  time  of  such  repeal  or
                modification."



                                       13

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B

                                     BY-LAWS


                            WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

                              WILMINGTON, DELAWARE

                         As existing on January 16, 1997


<PAGE>



                       BY-LAWS OF WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY


                                    ARTICLE I
                             Stockholders' Meetings

         Section 1.  The Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  shall be held on the
third  Thursday in April each year at the principal  office at the Company or at
such other date,  time, or place as may be designated by resolution by the Board
of Directors.

         Section 2.  Special meetings of all  stockholders  may be called at any
time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

         Section 3.  Notice of all meetings of the stockholders shall be given 
by mailing to each  stockholder  at least ten (10) days before said meeting,  at
his last known address, a written or printed notice fixing the time and place of
such meeting.

         Section 4.  A majority in the amount of the capital stock of the 
Company issued and outstanding on the record date, as herein  determined,  shall
constitute a quorum at all meetings of  stockholders  for the transaction of any
business,  but the holders of a small number of shares may adjourn, from time to
time,  without  further  notice,  until a quorum is  secured.  At each annual or
special meeting of stockholders, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote,
either  in  person  or by proxy,  for each  shares  of stock  registered  in the
stockholder's  name on the books of the  Company on the record date for any such
meeting as determined herein.


                                   ARTICLE II
                                    Directors

         Section 1.  The  number and  classification  of the Board of  Directors
shall be as set forth in the Charter of the Bank.

         Section 2.  No person who has attained the age of seventy-two (72) 
years shall be nominated  for election to the Board of Directors of the Company,
provided,  however,  that this limitation  shall not apply to any person who was
serving as director of the Company on September 16, 1971.

         Section 3.  The class of  Directors  so elected  shall hold  office for
three years or until their successors are elected and qualified.

         Section 4.  The affairs and business of the Company shall be managed 
and conducted by the Board of Directors.

         Section 5.  The Board of Directors shall meet at the principal office 
of the Company or elsewhere in its  discretion at such times to be determined by
a majority of its



<PAGE>

members, or at the call of the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the 
President.

         Section 6.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at
any time by the  Chairman of the Board of  Directors  or by the  President,  and
shall be called upon the written request of a majority of the directors.

         Section 7.  A majority of the directors  elected and qualified shall be
necessary to constitute a quorum for the  transaction of business at any meeting
of the Board of Directors.

         Section 8.  Written notice shall be sent by mail to each director of 
any special meeting of the Board of Directors,  and of any change in the time or
place of any regular meeting,  stating the time and place of such meeting, which
shall be mailed not less than two days before the time of holding such meeting.

         Section 9.  In the event of the death, resignation,  removal, inability
to act, or  disqualification of any director,  the Board of Directors,  although
less than a quorum,  shall have the right to elect the  successor who shall hold
office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the
vacancy  occurred,  and until  such  director's  successor  shall have been duly
elected and qualified.

         Section 10.  The Board of  Directors  at its first  meeting  after its
election by the  stockholders  shall  appoint an  Executive  Committee,  a Trust
Committee, an Audit Committee and a Compensation Committee, and shall elect from
its own members a Chairman of the Board of Directors  and a President who may be
the same  person.  The Board of  Directors  shall also  elect at such  meeting a
Secretary and a Treasurer,  who may be the same person,  may appoint at any time
such other  committees  and elect or appoint such other  officers as it may deem
advisable.  The Board of  Directors  may also elect at such  meeting one or more
Associate Directors.

         Section 11.  The Board of  Directors  may at any time  remove,  with or
without  cause,  any member of any  Committee  appointed by it or any  associate
director or officer elected by it and may appoint or elect his successor.

         Section 12.  The Board of Directors  may  designate an officer to be in
charge of such of the  departments  or  division  of the  Company as it may deem
advisable.


                                   ARTICLE III
                                   Committees

         Section 1.  Executive Committee

                     (A) The Executive  Committee  shall be composed of not more
than nine members who shall be selected by the Board of  Directors  from its own
members and who

                                        2

<PAGE>

shall hold office during the pleasure of the Board.

                     (B) The  Executive  Committee  shall have all the powers of
the Board of  Directors  when it is not in session to transact  all business for
and in behalf of the Company that may be brought before it.

                     (C) The  Executive  Committee  shall meet at the  principal
office  of the  Company  or  elsewhere  in its  discretion  at such  times to be
determined  by a majority of its members,  or at the call of the Chairman of the
Executive  Committee or at the call of the  Chairman of the Board of  Directors.
The majority of its members  shall be  necessary to  constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business. Special meetings of the Executive Committee may be held
at any time when a quorum is present.

                     (D) Minutes  of each  meeting  of the  Executive  Committee
shall be kept and submitted to the Board of Directors at its next meeting.

                     (E) The Executive  Committee  shall advise and  superintend
all investments  that may be made of the funds of the Company,  and shall direct
the disposal of the same, in accordance  with such rules and  regulations as the
Board of Directors from time to time make.

                     (F) In the  event  of a state  of  disaster  of  sufficient
severity to prevent the conduct and  management  of the affairs and  business of
the Company by its directors and officers as  contemplated  by these By-Laws any
two available  members of the  Executive  Committee as  constituted  immediately
prior to such disaster shall  constitute a quorum of that Committee for the full
conduct and  management of the affairs and business of the Company in accordance
with the  provisions  of Article  III of these  By-Laws;  and if less than three
members of the Trust Committee is constituted immediately prior to such disaster
shall be available for the transaction of its business, such Executive Committee
shall also be  empowered  to  exercise  all of the powers  reserved to the Trust
Committee   under   Article  III   Section  2  hereof.   In  the  event  of  the
unavailability,  at such  time,  of a minimum of two  members of such  Executive
Committee,   any  three  available  directors  shall  constitute  the  Executive
Committee for the full conduct and management of the affairs and business of the
Company in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section. This By-Law
shall be subject to  implementation  by  Resolutions  of the Board of  Directors
presently  existing or hereafter passed from time to time for that purpose,  and
any  provisions of these By-Laws  (other than this Section) and any  resolutions
which are contrary to the provisions of this Section or to the provisions of any
such  implementary  Resolutions shall be suspended during such a disaster period
until it shall be determined  by any interim  Executive  Committee  acting under
this  section  that it shall be to the  advantage  of the  Company to resume the
conduct  and  management  of its  affairs  and  business  under all of the other
provisions of these By-Laws.



                                        3

<PAGE>

         Section 2.  Trust Committee

                     (A) The Trust  Committee shall be composed of not more than
thirteen members who shall be selected by the Board of Directors,  a majority of
whom shall be members of the Board of Directors and who shall hold office during
the pleasure of the Board.

                     (B) The Trust Committee shall have general supervision over
the Trust Department and the investment of trust funds, in all matters, however,
being subject to the approval of the Board of Directors.

                     (C) The Trust Committee shall meet at the principal  office
of the Company or elsewhere in its  discretion at such times to be determined by
a majority  of its  members or at the call of its  chairman.  A majority  of its
members  shall be  necessary  to  constitute  a quorum  for the  transaction  of
business.

                     (D) Minutes of each meeting of the Trust Committee shall be
kept and promptly submitted to the Board of Directors.

                     (E) The Trust  Committee  shall  have the power to  appoint
Committees  and/or  designate  officers  or  employees  of the  Company  to whom
supervision  over the  investment of trust funds may be delegated when the Trust
Committee is not in session.

         Section 3.  Audit Committee

                     (A) The Audit  Committee  shall be composed of five members
who shall be selected by the Board of Directors  from its own  members,  none of
whom shall be an officer of the  Company,  and shall hold office at the pleasure
of the Board.

                     (B) The Audit Committee shall have general supervision over
the Audit Division in all matters  however  subject to the approval of the Board
of  Directors;  it shall  consider all matters  brought to its  attention by the
officer in charge of the Audit  Division,  review all reports of  examination of
the Company made by any governmental agency or such independent auditor employed
for that purpose,  and make such  recommendations to the Board of Directors with
respect thereto or with respect to any other matters  pertaining to auditing the
Company as it shall deem desirable.

                     (C) The Audit  Committee  shall meet  whenever and wherever
the majority of its members  shall deem it to be proper for the  transaction  of
its business, and a majority of its Committee shall constitute a quorum.

         Section 4.  Compensation Committee

                     (A) The  Compensation  Committee  shall be  composed of not
more than



                                        4

<PAGE>

five (5) members who shall be  selected by the Board of  Directors  from its own
members who are not officers of the Company and who shall hold office during the
pleasure of the Board.

                     (B) The Compensation Committee shall in general advise upon
all matters of policy  concerning  the Company  brought to its  attention by the
management  and from time to time review the  management  of the Company,  major
organizational   matters,   including   salaries  and   employee   benefits  and
specifically shall administer the Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.

                     (C) Meetings of the Compensation Committee may be called at
any time by the  Chairman of the  Compensation  Committee,  the  Chairman of the
Board of Directors, or the President of the Company.

         Section 5.  Associate Directors

                     (A) Any person who has served as a director  may be elected
by the Board of Directors as an associate director, to serve during the pleasure
of the Board.

                     (B) An associate  director  shall be entitled to attend all
directors  meetings and  participate in the discussion of all matters brought to
the Board,  with the exception that he would have no right to vote. An associate
director will be eligible for appointment to Committees of the Company, with the
exception  of  the  Executive   Committee,   Audit  Committee  and  Compensation
Committee, which must be comprised solely of active directors.

         Section 6.  Absence or Disqualification of Any Member of a Committee

                     (A) In the absence or disqualification of any member of any
Committee  created under Article III of the By-Laws of this Company,  the member
or members  thereof  present at any meeting and not  disqualified  from  voting,
whether or not he or they constitute a quorum,  may unanimously  appoint another
member of the Board of  Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such
absence or disqualified member.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                                    Officers

         Section 1.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all
meetings of the Board and shall have such further authority and powers and shall
perform such duties as the Board of  Directors  may from time to time confer and
direct.  He shall also  exercise such powers and perform such duties as may from
time to time be agreed upon between himself and the President of the Company.

         Section 2.  The Vice  Chairman of the Board.  The Vice  Chairman of the
Board of



                                        5

<PAGE>

Directors  shall  preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors at which the
Chairman of the Board shall not be present and shall have such further authority
and  powers  and shall  perform  such  duties as the Board of  Directors  or the
Chairman of the Board may from time to time confer and direct.

         Section 3.  The President  shall have the powers and duties  pertaining
to the  office of the  President  conferred  or  imposed  upon him by statute or
assigned to him by the Board of  Directors in the absence of the Chairman of the
Board the  President  shall have the powers  and duties of the  Chairman  of the
Board.

         Section 4.  The Chairman of the Board of  Directors or the President as
designated  by the  Board of  Directors,  shall  carry  into  effect  all  legal
directions of the Executive  Committee and of the Board of Directors,  and shall
at all  times  exercise  general  supervision  over the  interest,  affairs  and
operations of the Company and perform all duties incident to his office.

         Section 5.  There  may  be  one  or  more  Vice  Presidents,   however
denominated  by the  Board of  Directors,  who may at any time  perform  all the
duties of the Chairman of the Board of Directors  and/or the  President and such
other  powers  and  duties as may from time to time be  assigned  to them by the
Board of Directors,  the Executive  Committee,  the Chairman of the Board or the
President  and by the officer in charge of the  department  or division to which
they are assigned.

         Section 6.  The  Secretary  shall  attend  to the  giving  of notice of
meetings  of the  stockholders  and  the  Board  of  Directors,  as  well as the
Committees  thereof, to the keeping of accurate minutes of all such meetings and
to recording  the same in the minute  books of the  Company.  In addition to the
other notice  requirements of these By-Laws and as may be practicable  under the
circumstances,  all such notices  shall be in writing and mailed well in advance
of the  scheduled  date of any  other  meeting.  He shall  have  custody  of the
corporate  seal  and  shall  affix  the  same to any  documents  requiring  such
corporate seal and to attest the same.

         Section 7.  The  Treasurer  shall  have  general  supervision  over all
assets and liabilities of the Company.  He shall be custodian of and responsible
for all monies, funds and valuables of the Company and for the keeping of proper
records of the evidence of property or indebtedness  and of all the transactions
of the Company.  He shall have general  supervision of the  expenditures  of the
Company and shall report to the Board of  Directors  at each regular  meeting of
the  condition of the Company,  and perform such other duties as may be assigned
to him from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Executive Committee.

         Section 8.  There  may be a  Controller  who  shall  exercise  general
supervision over the internal operations of the Company,  including  accounting,
and  shall  render  to the  Board of  Directors  at  appropriate  times a report
relating to the general condition and internal operations of the Company.



                                       6

<PAGE>

         There may be one or more subordinate  accounting or controller officers
however  denominated,  who may  perform  the duties of the  Controller  and such
duties as may be prescribed by the Controller.

         Section 9.  The officer designated  by the Board of  Directors to be in
charge of the Audit  Division  of the  Company  with such  title as the Board of
Directors shall prescribe,  shall report to and be directly  responsible only to
the Board of Directors.

         There shall be an Auditor and there may be one or more Audit  Officers,
however  denominated,  who may  perform  all the duties of the  Auditor and such
duties as may be prescribed by the officer in charge of the Audit Division.

         Section 10.  There may be one or more officers,  subordinate in rank to
all Vice Presidents with such functional titles as shall be determined from time
to time by the  Board of  Directors,  who  shall  ex  officio  hold  the  office
Assistant  Secretary  of this  Company and who may perform such duties as may be
prescribed  by the officer in charge of the  department or division to whom they
are assigned.

         Section 11.  The powers and duties of all other officers of the Company
shall be those usually  pertaining to their respective  offices,  subject to the
direction of the Board of Directors,  the Executive  Committee,  Chairman of the
Board of Directors or the President and the officer in charge of the  department
or division to which they are assigned.


                                    ARTICLE V
                          Stock and Stock Certificates

         Section 1.  Shares of stock shall be  transferrable on the books of the
Company and a transfer  book shall be kept in which all transfers of stock shall
be recorded.

         Section 2.  Certificate  of  stock  shall  bear the  signature  of the
President or any Vice President,  however  denominated by the Board of Directors
and countersigned by the Secretary or Treasurer or an Assistant  Secretary,  and
the seal of the corporation  shall be engraved  thereon.  Each certificate shall
recite that the stock represented  thereby is transferrable  only upon the books
of the Company by the holder  thereof or his  attorney,  upon  surrender  of the
certificate  properly  endorsed.  Any  certificate  of stock  surrendered to the
Company shall be cancelled at the time of transfer, and before a new certificate
or certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof. Duplicate certificates of stock
shall be issued  only upon giving such  security as may be  satisfactory  to the
Board of Directors or the Executive Committee.

         Section 3.  The Board of Directors of the Company is authorized  to fix
in advance a record date for the  determination of the stockholders  entitled to
notice of,  and to vote at, any  meeting  of  stockholders  and any  adjournment
thereof, or entitled to receive payment of



                                        7
<PAGE>

any  dividend,  or to any  allotment  or rights,  or to  exercise  any rights in
respect of any change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, or in connection
with obtaining the consent of  stockholders  for any purpose,  which record date
shall  not be more  than 60 nor  less  than 10 days  proceeding  the date of any
meeting of stockholders or the date for the payment of any dividend, or the date
for the  allotment  of  rights,  or the date when any  change or  conversion  or
exchange of capital  stock shall go into effect,  or a date in  connection  with
obtaining such consent.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                                      Seal

         Section 1.  The corporate seal of the Company shall be in the following
form:

                     Between two concentric  circles the words 
                     "Wilmington Trust Company" within the inner
                     circle the words "Wilmington, Delaware."


                                   ARTICLE VII
                                   Fiscal Year

         Section 1.  The fiscal year of the Company shall be the calendar year.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                     Execution of Instruments of the Company

         Section 1.  The  Chairman  of the  Board,  the  President  or any Vice
President,  however denominated by the Board of Directors, shall have full power
and authority to enter into, make, sign, execute, acknowledge and/or deliver and
the Secretary or any Assistant  Secretary shall have full power and authority to
attest  and  affix  the  corporate  seal of the  Company  to any and all  deeds,
conveyances,   assignments,   releases,  contracts,  agreements,  bonds,  notes,
mortgages and all other instruments  incident to the business of this Company or
in acting as executor,  administrator,  guardian, trustee, agent or in any other
fiduciary or  representative  capacity by any and every method of appointment or
by whatever  person,  corporation,  court  officer or  authority in the State of
Delaware, or elsewhere, without any specific authority,  ratification,  approval
or  confirmation by the Board of Directors or the Executive  Committee,  and any
and all such  instruments  shall  have the same  force  and  validity  as though
expressly authorized by the Board of Directors and/or the Executive Committee.




                                        8

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IX
               Compensation of Directors and Members of Committees

         Section 1.  Directors and associate directors of the Company, other 
than salaried officers of the Company,  shall be paid such reasonable  honoraria
or fees for  attending  meetings  of the  Board  of  Directors  as the  Board of
Directors may from time to time determine. Directors and associate directors who
serve as members of  committees,  other than salaried  employees of the Company,
shall be paid such  reasonable  honoraria  or fees for  services  as  members of
committees  as the Board of  Directors  shall  from time to time  determine  and
directors  and  associate  directors  may be  employed  by the  Company for such
special  services as the Board of Directors may from time to time  determine and
shall be paid for such special services so performed reasonable  compensation as
may be determined by the Board of Directors.


                                    ARTICLE X
                                 Indemnification

         Section 1.  (A) The Corporation  shall  indemnify and hold harmless, to
the fullest  extent  permitted by applicable  law as it presently  exists or may
hereafter be amended,  any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made
a party or is  otherwise  involved in any action,  suit or  proceeding,  whether
civil,  criminal,  administrative or investigative (a "proceeding") by reason of
the fact that he, or a person for whom he is the legal representative, is or was
a director,  officer,  employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving
at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or
agent  of  another  corporation  or  of a  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust,
enterprise  or  non-profit  entity,  including  service with respect to employee
benefit plans,  against all liability and loss suffered and expenses  reasonably
incurred by such person.  The Corporation shall indemnify a person in connection
with a proceeding initiated by such person only if the proceeding was authorized
by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

                     (B) The Corporation  shall pay the  expenses  incurred  in
defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided, however,
that the payment of expenses incurred by a Director officer in his capacity as a
Director or officer in advance of the final  disposition of the proceeding shall
be made only upon receipt of an  undertaking by the Director or officer to repay
all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately  determined that the Director or
officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article or otherwise.

                     (C) If a claim for indemnification or payment of expenses,
under  this  Article X is not paid in full  within  ninety  days after a written
claim therefor has been received by the  Corporation  the claimant may file suit
to recover  the unpaid  amount of such claim and, if  successful  in whole or in
part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any
such action the  Corporation  shall have the burden of proving that the claimant
was not entitled to the requested indemnification of payment of expenses



                                        9

<PAGE>

under applicable law.

                     (D) The rights  conferred  on any person by this  Article X
shall not be  exclusive  of any  other  rights  which  such  person  may have or
hereafter  acquire  under  any  statute,  provision  of  the  Charter  or Act of
Incorporation,  these By-Laws,  agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested
Directors or otherwise.

                     (E) Any repeal or modification of the foregoing  provisions
of this Article X shall not adversely  affect any right or protection  hereunder
of any person in respect of any act or omission  occurring  prior to the time of
such repeal or modification.


                                   ARTICLE XI
                            Amendments to the By-Laws

         Section 1.  These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole
or in part,  and any new  By-Law or By-Laws  adopted  at any  regular or special
meeting of the Board of  Directors  by a vote of the majority of all the members
of the Board of Directors then in office.


                                       10

<PAGE>





                                                                    EXHIBIT C




                             Section 321(b) Consent


            Pursuant to Section  321(b) of the Trust  Indenture  Act of 1939, as
amended,  Wilmington  Trust Company hereby consents that reports of examinations
by Federal, State,  Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such
authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon requests therefor.



                                    WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY


Dated: March 23, 1998               By: /s/ Emmett R. Harmon
                                        --------------------
                                    Name: Emmett R. Harmon
                                    Title: Vice President


<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT D



                                     NOTICE


          This form is intended to assist  state  nonmember  banks and
          savings banks with state  publication  requirements.  It has
          not been approved by any state banking authorities. Refer to
          your  appropriate  state banking  authorities for your state
          publication requirements.



R E P O R T   O F   C O N D I T I O N

Consolidating domestic subsidiaries of the

            WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY                of     WILMINGTON
- ----------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                  Name of Bank                                City

in the State of   DELAWARE  , at the close of business on December 31, 1997.
               -------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

ASSETS
                                                                                         Thousands of dollars
<S>                                                                                                 <C>    
Cash and balances due from depository institutions:
            Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coins...................................... 236,646
            Interest-bearing balances...................................................................... 0
Held-to-maturity securities.......................................................................... 331,880
Available-for-sale securities...................................................................... 1,258,661
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell................................ 91,500
Loans and lease financing receivables:
            Loans and leases, net of unearned income............. 3,822,320
            LESS:  Allowance for loan and lease losses...........    59,373
            LESS:  Allocated transfer risk reserve...............         0
            Loans and leases, net of unearned income, allowance, and reserve....................... 3,762,947
Assets held in trading accounts............................................................................ 0
Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)............................................. 129,740
Other real estate owned................................................................................ 2,106
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies....................................... 22
Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding............................................... 0
Intangible assets...................................................................................... 4,905
Other assets......................................................................................... 100,799
Total assets....................................................................................... 5,919,206

</TABLE>


                                                          CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

LIABILITIES
<S>                                                                                                 <C>    
Deposits:
In domestic offices................................................................................ 4,034,633
            Noninterest-bearing..................   839,928
            Interest-bearing..................... 3,194,705
Federal funds purchased and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase........................... 575,827
Demand notes issued to the U.S. Treasury...............................................................61,290
Trading liabilities (from Schedule RC-D)................................................................... 0
Other borrowed money:................................................................................ ///////
            With original maturity of one year or less............................................... 673,000
            With original maturity of more than one year.............................................. 43,000
Bank's liability on acceptances executed and outstanding................................................... 0
Subordinated notes and debentures.......................................................................... 0
Other liabilities (from Schedule RC-G)................................................................ 76,458
Total liabilities.................................................................................. 5,464,208


EQUITY CAPITAL

Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus.............................................................. 0
Common Stock............................................................................................. 500
Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock).............................................. 62,118
Undivided profits and capital reserves............................................................... 385,018
Net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities................................. 7,362
Total equity capital................................................................................. 454,998
Total liabilities, limited-life preferred stock, and equity capital................................ 5,919,206


</TABLE>





                                        2



                                                                    Exhibit 25.3


                                          Registration No.
================================================================================



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM T-1

         STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939
                  OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
SECTION 305(b)(2) _____

                            WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
               (Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)


        Delaware                                      51-0055023
(State of incorporation)                 (I.R.S. employer identification no.)

                               Rodney Square North
                            1100 North Market Street
                           Wilmington, Delaware 19890
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

                               Cynthia L. Corliss
                        Vice President and Trust Counsel
                            Wilmington Trust Company
                               Rodney Square North
                           Wilmington, Delaware 19890
                                 (302) 651-8516
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)


                         GUARANTY FINANCIAL CORPORATION

               (Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

         Virginia                                        54-1786496
(State of incorporation)                    (I.R.S. employer identification no.)

         1658 State Farm Blvd.
       Charlottesville, Virginia                            22911
(Address of principal executive offices)                 (Zip Code)


                   Guarantee of Guaranty Financial Corporation
                   as to the Convertible Preferred Securities
                       (Title of the indenture securities)



================================================================================

<PAGE>



ITEM 1.     GENERAL INFORMATION.

                    Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

            (a)     Name and address of each examining or supervising authority
                    to which it is subject.

                    Federal Deposit Insurance Co.      State Bank Commissioner
                    Five Penn Center                   Dover, Delaware
                    Suite #2901
                    Philadelphia, PA

            (b)     Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

                    The  trustee  is  authorized  to  exercise  corporate  trust
                    powers.

ITEM 2.     AFFILIATIONS WITH THE OBLIGOR.

                    If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each
            affiliation:

                    Based upon an  examination  of the books and  records of the
            trustee and upon information  furnished by the obligor,  the obligor
            is not an affiliate of the trustee.

ITEM 3.     LIST OF EXHIBITS.

                    List below all exhibits  filed as part of this  Statement of
            Eligibility and Qualification.

            A.      Copy of the  Charter  of  Wilmington  Trust  Company,  which
                    includes the  certificate  of authority of Wilmington  Trust
                    Company  to  commence  business  and  the  authorization  of
                    Wilmington Trust Company to exercise corporate trust powers.
            B.      Copy of By-Laws of Wilmington Trust Company.
            C.      Consent of  Wilmington  Trust  Company  required  by Section
                    321(b) of Trust Indenture Act.
            D.      Copy of most recent Report of Condition of Wilmington Trust
                    Company.

            Pursuant to the  requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended,  the trustee,  Wilmington  Trust Company,  a corporation  organized and
existing  under  the  laws of  Delaware,  has  duly  caused  this  Statement  of
Eligibility  to be  signed  on its  behalf by the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized,  all in the City of Wilmington and State of Delaware on the 23rd day
of March, 1998.

                                         WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
[SEAL]

Attest: /s/ W. Chris Sponenberg           By: /s/ Emmett R. Harmon
        -------------------------             ----------------------------
        Assistant Secretary               Name:  Emmett R. Harmon
                                          Title:  Vice President


H:\...\trinact\t1\guarnty2.gte


                                        2

<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT A

                                 AMENDED CHARTER

                            Wilmington Trust Company

                              Wilmington, Delaware

                           As existing on May 9, 1987




<PAGE>



                                 Amended Charter

                                       or

                              Act of Incorporation

                                       of

                            Wilmington Trust Company

         Wilmington  Trust  Company,  originally  incorporated  by an Act of the
General  Assembly of the State of Delaware,  entitled "An Act to Incorporate the
Delaware Guarantee and Trust Company", approved March 2, A.D. 1901, and the name
of which company was changed to "Wilmington Trust Company" by an amendment filed
in the Office of the Secretary of State on March 18, A.D.  1903, and the Charter
or Act of  Incorporation of which company has been from time to time amended and
changed by merger agreements pursuant to the corporation law for state banks and
trust  companies  of the  State of  Delaware,  does  hereby  alter and amend its
Charter or Act of Incorporation so that the same as so altered and amended shall
in its entirety read as follows:

         First: - The name of this corporation is Wilmington Trust Company.

         Second: - The location of its principal office in the State of Delaware
         is at Rodney Square  North,  in the City of  Wilmington,  County of New
         Castle;  the name of its resident  agent is  Wilmington  Trust  Company
         whose address is Rodney Square North, in said City. In addition to such
         principal  office,  the said corporation  maintains and operates branch
         offices in the City of Newark, New Castle County, Delaware, the Town of
         Newport, New Castle County,  Delaware, at Claymont,  New Castle County,
         Delaware,  at Greenville,  New Castle County  Delaware,  and at Milford
         Cross Roads,  New Castle  County,  Delaware,  and shall be empowered to
         open, maintain and operate branch offices at Ninth and Shipley Streets,
         418 Delaware Avenue, 2120 Market Street, and 3605 Market Street, all in
         the City of  Wilmington,  New Castle County,  Delaware,  and such other
         branch offices or places of business as may be authorized  from time to
         time by the  agency  or  agencies  of the  government  of the  State of
         Delaware empowered to confer such authority.

         Third: - (a) The nature of the  business  and the objects and purposes
         proposed to be transacted,  promoted or carried on by this  Corporation
         are to do any or all of the things herein mentioned as fully and to the
         same extent as natural persons might or could do and in any part of the
         world, viz.:

                (1) To sue and be sued,  complain and defend in any Court of law
                or equity and to make and use a common seal,  and alter the seal
                at pleasure,  to hold, purchase,  convey,  mortgage or otherwise
                deal in real and personal  estate and  property,  and to appoint
                such officers and agents as the business of the


<PAGE>



                Corporation shall require, to make by-laws not inconsistent with
                the  Constitution or laws of the United States or of this State,
                to discount bills,  notes or other evidences of debt, to receive
                deposits  of money,  or  securities  for money,  to buy gold and
                silver  bullion  and  foreign  coins,  to buy and sell  bills of
                exchange,  and  generally  to use,  exercise  and  enjoy all the
                powers,   rights,   privileges  and  franchises  incident  to  a
                corporation which are proper or necessary for the transaction of
                the business of the Corporation hereby created.

                (2) To  insure  titles  to real and  personal  property,  or any
                estate or interests therein, and to guarantee the holder of such
                property, real or personal, against any claim or claims, adverse
                to his interest therein, and to prepare and give certificates of
                title for any lands or  premises  in the State of  Delaware,  or
                elsewhere.

                (3) To act as factor,  agent, broker or attorney in the receipt,
                collection, custody, investment and management of funds, and the
                purchase,  sale,  management  and  disposal  of  property of all
                descriptions, and to prepare and execute all papers which may be
                necessary or proper in such business.

                (4) To prepare and draw agreements,  contracts,  deeds,  leases,
                conveyances,   mortgages,   bonds  and  legal  papers  of  every
                description, and to carry on the business of conveyancing in all
                its branches.

                (5) To receive  upon  deposit for  safekeeping  money,  jewelry,
                plate,  deeds,  bonds and any and all other personal property of
                every sort and kind, from executors, administrators,  guardians,
                public officers,  courts,  receivers,  assignees,  trustees, and
                from  all   fiduciaries,   and  from  all  other   persons   and
                individuals, and from all corporations whether state, municipal,
                corporate or private, and to rent boxes, safes, vaults and other
                receptacles for such property.

                (6) To act as agent or otherwise for the purpose of registering,
                issuing,   certificating,    countersigning,   transferring   or
                underwriting  the  stock,  bonds  or  other  obligations  of any
                corporation, association, state or municipality, and may receive
                and manage any  sinking  fund  therefor  on such terms as may be
                agreed upon between the two parties,  and in like manner may act
                as Treasurer of any corporation or municipality.

                (7) To act as Trustee under any deed of trust, mortgage, bond or
                other  instrument  issued  by  any  state,  municipality,   body
                politic, corporation,  association or person, either alone or in
                conjunction  with any other  person or persons,  corporation  or
                corporations.


                                        2

<PAGE>

                (8) To  guarantee  the  validity,  performance  or effect of any
                contract  or  agreement,  and the  fidelity  of persons  holding
                places of  responsibility  or trust;  to become  surety  for any
                person, or persons,  for the faithful  performance of any trust,
                office,  duty,  contract  or  agreement,  either by itself or in
                conjunction with any other person, or persons,  corporation,  or
                corporations,  or in like  manner  become  surety upon any bond,
                recognizance, obligation, judgment, suit, order, or decree to be
                entered in any court of record  within the State of  Delaware or
                elsewhere, or which may now or hereafter be required by any law,
                judge, officer or court in the State of Delaware or elsewhere.

                (9) To act by any and every  method of  appointment  as trustee,
                trustee  in   bankruptcy,   receiver,   assignee,   assignee  in
                bankruptcy, executor, administrator, guardian, bailee, or in any
                other trust capacity in the receiving,  holding,  managing,  and
                disposing of any and all estates and property, real, personal or
                mixed,  and  to  be  appointed  as  such  trustee,   trustee  in
                bankruptcy,   receiver,   assignee,   assignee  in   bankruptcy,
                executor,  administrator,  guardian  or bailee  by any  persons,
                corporations,  court,  officer,  or  authority,  in the State of
                Delaware or  elsewhere;  and  whenever  this  Corporation  is so
                appointed  by  any  person,   corporation,   court,  officer  or
                authority  such  trustee,   trustee  in  bankruptcy,   receiver,
                assignee,  assignee  in  bankruptcy,  executor,   administrator,
                guardian,  bailee, or in any other trust capacity,  it shall not
                be required  to give bond with  surety,  but its  capital  stock
                shall be taken and held as security for the  performance  of the
                duties devolving upon it by such appointment.

                (10) And for its care,  management and trouble, and the exercise
                of any of its powers hereby given, or for the performance of any
                of the  duties  which  it may  undertake  or be  called  upon to
                perform,  or for the assumption of any  responsibility  the said
                Corporation may be entitled to receive a proper compensation.

                (11) To  purchase,  receive,  hold  and own  bonds,  mortgages,
                debentures,  shares of  capital  stock,  and  other  securities,
                obligations,  contracts  and evidences of  indebtedness,  of any
                private,  public or municipal corporation within and without the
                State of Delaware, or of the Government of the United States, or
                of any state,  territory,  colony, or possession  thereof, or of
                any foreign government or country; to receive,  collect, receipt
                for, and dispose of interest, dividends and income upon and from
                any  of the  bonds,  mortgages,  debentures,  notes,  shares  of
                capital stock, securities,  obligations, contracts, evidences of
                indebtedness  and other  property  held and owned by it,  and to
                exercise  in respect of all such bonds,  mortgages,  debentures,
                notes,  shares  of  capital  stock,   securities,   obligations,
                contracts, evidences of indebtedness and other property, any and
                all the rights, powers and privileges of individual

                                        3

<PAGE>

                owners thereof,  including the right to vote thereon;  to invest
                and deal in and with any of the moneys of the  Corporation  upon
                such  securities  and in such  manner  as it may  think  fit and
                proper,   and  from  time  to  time  to  vary  or  realize  such
                investments;  to issue  bonds and  secure the same by pledges or
                deeds of trust or  mortgages of or upon the whole or any part of
                the property held or owned by the  Corporation,  and to sell and
                pledge  such  bonds,  as and when the Board of  Directors  shall
                determine,  and in the promotion of its said corporate  business
                of  investment  and to the extent  authorized  by law, to lease,
                purchase,  hold, sell, assign,  transfer,  pledge,  mortgage and
                convey real and personal property of any name and nature and any
                estate or interest therein.

         (b) In furtherance of, and not in limitation,  of the powers  conferred
         by the laws of the State of Delaware,  it is hereby expressly  provided
         that the said Corporation shall also have the following powers:

                (1) To do any or all of the things herein set forth, to the same
                extent as natural  persons might or could do, and in any part of
                the world.

                (2) To acquire the good will,  rights,  property and  franchises
                and to  undertake  the  whole  or any  part  of the  assets  and
                liabilities of any person, firm, association or corporation, and
                to pay for the same in cash, stock of this Corporation, bonds or
                otherwise;  to hold or in any  manner to dispose of the whole or
                any part of the property so purchased;  to conduct in any lawful
                manner the whole or any part of any business so acquired, and to
                exercise all the powers necessary or convenient in and about the
                conduct and management of such business.

                (3) To take, hold, own, deal in, mortgage or otherwise lien, and
                to lease, sell,  exchange,  transfer,  or in any manner whatever
                dispose of property, real, personal or mixed, wherever situated.

                (4) To enter  into,  make,  perform and carry out  contracts  of
                every kind with any person,  firm,  association or  corporation,
                and, without limit as to amount, to draw, make, accept, endorse,
                discount,  execute and issue promissory notes,  drafts, bills of
                exchange,  warrants, bonds, debentures,  and other negotiable or
                transferable instruments.

                (5) To have one or more  offices,  to carry on all or any of its
                operations  and  businesses,  without  restriction  to the  same
                extent as  natural  persons  might or could do, to  purchase  or
                otherwise  acquire,  to hold, own, to mortgage,  sell, convey or
                otherwise dispose of, real and personal property, of every class
                and description, in any State, District,  Territory or Colony of
                the United States, and in any foreign country or place.

                                        4

<PAGE>

                (6) It is the  intention  that the objects,  purposes and powers
                specified and clauses  contained in this paragraph shall (except
                where  otherwise  expressed in said paragraph) be nowise limited
                or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any
                other clause of this or any other paragraph in this charter, but
                that the objects,  purposes and powers  specified in each of the
                clauses  of this  paragraph  shall be  regarded  as  independent
                objects, purposes and powers.

         Fourth: - (a) The total number of shares of all classes of stock which
         the  Corporation  shall have  authority to issue is  forty-one  million
         (41,000,000) shares, consisting of:

                (1) One million (1,000,000) shares of Preferred stock, par value
                $10.00 per share (hereinafter referred to as "Preferred Stock");
                and

                (2) Forty million (40,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value
                $1.00 per share (hereinafter referred to as "Common Stock").

         (b) Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or
         more  series  as may from  time to time be  determined  by the Board of
         Directors each of said series to be distinctly  designated.  All shares
         of  any  one  series  of  Preferred  Stock  shall  be  alike  in  every
         particular,  except  that  there  may be  different  dates  from  which
         dividends, if any, thereon shall be cumulative, if made cumulative. The
         voting powers and the preferences and relative, participating, optional
         and other special rights of each such series,  and the  qualifications,
         limitations or restrictions  thereof,  if any, may differ from those of
         any and all other series at any time  outstanding;  and, subject to the
         provisions of  subparagraph 1 of Paragraph (c) of this Article  Fourth,
         the Board of Directors of the Corporation is hereby  expressly  granted
         authority to fix by  resolution  or  resolutions  adopted  prior to the
         issuance of any shares of a particular  series of Preferred  Stock, the
         voting powers and the designations,  preferences and relative, optional
         and other  special  rights,  and the  qualifications,  limitations  and
         restrictions  of such  series,  including,  but  without  limiting  the
         generality of the foregoing, the following:

                (1) The distinctive  designation of, and the number of shares of
                Preferred Stock which shall constitute such series, which number
                may be increased  (except where otherwise  provided by the Board
                of Directors)  or decreased  (but not below the number of shares
                thereof  then  outstanding)  from time to time by like action of
                the Board of Directors;

                (2) The rate and times at which, and the terms and conditions on
                which,  dividends,  if any,  on  Preferred  Stock of such series
                shall be paid, the extent of the preference or relation, if any,
                of such dividends to the dividends payable on any other class or
                classes, or series of the same or other class of

                                        5

<PAGE>

                stock  and  whether  such  dividends   shall  be  cumulative  or
                non-cumulative;

                (3) The right, if any, of the holders of Preferred Stock of such
                series to convert the same into or exchange the same for, shares
                of any other  class or  classes  or of any series of the same or
                any other class or classes of stock of the  Corporation  and the
                terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange;

                (4) Whether  or not  Preferred  Stock of such  series  shall be
                subject to redemption,  and the  redemption  price or prices and
                the time or times at  which,  and the terms  and  conditions  on
                which, Preferred Stock of such series may be redeemed.

                (5) The rights,  if any, of the  holders of  Preferred  Stock of
                such  series  upon the  voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,
                merger,   consolidation,   distribution   or  sale  of   assets,
                dissolution or winding-up, of the Corporation.

                (6) The terms of the  sinking  fund or  redemption  or  purchase
                account,  if any, to be provided for the Preferred Stock of such
                series; and

                (7) The voting powers,  if any, of the holders of such series of
                Preferred  Stock which may,  without  limiting the generality of
                the foregoing include the right, voting as a series or by itself
                or together  with other series of Preferred  Stock or all series
                of Preferred Stock as a class, to elect one or more directors of
                the  Corporation  if there  shall  have  been a  default  in the
                payment  of  dividends  on any one or more  series of  Preferred
                Stock or under such  circumstances and on such conditions as the
                Board of Directors may determine.

         (c) (1) After the requirements  with respect to preferential  dividends
         on the  Preferred  Stock (fixed in  accordance  with the  provisions of
         section (b) of this Article  Fourth),  if any,  shall have been met and
         after the Corporation shall have complied with all the requirements, if
         any,  with  respect to the  setting  aside of sums as sinking  funds or
         redemption  or  purchase   accounts   (fixed  in  accordance  with  the
         provisions of section (b) of this Article Fourth),  and subject further
         to any conditions  which may be fixed in accordance with the provisions
         of section  (b) of this  Article  Fourth,  then and not  otherwise  the
         holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such  dividends as
         may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

                (2) After  distribution in full of the preferential  amount,  if
                any,  (fixed in accordance with the provisions of section (b) of
                this  Article  Fourth),  to be  distributed  to the  holders  of
                Preferred  Stock  in  the  event  of  voluntary  or  involuntary
                liquidation,  distribution  or sale of  assets,  dissolution  or
                winding-up, of the Corporation,  the holders of the Common Stock
                shall be entitled to

                                        6

<PAGE>



                receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation, tangible
                and intangible,  of whatever kind available for  distribution to
                stockholders  ratably in  proportion  to the number of shares of
                Common Stock held by them respectively.

                (3) Except  as  may  otherwise  be  required  by  law or by the
                provisions of such  resolution or  resolutions as may be adopted
                by the  Board  of  Directors  pursuant  to  section  (b) of this
                Article Fourth,  each holder of Common Stock shall have one vote
                in  respect of each  share of Common  Stock held on all  matters
                voted upon by the stockholders.

         (d) No holder  of any of the  shares of any class or series of stock or
         of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of any class or
         series of stock or of other  securities of the  Corporation  shall have
         any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued stock of
         any class or series or any additional  shares of any class or series to
         be issued by reason of any increase of the authorized  capital stock of
         the  Corporation  of any class or  series,  or bonds,  certificates  of
         indebtedness,  debentures  or  other  securities  convertible  into  or
         exchangeable  for stock of the  Corporation of any class or series,  or
         carrying  any right to purchase  stock of any class or series,  but any
         such unissued stock, additional authorized issue of shares of any class
         or series of stock or securities  convertible  into or exchangeable for
         stock,  or  carrying  any right to  purchase  stock,  may be issued and
         disposed of pursuant to  resolution  of the Board of  Directors to such
         persons, firms,  corporations or associations,  whether such holders or
         others,  and upon such terms as may be deemed advisable by the Board of
         Directors in the exercise of its sole discretion.

         (e) The  relative  powers,  preferences  and  rights of each  series of
         Preferred  Stock in relation to the relative  powers,  preferences  and
         rights of each other series of Preferred  Stock shall, in each case, be
         as fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in the  resolution
         or resolutions  adopted pursuant to authority granted in section (b) of
         this  Article  Fourth  and the  consent,  by  class or  series  vote or
         otherwise,  of the holders of such of the series of Preferred  Stock as
         are  from  time to  time  outstanding  shall  not be  required  for the
         issuance by the Board of  Directors  of any other  series of  Preferred
         Stock whether or not the powers,  preferences  and rights of such other
         series  shall be fixed by the Board of  Directors as senior to, or on a
         parity with,  the powers,  preferences  and rights of such  outstanding
         series, or any of them; provided,  however, that the Board of Directors
         may  provide  in the  resolution  or  resolutions  as to any  series of
         Preferred Stock adopted  pursuant to section (b) of this Article Fourth
         that  the  consent  of the  holders  of a  majority  (or  such  greater
         proportion as shall be therein fixed) of the outstanding shares of such
         series voting  thereon shall be required for the issuance of any or all
         other series of Preferred Stock.


                                        7

<PAGE>



         (f) Subject to the  provisions of section (e),  shares of any series of
         Preferred  Stock  may be  issued  from  time to time  as the  Board  of
         Directors of the Corporation  shall determine and on such terms and for
         such consideration as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

         (g) Shares of Common Stock may be issued from time to time as the Board
         of Directors of the  Corporation  shall determine and on such terms and
         for such consideration as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

         (h) The  authorized  amount of shares of Common  Stock and of Preferred
         Stock may,  without a class or series  vote,  be increased or decreased
         from time to time by the affirmative  vote of the holders of a majority
         of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon.

         Fifth: - (a) The  business  and  affairs of the  Corporation  shall be
         conducted and managed by a Board of Directors.  The number of directors
         constituting the entire Board shall be not less than five nor more than
         twenty-five  as fixed  from time to time by vote of a  majority  of the
         whole Board, provided,  however, that the number of directors shall not
         be  reduced so as to shorten  the term of any  director  at the time in
         office, and provided further, that the number of directors constituting
         the  whole  Board  shall  be  twenty-four  until  otherwise  fixed by a
         majority of the whole Board.

         (b) The Board of  Directors  shall be divided  into three  classes,  as
         nearly   equal  in  number  as  the  then  total  number  of  directors
         constituting  the whole Board  permits,  with the term of office of one
         class  expiring each year.  At the annual  meeting of  stockholders  in
         1982,  directors of the first class shall be elected to hold office for
         a term expiring at the next succeeding annual meeting, directors of the
         second class shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the
         second succeeding annual meeting and directors of the third class shall
         be elected to hold office for a term  expiring at the third  succeeding
         annual meeting. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors for any reason,
         and any newly created directorships  resulting from any increase in the
         directors,  may be  filled  by the  Board  of  Directors,  acting  by a
         majority of the directors then in office,  although less than a quorum,
         and any  directors  so chosen  shall hold office  until the next annual
         election of directors. At such election, the stockholders shall elect a
         successor to such  director to hold office  until the next  election of
         the class for which such director  shall have been chosen and until his
         successor shall be elected and qualified.  No decrease in the number of
         directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

         (c) Notwithstanding  any other  provisions  of this  Charter or Act of
         Incorporation  or the By-Laws of the Corporation  (and  notwithstanding
         the fact that some lesser  percentage  may be  specified  by law,  this
         Charter or Act of Incorporation or the ByLaws of the Corporation),  any
         director or the entire Board of Directors of the

                                        8

<PAGE>

         Corporation  may be removed at any time without cause,  but only by the
         affirmative   vote  of  the  holders  of  two-thirds  or  more  of  the
         outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote
         generally in the election of directors  (considered for this purpose as
         one  class)  cast at a  meeting  of the  stockholders  called  for that
         purpose.

         (d) Nominations for the election of directors may be made by the Board
         of Directors or by any stockholder entitled to vote for the election of
         directors.  Such  nominations  shall  be made  by  notice  in  writing,
         delivered or mailed by first class United States mail, postage prepaid,
         to the Secretary of the Corporation not less than 14 days nor more than
         50  days  prior  to any  meeting  of the  stockholders  called  for the
         election of directors;  provided,  however,  that if less than 21 days'
         notice of the meeting is given to  stockholders,  such  written  notice
         shall be delivered or mailed,  as  prescribed,  to the Secretary of the
         Corporation  not later than the close of the seventh day  following the
         day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to  stockholders.  Notice
         of  nominations  which are proposed by the Board of Directors  shall be
         given by the Chairman on behalf of the Board.

         (e) Each notice under subsection (d) shall set forth (i) the name, age,
         business  address  and,  if known,  residence  address of each  nominee
         proposed in such notice, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of
         such nominee and (iii) the number of shares of stock of the Corporation
         which are beneficially owned by each such nominee.

         (f) The  Chairman of the meeting may, if the facts  warrant,  determine
         and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance
         with the foregoing procedure,  and if he should so determine,  he shall
         so  declare  to the  meeting  and the  defective  nomination  shall  be
         disregarded.

         (g) No action  required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual
         or special  meeting of  stockholders  of the  Corporation  may be taken
         without a meeting, and the power of stockholders to consent in writing,
         without a meeting, to the taking of any action is specifically denied.

         Sixth: - The Directors  shall choose such officers,  agent and servants
         as may be  provided  in the  By-Laws as they may from time to time find
         necessary or proper.

         Seventh: - The  Corporation  hereby  created is hereby  given the same
         powers,  rights and  privileges as may be conferred  upon  corporations
         organized   under  the  Act  entitled  "An  Act   Providing  a  General
         Corporation  Law",  approved  March  10,  1899,  as  from  time to time
         amended.

         Eighth: - This Act shall be deemed and taken to be a private Act.


                                        9

<PAGE>

         Ninth: - This Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

         Tenth: - The Board of Directors,  by resolution passed by a majority of
         the whole Board,  may  designate  any of their number to  constitute an
         Executive  Committee,  which Committee,  to the extent provided in said
         resolution,  or in the  By-Laws  of the  Company,  shall  have  and may
         exercise all of the powers of the Board of Directors in the  management
         of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall have power to
         authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which
         may require it.

         Eleventh: - The  private  property  of the  stockholders  shall not be
         liable for the payment of corporate debts to any extent whatever.

         Twelfth: - The  Corporation  may transact  business in any part of the
         world.

         Thirteenth: - The Board of Directors of the  Corporation  is expressly
         authorized to make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation by a
         vote of the majority of the entire Board.  The  stockholders  may make,
         alter or repeal any By-Law  whether  or not  adopted by them,  provided
         however, that any such additional By-Laws, alterations or repeal may be
         adopted only by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of  two-thirds or
         more of the  outstanding  shares of  capital  stock of the  Corporation
         entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for
         this purpose as one class).

         Fourteenth: - Meetings  of the  Directors  may be held  outside of the
         State of Delaware at such places as may be from time to time designated
         by the  Board,  and the  Directors  may keep the  books of the  Company
         outside of the State of  Delaware at such places as may be from time to
         time designated by them.

         Fifteenth: - (a) In addition to any affirmative  vote required by law,
         and except as otherwise  expressly  provided in sections (b) and (c) of
         this Article Fifteenth:

                (A) any  merger  or  consolidation  of the  Corporation  or any
                Subsidiary  (as  hereinafter  defined)  with  or  into  (i)  any
                Interested  Stockholder  (as  hereinafter  defined)  or (ii) any
                other   corporation   (whether  or  not  itself  an   Interested
                Stockholder),  which, after such merger or consolidation,  would
                be an  Affiliate  (as  hereinafter  defined)  of  an  Interested
                Stockholder, or

                (B) any sale, lease,  exchange,  mortgage,  pledge, transfer or
                other  disposition  (in one  transaction  or a series of related
                transactions)  to or  with  any  Interested  Stockholder  or any
                Affiliate  of any  Interested  Stockholder  of any assets of the
                Corporation  or any  Subsidiary  having an aggregate fair market
                value of $1,000,000 or more, or


                                       10

<PAGE>



                (C) the  issuance  or  transfer  by  the   Corporation  or  any
                Subsidiary   (in  one   transaction   or  a  series  of  related
                transactions)  of  any  securities  of  the  Corporation  or any
                Subsidiary to any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any
                Interested Stockholder in exchange for cash, securities or other
                property (or a  combination  thereof)  having an aggregate  fair
                market value of $1,000,000 or more, or

                (D) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the  liquidation or
                dissolution of the Corporation, or

                (E) any  reclassification  of securities  (including any reverse
                stock split),  or  recapitalization  of the Corporation,  or any
                merger  or  consolidation  of the  Corporation  with  any of its
                Subsidiaries or any similar transaction  (whether or not with or
                into or otherwise involving an Interested Stockholder) which has
                the  effect,   directly  or   indirectly,   of  increasing   the
                proportionate  share of the  outstanding  shares of any class of
                equity  or  convertible  securities  of the  Corporation  or any
                Subsidiary   which  is  directly  or  indirectly  owned  by  any
                Interested  Stockholder,  or any  Affiliate  of  any  Interested
                Stockholder,

shall require the affirmative  vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the
outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock  of the  Corporation  entitled  to  vote
generally  in the  election  of  directors,  considered  for the purpose of this
Article Fifteenth as one class ("Voting Shares"). Such affirmative vote shall be
required  notwithstanding  the fact that no vote may be  required,  or that some
lesser percentage may be specified, by law or in any agreement with any national
securities exchange or otherwise.

                (2) The  term  "business  combination"  as used in this  Article
                Fifteenth  shall mean any  transaction  which is referred to any
                one or more of clauses  (A)  through  (E) of  paragraph 1 of the
                section (a).

                (b) The  provisions  of section  (a) of this  Article  Fifteenth
                shall not be applicable to any particular  business  combination
                and  such   business   combination   shall   require  only  such
                affirmative  vote as is required by law and any other provisions
                of the  Charter  or Act of  Incorporation  of  By-Laws  if  such
                business  combination  has been  approved  by a majority  of the
                whole Board.

                (c) For the purposes of this Article Fifteenth:

         (1) A "person"  shall mean any  individual  firm,  corporation or other
         entity.

         (2) "Interested  Stockholder"  shall mean,  in respect of any business
         combination,  any person (other than the Corporation or any Subsidiary)
         who  or  which  as  of  the  record  date  for  the   determination  of
         stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote on

                                       11

<PAGE>

         such business combination,  or immediately prior to the consummation of
         any such transaction:

                (A) is the beneficial  owner,  directly or  indirectly,  of more
                than 10% of the Voting Shares, or

                (B) is an  Affiliate of the  Corporation  and at any time within
                two years prior thereto was the  beneficial  owner,  directly or
                indirectly,  of not less than 10% of the then outstanding voting
                Shares, or

                (C) is an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded in any share of
                capital stock of the  Corporation  which were at any time within
                two years prior  thereto  beneficially  owned by any  Interested
                Stockholder,  and  such  assignment  or  succession  shall  have
                occurred   in  the  course  of  a   transaction   or  series  of
                transactions  not involving a public offering within the meaning
                of the Securities Act of 1933.

         (3) A person shall be the "beneficial owner" of any Voting Shares:

                (A) which such person or any of its  Affiliates  and  Associates
                (as hereafter defined) beneficially own, directly or indirectly,
                or

                (B) which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has
                (i) the right to  acquire  (whether  such  right is  exercisable
                immediately or only after the passage of time),  pursuant to any
                agreement,  arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of
                conversion  rights,  exchange  rights,  warrants or options,  or
                otherwise,  or (ii) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement,
                arrangement or understanding, or

                (C) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any
                other  person with which such first  mentioned  person or any of
                its Affiliates or Associates  has any agreement,  arrangement or
                understanding for the purpose of acquiring,  holding,  voting or
                disposing of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation.

         (4) The  outstanding  Voting Shares shall  include  shares deemed owned
         through  application  of paragraph  (3) above but shall not include any
         other Voting Shares which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, or
         upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options or otherwise.

         (5) "Affiliate"  and  "Associate"  shall have the respective  meanings
         given those terms in Rule 12b-2 of the  General  Rules and  Regulations
         under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on December 31,
         1981.


                                       12

<PAGE>



         (6) "Subsidiary"  shall mean any corporation of which a majority of any
         class of equity  security  (as  defined in Rule  3a11-1 of the  General
         Rules and Regulations under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as in
         effect in December 31, 1981) is owned,  directly or indirectly,  by the
         Corporation; provided, however, that for the purposes of the definition
         of  Investment  Stockholder  set forth in paragraph (2) of this section
         (c), the term  "Subsidiary"  shall mean only a  corporation  of which a
         majority  of each  class of  equity  security  is  owned,  directly  or
         indirectly, by the Corporation.

                (d) majority of the  directors  shall have the power and duty to
                determine  for the  purposes of this  Article  Fifteenth  on the
                basis of  information  known to them,  (1) the  number of Voting
                Shares  beneficially owned by any person (2) whether a person is
                an Affiliate  or Associate of another,  (3) whether a person has
                an agreement,  arrangement or  understanding  with another as to
                the matters  referred to in paragraph (3) of section (c), or (4)
                whether the assets  subject to any business  combination  or the
                consideration   received   for  the   issuance  or  transfer  of
                securities  by  the  Corporation,   or  any  Subsidiary  has  an
                aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more.

                (e) Nothing  contained  in  this  Article  Fifteenth  shall  be
                construed  to  relieve  any  Interested   Stockholder  from  any
                fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

         Sixteenth: Notwithstanding any other provision of this Charter or Act
         of  Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Corporation (and in addition to
         any other  vote that may be  required  by law,  this  Charter or Act of
         Incorporation  by the By-Laws),  the affirmative vote of the holders of
         at least  two-thirds of the outstanding  shares of the capital stock of
         the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors
         (considered  for this purpose as one class) shall be required to amend,
         alter or repeal any provision of Articles Fifth, Thirteenth,  Fifteenth
         or Sixteenth of this Charter or Act of Incorporation.

         Seventeenth: (a) a Director of this Corporation shall not be liable to
         the Corporation or its  stockholders for monetary damages for breach of
         fiduciary duty as a Director,  except to the extent such exemption from
         liability or  limitation  thereof is not  permitted  under the Delaware
         General  Corporation  Laws  as the  same  exists  or may  hereafter  be
         amended.

                (b) Any repeal or modification of the foregoing  paragraph shall
                not  adversely  affect any right or  protection of a Director of
                the  Corporation  existing  hereunder with respect to any act or
                omission   occurring  prior  to  the  time  of  such  repeal  or
                modification."



                                       13

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B

                                     BY-LAWS


                            WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

                              WILMINGTON, DELAWARE

                         As existing on January 16, 1997


<PAGE>



                       BY-LAWS OF WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY


                                    ARTICLE I
                             Stockholders' Meetings

         Section 1.  The Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  shall be held on the
third  Thursday in April each year at the principal  office at the Company or at
such other date,  time, or place as may be designated by resolution by the Board
of Directors.

         Section 2.  Special meetings of all  stockholders  may be called at any
time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

         Section 3.  Notice of all meetings of the stockholders shall be given 
by mailing to each  stockholder  at least ten (10) days before said meeting,  at
his last known address, a written or printed notice fixing the time and place of
such meeting.

         Section 4.  A majority in the amount of the capital stock of the 
Company issued and outstanding on the record date, as herein  determined,  shall
constitute a quorum at all meetings of  stockholders  for the transaction of any
business,  but the holders of a small number of shares may adjourn, from time to
time,  without  further  notice,  until a quorum is  secured.  At each annual or
special meeting of stockholders, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote,
either  in  person  or by proxy,  for each  shares  of stock  registered  in the
stockholder's  name on the books of the  Company on the record date for any such
meeting as determined herein.


                                   ARTICLE II
                                    Directors

         Section 1.  The  number and  classification  of the Board of  Directors
shall be as set forth in the Charter of the Bank.

         Section 2.  No person who has attained the age of seventy-two (72) 
years shall be nominated  for election to the Board of Directors of the Company,
provided,  however,  that this limitation  shall not apply to any person who was
serving as director of the Company on September 16, 1971.

         Section 3.  The class of  Directors  so elected  shall hold  office for
three years or until their successors are elected and qualified.

         Section 4.  The affairs and business of the Company shall be managed 
and conducted by the Board of Directors.

         Section 5.  The Board of Directors shall meet at the principal office 
of the Company or elsewhere in its  discretion at such times to be determined by
a majority of its



<PAGE>

members, or at the call of the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the 
President.

         Section 6.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at
any time by the  Chairman of the Board of  Directors  or by the  President,  and
shall be called upon the written request of a majority of the directors.

         Section 7.  A majority of the directors  elected and qualified shall be
necessary to constitute a quorum for the  transaction of business at any meeting
of the Board of Directors.

         Section 8.  Written notice shall be sent by mail to each director of 
any special meeting of the Board of Directors,  and of any change in the time or
place of any regular meeting,  stating the time and place of such meeting, which
shall be mailed not less than two days before the time of holding such meeting.

         Section 9.  In the event of the death, resignation,  removal, inability
to act, or  disqualification of any director,  the Board of Directors,  although
less than a quorum,  shall have the right to elect the  successor who shall hold
office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the
vacancy  occurred,  and until  such  director's  successor  shall have been duly
elected and qualified.

         Section 10.  The Board of  Directors  at its first  meeting  after its
election by the  stockholders  shall  appoint an  Executive  Committee,  a Trust
Committee, an Audit Committee and a Compensation Committee, and shall elect from
its own members a Chairman of the Board of Directors  and a President who may be
the same  person.  The Board of  Directors  shall also  elect at such  meeting a
Secretary and a Treasurer,  who may be the same person,  may appoint at any time
such other  committees  and elect or appoint such other  officers as it may deem
advisable.  The Board of  Directors  may also elect at such  meeting one or more
Associate Directors.

         Section 11.  The Board of  Directors  may at any time  remove,  with or
without  cause,  any member of any  Committee  appointed by it or any  associate
director or officer elected by it and may appoint or elect his successor.

         Section 12.  The Board of Directors  may  designate an officer to be in
charge of such of the  departments  or  division  of the  Company as it may deem
advisable.


                                   ARTICLE III
                                   Committees

         Section 1.  Executive Committee

                     (A) The Executive  Committee  shall be composed of not more
than nine members who shall be selected by the Board of  Directors  from its own
members and who

                                        2

<PAGE>

shall hold office during the pleasure of the Board.

                     (B) The  Executive  Committee  shall have all the powers of
the Board of  Directors  when it is not in session to transact  all business for
and in behalf of the Company that may be brought before it.

                     (C) The  Executive  Committee  shall meet at the  principal
office  of the  Company  or  elsewhere  in its  discretion  at such  times to be
determined  by a majority of its members,  or at the call of the Chairman of the
Executive  Committee or at the call of the  Chairman of the Board of  Directors.
The majority of its members  shall be  necessary to  constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business. Special meetings of the Executive Committee may be held
at any time when a quorum is present.

                     (D) Minutes  of each  meeting  of the  Executive  Committee
shall be kept and submitted to the Board of Directors at its next meeting.

                     (E) The Executive  Committee  shall advise and  superintend
all investments  that may be made of the funds of the Company,  and shall direct
the disposal of the same, in accordance  with such rules and  regulations as the
Board of Directors from time to time make.

                     (F) In the  event  of a state  of  disaster  of  sufficient
severity to prevent the conduct and  management  of the affairs and  business of
the Company by its directors and officers as  contemplated  by these By-Laws any
two available  members of the  Executive  Committee as  constituted  immediately
prior to such disaster shall  constitute a quorum of that Committee for the full
conduct and  management of the affairs and business of the Company in accordance
with the  provisions  of Article  III of these  By-Laws;  and if less than three
members of the Trust Committee is constituted immediately prior to such disaster
shall be available for the transaction of its business, such Executive Committee
shall also be  empowered  to  exercise  all of the powers  reserved to the Trust
Committee   under   Article  III   Section  2  hereof.   In  the  event  of  the
unavailability,  at such  time,  of a minimum of two  members of such  Executive
Committee,   any  three  available  directors  shall  constitute  the  Executive
Committee for the full conduct and management of the affairs and business of the
Company in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section. This By-Law
shall be subject to  implementation  by  Resolutions  of the Board of  Directors
presently  existing or hereafter passed from time to time for that purpose,  and
any  provisions of these By-Laws  (other than this Section) and any  resolutions
which are contrary to the provisions of this Section or to the provisions of any
such  implementary  Resolutions shall be suspended during such a disaster period
until it shall be determined  by any interim  Executive  Committee  acting under
this  section  that it shall be to the  advantage  of the  Company to resume the
conduct  and  management  of its  affairs  and  business  under all of the other
provisions of these By-Laws.



                                        3

<PAGE>

         Section 2.  Trust Committee

                     (A) The Trust  Committee shall be composed of not more than
thirteen members who shall be selected by the Board of Directors,  a majority of
whom shall be members of the Board of Directors and who shall hold office during
the pleasure of the Board.

                     (B) The Trust Committee shall have general supervision over
the Trust Department and the investment of trust funds, in all matters, however,
being subject to the approval of the Board of Directors.

                     (C) The Trust Committee shall meet at the principal  office
of the Company or elsewhere in its  discretion at such times to be determined by
a majority  of its  members or at the call of its  chairman.  A majority  of its
members  shall be  necessary  to  constitute  a quorum  for the  transaction  of
business.

                     (D) Minutes of each meeting of the Trust Committee shall be
kept and promptly submitted to the Board of Directors.

                     (E) The Trust  Committee  shall  have the power to  appoint
Committees  and/or  designate  officers  or  employees  of the  Company  to whom
supervision  over the  investment of trust funds may be delegated when the Trust
Committee is not in session.

         Section 3.  Audit Committee

                     (A) The Audit  Committee  shall be composed of five members
who shall be selected by the Board of Directors  from its own  members,  none of
whom shall be an officer of the  Company,  and shall hold office at the pleasure
of the Board.

                     (B) The Audit Committee shall have general supervision over
the Audit Division in all matters  however  subject to the approval of the Board
of  Directors;  it shall  consider all matters  brought to its  attention by the
officer in charge of the Audit  Division,  review all reports of  examination of
the Company made by any governmental agency or such independent auditor employed
for that purpose,  and make such  recommendations to the Board of Directors with
respect thereto or with respect to any other matters  pertaining to auditing the
Company as it shall deem desirable.

                     (C) The Audit  Committee  shall meet  whenever and wherever
the majority of its members  shall deem it to be proper for the  transaction  of
its business, and a majority of its Committee shall constitute a quorum.

         Section 4.  Compensation Committee

                     (A) The  Compensation  Committee  shall be  composed of not
more than



                                        4

<PAGE>

five (5) members who shall be  selected by the Board of  Directors  from its own
members who are not officers of the Company and who shall hold office during the
pleasure of the Board.

                     (B) The Compensation Committee shall in general advise upon
all matters of policy  concerning  the Company  brought to its  attention by the
management  and from time to time review the  management  of the Company,  major
organizational   matters,   including   salaries  and   employee   benefits  and
specifically shall administer the Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.

                     (C) Meetings of the Compensation Committee may be called at
any time by the  Chairman of the  Compensation  Committee,  the  Chairman of the
Board of Directors, or the President of the Company.

         Section 5.  Associate Directors

                     (A) Any person who has served as a director  may be elected
by the Board of Directors as an associate director, to serve during the pleasure
of the Board.

                     (B) An associate  director  shall be entitled to attend all
directors  meetings and  participate in the discussion of all matters brought to
the Board,  with the exception that he would have no right to vote. An associate
director will be eligible for appointment to Committees of the Company, with the
exception  of  the  Executive   Committee,   Audit  Committee  and  Compensation
Committee, which must be comprised solely of active directors.

         Section 6.  Absence or Disqualification of Any Member of a Committee

                     (A) In the absence or disqualification of any member of any
Committee  created under Article III of the By-Laws of this Company,  the member
or members  thereof  present at any meeting and not  disqualified  from  voting,
whether or not he or they constitute a quorum,  may unanimously  appoint another
member of the Board of  Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such
absence or disqualified member.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                                    Officers

         Section 1.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all
meetings of the Board and shall have such further authority and powers and shall
perform such duties as the Board of  Directors  may from time to time confer and
direct.  He shall also  exercise such powers and perform such duties as may from
time to time be agreed upon between himself and the President of the Company.

         Section 2.  The Vice  Chairman of the Board.  The Vice  Chairman of the
Board of



                                        5

<PAGE>

Directors  shall  preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors at which the
Chairman of the Board shall not be present and shall have such further authority
and  powers  and shall  perform  such  duties as the Board of  Directors  or the
Chairman of the Board may from time to time confer and direct.

         Section 3.  The President  shall have the powers and duties  pertaining
to the  office of the  President  conferred  or  imposed  upon him by statute or
assigned to him by the Board of  Directors in the absence of the Chairman of the
Board the  President  shall have the powers  and duties of the  Chairman  of the
Board.

         Section 4.  The Chairman of the Board of  Directors or the President as
designated  by the  Board of  Directors,  shall  carry  into  effect  all  legal
directions of the Executive  Committee and of the Board of Directors,  and shall
at all  times  exercise  general  supervision  over the  interest,  affairs  and
operations of the Company and perform all duties incident to his office.

         Section 5.  There  may  be  one  or  more  Vice  Presidents,   however
denominated  by the  Board of  Directors,  who may at any time  perform  all the
duties of the Chairman of the Board of Directors  and/or the  President and such
other  powers  and  duties as may from time to time be  assigned  to them by the
Board of Directors,  the Executive  Committee,  the Chairman of the Board or the
President  and by the officer in charge of the  department  or division to which
they are assigned.

         Section 6.  The  Secretary  shall  attend  to the  giving  of notice of
meetings  of the  stockholders  and  the  Board  of  Directors,  as  well as the
Committees  thereof, to the keeping of accurate minutes of all such meetings and
to recording  the same in the minute  books of the  Company.  In addition to the
other notice  requirements of these By-Laws and as may be practicable  under the
circumstances,  all such notices  shall be in writing and mailed well in advance
of the  scheduled  date of any  other  meeting.  He shall  have  custody  of the
corporate  seal  and  shall  affix  the  same to any  documents  requiring  such
corporate seal and to attest the same.

         Section 7.  The  Treasurer  shall  have  general  supervision  over all
assets and liabilities of the Company.  He shall be custodian of and responsible
for all monies, funds and valuables of the Company and for the keeping of proper
records of the evidence of property or indebtedness  and of all the transactions
of the Company.  He shall have general  supervision of the  expenditures  of the
Company and shall report to the Board of  Directors  at each regular  meeting of
the  condition of the Company,  and perform such other duties as may be assigned
to him from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Executive Committee.

         Section 8.  There  may be a  Controller  who  shall  exercise  general
supervision over the internal operations of the Company,  including  accounting,
and  shall  render  to the  Board of  Directors  at  appropriate  times a report
relating to the general condition and internal operations of the Company.



                                       6

<PAGE>

         There may be one or more subordinate  accounting or controller officers
however  denominated,  who may  perform  the duties of the  Controller  and such
duties as may be prescribed by the Controller.

         Section 9.  The officer designated  by the Board of  Directors to be in
charge of the Audit  Division  of the  Company  with such  title as the Board of
Directors shall prescribe,  shall report to and be directly  responsible only to
the Board of Directors.

         There shall be an Auditor and there may be one or more Audit  Officers,
however  denominated,  who may  perform  all the duties of the  Auditor and such
duties as may be prescribed by the officer in charge of the Audit Division.

         Section 10.  There may be one or more officers,  subordinate in rank to
all Vice Presidents with such functional titles as shall be determined from time
to time by the  Board of  Directors,  who  shall  ex  officio  hold  the  office
Assistant  Secretary  of this  Company and who may perform such duties as may be
prescribed  by the officer in charge of the  department or division to whom they
are assigned.

         Section 11.  The powers and duties of all other officers of the Company
shall be those usually  pertaining to their respective  offices,  subject to the
direction of the Board of Directors,  the Executive  Committee,  Chairman of the
Board of Directors or the President and the officer in charge of the  department
or division to which they are assigned.


                                    ARTICLE V
                          Stock and Stock Certificates

         Section 1.  Shares of stock shall be  transferrable on the books of the
Company and a transfer  book shall be kept in which all transfers of stock shall
be recorded.

         Section 2.  Certificate  of  stock  shall  bear the  signature  of the
President or any Vice President,  however  denominated by the Board of Directors
and countersigned by the Secretary or Treasurer or an Assistant  Secretary,  and
the seal of the corporation  shall be engraved  thereon.  Each certificate shall
recite that the stock represented  thereby is transferrable  only upon the books
of the Company by the holder  thereof or his  attorney,  upon  surrender  of the
certificate  properly  endorsed.  Any  certificate  of stock  surrendered to the
Company shall be cancelled at the time of transfer, and before a new certificate
or certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof. Duplicate certificates of stock
shall be issued  only upon giving such  security as may be  satisfactory  to the
Board of Directors or the Executive Committee.

         Section 3.  The Board of Directors of the Company is authorized  to fix
in advance a record date for the  determination of the stockholders  entitled to
notice of,  and to vote at, any  meeting  of  stockholders  and any  adjournment
thereof, or entitled to receive payment of



                                        7
<PAGE>

any  dividend,  or to any  allotment  or rights,  or to  exercise  any rights in
respect of any change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, or in connection
with obtaining the consent of  stockholders  for any purpose,  which record date
shall  not be more  than 60 nor  less  than 10 days  proceeding  the date of any
meeting of stockholders or the date for the payment of any dividend, or the date
for the  allotment  of  rights,  or the date when any  change or  conversion  or
exchange of capital  stock shall go into effect,  or a date in  connection  with
obtaining such consent.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                                      Seal

         Section 1.  The corporate seal of the Company shall be in the following
form:

                     Between two concentric  circles the words 
                     "Wilmington Trust Company" within the inner
                     circle the words "Wilmington, Delaware."


                                   ARTICLE VII
                                   Fiscal Year

         Section 1.  The fiscal year of the Company shall be the calendar year.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                     Execution of Instruments of the Company

         Section 1.  The  Chairman  of the  Board,  the  President  or any Vice
President,  however denominated by the Board of Directors, shall have full power
and authority to enter into, make, sign, execute, acknowledge and/or deliver and
the Secretary or any Assistant  Secretary shall have full power and authority to
attest  and  affix  the  corporate  seal of the  Company  to any and all  deeds,
conveyances,   assignments,   releases,  contracts,  agreements,  bonds,  notes,
mortgages and all other instruments  incident to the business of this Company or
in acting as executor,  administrator,  guardian, trustee, agent or in any other
fiduciary or  representative  capacity by any and every method of appointment or
by whatever  person,  corporation,  court  officer or  authority in the State of
Delaware, or elsewhere, without any specific authority,  ratification,  approval
or  confirmation by the Board of Directors or the Executive  Committee,  and any
and all such  instruments  shall  have the same  force  and  validity  as though
expressly authorized by the Board of Directors and/or the Executive Committee.




                                        8

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IX
               Compensation of Directors and Members of Committees

         Section 1.  Directors and associate directors of the Company, other 
than salaried officers of the Company,  shall be paid such reasonable  honoraria
or fees for  attending  meetings  of the  Board  of  Directors  as the  Board of
Directors may from time to time determine. Directors and associate directors who
serve as members of  committees,  other than salaried  employees of the Company,
shall be paid such  reasonable  honoraria  or fees for  services  as  members of
committees  as the Board of  Directors  shall  from time to time  determine  and
directors  and  associate  directors  may be  employed  by the  Company for such
special  services as the Board of Directors may from time to time  determine and
shall be paid for such special services so performed reasonable  compensation as
may be determined by the Board of Directors.


                                    ARTICLE X
                                 Indemnification

         Section 1.  (A) The Corporation  shall  indemnify and hold harmless, to
the fullest  extent  permitted by applicable  law as it presently  exists or may
hereafter be amended,  any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made
a party or is  otherwise  involved in any action,  suit or  proceeding,  whether
civil,  criminal,  administrative or investigative (a "proceeding") by reason of
the fact that he, or a person for whom he is the legal representative, is or was
a director,  officer,  employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving
at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or
agent  of  another  corporation  or  of a  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust,
enterprise  or  non-profit  entity,  including  service with respect to employee
benefit plans,  against all liability and loss suffered and expenses  reasonably
incurred by such person.  The Corporation shall indemnify a person in connection
with a proceeding initiated by such person only if the proceeding was authorized
by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

                     (B) The Corporation  shall pay the  expenses  incurred  in
defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided, however,
that the payment of expenses incurred by a Director officer in his capacity as a
Director or officer in advance of the final  disposition of the proceeding shall
be made only upon receipt of an  undertaking by the Director or officer to repay
all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately  determined that the Director or
officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article or otherwise.

                     (C) If a claim for indemnification or payment of expenses,
under  this  Article X is not paid in full  within  ninety  days after a written
claim therefor has been received by the  Corporation  the claimant may file suit
to recover  the unpaid  amount of such claim and, if  successful  in whole or in
part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any
such action the  Corporation  shall have the burden of proving that the claimant
was not entitled to the requested indemnification of payment of expenses



                                        9

<PAGE>

under applicable law.

                     (D) The rights  conferred  on any person by this  Article X
shall not be  exclusive  of any  other  rights  which  such  person  may have or
hereafter  acquire  under  any  statute,  provision  of  the  Charter  or Act of
Incorporation,  these By-Laws,  agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested
Directors or otherwise.

                     (E) Any repeal or modification of the foregoing  provisions
of this Article X shall not adversely  affect any right or protection  hereunder
of any person in respect of any act or omission  occurring  prior to the time of
such repeal or modification.


                                   ARTICLE XI
                            Amendments to the By-Laws

         Section 1.  These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole
or in part,  and any new  By-Law or By-Laws  adopted  at any  regular or special
meeting of the Board of  Directors  by a vote of the majority of all the members
of the Board of Directors then in office.


                                       10

<PAGE>






                                                                    EXHIBIT C




                             Section 321(b) Consent


         Pursuant  to  Section  321(b) of the Trust  Indenture  Act of 1939,  as
amended,  Wilmington  Trust Company hereby consents that reports of examinations
by Federal, State,  Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such
authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon requests therefor.



                                    WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY


Dated: March 23, 1998               By: /s/ Emmett R. Harmon
                                        --------------------
                                    Name: Emmett R. Harmon
                                    Title: Vice President





<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT D



                                     NOTICE


          This form is intended to assist  state  nonmember  banks and
          savings banks with state  publication  requirements.  It has
          not been approved by any state banking authorities. Refer to
          your  appropriate  state banking  authorities for your state
          publication requirements.



R E P O R T   O F   C O N D I T I O N

Consolidating domestic subsidiaries of the

        WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY            of    WILMINGTON
- --------------------------------------------  ------------------
              Name of Bank                           City

in the State of   DELAWARE  , at the close of business on December 31, 1997.
               -------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

ASSETS
                                                                                               Thousands of dollars
<S>                                                                                                       <C>
Cash and balances due from depository institutions:
            Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coins............................................ 236,646
            Interest-bearing balances............................................................................ 0
Held-to-maturity securities................................................................................ 331,880
Available-for-sale securities............................................................................ 1,258,661
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell...................................... 91,500
Loans and lease financing receivables:
            Loans and leases, net of unearned income............. 3,822,320
            LESS:  Allowance for loan and lease losses...........    59,373
            LESS:  Allocated transfer risk reserve...............         0
            Loans and leases, net of unearned income, allowance, and reserve............................. 3,762,947
Assets held in trading accounts.................................................................................. 0
Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)................................................... 129,740
Other real estate owned...................................................................................... 2,106
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies............................................. 22
Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding..................................................... 0
Intangible assets............................................................................................ 4,905
Other assets............................................................................................... 100,799
Total assets............................................................................................. 5,919,206
</TABLE>


                                                          CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

LIABILITIES
<S>                                                                                                       <C>
Deposits:
In domestic offices...................................................................................... 4,034,633
            Noninterest-bearing................     839,928
            Interest-bearing...................   3,194,705
Federal funds purchased and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase................................. 575,827
Demand notes issued to the U.S. Treasury.................................................................... 61,290
Trading liabilities (from Schedule RC-D)......................................................................... 0
Other borrowed money:...................................................................................... ///////
            With original maturity of one year or less..................................................... 673,000
            With original maturity of more than one year.................................................... 43,000
Bank's liability on acceptances executed and outstanding......................................................... 0
Subordinated notes and debentures................................................................................ 0
Other liabilities (from Schedule RC-G)...................................................................... 76,458
Total liabilities........................................................................................ 5,464,208


EQUITY CAPITAL

Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus.....................................................................0
Common Stock....................................................................................................500
Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock).....................................................62,118
Undivided profits and capital reserves......................................................................385,018
Net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities........................................7,362
Total equity capital........................................................................................454,998
Total liabilities, limited-life preferred stock, and equity capital.......................................5,919,206

</TABLE>




                                        2

WARNING: THE EDGAR SYSTEM ENCOUNTERED ERROR(S) WHILE PROCESSING THIS SCHEDULE.

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                                            9
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                             DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                  DEC-31-1997
<CASH>                                           3,290
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                           2,619
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                     0
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                 1,032
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                     11,624
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                           2,840
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                             3,752
<LOANS>                                        100,892
<ALLOWANCE>                                        935
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 130,708
<DEPOSITS>                                     112,947
<SHORT-TERM>                                     2,989
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                                552
<LONG-TERM>                                      2,360
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                         1,877
<OTHER-SE>                                       9,987
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                 130,708
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                  7,584
<INTEREST-INVEST>                                1,590
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                   346
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                 9,520
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                               4,922
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               6,038
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                            3,482
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                      122
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                 390
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                  3,849
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  1,384
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                       1,384
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                       898
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .61
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .61
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                    8.10
<LOANS-NON>                                      1,436
<LOANS-PAST>                                       189
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                     0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                    186
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                   870
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                       57
<RECOVERIES>                                         0
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                  935
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                               820
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                  0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                            115
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission